Academic New Books
JANUARY - MARCH 2026
BLOOMSBURY OPEN COLLECTIONS?
A new open access model for books
BLOOMSBURY OPEN COLLECTIONS is a collective-action approach to funding open access (OA) books. Through this model, we aim to make OA publication available to a wider range of authors by spreading the cost across multiple organisations, while providing additional benefits to participating libraries. By prioritising authors that are often underrepresented in scholarly publishing, including early-career and unaffiliated researchers and those based in/writing about low- and lower-middle- income countries, we hope to engage a more diverse author base, bringing their work to a wider global audience.
THE BOOKS
Following the success of our 2024-25 expansion, in 2025-26 we have continued to offer three collections of 20 titles each in:
• African Studies & International Development
• Environment & Climate Change
• Gender & Sexuality
BENEFITS TO LIBRARIES
• Contribute to a progressive OA funding model that aims to make 60 research titles available open access immediately on publication at no cost to the authors
• Receive guaranteed perpetual access to the 20 titles in each Open Collection you participate in
• Receive 1 year’s access to ~150 backlist titles in related areas for each Open Collection you participate in
• Be publicly acknowledged on our website
FIND OUT MORE
bloomsbury.com/bloomsbury-open-collections
Ebooks
ePub and ePDF availability is listed under each book entry.
Review Copies
Email academicreviewus@bloomsbury.com (Americas) academicreviews@bloomsbury.com (UK / Rest of World).
Standing Orders
Many series are available on standing order. Please contact our trade ordering departments (see page 413).
Translation Rights
Available unless otherwise indicated.
Key to Symbols
Online resources available.
COLLECTIONS
Available for institutions to purchase on www.bloomsburycollections.com
Bloomsbury Open Access
OPEN ACCESS
Selected research publications are available on open access. For our policy or to publish OA, see www.bloomsbury.com/openaccess
Proposals
See www.bloomsbury.com/discover/bloomsburyacademic/authors
Pricing and Availability
Whilst we try to ensure that prices, publication dates and other details are correct on going to press, they are subject to change without further notice.
Your Data
For information on how we process your personal data please read our Privacy Policy located at www.bloomsbury.com/privacy-policy
You can unsubscribe or manage your preference at any time via www.bloomsbury.com/newsletter or by emailing us at academic@bloomsbury.com
We want students to make the most of their time at university; to discover opportunities, succeed in their studies – and to enjoy the journey. Our books and resources support students in developing essential skills and empower them to achieve their goals.
Explore the full series at www.bloomsbury.com/pocketstudyskills
Bloomsbury Study Skills
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350557772 • £40 00 / $55 00
PB 9781350557765 • £11 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350557789 • £10 79 / $14 35
ePub 9781350557796 • £10 79 / $14 35
Bloomsbury Academic
Start College Strong
What Every First-Year Student Needs to Know
Michael Keaton, Southern Wesleyan University, USA
What exactly is a credit hour? What’s an elective course and why should you care? What’s the secret to studying for tests?
Compact and to-the-point, this is an easy-to-use guide to everything first-year students really need to know about how college works The first part of the book helps to demystify the academic system Easy to read bite-sized chapters cover topics such as understanding the college course structure, adding and dropping courses, understanding grading systems, pre-registration and scheduling, and attending class Part 2 introduces the knowledge and tools students need to succeed at college, including time management, critical thinking, test-taking skills, and writing papers The final part of the book gives guidance on taking care of your physical and mental health, and looks at goals and career planning It also features a dedicated chapter which is geared to the needs of commuter students
Each chapter features opportunities for the reader to pause and reflect on how the content applies to their own situation and experience Chapters end with a list of questions which encourage students to consolidate their learning and identify the relevant policies and supports at their own institution
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
288 Pages • 1 b&w illus
PB 9781666979183 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666979169 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781666979176 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978766198 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
African Governance, Development, and Leadership
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
224 Pages • 3 bw illus & 3 tables
PB 9781666974539 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666974515 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781666974522 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978772069 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
192 Pages
PB 9781350555587 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350532564 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350532571 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350532588 • £76 50 / $103 50
Zed Books
Musicking and Dancing Politics in Africa
Power, Activism, and Elections
Edited by Solomon Gwerevende, University of Music and Performing Arts, Austria, Trust Matsilele, Birmingham City University, UK & Wonder Maguraushe, Midlands State University, Zimbabwe
Bringing together interdisciplinary scholars, this book explores how African musical traditions and dance act as political commentary and forms of resistance in Africa.
The volume draws on Christopher Small's concept of "musicking" to explore the intersection between music, dance, and politics across the diverse cultural landscapes in Africa, particularly South Africa, Malawi, Nigeria, and Zimbabwe Chapters cover case studies of how music and dance have been used as tools of political messaging and means of performing, visualizing and localizing activism, resistance, propaganda, and power in politics
It is structured into three main parts The first part examines how music and dance serve as vessels for communal memory and heritage Part two explores the role of music and dance as a tool to fight for democracy and justice Part three highlights the role of dance and music in elections
This book is essential for scholars and students interested in music and dance as conceptual tools for studying politics as a cultural phenomenon in Africa
Election Administration and Reforms in Nigeria's Fourth Republic
Babayo Sule, National University of Lesotho & Usman Sambo, Yobe State University, Nigeria
Babayo Sule and Usman Sambo analyse the recent Nigerian election reforms and their impact on the outcome of elections
This book provides a comprehensive analysis of electoral administration in the Fourth Republic of Nigeria (1999-present day) and its regulatory, institutional, and procedural reforms These reforms will not only be examined in their basic framework, but will also be observed for their credibility, integrity and transparency This book focuses on how these reforms were developed and how they work Sule and Sambo argue for fundamental changes in the administration of elections in Nigeria, including the introduction of electronic processes such as the Smart Card Readers in 2015 and Bimodal Verification Accreditation Systems in the 2023 General Elections that have positively impacted the electoral process and integrity, without forgetting the antecedents of the numerous challenges faced during the period They examine not only technological changes but also constitutional reforms, procedural reforms, and institutional reforms Introducing a new dimension to the study of elections, the authors provide a clear picture of the roles of all the actors involved, the challenges they faced, the factors that enhanced integrity and credibility and the daunting challenges that continue to affect the success of the elections Thus, this book presents practical measures and policy implications for an improved process in future elections in Nigeria
China
in African
Media
Between Influence Operations and Decolonization
Emeka Umejei, Oxford University, UK
This book provides unique, on-the-ground insights into the expansion of Chinese media engagement and influencebuilding across the length and breadth of Africa
Does the PRC’s multimodal engagement with African media promote decolonization or its media propaganda? Drawing on copious interviews with journalists from across the continent, and complementing these with detailed analyses of stories reported in ways that serve the narratives and interests of the Chinese Communist Party, Emeka Umejei explores this question through China's ever-growing expansion of training, content-sharing, and formal media coordination initiatives across Africa He maps these initiatives in the context of changing media economics in Africa, showing how they make strategic use of material constraints on the African side to expand China’s footprint in the African media market
What Umejei finds is that the CCP is increasingly complementing state-led media campaigns such as the Belt and Road News Network and Belt and Road News Alliance with more local strategies, building alliances with local media organisations and co-opting critical actors in the African media ecosystem This is a must-read for anyone wanting to understand the past, present, and future of Chinese influence operations within African media
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350413382 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350413429 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350413405 £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350413399 • £0 00 / $0 00 Zed Books
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
288 Pages
HB 9781350378308
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350378346 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350378322 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350378315 £0 00 / $0 00
Zed Books
COLLECTIONS
Gender and Sexuality in Africa and the Diaspora
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
240 Pages
PB 9781666961508 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666961485 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781666961492 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978767102 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Quasi-Armies and State-Building in Africa
Towards a Global Understanding of Civil-Military Relations
Olaf Bachmann, King's College London, UK
Civil-military relations in the Global South are both important and understudied In practice, this leads to international programmes repeatedly, erroneously assuming that the only way to restore stability, development and peace in post-conflict and post-crisis societies is to focus on state-building without taking into account the respective political culture in place The results in the Global South, and particularly in Africa, have been weak and fragile at best
In this open access book, through rich new case studies of the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), Cameroon, and Rwanda, Olaf Bachmann takes an important step in de-Westernizing civil-military relations theory Analyzing these events in the context of a wide array of Asian and African sources, Bachmann exposes the Anglo-Eurocentrism at the heart of Samuel Huntington’s hugely influential theory of the soldier and the state, and in so doing, he provides a powerful, more globally relevant re-examination of state-formation processes as they relate to the control of violence
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective
OPEN ACCESS
Globalizing Independence Struggles of Lusophone Africa
Anticolonial and Postcolonial Politics
Edited by Rui Lopes, NOVA University of Lisbon, Portugal & Natalia Telepneva, University of Strathclyde, UK
Lusophone Africa has been neglected in Anglophone historiography With the exceptions of a narrow set of episodes, figures, and interpretations, all of which appear in a fragmented set of journal articles, its struggles against Portuguese colonialism have remained outside the grand narratives of decolonisation
In this open access book, a group of established and up-and-coming historians of Lusophone Africa bring much-needed coherence to this interconnected set of anti-colonial struggles in order to show how people and ideas from these countries crossed borders around the globe Its international team of contributors draws on a an underutilized range of source material beyond the usual Western state archives in order to cover a wide geographic scope, from North America, Latin America, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, and Asia, all while critically examining the consequences of such international connections within the Lusophone states themselves
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective
Southern African Queer and Trans Narratives in Digital Landscapes
Princess A Sibanda, University of the Western Cape, South Africa, & Gibson Ncube, Stellenbosch University, South Africa
Focusing on Southern African perspectives, this groundbreaking book explores how digital spaces offer alternative avenues for queer and trans visual cultures in Africa as manifested and shared through popular social media platforms
In its analysis of the dynamic intersection of queerness/transness, African identities, and social media, this book sheds light on the complexities, challenges, and transformative potential of these emerging digital platforms and cultures Through close textual and semiotic readings of content on platforms such as Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, YouTube and X (formerly Twitter), the authors demonstrate how queer and trans content creators harness visuality, performance, and algorithmic visibility to challenge heteronormative scripts and narratives of gender and sexuality This allows the content creators to assert their unruly presence on these social media spaces
This book provides an in-depth analysis of how digital visual cultures function as archives, sites of protest, and spaces of worldmaking for gender and sexual minorities who are often excluded from official national narratives and public discourse
Rejecting colonial epistemic frameworks, the authors advance a decolonial queer and trans project which foregrounds fluidity, embodiment, and diasporic interconnection This book represents an important intervention in African queer studies and digital media scholarship
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages • 1 table
PB 9781666966077 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666966053 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781666966060 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978768796 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Decolonizing NGO Peacebuilding and Liberal Peace Agenda in Northern Uganda
Elias O Opongo, Hekima University College, Kenya
Critically examining how Western-funded NGO interventions have shaped post-conflict recovery in Northern Uganda, Elias O Opongo argues that the liberal peace agenda focused on democracy promotion, market reforms, and human rights often marginalizes local agency and undermines culturally rooted approaches to peacebuilding
Drawing on extensive fieldwork and grounded theory, Opongo explores how these externally driven models disconnect from the lived realities of conflict-affected communities He introduces relational constructionism as a framework that emphasizes participatory, context-sensitive, and indigenous approaches such as the Acholi Mato Oput ritual that center dialogue, reintegration, and restorative justice
The book also critiques the role of international actors, particularly the International Criminal Court (ICC), whose interventions can clash with local reconciliation efforts Opongo’s findings in Northern Uganda offer critical insights for other post-conflict African contexts dominated by donor-driven peacebuilding He calls for a decolonial shift toward frameworks that restore African agency, reduce dependency, and prioritize community-led solutions for sustainable peace This book is essential reading for scholars, practitioners, and policymakers seeking more inclusive, grounded, and transformative peacebuilding models in Africa and beyond
COLLECTIONS
Decolonial Options for the Social Sciences
UK January 2026 US November 2025
•
360 Pages
PB 9781666957396 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666957372 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798216262862 £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781978761674 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Coloniality of Humanity
Disrupting Racialized Capitalism and Fostering Transnational Solidarity
Edited by Robel Abay, Alice Salomon University of Applied Sciences Berlin, Germany, Isabelle Ihring & Faisal M Garba
This edited volume critically examines the coloniality of humanity and how it affects colonized and racialized people in both the Global South and Global North The contributors reveal how ongoing geopolitical power imbalances are rooted in colonial histories and colonial structures which perpetuate global inequalities The volume explores how these entrenched colonial systems intersect with gender, class, disability, and other social factors, often overlooked in mainstream discussions of global inequality By synthesizing empirical research and theoretical perspectives on race and colonialism across various historical and geographical contexts, it emphasizes the importance of combining postcolonial research with decolonial praxis Through the perspectives of scholars and activists from the Global South, the book aims to decolonize knowledge production and challenge the continuing dominance of coloniality
COLLECTIONS 9TH EDITION
UK February 2026 US February 2026
464 Pages • 30 bw illus, 5 bw photos
HB 9798216200604 £140 00 / $185 00
PB 9798216200611 • £54 99 / $75 00
ePDF 9798216200642 £49 49 / $67 50
ePub 9798216200635 • £49 49 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
• 5 tables
224 Pages
PB 9798216383413
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666937671
• £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216261261
• £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978760479 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Language, Culture, and Communication
The Meaning of Messages
Nancy Bonvillain
Language, Culture, and Communication introduces students to the topics and theories of the broad field of linguistic anthropology by examining the multifaceted meanings and uses of language It emphasizes the ways in which language encapsulates speakers' meanings and intentions Through language structure and language use, speakers convey messages about their own identities, their understandings of the world and their place in it The book includes discussion of cultural and symbolic meanings conveyed by language and the social and political dimensions of language use
New to the Ninth Edition:
- New Chapter 7, “Digital Communication,” discusses technological change, social media, artificial intelligence, and the rapid development of various systems and platforms for communication
- New Chapter 6, “Signed Languages,” offers an expanded discussion of ASL vocabulary and grammar as well as language practices in Deaf communities
- New discussion of African American Vernacular English (AAVE) stresses the intersection of language and lived experience
- New case studies in every chapter highlight central concepts so that students can focus directly on understanding the many faceted goals of language in use
Traditional Seafaring in Oceania
A New Theory of Maritime Resistance and Advocacy
Hunter H Fine
In this book, Hunter H. Fine examines traditional seafaring practices in Oceania to establish a fuller understanding of the ways in which our everyday practices can illuminate aspects of power, representation, social advocacy, and truth
Fine considers how circulatory maritime voyages resulted in a shared network of practices and knowledge that have been passed down to the descendants of these seafaring cultures, who still engage in and teach them in present day, most prominently in Micronesia Positioning the voyages themselves and the practices that enabled them as embodied forms of writing and theory both in everyday life and as public performances of social advocacy Fine proposes a critical theory based in both traditional seafaring and poststructuralist rhetorical theory
Through this new framework, the book illustrates how an Indigenous body of knowledge has formed the foundations for contemporary maritime practices, how it has functioned as both domestic and international advocacy and resistance, and how these various practices work together to provide an epistemological alternative to Western modernity/coloniality
COLLECTIONS
Ecocritical Theory and Practice
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
• 12 b/w illus
256 Pages
PB 9798216390879 • £17 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666980066 • £80 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216251224 • £72 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978767331 • £72 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Eco-Folk Rhythms
A Puttinai Analysis of Mavilan Songs
Lillykutty Abraham
Eco-Folk Rhythms: A Puttinai Analysis of Mavilan Songs examines the oral traditions of the Mavilan tribe through the ecocritical lens of puttinai, an indigenous theoretical framework Dr Abraham's research bridges traditional ecocritical approaches with indigenous knowledge systems, offering fresh insights into how tribal songs encode environmental wisdom and sustainable practices The book analyzes the Mavilan songs as repositories of ecological knowledge, demonstrating how these oral traditions reflect inter connections among humans, nature, and supernature
Through a close analysis of agricultural, nuptial, and ritual songs, the author reveals how the Mavilan worldview presents an alternative paradigm for addressing contemporary environmental challenges
Drawing on extensive fieldwork and documentation of Mavilan oral traditions, this study advances puttinai as a theoretical tool that emerges from indigenous perspectives rather than Western academic frameworks puttinai, formerly known as oikopoetics, was propounded by Nirmal Selvamony from the theory of tinai in Tolkappiyam, the ancient Tamil grammatical treatise
The analysis demonstrates how Mavilan songs articulate environmental ethics, bioregional consciousness, and sustainable cultural practices This pioneering work contributes significantly to ecocritical scholarship, indigenous studies, anthropology, folklore and tribal studies for further research
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages • 24 bw illus
PB 9798216392712 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666974218 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765154526 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781666974225 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Foundations in Cyber-Ethnography
A Cross-Cultural Approach
Edited by Erica Zimmerman
Contributors to this volume contend that in the realm of research on human society, online and digital communication can no longer be relegated to a separate cyber space and should instead be considered in equal part by integrating cyber-ethnographic methods
Coming at a critical time where students, professionals, and the general population realize the increasing interdependence of cultural interactions both offline and online, Foundations of Cyber-Ethnography provides a framework for studying and presenting findings from both forms of communication
Using this framework, contributors investigate the effects of the inextricable link between the cyber and networked societies on individual, local, national, and global contexts Each chapter provides compelling examples to demonstrate the importance of forming a fuller understanding of digital communication and the role of online identity in a wide range of professional, personal, relational, economic, diplomatic, and political contexts
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
232 Pages • 40 b/w illus
PB 9798216391531 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666980158 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216251491 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978766556 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Archaeology, the Bible, and Sex
A Psychological Analysis of Sex, Sexuality, and Gender in the Ancient Near East Caleb Jacobson
In Archaeology, the Bible, and Sex: A Psychological Analysis of Sex, Sexuality, and Gender in the Ancient Near East, Caleb Jacobson reinterprets biblical texts and archaeological artifacts to explore how ancient societies imagined, regulated, and ritualized sexuality Moving beyond traditional readings that frame biblical laws as static moral codes, the book presents sex as a culturally embedded and psychologically meaningful construct deeply tied to concerns of fertility, inheritance, kinship, power, and social order
Employing an interdisciplinary approach that integrates biblical studies, archaeology, and cognitive psychology, Jacobson draws on figurines, plaques, legal codes, and narrative texts to examine how concepts of gender and desire were visually encoded, socially enforced, and symbolically expressed This cognitive-archaeological framework allows for a richer interpretation of biblical sexuality one that acknowledges its complexity, its cultural logic, and its enduring influence
Written for scholars, clergy, therapists, and general readers alike, this book offers a compelling narrative of ancient sexual imagination Through psychological insight and material analysis, Archaeology, the Bible, and Sex invites readers to confront ancient assumptions with clarity and curiosity ultimately reframing how we understand the intersections of sex, sexuality, and gender
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
352 Pages • 113 bw illus
HB 9798765157480 £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798765157497 • £39 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9798765157510 £35 99 / $49 45
ePub 9798765157503 • £35 99 / $49 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Archaeological Reasoning
A Guide to Understanding the Past
Edward Banning, University of Toronto, Canada
Bridging the gap between introductory and advanced archaeology courses, this book builds confidence in working with the tools of archaeological research and how to make plausible inferences about the past
This book explores the ways archaeologists draw conclusions from evidence, recognizing that those interpretations will change as new evidence comes into play Readers will learn more about the methods and research strategies that archaeologists use to understand ancient economies, social and political systems, or help date or classify sites, artifacts, or whole societies
Chapters cover how archaeologists use lithic technology, experiments, and classification, how styles of pottery decoration help us identify social groups, and the intricacies of dating events The book then turns to social archaeology, from the household scale, through settlements, to landscapes and regions, and mobility and sedentism over such regions
There are also 12 exercises, with fictitious case studies from around the world and different research traditions Using realistic, messy data, these exercises allow readers to think critically about how to draw reasonable conclusions, and how to add archaeological reasoning to their toolkit
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
296 Pages • 52 bw illus
PB 9781350443884 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350443846 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350443853 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350443860 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Design and Archaeology
The Social Imaginary in Iron Age and Early Roman Europe
Christina Unwin, Independent Scholar, UK
The application of design practice and theory has received little attention in the field of archaeology, despite the close and interdisciplinary connection of both disciplines working with material culture Christina Unwin provides an up-to-date study that addresses this lacuna, by using a series of case studies from the Iron Age and early Roman period (c 600 BC – c AD 200) in different European regions Giving the reader a concise overview of the relevant terminology and approaches in design theory, Unwin then applies these treatments in different archaeological contexts to reveal new aspects of how we can understand material culture
Design theory reveals that a material object may be understood beyond its material, form, function and period of time in which it was made, and invites archaeologists to re-evaluate their approaches to material things from a completely new perspective Designed and made objects are immaterial in their planning, associations and effects – as well as material in their physical presence The conceptual and terminological boundaries set by archaeological studies may therefore be challenged through the idea of design This, in turn, enables the archaeologist to reconnect objects in terms of the people who made them, how they used them and how they interacted with them to build their sociality This book is a significant intervention in the exploration of design and archaeological intersections across material culture
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages 26 bw illus
PB 9798216382836 • £39 99 / $29 95
HB 9798216196228 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216196204 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798216196211 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Fundamental Archaeological Concepts
Origins, Histories, Definitions
R Lee Lyman, University of Missouri, USA
A much-needed deep dive into some of the main concepts of archaeology, offering a comprehensive explanation and definition of commonly used terms
Modern archaeology includes a number of fundamental concepts, each with a particular term serving as a label or name for it This volume compiles in one place the origins, developmental histories, and definitions of more than two dozen of archaeology’s most fundamental concepts Concepts discussed include artifact, assemblage, association, context, ecofact, feature, industry, in situ, period, provenience, site, stage, tool kit, and type/index fossil
This book is unique among the archaeological literature for its synopses of much of the literature, coverage of the history and meanings of archaeological concepts used in fieldwork and analysis is thorough, and the varied definitions of concepts are summarized and easily consulted
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US January 2026
240 Pages • 188 colour photos
HB 9798881805463 £70 00 / $95 00
ePDF 9798765165171 • £63 00 / $85 50
ePub 9798881805470 £63 00 / $85 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Pasts Otherwise
An Archaeology of War
Bjørnar Olsen, UiT – The Arctic University of Norway & Christopher Witmore, Texas Tech University, USA
Developing an objects-based approach through detailed engagements with WWII remains on a remote headland of Arctic Norway, this book attempts to unleash archaeology's potential by opting for pasts that resist historical time and reveal the fundamental importance of an archaeology that is other than history.
In this book, two leading theoretical archaeologists and the founding figures of what has been called “symmetrical archaeology” turn their attention to the kinds of pasts that archaeology makes possible This book attempts to unleash archaeology's potential by opting for pasts that largely resist historical time and the tropes of succession and replacement which has defined the discipline for nearly two centuries Olsen and Witmore take up this task by targeting objects associated with one of the periods most thoroughly studied by historians, World War II Through in-depth archaeological engagements with the prisoner-of-war camp, fishing hamlet, battery, and garrison they offer pasts other than what archaeologists have always assumed to take historical form Among the innovations of this richly pictorial book is a novel design that begins with the encounter and works toward pasts otherwise Along the way, the authors articulate new conceptions of presence, patience, waiting, and the post-history of things, also accompanied by text boxes that offer points of pause, reflection and excursus Olsen and Witmore touch on the central problems of archaeological engagement, inference, and interpretation
OPEN ACCESS
Debates in Archaeology
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages • 18 bw and 10 colour illus
HB 9781350427662 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350427709 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350427679 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350427686 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
192 Pages 37 bw illus
PB 9798216392286
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781538189344 £70 00 / $95 00
ePDF 9798881859848 • £63 00 / $85 50
ePub 9781538189368 • £63 00 / $85 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Negotiating Migrations
The Archaeology and Politics of Mobility
Daniela Hofmann, University of Bergen, Norway, Catherine J Frieman, Australian National University, Australia, Martin Furholt, Kiel University, Germany, Stefan Burmeister, Varusschlacht Archaeological Museum, Germany & Niels Nørkjær Johannsen, Aarhus University, Denmark
As a species, we have always been mobile and migration was a habitual feature of prehistoric life This open-access volume uses archaeological case studies mainly from the European Neolithic, but also from the Pacific, the US Southwest, the medieval Migration Period and the historical Great Lakes, to discuss how a focus on small-scale inter-personal relations – on the power struggles, negotiations and choices that people make in everyday settings – can help us understand migration events in archaeology While much archaeological scholarship, using isotopes and aDNA, focuses on migrations as large-scale phenomena and crisis responses, this book offers a new approach by exploring how moving on was embedded in social practice
This book offers a novel reinterpretation of how the political aspects of migration shaped past people’s worlds in Europe and beyond, drawing on archaeological, historical, linguistic and aDNA evidence
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Centre of Advanced Studies in Oslo
The Tobacco Takers
Puritanism, Smoking, Health, and the Archaeology of Bodily Care
Diana DiPaolo
Loren
Indigenous to the Americas and cultivated by Indigenous people for thousands of years, tobacco was introduced to Europeans in the 16th-century For Indigenous peoples in North and South America, tobacco was an important part of ceremonial life and was commonly used in healing By the early 17th-century, tobacco was found all over the globe To keep pace with the high demand, Native American and African people labored on plantations in the Virginia colony to produce tobacco for the English world, including the Puritan colonies in the Northeast United States
The archaeological record documents the popularity of smoking throughout seventeenth-century North America The assumption has been that smoking during this period was a leisure activity, but in the 17th-century Puritan world, smoking tobacco often was prescribed to alleviate numerous illnesses, as evidenced in the writings of physicians and ministers
In this research, the presence of white clay tobacco pipes found in the archaeological record of the Puritan colonies receives further scrutiny Laws in the Puritan colonies and the laws of Harvard College prohibited smoking as a form of licentious selfindulgence but also permitted smoking tobacco to cure various illnesses When viewed through this lens, tobacco pipes can be viewed as an item of bodily care that addressed physical and metaphysical ailments
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
160 Pages • 57 color Photos
HB 9781538197707
£24 00 / $32 00
ePDF 9798765160244 • £21 60 / $28 80
ePub 9781538197714 £21 60 / $28 80
Bloomsbury Academic
Collaborators through Time
How Humans Partnered with Nature, Technology, and Each Other R Alexander Bentley, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, USA & Michael J O'Brien, Texas A&M University–San Antonio, USA
Spanning 2 million years, this book examines how humans partnered with nature, technology, and each other to shape their world, from evolutionary origins and ancient innovations to the rise of artificial intelligence.
This book examines how humans collaborated with other entities, expanding in scale from individuals to other species of Homo, and further to the formation of groups, interactions with organisms, connections with past generations, and the transformative role of technology Through dozens of vivid examples –from the lives of Neanderthals to the origins of agriculture, the impact of ancient diseases, the practices of shamans, Bronze Age innovations, global trade routes, and the products of the world’s first cities – this narrative illuminates the intricate web of partnerships that defined human history The final chapter delves into artificial intelligence, illustrating how its evolution mirrors the co-evolution of humans with technologies
Richly illustrated with over 50 full-color figures, this book offers a visually engaging and intellectually stimulating journey through the partnerships that have shaped our world, from the dawn of prehistory to the cutting edge of AI
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
232 Pages • 31 bw illus
PB 9781350398436 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350398429 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350398443 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350398450 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Global, the Local and the Glocal Recent Approaches in Roman Archaeology
Edited by Francesca Mazzilli, University of Bergen, Norway, Rubén Montoya González, Royal Netherlands Institute in Rome, Italy & Lukasz Sokolowski, Art History Institute in Florence, Italy
This volume explores the impact of Rome’s globalizing empire upon identity and visual culture in its western and eastern provinces It focuses particularly on the realities of glocal identities, the interconnectivity between people, ideas and technology, and the diverse and uniting nature of the empire
The issue of how identities are shaped and remoulded by Roman conquest, and by the aftermath of empire, are central to contemporary debates across the disciplines of classical archaeology and ancient history The theoretical framework of glocalization offers a starting point for nuanced discussion through its exploration of the adaptation of a global phenomenon to local realities Informed by this innovative paradigm and drawing on a wide array of sources, the chapters in this volume range across iconography, religion, settlements, imperial power and identities Together they investigate the ways in which local actors engaged with imperial structures, and how this phenomenon varied across the different provinces
COLLECTIONS
UCL Critical Cultural Heritage Series
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
264 Pages • 45 bw illus
HB 9781350426740 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350426788 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350426757 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350426764 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Connecting with Ambivalent Heritage Creative Uses of Postindustrial Spaces
Edited by Tiina Äikäs,
University of Oulu, Finland
& Tuuli Matila,
University of Oulu, Finland
Exploring the difficult and contested sites of deindustrialized society on the brink of transformation to either heritage or wasteland, this volume looks at the creative ways that such sites are (re)used and suggests that they are not always merely abject or abandoned As a result, our understanding of the meanings given to left over spaces is enhanced by an examination of the ways they are used
Ambivalent heritage sites are not always recognized for their potential, although artists and people from different recreational activities, such as industrial sites and parkour, use and experience these places in different ways The contributors introduce fresh ideas on how to approach these sites and the people invested in them, employing multidisciplinary methodologies from archaeology and heritage studies to ethnography and sociology Through the use of Northern-European case studies such as a former sanatorium, a prison and the Chornobyl Exclusion Zone, the reader gains a new perspective on these sites of contestation, which are cherished despite their problematic status The conclusion is that due to the rapid societal change we are experiencing in the contemporary world, heritage professionals must start to acknowledge and deal with the difficulties that ambivalent heritage sites pose
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Egyptology
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
216 Pages 40 bw illus
HB 9781350323483 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350323490 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350323506 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350323513 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Helmets and Body Armour in New Kingdom Egypt
Alberto Maria Pollastrini, Paris Sciences and Letters University, France
This book examines the dynamics around the introduction and spread of helmets and body armour throughout Egypt during the 18th, 19th and 20th Dynasties It argues that the word 'introduction' is the best term to define this phenomenon because these types of military equipment were not in fact Egyptian technological innovations, but initially appeared at the end of the Bronze Age following the Hurrian expansion in the Middle East before being dispersed throughout the surrounding territories
The analysis focuses particularly on a survey of iconographic, archaeological and lexicographic attestations from a wide range of surviving material evidence and literary sources On the basis of the collated data, it provides as accurate a perspective as possible on how the helmet and the cuirass were introduced and propagated, their impact on warfare and their possible role in ideology across the chronological span of the New Kingdom Pollastrini also draws productive comparisons between the Egyptian data and contemporary attestations from the Middle East and the Aegean region in order to underpin the 'international' dynamics at play In doing so it both encourages a broader ancient-historical perspective that sets New Kingdom Egypt within its contemporary context, and sheds new light on developments in the military history and warfare of the period
COLLECTIONS
Asia in World Politics
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages
HB 9798216365921 • £85 50 / $130 00
PB 9798216365938 • £25 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798216365952 • £23 39 / $35 95
ePub 9798216365945 • £23 39 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
China Inside and Out
Politics and Policies in a Turbulent World
Mel Gurtov
At this moment, Americans regard China as a major threat, both economically and strategically, while Chinese regard the US as determined to contain China and impede its development Tensions between the two countries remain high: human rights, trade, Taiwan, the South China Sea, military budgets
Yet in spite of all these points of contention, the search for common ground through diplomatic engagement goes on as both countries’ leaders recognize that constant friction can have calamitous consequences This text consists of brief but factual and engaging readings to bring students of international affairs up to speed on what is happening inside China and in China’s international relations The readings reflect objective assessments of important developments in Chinese politics and society, notions of national security, and the link in Chinese thinking between security and economic development
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Christianity in East Asia
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
496 Pages
PB 9781611463187 • £55 00 / $75 00
HB 9781611463163 • £130 00 / $175 00
ePDF 9781611464825 • £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781611464603 • £117 00 / $157 50
Lehigh University Press
Missionaries to China
A Historical Dictionary
Leopold Leeb
A comprehensive sourcebook for historians and sinologists, containing biographies of over 1000 Christian missionaries who served in China before 1955
In this monumental reference work, Leopold Leeb provides biographical accounts of over 1000 missionaries in China, beginning in the year 635 and continuing through the mid-twentieth century Missionaries to China: A Historical Dictionary is distinctive for its wide historical range, its emphasis on Catholic, Protestant, and Orthodox missions, and its many entries on women and lesser-known figures in the missionary history of China Based on sources in several languages including Chinese, German, French, and Latin, Leeb’s dictionary is a wellspring of historical and cultural information The book’s biographical entries are contextualized by an introduction to the history and historiography of China missionaries Enhancing its functionality as a research tool, the dictionary provides the English and Chinese names of both the missionary figures and the titles of works that they published The dictionary lists all place names in China in both English and Chinese, and it features a bilingual index of names and a topical index Given the book’s scope of information and userfriendly design, Missionaries to China: A Historical Dictionary is an essential resource for scholars studying Christianity and missionary activity in China
Asian Celebrity and Fandom Studies
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
176 Pages
HB 9781350359789 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350359826 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350359802 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350359796 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
Beyond the Male Idol Factory
The Construction of Gender and National Ideologies in Japan through Johnny's Jimusho
Yunuen Ysela Mandujano-Salazar
A star-making factory without rival, the Japanese talent agency Johnny’s Jimusho has brought fame to several generations of male stars – singers, actors and performers Beyond the Male Idol Factory asks what the phenomenon of “Johnny’s Idols” reveals about discourses of masculinity and national identity in contemporary Japan
Examining the pervasive presence of these stars across a wide range of Japanese media, the book explores how Johnny’s Idols act as role models of ideal masculinity and good citizenship as well as entertainers Taking a wide-ranging cultural studies approach, the book assesses the social, economic and demographic contexts of these familiar stars in postindustrial and post-Bubble Japanese society
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
178 Pages • 27 b/w illustrations; 5 tables; 2 textboxes;
HB 9781666925258 • £73 00 / $95 00
PB 9798216380207 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781978779679 • £65 70 / $85 50
ePub 9781666925265 • £65 70 / $85 50 Lexington Books
Misguided Democracy in Malaysia and Indonesia
Digital Propaganda in Southeast Asia
Nuurrianti Jalli & Ika Idris
Misguided Democracy in Malaysia and Indonesia: Digital Propaganda in Southeast Asia examines the weaponization of the internet in Southeast Asia Nuurrianti Jalli and Ika Idris meticulously unpack the intricate strategies and tactics used by propagandists, state entities, and political factions to manipulate and mislead public opinion through social media The topics discussed dissect the role disinformation plays in altering electoral behavior, political dialogue, societal unity, regional stability, and global diplomacy By guiding readers through the convoluted landscape of internet propaganda in Southeast Asia, this book aspires to stimulate thoughtful discourse on the influential role of the digital revolution in molding the future of our societies
UK February 2026 • US April 2026
352 Pages
HB 9781350361478
• £150 00 / $200 00
PB 9781350361461 • £45 99 / $64 95
ePDF 9781350361485 • £41 39 / $58 45
ePub 9781350361508 • £41 39 / $58 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Introduction to Marketing Concepts and Contexts
Andrew
Corcoran,
University of Nottingham, UK
This concise introduction to marketing essentials provides a grounding in the key concepts of the subject and the contexts in which they operate Considering how the organisation must deal clearly with the contrasting value needs of both consumer and customer, the text views marketing through three topical lenses: technology, responsibility and employability This provides a unique contemporary approach for today's students
The structure enables students to work through topics in a logical order Throughout, the author reflects on the differences between best practice and reality Recognisable brand examples stimulate applied thinking and encourage situational awareness of the issues that shape marketing practices at local, national and global levels
A wealth of pedagogical features consolidates students' knowledge of key concepts They include a running case study, real life cases, quizzes and discussion and reflection prompts This digestible yet critical introduction to marketing will help undergraduate students to understand how value is transferred from organisations to the market, using a broad range of marketing mix techniques
5TH EDITION
BOR
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
448 Pages • 63 photos, 13 tables, 18 figures
HB 9781350442771 • £170 00
PB 9781350442788 • £59 99 / $79 95
ePDF 9781350442801 • £53 99 / $71 95
ePub 9781350442795 • £53 99 / $71 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Marketing Research
Delivering Customer Insight
Alan Wilson, University of Strathclyde, UK
Taking a refreshingly non-technical approach, this textbook gives students a concise overview of the marketing research process
This text equips students with the skills needed to interpret research and use their findings to effect meaningful change Keeping digital data and internet research at its heart, it details the main stages of the research process, covering both quantitative and qualitative methods A plethora of case studies and examples helps students grasp the practical applications of theory
This textbook is ideal for use on marketing research courses at undergraduate, postgraduate and MBA levels
New to the 5th edition:
- Updated cases, examples and business environment terminology incorporating recent developments in the industry - New feature within each chapter setting out the potential role of artificial intelligence
- Expanded material on experimental research and virtual test markets
Accompanying free online resources designed to support teaching and learning can be found at bloomsbury pub/marketing-research-5e
UK February 2026 US February 2026
184 Pages • 6 bw illus
HB 9798881807689 £25 99 / $36 00
ePDF 9798881867591 • £23 39 / $32 40
ePub 9798881807696 £23 39 / $32 40
Bloomsbury Academic
Feeding the World
How Innovations in Agriculture Are Saving the Planet
John F Mongillo, NSTA
An accessible guide to modern and evolving farming practices to help combat climate change
In Feeding the World: How Innovations in Agriculture Are Saving the Planet, John F Mongillo looks specifically at how climate change impacts agriculture production by creating adverse effects on human health, loss of wildlife, food and water insecurities, devastation to ecosystems, and even animal and human migration Through interviews and case studies of the changemakers in the agricultural industry overhauling our food systems, Mongillo highlights positive, uplifting, and innovative projects working to mitigate climate change, illuminating how a wide variety of people and organizations are creating salvable projects to curtail the impact of a warming world From farmers to colleges and universities, agriculture technicians, and government and non-government organizations, these projects include regenerative farming practices, building vertical farms, engaging in soil-less farming practices, constructing rooftop gardens in urban cities, and using precision agriculture with robots, drones, GPS systems, and even salt-water farming
Feeding the World provides an excellent introduction for developing a working knowledge of climate-related issues and a call to service for readers wanting to make a difference This is an essential guide to possible solutions, understanding how the agricultural industry works, and the effect on the economy, environment, and technology
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
224 Pages
PB 9781636713892
• £76 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798765154786
• £68 40 / $90 00
ePub 9781636713908 • £68 40 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Producer Responsibility in Practice Approaches to Advancing Product Circularity
Edited
by Amy D Cabaniss
Large and small communities struggle with ever-growing waste management needs along with dwindling resources In a "take-make-waste" society, the answer lies partly with shared resource responsibility by consumers, communities, government, and producers Through Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR), responsibility is shifted upstream EPR is a concept where producers are responsible for their products throughout the lifecycle, including product end-of-life management (such as recycling)
From the editor of Handbook of Household Hazardous Waste, this is a practical guide to implementing product stewardship and extended producer responsibility in communities and businesses--beginning the process of engaging, motivating, and guiding key stakeholders in developing, legislating, and participating in a product stewardship or EPR program
Written by leading practitioners for manufacturers; local, state and federal officials and legislators; consumer product designers; solid waste management and environmental professionals; and professors and students, Producer Responsibility in Practice: Approaches to Advancing Product Circularity shares many of the ideas behind resource recovery and the circular economy, ways to effectively engage consumers, retailers, and decision makers, and how to make passing bills a reality
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
304 Pages 3 b/w photos; 1 table
HB 9781538170960 • £30 00 / $36 00
PB 9798216382133 £15 00 / $22 00
ePDF 9798881852191 • £27 00 / $32 40
ePub 9781538170977 • £27 00 / $32 40
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Glass Walls
Shattering the Six Gender Bias Barriers Still Holding Women Back at Work
Amy Diehl & Leanne M Dzubinski
“The practicality and clarity make this a valuable contribution to collections in academic and public libraries.”
Booklist, Starred Review
A new, important, and richly detailed guide to understanding gender bias with practical solutions for leaders, workplace allies, and individual women
Gender bias is a powerful but hidden force that is still holding women back, keeping them from achieving their full potential and limiting organizations from achieving the creativity, problem solving, and growth that are possible with a diverse workforce
In this revealing new book, Amy Diehl and Leanne Dzubinski shine a new light on gender bias in the workplace, uncovering the barriers that work like glass walls surrounding women Through their original research, they have discovered six core factors and multiple subfactors of bias, giving names to some elements for the first time ever
Their findings and analysis present a new, important, and richly detailed guidebook to understanding gender bias Glass Walls provides a roadmap to shatter barriers holding women back once and for all
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
288 Pages • 30 colour illus
PB 9781350447691 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350447653 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350447660 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350447677 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Ancient Epigraphic Culture on the Aegean and Ionian Islands
Edited by Krzysztof Nawotka, University of Wroclaw, Poland & Agnieszka Wojciechowska
Through a series of case-studies of nine Aegean and Ionian islands, the contributors examine the ancient epigraphic culture of each island's political, social and religious history from the archaic age until late antiquity These Mediterranean islands – Delos, Thera, Crete, Chis, Samos, Kos, Rhodes, Amorgos and the Ionian islands – were a world in themselves with their own dialects, cults, customs and political structures Through a careful reading of a range of inscriptions, new interpretations arise concerning our understanding of their constitutional history, economic transformation, relationship with major powers, as well as notions of identity and connectivity
Inscribing for public display was a feature of Greek civilization that was carried out not only by priests, politicians and the elite, but also by individual citizens The Greeks developed a plethora of distinct categories of inscriptions, going beyond the standard of epitaphs and dedications to the gods, to include decrees of the people, honorific inscriptions cut into the bases of statues and monuments dedicated to benefactors and athletes However, the intensity of inscribing varied from one century to the other, and these fluctuations can be represented from a quantative approach as epigraphic curves The significance of this volume is that it offers an overview of the history of these lesser states, which are not necessarily well documented in literary evidence to the degree comparable with Athens or Sparta
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages
PB 9781350401792 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350401754 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350401761 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350401778 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Writing Herstory through Ancient Greek Letters Representations of Women in Fictional Epistolography
Antonios Pontoropoulos, Swedish Institute in Rome, Italy
Offering the first comprehensive feminist analysis of ancient Greek fictional letters, this book focuses on the centuries between the Roman Imperial period and late antiquity Through an exploration of modern French and AngloAmerican feminist theory, Pontoropoulos creates an analytical framework using the scholarship of Hèléne Cixous and Alice Jardine On the ancient side, the literary representations of women in the letter collections of Aelian, Alciphron and Aristaenetus form the main corpus of study
In this volume, Pontoropoulos structures his argument around three pertinent questions: can ancient fictional letters written by men tell us anything about their ancient representations of women? How do these letters inform our modern understanding of concepts such as gender and agency? Do these letter collections succeed in providing the reader with a variety of fictional female characters? The women in these literary collections are presented as speaking, rhetorical subjects that subvert the expected discourses of desire and shift the perspective from the male to the female point of view In this sense, they not only present the reader with a highly-layered intertext, but also with a text that challenges expected gendered norms
COLLECTIONS
Companions to Greek and Roman Tragedy
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
192 Pages • 3 bw illus
PB 9781350205697 • £22 99 / $30 95
HB 9781350205659 • £70 00 / $95 00
ePDF 9781350205666 • £63 00 / $85 50
ePub 9781350205673 • £63 00 / $85 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Pseudo-Seneca: Hercules on Oeta
George W M Harrison, Carleton University, Canada
A Roman tragedy widely considered to be post-Senecan and of unknown authorship, Hercules on Oeta is the longest play to survive from antiquity This accessible volume offers a concise yet thorough introduction for readers coming to the play for the first time, exploring issues of authorship, date and performance alongside chapters on its literary antecedents, historical context, main characters and key themes, and reception in antiquity and beyond Hercules on Oeta demonstrates that Hercules' death and deification was at least as important in art and myth as his twelve labours The first half of the play is devoted to probing the humiliation he inflicted on his wife by returning with a pregnant, unwilling mistress, whose family he destroyed Infected with a flesh-eating virus, the torment of Hercules became so great that he built a pyre for self-immolation: he appears again to his mother at the play’s end, now deified
As a study of the frictions between loyalty, fidelity and personal responsibility, the play raises the central question of whether one should be forgiven bad deeds by virtue of having also performed good deeds There is more than one Hercules, and all his aspects are represented in this play: glutton, sexual opportunist, quick to violence and lacking in compassion, he was endearing but deeply flawed, tottering between pathos and parody, and very much a figure of our own time
COLLECTIONS
Companions to Greek and Roman Tragedy
UK January 2026 US January 2026
192 Pages • 2 bw illus
PB 9781526691675 £26 99 / $36 95
HB 9781350121843 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9781350121867 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781350121850 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Pseudo-Seneca: Octavia
Erica M Bexley, Durham University, UK
Octavia is a unique play: a work of uncertain authorship and date, erroneously attributed to Seneca, it is the only surviving example of a Roman historical drama Its story focuses on the turbulent events surrounding Nero’s divorce from his first wife – Octavia, daughter of the emperor Claudius – and his marriage to the glamorous Poppaea, a move that sparks open rebellion amongst the Roman populace With a supporting cast that includes Seneca and Nero himself, Octavia plunges its audience into the muddy waters of Julio-Claudian politics and leads them to confront difficult questions about how the past is remembered
This companion volume introduces the novice reader to Octavia’s historical background, genre, style and main themes It combines detailed literary analysis with historical, cultural and theatrical knowledge, and concludes with a glance at the play’s enduring influence on later European traditions of tragedy
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
264 Pages
PB 9781350553682
• US February 2026
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350534483 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350534490 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350534506 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Path from Aulis
A Study of Aeschylus’ Oresteia
Richard Jenkyns
The first book to re-assess the Oresteia for a new generation of Classicists Bridging between the disciplines of Classics, literary studies, gender studies, moral philosophy, and theories of imagery, Jenkyns presents a close reading of the three plays and a sophisticated literary anaylsis that will become standard reading on the play
Rehabilitating the two central characters in the trilogy, Jenkyns gives a provocative and insightful new analysis of Agamemnon and Clytemnestra, prompting his readers to reconsider scholarship and current trends of interpretation He proposes a wide and liberal view of the trilogy as showcasing a heroic ideal with a greater unity than is usually argued For Jenkyns the characters are sympathetic and the tragic gaze is strongly centred around an inward and emotional perception of minor as well as major characters
Brilliantly argued and lucidly written, this study is set to become an influential core reading of perhaps the most influential and significant drama of the Classical world
COLLECTIONS
Classical Literature and Society
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
224 Pages
HB 9781350441170 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350441217 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350441187 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350441194 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Euripides and Quotation Culture
Matthew Wright, University of Exeter, UK
Presenting a new approach to Euripides’ plays, this book explores the playwright’s ancient tragedies in relation to quotation culture Treating extant works and lost works side-by-side, Matthew Wright presents a selective survey of ways in which Euripidean tragedy was quoted within antiquity, both in social contexts (on the comic stage, at symposia, in law courts, in education) and in different literary genres (drama, biography, oratory, philosophy, literary scholarship, history and anthologies) There is also a discussion of the connection between quotability and classic status, where Wright asks what quotations can tell us about ancient reading habits The implication is that Euripides actively participated in quotation culture by deliberately making certain portions of his plays stand out as especially quotable
Within classical antiquity, Euripides was the most widely quoted author apart from Homer His plays are full of ‘quotable quotes’, which were repeated so often that they acquired a life of their own Hundreds of famous verses from Euripidean drama circulated widely within the ancient world, even after the plays in which they originally featured became forgotten or vanished completely Indeed, the majority of Euripides’ tragedies now survive only in the form of scattered quotations, otherwise known to us as ‘fragments’ It is this corpus of fragmentary quotations, along with his extant plays, that makes Euripides such an interesting case study in the world of quotation culture This book is the first of its kind to understand Euripides’ work through this lens, as well as opening up quotation culture as a major theme of interest within classical scholarship
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series: Early Modern Texts and Anthologies
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
192 Pages • 4 bw illus
PB 9781350468726 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350468689 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350468696 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350468702 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series: Early Modern Texts and Anthologies
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
328 Pages • 3 bw illus
PB 9781350458222 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350458185 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350458192 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350458208 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series: Early Modern Texts and Anthologies
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages
PB 9781350408753 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350408760 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350408777 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350408784 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Isaac Barrow's On the Turkish Religion
A Latin Poem on Islam from Ottoman Istanbul
Thomas Matthew Vozar, University of Hamburg, Germany
This edition offers a novel perspective on seventeenth-century European-Islamic encounters by making accessible the Neo-Latin poem On the Turkish Religion (De Religione Turcica). Written by the Cambridge scholar Isaac Barrow during a visit to Istanbul in 1658, this poem shows how the knowledge and use of Latin contributed to the rise of early modern European oriental studies, both as a medium of information and as a vehicle of representation
As well as including an accessible translation and full text with commentary, Vozar lays out for the reader a detailed introduction explaining the background of Barrow’s travels, especially his meeting with the Polish-born Ottoman dragoman Ali Ufki, whose Latin Epitome of Islamic doctrine constituted Barrow’s main source Comparison between the two texts reveals some of the ways in which Barrow converted Ufki s work to polemical purposes in his Lucretian diatribe against the religion As further elucidation of the context of Barrow's poem, Vozar includes in this edition a text and translation of a Latin letter that Barrow wrote to his Cambridge colleagues around the same time, in which he discusses the genesis of the poem as well as current affairs at the Ottoman court
José Basílio da Gama's Brazilian Goldmines
Leni Ribeiro Leite, University of Kentucky, USA & Dreykon Fernandes Nascimento, Independent Scholar, Brazil
Published here for the first time in an accessible edition, Brasilienses Aurifodinae or “Brazilian Goldmines” is an 18th century hexameter poem in Latin, by Brazilian author José Basílio da Gama (1741-1795) Two addenda follow the text, translation and commentary on this poem: an Appendix Compendiaria, which summarises the content of the poem in simple prose; a Quaestio Curiosa, where Gama answers common questions about his topic; and an alphabetically organized Index rerum notabilium
Gama, famous for his anti-Jesuit works in Portuguese and for his support of the liberal reformation of the Portuguese crown, touches in this work upon central questions of his time, such as life in the colonies, use of slave labor, relationship with the metropolis and payment of taxes He also showcases his technical knowledge of the extraction of gold and his scientific knowledge regarding geography, geology and mineralogy of the mining sites – not to mention his erudition in mastery of Latin and his familiarity with the Classical tradition
This edition contains the edited Latin text, as well as the first English translation of the work, an introductory study and commentaries to the text
Sicco Polenton, Lives of the Famous Latin Authors A Selection
T E Franklinos, University of Oxford, UK & Rino Modonutti, University of Padova, Italy
Offering an anthology of the first history of Latin literature, Sicco Polenton’s Scriptorum illustrium Latinae linguae libri XVIII is a collection of biographies that spans the period from ancient Rome to the 15th century Compiled between 1419 and 1433, the main focus of the Scriptores illustres is on the life and works of ancient Latin authors, but Polenton also displays a wider interest in the history of Roman culture, institutions and society, which he constantly interlaces with literary issues
This anthology offers the first English translation of carefully selected passages of the Scriptores illustres, in order to provide scholars and students with an accessible overview of the work’s structure and style, as well as its impact on early 15thcentury scholarship It is the first modern edition of Polenton’s work to be annotated, thereby providing an historical context for the work The commentary sheds new light on the complexity of Polenton’s original research into his classical sources, and the anthology fills a gap in Anglophone scholarship, which has in recent decades paid little attention to Polenton and his intellectual profile
COLLECTIONS
IMAGINES – Classical Receptions in the Visual and Performing Arts
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
216 Pages • 25 bw illus
PB 9781350588875 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350160163 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350160170 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350160187 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Martha Graham's Greek Myth-Based Dances and Her Collaboration with Isamu Noguchi Ronnie Ancona, Hunter College, USA
Illuminating an understudied avenue of classical reception in the performing arts, this book considers how the long artistic collaboration between one of the greatest dancers and choreographers of recent times and the set designer with whom she worked extensively, can inform a deeper understanding of how artists today refashion their audience's appreciation of classical antiquity In her many classically-inspired dances, all of which are discussed in this book, Martha Graham transformed Greek myth, creating a “woman-centered” reception of antiquity In “Night Journey,” her dance based on the Oedipus myth, Jocasta is the central figure, not Oedipus In "Errand into the Maze," Ariadne takes center stage It is Clytemnestra, not Agamemnon, who dominates Graham's retelling of the Oresteia, while in “Cave of the Heart,” Medea eclipses Jason
Graham’s interpretations provide a provocative view of Greek myth that counters the traditional privileging of the “male,” and result in a special resonance for contemporary audiences But these transformations of Greek mythology are also shaped by the influential set designs of Japanese-American sculptor and designer, Isamu Noguchi Ronnie Ancona therefore considers each dance through the lens of their collaboration, considering how Noguchi’s objects actively participate in the creation of Graham's interpretations Informed by classical research as well as research in dance and the visual arts, this is a vital work of interdisciplinary scholarship that introduces the classicist to a rich new chapter in classical reception, while informing dance specialists about the classical background of Graham’s use of Greek myth
IMAGINES – Classical Receptions in the Visual and Performing Arts
UK January 2026 US January 2026
352 Pages • 54 bw illus
PB 9781350461871 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350461833 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350461840 £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350461857 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Audio-Visual Roman Women
Gender, History and Screen Media
Edited by Maria Wyke, University College London, UK & Monika Wozniak, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy
This open-access book is an interdisciplinary and transnational study of how screen media can shape our perception of Roman women and project present gender inequalities onto them Maria Wyke and Monika Wozniak explore a range of representations that have given life to Roman women through a multisensory experience of history as image, movement and sound, starting from the 1900s through to the 2020s (from the arrival of cinema to the ascendance of video games) This book asks: what sources do screen media draw on for their Roman women (given the scarcity of suitable ancient material), how are they assembled aesthetically and ideologically using the specific devices of such media (from camerawork to gameplay), and who are they made by and for (especially in terms of gender)?
Each chapter investigates the diverse ways these representations interlock with the social position of women at the time in which they were made, and consider to what extent they have responded to the emergence of feminism, the revisionist scholarship on ancient women that emerged in the mid-1970s, and the rise of the #MeToo movement from 2006 The challenge of creating authentic yet compelling portrayals of Roman women is greater than ever, in a media culture marked by anti-feminist rhetoric and a wide gap between our ancient sources (where female agency is tightly constrained) and current expectations for powerful women in popular culture The volume will therefore provide a stronger platform on which to build the Roman women of the future
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by University College London
COLLECTIONS
Classical Diaspora
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
400 Pages 40 bw illus
PB 9781350430464 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350430426 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350430433 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350430440 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Irish Migrations and Classical Antiquity
Edited by Isabelle Torrance, Aarhus University, Denmark
Why should classical antiquity matter to Irish migration? Irish Migrations and Classical Antiquity argues that ancient Greece and Rome have shaped Irish migration narratives from the earliest texts to the 21st century These classical models emerge in response to four key drivers of migration: war, economic need, religious motivation and the pursuit of education Rather than passive inheritances, Graeco-Roman forms are used both to join and to challenge dominant frameworks, offering tools for cultural participation and strategies of resistance to exclusion
The book traces classical reception in contexts ranging from early Irish origin legends and medieval Latin learning to 21stcentury cultural politics, including Irish-language translation, diaspora literature and gendered experiences Participation appears in assertions of Irish civilisation, synchronistic histories, literary cosmopolitanism and transnational exchange Resistance surfaces in critiques of marginalisation, defence of minority languages and challenges to aesthetic or political canons This book rethinks how Irish identities travel across borders, languages and centuries by showing how the ancient world underwrites both movement and its meanings
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the European Research Council
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
232 Pages • 16 bw illus
HB 9781350258129 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350258167 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350258136 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350258143 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Modern Hungarian Culture and the Classics
Péter Hajdu, Shenzhen University, China
Péter Hajdu examines the cultivation of the Classics as an intellectual framework and crucial ingredient of the western aspect of Hungarian national identity This book approaches the relationship of modern Hungarian culture to classical heritage from the various viewpoints of identity politics, education, translation history, scholarship, and its impact on literature When the Hungarian nation-building project developed ideas of national identity, it necessarily incorporated the historical narrative according to which the Hungarians arrived at their current homeland in the Middle Ages, and only later did it adopt European culture The duplicity of a mostly imagined Asian, pagan, barbaric or nomadic culture, and a Western, Christian, civilized identity, deeply rooted in European culture, has played and continues to play a role in the Hungarian discourse
Hajdu also studies the gradual disappearance of classics from the Hungarian school education since the 19th century, which has been accompanied by fervid political debates However, over this period, translations of classical texts paradoxically became more frequent and popular with the decline of a classical education, even though fewer readers had access to the original texts Despite this change, the translation strategies tended to remain school-bound The knowledge of classical literature still leaves traces on Hungarian literature, which Hajdu explores using examples from nineteenthcentury novels and contemporary poetry This book sheds light on a topic of classical reception that has remained largely unexplored in this part of Europe, but one which has an incredibly rich history, culture and literary tradition
Classical Diaspora
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
208 Pages • 11 bw illus
PB 9781350407275
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350407244 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350407251 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350407268 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Classical Receptions in TwentiethCentury Writing
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages • 4 bw illus
HB 9781350323384 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350323421 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350323391 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350323407 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
368 Pages 52 bw illus and 8 colour illus
HB 9781350380882
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350380929 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350380899
• £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350380905 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Narrative in Ovid's Amores Comics Theory, Elegy, and Segmentary Narrative Natalie J Swain, Acadia University, Canada
How are comics and Latin elegy related? Comics tell their stories by placing individual images in a sequence, and Latin elegy builds narrative through sequence, encouraging readers to connect poems in order to reveal narrativity. Despite this, there has yet to be a definitive methodology that inspires readers to examine the function of this narrative tool Examining Ovid’s Amores, Swain argues a comics-based methodology can offer us important new insights into the ancient genre of Latin elegy
This book applies theories such as the gutter (the space that exists between two comics panels), Groensteen’s braiding (the interaction of panels outside of a linear sequence), and the comics page-turn, all to release new readings that reveal the narrative found across the three books of this text By analysing the way that Ovid creates a complex narrative mosaic in which key characters and motifs repeat across poems, this book explores how story segments are connected into a larger unified narrative
Reading Greek Tragedy with Judith Butler
Mario Telò, University of California, Berkeley, USA
Considering Butler ’s “tragic trilogy” a set of interventions on Sophocles’ Antigone, Euripides’ Bacchae, and Aeschylus’s Eumenides this book seeks to understand not just how Butler uses and interprets Greek tragedy, but also how tragedy shapes Butler ’s thinking, even when their gaze is directed elsewhere Through close readings of these tragedies, this book brings to light the tragic quality of Butler ’s writing It shows how Butler ’s mode of reading tragedy and, crucially, reading tragically offers a distinctive ethico-political response to the harrowing dilemmas of our current moment
Deeply committed both to critical theory and political activism, Judith Butler is one of the most influential intellectuals today Their ideas have touched the lives of many people, both readers and those who have never heard Butler ’s name In encompassing gender performativity and sexual difference, vulnerability and precarity, disidentification and bodily interdependency, as well as the politics of protest, Butler ’s work is often predicated on a strong engagement with or proximity to Greek tragedy
Queens in Antiquity and the Present Speculative Visions and Critical Histories
Edited by Patricia Eunji Kim, New York University, USA & Anastasia Tchaplyghine, University of Pennsylvania, USA
This interdisciplinary edited volume explores the notion of queenship as it has manifest from antiquity to the present, in contexts ranging from political acts to art production Featuring the work of scholars, educators, curators and artists, this book gathers temporally and geographically distinct ideas about queenship into a single discursive space Invigorating the conversation around powerful historical women and their legacies, the contributors discuss ‘queenship’ as a concept with contemporary urgency from North America to Africa, and Europe to Asia foregrounding critical methodologies and creative interventions that address the gaps within archives and current cultural and socio-political representation
Although traditional narratives present queens of the ancient Mediterranean world primarily as the wives, daughters and mothers of kings, such as Semiramis and Cleopatra, the ways in which royal women wielded power whether directly or indirectly were actually multivariate, highly nuanced and culturally specific The current contributions featured in this volume are concerned with teasing out the modern assumptions that have heavily influenced interpretations of gender norms and power dynamics in antiquity In addition to re-examining primary sources, this volume scrutinizes the historiographies, methodologies and stereotypes that have shaped knowledge production and popular imagination over the course of hundreds and even thousands of years
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Classical Reception
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
• 8 bw illus
480 Pages
HB 9781350333277
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350333314
• £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350333284 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350333291 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Classical Reception
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages
HB 9781350186163
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350186484 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350186170 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350186187 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Classical Reception
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
248 Pages • 3 bw illus
HB 9781350357266 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350357303 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350357273 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350357280 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Classical Antiquity and Medieval Ireland
An Anthology of Medieval Irish Texts and Interpretations
Edited by Michael Clarke, University of Galway, Ireland, Erich Poppe, University of Marburg, Germany & Isabelle Torrance, Aarhus University, Denmark
Through an extensive series of extracts and accompanying interpretative and contextual essays, this open access volume showcases the expertise in classical learning that flourished in medieval Gaelic Ireland. Providing translations of all excerpts, it situates better known ‘antiquity sagas’ in the Middle Irish language, such as Togail Troí (The Siege of Troy, based on Dares Phrygius), Imtheachta Aeniasa (The Wanderings of Aeneas, based on Virgil’s Aeneid), In Cath Catharda (The Civil War, based on Lucan) and Togail na Tebe (The Siege of Thebes, based on Statius), within the broader constellation of medieval Irish literature that references and engages with classical antiquity
Creating access to this body of texts and revealing the marked influences of classical concepts on the imaginative resources of medieval Ireland fills a conspicuous lacuna in our knowledge of classical reception in European literatures
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the European Research Council, grant no 818366
Greek Tragedy in 20th-Century Italian Literature
Translations by Camillo Sbarbaro and Giovanna Bemporad Caterina Paoli, University of Warwick, UK
Focusing on the works of Camillo Sbarbaro and Giovanna Bemporad, this book offers the first in-depth analysis of poetic translations of Greek tragedy in 20th-century Italian poetry The close examination of the linguistic and ideological diversity embedded in these authors’ works shows how narratives of Greek tragedy shaped their poetic universe, and how their work influenced the Greek paradigm in return The reader is presented with a textual analysis of Sbarbaro’s and Bemporad’s translations, as well as a discussion of larger cultural patterns
This volume provides a fresh perspective on the pedagogical commitment of the Italian poets and their roles as translators of classical studies The web of relationships and historical context in which these authors are placed provide an understanding of their importance for a wider discourse on translation in Italy and Europe in the 1940s Caterina Paoli’s original analysis of Sbarbaro’s and Bemporad’s poetic translations and her emphasis on their relevance for translation studies, women’s writing and classical reception, fills a significant gap in current scholarship on the translation of ancient literature in the Italian poetic community
Truth in the Late Foucault Antiquity, Sexuality, and Psychoanalysis
Edited by Paul Allen Miller,
University of South Carolina, USA
The first full treatment of truth as a core philosophical concept in the late Foucault, this volume examines his work on the ancient world and the early church Each essay features a deep examination as to how the topics of truth and sexuality intersect with and focus on Foucault’s engagement with ancient philosophy and thought Truth in the Late Foucault offers readings on Plato, Artemidorus, Cicero, Sophocles and the Stoics, and pays close attention to Cassian, Paulinus of Nola, and early Christian practices of confession
With the publication of the long-awaited volume 4 of the History of Sexuality: Confessions of the Flesh, the shape of the final Foucault is now brought into stark relief As well as looking at ancient thought, the contributors explore Foucault’s work in relation to philosophers such as Gadamer, Heidegger, Derrida and Descartes Foucault’s long-running and often contentious dialogue with psychoanalysis, on the relation between truth and the subject, is also examined Each essay not only makes an important statement, but also is part of an interconnected arc of topics and understanding, covering both the ancient and modern periods This book reveals that Foucault’s concern with antiquity raises questions deeply pertinent to the present moment
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
296 Pages • 2 b/w illus
HB 9798881800543 £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798216379560 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798881860431 £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9798881800567 • £22 49 / $31 45 Bloomsbury Academic
Media
Parenting
Theory and Research on Parent, Child, and Media Interactions
Eric E Rasmussen, Texas Tech University, USA
Media psychologist Eric Rasmussen explores the vital role of parents in empowering children to make media choices that promote their well-being.
Rasmussen challenges prevailing assumptions about human nature in a way that pushes the broader field of human communication and its disciplinary offspring, children, and media beyond the bounds of current dominant paradigms Media Parenting reviews past empirical findings, advocates for media parenting’s reconceptualization, and proposes a research roadmap leading to a more enriching, theoretical understanding of the dynamic interactions between parents, children, and media
COLLECTIONS
HB 9781666937701
£90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216269236 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978767669 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages 3 bw illus
PB 9798216392293 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666972085 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216265269 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978759695 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Imagining Community in White Nationalism’s Mediated Network
The Production of Identity in White Nationalism's Mediated Networks
Kevan A Feshami
This book illustrates how white nationalism emerged and maintained itself as a global movement in the years after the Second World War, contending that its international scope was made possible by a network of individuals and groups who depended on media to communicate with each other By establishing and maintaining mediated networks, Feshami posits, members of the movement were able to more persuasively communicate not only their ideas and worldview but also perhaps more compellingly the personal emotions, narratives, and experiences which have encouraged them to construct and understand their identities as part of a national community fighting for its survival To that end, he analyzes a variety of archival white nationalist media artifacts as case studies to demonstrate how the movement has historically utilized media to construct and foster an identity grounded in ideas of racial unity, geographical belonging, and perceived existential threats
As white nationalists attempt to draw larger audiences by shifting cultural attitudes toward their vision of a globally united white nation, Feshami positions this network as a mediated space comprising a social architecture in which participants are encouraged to form core understandings of the self, one s relationship to others, and one s place in the larger world In doing so, they seek to grow a movement that threatens the future of democratic and pluralist societies
Threats, Disinformation, and Regulations in the European Digital Environment
The Inseparable Issues
Edited by Katerina Turková & Veronika Macková
In this edited volume, contributors explore the various threats both security- and (dis)information-related that are present within the European digital environment, along with the subsequent regulations imposed across the region in response to these threats
Due to the fluctuating evolution of EU-wide and national regulatory approaches to the digital sphere and the differences in each approach, it is crucial to examine the current state of that regulation on both levels to better understand each approach and its consequences Thus, contributors analyze these phenomena from both European and national perspectives to identify best and unsuccessful practices
The volume is divided into four sections – first, it maps threats and trust around disinformation in the European digital environment The second part goes on to identify examples of successful approaches to these threats and to combatting disinformation, while the third section focuses on regulations that have been put in place by specific countries or the EU as a whole Finally, the fourth section of the book identifies current and ongoing challenges relating to disinformation in the European digital environment, providing practical suggestions and directions for future research in this area
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 US December 2025
256 Pages • 14 bw illus
PB 9798216380092 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666954555 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216268901 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978765887 • £81 00 / $108 00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
214 Pages • 4 bw illus, 11 tables, 4 textboxes
PB 9798216375036 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781538181546 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798881855529 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781538181560 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK July 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages 13 bw illus
HB 9781666957464 • $110 00
ePDF 9798216257172 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769151 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
LiveJournal and Russian Disinformation
The Rise of Epistemic Sabotage
J J Sylvia IV, Fitchburg State University, USA
In LiveJournal and Russian Disinformation, J J Sylvia IV analyzes the role of blogging platform LiveJournal in Russia’s information warfare strategy, examining its evolution and co-optation as a case study.
Through rigorous analysis, Sylvia demonstrates how epistemic sabotage became central to the Kremlin’s efforts to manipulate truth, and more broadly, how the ever-increasing reach of the internet and social media platforms can be weaponized by authoritarian regimes to disrupt knowledge systems and destabilize democracies
While the growing ubiquity of the internet and its networks have ushered in countless opportunities and benefits on individual, organizational, and international levels, Sylvia emphasizes the double-edged sword of the new risks that must be considered in turn As fascism is on the rise worldwide and anti-democratic governments wield social media as a tool to stoke division and spread disinformation among citizens worldwide democratic countries being no exception he contends that understanding this tactical shift is critically relevant not only to the Russian context, but also to the challenges of navigating truth and democracy on a global scale in the 21st century
LiveJournal and Russian Disinformation coherently identifies, documents, and interprets the logics and implications of this evolution in warfare, leaving readers with a more nuanced understanding of the platform as an early battle in a new digital arena one which is not likely to be the last
Community Media, Sustainability and Crisis
Lessons from COVID and Beyond
Edited by Andrew Ó Baoill, University of Galway, Ireland & Salvatore Scifo, Bournemouth University, UK
Community Media, Sustainability and Crisis examines how community media responds when existing structures and normal expectations are upended, across a global set of perspectives This original collection draws on a truly global set of perspectives, with authors from Asia, Europe, Africa, and both North and South America, who explore a range of ideological, political, economic, and cultural factors that shape how community media projects respond to crises Contributors analyze how to evaluate the sustainability and operation of community media, using case studies centered on community radio station responses from across a range of geographical settings during the COVID-19 pandemic Through broadening focus to discuss community radio with other forms of crisis such as communities rebuilding after earthquakes and natural disasters, the authors describe how community media can be an important resource for community resilience and recovery
Journalists as Media Educators
Pedagogies of Journalism Literacy Education
Maarit Jaakkola
In this book, Maarit Jaakkola defines the concept of journalism literacy education, places it in the context of established best practices of newswork and industry stakeholder collaborations in media organizations, and envisions it as a future paradigm for audience engagement and development
Building on existing traditions and research on newsroom–school collaborations, media and news literacy movements, as well as strategic communication for media and cultural organizations, Jaakkola regards journalism literacy education as a collaborative public pedagogy that has a special place in the media education ecology Jaakkola highlights the potentials and challenges of pedagogical activities as part of news media organizations' strategic endeavors, conceptualized as inclusive boundary work She also shows how journalists and news organizations can through collaborative efforts with schools, libraries, cultural organizations and other media literacy actors pursue a more solid ground for journalism in society
Ultimately, Jaakkola offers a theoretically-rich and ambitious approach to journalism literacy education, contributing to ongoing academic discussions on the opportunities of media education
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 US December 2025
208 Pages • 2 bw illus
PB 9798216381648 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666914986 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216267188 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978765092 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Nigerian Journalism and the Digital Age Crisis, Conflict, and the Road to a Better Future
Adeyanju Apejoye, Andrew Danjuma Dewan & Seamus Simpson
In Nigerian Journalism and the Digital Age, Adeyanju Apejoye, Andrew Danjuma Dewan, and Seamus Simpson explore the extent to which a globally accessible online communication environment may be poised to provide the conditions for Nigeria to adopt, strategically, elements of 21st-century online mass communication with the potential for significant political and social development
Through critical exposition of the history and character of Nigeria’s journey to the digital age the authors demonstrate how provision and consumption of both traditional and digital news have emerged and evolved as a topic of interest within decades of significant change within the Nigerian news media system Underpinning the volume’s analysis is the core contention that the most productive, innovative, and effective media systems are those that position accountability to the public interest as a crucial factor in the functioning of news production and consumption Apejoye, Dewan, and Simpson s volume constitutes a significant contribution to understanding the Nigerian news media environment in the era of expanding digital information networks and services
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
136 Pages • 6 bw illus
PB 9798216382959
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666941067
• £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216255710 • £67 50 / $81 00
ePub 9781978770669 £67 50 / $81 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Centering Indigenous Standpoints through Mediated Communication
Seeding Good Medicine
Ben LaPoe & Victoria L LaPoe
Centering Indigenous Standpoints through Mediated Communication explores how different forms of Indigenous media, including social media, are significant advocatory and educational methods of resistance against repeated attempts at genocide, erasure, misrepresentation, vilification, forced assimilation, and stereotyping perpetuated by colonial systems
Ben R LaPoe II and Victoria L LaPoe argue that, unlike mainstream media operating under settler principles, Indigenous media privileges Indigenous life experiences, emphasizes Indigenous contexts, honors Indigenous social customs, amplifies Indigenous voices, and incorporates Indigenous worldviews The book introduces readers to these intersections of Indigenous knowledge and explores the ways in which narrative advocacy empowers and benefits those who communicate their own voices and experiences
Through a multi-method approach and analyses of Indigenous social media posts through the framework of Indigenous Standpoint Theory (IST), the authors identify Indigenous advocacy renovation efforts on mainstream social media platforms and demonstrate how different platforms can impact communities and act as a form of source sovereignty
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
144 Pages 10 tables
PB 9798216389392 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666961126 £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216269601 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978767454 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Postpartum Depression and the Communicative Construction of Maternal Identity
Motherhood in Tension
Kelly M Weikle
In this book, Kelly M Weikle contends that foregrounding lived experiences and applying identity as a lens to the study of postpartum depression provides a uniquely powerful perspective through which we can better understand both the condition and how to effectively support mothers during the postpartum period
Using the Communication Theory of Identity as a sensitizing framework, Weikle incorporates interviews with women who have experienced postpartum depression and autoethnographic insights from her own experience to demonstrate how expectations from others, close personal relationships, and dominant ideologies of “good” and “bad” motherhood can coalesce with mental health to shape each mother ’s postpartum experience on an individual level While these tensions and challenges are not strictly medical and are thus more easily overlooked, they can manifest through devastating health crises including extreme anxiety and obsessions, intrusive thoughts of escape, bouts of insomnia, and intense feelings of overwhelm and maternal failure
Ultimately, Weikle’s analysis contributes to scholarship across fields and disciplines through its investigation into how and why loss of control and loss of self can manifest and the significance of those manifestations in the postpartum context
This work thus sets a foundation and an impetus for researchers and practitioners to take these factors into consideration as they work to develop more impactful support for postpartum mothers
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
200 Pages • 5 tables
PB 9798216393603 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666965094 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216263869 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978762862 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Environmental Communication and Nature: Conflict and Ecoculture in the Anthropocene
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
240 Pages • 6 bw illus
PB 9798216378068 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666926033 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216254461 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978771567 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
216 Pages 13 b/w illustrations
PB 9798216391661 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666970012 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216255390 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978771017 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Media Literacy and Mental Health Care Access
The Communication that Connects Those in Need and the Care They Need
Jesse Scaccia
In this book, Jesse Scaccia argues that while courses that teach students how news, media, and social media might cause or worsen mental health issues are a promising start, media literacy education also needs to teach young adults how to reach mental health care when they need it
Drawing from both scholarly research and personal experience, Scaccia explores the critical role of media literacy in helping young adults navigate the often-confusing path to mental health care, demonstrating that media is not just a potential cause of mental health challenges it is also a crucial part of the solution Through original interviews with young adults and mental health care providers in California’s Central Valley, he examines how media messaging, platforms, and literacy levels affect whether and how young people access care The book also incorporates empirical data and theoretical frameworks from health communication to reveal barriers to care like stigma, functional impairment, and misinformation
Ultimately, this book calls on educators, legislators, and health professionals to treat media literacy as a public health imperative that must equip young adults with the skills to both understand the media around them and use it to reach the help they need
Environmental Communication and Conciliation Exploring Arts-Based and Indigenous Approaches
Geo Takach
This book explores methods of bringing environmentalist, art-based and Indigenous ways of knowing and being into dialogue to improve relationships with the Earth and Her First Peoples
Geo Takach argues that two of the greatest crimes committed by humanity – environmental devastation and the continued dishonour, dispossession and attempted eradication of Indigenous peoples – are entwined and need to be addressed together Rooted in communication and cultural studies, this book explores ways to bring environmental, arts-based, and Indigenous ways of knowing and being into dialogue towards improving relationships with the Earth and Her First Peoples
Through this multimodal exploration, the book builds an analytical foundation for that alliance by considering causes and challenges common to ecological and human colonization Joined by a generous array of Indigenous and non-Indigenous knowledge-keepers, artists, scholars and citizens, Takach then demonstrates how we can interweave environmental, artsbased and Indigenous perspectives and collaborative meaning-making in our communications to inspire what he calls environmental conciliation
Discourses
at Play
A Rhetorical Exploration of Historical Crises Using the Language of Games Todd S Frobish
Todd Frobish explores a diverse set of historical crises through the lens of "rhetorical gameplay", an approach that serves as the intersection between rhetorical theory and game studies
The field of rhetorical studies has yet to embrace the subject of gaming and play While previous methods, such as dramatism, narrative analysis, fantasy theme, and more, are still powerful and useful as critical methods, Frobish argues that rhetorical events can be analyzed as games of persuasion, choice, and play Testing this model through a textual examination of four large-scale rhetorical events (The Salem Witch Trials, the Covid Pandemic, Fall of the Berlin Wall, and the Bombing of Hiroshima), Discourses at Play argues that these major events constitute rhetorical games with Players, Rules, Match turns, and Outcomes, and focuses on the persuasive choices that guide these games toward eventual resolution Through these events, readers will become familiarized with effective and ineffective communication strategies while employing the vocabulary of gaming to comprehend the persuasive mechanisms behind them
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 US December 2025
178 Pages • 3 tables
PB 9798765158227 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765158180 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798765158241 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9798765158234 • £72 00 / $99 00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
208 Pages • 13 tables
PB 9781666981070
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666981056 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216258872 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978765153 £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Human Bodies, Virtual Spaces
Persuading Presence in Virtual Reality Games
Elizabeth Caravella
This book offers a corrective to the trend in virtual reality studies that overemphasizes the role of hardware technology and visual/auditory fidelity as the sole means of establishing users’ sense of presence, and instead offers a more holistic, embodied, and human-focused means of understanding presence (through immersion, interactivity, and imagination) in virtual reality The main questions tackled in this book address the role of the body in VR experiences, and how our bodies' navigation of these spaces influence users’ sense of presence in such experiences
Rhetorics of Fairness and the Politics of Trans Exclusion
The Rhetorical Weaponization of Fairness to Exclude Transgender Women
Dakota Park-Ozee & Jason Jordan
In this rhetorical examination, Dakota Park-Ozee and Jason Jordan delve into the contemporary panic surrounding transgender women in sport and reveal that fairness is not a rhetorical value that promotes equality or justice, but one that further subjugates the most vulnerable in service of privilege
Rhetorics of Fairness and the Politics of Trans Exclusion addresses how the rhetorical subjugation and repression enacted by weaponizing fairness against trans women athletes contributes to material, psychological, and physical violence against not only trans people, but against anyone that must conform to the narrow grids of competition and gender proscribed by advocates for fairness Park-Ozee and Jordan trace the uses, influences, and implications of the rhetorical weaponization of the value of fairness across discursive arenas The authors argue those wishing to promote trans rights or other inclusive efforts should leave fairness as a key value behind, instead favoring access, opportunity, and justice Such a reorientation serves as a reminder that the value of sport has very little to do with competitive outcomes and far more to do with community, public health, and the thrill of the game
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
152 Pages
PB 9798216389828 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781793638205 £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216261674 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978763357 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Social Media, Religious Authority, and the Arab Gulf Crisis
Ibrahim N Abusharif
Social Media, Religious Authority, and the Arab Gulf Crisis examines how the Arab Gulf Crisis (2017–2021) led to a robust social media reaction that significantly and perhaps perpetually changed the ways in which religious authority manifests in the digital age
Positioning the Arab Gulf Crisis as a key moment in the transformation of public religious expression in the Gulf, Ibrahim N Abusharif traces how religious authority was mobilized through digital media, a venue in which the authority of traditional scholars increasingly contended with a networked public sphere As discourse shifted prominently on social media, he contends that the significance of this “digital battlefield became heightened as state actors, religious scholars, and influencers leveraged Islamic language and philosophy to justify their positionality and, more importantly, to compete for narrative control of the conflict
Abusharif provides close analyses of a range of media texts to demonstrate how scriptural allusions, moral framing, and juridical language were strategically deployed to influence the crisis Throughout these analyses, he challenges prevailing binary frameworks to propose an interdisciplinary methodology which combines media studies and Islamic studies approaches, arguing for its necessity in forming a fuller understanding of the complex digital discourses associated with this conflict
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
344 Pages • 2 bw illus
PB 9798216389989 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666972054 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216260035 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978764521 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Public Interest Communications Foundation, Influence, and Importance
Edited by Brigitta R Brunner & Kelly Chernin
This edited volume assembled by Brigitta R Brunner and Kelly Chernin serves as an introduction to the emerging field of public interest communications (PIC) and establishes a solid vision for the interdisciplinary field by identifying its foundations, practical uses, and lasting importance
PIC began on the heels of monumental movements toward societal change for the public good in the U S , including the Civil Rights Movement, the Stonewall Riots, and the establishment of the Environmental Protection Agency Contributors provide essential historic context alongside contemporary examples such as COVID-19 misinformation and book bans to emphasize how PIC, with its primary goal of fostering effective communication between public and private stakeholders, is not only relevant but necessary as our society continues to grapple with astronomical issues including climate change, economic and racial inequality, and the rise of authoritarianism
Although PIC is rooted within strategic communication, contributors from disciplines as diverse as journalism, business, and even biology demonstrate the necessity of utilizing interdisciplinary approaches and methods toward establishing ongoing operative strategies that improve the human condition and, crucially, last beyond a single campaign
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
312 Pages • 10 tables
PB 9798216396239 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666967760 • £80 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216260042 • £72 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978764545 • £72 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Public Relations in Times of Dissensus Narratives, Artifacts, and the Challenges of Meaning
Edited
by
Saima
Kazmi, Joshua Foust & Burton St John III
Public relations are entering an era marked by increasing societal dissensus, where shared narratives are breaking down and contentious communication defines the public sphere This edited volume argues that public relations must move beyond consensus-seeking models to engage with dissent as a critical feature of modern communication.
The traditional public relations approaches that pursue collective agreement are increasingly out of step with the contemporary dynamics shaped by political polarization, digital framing, and postmodern challenges to metanarratives
Instead of fighting against the grain, contributors explore how public relations can evolve to effectively function amid conflict, contradiction, and competing values Various case studies and critical analyses including non-profit organizations, government crisis communication, corporate social advocacy, global diplomacy, and historical movements provide interdisciplinary insights into how public relations can strategically navigate dissents By repositioning dissensus as a productive condition that requires engagement, this book invites scholars and practitioners to reconsider public relations as a field shaped not solely by consensus but by contestation, complexity, and plurality As such, this volume offers a timely reevaluation of the public relations field’s foundation and future trajectory in a complex world by engaging with dissensus as a site of ethical and strategic potential
UK February 2026 US February 2026
280 Pages
HB 9781350534070 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350534063 • £27 99 / $37 95
ePDF 9781350534094 £25 19 / $34 15
ePub 9781350534087 • £25 19 / $34 15
Bloomsbury Academic
A Brief Introduction to Psychoanalytic Theory
Stephen Frosh, Birkbeck, University of London
Psychoanalytic theory remains hugely influential to our understanding of the mind and human behaviour It provides a rich source of ideas for therapeutic practice while offering dramatic insights for the study of culture and society, with applications that extend across film, literature and politics Taking you step-by-step through Freud’s original ideas and their evolution, this book explores the birth of psychoanalysis and provides a clear account of fundamental psychoanalytic concepts
New to this edition:
A new chapter on class, gender and race
Expanded sections on neuropsychoanalysis, relational theory and trauma
Updated throughout to offer a succinct exploration of the history, development and current standing of psychoanalysis
Written by a highly respected authority in the field, this updated edition is essential reading for trainees in counselling and psychotherapy, as well as for students across the arts, humanities and social sciences
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
456 Pages • 10 bw illus, 3 bw photos
HB 9798216277613
• £90 00 / $170 00
PB 9798216277606 • £24 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9798216277637 • £22 49 / $49 45
ePub 9798216277644 £22 49 / $49 45
Bloomsbury Academic
The Therapeutic Powers of Play
Comparing Theories and
Practice
Edited
by Athena
A Drewes & Edward (Franc) Hudspeth
There is no current, up-to-date single text that offers beginners and seasoned clinicians a clear direction in how to conceptualize and interweave the therapeutic powers of play through the lens of a specific seminal theory using a single case study uniformly across chapters
This book looks to fill the gap by offering an up-to-date edition for use by university professors of child and play therapists, training directors, agency and clinic supervisors, as well as private practice supervisors and supervisees wishing to obtain a clear and deeper understanding of the therapeutic powers of play and its relationship to seminal theories It is a muchneeded book that synthesizes the Therapeutic Powers of Play and Play Therapy theories on a level not seen before This edited book will be a combination of chapters written by the co-editors and invited chapter authors who are renowned in the field of play therapy Each chapter author will be given one specific case study, for uniformity across all chapters, for comparison The chapter author will address in detail how their specific theoretical approach would view and integrate the therapeutic powers of play within treatment This edition is unique in its inclusion of timely chapters addressing the foundations and the seminal theoretical approaches used in play therapy and the nuts and bolts of integration of the therapeutic powers of play for a treatment approach Readers will have the opportunity to compare across the seminal theories the commonalities and differences of conceptualization and practice implementation
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
328 Pages
HB 9798216277873 • £100 00 / $140 00
PB 9798216277842 £32 99 / $44 95
ePDF 9798216277859 • £29 69 / $40 45
ePub 9798216277866 • £29 69 / $40 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Culturally Responsive Mental Health Practice with Nonreligious Clients
Dena Abbott
An affordable, practical, intersectional, research-based text on culturally-responsive therapy with nonreligious clients While this frequently maligned and stigmatized demographic is one of the fastest growing in the country, graduate training programs seldom cover best practices for recognizing one’s unrecognized biases and providing supportive, culturallyaffirmative counseling for these clients, making the need for this comprehensive guide more essential for the field
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
264 Pages
PB 9798881802301 • £15 99 / $22 00
ePDF 9798881865887 • £14 39 / $19 80
ePub 9798881802318 • £14 39 / $19 80
Bloomsbury Academic
Let's Talk About Money
Low-Conflict Conversations for Couples
Gaspard
When it comes to what couples fight about, money is the number one thing couples argue about. Financial issues can take its toll on a relationship and arguments about money are the leading cause of divorce Long before they realize they’re living beyond their means, couples tend to battle about abusing credit cards, conflicting priorities, and different philosophies about spending, saving, and investing their money When couples fight over money they tend to blame each other and anger and resentment build
Money is a touchy topic for most couples There is no “right” or “wrong” way to deal with issues such as unequal assets, layoffs from work, and credit card debt Disagreements about finances are usually not really about money but about our dreams, fears, and insecurities When our histories, attitudes, and beliefs about money collide with our partner, sparks can fly If this “Us against each other” mindset doesn’t change to a “Us against the problem,” high-conflict can become perpetual and a source of chronic tension in a relationship Learning how to talk about finances is a critical way for couples to protect their relationship and strengthen it
This book brings real-life stories of couples who have successfully navigated these issues and have achieved financial health It teaches couples the skills needed to recover quickly from hurt and miscommunication and shows them how to be emotionally attuned to one another, rather than avoiding discussing money or experiencing perpetual tension or high conflict about finances
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
160 Pages • 30 textboxes
HB 9781538183502 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781538183519 • £28 99 / $39 00
ePDF 9798765154519 • £26 09 / $35 10
ePub 9781538183526 • £26 09 / $35 10
Bloomsbury Academic
Follow the Money
A Guide to Talking About the Last Taboo Topic with Your Clients Judith Stern Peck & Betsy Witten
Why is money so hard to talk about? Even in therapy? Even for therapists?
Follow the Money addresses a critical gap in therapeutic practice: the reluctance to explore money in clients’ lives Therapists, social workers, and coaches often avoid money conversations, leaving an essential area of identity and relational dynamics unexplored Traditional training programs rarely provide frameworks or tools for discussing money, resulting in missed opportunities for insight and change
Judith Stern Peck and Betsy Witten offer a practical, accessible approach to integrating money into therapy Drawing from experiential workshops, they guide professionals through exercises that build comfort and skill in addressing financial issues Central to their method is the money-focused genogram, which reveals multigenerational patterns shaping clients’ beliefs and behaviors around money patterns often transmitted invisibly across generations
The book combines theory with practice, presenting strategies and principles that help uncover clients’ internal money narratives and their impact on emotions, relationships, and decision-making Through real-life examples from workshop participants, Peck and Witten illustrate common themes such as gendered money associations, class identity, and parenting challenges These stories demonstrate how understanding money dynamics can lead to profound personal and relational change
Follow the Money provides therapists and other professionals with a new framework and practical tools to explore financial issues confidently By “following the money thread,” practitioners can help clients achieve greater self-awareness, agency, and healthier behaviors around money transforming an often-avoided topic into a powerful avenue for growth
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
UK January 2026 US January 2026
552 Pages
PB 9781350497795
£25 99 / $35 95
ePDF 9781350497801 • £23 39 / $32 35
ePub 9781350497818 £23 39 / $32 35
Bloomsbury Academic
A Creative Writing Handbook
Developing Dramatic Technique, Individual Style and Voice
Edited by Derek Neale, Heather Richardson, Open University, UK, Emma Claire Sweeney, Open University, UK & Siobhan Campbell, Open University, UK
An essential guide for writers of fiction, poetry, life writing and drama, A Creative Writing Handbook offers expert advice on structuring compelling narratives and cultivating distinctive voices. Writing, research and editing activities combine with rich and varied examples to help develop the skills and techniques a writer needs This hands-on approach examines scriptwriting for different media and considers how skills and techniques from one form of writing might usefully cross over to others: how does a short story become a film? How are techniques from scriptwriting employed in novels? And how might poets and life writers fruitfully engage with the strategies of dramatists and writers of prose fiction?
This second edition has been extensively updated with content that reflects current developments in forms such as life writing, flash fiction and audio drama It includes examples of work by a wide range of writers using a variety of styles and approaches, showcasing the diversity of contemporary writing
COLLECTIONS 3RD EDITION
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
296 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350467125
• £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350467132 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350467149
• £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350467156 £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
200 Pages
HB 9781350413122 • £70 00 / $95 00
PB 9781350413115 £22 99 / $30 95
ePDF 9781350413139 • £20 69 / $27 85
ePub 9781350413146 • £20 69 / $27 85
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Introduction to Creative Writing
Tara Mokhtari,
Bronx Community College, USA
Covering all of the major genres of fiction, nonfiction, poetry, dramatic writing and writing for digital media, this 3rd edition of the book is a practical, complete, introductory manual for students of creative writing The Bloomsbury Introduction to Creative Writing now features:
- new sections and exercises for editing and revising across the genres and hybrid forms
- a new chapter on intersectionality and writing alongside interviews with practitioners from a host of backgrounds and experiences
- an updated and expanded chapter on writing for digital media that explores the role of AI
- an updated and fully expanded glossary of key terms
Through a structured series of practical writing exercises – perfect for the classroom, the writer ’s workshop or the creative writing autodidact – the book helps build the new writer from the first explorations of voice and the relationship between writing and knowledge, through to mastery of a wide range of genres and forms With practical guidance on writing scholarly critiques of your own work, The Bloomsbury Introduction to Creative Writing is an essential guide for any introductory creative writing course and a practical companion for more advanced writers
Writing for Young People
Critical Readings and Discussions on Craft
Elen Caldecott
Applying the approach of ‘reading-as-a-writer ’ to the craft of writing for young people, this textbook combines critical analysis, unique author-insight and practical application of ideas to give writers the skills to create successful fiction for youth audiences Under the guidance of children’s author Elen Caldecott, compelling close readings dig deep into the construction of modern classics and contemporary middle grade, YA, picture books and more to explore how paragraphs, sentences and words engineer specific reader responses Interviews with the author of the extracted work follow before each chapter rounds off with writing exercises that prompt writers to engage with techniques and ideas discussed
Accessible and equipping writers with the valuable knowledge and skills to write in one of the fastest-growing fields in creative writing, Writing for Young People draws upon the works of prominent writers such as Jon Klassen, Patrick Ness, Liz Kessler, Faridah Àbíké-Íyímídé and more
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
Bloomsbury Writer's Guides and Anthologies
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
• 15 bw illus
336 Pages
HB 9781350459298
• £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350459304 • £23 99 / $32 95
ePDF 9781350459311 • £21 59 / $29 65
ePub 9781350459328 • £21 59 / $29 65
Bloomsbury Academic
Short-Form Creative Writing
A Writer's Guide and Anthology
H K Hummel, University of Arkansas at Little Rock, USA & Stephanie Lenox, Willamette College, USA
A complete introduction to the art and craft of extremely compressed works of imaginative literature, this book, now in its second edition, introduces both traditional and innovative approaches to the short form and demonstrates how it possesses structure, logic, and coherence while simultaneously resisting expectations.
With discussion questions, writing prompts, flash interviews, and illustrated key concepts, the book covers prose poetry, flash fiction, micro memoir, lyric essay, cross-genre/hybrid writing and much more With new additions such as a chapter on inspiration and expansions that now cover such concepts as shape, humour, time, revision and publishing, H K Hummel and Stephanie Lenox have produced the ultimate companion to writing short fiction
Featuring an extensive and wide-ranging anthology that offers inspiring examples of short-form writing in all of the styles covered by the book, it now includes micro dramas and flash comics alongside work from writers across the globe such as by Charles Baudelaire, Grant Faulkner, Jamaica Kinkaid, Kay Ulanday Barrett, Kevin Brockmeier, D E Hardy, Jose Hernandez, Diaz, Mihee Kim, Suzan-Lori Parks, Alyssa Quinn, and Claudia Rankine
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
Bloomsbury Writer's Guides and Anthologies
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
408 Pages • 1 bw illus
HB 9781350346482 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350346499 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350346529 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350346512 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Writer's Guides and Anthologies
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages • 33 bw illus
HB 9781350408487 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350408494 • £23 99 / $32 95
ePDF 9781350408500 • £21 59 / $29 65
ePub 9781350408517 • £21 59 / $29 65
Bloomsbury Academic
Environmental and Nature Writing
A Writer's Guide and Anthology
Sean Prentiss, Norwich University, USA & Joe Wilkins, Linfield College, USA
Offering guidance on writing poetry, nonfiction, and fiction alongside an extensive anthology of models, Environmental and Nature Writing is a complete introduction to the art and craft of writing about the environment in a wide range of styles Now fully revised and updated throughout, this second edition features: a whole new chapter on place-based activities; a more international look at the genre with a completely revised anthology; and a greater focus on climate justice and sustainable transformation
The craft guide and anthology now wholly conversant to give an in-depth look at the various ways to write about the environment, the book also includes inspiring examples of work by Ross Gay, Mazimiliane Donicht, Nick Neely, Camille T Dungy, Amy Nezhukumatathil, John Hausdoerffer among many others!
Speculative Fiction
A Writer's Guide and Anthology
Benjamin Warner & Ron Tanner, Loyola University, USA
In a time defined by uncertainty, change and inequality, speculative fiction is fast-becoming the genre of the 21st century Straddling genres such as fantasy, science fiction, dystopia, alternative history, and horror, this book is a comprehensive introduction to the art of writing in this imaginative, fluid, and inclusive mode An all-in-one textbook combining a craft guide with an extensive, diverse anthology, Speculative Fiction explores the multiplicity of influences that the genre has consumed and incorporated, digs into techniques specific to speculative writing, and gives writers exercises and prompts to begin their own works
Featuring the works of such authors as George Saunders, Carmen Maria Machado, Joyce Carol Oates, Sofia Samatar, Rebecca Roanhorse, and many more, this book gives writers the resources to write boldly, differently and freely
UK January 2026 US January 2026
296 Pages • 37 b/w figures, 11 tables, 3
textboxes
HB 9798881803667 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9798881803674 £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798881867928 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798881803681 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages • 41 bw illus
HB 9781350427716
• £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350427723 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350427730 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350427747 £17 99 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
Writing Reimagined
Bridging Critical Theories and Pedagogical Practices in Elementary Classrooms
Edited by Grace Y Kang & Sonia M Kline
This book invites educators to rethink writing instruction in ways that are joyful, purposeful, and justice-driven Grounded in humanizing pedagogy, critical literacy, and culturally sustaining pedagogy, this book affirms the brilliance of elementary children and their teachers, positioning them as powerful storytellers, thinkers, and changemakers
Focusing on elementary education a space often underrepresented in social justice education this volume features contributions from both emerging and established equity-centered educators and scholars Each chapter explores one of ten interrelated concepts: identity, translanguaging, raciolinguistics, trauma, multimodality, pop culture, play, activism, resistance, and love
This book is more than a collection of strategies it’s a flexible framework, a set of generative pathways, and a call to action Together, these elements honor teachers’ autonomy and local knowledge while inviting educators to examine assumptions, deepen understanding, and reimagine writing pedagogy in ways that are both critical and humanizing
A Practical Guide to Teaching Creative Writing Supporting Inclusive Pedagogy
Bronwen Tate, University of British Columbia, Canada & John Vigna, University of British Columbia, Canada
A practical resource for creative writing instructors, this book brings together theoretical ideas with how progressive pedagogical and inclusive teaching practices can be implemented in a huge range of contexts For newcomers to seasoned instructors, teachers of undergraduate and postgrads, online, in-person or hybrid classes from 6 to 300+ students, creative writing teachers are guided through each step of designing and teaching courses With conceptually rich introductions, hands-on examples, and actionable interventions to help teachers challenge their students, A Creative Writing Teacher ’s Companion provides:
A diverse range of perspectives and approaches to active learning
Guidance on creating effective and meaningful exercises, next-level tips and suggestions to spur pedagogy, and teaching practices and care in the classroom
A wide selection of guest authors and instructors sharing classroom strategies, pedagogical provocations, and proven practices
Best practices for creating community while navigating the ever-evolving needs of students Exploration of fractious topics such assessment, capturing the process of creative writing and reading, and final pieces of creative work
An annotated bibliography and editable and updateable online models, templates and worksheets
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
256 Pages 2 bw illus
PB 9781350497429 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350497382 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350497399 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350497405 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Creative Writing Workshop in the 21st Century Practical Strategies for a Modern Era
Edited by Adrian Markle, Falmouth University, UK, Marshall Moore, Falmouth University, UK & Sam Meekings, Northwestern University in Qatar, Qatar
A critical interrogation of the creative writing workshop model, this collection of essays provides practical suggestions for contemporary approaches to this contentious method and how it might be reimagined Since the inception of the Iowa Writers’ Workshop in 1936, the workshop model pioneered there has become the bedrock of creative writing instruction around the world, with much existing scholarship on the subject rightly focusing on matters of inclusivity and social justice or dismissing the workshop altogether With contributions from senior scholars in the field of creative writing pedagogy and authors ranging from the US, Australia and the UK to China, The Creative Writing Workshop in the 21st Century offers specific, actionable recommendations for ways the model can be reinvigorated Covering topics such as module design, diversity and inclusion, facilitation and teaching style, assessments, internationality, and the integration of modern technology, each chapter surveys perspectives on the workshop and provides concrete strategies to help instructors and workshop facilitators update and bolster their pedagogical practice
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
184 Pages
HB 9781350444676
£65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350444683 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350444690 £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350444706 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Fiction in the Field
Creative Writing Across Disciplines
Jacqueline Yallop, Aberystwyth University, UK
Through a series of discussions with practitioners in fields beyond the Humanities, this book explores how key creative writing techniques inspire and inform other disciplines In turn, this new multidisciplinary view of the mechanics of storytelling sparks new ways of approaching the writing, reading and teaching of fiction in and beyond the writing workshop
A personal voyage of discovery, the book revolves around conversations with specialists in archaeology, genetics, architecture, medicine, law and botanical science to consider how specific techniques – narrative time, characterisation, fictional structures, plotting, point of view and place – inform their work Through a series of reflections, short fictions, practical exercises and prompts, these case studies then suggest new insights and methods for investigating key writing techniques, which in turn advocate for closer interactions between STEM, the humanities and arts practice
With creative arts subjects increasingly under pressure to justify their significance in contemporary work and life, Jacqueline Yallop makes a case for the re-evaluation of the importance of narrative writing craft in the world beyond personal practice and student assignment
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
192 Pages
HB 9781350444768 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350444775 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350444782 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350444799 £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
144 Pages
HB 9781350455443 • £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9781350455450 £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781350455467 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781350455474 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
The Black Writers' Toolbox
A Practical Guide to Writing Fiction
Muli Amaye, The University of the West Indies, Trinidad and Tobago
Presenting a new way of thinking about the practice of writing fiction for Black writers and any writer who includes non-white characters in their work, The Black Writer ’s Toolbox is a practical guide to crafting authentic Black characters and fictional worlds
For Black writers, there are connotations within description, language, setting, characterisation and voice when they approach the page that are often overlooked in creative writing instruction This book seeks to address this gap, offering writers the tools to decolonise their own minds, banish stereotypes and caricatures from their writing and address important contemporary cultural questions
Helping writers articulate their fully formed characters as well as guiding readers to understand the nuances of writing while Black, the book considers the effect of stereotypes on Black writers and readers, explores the historical implications of language, voice and power, and explains why all writing is not the same With consideration of sentence structure, senses, scene, point of view, plot, emotion, writing 'self' and ‘other ’ and more, each chapter employs examples of literature from Black authors that explore narrative perspective within the cultural, racial and historic contexts of the work, and features writing prompts and exercises around the topics discussed
Stay
With
Writing
Practices for Sustaining the Writer's Work and Life
Cindy Shearer, CIIS, USA
With rejection and intense commitment such integral parts of the writing life, many struggle to stay with the creative process Combining explorations of perseverance, intention, riding through failure, and meaning-making with bringing oneself fully into one’s art, Stay With Writing offers writers practices to sustain their writing and their creative life Through a hybrid of craft, pedagogy, memoir and personal essay that call upon reflective exercises and prompts, Cindy Shearer helps writers understand themselves as artists as well as the nature of writing as an artistic process and practice Drawing on knowledge from art forms beyond writing, from dancing to visual art, this book shows writers how to:
- Develop their own tools for sustaining their practice that are adaptable and unique to them
- See rules as opportunities and that there is no right or required process
- Recognize failure as a way to probe what they really want as writers
- Ask questions to understand their markets and create sustainable processes based on external drivers
- Discern their true goals focused around what they truly want to create
Moving, illuminating and inspiring, Stay With Writing will help writers discover and claim a process they can rely on for support again and again
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
272 Pages • 5 bw illus
PB 9781350522701
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350522664 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350522671
£76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350522688 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK April 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages • 140 bw illus
HB 9781350477483 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350477490 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350477506 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350477513 £17 99 / $24 25 Bloomsbury Academic
Creativity
and Contingency
in Literary Writing
Karin Kukkonen, University of Oslo, Norway
The first book to investigate, analyze and theorize the creative processes of literary writers, Creativity and Contingency in Literary Writing uses author interviews, manuscript genetics and textual evidence to explore creativity from the authorial perspective
Studying an author ’s practice, literary form and contextual contingencies as elements that affect literary creativity, Karin Kukkoken develops theoretical models for examining the age-old problem of artistic creation and how it has been put to works by authors from the nineteenth century to the age of digital fiction, across a range of languages With insights from the cognitive sciences, anthropology and philosophy of mind as well as literary studies, the book calls upon interviews with Siri Hustvedt, Marina Warner, Anne Weber, Camille Laurens, Gwenaëlle Aubry, Kate Pullinger, Gunnhild Øyehaug, Maria Stepanova and György Dragomán and studies the manuscripts of Charlotte Brontë, Cora Sandel, Elsa Morante and Italo Calvino
Overcoming the traditional distinction between creative agent, process and creative product, Creativity and Contingency in Literary Writing is as accessible and illuminating as it is important to understandings of human creativity
BOR
Creating the Interactive Digital Narrative
An All-at-Once Guide to Collaborative Planning, Production, and Beyond Bradford Gyori, Bournemouth University, UK
A practical, step-by-step guide to creating digital interactive projects, this book will help you and a creative team realise, plan and produce the most imaginative ideas and living stories Written in an accessible style with dashes of humour and drawing on deep knowledge of its subject matter, Brad Gyori offers this invaluable aid for creators wanting to approach storytelling in an exciting new way Designed around collaborative organisation but with ideas for those working on solo projects, Creating the Digital Interactive Story is for those lacking expensive equipment and an advanced knowledge of production techniques
Looking at digital journalism, interactive fiction, and locative storytelling, as well as how to use mediums such as film, text, audio, still images, polling, gaming and quizzes, this book also considers how creators might use virtual, augmented and mixed reality for totally immersive user experiences Featuring model production schedules, definitions of key terms, guidance on assigning tasks and calling upon case studies, anecdotes and ‘pro-tips’ in-book and online, this book contains everything a creative team needs to make a digital interactive story come to life
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages
PB 9781350266247 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350266209 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350266216 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350266223 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Literary Advice, British Fiction 1880-1914 and the Birth of the Creative Writing Industry
Paul Vlitos, University of Surrey, UK
An exploration into the development of the literary advice industry of the late 19th and early 20th centuries, this book examines popular author guides of the period, offering insight into the origins of writing advice, and reconstructing debates about the relationship between the author and their public, literary value and the teaching (and teachability) of creative writing
Making clear connections with the advice offered to aspiring writers today, Paul Vlitos historicizes the fields of creative writing and literary criticism, tracing to their origins some of the enduring platitudes of pedagogy whilst studying the matrix of attitudes and circumstances out of which they emerged Works explored include George Bainton s The Art of Authorship (1890), Arnold Bennett’s How to Become an Author (1903), Walter Besant’s The Pen and the Book (1899), E H Lacon Watson’s Hints to Young Authors (1902), Percy Russell’s The Literary Manual; or, A Complete Guide to Authorship (1886) and The Author ’s Manual (1890) and Leopold Wagner ’s How to Publish a Book (1898)
In addition, Vlitos places the period’s writing advice in dialogue with contemporary, fictional depictions of the literary life, demonstrating how authors each presented their own versions of what it might mean to be a writer in a changing economic and cultural landscape
UK February 2026 US February 2026
320 Pages • 30 b/w photos
HB 9781538186404
£90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781538186411 • £23 99 / $32 95
ePDF 9798881865832 £21 59 / $29 65
ePub 9781538186428 • £21 59 / $29 65
Bloomsbury Academic
Inside America's Opioid Crisis
12 Hard Lessons for Today’s Drug War
Bloomsbury Academic
The story of the emergence of the opioid epidemic through the corruption of big pharma has been told, the heartbreaking consequences to American families and communities have been explored, but never has someone working inside the agency leading national efforts against drugs revealed why government has failed to produce better results and what to do about it As a career civil servant who has served through five administrations at the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP), and earlier as a Congressional staff member and writer/researcher on drug policy, the author has had a perch inside the war on drugs like no other From the start of his career working on the crack cocaine epidemic on Capitol Hill, to a year-long stint as Acting Drug Czar during the Trump Administration, he has worked on every aspect of the drug issue
Why when there is so much consensus among democrats and republicans on the need to address the devastating opioid epidemic, are the results so poor? The devastating four waves of the opioid epidemic has revealed serious weaknesses in America’s drug strategy These weaknesses are baked in deeply to how government grapples with the massive epidemic of addiction and overdose throughout the nation These weaknesses can only be addressed if we directly confront the hard lessons from inside the war on drugs This book will reveal the hard lessons and lay out a better, sounder path forward
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
Bloomsbury Revelations
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
592 Pages
HB 9781350534643
• £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350534636
• £25 99 / $35 95
ePDF 9781350534667
Bloomsbury Academic
• £23 39 / $32 35
Policing the Crisis
Mugging, the State and Law and Order
Stuart Hall, Chas Critcher, Swansea University, UK, Tony Jefferson, Keele University, UK, John Clarke, Open University Department of Social Sciences, UK & Brian Roberts, Durham University, UK
As relevant as it was at the time of publication, this landmark work remains timely and urgent in demonstrating how to examine questions of race, politics and crime in contemporary society A formative text in cultural studies and criminology, it shows the relevance of conjunctural analysis to the current emergence of forms of authoritarian populist politics Examining the crisis of the British state in the 1970s, the book explores how interacting economic, social and political conflicts and crises were displaced onto the problem of crime
Now in the Bloomsbury Revelations series, this re-issue of the 35th Anniversary Edition includes a personal note from the authors about their co-author, the late Stuart Hall, and a brand new foreword by Michael Denning
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US November 2025
306 Pages 1 bw illustration
PB 9798216377078 • £30 00 / $39 95
HB 9798881807290 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798881867546 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798881807306 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Global Perspectives on Sex Offending
Edited
by Abiodun Raufu &
Jiseun Sohn
Sex offending is a multifaceted and pervasive phenomenon with far-reaching implications for victims, society, and the global community This book examines the global and comparative perspectives on sex offending, particularly with regard to cultural variations and plurality of legal outlook that pose challenge to a global action It offers a comprehensive exploration of the causes, prevalence, consequences, and the differential responses to sex offending across the world With contributions from leading experts in psychology, law, sociology, and criminology, this multidisciplinary edited volume encompasses such disciplines as criminology, gender studies, law, psychology, cultural studies, and sociology It is a compelling and timely resource for policymakers, practitioners, students, researchers, and anyone seeking a deeper understanding of the complex dynamics of global sex offending Global Perspectives on Sex Offending serves as a beacon of hope in the fight against this silent epidemic, urging us to shine a light into the shadows and stand in solidarity with survivors around the world
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
216 Pages
HB 9798881842550 • £25 00 / $36 00
ePDF 9798216277811 • £22 50 / $32 40
ePub 9798216277828 • £22 50 / $32 40
Bloomsbury Academic
The Badge Between Us Duty, Marriage, and Family
Terrence P Dwyer
The Badge Between Us is a raw, unfiltered account of policing that tracks the impact of secondary trauma and moral injury, infused by instances of organizational betrayal and police officer corruption It is a first-person account of author Terrence P Dwyer ’s final year as a New York State Police Investigator, with flashbacks from a 22-year career spent responding to and investigating violent crime and organized criminal gangs, and its impact upon him and his family Through the lens of a final gang investigation and the subsequent quintuple murder of a young family, Dwyer delves into the workaday world of a homicide investigator
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
216 Pages
HB 9798881801175 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798881859657 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798881801182 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Second Chance Hiring
An
Economic and Ethical Necessity
Mitch Pearlstein
The USA prison system holds over a million people each year, but they are routinely barred from securing jobs upon their release Addressing both policy and socio-cultural realities, Second Chance Hiring makes the economic and ethical case for hiring formerly incarcerated individuals affording them the chance for re-entry into the workforce and thus society Uniquely, this book directly addresses employer concerns about potential recidivism and mental health issues of formerly incarcerated individuals, while continuing to uphold their humanity and the value of rehabilitation It examines successful reentry programs from around the world that have proven to be consistently safe and effective, and it provides employers suggestions for where to start when considering hiring former offenders
COLLECTIONS
Association for Research into Crimes Against Art
UK November 2025
168 Pages
HB 9798765188262
• US November 2025
• £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798765188286
• £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798765188279 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages • 10 bw photos
HB 9798765151723 • £25 00 / $34 00
ePDF 9798765151747
• £22 50 / $30 60
ePub 9798765151730 • £22 50 / $30 60
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
280 Pages 15 bw illustrations, 12 bw
photos
HB 9781538139974
£25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798881857714
• £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9781538139981 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Accidental Picasso Thief
The True Story of a Reverse Heist, Outrunning the FBI, and Fleeing the Boston Mob
Whit Rummel, WITCOM Associates & Noah Charney, Art historian, author
In 1969, during a Boston snowstorm, a crate containing Pablo Picasso’s Portrait of a Woman and a Musketeer vanished from Logan Airport It should have gone to a Milwaukee gallery but instead ended up in the closet of Bill Rummel, a young forklift operator
What followed was a stranger-than-fiction chain of events: FBI agents on the hunt, whispers of Whitey Bulger ’s mob, and a daring “reverse heist” devised by Bill’s father to secretly return the painting
But the mystery didn’t end there After its return, the Picasso disappeared again vanishing into private hands, unseen by the public for more than fifty years
Part true crime, part memoir, The Accidental Picasso Thief uncovers the Rummel family’s incredible brush with art history, crime, and secrecy and one man’s decades-long search for a lost masterpiece
Ungrateful Bastard
The Shocking Journey of a Killer and Escape Artist
Susan Ashline
Gordon “Woody” Mower made worldwide news for his foiled attempt to escape a maximum-security prison in a getaway coffin Now, behind the headlines is a story the notorious prisoner tells only to author Susan Ashline Ungrateful Bastard unravels the making of a killer and escape artist, from a troubled upbringing on a rural farm to a descent into crime, fueled by abuse, addiction, and a thirst for vengeance A haunting examination of the criminal mind, read some of the killer ’s tale through his own chilling words
A gripping account, Ungrateful Bastard reveals the tragic events that shaped a killer ’s dark psyche, and the prison climate that allowed him to practice an escape repeatedly, without prison guards ever catching on Ungrateful Bastard blows the roof off of the Mower case from the cradle to the (escape) coffin
From Patriot to Pirate
The Outlaw Life of Sam Mason
Carter F Smith
From soldier to judge, to pirate and outlaw, Sam Mason’s life is a testament to early America's turbulent, unpredictable frontier
Sam Mason carved out a life of adventure and infamy that took him from soldier to pirate in late 18th century America
Mason fought in both the French and Indian War and the Revolutionary War battles that shaped early America After his military service, he traded in his rifle for a judge’s gavel, settling into what seemed a respectable life However, he was soon inexplicably drawn into the world of counterfeiting, an enterprise that soon led him back to the riverbanks he once defended Mason gained infamy as a pirate along the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers and the wilderness of the Natchez Trace near New Orleans, preying on travelers and traders alike with a band of ruthless men His reputation and influence spread as he used his understanding of the law to maneuver through jurisdictional gaps and stay just out of authorities’ reach His exploits made him one of the most feared and hunted criminals in early American history, cementing his legacy as a cunning rogue who mastered the borderlands between law and lawlessness
Don't
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
296 Pages • 26 bw photos
HB 9798881842499 • £30 00 / $38 00
ePDF 9798765167014 £27 00 / $34 20
ePub 9798765167021 • £27 00 / $34 20
Bloomsbury Academic
Talk About Joe Mac
The Life, Wars, and Secret History of the Man Behind the Winter Hill Gang Springs Toledo
Forget what you think you know about the Winter Hill Gang; this, at long last, is the ruthless truth of the Boston underworld and most ominous figure his tragic origins, unsolved murders, and his daughter who broke the silence around him.
Don’t Talk About Joe Mac is a true crime biography that reads like noir fiction It is a journey through a shadow society as bizarre as it was impenetrable; an exposé that will upend the official narrative animating United States v James J Bulger (2013) as it corrects the record and takes the top off a succession of unsolved murders
Joe McDonald (1917-1997), a World War II veteran and father of five, was the most revered career criminal in the region and its most prolific killer He founded the Winter Hill Gang in the 1950s, became the bogeyman of the infamous Gangland War of the 1960s, and was among the FBI’s Ten Most Wanted Fugitives in the 1970s, and yet his name was barely mentioned and his exploits only whispers
His daughter, whose own unforgettable story is laced within his, brings us uncomfortably close to a personality marred by trauma This is Joe Mac's story, a story you were never supposed to know
COLLECTIONS
Liberty’s Prison
UK February 2026 US February 2026
248 Pages • 10 bw photos
HB 9798881842543 • £25 00 / $36 00
ePDF 9798216197348 £22 50 / $32 40
ePub 9798216197331 • £22 50 / $32 40
Bloomsbury Academic
The Inmate’s Son Who Radically Reformed an American Prison
Randall Liberty & Christine Graf
Combination biography and call to justice, this book follows Randy Liberty’s journey from maximum-security prison Warden to Maine’s Commissioner of Corrections
When Randy Liberty was seven years old, he traveled to the Maine State Prison to visit his incarcerated father Forty years later, he returned to the prison as its Warden A trailblazer in the field of corrections, Randy introduced innovative programs and dramatically reduced the use of restrictive housing during his tenure as warden In 2019, Randy was appointed commissioner of corrections, implementing an operating philosophy known as the Maine Model of Corrections Representing a radical shift from traditional models of incarceration, it focuses on rehabilitation, redemption, de-stigmatization, and humanization Statewide recidivism rates since dropped to twenty-one percent, well below the national average of sixty-five percent This book tells Randy’s story, how he was able to break free from generational incarceration and poverty to achieve redemption and a life filled with purpose
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
320 Pages • 25 b/w photos
HB 9798881804794 • £25 00 / $36 00
ePDF 9798881867850 £22 50 / $32 40
ePub 9798881805340 • £22 50 / $32 40
Bloomsbury Academic
Mafia Hits, Misses, Wars, and Prosecutions
The
Rise and Decline of the Mob in America
Jeffrey Sussman
Though there are many books about organized crime, this is the only book that focuses on how the mob adapted to the murders of its bosses, failed hits, internecine wars, and to prosecutions and continued to thrive throughout the United States for the better part of the 20th century Mafia Hits, Misses, Wars, and Prosecutions is about pivotal events that changed the way the Italian American Mafia has done business since its establishment in the United States This book covers the murders and wars that ended the careers of Mafia bosses from the Five Families and the prosecutors who built successful political careers following noteworthy mob convictions for ambitious prosecutors like Thomas Dewey, Robert F Kennedy, and Rudolph Giuliani Throughout the book, Sussman covers the notorious murders and wars the mob engaged in from the St Valentine’s Day Massacre to the Castellamarese War, even the assassination of President John F Kennedy, and shows how with each event the mob learned and changed to continue its reign of terror however it could
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 US November 2025
304 Pages • 10 BW Photos
HB 9798881802035 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798881862800 £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798881802042 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Before Their Crimes
What We're Misunderstanding about Childhood Trauma, Youth Crime, and the Path to Healing
Wendy Smith
Juvenile crime doesn't just happen there is always a story behind it. Before Their Crimes: What We're Misunderstanding about Childhood Trauma, Youth Crime, and the Path to Healing is a ground-breaking book that sheds new light on the relationship of childhood trauma and juvenile crime Wendy Smith uses the framework of Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs) to explain how the toxic stress of early childhood trauma can make children vulnerable to committing criminal acts Smith draws from interviews with twenty men and women from across the racial and social divide who spent years in prison after committing serious crimes as children Smith not only reveals the pernicious mechanisms that link early trauma to later crime, but also illuminates the potential for healing among even the most egregious offenders
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
218 Pages
PB 9798216383406 £28 99 / $29 95
HB 9798881806620 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798881867737 £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9798881806637 • £67 50 / $90 00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Frankfurt School in New Times
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
256 Pages • 8 tables, 20 figures
PB 9781666946185 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666946161
• £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216255208 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978771420 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025
• US November 2025
Crime Films of the 1970s Contemporary Perspectives
Edited by David A Mackey, Eric S See & Sarah A See
The 1970s was a pivotal era for crime and criminal justice films in the United States Many films produced during this period provocatively captured the tumultuous spirit of the era, while also shaping cinematic representations in the decades that followed This edited volume offers a captivating exploration of the intricate connections between these films and the administration and social perceptions and attitudes toward justice, marginalized individuals, and the complexities of the criminal justice system
280 Pages
PB 9781666971989 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666971965 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216259541
• £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978765368 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Credit, Cops, and Cages
A Theory of Capitalist Individualism
Alexis
N Goad, Tyler Jimenez, Tiana Jones, Harrison J Schmitt, Lauren P Sedivy & Daniel Sullivan
Longstanding debates about neoliberalism in the United States center around whether it has created a culture of entrepreneurial selfhood or a carceral state Credit, Cops, and Cages presents a novel theory and relevant empirical evidence arguing that capitalist individualism combines both of these tendencies
The book’s interdisciplinary authors first derive a critical framework and set of social-psychological hypotheses from the longneglected criminological writings of the early Frankfurt School They then test and explore these hypotheses with new data and analyses in a series of chapters that guide the reader down the ladder of capitalist individualism In the process, the authors synthesize and critically examine scholarship of Constitutional law; big data on indebtedness, segregation, and police militarization; psychological surveys capturing and comparing attitudes and emotions around debt and policing; and the intimate testimony of those who are deeply in debt or are currently incarcerated Unique in its combination of philosophy and social scientific research, this book restores the relevance of the Frankfurt School’s ideas and methods to a comprehensive understanding of contemporary U S society
Policing People
Background Characteristics and Occupational Attitudes in Law Enforcement
Toby Miles-Johnson
This book explores why police background characteristics and occupational attitudes matter, and how they affect officers, policing, and citizen engagement
Bridging sociology, criminology, and organizational psychology, this book offers a timely, research-driven analysis of how police officers’ background characteristics and occupational attitudes shape recruitment, behavior, and public engagement
With a focus on education, gender, diversity, and institutional bias, Miles-Johnson provides critical insights into the internal dynamics of policing and their broader implications for citizen trust and professionalism Essential for scholars and students of policing, criminal justice, and public administration, this book challenges conventional approaches to officer performance and retention by emphasizing the complex interplay between individual traits and institutional culture
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
248 Pages • 10 B/W Photos
HB 9798881800383 • £20 00 / $27 00
ePDF 9798881865511 • £18 00 / $24 30
ePub 9798881800390 • £18 00 / $24 30
Bloomsbury Academic
Evil on the Roof of the World
A Cycling Trip that Ended in Terror
William Elliott Hazelgrove
On a bleak highway in the mountains of Tajikistan known as "the roof of the world", in July of 2018, Lauren Geoghegan and Jay Austin, along with two other cyclists, were brutally murdered by five ISIS terrorists They were both Georgetown University graduates who had quit their well-paying Washington, DC, jobs to pursue a bike trip around the world, looking for a different kind of American Dream Pieced together from Jay and Lauren's Simply Cycling travel blog and social media posts, interviews with their friends and family, and media coverage of their murder, author William Elliott Hazelgrove creates a complete, narrative retelling of Jay and Lauren's story Evil on the Roof of the World combines biking and travel adventure with true crime elements, sensitively presenting the trajectory of Jay and Lauren s hopeful beginnings; the difficulties and meaningful experiences they found on their journey; the foreshadowing leading up to the attack; and the way they, their loved ones, the media, and the perpetrators made sense of this violent encounter Like Jon Krakauer's Into The Wild, this is a story of a couple who went off the grid to find the great adventure of life only to have it end in tragedy
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary Debates
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
224 Pages
HB 9781440881206 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798765115305 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798216182955 • £54 00 / $72 00
ePub 9781440881213 • £54 00 / $72 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Human Trafficking Examining the Facts
Laura J Lederer, Global Centurion, USA
Deeply researched and scrupulously even-handed, this work provides readers with a clear and accurate understanding of human trafficking and related issues related to socioeconomic inequality, human rights, and international law
Human Trafficking: Examining the Facts exposes falsehoods, half-truths, and distortions about trafficking that have gained traction in America's political and cultural discourse When warranted, it also confirms the veracity of other claims about the nature and infrastructure of trafficking networks and the harrowing experiences of women, men, and children trapped in those dehumanizing systems
Special areas of focus include chapters devoted to quantifying the scope and reach of human trafficking around the world; prosecution and prevention strategies; the experiences of trafficking survivors and the important role they play in antitrafficking efforts; and the successes and failures of anti-trafficking initiatives carried out by governments and law enforcement agencies around the world
COLLECTIONS
Object Lessons
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
160 Pages
PB 9798765126196 • £9 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9798765126219 • £8 99 / $13 45
ePub 9798765126202 • £8 99 / $13 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Object Lessons
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
160 Pages
PB 9781501376634 • £9 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9781501376658 • £8 99 / $13 45
ePub 9781501376641 • £8 99 / $13 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Object Lessons
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
160 Pages • 36 bw illus
PB 9798765135587 • £9 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9798765135600 • £8 99 / $13 45
ePub 9798765135617 • £8 99 / $13 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Ballot
Anjali Enjeti, Reinhardt University, USA
Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things
Ballot examines the psychological, cultural, and political significance of voting in an increasingly anti-voting climate Armed with her personal experiences as a poll worker, electoral organizer, and activist, Anjali Enjeti unspools a timely narrative about the precarious state of the ballot during one of the most tumultuous political eras in US history, and recounts the astonishing events leading up to the 2024 presidential election
Enjeti lays out the growing challenges for voters in battleground states, where rightwing legislatures have introduced staggering numbers of voter suppression bills and redrawn district lines, all to disenfranchise as many Black and other marginalized voters as possible As her account of the history and stakes of election integrity shows, the aftershocks of the Capitol insurrection on January 6, 2021 have manifested most egregiously on the four corners of the ballot
Fist nelle mills, Freelance writer, St Louis, USA
Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things
Our ability to make a fist is what distinguishes humans from every other species, including primates The fist has played a crucial role in the birth of language and appears in nearly every form of nonverbal communication We use our fist to protest oppression, give pleasure, knock on doors, give daps, and (inaccurately) measure our heart Yet the fist is also a sign of someone on the edge
This book asks what happens when we lean over the edge of what a fist can do and symbolize Fist uses historical moments and artifacts, interviews, and personal narratives to explore the fist's ambiguous and divisive nature Fist examines knuckle tattoos, the Black Power salute, Obama’s fist bumps, the Fig, and fisting, the last sexual taboo Fist uncovers what flexing our knuckles says, not just about us, but the world in which we live
Lipstick
Eileen G'Sell,
Washington University of St Louis, USA
Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things
From Revlon to Glossier, from Marilyn to Gaga, lipstick is as shape-shifting and unwieldy as femininity itself
Who wears lipstick today – as a matter of routine? And for those who do, is it out of obligation to a strict feminine standard, or some other reason entirely? Lipstick reconsiders the beauty world’s most conspicuous – and contentious – tool of artifice Tossing expired ideas about femininity like so many tubes of melting wax, Lipstick explores how self-adornment can be a source of play, pleasure, and transformation, as well as how lipstick can knock gender norms off balance
COLLECTIONS
Object Lessons
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
144 Pages
PB 9798765108840 • £9 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9798765108819 • £8 99 / $13 45
ePub 9798765108833 • £8 99 / $13 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Object Lessons
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
184 Pages • 15 b&w illustrations
PB 9798765108901 • £9 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9798765108895 • £8 99 / $13 45
ePub 9798765108918 • £8 99 / $13 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Snack
Eurie Dahn, Independent Scholar, USA
Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things
In the hierarchy of foods, snacks are deemed trivial – perhaps even childish – especially in contrast to meals, which are seen as substantial and necessary The multiple aisles devoted to sweet and savory treats in supermarkets, and the availability of snacks even at places like home improvement and department stores, speak to the popularity of snacking But the ubiquity of snacks is relatively new and not common to all countries
Eurie Dahn traces the story of snacking culture through specific snacks, including Flamin’ Hot Cheetos, cheese crackers, and Choco Pies, and in the contexts of ethnicity, popular culture, diet culture, and even parenting Snack is an idiosyncratic cultural history that offers surprisingly filling food for thought
Stock Photo
Simona Supekar, Pasadena City College, USA
Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things.
Part memoir, part cultural criticism, Stock Photo mines the significance of the stock photo in our everyday lives, from the ads and websites we browse, to the menus and memes that we consume Through interviews with stock photography experts, photographers, models, consumers, and other stakeholders, Simona Supekar explores the evolution of the industry by tracing the creation of a stock photo from concept to usage while highlighting significant historical moments
Supekar weaves in her own experiences as a keyworder for a stock photography company while reckoning with her Asian American/South Asian identity in a post-9/11 world Stock Photo also addresses how these images have the power to shape our perceptions about race, class/caste, gender, ability, and more, thus underscoring the importance of representation even in something as innocuous as a stock photo
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES - THE ARDEN SHAKESPEARE
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
192 Pages
HB 9781350561052 £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350561045 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350561069 £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350561076 • £17 99 / $24 25
The Arden Shakespeare
COLLECTIONS
Arden Studies in Early Modern Drama
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages
PB 9781350535039 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350535008 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9781350535022 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350535015 • £0 00 / $0 00
The Arden Shakespeare
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
312 Pages
PB 9781350511422 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350511385 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9781350511408 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781350511392 • £72 00 / $99 00
The Arden Shakespeare
The Texts of Shakespeare
The Transformation of Popular Theatre to Printed Book
Stephen Orgel, Stanford University, USA
How did plays from the popular theatre, written by an author better known as a poet, become the greatest literary monument in English? Renowned Shakespearean Stephen Orgel reveals how the transformation of Shakespeare’s scripts was a triumph of both editorial intervention and marketing.
By no means the most admired playwright of his time, Shakespeare’s most popular work during his lifetime and for decades afterwards was the long poem Venus and Adonis, first published in 1593 It wasn’t until 1598 that Shakespeare’s name appeared on the title page of a book, so how did Shakespeare’s plays become the benchmark of English Renaissance drama? By examining the process of transformation from performance script to published book Orgel provides an accessible story of the making of Shakespeare’s reputation in print and of how the publication of his plays in a grand folio in 1623 made a radical claim for his plays as literature, in effect declaring his plays modern classics
With chapters on the poems, Romeo and Juliet, Hamlet, King Lear, Pericles and Macbeth, this book offers a number of case studies illustrating a variety of problems of dealing with the quartos, as well as how different a ‘good’ text of a play was for Shakespeare’s readers and for modern scholars It closes with an account of the production of the first folio, which, with the precedent of the Ben Jonson folio of 1616, effectively conferred classic status on this popular dramatist
OPEN ACCESS
Mirrors in Shakespeare and Early Modern English Drama Power, Gender and the Magic of the Theatre
Valentina Finger, Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich, Germany
Mirrors in the early modern playhouse function as figures of theatricality, reflecting gender dynamics and challenging sovereign power, in this open-access study of their use as stage props and rhetorical devices in plays by Shakespeare and his contemporaries
Valentina Finger highlights the rich complexity of mirrors and acts of mirroring on the early modern stage The case studies in this book traverse myths of monarchs and imperial mirrors in Richard II and Macbeth, explore acts of exemplary selfgovernment and court politics in Edward I and Bussy D'Ambois, constitute cosmetic mirrors as canvases for feminine selfauthorship in The Duchess of Malfi and The Devil's Charter and illuminate the interplay of scientific knowledge, magic and trick glasses in The Alchemist and A Game at Chess
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the SFB 1369 Vigilanzkulturen (CRC 1369 Cultures of Vigilance) at Ludwig-MaximiliansUniversität Munich with resources provided by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG, German Research Foundation)
Festival Shakespeares
Networking Performance Across Europe
Rowena Hawkins, Independent Researcher
Rowena Hawkins develops an analysis of the European Shakespeare Festivals Network (ESFN) as a productive, intercultural space that destabilises traditional hierarchies in theatre This book argues that ESFN performances offer audiences opportunities to rethink, rewrite and, crucially, to ‘network’ Shakespeare through active and comparative spectatorship
Hawkins explores the locations in which Shakespeare Festivals are held and the dislocations that occur when festival Shakespeares move between them, asking what it means to host a range of global Shakespeare productions in historicallysignificant locations, such as castles or reconstructed early modern theatres She considers whether festivals hosted in such sites produce different meanings for festivalgoers than those hosted in modern theatre spaces Using two audience research studies, Hawkins draws out interesting facts about what international Shakespeare festivals mean to those who attend them, what they can offer a divided Europe and how modern retellings of early modern plays influence and complicate local political contexts
COLLECTIONS
Shakespeare and Adaptation
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages 3 bw illus
PB 9781350337862 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350337824 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350337848 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350337831 • £76 50 / $103 50
The Arden Shakespeare
Classicizing Shakespeare
Jean-François Ducis and the First European Adaptations
Michèle Willems, University of Rouen, France
This book explores the nature and wide-ranging impact of the work of Jean-François Ducis (1733-1816), the first adaptor of Hamlet and of five other Shakespeare tragedies for the French theatre
Jean-François Ducis is anything but prominent in the histories of Shakespeare adaptation, yet he was pivotal in introducing French and European audiences to Shakespeare’s plays on the stage His Hamlet, tragédie imitée de l’anglais, performed at the Comédie française in 1769, was the first representation of a Shakespeare play on a French stage and was still performed in 1851 Despite his total ignorance of English, Ducis also adapted Romeo and Juliet, Macbeth, King Lear, King John and Othello, plays which were then translated, like his Hamlet, into a number of European languages
Classicizing Shakespeare studies Ducis’s Shakespearean corpusin the context of the neoclassical climate which, a century earlier, had set off a wave of adaptations in England Within the wider picture of the European representation of Shakespeare on the stage from 1660 to 1850, the study of Ducis’s emblematic case sheds further light on the rationale of these English adaptations as well as on the reception of Shakespeare’s plays in most Continental countries well into the 19th century Willems’ rich contextual study demonstrates why the translations of Ducis’s own ‘imitations’ were instrumental in exporting Shakespeare all over the Continent Through attention to the professional relationship with the renowned actor, François-Joseph Talma, Classicizing Shakespeare reveals too how collaborative practices in the theatre impact on the evolution of a text
COLLECTIONS
Shakespeare and Adaptation
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages • 30 bw illus
PB 9781350302570 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350302532 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350302556 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350302549 • £76 50 / $103 50
The Arden Shakespeare
Shakespeare and Ballet
Gender, Sexuality, Race and Politics on Stage
David Fuller, University of Durham, UK
This new and comprehensive study of Shakespearean ballets and their unique interpretive possibilities is also the first to foreground the importance of music to the aesthetics and meanings of Shakespeare dance-works
Organised around adaptations of key plays, each chapter offers close study of the contrasting interpretations and styles of a number of choreographers and illuminates issues of gender, sexuality, race and politics
While Shakespeare’s work is recreated in diverse forms in theatres all over the world, ballet is potentially one of the most international and inclusive forms of theatrical expression, based in the fundamental expressive potential of the body Since it moved into the avant-garde more than a century ago, it has been in the forefront of invention and experiment in the theatrical arts and yet the hundreds of ballets which have been based on Shakespeare’s work have received scant attention in Shakespearean scholarship and criticism
David Fuller explores a wide range of Shakespeare’s oeuvre as it has been recreated in this form, with studies of ballets based on some of his most famous works, including The Taming of the Shrew, A Midsummer Night’s Dream, the Sonnets, Romeo and Juliet, Hamlet, Othello, Macbeth, and The Tempest With analysis of productions from the 1940s to the present by British, American and European choreographers, it reads these as forms of creative criticism which reflect wider developments in society and in so doing show Shakespeare as perpetually contemporary
COLLECTIONS
Shakespeare and Adaptation
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
270 Pages
PB 9781350500617 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350500570 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9781350500587 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781350500594 • £72 00 / $99 00
The Arden Shakespeare
Shakespeare, Race and Anglophone Popular Culture
Edited by Vanessa I Corredera, Baylor University, USA & L Monique Pittman, Andrews University, USA
This collection theorizes the intersections between race, Shakespearean adaptation and pop culture Chapters take a range of investigative approaches, some centring Shakespeare and others using Shakespeare to theorize pop culture, but all focusing on the ethical implications of the triangulation between Shakespeare, pop culture and race
Chapters explore the tensions between the ‘low’, racialized status of a pop culture form and Shakespeare’s ‘high’ status; the ways race informs a specific Shakespearean reference (in film, television, music, Young Adult literature and self-help manuals, among other forms); and the influence loop between Shakespeare and the systemic racism of creative industries, such as Hollywood and book publishing
As the analysis of race expands within Shakespeare studies, so too, this collection argues, should the archives for analyzing Shakespeare and race grow While it is now more common to consider race and embodiment in both early modern and contemporary Shakespearean performance and adaptation, pop culture remains underexplored and undertheorized As this collection demonstrates, rigorous theoretical and methodological approaches can illuminate how pop culture uses Shakespeare to uphold, contest and shape existing racial imaginaries for broad audiences
COLLECTIONS
Shakespeare and Adaptation
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages
PB 9781350427556 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350427518 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9781350427532 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781350427525 • £72 00 / $99 00
The Arden Shakespeare
Macbeth in Modern European Culture
Edited by Juan F Cerdá, University of Murcia, Spain & Paul Prescott, University of Warwick, UK
This book explores the crucial role Shakespeare’s play has performed in European culture in the long 20th century
The story of regicide, ambition, civil war and tyranny has resonated across a continent ravaged by armed conflict and riven by competing political and ideological systems Equally, the play s acute explorations of gender dynamics, mental breakdown, guilt and suicide have spoken to the psychological and interpersonal pressures of European life in the ‘Age of Extremes’
This unique book gathers expert contributors from across the continent to explore adaptations of the play from 1870-2020 Each chapter explores the fascination Macbeth has exerted in a remarkable variety of places and contexts, from Stalin’s Russia to contemporary Catalonia, from the Scottish tourist industry to the French radio airwaves Throughout, we see how European adaptors have been liberated from the demands of fidelity to the original Anglophone text From a European perspective, Macbeth offers a powerful myth that is both flawed and somehow indispensable It demands to be re-told but it also requires fixing through adaptation
This collection is distinctive in the sheer range of adaptations it considers: while the stage is represented throughout, we also learn about Macbeth on radio, in novels, in poetry, in graphic art and photography, adapted for local political and personal resonances in private such as letters and diaries, but also in the public spheres of newspaper columns and highprofile court cases Anyone who reads this book will never see the play in the same way again
COLLECTIONS
Shakespeare in the Theatre
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages 13 bw illus
PB 9781350457652 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350457614 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9781350457638 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781350457621 • £72 00 / $99 00
The Arden Shakespeare
Shakespeare in the Theatre: Reduced Shakespeare Company
Ronan
Hatfull, University of Warwick, UK
The first dedicated historical study of the Reduced Shakespeare Company, this book explores the troupe’s four major Shakespearean works over the past four decades
The Reduced Shakespeare Company represent an American tale of how a small-scale, open-air troupe specialising in fastpaced, irreverent reductions of prominent topics have, since their formation in 1981, gradually expanded into a global theatre brand whose first play, The Complete Works of William Shakespeare (abridged), ran continuously for nine years in London’s West End and has been translated into thirty-eight languages
Drawing on previously unexamined archival material, as well as author interviews with the company’s five key players and attendance at rehearsals and performances in America and Britain, this book stands as the first dedicated study of this other RSC, presenting a critical analysis of the company’s signature blend of audience interaction, metatheatre, parody, pop culture references, Shakespearean intertextuality and vaudevillian humour
Each chapter is arranged to address a specific period within the RSC’s history of Shakespearean adaptation, offering a detailed exposition of their four major Shakespearean works over the past four decades The book’s epilogue considers their influence and legacy, submits a blueprint for reduction and contextualises the company within the ecosystem of contemporary performance
COLLECTIONS
Shakespeare in the Theatre
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages • 12 bw illus
HB 9781350380806 • £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9781350380844 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350380820 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781350380813 • £72 00 / $99 00
The Arden Shakespeare
Shakespeare in the Theatre: The Stratford Festival
Christie Carson, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK
This analysis of the Stratford Festival examines the full history of one of the largest and oldest dedicated centres for the performance of Shakespeare in North America
In English-speaking Canada, the Festival has become the unofficial national theatre, drawing both praise and criticism Dividing its history into three distinct periods, the volume begins with the foundation of the company, moving through its middle years of expansion and securing stability, and ending with an exploration of staging Shakespeare in the 21st century Through case studies of productions, covering each artistic director from Tyrone Guthrie to Antoni Cimolino, it highlights issues of national identity but also the relationship between actor and audience on the Festival’s unique thrust stage It not only explores the work of international stars such as Christopher Plummer, but also that of longstanding company members William Hutt and Martha Henry, emphasizing the Festival's collective spirit
This book argues that the Stratford Festival holds an influential position in the theatre world generally and in the Shakespeare performance environment specifically Initially this was because of the original stage built for its opening, but increasingly it has been due to the way that it has used Shakespeare’s work to articulate complex questions about identity and utilized technology to reach new audiences The Festival and its collaborative working methods grew out of a particular social and political climate, and when the actors and directors who trained at the Festival took their training and its influences elsewhere, they spread its impact
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages
PB 9781350565425 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350565388 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9781350565401 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781350565395 • £72 00 / $99 00
The Arden Shakespeare
Shakespeare’s Violence and the Early Modern Spectator
Rebecca Yearling, Keele University, UK
Shakespeare's plays feature events of extreme violence Investigating the ways in which the original early modern audiences might have reacted to their scenes of violence, this volume reveals too the complex web of factors that shape our present-day responses to violence and suffering.
Drawing on a mixed methodology, Rebecca Yearling combines close textual analysis with insights from the history of emotions, early modern theatre and cultural history, performance studies and contemporary psychological research to model a new way of approaching early modern audience response
The book focuses on four key moments of violence: the rape and mutilation of Lavinia in Titus Andronicus, the beheading of Cloten in Cymbeline, the blinding of Gloucester in King Lear and the murder of Desdemona in Othello Individual chapters situate these acts within their wider contexts, exploring how the performance conditions of Shakespeare’s time and broader Renaissance discourses surrounding violence, morality and entertainment shaped audience reactions By reconstructing these layered dynamics, Yearling illuminates the deeply social nature of violent spectacle In addition, the book argues that responses to fictional violence can reveal insights into how people engage with real-world violence In both cases, viewers confront moral dilemmas about who deserves empathy and who does not, in ways that reflect underlying social values and power structures
Importantly, Yearling also looks forward, suggesting that studying early modern responses to violence can simultaneously shed light on our own In an age saturated with violent media and real-world brutality, understanding how and why audiences respond to violence as they do is both historically significant and urgently contemporary This book, therefore, is not only about Shakespeare’s audiences – it is also about us
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages • 21 bw illus
HB 9781350436367 • £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9781350436404 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350436381 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781350436374 • £72 00 / $99 00
The Arden Shakespeare
Shakespeare’s First Folio 1623-2023
Text and Afterlives
Edited by Matthias Bauer, University of Tübingen, Germany & Angelika Zirker, University of Tübingen, Germany
This wide-ranging collection reflects on the various motivations that caused the Folio to come into being in 1623, 7 years after Shakespeare’s death, and on how the now iconic book has been continually reimagined after its initial publication to the present day
In honour of its original publication, Shakespeare’s First Folio 1623-2023: Text and Afterlives brings together a remarkable set of ground-breaking essays by an international group of scholars From the beginning, the publication that came to be called the ‘First Folio’ was defined by the tension between the book as text and the book as a material object In this volume, the individual contributions move between these two meanings in that they consider precursors to the First Folio in the form of reader-assembled volumes; the poetic identity of Shakespeare; and how misfortunes and successes in the early modern printing house shaped Shakespeare’s text
Chapters examine the unpredictable and often surprising subsequent histories of the book that has even been given a sacred status and become the basis of Shakespeare’s unique position in the history of literature They consider: the afterlife of the text, in relation to the reception of Shakespeare’s First Folio in Spain; its presence in and influence on James Joyce’s Ulysses; the role that Meisei University of Japan’s Shakespeare Collection has played in the education and research of the institution; and what the collection of 82 copies at the Folger Shakespeare Library in Washington, DC, tells us about the ongoing role of these books within the study of Shakespeare and the early modern period
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
232 Pages • 20 bw illus
HB 9781350386358 £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350386341 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350386365 £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350386372 • £19 79 / $26 95
Methuen Drama
Voice Training Through Acting and Movement
An Integrated Approach
Chris Palmer, Guildford School of Acting, UK
This integrated voice training workbook focuses on voice and speech through the lens of major acting and movement practices, and is ideal for actors in training, directors and any creative seeking to train their spoken voice Acting methodologies covered include those developed by Michael Chekhov, Sanford Meisner and Konstantin Stanislavsky, and movement practices that include Rudolf von Laban’s, Viewpoints and the Suzuki method
Exploring vocal technique via these methods, we come to understand the opportunities they offer – and profound effects they can have on – the voice
With actors working harder than ever across a huge variety of media, Voice Training Through Acting and Movement captures the contemporary actor ’s current working reality, offering support for stage and screen
Featuring exercises for the actor, tips for teachers and online video resources, this book offers a focused and integrated outcome-oriented training of vocal techniques through acting and movement
COLLECTIONS
Readings in Theatre Practice
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
152 Pages
HB 9781350387232 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350387225 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350387249 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350387256 • £19 79 / $26 95
Methuen Drama
Acting
Keywords and Concepts
John Matthews, University of Plymouth, UK
An accessible and authoritative compendium of key concepts in acting, this book reveals how the craft has been understood by the world’s leading practitioners and theorists
The idioms of acting can both delight and confound While enthusiastic theatregoers and aspiring actors may be attracted to studio slang, theorists and practitioners of the craft will argue fiercely over the meaning and use of professional terms, while academics dispute the very philosophical basis of concepts such as ‘emotion’ and ‘imagination’, ‘believability’ and ‘character ’ Acting: Keywords and Concepts is for readers from all these communities of interest and it provides a practical and reliable evidence-based account of the most significant ideas about acting in circulation today
Organized in digestible sections with pithy ‘keyword’ subheadings, this book makes key concepts easily referenceable and reveals the politics and ideologies at play in both dominant and niche acting schools and traditions, indicating how ideas and practices have developed over time as well as where acting theory and practice is heading
COLLECTIONS BOR
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
216 Pages 30 bw illus
HB 9781350524552 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350524545 £19 99 / $27 95
ePDF 9781350524569 • £17 99 / $25 15
ePub 9781350524576 • £17 99 / $25 15
Methuen Drama
The Pulse Approach
Physical Improvisation for Theatre-makers and Directors
Tanya
Gerstle
How can we effectively apply improvisation to train an ensemble of actors? Where is the method to create physically dynamic staging for text-based contemporary and classical plays? And how can a trainer and a director utilise improvisation to devise new work? The Pulse Approach answers these questions and more, captured here for the first time in a workbook to the practice
Pulse is an improvisational performance strategy that can be used by actors and directors to develop original text-based performance material and rehearse dramatic scripts Director Tanya Gerstle has been developing the approach since 1989 and has used it to stage more than 25 theatre productions Through step-by-step instructions for the student and practitioner; troubleshooting advice; case studies of productions directed using the Pulse Approach; and interviews with practitioners involved, this book is the first practical guide to this innovative methodology, which has its roots in the Australian actortraining scene
The Pulse Approach fuses improvisation and text-based theatre, too often disconnected, to offer up a methodology and rigorous practice for improvisation as a holistic process of development in classical and contemporary plays
DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
224 Pages • 16 colour illus
PB 9781350536005 £16 99 / $22 95
HB 9781350535961 • £20 00 / $24 95
ePDF 9781350535978 £18 00 / $22 45
ePub 9781350535985 • £18 00 / $22 45
Methuen Drama
COLLECTIONS
Dance in Dialogue
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages
PB 9781350472112 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350472082 • £65 00 / $90 00
ePDF 9781350472099 • £58 50 / $81 00
ePub 9781350472105
• £58 50 / $81 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages 19 bw illus
PB 9781350567207 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350567191 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350567221 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350567214 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Godot Diaries
Behind the Scenes of Beckett's Play
Lucian Msamati
A fascinating, behind-the-scenes diary account of working on a major production of Beckett’s iconic play from acclaimed actor Lucian Msamati
From his agent’s phone call offering him the role of Estragon, Lucian Msamati brings brilliantly to life the experience of costarring with Ben Whishaw in James Macdonald’s celebrated production of Waiting for Godot in London’s West End With the likes of Jonathan Slinger as Pozzo and Ben Edden as Lucky, this production has some of today’s finest theatre actors bringing new life and meaning to Beckett’s 1949 play
Through rehearsal room highs and lows, workaday laughs and tears, literal stumbles and grumbles, we journey with Lucian, his fellow actors and creatives, and Beckett’s play, sharing in the personal and dramaturgical discoveries they make and the inevitable emotional contours of an experience as intense as this one
Dance and Silence
In Conversation
Edited by Vipavinee Artpradid & Petra Johnson
The age of humans has gotten increasingly loud in terms of literal sound and environmental impact Recognising silence as a disappearing ontological value, there is grief around our loss, but there is also a greater desire for opportunities to experience silence in its various diverse forms
This book explores the critical dynamics of silence within choreography, performance and composition, comprising a series of conversations with researchers and practitioners, including choreographer Rosemary Lee, architect Richard Dougherty, architectural historian Pérez-Gómez, Natural Horn player Isaac Shieh, neuroscientist Tony Steffert and drummer and aerialist Jonny Leitch
Ultimately, we come to see how dance, embodied modes of inquiry and corporeal-based understandings within socio-cultural and ecological contexts can propose pathways in the absence of sound
Dancing Freedom
Modern Dance in Late Imperial Russia and the Early Soviet Union
Irina Sirotkina, National Research University Higher School of Economics, Russia
For a long time, dance scholars and the public were hardly aware that modern dance existed in Russia This book, however, delves into its presence, significance and survival in the late Tsarist and Soviet era, showing the large and significant positive contribution this made to the history of modern dance
A creation of liberal body politics, ‘free’ or ‘modern’ dance flourished in late Imperial Russia and the early Soviet Union, before the hardening of communist regimes An ideal embodiment of emancipation, free dance attracted dancers and audiences, including a significant number of modernist artists and intellectuals
This book looks in particular at Isadora Duncan and her impact on Stanislavsky's methods, as well as on the ballet choreographer Michel Fokine It throws light on Duncan’s Moscow School, biomechanics and many modern dance studios of the time, their role in creating new systems of training – different from ballet – and their creation of a modern dance 'body'
We come to see free dance into the years of Stalin's Cultural Revolution, where choreographers had to adapt to the new ideological environment – a far cry from the previous freedom of modern dance
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
264 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350428034 £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350428072 • £23 99 / $32 95
ePDF 9781350428041 £21 59 / $29 65
ePub 9781350428058 • £21 59 / $29 65
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Topics in Musical Theatre
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
112 Pages
PB 9781350381797 • £10 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9781350381810 • £9 89 / $13 45
ePub 9781350381803 • £9 89 / $13 45
Methuen Drama
COLLECTIONS
Topics in Musical Theatre
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
112 Pages
PB 9781350453920 • £10 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9781350453944 • £9 89 / $13 45
ePub 9781350453937 • £9 89 / $13 45
Methuen Drama
Mura Dehn
Champion of Black Social Dance and the Traditional Jazz Dance Company
Kim Chandler Vaccaro
This book tells the relatively unknown story of Mura Dehn (1902- 1987) a white, Jewish dancer from Russia, once deemed among the most beautiful classical dancers in Europe, who emigrated to the United States in the 1930s
For the first time the efforts of Dehn to record, analyse and champion the development of jazz dance in America during the 1930s, 40s and 50s are brought to life The book celebrates and explores her long-term commitment to supporting and nurturing Black American jazz dancers, and devoting her life to heralding and chronicling its innovators and creators through performance, teaching and film-making
This work includes both first-hand accounts with people who knew and worked with Dehn, including her company manager Allen Blitz, friend Eiko Otake, and notable urban dance scholars such as Sally Sommer; and material from Dehn’s archival collection in the New York Public Library
Adaptation in Musical Theatre
Adam Rush, University of Winchester, UK
Short introductory books on significant theories, concepts, forms and elements of musical theatre.
Adaptation in Musical Theatre positions musical theatre as part of a broader cultural trend of recycling, referencing, remixing and alluding to existing creative works and texts Despite critics often dismissing stage adaptations as lazy and safe bet options for producers, this book argues that crafting an adaptation enables creative teams to take fresh and imaginative approaches to a source text, given the multitude of ways in which the structures and styles of two (or more) different media can be combined
From Les Misérables to Wicked, by way of Legally Blonde and Fun Home, this lively book addresses several modern musicals, each adapted from a different type of source – including fiction, film and graphic novels – and each offering a different approach to adapting existing work
Published in Methuen Drama's Topics in Musical Theatre series, this book offers students a concise and readable study of a key and ever-evolving forms within musical theatre studies using relevant and contemporary case studies
Latinidad in Musical Theatre
Stefan Sittig
Short introductory books on significant theories, concepts, forms, and elements of musical theatre
Latinidad in Musical Theatre offers an accessible exploration of the substantial contribution of Latine artists, specifically via music, dance, and choreography to the last century of the American Musical from Carmen Miranda to Lin-Manuel Miranda
Latine artists, music and dance have been influencing musical theatre since the early 1900s, but it’s only in the last 50 years or so that Latine artists have been able to fully contribute to the art form, not just via appropriation or stereotype, but by owning their own narrative, creatively and intellectually This volume takes a survey approach that builds on case studies ranging from classic musicals West Side Story and Bye, Bye, Birdie through to the contemporary musicals In The Heights and Hamilton As well as considering the shows themselves it also unpacks the careers and contributions of Latine artists such as Chita Rivera and Graciela Daniele
Published in Methuen Drama's Topics in Musical Theatre series, this volume is perfect for students of musical theatre and those wishing to deepen their appreciation of the artform
COLLECTIONS
ePDF 9798765161296 • £24 29 / $31 50
ePub 9781493085842 £24 29 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Matching Minds with Sondheim
The Puzzles and Games of the Broadway Legend
Barry Joseph
By near-universal consensus, Stephen Sondheim was the greatest musical theater composer of his generation celebrated, among other things, for the wit, sophistication, and intricacy of shows from West Side Story to Sunday in the Park with George But a less well-known avenue for his brilliance was his lifelong fascination with designing and constructing intricate puzzles and games, from treasure hunts to crosswords to parlor and board games
Matching Minds with Sondheim is a journey into this rich but largely unmapped aspect of the composer ’s creative life, illuminating how Sondheim’s playful designs delivered moments of clarity and connection for friends, colleagues, and anyone who’s ever been captivated by his genius This book opens, for the first time, the door into what Sondheim called his “puzzler s mind, helping readers to better understand the man, his work, and if they accept the challenge themselves Gaming expert Barry Joseph draws from over eighty years of Sondheim’s activities, including extremely rare and neverpublicly-seen puzzles and game designs, scores of original interviews with the celebrity friends who played them, archival deep dives, and illuminating analysis from both puzzle designers and theater professionals from around the world Packed with illustrations and insights, this book does more than describe Sondheim’s life in puzzles: It allows readers to match minds with the maestro by attempting to solve his puzzles and bring Sondheimian games into their own homes
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages
PB 9781350508538 • £16 99 / $22 95
HB 9781350508521 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9781350508552 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9781350508545 £22 50 / $31 50
Methuen Drama
Opening Doors
Reimagining the American Musical
John Doyle
“In this honest, self reflective piece, John so beautifully and succinctly shares of his experience in theatre and the passion with which he pursues the opportunity to create art that is connective tissue for humanity and a reflection of the time we live in ” (Cynthia Erivo, Tony, Grammy and Emmy Award-winning star of Wicked)
Director John Doyle is an unlikely revolutionary Described by critics as 'the saviour of the Broadway musical', the 'amazing Mr Musicals' and 'the man who changed the face of the American musical', his name alone has become synonymous with a style of reinvention that has opened doors to what commercial musical theatre can be in the 21st century
In his first book Doyle reflects on the 50-year theatrical journey taken by a boy who never dreamt it could happen to him Through simply working at his craft and trying to earn a living he gained a reputation for thinking outside of the box and is credited with helping create a new art form – that of actor-musician led musical theatre
From the Highlands of Scotland to prestigious regional theatres and Broadway, he has achieved multiple Tony Awards thanks to revolutionary productions of Sweeney Todd, Company and The Color Purple This reflective yet practical book tracks a rich and celebrated journey in theatre from one of its most important and recognized contemporary artists
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350551442 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350551435 £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350553798 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350551459 • £17 99 / $24 25
Methuen Drama
Find Your 'It' Factor
A Guide to Dynamic Musical Theatre Performance
Jacqui Hall Cuny
Have you ever sat in a darkened theatre and not been able to take your eyes off one radiant performer as they drew you into their real yet imaginary world? If so, you were experiencing synergy, also known as the 'It' factor; that magical, ephemeral energy that has defied explanation - until now
Find Your 'It' Factor is an informative handbook for anyone seeking to explore their personal light or re-ignite their inner flame, onstage or off Explored through musical theatre performance, this guide combines original research with practical application which in turn helps you understand the essential elements that make up the 'It' factor, elevating your performance beyond the ordinary Drawing on years of practical experience within the professional world of musical theatre in the UK and Australia, Jacqui Hall Cuny introduces and unpacks the concept of 'It' in relation to performance
Featuring a foreword by Philip Quast and interviews from 42 Australian musical theatre actors and creative directors this is a unique and engaging must-have for those entering the industry Whether you are a professional performer seeking to grow your existing skill base or a student seeking the confidence to express yourself freely, this book unlocks secrets to ensure you succeed
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
288 Pages • 20 bw illus
HB 9781350412187 £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9781350412194 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9781350412200 £22 50 / $31 50
Methuen Drama
The Cambridge Footlights
A Very British Comedy Institution
Robert Sellers, Independent author, UK
From Monty Python, The Goodies and Not the Nine O’Clock News to Peep Show, QI and The Great British Bake-Off, its alumni are behind many of the shows that have entertained since the 1960s to today This book tells the story of the Footlights, chronicling its evolution from its creation in the 1880s to the present
The Footlights has long been a potential portal to fame This book traces the journeys of its most distinguished alumni, including Germaine Greer, John Cleese, Douglas Adams, Peter Cook, Stephen Fry, Hugh Laurie, Miriam Margolyes, Emma Thompson, Richard Ayoade, David Mitchell and Sue Perkins, among many others
Featuring interviews with numerous former Footlights alumni, it vividly captures the desire of each successive intake to make their comic mark Through examining the impact of the Footlights on British popular culture and comedy over the last 60 years, it demonstrates how its farces, musical comedies, pantomimes and the famous May Week revues have both reflected the tastes of the times and served as a ‘nursery’ for generations of comic writers and performers
COLLECTIONS
UK May 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages • 93 bw illus
HB 9781350524767 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350524750 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350524781 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350524774 £19 79 / $26 95
Methuen Drama
Arthur Miller ’s New York Visions of the City
Stephen Marino, Formerly of St Francis College, Brooklyn, USA
Take a tour of New York City as inspiration, place and context in the work of America's greatest playwright of the 20th century, brought to life with images from Miller's time and today
Readers of the work of Arthur Miller will be familiar with the presence of NYC in much of his work In Arthur Miller's New York Stephen Marino offers a rich, panoramic study of NYC across all of Miller's oeuvre, exploring how Miller transformed the defining experiences of his youth and early adulthood – formed on the streets and in the neighborhoods of the New York boroughs of Manhattan, Brooklyn, and Queens – into art
A crucial component of his creative DNA, NYC figures prominently in Miller's dramatic work: Death of a Salesman, A Memory of Two Mondays, A View From the Bridge, After the Fall, The Price, The American Clock, The Ride Down Mt Morgan, Broken Glass, and Mr Peter ’s Connections all have settings in which the characters’ interactions with the cityscape significantly determine the events of the plays
An evocative set of images from Miller's times and from the present period bring the character of New York City into sharp relief and trace its evolution over a century of change
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
Theatre And
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
104 Pages
PB 9781350514775 • £9 99 / $12 95
ePDF 9781350514799 • £8 99 / $11 65
ePub 9781350514782 • £8 99 / $11 65
Methuen Drama
Theatre and Race
Harvey Young, Boston College, USA
Theatre and Race centers on the interrelationship of the words on either side of the ampersand It offers an accessible overview of how race is performed and how western theatrical practice has wrestled with the topic, question, and “problem” of racial difference over centuries
This study introduces critical and theoretical concepts to account for how the simple act of being attentive to the seeming “otherness” of another person within the expressive arts, as well as in everyday life, invites an engagement with the social history and lived experience of race
In addition, it spotlights the long history of race and racial concerns within the theatre: the xenophobic fascination of ancient Greeks and Romans, the anxiety caused by cultural and religious difference during the Elizabethan period, the intense and widespread appeal of blackface minstrelsy alongside the performances of other “faces” in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the controversies related to colorblind casting practices toward the end of the last century, and recent campaigns for and against antiracist and post-race theatre
This updated and revised edition includes new material by Harvey Young addressing Theatre and Race in 2024 and beyond
Modern Plays
UK September 2025 •
88 Pages
PB 9781350551572 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350551596 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350551589 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
The Importance of Being Earnest
Oscar Wilde
A Trivial Comedy for Serious People
Being sensible can be excessively boring At least Jack thinks so
While assuming the role of dutiful guardian in the country, he lets loose in town under a false identity Meanwhile, his friend Algy takes on a similar facade
Unfortunately, living a double life has its drawbacks, especially when it comes to love Hoping to impress two eligible ladies, the gentlemen find themselves caught in a web of lies they must carefully navigate
A new edition of Oscar Wilde's legendary comedy, published to coincide with the West End transfer of the National Theatre's acclaimed production in September 2025
2ND EDITION
Modern Plays
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
80 Pages
PB 9781350603523 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350603530 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350603547 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
Every
Brilliant Thing
Duncan Macmillan
If you live a long life and get to the end of it without ever once feeling crushingly depressed, then you probably weren’t paying attention.
You’re seven years old Mum’s in hospital Dad says she’s ‘done something stupid’ She finds it hard to be happy You start a list of everything that’s brilliant about the world Everything worth living for You leave it on her pillow You know she’s read it because she’s corrected your spelling
A child attempts to ease their mother ’s depression by creating a list of all the best things in the world Through adulthood, as the list grows, they learn the deep significance it has on their own life
From Olivier Award-nominated writer Duncan Macmillan (People, Places and Things), Every Brilliant Thing is a comedy about the lengths we will go for those we love
Modern Plays
UK November 2025 • US October 2025
136 Pages
PB 9781350602212 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350602229 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350602236 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
Invasive Species
Maia
Novi
I guess it starts with wanting to become a different person
Invasive Species is a dark comedy and true story about Maia, an immigrant actor who will stop at nothing to achieve her dream of being in the American movies, even if that means having to act her way out of a youth psychiatric ward
Named one of the best cultural works of the year by The Hollywood Reporter, Maia Novi's New York cult hit is a "thrill ride that lands like a high-stakes fever dream"
This edition was published to coincide with the strictly limited London run at the King's Head Theatre in September 2025, and features a foreword by Tony Award-nominated playwright Jeremy O Harris (Slave Play, Yell)
Modern Plays
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
192 Pages
PB 9781350605534 • £14 99 / $19 95
ePDF 9781350605541 • £13 49 / $17 95
ePub 9781350605558 • £13 49 / $17 95
Methuen Drama
Romans
A Novel
Alice Birch
Adventure and Truth Sacrifice everything for it It is worth it
He is a motherless child A bullied schoolboy An adventurer scaling mountains A coloniser of land, of people Brother Father Soldier Cult leader He is sipping champagne at his book launch He is up by 4am for weights, cardio, ice bath He is recording a podcast He is living as a badger
Award-winning writer Alice Birch’s (Anatomy of a Suicide; Normal People) monumental, kaleidoscopic portrait of masculinity from the nineteenth century to the present day explores how male narratives have shaped the world we know
This edition was published to coincide with the world premiere production at the Almeida Theatre in September 2025, featuring Olivier Award-winner Kyle Soller
Modern Plays
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
128 Pages
PB 9781350605305 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350605329 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350605312 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
The Lady from the Sea
Simon Stone
You can't lie to family.
I think we lie to family more than anyone else
The Lady from the Sea is a thrilling dissection of desire, loss and rebirth for the contemporary age
Fearful she may have settled too easily for a comfortable life married to a well-off doctor, Ellida searches for a way to break the predictable routine her existence has become When a lover from her past appears at their remote country house, she has to choose between the life she has now built and the one she left behind long ago
This new adaptation of Ibsen's classic play is written and directed by Simon Stone (Yerma, Phaedra) Published to coincide with the world premiere at London's Bridge Theatre starring Oscar winner Alicia Vikander and Andrew Lincoln, this is an unforgettable contemporary version of a classic text
Modern Plays
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
112 Pages
PB 9781350597815 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350597822 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350597839 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
Her Father's Voice
Shane O'Reilly
I never want her to think she’s not good enough
Three generations under one roof A young girl faces cochlear implant surgery as her parents wrestle with the weight of their choices The unexpected arrival of a Deaf mother and daughter unearths buried truths that echo across generations
Shane O’Reilly fuses theatre, opera and film in a bold and ambitious new work
This contemporary family drama - tense, humorous, and authentic - pulses with reverberations of decisions that will shape the future Some things cannot be silenced
This edition was published to coincide with the premiere at Dublin Theatre Festival 2025
Plays for Young People
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
80 Pages
PB 9781350596276 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350596283 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350596290 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
The Leap
Gavin Kostick, Playwright, Ireland
It was an accident!
When Wendy jumps off the family piano and shatters her mam’s favourite glass table, she doesn't just break the glass, she cracks open a whole other world With the shards packed into her backpack and emotions bubbling inside her, Wendy follows her dad through a trapdoor and into another world
The Leap takes us to a place where ancient wrongs may be righted, new worlds are created and a young girl’s sad heart may be cured It might be possible to piece together what’s been broken But only if she chooses
Written by Gavin Kostick, this edition was published to coincide with the Fishamble production at the Draíocht Studio as part of Dublin Theatre Festival 2025
Modern Plays
UK September 2025
• US September 2025
48 Pages
PB 9781350599918 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350599925 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350599932 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
Motorhome Marilyn
Ben Weatherill
When a woman teams up with a snake, a storm always follows.
A new dark comedy by Ben Weatherill, Motorhome Marilyn follows Denise, an aspiring actress with an obsessive relationship with Marilyn Monroe, who headed to Hollywood in the 1980s, hoping to live up to the icon’s fame and allure But somewhere along the way, her dreams went dangerously off script
As the ghosts of her past close in, Denise is forced to reckon with fame, fantasy, and the true cost of reinvention And just what is she hiding in the desert?
Inspired by Michelle Collins's real-life encounter with the woman known as Motorhome Marilyn, this twisted and funny play reveals the toll of living in the shadow of an icon - exploring failure, survival, and the heart-breaking cost of unattained dreams
Published to coincide with the world premiere at Edinburgh Festival Fringe 2025 starring Michelle Collins, this unforgettable one-woman play delights and surprises in equal measure
Modern Plays
UK September 2025 • US September 2025
48 Pages
PB 9781350600140 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350600157 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350600164 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
Kanpur: 1857
Niall Moorjani
Winner of a Scotsman Fringe First Award 2025
This isn’t a story, this isn’t myth, nor legend, this is my life, it is my people’s lives
Strapped to a cannon, an Indian rebel finds themselves answering to a British officer for the crimes of Kanpur – an Indian uprising against British colonial forces
Based on historical events, this new play comically satirises contemporary conflicts around gender, colonial violence, and making art in times of crisis But who is the hero and who is the villain? Whatever happens, it’s going to be explosive
This edition of Kanpur: 1857, winner of the Pleasance’s Charlie Hartill Fund, was published to coincide with the production at the Pleasance Theatre, Edinburgh Festival Fringe in July 2025
Modern Plays
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
72 Pages
PB 9781350602403 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350602410 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350602427 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
Modern Plays
• US October 2025
UK October 2025
96 Pages
PB 9781350605060 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350605077 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350605084 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
Modern Plays
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
64 Pages
PB 9781350604926 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350604933 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350604940 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
Cow / Deer
Katie Mitchell, Nina Segal & Melanie Wilson
Wind in tall trees White sky Rain soon Hooves on earth Twigs Snap Wait Listen
A new experiment in performance from Katie Mitchell, Nina Segal and Melanie Wilson Using only sound and no words, a quartet of performers and Foley artists evoke the lives of two animals – a cow and a deer
Cow Deer is an invitation to enter the more-than-human world
Co-created by Katie Mitchell (Bluets, Anatomy of a Suicide), Nina Segal (Shooting Hedda Gabler, Big Guns) and Melanie Wilson (Oracle Song, Opera for the Unknown Woman)
This edition was published to coincide with the National Theatre of Greece and Royal Court Theatre co-production in September 2025
The Needle Room
Martin Travers
Hit’s no the ayebidin damnation A’m wirried aboot Hit’s the needle Pittin hit intae ma airm A
dae hit
Lanark, June 1934 Despite her brutal upbringing, Rebecca McCrea has always believed in doing what’s right Now everything is going wrong As housekeeper of Castlepark, home of the wealthy Galbraith family, Rebecca has learned to manage the whims of her employers She cooks, cleans and tries to make peace between matriarch Jessie and her bitterly estranged son, Duncan
But when Clydesdale is gripped by a vicious heatwave and Jessie’s health suddenly declines, terrible secrets erupt - and even Rebecca has something to hide The bleak future she’s worked so hard to escape is suddenly on the doorstep, and she must make an unthinkable choice
This edition was published to coincide with Braw Clan’s tour of Clydesdale in September 2025
Òran
Owen Sutcliffe
It’s new here without you Autumn’s still nice and fresh but I like it less without you The stars are out I’ve saved you space but you’re ages late I hope you’re sleeping I wondered when to miss you most and chose the evening
Combining spoken word, lyrical storytelling and a pulsating electronic live score, this is the thrilling story of Òran and his journey to rescue his best friend from the Underworld Should he arrive there, Hades might grant him the chance to lead his friend home but at what cost?
This award-winning visceral piece of contemporary theatre is a collaboration between Wonder Fools, ‘a blazing powerhouse of invention and activity’ (Scotsman) and the acclaimed hip-hop artist Owen Sutcliffe, creating an urgent and entertaining modern retelling of the classic Greek myth Orpheus
Modern Plays
UK August 2025 • US August 2025
96 Pages
PB 9781350599673 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350599680 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350599697 • £9 89 / $14 35 Methuen Drama
Dear Annie, I Hate You
Samantha Ipema
You’re one of the lucky ones Most people don’t catch an Annie until it’s too late
At twenty, Sam’s life is all forward motion until the arrival of an unexpected companion changes everything What begins as a normal day unravels into something stranger, darker, and impossible to ignore Years later, Sam reconstructs the story: rewiring memories, retracing her past, and trying to find the place where everything fell apart But Annie, her unwelcome counterpart, has another plan in mind
Dear Annie, I Hate You is a bold, darkly funny exploration of memory, survival, and the slow, imperfect return to oneself told through the messy process of reconstructing a life interrupted
This edition was published to coincide with the run at the Pleasance Courtyard, Edinburgh Festival Fringe in July 2025
Modern Plays
UK August 2025 • US August 2025
88 Pages
PB 9781350596511 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350596528 • £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350596535 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
in defence of adventurous mothers
Simon Marshall
I’d love to say it was Mum’s voice which rallied me on But it wasn’t It wasn’t even Miley Cyrus’ It was mine
Growing up, Theo and Nancy had it all at their feet – the next generation of a Derbyshire climbing dynasty, with a mother who was somewhat of a legend in the mountaineering world Until one day, their mother doesn’t make it home from an expedition
The two siblings are left to pick up the pieces of a broken world And as their life begins to take shape, they are faced with a decision: do they follow in their mum’s footsteps, risking it all to chase the extraordinary? Or can they find adventure at ground level, on the trails more frequently travelled?
A story shared by two siblings on vastly different paths, in defence of adventurous mothers is an intimate and life-affirming exploration of love, loss, and what we leave behind
This edition of in defence of adventurous mothers was published to coincide with the production at The Glitch in July 2025
Lost Lear
Dan Colley
Modern Plays
UK September 2025 US September 2025
88 Pages
PB 9781350596368 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350596375 £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350596382 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
Winner of a Scotsman Fringe First Award 2025
You have to look at me now and tell me I’m good, that this is good That the bits of you that I can’t see are changed, charged, churned by the bits of me that you can’t see
A moving and darkly comic remix of Shakespeare’s play told from the point of view of Joy, a person with dementia, who is living in an old memory of rehearsing King Lear
Joy’s delicately maintained reality is upended by the arrival of her estranged son who, being cast as Cordelia, must find a way to speak his piece from within the limited role he’s given Using puppetry, projection and live video effects, the audience are landed in Joy’s world as layers of her past and present, fiction and reality, overlap and distort
Lost Lear is a thought provoking meditation on theatre, artifice and the possibility of communicating across the chasms between us
This edition of Lost Lear was published to coincide with the production at Traverse Theatre, Edinburgh Festival Fringe in July 2025
Common Tongue
Fraser Scott
Modern Plays
UK November 2025 US November 2025
64 Pages
PB 9781350604605 • £10 99 / $15 95
ePDF 9781350604612 £9 89 / $14 35
ePub 9781350604629 • £9 89 / $14 35
Methuen Drama
It’s funny how sometimes you staun up tae speak and you’ve got nae idea whit’s gonnae come oot yer mooth
Common Tongue - a play aboot imperfect Scots A fast-paced and quick-witted one-person show exploring the impact of language, identity and their intersections in Scotland
Common Tongue follows Bonnie as she navigates her relationship with the way she speaks, coming to grips with the implications of her culture, and how much she can claim it or ignore it
This edition was published to coincide with the Scottish Tour in September 2025
COLLECTIONS
Cultural Histories of Theatre and Performance
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
264 Pages • 10 colour and bw illus
PB 9781350284449 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350284401 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350284425 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350284418 • £0 00 / $0 00
Methuen Drama
COLLECTIONS
Cultural Histories of Theatre and Performance
UK January 2026 US January 2026
288 Pages • 26 bw illus
PB 9781350258112 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350258075 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350258099 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350258082 • £76 50 / $103 50
Methuen Drama
OPEN ACCESS
Performing Citizenship and German Amateur Theatricals
Drama and Utopianism in the Nineteenth Century
Meike Wagner, LMU Munich, Germany
This open access book proposes a revision of 19th-century theatre history and examines the contribution of amateur theatre practice to European theatre, by shifting the focus to theatre as a cultural, social and aesthetic practice
Non-professional theatre practice has been largely neglected due to deeply rooted prejudice about its aesthetic standards: a prejudice whose origins can be traced back to influential thinkers in the 18th century Although it was a massive phenomenon in Europe around 1800, amateur theatre has been overshadowed by professional theatre through a privileging of literary and canonical perspectives in the writing of history This book argues that amateur theatricals contributed to mainstreaming key concepts of aesthetic education and identity building, as well as establishing educative and aesthetic concepts of bourgeois theatre
Amateur theatres not only provide their audiences with an aesthetic experience, they also give their members the opportunity to become involved in social gatherings and performative schemes of self-learning and self-education During the late Enlightenment, amateur theatres became an important medium to practice and promote concepts of citizenship and the idea of theatre as a key educational factor in society Focusing on German-speaking amateur theatricals, with regard to a larger frame of European cultural history, this study investigates how citizen identities were shaped and consolidated through amateur performance practices on page, on stage and behind the scenes
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the European Research Council (ERC) under the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme
Performing Modernity
Culture and Experiment in the Irish Free State
Elaine Sisson, Institute of Art, Design and Technology, Dublin, Ireland
This book is an exploration of metropolitan bohemian and counter-cultural movements in theatre, design and popular culture in the Irish Free State.
Were there flappers in Ireland? Was there really a Cabaret Club in Dublin in 1926? Using photographs, theatre and costume designs, letters, newspaper accounts, novels and other historical sources, Performing Modernity? offers a wholly new perspective on metropolitan life in the Irish Free State where people listen to jazz and go dancing, watch German Expressionist theatre, are interested in Soviet design, and attend pageants, cabarets and fancy dress balls
The early years of Irish independence are often characterised as isolated and conservative as the country recovered from the effects of the Civil War This book argues that there was also ambition and optimism among the citizens of the new State as they embraced the promise of modernity in theatre, film and popular culture during the 1920s and 1930s
COLLECTIONS
Critical Companions
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
224 Pages
• 6 bw illus
PB 9781350282445
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350282100
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350282124
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350282117 • £76 50 / $103 50
Methuen Drama
COLLECTIONS
Forms of Drama
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
208 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350436213 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350436176 • £65 00 / $90 00
ePDF 9781350436190 • £58 50 / $81 00
ePub 9781350436183 • £58 50 / $81 00
Methuen Drama
COLLECTIONS
Methuen Drama Agitations: Text, Politics and Performances
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
248 Pages • 15 bw illus
PB 9781350521988 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350521940 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350521964 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350521957 • £76 50 / $103 50
Methuen Drama
The Theatre of Laura Wade
Henry Bell, University of the West of Scotland, UK & Sophie Bush, Sheffield Hallam University, UK
This is the first full-length exploration of the work of Laura Wade, providing critical and performance perspectives on one of the UK’s most frequently staged female playwrights
Throughout the volume, key creative practitioners add rehearsal room insight, alongside the perspective of Laura Wade herself and a foreword by Tamara Harvey, Co-Artistic Director of the Royal Shakespeare Company Regular collaborators Harvey, Katherine Parkinson, Lyndsey Turner and Samuel West provide perspectives on Wade’s work, including the Olivier Award-winning Home, I’m Darling, the frequently staged Alice and her inventive adaptation of The Watsons Actor Natalie Dormer also provides new insights which connect together Posh and the subsequent film adaptation, The Riot Club
Teachers, lecturers and theatre-makers are given resources to explore Wade’s plays in detail, including Posh, with key thoughts from the original production’s director as well as Cressida Carré, director of the first all-female staging in 2017
Those working with the increasingly popular early plays, Breathing Corpses, Colder than Here and Other Hands, have access to fresh scholarship deconstructing the narrative ingenuity and dark themes contained within Each chapter draws attention to a range of international and performance contexts from which the plays can be explored
Kunqu
China’s Classical Song-drama
Kim Hunter Gordon, Duke Kunshan University, China
From its origins in the poetic tradition and its refinement in the southern salons of the 16th century, to its 18thcentury theatrical heyday and patriotic revival in modern times, this book introduces Kunqu and its enduring role in shaping cultural life
The rich body of drama and poetry associated with Kunqu has often been studied independently of its performance history By contrast, this book places stage practice and singing at the centre Kunqu treats poetry and music as inseparable: the tonal and prosodic qualities of Chinese words and the melodies that carry them are mutually dependent
From Ming gardens and rowdy Qing playhouses to the Manchu imperial court, Republican singing societies, and online forums today, debates over how Kunqu should be sung have never ceased Hunter Gordon shows how these debates provide a model for understanding the genre as a whole: just as its vocal delivery has always been contested, so too has its staging
With a repertoire that remains relatively stable, Kunqu is marked by tensions of interpretation and orthodoxy that place enormous weight on the fine details of performance, making it one of the world’s most dynamic performance traditions
Performing Presidents
The Star Power of Reagan, Trump, and Zelensky
Maria Berlova, Independent scholar, USA
This book centers on the prominent 20th- and 21st-century populist leaders Ronald Reagan, Donald Trump, and Volodymyr Zelensky It explores how such figures transitioned from theatrical engagements to the presidency, including how their political life was reframed as a theatrical event
This book reveals the various ways these presidents approached political performance and incorporated entertainment elements into it in order to shift the norms of political representation and disrupt communication modes It further explores how these populist figures personalized and fictionalized their presidential role by means of storytelling and the bodily enactment of their myth
In contrast to the methodology of TV entertainment used in Reagan’s era, modern technology has permitted Trump and Zelensky to embrace an innovative ‘distributed aesthetics’ approach Owing to its virtual nature, this technique transcends spatial and temporal limitations, while simultaneously rendering celebrity presence ubiquitous and exaggerating the illusion of intimacy between ruler and populace
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
336 Pages • 27 bw illus
HB 9781350283466 £25 00 / $25 00
PB 9781350283459 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350283480 £22 50 / $22 50
ePub 9781350283473 • £22 50 / $22 50
Methuen Drama
COLLECTIONS
Thinking Through Theatre
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
272 Pages • 40 bw illus
PB 9781350399341 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350399303 • £85 00 / $115 00
Methuen Drama
ePDF 9781350399310 • £0.00 / $0.00
ePub 9781350399327 • £0.00 / $0.00
Methuen Drama
COLLECTIONS
Methuen Drama Handbooks
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
552 Pages • 35 bw illus
HB 9781350123175
• £140 00 / $180 00
PB 9781350438149 • £39 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9781350123199 • £126 00 / $162 00
ePub 9781350123182 • £126 00 / $162 00
Methuen Drama
One Public New York’s Public Theater in the Era of Oskar Eustis
Kevin Landis, University Of Colorado, Colorado Springs, USA
Since its founding by Joseph Papp in the 1950s, The Public Theater has been an American artistic leader defined by its breadth of programming, from Hair and A Chorus Line, to Free Shakespeare in the Park With the recent critical and financial success of Fun Home and Hamilton, and its emphasis on new play development, The Public’s contemporary history has been equally remarkable, even as world crises and social changes have tested the mettle of its foundation of accessible and “radically inclusive” theatre for all
Case-study driven, One Public uses oral history accounts and authorial experience to illuminate The Public Theater, Eustis and their cultural influence on the city of New York and the greater United States The story highlights the successes and challenges of an institution at once espousing a mission of inclusivity and community-based arts creation, while also developing Broadway hits and international fame
OPEN ACCESS
Performance Pedagogy
Objects, Transfers, Formations
Edited by Felipe Cervera, Diana Damian Martin, Eero Laine & Theron Schmidt
What does it mean to teach an ephemeral object like ‘performance’? And what might the teaching of performance have to offer to other kinds of teaching and learning in a changing world? Through posing and seeking to answer these questions, this open-access book urges a reconsideration of the relationship between performance and pedagogy These questions are urgent in the light of profound changes, both institutional and historical, in the larger scope of higher education and the place performance may have in that setting and its peripheries
The book features a unique construction - "interstitial exchanges" - wherein the authors of each chapter pose provocations and responses to each other through short essays between the main chapters, connecting the disparate objects of performance pedagogy and offering dialogues In this way, the volume opens conversations beyond performance studies, asking what performance might have to say about the objects all around us that shape our lives in the 21st century
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY NC-ND-4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com
The Methuen Drama Handbook of Gender and Theatre
Edited by Sean Metzger, University of California, Los Angeles, USA & Roberta Mock, Royal Holloway University of London, UK
Shortlisted for the 2024 TaPRA Edited Collection Prize
This is a guide to contemporary debates and theatre practices at a time when gender paradigms are both in flux and at the centre of explosive political battlegrounds
As this handbook demonstrates, from the conventions of early modern English, Chinese, Japanese and Hispanic theatres to the subversion of racialized binaries of masculinity and femininity in recent North American, African, Asian, Caribbean and European productions, the matter of gender has consistently taken centre stage This handbook examines how critical discourses on gender intersect with key debates in the field of theatre studies, as a lens to illuminate the practices of gender and theatre as well as the societies they inform and represent across space and time
This book demonstrates how researchers are currently addressing theatre about gender issues and gendered theatre practices This collection offers interpretations and analyses that do not simply look back at existing scholarship, but open up new possibilities and understandings Featuring essential research tools, including a survey of keywords and an annotated play list, this is an indispensable scholarly handbook for anyone working in theatre and performance
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US November 2025
328 Pages • 20 BW Photos
HB 9781493090242 £27 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765160718 • £28 73 / $35 95
ePub 9781493090259 £28 73 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages
HB 9781350501775
• £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9781350501768 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781350501782
• £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781350501799 £16 19 / $22 45
Methuen Drama
I've Got the Shakes
Performing Richard Foreman
Shauna Kelly, Actor, Tokyo
No single artist better embodied the spirit of experimental, “downtown” theater than Richard Foreman, one of the most important theater-makers of the last century
Beginning in 1968 with his founding of the Ontological-Hysteric Theater, Foreman helped to redefine the landscape of American theatre, writing and directing plays at the breakneck pace of one every year, creating a vast body of work that has expanded our understanding of what theatre can do and be
I've Got the Shakes: Performing Richard Foreman offers a peek behind the curtain at the creative process of one of the most idiosyncratic theater-makers in history, along with the innumerable actors and other artists who helped bring his vision to the stage Combining oral histories, written recollections, directorial notes, and other never-before-seen material including four interviews conducted with Foreman from 2015 to 2022 it reveals what has drawn so many to his plays, the demands required of performers to bring his elaborate productions to life, and the restless, searching philosophy that animated all of his work
Interviewees/contributors include: Richard Foreman, Willem Dafoe, James Urbaniak (Venture Brothers, Oppenheimer), David Patrick Kelly (John Wick I & II, 2024 production of Enemy of the People, Twin Peaks), Colleen Werthmann (Emmynominated writer, The Daily Show), and Patricia Ybarra (Professor and Chair of the Department of Theatre, Brown University)
The Essential Guide to Doing the School Play And Not Screwing It Up
Jason Hanlan, Former Head of Performing Arts
I don't know much about drama – how do I go about choosing the 'right' show for my students?
Our school has a wide range of backgrounds and abilities – how can I ensure fairness for all in the production?
I barely have any time to spare – how can I rehearse this every week?
My school has no budget for a production, how can I make our production pay for itself?
Given how daunting it can feel to be charged with putting on a school play, this book is essential for teachers new to school shows and a valuable aid for the more experienced It serves as an invaluable guide to producing work from all-time favourite blockbusters (such as Grease and Oliver!) to more obscure straight plays and comedies
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
The Theatre of the Oppressed in Practice Today An Introduction to the Work and Principles of Augusto Boal Ali Campbell, Queen Mary, University of London, UK
The second edition of this book provides an accessible introduction to the political and artistic principles Boal's techniques are founded on, tracking exemplary practice from around the globe
Ali Campbell demonstrates how the underlying principles of Boal's practice are today enacted in the work of - among othersan urban network (Theatre of the Oppressed NYC), a rural and developmental theatre organisation (Jana Sanskriti, West Bengal), Boal’s original company CTO Rio (Brazil), and a theatre-based group led by learning-disabled adults in the UK (The Lawnmowers Independent Theatre Company) The book concludes with a series of conversations between Campbell and international exponents of the work, envisioning futures for the Theatre of the Oppressed in the shifting contexts of the 21st century Performance Books
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
312 Pages • 20 bw illus
HB 9781350445024 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350445017 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350445048 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350445031 • £19 79 / $26 95
Methuen Drama
COLLECTIONS
Methuen Drama Engage
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages
HB 9781350191266 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350191310 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350191280 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350191273 • £76 50 / $103 50
Methuen Drama
Feminism, Dramaturgy, and the Contemporary British History Play
Rebecca Benzie, University of York, UK
When we think of the contemporary British history play, why might we automatically think of playwrights such as David Hare, Howard Brenton, Peter Gill and Edward Bond? Because for decades the writing of the history play has been the preserve of the white male.
This book provides a vital feminist intervention into the dramaturgy of history plays, investigating work produced at major British theatres from 2000 to the present, written by a generation of innovative women playwrights
This much-needed study explores the use of history – specifically Elizabethan, Restoration, Victorian and early 20th century – in contemporary playwriting in order to interrogate the gender politics of this work Within the framework of contemporary feminism – including the pivotal #MeToo movement – the book looks at post-2000s feminist drama that somehow represents the past
Through delving into the recurring tropes and their politics in the light of current feminist debate, the author helps us grasp how these plays essentially re-imagine gender politics Plays that are considered include Emilia (Morgan Lloyd Malcolm), Swive [Elizabeth] (Ella Hickson), An August Bank Holiday Lark (Deborah McAndrew), The Empress (Tanika Gupta), Red Velvet (Lolita Chakrabarti), Scuttlers (Rona Munro), I, Joan (Charlie Josephine), Blue Stockings and Nell Gwynn (Jessica Swale), and the musical Six (Toby Marlow and Lucy Moss)
COLLECTIONS
Methuen Drama Engage
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350387270 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350387287 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350387294 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350387300 • £81 00 / $108 00
Methuen Drama
Staging Systemic Violence
British Theatre 2010-2019
Alex Watson
This study offers a historicization of the 2010s in British theatre with a focus on the representation of systemic violence, exploring productions that engage with concerns of protest, climate crisis, neoliberalism, racism and gender-based violence
It offers a range of case studies from established and emergent playwrights such as Caryl Churchill, Martin McDonagh, Anders Lustgarten, Lucy Kirkwood, Ella Hickson, Jasmine Lee-Jones, debbie tucker green, Zinnie Harris, and Travis Alabanza Productions of their work in the 2010s are analysed through a framework of cultural theory, philosophy, and theatre and performance studies that offer insightful conceptions of violence and performativity
Central to this book is the belief that theatre has the ability to depict issues of systemic violence in thoughtful and valuable ways, drawing on the medium's specific relations between creatives, texts, spectatorship and audiences to mindfully engage participants in the most pressing societal and cultural concerns of their time
Methuen Drama Play Collections
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
328 Pages
HB 9781350564015 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350564022 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350564039 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350564046 • £22 49 / $31 45
Methuen Drama
Colin Murphy's Political Plays
100 Years of Irish History
Colin Murphy
"The approach of mixing the factual with the fictional works brilliantly in delivering a spectacle that pulls off the difficult task of being both hugely entertaining and yet remains, a rigorous work ” - Sunday Independent
Colin Murphy is one of Ireland's most significant writers for stage, screen and documentary In his first published play collection his work shows a history of Ireland from 1916 through to 2010, taking in significant moments of political action and change Featuring an introduction from the President of Ireland, Michael D Higgins, this offers a unique look at a culture on a consistent brink of change
1916: Inside the GPO: This unprecedented documentary drama allowed audiences a once-in-a-century opportunity to experience the Easter Rising, in the main hall of the GPO itself
1921: The Treaty: One hundred years ago a small group of untested politicians left Dublin for London to negotiate for Irish independence with one of the most formidable delegations ever put together The Irish wanted a hard exit from the British Empire; the British tried to tempt them with the Canada option And overseeing it all was a prime minister nobody trusted, notorious for his wizardry
1982: Haughey/Gregory: Follows the deal between Tony Gregory and Charles Haughey in 1982, when Gregory takes a surprise Dáil seat - and suddenly finds himself holding the balance of power Can Gregory use his vote to achieve something for his constituents? To do so, he will have to face off against the dominant personality of Irish politics - Charles J Haughey
2008: Guaranteed! On the night of September 29, 2008, the Taoiseach and Minister for Finance decided to guarantee Ireland’s banks – to the tune of €440 billion Based on official documents and off-the-record interviews, Guaranteed! reconstructs Ireland’s banking boom and bust – as it was seen from inside the corridors of power
Methuen Drama Play Collections
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages
HB 9781350549302 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350549296 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350549319 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350549326 • £22 49 / $31 45
Methuen Drama
Dramaturgas Chilenas
Plays by Chilean Female Writers in the Early 21st Century
Edited by Coca Duarte, Pontifical Catholic University of Chile School of Theatre, Santiago, Chile, Anne García-Romero, University of Notre Dame, Indiana, USA & Inés Stranger, Pontifical Catholic University of Chile School of Theatre, Santiago, Chile
How do female Chilean playwrights address historical trauma, gender critique and collective memory in postdictatorship, democratic Chile?
Dramaturgas Chilenas: Plays by Chilean Female Writers in the Early 21st Century features five, new, English translations of plays by Chile’s leading female playwrights, exploring and decoding their lived experience Gathering together the plays and analysis by Chilean and U S editors, this collection enables English-speakers to engage with this contemporary canon for the very first time
From the shocking true story of women being coerced into serving as government spies, and heart-breaking accounts of the killings as the country returned to democracy, to examinations of young women protesting and demanding justice, this collection provides a wealth of insight into the contemporary, female Chilean experience
Featuring an introduction that contextualises the plays and their most prevalent themes, and critical essays that analyse the playwrights’ work, and how they address socio-political issues, this collection is a perfect introduction for those wishing to discover more about Chile and its remarkable theatre
This collection includes Medusa by Ximena Carrera (2010), Hilda Peña by Isidora Stevenson Bordeu (2014), School for Girls by Nona Fernández (2015), The City of Fruit by Leyla Selman (2018), and Sentiments by Carla Zúñiga M (2013)
UK January 2025 • US January 2025
342 Pages • 31 BW photos, 4 tables
HB 9780815740971 • £69 00 / $90 00
PB 9780815740988 • £30 00 / $35 00
ePub 9780815740995 • £27 00 / $31 50
Brookings Institution Press
Realizing Africa's Potential A Journey to Prosperity
Landry Signe
By 2050, Africa will be home to 25% of the world’s population with more than $16 trillion in combined business and consumer spending This profound demographic shift and economic growth are driving transformative change across African markets, offering unprecedented opportunities for investment With strategic leadership by business and policymakers alike, these opportunities can be seized to fuel industrialization, create jobs, foster technological innovation, advance green economies, reduce poverty, and raise the standard of living across the continent
Realizing Africa’s Potential: A Journey to Prosperity identifies the trends, opportunities, challenges, and strategies for success in Africa’s emerging industries including healthcare and pharmaceuticals; mining; insurance; investment; private equity and venture capital; international and intra-regional trade (automotive, agriculture and agro-processing, pharmaceuticals, transportation and logistics); capital markets; and entertainment The book offers unparallelled insights to scholars, investors and policymakers alike a holistic perspective on how these industries may evolve and actionable strategies on how to maximize the impact of trade and investment on industrialization to unlock Africa’s long-term prosperity
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
216 Pages • 1 Table, 3 Graphs
HB 9781538167922 • £85 00 / $110 00
PB 9781538167977 • £39 99 / $55 00
ePub 9781538167939 • £76 50 / $99 00
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
A Radical Bargain for Europe
Progressive Visions of a European Basic Income
Dominic Afscharian, Viktoriia Muliavka, Marius S Ostrowski & Lukáš Siegel
During the last two decades, the European Union has come under increasing existential threat Successive historic crises have called into question the EU s ability to meet the needs of its citizens, and effectively navigate the emerging challenges of the 21st century From sovereign debt, Mediterranean migration, and Brexit to climate change, the Covid-19 pandemic, and spiralling conflicts just beyond its borders, the EU has struggled to carve out a meaningful path forward Worse, through action or inaction, it has often failed to live up to the lofty ideals of its foundation In response, the EU has faced a growing tide of Europhobic dissent, driven by insurgent populism and nationalism
Left unanswered, this tide promises to overwhelm the EU and irretrievably damage the legitimacy of its institutions or see them coopted into the chauvinist projects of a new and emboldened ‘authoritarian international’ In light of this, progressive forces who value the positive role the EU can play in the world face a stark and urgent choice They can give the EU a new fundamental vision, centred on elevating the situation of the worst-off in all corners of European society Or they must reconcile themselves to losing it permanently as a force for freedom and equality, justice, solidarity, and pluralism across the European continent and beyond
A Radical Bargain for Europe makes an impassioned case for the first of these two choices It argues that social policy is the site where this new vision must be developed, as the live frontier of the latest debates over the course of European integration And it presents the concept of a basic income as a concrete step towards fulfilling the promise of a ‘social Europe’ folding in one of the greatest questions of modern social policy debates in many national contexts This book presents an outline of what a European basic income (EUBI) would look like It argues that, in its fundamental form, an EUBI has its attractions to a wide range of progressive ideologies, from the far left, greens, and social democracy to liberalism and Christian democracy Each of these ideologies adds its own unique colour to the shape an EUBI could take, in principle and in practice Yet all of them must work together in a broad ‘agenda coalition’ to take the next step towards European social integration, embrace an EUBI, and realise the EU’s radical potential
How To Think
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages
HB 9781399408646 • £16 99 / $24 00
PB 9781399408639 • £10 99 / $18 00
ePDF 9781399408653 • £11 89 / $16 80
ePub 9781399408660 • £11 89 / $16 80
Bloomsbury Continuum
How to Think Like an Economist
Great Economists Who Shaped the World and What They Can Teach Us
Robbie Mochrie
This book will leave the reader not just smarter – but wiser -- Professor Erik Angner, Stockholm University, author of How Economics Can Save the World
We live in the economy – and we are part of it Living through a pandemic, governments had to work out how to put economies into a deep freeze without destroying them Avoiding climate catastrophe means changing economies so that they don’t bake the world
In explaining how economic thinking is indispensable to tackling these huge problems, this book is a sure-footed guide, spanning Aristotle’s ideas about restraining consumption, Adam Smith’s thinking about the importance of moral character for sustained economic development, and Esther Duflo’s ongoing work to help the world’s poorest communities lift themselves out of poverty It shows how the greatest economic thinkers – Karl Marx, Maynard Keynes, and Friedrich Hayek, among many others – have enabled us to see the world differently, and how we can make it better
It shows that economic thinking emerged, long before there were economists – and that good economics is about much more than the economy, so everyone should understand these vital ideas
Entertaining and educational, you'll soon be rethinking what you know about economics, especially when the book shows how women found a place in the development of ideas even when discrimination denied them any formal role
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages
HB 9781399407632 • £20 00 / $28 00
PB 9781399407670 • £12 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399407687 • £10 39 / $16 00
ePub 9781399407649 • £10 39 / $16 00
Bloomsbury Continuum
The 100 Trillion Dollar Wealth Transfer
How the Handover from Boomers to Gen Z Will Revolutionize Capitalism Ken Costa
‘A thought-provoking read ’ -- Financial Times
'Everybody in finance and wealth management should read this book – as soon as possible ' -- Alec Marsh, Spear's Magazine
An insider's look into how Generation Z's focus on ethics, climate change and purpose will change capitalism forever
In the next ten years there will be an unprecedented wealth transfer from the so-called ‘baby boomer ’ generation to the young Never before will so much money – in housing, land, stocks and cash – be shifted so suddenly from one generation to the next, and never before does the next generation feel so differently about the future of the planet
As an investor in this new generation Ken Costa shows how environmental concerns and anxiety about equality and diversity are more than mere slogans; they are driving the future of the markets So many issues stem from the financial gap between age groups – from cancel culture and fears about wokeness, to Generation Rent, protest movements and reevaluations of history around subjects such as empire Costa shows how we can build a more inclusive, purposeful capitalism, shifting focus away from the individual and more towards collaboration, compassion and community
This book shows us what the future of capitalism looks like, and demonstrates how boomers must work with the inspiring young, who see their mission not just to increase value for shareholders, but also to save the planet
Global Teacher Education
UK March 2026 • US January 2026
208 Pages • 2 bw photos 7 bw line art
HB 9781538193914
• £70 00 / $130 00
PB 9781538193921
• £30 00 / $39 95
ePDF 9798881854669 • £27 00 / $35 95
ePub 9781538193938 • £27 00 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Borderless Education
A Pedagogical Framework for Cultural Responsiveness and Global Competence
Edited by Christina Wright Fields, Novea McIntosh & Rochonda Nenonene
Borderless Education serves as a conduit between global and domestic diversity by bridging the gap between global and cultural competence
This book builds on the work of scholars who have called for culturally relevant, responsive, and sustaining teaching and pedagogies in education The goal of this text is to provide an intersectional global and culturally responsive teaching approach that offers futuristic possibilities of reimagining learning without borders Opening the conversation for readers to consider dialogue, collaboration, and research between two fundamentally important pedagogical frameworks, that each have a long-standing legacy and impact in teacher education In light of our educational ecosystem, now is a time for the convergence of these frameworks to fully incorporate the principles and practices of culturally responsive and sustaining pedagogy (CRSP) with the multifaceted elements of global competencies The authors share a new globalized pedagogical framework that bridges the gap between CRSP and international teacher education
Global awareness, social justice, diversity, and equitable practices are critical issues necessary for today’s educators This book encourages educators and practitioners to implement an intersectional globally and culturally responsive teaching approach that not only recognize but sustain students’ cultural identities to enhance their academic achievement
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
320 Pages
HB 9781350441460 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350441477 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350441453 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350441484 £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Global Citizenship Education
A Critical Introduction to Key Concepts and Debates
Edda Sant, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, Karen Pashby, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK & Lynette Shultz, University of Alberta, Canada
Fully updated in its second edition, Global Citizenship Education introduces the concepts, frameworks, issues, and debates which are critical to interrogate Global Citizenship Education The new edition includes 10 new chapters, a new third section to the book looking at key issues and debates, and updates to all existing chapters The new chapters cover: global citizenship as an ethical position; global competences; ethical global issues pedagogies; and digital literacy education; global responses to climate change; migration and refugees; populism; democracy; transnational activism; and the curriculum
Global citizenship education is contextualized within key educational frameworks, including citizenship education, global education, development education and peace education The authors explore the different ways in which global citizenship can be taught, learned and assessed in formal and informal contexts Each chapter includes a summary of key issues, an annotated list of key resources, an exercise for students and a further reading list
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
344 Pages
HB 9781350473843 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350473836 £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350473867 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350473850 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Education for Social Change Perspectives on Global Learning
Douglas Bourn, IOE, UCL’s Faculty of Education and Society, University College London, UK
Fully updated throughout, this 2nd edition of Education for Social Change introduces students to education as a vehicle for social change in both theory and practice
The new edition features a new theme of peace which is woven into each chapter, reflecting the rise of international conflicts since 2022 The linkages between peace, social justice, sustainability, and global learning are emphasised in a new chapter entitled Education for a Peaceful, Just and Sustainable World Other updates include an increased focus on the work of UNESCO and the Global Education to 2050 Declaration, additional discussion of gender, sexuality and LGBTQ education, and more critical engagement with the sustainable development goals
Throughout the book the case studies have either been updated or changed, including more from the Global South and including the Middle East and East Asia, to reflect recent global challenges Key theorists are introduced, including John Dewey, Henry Giroux, bell hooks, Antonio Gramsci, and Paulo Freire Each chapter begins with an opening question and ends with bulleted concluding points, questions for discussion and a further reading list The book includes an updated foreword written by Tania Ramalho (State University of New York, USA)
COLLECTIONS
Peace and Human Rights Education
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
168 Pages
• 10 bw illus
HB 9781350376120
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350376168 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350376137 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350376144 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
192 Pages • 1 b/w illus
PB 9798216376392 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666916096 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216266587 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978771604 £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
288 Pages 1 bw illus
PB 9798216388678 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666956597 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216260165 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978764682 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Decolonial Underground Pedagogy
Unschooling and Subcultural Learning for Peace and Human Rights
Noah Romero, University of Nevada Las Vegas, USA
This book explores how minority-led skateboarding, punk rock, and unschooling communities engage in collective efforts to humanize education and construct kinder social frameworks. Noah Romero examines the roles of informal and community-embedded learning in actualizing transformative education and shows how decolonizing education can take place outside of school settings
Grounded in the author ’s own experience in minority-led Filipino subcultures, the book introduces a conceptual framework of subcultural learning and decolonizing education centred on the Philippines and its diaspora in Australia, New Zealand, and the United States Romero argues that educational paradigms with peace, human rights, multiculturalism, social justice, and decolonization at the centre can extend beyond the classroom, curriculum, and teaching and into communities By showing how minoritized people are redefining identity and knowledge through embodied community-responsive pedagogies, the book contributes to wider debates on Indigeneity, gender justice, human rights, peace studies, and decolonizing education
Equity and Inclusion through Policy and Practice
Farhana Loonat
Under the hubris of equity and inclusion, Black, Indigenous and other employees and students of color (BIPoC) enter historically white institutions of education where they find white supremacy infused into the institutions’ policies and colleagues’ practices – in hiring, service demands on faculty of color, faculty evaluations, tenure decisions, student grievance processes, speech and deliberation, accent-based discrimination, faculty contracts, etc BIPoC find themselves simultaneously subject to policies and practices steeped in white supremacy and race-lighted by a façade of equality
Despite their institutions’ avowed commitment to equity and inclusion, white and structurally white employees apply equality frameworks to enact white supremacist policies and practices, and to make decisions that negatively affect the mental and physical health, wellbeing and progress of BIPoC in U S higher education In Equity and Inclusion through Policy and Practice, Farhana Loonat exposes white liberals’ opportunism and hypocrisy in the equity and inclusion brigade, unpacks the consequences of the diversity, equity, inclusion illusion on BIPoC, and provides equitable solutions to the historical inequities and exclusion of BIPoC on U S college campuses This book is important for scholars interested in equity and inclusion in education, inclusive pedagogy, critical race theory, whiteness studies, the politics of race and gender, ethnic studies, educational leadership and human and organizational development
Unmasking the Experiences of Racialized Women in Academia
Stronger Together
Edited by Sandra Dixon & Cecille DePass
Showcases the lived experiences of racialized women in academia in their respective higher education institutions
Through a collection of comprehensive, accessible essays, this volume discusses the key challenges that women of color in academia faculty, administrators, and graduate students face The arguments presented in these chapters are based on multi-disciplinary empirical research and theoretical frameworks rooted in a variety of disciplines such as Indigenous studies, social work, psychology, health sciences, and education This volume offers tangible remedies and approaches to address systemic inequities and promote meaningful institutional change for educators, administrators, and stakeholders in higher education on a national level
Enhancing Reflective Teaching in Higher Education
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
• 10 b/w
152 Pages
HB 9781350535794
• £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9781350535787
• £26 99 / $36 95
OPEN ACCESS
GenAI in Higher Education
Redefining
Teaching and Learning
Sam Illingworth, Edinburgh Napier University, UK & Rachel Forsyth, Lund University, Sweden
This open access book provides practical guidance for higher education professionals looking to use Generative AI technologies Blending theoretical grounding with real-world examples and case studies, it gives step by step guidance on how to evaluate, select, and implement generative AI technologies in teaching, learning, assessment, and student support It covers topics including creating original artificial writing, images, audio and video content, automating administrative processes, adapting learning resources, and augmenting teaching practices Each chapter includes reflective exercises and further reading lists and shows how AI can enhance accessibility, personalization, efficiency and creativity in higher education Alongside this, the many challenges and ethical considerations of using AI are introduced, including issues around plagiarism, quality control, and the need to establish governance protocols
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Lund University
Bloomsbury Academic
ePDF 9781350535817 • £0.00 / $0.00
ePub 9781350535800 • £0.00 / $0.00
Bloomsbury Academic
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages
HB 9798881802844
• £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9798881802851 • £29 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798881862152
• £26 99 / $26 95
ePub 9798881802868 £26 99 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Gamification Made Simple A Guide for Higher Education Professionals
Glennda McKeithan & Ann Marshall
Gamification Made Simple: A Guide for Higher Education Professionals is designed to be a practical, approachable, and experience-driven resource for instructors who may be new to the concept of gamification or are already experimenting with game-based learning Written by educators from different disciplines special education and speech-language pathology the book includes the perspectives of game designers, game players, and game masters What began as a basic roleplaying activity in a graduate course has evolved into an instructional framework that transforms student engagement by enabling them to apply what they are learning in a safe, real-world setting Glennda McKeithan and Ann Marshall provide readers with a step-by-step guide for planning, designing, and implementing simple, game-based learning experiences through role-playing games (RPGs)
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Gender and Education
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
240 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350528703 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350528666 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350528673 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350528680 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Women, "Failure" and Academia
Activism, Creativity and Critique in the Contemporary University
Edited by Marina Cano, Independent Researcher & Rosa García-Periago, University of Murcia, Spain
Women, “Failure” and Academia examines failures in contemporary academia, and especially the intersections between gender and academic failure
It argues that academic failure is political, and that seemingly personal failures to achieve a standard or expected academic career (tenure, funding, publications, etc ) should be understood in the context of institutional failures and systemic inequalities Through theoretical discussions and/or personal reflections on their individual experiences of failure, contributors to the volume address how academic failure can illuminate, and sometimes subvert, the institutional barriers often faced by women and women-identifying scholars in the contemporary university
The collection is interdisciplinary, intersectional and international and covers topics such as Covid-19, precarity and job hunting, ethnic diversity, accounts of incomplete research, motherhood and disability within the academy Contributors include established and emerging scholars in Australia, New Zealand, Spain, the UK and the USA Conceived as scholarly activism, Women, “Failure” and Academia aims to interrogate the future of universities and challenge perceptions of failure, especially with regard to women and women-identifying academics
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Higher Education Research
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
336 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350540101 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350540064 • £85 00 / $115 00
OPEN ACCESS
Global Higher Education in Times of Upheaval On Common Goods, Geopolitics and Decolonization
Simon Marginson, University of Oxford, UK
In this open access book, leading scholar Simon Marginson discusses the major trends, events, issues and dilemmas that have shaped and are still shaping global higher education
Higher education and research have grown rapidly, becoming more international and embroiled in the politics and economics of an increasingly conflicted world In a tumultuous and unstable time in which old certainties are crumbling, Marginson makes an original and probing argument, supported by data-based review, theorising, and critical analysis, that pushes in a radically different direction to both neoliberalism and Trumpism It is an ambitious call to sweep away the accumulativecompetitive model of society and education, which positions us as sovereign individuals without collective responsibility, in nations likewise driven solely by self-interest (sovereign nationalism) in a war of all against all The book pulls apart policies on student fees, human capital and employability, calling for negotiated education-work partnerships It unpicks the neocolonial mindset in Western science and international education, suggesting that no single culture has all the answers; that respect for diversity and cooperation on shared problems are integral to the global common good
Bloomsbury Academic
ePDF 9781350540071 • £0.00 / $0.00
ePub 9781350540088 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
208 Pages • 11 bw illus
PB 9798216387404 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666979282 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216255628 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978770607 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by UKRI
Global Engagement as Professional Development in Higher Education
Edited by Delane A Bender-Slack
Students in higher education should be given tools to navigate the dissolution of geographical and cultural boundaries that has been brought on by media and technology
This project is based on three iterations of Faculty Learning Communities (FLC) that explored international immersions as a tool for university faculty and staff professional development as well as numerous international virtual exchanges and study abroad programs The contributors explore how faculty and staff in higher education can use international immersion experiences and global virtual collaborations as professional development opportunities to become global educators These contributions explore questions relating to how educators can become better global citizens in their research methods, projects, and agendas; questions such as: What is internationalization in the university setting? What justice issues arise with internationalization of curriculum and campuses? How does internationalization help or hinder interdisciplinary learning and teaching? What global frameworks are most helpful in this work? This volume presents opportunities to develop the cultural competencies of faculty and staff in higher education to provide meaningful professional development
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025
• US November 2025
286 Pages 6 bw illus
PB 9781666952452 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666952438 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216265894 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978761872 • £81 00 / $108 00 Bloomsbury Academic
Until Every Woman Is Free Equity and Belonging in the Academy Through Duoethnography
Edited by Christina L Dobbs & Christine Montecillo Leider,
University of Massachusetts Lowell, USA
In this volume, women in academia use autoethnographic methods to document and unpack their experiences as women of color in the academy
Many higher education institutions have made public-facing, explicit commitments to diversifying and retaining faculty of color, yet research continues to document how, even under these changes, the experiences of faculty especially women of color have changed minimally, if at all Through the use of duoethnography and other autoethnographic methods, this edited collection highlights the voices of women of color in academia from a range of university settings, developmental career stages, and professional trajectories, providing a space for women of color to process their own experiences navigating, surviving, and thriving in white male-dominated academia The contributors featured in this volume offer important insights into how institutions of higher education could better support women of color professors
OPEN ACCESS
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
Bloomsbury Higher Education
Research
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
UK February 2026
648 Pages • 10 bw illus
• US February 2026
HB 9781350375970
224 Pages
PB 9781350511613
PB 9781350376014
HB 9781350511576
• £130 00 / $175 00
• £28 99 / $39 95
• £39 99 / $54 95
• £90 00 / $120 00
Bloomsbury Academic
ePDF 9781350511583
ePub 9781350511590
Bloomsbury Academic
• £0 00 / $0 00
• £0 00 / $0 00
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
296 Pages • 24 bw illus
HB 9781350450868 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350450875 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350450882 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350450899 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
648 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350375970
• £130 00 / $175 00
PB 9781350376014 • £39 99 / $54 95
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Student Politics and Representation in Higher Education
Realising the Educational Potential of Mass Higher Education
Edited by Manja Klemencic, Harvard University, USA
Paul Ashwin, Lancaster University, UK, Margaret Blackie, Jennifer Case, Virginia Tech, USA, Jan McArthur, Lancaster University, UK, Nicole Pitterson, Virginia Tech, USA, Reneé Smit, University of Cape Town, South Africa, Ashish Agrawal, Rochester Institute of Technology, USA, Kayleigh Rosewell, Lancaster University, UK, Alaa Abdalla, Eindhoven University of Technology, the Netherlands & Benjamin Goldschneider, University of Virginia, USA
This open access book addresses the current disillusionment with mass higher education and argues that it is based on a profound misunderstanding of its educational potential
This open access handbook offers a unique and unprecedented global comparative account of student politics and representation in higher education It provides a systematic and structured range of specially commissioned chapters reflecting on the history, contemporary practices and current debates on student political agency and collective action in higher education The chapters analyse the organisational characteristics and political activities of student governments, and map opportunities for students to intervene in and influence higher education institutions and higher education policies
The authors analyse a seven-year longitudinal research project that tracked participants who studied chemistry or chemical engineering from their first year of university until up to three years after they graduated Drawing on over 700 interviews with students/graduates from two English, two South African and two American universities, the book explores the educational intentions of their degree programmes, what participants wanted to get out of going to university and studying for a degree, how their views of knowledge and the world changed, and what they felt they had gained from going to university
The handbook re-examines and further develops the existing theoretical concepts on student agency and student impact on higher education, and analytical lenses on systems of student representation and organisational models of student governments It depicts empirical insights from 25 countries from all world regions, 4 transnational regional student federations and the Global Student Forum The volume is unique in bringing together established scholars with a highly diverse group of current and former student leaders, specially trained and empowered to conduct research for this handbook
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by UKRI
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com
Realizing the Ecological University
Eight Ecosystems, Their Antagonisms and a Manifesto
Ronald Barnett, IOE, UCL's Faculty of Education and Society, University College London, UK
The ecological university takes its interconnectedness with the world seriously This is challenging, for the world is in difficulty and is shot through with antagonism The university is partly culpable for those difficulties and so has responsibilities towards the world Realizing the Ecological University spells out this thesis by charting the university’s entanglements with eight ecosystems – knowledge, learning, persons, social institutions, culture, the economy, the polity and nature The book identifies ways in which each of the eight ecosystems is impaired and points to possibilities through which universities can help in repairing those ecosystems This book also sets out broad principles in helping to realize the ecological university in each of the eight ecosystems Wearing his scholarship lightly, Ronald Barnett draws widely from philosophy, social theory, comparative higher education and ethics, and advances a particular form of the philosophy of higher education, at once realist, societal, critical, worldly and Earthly Written with wit and lots of examples – actual and fictional – the text has a compelling vibrancy, made manifest in its concluding Manifesto
OPEN ACCESS
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Student Politics and Representation in Higher Education Edited by Manja Klemencic, Harvard University, USA
This open access handbook offers a unique and unprecedented global comparative account of student politics and representation in higher education It provides a systematic and structured range of specially commissioned chapters reflecting on the history, contemporary practices and current debates on student political agency and collective action in higher education The chapters analyse the organisational characteristics and political activities of student governments, and map opportunities for students to intervene in and influence higher education institutions and higher education policies
The handbook re-examines and further develops the existing theoretical concepts on student agency and student impact on higher education, and analytical lenses on systems of student representation and organisational models of student governments It depicts empirical insights from 25 countries from all world regions, 4 transnational regional student federations and the Global Student Forum The volume is unique in bringing together established scholars with a highly diverse group of current and former student leaders, specially trained and empowered to conduct research for this handbook
Bloomsbury Academic
ePDF 9781350375987 • £0.00 / $0.00
ePub 9781350375994 • £0.00 / $0.00
Bloomsbury Academic
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
200 Pages
HB 9781350471696
£75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350471689 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350471719 £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350471702 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Postdevelopmental Approaches to Childhood
• US March 2026
UK March 2026
240 Pages • 40 bw illus
PB 9781350539327 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350539280 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350539297 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350539303 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
144 Pages 10 bw illus
PB 9781350518827 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350518780 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350518797 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350518803 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Supporting Educational Transitions for Ages 3-19
Edited by Elizabeth Gregory, University of Manchester, UK & Liz Stevenson, Birmingham Education Partnership, UK
This book offers research-based evidence and advice on supporting educational transitions across all educational stages from ages 3-19 It introduces the key issues and debates, processes, assessments, cultures and curricula, from preschool to tertiary education
The book is divided into two parts, with part one covering the curriculum as a means of exploring academic aspects of transition, and part two taking a holistic approach, considering the social and environmental elements of transition, including factors such as disadvantage, and parental and community support Each chapter includes case studies and practical tips and advice that educators can implement in their own practice, as well as suggestions for further reading The topics covered include the role of SENDCOs, behaviour, diversity and equality, and emotional well-being The book includes an introduction from the author and researcher Emma Turner (Discovery Trust, UK)
Postdevelopmental Approaches to Challenging Myths and Misconceptions in Early Childhood Art
Edited by Heather G Kaplan, University of Texas at El Paso, USA & Christine Marmé Thompson, Pennsylvania State University, USA
This book examines the role that adults play in shaping children’s earliest experiences of art making and challenges common myths and misconceptions around early childhood art
Written from a postdevelopmentalist position, it offers new approaches to teaching that foster children’s agency and participation with art Drawing on the works of Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari, Jacques Ranciére, Lauren Berlant and Elizabeth Grosz, the authors explore a range of theoretical perspectives, including childism/adultism, epistemic injustice, postdevelopmentalism, posthumanism, motherscholarship and new materialism to present an alternative vision of young children The book includes chapters from academics and practitioners based in Canada, Finland, the UK and the US, and makes use of rich photographic documentations and vivid case studies of practice to illustrate different approaches and teaching of art in early childhood By sharing artmaking experiences from different cultures and contexts the contributors reconceptualise the art studio as somewhere to reimagine the cultural identity of young learners
Child-Friendly Computer Science
Fostering Computational Thinking, Engineering Thinking, and AI Literacy
Weipeng Yang & Jiahong Su
This book offers new insights and critical perspectives on the integration of computational thinking, engineering design process, and AI literacy into early childhood education
The authors draw on research from around the world in early childhood education and computer science education (CSE) to explore the possibilities, benefits and challenges of incorporating emerging technologies into the formal and informal learning settings for young children aged 3-8 years They offer strategies and research insights for designing and implementing curricula, selecting appropriate tools, and engaging families, drawing upon a wide range of research and pedagogical approaches With a strong emphasis on equity and inclusion the authors suggest developmentally appropriate CSE activities to develop skills like literacy, maths and problem-solving, while adhering to appropriate screen time guidelines It is written for researchers, policy-makers and educators interested in advancing the field of early childhood education and empowering young children in the rapidly evolving digital society
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
392 Pages
PB 9781350383135
• £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9781350383098
• £130 00 / $175 00
ePDF 9781350383104
ePub 9781350383111
Bloomsbury Academic
• £117 00 / $157 50
• £117 00 / $157 50
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
268 Pages
HB 9781350120273 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350226838 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350120280 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350120297 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
282 Pages 10 bw illus
HB 9781350257825
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350257856 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350257832 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350257818 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Children’s and Young Adult Literature in Education
Edited
by
Katrina Bartow Jacobs,
University of Pittsburgh, USA & Patricia Crawford, University of Pittsburgh, USA
This handbook provides a comprehensive review of the research and practice of engaging with children's and young adult literature in education Drawing across scholarship focused on genre, creation, and utilization of children's literature, it provides a unique perspective on the role that children's literature can play in educational spaces from age 2 to 18, and from picture books to YA literature
The volume is divided into two main sections: first, a review of the history of children's literature and its application in education; and second, a discussion of methodological approaches for studying children's literature in educating young people - particularly in relation to critical literacy and multimodality The chapters cover a range of topics including diversity, intersectionality, transactional theory, representation, trauma-informed pedagogy, anti-racism, immigration, folk and fairy tales and more
Written by leading scholars based in Australia, the US, Norway, South Korea, and the UK, the handbook represents the global use of children's literature in schools, revealing connections across international contexts while also honoring the differences in how literature is conceptualized and utilized across the world
Digital Media Use in Early Childhood
Birth to Six
Lelia Green, Edith Cowan University, Australia, Leslie Haddon, London School of Economics, UK, Sonia Livingstone, London School of Economics, UK, Brian O’Neill, Technological University Dublin, Ireland, Kylie Stevenson, Edith Cowan University, Australia & Donell Holloway, Edith Cowan University, Australia
The easy interface of touchscreen technologies like tablets and smartphones has enabled children to access the digital world from a very young age But while some commentators are enthusiastic about how this can open a new world for fun, learning, and developing digital skills, others see the dangers of yet more screens, inauthentic play, and time spent isolated with electronic babysitters that detract from interaction with parents and learning social skills Taking five as the age when children transition into formal education, this book draws on a three-year research project examining the realities of under six-year-olds’ experiences of these technologies in the UK and Australia With a theoretical context including Vygotsky, Bruner, Bronfenbrenner and Flewitt, the book examines how parents of young children evaluate the opportunities and risks of children’s digital media use in the context of other significant influences such as children’s time with grandparents, early childhood care and education Drawing on in-depth interviews with 22 families, and rich ethnographic data from observation and exchanges with their 29 children, aged four months to five years, the book reveals how digital technologies complement and challenge important aspects of daily life for infants, toddlers and preschoolers
OPEN ACCESS
Early Childhood Education in Social and Political Transitions
The Legacy of the Open Society Foundations Step by Step Program
Sarah Klaus, Georgetown University, USA, Jan Peeters & Tatjana Vonta
This open access book is about the successes and challenges of the institutions and individuals who transformed early child education in Central, Eastern and Southern Europe (CEE) and Eurasia in response to the political transitions to democracy in the 1990’s Through new interviews and unpublished reports, the book gives voice to committed practitioners, researchers and policymakers who are developing inspiring services for and with young children and their families, including children who live in very difficult circumstances They work with children affected by war, refugee families with young children, children who live in poverty, children of minorities, and children with disabilities and developmental delays The voices of these pedagogues, experts and NGO leaders, who were supported by the Open Society Foundations Early Childhood Program, bring inspiring messages to those in the field of early childhood seeking to promote democratic values and social inclusion The book traces the extension of programs to Africa and Asia and explores how strategies used to transform early childhood education following the political and social transformations in Europe and Eurasia can inform responsive reforms and innovations in early childhood education today and in the future
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Open Society Foundation (OSF)
UK November 2025 US November 2025
312 Pages
HB 9798881801229 £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798881801236 • £28 99 / $37 95
ePDF 9798881862770 £26 09 / $34 15
ePub 9798881801243 • £26 09 / $34 15
Bloomsbury Academic COLLECTIONS
AASA The School Superintendents
Association
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
200 Pages
HB 9798765148778 • £55 00 / $100 00
PB 9798765148761 • £22 9 / $34 95
ePDF 9798765148785 • £20 61 / $31 45
ePub 9798765148792 • £20 61 / $31 45 Bloomsbury Academic
AASA The School Superintendents
Association
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
144 Pages • 2 v/w figures, 24 textboxes
HB 9781475875287 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781475875294 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798765164938 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781475875300 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Becoming a Transformative Leader from the Inside Out
A Guide for Educators
Renee Owen & Christine Mason
Becoming a Transformative Leader from the Inside Out: A Guide for Educators is written for both emerging and veteran school leaders who want to transform our education system to one where everyone thrives The Inside Out Transformative Leadership Model is a journey of development, starting with self-transformation and expanding outward to transform our schools and positively influence society Along the way, Dr Owen and Dr Mason share authentic and vulnerable stories of leading schools, making the lessons memorable Written to be used in leadership courses and professional development, Becoming a Transformative Leader from the Inside Out is based on neuroscience, systems thinking, and holistic philosophy But it is so much more than theory Filled with activities and directly applicable directions and actionable ideas, it will change your life, improve your relationships, and impact your school and community
Relationships,
Results, and Refocus
A Journey in Educational Leadership
Rupak Gandhi, Wendy Birhanzel & Zahabu Christine
In the evolving landscape of educational leadership, there is a critical need for a holistic approach that integrates student voices and emphasizes inclusivity "Relationships, Results, and Reflections" addresses this need by offering practical insights and strategies for building strong relationships, achieving educational results, and reflecting on leadership journeys from both educator and student perspectives This book serves as a guide for educational leaders, administrators, teachers and policy makers who are dedicated to fostering effective and inclusive learning environments
Navigating the Superintendency
Lessons from the Field on Increasing Longevity and Success
Derrick D Jordan & Dionne V McLaughlin
This book will leverage the extant literature and wisdom of 19 veteran, successful superintendents who have served for five or more consecutive years in a district wherein a majority of the schools under their direction are meeting or exceeding the state’s expectations for student performance The target audience would be novice (i e , those with less than three years of experience) and veteran superintendents, especially those who are desiring more stability and seeking improved outcomes Professors of educational leadership/superintendent preparation programs and aspiring (doctoral students in particular) will also find the book to be of interest of them Through structured interviews, the authors have identified lessons, skills, practices and dispositions that have led to successful outcomes, all of which could have a positive impact on the readers’ longevity and overall efforts to support their students, staff, and communities in quality ways
UK
128 Pages
HB 9781475872880 £110 00 / $150 00
PB 9781475872897 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798216383147 £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781475872903 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Leveraging Today’s Social Media
Its Role in School District Improvement
and Success
Mark D Benigni, Barbara A Haeffner, Meriden Public Schools, Susan O Moore & Jeffrey F Solan
Leveraging Today’s Social Media: Its Role in School District Improvement and Success chronicles the experiences of two superintendents, Mark Benigni and Jeff Solan, as they navigate the challenges and opportunities of social media in their respective school districts Acknowledging the concerns surrounding online safety and digital citizenship, the authors emphasize the crucial role of education in empowering students to thrive in the digital age
Explore how schools can leverage social media to enhance student learning, from showcasing student work and facilitating college connections to improving communication with families and fostering community engagement It provides practical guidance on implementing digital citizenship programs, developing appropriate social media policies, and harnessing the power of online platforms for recruitment, professional development, and operational efficiency
Through their shared insights and real-world examples, Benigni and Solan offer a valuable resource for educators seeking to navigate the complexities of social media and unlock its potential to transform teaching and learning They encourage exploring social media's potential in various school functions before jumping on the “ban” wagon
2ND EDITION
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
152 Pages
HB 9798765188569 • £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9798765188576 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798216380924 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9798765188606 £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Moving
into the Superintendency
How to Succeed in Making the Move
Thomas Kersten & Kara Coglianese
Too often, new superintendents even if they have succeeded in other administrative positions can undermine their successes by making critical novice mistakes, such as failing to recognize political stumbling blocks or unintentionally inviting school board member micromanagement Moving into the Superintendency: How to Succeed in Making the Move provides novice superintendents with the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in their new roles Thomas Kersten, a highly experienced school administrator with eleven years of superintendent experience, shares the most practical and useful strategies that will help new superintendents optimize their early successes Guiding beginning superintendents throughout their telling first year, Kersten’s professional advice will shorten the office’s initial learning curve, guarantee a smooth transition into this role, and set a foundation of professional skills upon which superintendents will build their careers
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
304 Pages 34 b/w images, 5 tables
HB 9781538195161 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781538195178 £26 99 / $36 95
ePDF 9798765154120 • £24 29 / $33 25
ePub 9781538195185 • £24 29 / $33 25
Bloomsbury Academic
A Network for Instructional Improvement
How Teachers and Leaders Made It Work
Sara DeMartino, Anthony Petrosky & Glenn Nolly
We face vast challenges in education, but districts and schools are full of educators ready to take on problems of practice that can’t be solved quickly or alone When we support schools and districts to become continuous improvement organizations, we create space for educators to come together as a network to understand challenges to high-quality instruction and to spread promising practice so all students benefit
A Network for Instructional Improvement: How Teachers and Leaders Made it Work tells the story of how a community of educators in a large urban district, with support from the University of Pittsburgh, worked as a network for six years to change literacy teaching and learning for students who are furthest from opportunity The authors take readers into the heart of the project the classrooms, the practices, the learning walks, the deep collaborative work of continuous improvement and show how student achievement rose as a result Using the stories of these educators and their schools, this book shares research-based, actionable examples of how teachers and leaders centered literacy teaching and learning on students
COLLECTIONS
Educational Leadership: Innovative, Critical and Interdisciplinary Perspectives
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
224 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350382978 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350382930 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350382947 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350382954 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Social Theory and Methodology in Education Research
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
320 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350471924 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350471887 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350471894 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350471900 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
222 Pages 1 bw illus
PB 9798765145470 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765145449 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798765145432 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798765145456 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Socialization of School Leaders in Sub-Saharan Africa
Reimagining the Landscape
Pontso Moorosi, University of Warwick, UK & Callie Grant, Rhodes University, South Africa
This book provides insights into the experiences of leadership socialisation for school leaders in four sub-Saharan African countries.
The chapters present case studies of school leaders in Botswana, Lesotho, Namibia and South Africa, before offering a contextually grounded framework for school leadership socialisation In contrast to other studies which focus on experiences of newly appointed school principals, this book presents lived experiences of school leadership against a complex backdrop of social, political and economic trends in the postcolonial African context Drawing on socialisation theory to re-imagine the school leadership preparation and development landscape, the authors go beyond experiences of role learning by new school principals Moorosi and Grant ask critical questions about the contextual realities in which would-be school leaders develop leadership attributes, skills and knowledge, and dispositions that prepare them for, and socialise them into, leadership Country case studies allow the authors to focus on lived experiences of school leaders, preserving the contextual uniqueness while allowing for comparative analysis, cross-cultural learning and discussion
Thinking with Michel Foucault in Educational Leadership Methodological and Conceptual Challenges
Edited by Richard Niesche, University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia & Denise Mifsud, University of Bath, UK
This book brings together key scholars using Foucault in educational leadership to provide an overview of his methodologies, concepts, and examples of applications Written for both those new to and experienced with Foucault's work, this book explores new avenues to understand, critique and explore relevant issues in educational leadership The book features chapters from academics and practitioners based in Australia, Denmark, Italy, the UK and the USA, and includes chapters on global education leadership, decolonial leadership, gender, and digital education governance
Voices of Women of Color Community College CEOs
CharMaine Hines
Centering the voices and experiences of women of color in community college leadership is a mandate for meaningful institutional change In doing so, we not only deepen our understanding but also empower a more inclusive and effective leadership model.
This book highlights the perspectives of 17 leaders from diverse backgrounds including African American, Asian Pacific Islander, and Latino/Hispanic communities By sharing the reflections of current and former community college chancellors and presidents the book enriches our understanding of the unique challenges and opportunities faced by these women leaders By revealing how they perceive themselves, as well as how they are perceived by their peers, women of color illuminate their experiences as community college leaders, including navigating the intersections of race, ethnicity, and gender
The book is divided into four parts, with chapters examining the unique pressures faced by women of color leaders in their roles in academia and emphasizing the importance of having a “voice at the table ” It considers the dynamics of the proverbial glass ceiling as bent, cracked, broken, or shattered and offers valuable insights from this diverse group of women leaders while crystalizing the "hidden curriculum" that leaders of color must navigate within higher education
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
168 Pages
HB 9798881800192 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798881800208 • £18 99 / $25 95
ePDF 9798881856861 • £17 09 / $23 35
ePub 9798881800215 • £17 09 / $23 35
Bloomsbury Academic
Reimagining Early Childhood Education for Dual Language Preschoolers
Enhancing Children’s Agency Through Inquiry, Writing, and Reading
Iliana Alanís & Irasema Salinas-González
Reimagining Early Childhood Education for Dual Language Preschoolers: Enhancing Children’s Agency through Inquiry, Writing, and Reading introduces the Interdisciplinary Biliteracy Sequence (IBS), a framework designed to support bilingual learning in preschool classrooms The authors share insights from a year-long research project where dual language teachers implemented the IBS with preschool emergent bilinguals Through classroom examples, they illustrate how this approach integrates active exploration, knowledge-building, and biliteracy development Emphasizing the power of play and multimodal learning, they highlight how educators can leverage children’s cultural and linguistic assets to foster meaningful learning
COLLECTIONS
Advances in Digital Language Learning and Teaching
UK February 2026 US February 2026
240 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350415935 £29 99 / $40 95
HB 9781350415928 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350415942 £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350415959 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Digital Gaming in the Language Classroom Designing Effective Curricula
Kevin R Wrobetz, Kobe Gakuin University, Japan
This book examines how single-player role-playing digital games can promote foreign language acquisition and looks at how they can be integrated into the curricula of foreign language classrooms.
As the commercialization of digital games continues to expand some research in digital game-based learning has shifted from creating digital games with pedagogical applications to adopting commercial off-the-shelf digital games for pedagogical purposes Relevant literature has continually identified massively multi-player online role-playing games (MMORPGs) as a specific genre which may benefit second language acquisition (SLA), primarily through a sociocultural perspective whereby language learners interact with linguistically more capable peers within the context of the game However, there is a gap in research regarding whether these benefits to SLA are limited to social gameplay mechanics
Wrobetz addresses this gap in research by using the smartphone edition of the single-player role-playing game (RGP) Life Is Strange in a mixed-methods study, measuring vocabulary acquisition and long-term retention from gameplay relative to controls He also examines how the perception of both smartphone gaming as a language-learning tool and the target language culture shifted throughout the study
This volume helps guide future research in digital games-based language learning to broaden the scope of games identified as being conducive to SLA
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Guidebooks for Language Teachers
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages
HB 9781350412750 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350412743 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350412767 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9781350412774 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Pedagogical Translation for Language Teaching
Literacy-Based Strategies for Emergent Bilingual, Bilingual, and World Language Learners
Sarah Albrecht, University of Houston- Downtown, US
This book combines translation and second language acquisition with literacy as a social practice for a powerful new approach to language teaching and learning It provides the reader with transdisciplinary theoretical grounding, an overview of translation benefits and approaches, and sample translation activities as guidance for applying translation as a collaborative pedagogical tool in K-12 and postsecondary language-learning environments These environments may range from monolingual with emergent bilinguals, bilingual, heritage, or world language (including English as a Foreign Language)
Recommended texts for translation across languages range from oral, written, and multimodal Alongside these, all of the book’s translation activities include suggestions for modification according to age, language level, and language-learning environment Flexibility in formulation of language and literacy objectives and assessments is a key component, with potential modifications according to varying standards, such as CEFR, ACTFL, Common Core, and standards for biliteracy
Readers from all language instruction environments will be able to understand the benefits of and need for pedagogical translation, incorporate pedagogical translation activities into already-established content, design and modify pedagogical translation activities, and develop standards-based objectives and evaluations for translation-based activities
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Guidebooks for Language Teachers
UK February 2026 US February 2026
232 Pages
HB 9781350453579 £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350453586 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350453609 £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350453593 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Translanguaging in Action in English-Medium Classrooms A Resource Book for Teachers
Edited by Zhongfeng Tian, Rutgers University–Newark, USA & Sunny Man Chu Lau, Bishop’s University, Canada
This book explores evidence-based, research-informed practical applications of translanguaging pedagogies in a variety of TESOL contexts, including perspectives from scholars in the Global South Providing insights for teachers and educators into the strategic development of concrete, situated translanguaging approaches, it also explores the challenges of implementing equitable and effective language teaching and learning
Starting by asking, 'What is translanguaging as theory and pedagogy?' and 'Why does it matter in TESOL?' this book considers translanguaging at various educational levels from elementary and secondary classrooms to teacher education Global contributors examine practices for an international understanding of translanguaging pedagogy, with case studies from Africa, Asia, Europe, and North and Southern America
Through offering both general guidelines and concrete translanguaging-in-action examples, each chapter encourages teachers and educators to reimagine and redesign their classroom spaces They are also given self-guided resources for professional development, making this book ideal as a introductory resource for teacher education programmes
COLLECTIONS
Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher
Education
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
200 Pages • 20 bw illus
PB 9781350454255 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350454248 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350454286 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350454279 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher
Education
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
232 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350502857 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350497191 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350502826 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350502833 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher
Education
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
216 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350525740 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350525665 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350525689 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350525696 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Telecollaboration in Language Teacher Education
Professional Learning, Identities and Ideologies
Edited by Sedat Akayoglu, Bolu Abant Izzet Baysal University, Turkey, Bedrettin Yazan, University of Texas at San Antonio, USA & Baburhan Uzum, Sam Houston State University, USA
This exploration of telecollaboration (or virtual exchange) studies in language teacher education considers its potential role in preparing teachers to work in linguistically and culturally diverse settings
More and more language teacher educators are using telecollaboration as an essential component in their courses in order to connect teacher candidates from different geographical locations and ethnolinguistic backgrounds Part I looks at the foundation of telecollaboration in language teacher education Part II includes empirical evidence and global case examples related to telecollaboration to illustrate the benefits and challenges of incorporating telecollaboration to support interaction between the non-native speakers Finally, Part III provides insights into employing telecollaboration for intercultural professional development This book explores teacher candidates’, teachers’, and teacher educators’ professional learning, identities, and ideologies during their participation in transnational telecollaborative projects
Transcending Language Education in Japan
Borderland Accounts of Being, Becoming, and Belonging
Edited by Madoka Hammine, Meio University, Japan & Nathanael Rudolph, Kindai University, Japan
This edited volume explores how language educators and other stakeholders wrestle with notions of being, becoming and belonging in and beyond educational spaces in Japan The volume contends for critical, transformational approaches to “language education” to be contextualized, sociohistorically sensitive and community-based As such, the volume challenges critically-oriented stakeholders in language teacher education to revisit how they conceptualize and approach identity, experience and injustice manifesting in communities and language education (including theory, research, teacher education, policy, curriculum, materials development, teaching, assessment and hiring practices) The volume serves as a catalyst for readers to revisit what frames their own “seeing,” and as a foundation to engage with their own contexts and communities
Humanizing Language Teaching and Teacher Education in Transnational Spaces
Critical Perspectives on Identities, Pedagogies, and Research
Edited by Rashi Jain, Montgomery College, USA, Julian Chen, Curtin University, Australia & Ethan Trinh, Atlanta Global Studies Center, USA
This collection sits at the intersection of transnationalism, queer studies, and feminist theories, bringing refreshing perspectives on transnational language teaching and teacher education by amplifying voices from the Global South Spanning the transnational ELT field, its pedagogical, theoretical, and empirical inquiries cover K-16+ settings across Australasia, Africa, and the Americas
Creating a critical and dialogic space to re-think the challenges and agency, struggles and growth of language teachers’ transnational identities, contributors cover topics from translingual identity and critical pedagogy to diversity advocacy and collaborative policymaking As well as restorying the transnational identities of language teachers and teacher educations from the global south, this is a collective study in disrupting binarisms and rehumanizing pedagogy and research in global academia
COLLECTIONS
Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher Education
UK February 2026 US February 2026
184 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350453128
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350453081 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350453098 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350453104 • £81 00 / $108 00 Bloomsbury Academic
Becoming Language Teacher Educators Critical Friendships and Communities
Christine Montecillo Leider, University of Massachusetts Lowell, USA & Johanna M Tigert
An exploration of how criticality can be developed among language teachers This book is designed for teacher educators who are preparing teachers to work in a variety of global language education settings including pre-kindergarten through 12 bilingual classrooms and Sheltered English Immersion (SEI), as well as adult and community TESOL courses
Through vignettes that highlight their own journey as critical teacher educators, Christine Montecillo Leider and Johanna M Tigert provide insight into how they address various challenges of language teacher education, including a banking model approach to language education and the need to de-center both the English language and American approach to language education
Each chapter offers a variety of reflective activities that both early career and veteran teacher educators can use to enhance their own development as critical teacher educators Further, the authors provide a roadmap for how these reflective activities can be adopted to foster criticality among language teachers Grounded in critical pedagogy and critical friendship, this book translates critical theory to praxis, providing a guide for teacher educators who seek to transform their approach to teacher education practice
COLLECTIONS
Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher
Education
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
200 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350408289 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350408326 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350408296 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350408302 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Language Teacher Education Beyond Borders Multilingualism, Transculturalism, and Critical Approaches
Edited by Fernando Zolin Vesz, Federal University of Mato Grosso, Brazil, Darío Luis Banegas, University of Edinburgh, UK & Luciana C de Oliveira, Virginia Commonwealth University, USA
This volume looks at the preparation of future critical language teachers in the face of an increasingly multilingual and transcultural contemporary world This is seen through the lens of the collapse of Nation-State borders that crumble in the face of migration and the intense flow of languages that comes with it It brings together international research that problematizes, theorizes, re-positions and re-conceptualizes myriad structural, systemic, ideological, political and pedagogical issues that intersect with the possibilities and impossibilities of the development of language teachers’ agency
The volume examines the needs of linguistically diverse student populations and considers the socio-cultural and sociopolitical barriers that interfere with the exercise of teacher agency for social justice in language classrooms It offers a theoretical and empirical overview of how language teacher education has addressed multilingualism and transculturalism in critical approaches in many complex countries in their diversity and/or postcolonial history, including Brazil, Qazaqstan, Scotland, and Thailand
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
224 Pages • 20 bw illus
PB 9781350454385 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350454347 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350454354 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350454361 • £81 00 / $108 00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350344822 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350344785 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350344792 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350344808 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
208 Pages 2 bw illus
PB 9798216389286 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666947847 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798765155035 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781666947854 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Acquiring Pragmatic and Intercultural Communicative Competences in the Digital Era A Telecollaboration Study
Sofia Di Sarno-García, Polytechnic University of Madrid, Spain
This book explores second language pragmatic development and intercultural communicative competence acquisition through telecollaboration. It shows how telecollaborative environments are appropriate for the development of these two competences and how they are inextricably interrelated
Acquiring Pragmatic and Intercultural Communicative Competences in the Digital Era draws a comparison between the effects of telecollaboration projects and traditional face-to-face instruction within the foreign language classroom for developing pragmatic competence and intercultural communicative competence Analysis is based on research into how undergraduate Spanish learners of English engage in telecollaboration projects with first language or highly proficient speakers of English and in traditional face-to-face instruction with their Spanish partners Using synchronous (Zoom) and asynchronous (MeWe) digital tools, the book explores the beneficial role of telecollaboration projects in second and foreign language settings, offering researchers and teachers an example of how to implement this kind of project in their language teaching practices
English-Medium Instruction in Higher Education in Hong Kong Policy, Research and Practice in STEM Classrooms
Jack Pun, Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong & Wenyun Jia, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong
This book explores issues of teaching science, technology, engineering and math (STEM) through the medium of English in the context of higher education in Hong Kong
It analyses policy issues and language challenges faced by university students and pedagogical strategies for the professional development of English-Medium of Instruction (EMI) teachers
Hong Kong as a focus case is valuable because nearly 60% of government-funded university programmes are STEM or science-related, while over 90% of the student population speaks Chinese as a first language but also speak and write English due to local language policies and Hong Kong’s colonial history, making it a useful site for EMI research By providing an evidence-based, pedagogically-focused analysis of teacher and student classroom practices and their perceptions, this book sheds light on ways to improve the quality of instructional practices and effective scaffolding in different types of EMI classrooms in Hong Kong and in similar contexts around the world
Successful Research-Based Somatic and Linguistic Instructional Strategies for Multilingual K–12 and Adult Learners
Maryann Hasso
This book provides educators with the necessary tools and strategies to help English learners succeed
Drawing from feedback from dual-language learners and teachers on improving assessments, Maryann Hasso develops and details strategies for the education of English learners (ELs) and covers how educators can help students complete assignments and engage with lessons The instructional strategies outlined in this book include offering students multiple options for taking tests, ensuring each assessment is translated into the languages represented in the classroom, and allowing students to take assessments in groups or pairs
Critical Perspectives on Language, Mobility and International Education
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350211711 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350211759 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350211728 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350211735 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Language, Culture, and Education in an Internationalizing University Perspectives and Practices of Faculty, Students, and Staff
Edited by Kumari Beck, Simon Fraser University, Canada & Roumiana Ilieva, Simon Fraser University, Canada
This book offers a multi-dimensional analysis of the experiences of faculty, students, and staff at a Canadian university that emphasizes international education, providing an ethnographic lens for understanding globalization and internationalization of higher education on a wider, global scale
The collaborative work of multiple authors based in different departments and roles within the university offers a holistic picture of current international education policies and practices, and how they coalesce to shape the experiences of all affected stakeholders The book focuses on questions of cultural difference and the development of intercultural capital and highlights engagement with English dominance, language matters and multilingualism in everyday experiences and pedagogical practices in the institution The contributors address implications for attending to linguistic and cultural diversity in the policies and practices of an Anglo-dominant university that are applicable to similar contexts worldwide
As a self-study from a reputed university, the book provides valuable insights for higher education program leaders and decision makers to strategically rethink the value and quality of the internationalization activities they engage in, their scholarship and creative activities, and, above all, their commitment to ethical internationalization
• US December 2025
UK January 2026
128 Pages
HB 9781475865097 • £55 00 / $130 00
PB 9781475865103 • £13 99 / $30 95
ePDF 9798765160985 • £12 59 / $27 85
ePub 9781475865110 • £12 59 / $27 85
Bloomsbury Academic
Let's Normalize Seeing Humanity First
An Anti-Racist Guide for Working with Parents and Families in Schools
Dani Parker Moore
Let's Normalize Seeing Humanity First: An Anti-Racist Guide for Working with Parents and Families in Schools serves as a critical guide for educators seeking to develop anti-racist practices that center on the humanity of students and their families Too often, schools view parent engagement through a deficit lens, failing to recognize the cultural wealth and resilience within communities of color Drawing from historical contexts, national uprisings, and the renewed urgency for justice, this book explores how educators can move beyond traditional notions of “parent involvement” and instead foster authentic partnerships with families Through a framework of anti-racist praxis, the book challenges educators to interrogate their biases, recognize systemic barriers, and build meaningful relationships that empower students and their caregivers Essential for teachers, administrators, afterschool workers and school leaders, this book offers a necessary roadmap for creating educational spaces rooted in justice, equity, and collective liberation
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
272 Pages
HB 9798881806859 • £25 00 / $30 00
ePDF 9798881867645 • £22 50 / $27 00
ePub 9798881806866 • £22 500 / $27 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Creativity's Edge
Unleashing Humanity’s Greatest Advantage in the Age of AI
Susan M Riley
In an AI world that can write, code, and design, what's left for humans? Everything that matters
The world is changing fast Are you ready for what's next? Technical skills alone won't keep you ahead anymore Creativity has now become the dividing line between those who will lead the future and those who will be automated out of it
This book shows you how to build the creative abilities AI can't touch: finding problems worth solving, linking ideas in new ways, and infusing work with meaning that only humans understand These aren't vague ideas - they're real skills you can start building today
Inside, you'll discover how your brain changes during creative work and learn to trigger the mental states where your best thinking happens You'll master a simple system that turns you from someone waiting for inspiration into someone who creates it on demand And you'll break free from systems designed to standardize rather than innovate, unlocking the irreplaceable human potential that defines our future
Whether you're an educator preparing students for tomorrow or a professional building your competitive edge, this book is your roadmap to thriving in the age of AI
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
456 Pages • 34 bw illus
PB 9781666921731 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666921717 • £100 00 / $150 00
ePDF 9798216267157 • £90 00 / $135 00
ePub 9781978766181 • £90 00 / $135 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Music Education in America's Public Normal Schools
Celebratory and Troubled Beginnings of Music Teacher Education
Edited by Danelle D Larson & Jill M Sullivan
Capturing the beginning of music participation and engagement in many of the public universities that started as normal schools, this book provides a history of American music education in the 19th and 20th centuries
American music-teacher education evolved from teacher education in public normal schools, many of which eventually became state universities For social and religious reasons, students learned hymns, European art music, folk songs, and military music; segregated Black and Native American normal schools included Jubilee choirs and powwow music Studentand teacher-led music ensembles were ubiquitous, mirroring music-making in American society Eventually, normal schools educated music teachers and music supervisors In this book, the contributing authors discuss the early history of arts education, specifically music, in the first public normal schools in America through the lenses of class, gender, and race, revealing both celebratory and troubling beginnings Schools were built on confiscated Native lands and segregated by race, and separate spheres existed for men and women The embodied experiences of teacher-education students would live on to influence music teaching and learning curricula not only in the K–12 schools where they taught, but also nearly two centuries of music education in the colleges and universities from which they stem
COLLECTIONS
Teaching Religions and Worldviews
UK May 2026 • US March 2026
224 Pages • 20 bw illus
HB 9781350477544
• £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350477537 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350477551
• £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350477568 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
• 17 BW illustrations
240 Pages
HB 9798881803070
• £25 00 / $32 00
ePDF 9798881856274 • £22 50 / $28 80
ePub 9798881803087 • £22 50 / $28 80
Bloomsbury Academic
Understanding Judaism
A Guide for Teachers
James D Holt, University of Chester, UK
This book explores the beliefs and practices of Judaism as a lived religion in the United Kingdom and addresses issues of representation. This book engages with Jewish beliefs and practices in a way that is accurate, accessible and engaging for teachers of all phases Aspects of Judaism explored include the concepts that form the central beliefs of Judaism, and then the expression of these beliefs in worship, daily life, and the ethics of Jews in the modern day Each chapter utilises the authentic voice of believers today and invites the reader to consider the concepts and how they can be taught in the classroom
One of the distinctive features of this book is its engagement with diversity in the Jewish world How are the teachings of Judaism understood and lived in different circumstances in the UK today? Written by an expert in Religious Studies, this book provides immediate applicability for the classroom, and helps the reader deepen their knowledge of Judaism
Empower Your Kids
A Professor's Guide to Make Learning Fun Every Day
Noah Charney, Art historian, author
An entertaining, imaginative guide to teaching your kids while having fun
You would do anything for your kids, right? What if you could do something meaningful for them in less than 15 minutes a day? You can And you can do it through a combination of imparting knowledge, boosting confidence, and having fun
In Empower Your Kids, bestselling author Noah Charney encourages parents to teach their kids something new every day while playing To help today’s busy families, Charney shows parents how to keep these fun lessons short and adaptable with professional tricks to make them memorable Examples are sprinkled throughout for inspiration, such as reading If I Ran the Zoo by Dr Seuss and then designing your own zoo, taking a virtual online tour of the tomb of pharaoh Ramses VI and talking about mummies and hieroglyphics, or turning a museum visit into a treasure hunt
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2025 • US March 2025
394 Pages 31 BW Photos, 49 Textboxes
HB 9798881801847 • $32 00
ePDF 9798881859510 £23 14 / $28 80
ePub 9798881801854 • £23 14 / $28 80 Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
The Everywhere Classroom How One Family Turned Wanderlust into Worldschooling and How You Can Too Andi Almond
The story of one family’s worldschooling adventure, with tips and inspiration for anyone who wants to embrace travel as an immersive learning opportunity
In The Everywhere Classroom: How One Family Turned Wanderlust into Worldschooling and How You Can Too, Andi Almond recounts her family’s experiences traveling the globe for a year, revealing the rich educational opportunities the world offers beyond traditional classrooms Through the engaging and often humorous stories of the Almond family's adventures--from an impromptu expedition to Antarctica to a solo teen homestay in Taiwan--the book captures how travel off the tourist trail offers profound lessons that push comfort zones and foster growth and global awareness
Each chapter weaves a vivid tapestry of encounters that illustrate how families can make the most of their travels, whether on a weekend getaway close to home or extended adventure far afield Supplemented with practical tips, curriculum ideas, and strategies for incorporating worldschooling into trips of any length and budget, The Everywhere Classroom goes beyond being a mere travelogue It serves as a catalyst for change, inspiring families to explore purposefully and discover boundless learning in the world
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
352 Pages
HB 9781350331815 • £135 00 / $190 00
PB 9781350331853 • £39 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9781350331822 • £121 50 / $171 00
ePub 9781350331839 • £121 50 / $171 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The
Bloomsbury
Handbook of Hip Hop Pedagogy
Edited by Lauren Leigh Kelly, Rutgers University, USA & Daren Graves, Simmons University, USA
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Hip Hop Pedagogy is the first reference work to cover the theory, history, research methodologies, and practice of Hip Hop pedagogy Including 20 chapters from activist-oriented and community engaged scholars, the handbook provides perspectives and studies from across the world, including Brazil, the Caribbean, Scandinavia, and the USA Organized into four topical sections focusing on the history and cultural roots of Hip Hop; theories and research methods in Hip Hop pedagogy; and Hip Hop pedagogy in practice, the handbook offers theoretical, analytical, and pedagogical insights emerging across sociology, literacy, school counselling and youth organizing The chapters reflect the impact of critical Hip Hop pedagogies and Hip Hop-based research for educators and scholars interested in radical, transformative approaches to education Ultimately, the many voices included in the handbook show that Hip Hop pedagogy is a humanizing and emancipatory approach which is redefining the purposes and practices of education
• US December 2025
UK April 2026
192 Pages
• 7 b/w figures
HB 9781538182185 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9781538182192 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765155028 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781538182208 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Students' Sense of Belonging and Involvement in College
Key Insights from Research for Practice
Edited by Terrell L Strayhorn
Students' Sense of Belonging and Involvement in College presents riveting information from data-driven chapters by leading scholars and practitioners that uncover and affirm a sense of belonging as vital for student success, revealing how deep involvement catalyzes such connections This book offers valuable insights for educators and students alike, emphasizing the transformative power of campus involvement, community, and connections in higher education
COLLECTIONS
Alternative | Education
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
304 Pages 10 bw illus
PB 9781350528642 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350528604 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350528611 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350528628 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Unschooled Futures
Pluriversal Speculations
Edited by Petra Mikulan, University of British Columbia, Canada & Nathalie Sinclair, Simon Fraser University, Canada
This volume stages a series of radical provocations that seek to reorient the very conditions under which learning becomes thinkable Refusing the redemptive pull of schooling as a salvageable public good, the collection foregrounds the necessity of undisciplining education, dislodging it from its colonial grammars, disciplinary enclosures, and anthropocentric imaginaries
Schools, far from neutral spaces of knowledge transmission, are infrastructural technologies of late capitalist governance: disciplining bodies, managing time, and sustaining the ongoing occupation of Indigenous lands under the guise of progress and order Drawing from grotesque materialisms, Indigenous epistemologies, and speculative philosophies, the volume positions pluriversal indeterminacy as a generative ontological condition, contesting the closure-driven logics of Western educational taxonomy If schools operate as entropy-displacement machines, maintaining systemic stability through the externalization of collapse, then what is required is not critique alone, but a methodological insurgency capable of abolishing education’s epistemic foundations To this end, contributors traversing anthropology, architecture, mathematics, biology, Indigenous studies, art, philosophy, and literature articulate a constellation of non-disciplined pedagogical experiments that emerge from the current unraveling of education itself Through deliberate acts of epistemic undoing, authors inhabit a space where fixed categories, such as human/nonhuman, past/future, knowledge/ignorance are rendered inoperative, making room for learning that reconfigures the possible
COLLECTIONS
Alternative | Education
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
352 Pages • 40 bw illus
PB 9781350477216 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350477179 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350477186 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350477193 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Space, Time and Encounter in the University Classroom
Elizabeth Hauke, Imperial College, UK
This book explores space, time and encounter in an interdisciplinary higher education classroom during a typical academic year, considering how they might present as protagonists of authenticity In this ethnography, the author is both the researcher and the teacher, delivering highly interactive and student centred modules for undergraduate students at a leading science and engineering university in the UK
Chasing the spirit of authenticity throughout the writing, the book demonstrates a remarkable alignment between the design and aspirations of the teaching, the experiences within the classroom, and the conduct of the research Revealing the inner thoughts and inspirations of the researcher, the book includes insights from philosophy, anthropology, education, neuroscience, music, architecture, photography and popular culture
This examination of both the classroom experiences and the research itself reveals the messy, uncertain, imperfect – and yet fascinating nature of these very human experiences with an engaging richness This book supports the reader to find their own version of ‘authentic’, evoked by being immersed in the story world of this research and the classrooms contained within Readers are invited to reflect along with the researcher, and apply the insights revealed to their own teaching, learning or life experiences and take the spirit of authentic encounter into their own future
Navigating
Bloomsbury Inquiries in Philosophy and Education
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
208 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350532205 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350532168 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350532175 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350532182 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
the Moral Landscape of Youth
Community Education
Development and
A Philosophical Analysis of Nonformal Youth Education
Ilya Zrudlo, University of Quebec, Canada
This book analyses the language used and approaches employed by community education organizations, focusing on the values that educators and practitioners promote among the young people in their care
Young people participating in nonformal community education programs are encouraged by staff to identify with certain ideas or values: “Acquire life skills, become an entrepreneur!” “Fight for your rights!”, “Discover your true self!”, “Get out of the house and re-establish your connection with nature!” Whether implicitly or explicitly, these messages are imbued with values
Based on a study of 12 community organizations in North America, this book identifies four “ethical frames”: the ethical frame of the entrepreneur, of the activist, the artist, and the naturalist Ilya Zrudlo argues that while each of these frames brings strengths to community education, they also carry certain ethical and educational ambiguities that render them ultimately inadequate, whether alone or in combination Drawing on the work of philosophers including Hannah Arendt, Simone Weil, Iris Murdoch, Mary Midgeley and Charles Taylor, Zrudlo offers guidance for community organizations, policy makers, and researchers when navigating the moral landscape of nonformal youth education
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
160 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350540699 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350540651 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350540668 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350540675 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Sen, Dewey, and Education
Edited by Robert Karaba, New Mexico Highlands University, USA
This book explores affinities between Amartya Sen’s capabilities approach and John Dewey’s notions of education for democracy and offers new implications for educational policy and practice
Written by Senian and Deweyan scholars, this collection compares, contrasts and combines the works of Sen and Dewey to flesh out the implications for educational policies, curriculum, and pedagogies that can help build a more cohesive society and stronger democracy This book applies Sen’s work to Deweyan ideas of education for democracy, and examines the ways in which education can nurture individuals' skills for meaningful participation in the economy and society The chapters cover a range of topics, including human well-being and economic development, experiential education, children and schooling, cultural conceptions of freedom and democracy, and educational policy and practice It also includes a critical literacy perspective of the moral implications of Dewey’s democratic education and Sen’s capabilities approach, exploring questions of power, privilege, and social justice
COLLECTIONS
Race and Education in the Twenty-First Century
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
162 Pages • 10 tables
PB 9798216382447 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666975802 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216251934 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978766426 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Black College Blueprint
The Next Frontier for HBCUs
Darryl Scriven
With a focus on the changing political landscape, this book offers a fresh approach to increasing the HBCU value proposition for the next century.
While HBCUs are individually unique, they have similar missions, audiences, threats, and aspirations This commonality suggests that they should unify in a way that preserves the identity of each, leverages shared resources, and strengthens their standing as an institution class In this book, special attention is given to the opportunity for HBCUs to leverage Artificial Intelligence enterprise wide Written for wide stakeholder engagement, Black College Blueprint proposes that the best way to accomplish collective HBCU advancement is to create an HBCU Consortium and an HBCU Think Tank to help structure and lead a new expression of Black college education nationally and globally
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK February 2026 US February 2026
400 Pages
HB 9781350349162 • £130 00 / $175 00
PB 9781350349209 £39 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9781350349179 • £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781350349186 • £117 00 / $157 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Bourdieu and Educational Research
Edited by Garth Stahl, University of Queensland, Australia, Guanglun Michael Mu, University of South Australia, Australia, Pere Ayling, University of Suffolk, UK & Elliot B Weininger, SUNY Brockport, USA
This book is the first international reference work to showcase the diversity of ways of using Bourdieu’s sociological toolkit in educational research Written by scholars based in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Indonesia, Hong Kong, the UK, and the USA, the handbook provides a unique and cutting-edge picture of how Bourdieu has been both used and adapted in educational research globally
The book will be useful for those who may only have a cursory knowledge of Bourdieu’s tools as well as those who are already familiar with Bourdieu’s work
The chapters cover a wide range of topics including educational leadership, teacher preparation, space/place, educational policy, literacy education, marginalised students, and student mobility
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
264 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350520561 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350520523 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350520530 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350520547 • £81 00 / $108 00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
288 Pages • 30 bw illus
PB 9781350500136 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350500099 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350500105 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350500112 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
408 Pages
HB 9781666949766 • £104 00 / $135 00
PB 9798216380375 £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9798216338048 • £93 60 / $121 50
ePub 9781666949773 • £93 60 / $121 50 Lexington Books
Global Perspectives on Recovery from Learning Disruption
Educational Responses to the Covid-19 Pandemic
Edited by Marta Cristina Azaola, University of Southampton, UK
This book considers the effects of the Covid-19 pandemic on education, focusing on learning disruption and recovery from that disruption.
Written by academics, research analysts and policy consultants based in the UK, Mexico, China, the USA, South Africa and Spain, the book explores, through regional and national case studies, how diverse societies across the globe coped during and after the pandemic The chapters cover a wide range of topics such as the causes and consequences of school closures, pre-existing inequalities within and between countries, scientific misinformation as a consequence of the pandemic, teacher burnout and resilience and alternative ways of learning and collaboration that took place during the pandemic
The first three chapters offer policy analyses on learning disruption at different regional levels The subsequent chapters are a compilation of eight national case studies transitioning from analyses of learning disruption to responses of recovery The book’s evidence-based research has implications for policy, research, and practice in both formal and informal education settings from early childhood to higher education
Culture and Science Education
Towards More Inclusive Practice
Edited by Wilton Lodge, IOE, UCL’s Faculty of Education and Society, University College London, UK & Justin Dillon, IOE, UCL’s Faculty of Education and Society, University College London, UK
This edited book, containing 15 chapters from some of the leading figures in the field, aims to bring in voices, communities and perspectives that are not often presented in mainstream science education
Providing an international spread of contributions reflecting the field, including Australia, Canada, Chile, China, New Zealand, Singapore, the UK and the USA, it also includes research in areas where mainstream science education is sensitive to the complexities that a culturally inclusive education calls for The book encourages academics and educators to think beyond the current science education paradigm that schools have adopted in many parts of the world
New Era – New Urgency
The Case for Repurposing Education
F Joseph Merlino & Deborah Pomeroy
New Era – New Urgency: The Case for Repurposing Education explores the unprecedented realities and challenges associated with entering a new era, such as catastrophic climate changes, advanced artificial intelligence, massive demographic shifts, and worldwide digital disinformation campaigns This era calls for a new urgency in thinking about how we will educate present and future generations of young people This book is divided into four parts; Part I describes the profound social, technological, and demographic changes that have occurred over four hundred years since the first English settlements in Massachusetts and Virginia Part II describes four shadows that have served to corrupt these purposes of education: extreme wealth inequality, nativism, white supremacy, and anti-intellectualism Part III explores the illusions of educational reform that have over-promised college and career success, created an idolatry of math test scores, conflated memorization of facts with conceptual understanding, and confused multiple layers of policy agendas with progress Part IV depicts F Joseph Merlino and Deborah Pomeroy’s 12 years of experience in Egypt, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Turkey, and the U S in helping to craft new purposes of education for model schools in their countries that reflect their aspirations for a new generation
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
288 Pages • 6 bw illus
PB 9798216386230 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666975833 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216252221 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978766976 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
284 Pages • 3 figures, 5 tables
PB 9781666958416 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666958393 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216258933 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978765207 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Building Inclusive Scientific Communities and Leadership
Case Studies from Professional Societies
Edited by Verónica A Segarra, Mercy Mugo & Simone Soso
Highlights scientific and professional communities as agents of change for more inclusive STEM communities and leadership.
This volume focuses on organizations that nurture diversity and inclusivity, as well as their intentional efforts toward fostering inclusive environments and creating lasting cultural change Each chapter features a case study spearheaded by a team of authors chronicling one aspect of a scientific community in their efforts to become a more inclusive and diverse collective These case studies facilitate discussion and reflection, as well as provide powerful tools to reveal process and implementation details that can help societies take action towards more inclusive STEM communities
Not Token Gestures
Practical DEI Strategies in 21st-Century Higher Education
Edited by Roberta Hurtado
Contributors from various backgrounds offer insights for practices that move DEI efforts from the superficial and into the very fabric of how academia functions
This volume offers practical strategies to support inclusive campus development in 21st century US higher education Administrators, artists, and faculty from across the country provide tips for constructing curriculum, how to intervene in administrative procedures, and ways of enacting preliminary shifts to encourage a rich understanding of “academic excellence” for higher education This collection emphasizes the human costs of decision making in higher education, and the need to draw from knowledges created by different communities to support learning spaces conducive to student growth Born in a moment when DEI is under attack, contributors consider the immediacy that many members of US higher education find themselves in right now to construct tactical practices that can be taken up with expediency and rigor Yet, contributors do not sacrifice quality for stealth Indeed, contributors show that foundational to this era is an opportunity to move “DEI from a side-project and into the fabric of academia
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Urban–Rural Dynamics
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
192 Pages • 10 tables
PB 9781666929959 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666968309 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216258339 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978765818 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Settling Conflict in Rural New York Schools
Case Studies of Education Reform
Casey Thomas Jakubowski
This book examines the history of conflict in education through the lens of specific case studies from schools in rural areas of New York
Education has historically been a major source of conflict among citizens, voters, and residents in the United States From the colonists in New England’s efforts to educate their children in the late 1800s, to the debates over mask mandates at schools emerging from Covid-19, the dissonance between pro-local democracy national narratives and the active suppression of community rights exists in every state Contemporary conflicts in education and politics include the question of what and how to teach history, with some politically motivated groups demonizing critical race theory, inclusive civics, and history education Utilizing local and state archives, newspapers, and eyewitness accounts, and challenging the consensus narrative that prioritizes the elite’s viewpoints, this book expands research on the history of educational reform post-World War II outside of the urban focus predominant in the field and challenges the traditional rural deficit narrative
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Critical Education
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
280 Pages 10 bw illus
HB 9781350332119 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350332157 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350332126 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350332133 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Nurturing ‘Difficult Conversations’ in Education Empowerment, Agency and Social Justice in the UK
Edited by Katarzyna Fleming, Sheffield Hallam University, UK & Fufy Demissie, Shefield Hallam University, UK
This book offers a critical discussion on the necessity for 'difficult conversations' to take place in education, drawing on studies from across the UK The editors and contributors address three key questions:
- How can 'difficult conversations' be theorised?
- What transformations in thinking and practice can occur through 'difficult conversations'?
- What value do 'difficult conversations' have in enabling understanding and compassion between the diverse communities of today?
The chapters cover a range of topics including supporting children with SEND, parent and carer engagement, childhood trauma, race, disability, the climate emergency, and the researcher's positionality The contributors draw on the theoretical work of bell hooks, Linda Alcoff, Paulo Freire, Victor Turner, Homi Bhabha, Nel Nodings, Melanie Nind, Emile Bojesen, Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak, Mathew Lipman, and other contemporary theories They argue against the prevailing deficitbased perspectives about marginalized communities and invite deep thinking about the nature of oppression experienced in many spheres of education and therefore in our society Ultimately, the book advocates for the empowerment and agency of anyone facing social inequalities through engagement in 'difficult conversations' as a means of transformation and social change
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Critical Education
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
288 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350292987 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350293021 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350292994 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350293007 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Itinerant Curriculum Theory
A Declaration of Epistemological Independence
Edited by João M Paraskeva, University of Massachusetts Dartmouth, USA
This book advances new ways of thinking about emergence and impact of Itinerant Curriculum Theory (ICT)
Written by authors based in Algeria, Brazil, Chile, China, Estonia, South Korea, Spain and the USA, the chapters examine the opportunities and challenges paved by ICT in the struggle to open up and decolonize curriculum policies The contributors show how ICT can help us to pave a new way to think about and to do curriculum theory and announce ICT as a declaration of epistemological liberation, one that helps to resist Eurocentric dominance The chapters cover topics including, ecologies of the Global South, education discourse in South Korea, China’s Curriculum Reform, and the history of colonialism in the Middle East
Building on the work of Antonia Darder, Boaventura de Sousa Santos and others, this book posits that the future of the field is the struggle against curriculum epistemicides and this is ultimately a struggle for social justice The book includes a Foreword by the leading curriculum historian William Schubert, Professor Emeritus of Curriculum and Instruction at the University of Illinois at Chicago, USA
2ND EDITION
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
104 Pages
PB 9781839029882 • £12 99 / $17 95
ePDF 9781839029905 • £11 69 / $16 15
ePub 9781839029899 • £11 69 / $16 15
British Film Institute
Shoah
Sue Vice, University of Sheffield, UK
Sue Vice's study explores Claude Lanzmann's epic 1985 film Shoah both as cinema and as an example of Holocaust representation Shoah, the distillation of more than 350 hours of footage gathered over eleven years, tells the story of the Holocaust through interviews with survivors of the extermination camps, bystanders who watched or participated in mass murder, and some of the perpetrators of genocide Eschewing staple documentary elements of archival footage or narrating voiceover, the film is composed entirely of eyewitness interviews contrasted with footage of landscape in the present, and the chilling imagery of travelling trains Shoah's effect is to represent the past, but only as it exists in the present - in Lanzmann's words, a "fiction of the real", and not a simple documentary
In a series of close readings of some of the film's interviews, Sue Vice follows Lanzmann's declaration that "Shoah is a fight against generalities", in emphasising the importance of detail in both dialogue and filmic technique Through these analyses, Vice explores the background to the film, the difficulties in its financing and production, and the long process of editing that led to Lanzmann's realisation that "the subject of my film is death itself; death and not survival "
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
BFI Film Classics
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
112 Pages • 60 colour illus
PB 9781839029806 • £12 99 / $17 95
ePDF 9781839029820 • £11 69 / $16 15
ePub 9781839029813 • £11 69 / $16 15
British Film Institute
Groundhog Day
Ryan Gilbey
Groundhog Day (1993), directed by Harold Ramis and starring Bill Murray, is widely regarded as one of the most original and enduring films of 1990s Hollywood What begins as a high-concept romantic comedy about a cynical television weatherman forced to repeatedly relive the same day soon deepens into a tale of despair and renewal, coloured by existential unease and the spirit of Samuel Beckett
In this engaging study, Ryan Gilbey traces the film’s unlikely journey from Danny Rubin’s speculative script, centred on a man condemned to eternity in a small town, to its transformation into a studio classic Drawing on fresh interviews with Rubin, Gilbey explores the inspired casting of Murray and Andie MacDowell, the film’s quietly radical structure, and the delicate balance between comedy and melancholy that gives Groundhog Day its lasting power
This new edition includes an afterword in which Gilbey reflects on the film’s continuing cultural impact, its themes of repetition and despair assuming fresh resonance in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic with its cycle of lockdown and reopening He considers Groundhog Day’s influence on movies and television from Source Code (2011) and Edge of Tomorrow (2014) to Russian Doll (2019–2022) and I May Destroy You (2020), as well as the 2016 stage musical based on the movie Groundhog Day, Gilbey argues, has become more than a film; it is now a lens through which we examine repetition, transformation and the rhythms of contemporary life
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
BFI Film Classics
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
104 Pages • 60 colour illustrations
PB 9781805750253 • £12 99 / $17 95
ePDF 9781805750277 • £11 69 / $16 15
ePub 9781805750260 • £11 69 / $16 15
British Film Institute
When Harry Met Sally
Tamar Jeffers McDonald, University of Kent, UK
Groundbreaking in its departure from its predecessors, When Harry Met Sally (1989) established classic romantic comedy themes and tropes still being employed today Following the relationship between its title characters, Harry (Billy Crystal) and Sally (Meg Ryan), and their best friends Jess (Bruno Kirby) and Marie (Carrie Fisher), the film unfolds as a series of episodes, from Harry and Sally's prickly car journey from Chicago to New York City to a momentous encounter on New Year's Eve twelve years later
Tamar Jeffers McDonald's insightful study explores how writer Nora Ephron and director Rob Reiner used structure, filmic devices, music and classic romcom concepts in innovative new ways In her afterword to this new edition, she reflects on the movie's continuing influence on the romcom genre, and its relevance in a more turbulent era, where the question at the movie's heart - "Can men and women ever just be friends?" takes on fresh nuance in the age of #MeToo
BFI Film Classics
COLLECTIONS
Film Theory in Practice
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages • 14 bw illus
HB 9781501388217
• £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9781501388200 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781501388187 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781501388194 • £16 19 / $22 45 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
248 Pages
PB 9798216377818 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666906622 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216201540 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978769908 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
232 Pages 49 bw illus
PB 9781350370661 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350370623 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350370647 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350370630 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Network Theory and Nashville
Zachary Tavlin, School of the Art Institute of Chicago, USA
The Film Theory in Practice series fills a gaping hole in the world of film theory By marrying the explanation of a film theory with the interpretation of a film, the volumes provide discrete examples of how film theory can serve as the basis for textual analysis This book provides a broad introduction to network theory and shows how this theory can motivate a close reading of Robert Altman's 1975 film Nashville
By offering a tour of the expansive intellectual network we can now call network theory, the book demonstrates how analyzing the ubiquitous characteristics of networks changes the way film fans, students, and scholars might understand cinema’s storytelling possibilities It models a method of interpretation (focusing on character, cinematography, and sound) that students can practice with other feature films Moreover, it situates film within a larger discourse about art and society, offering students the tools for analyzing other large-form cultural objects
Organized into two parts, the first section of the book presents an overview of network theory, its various facets as a stillemerging discourse, and its historical context in post-industrial life, before turning to Altman’s Nashville It then explores the film’s narrative style and character system as a special case of network cinema, to show how there is more than “connectedness” alone to the network form
The Fictional Female Presidency in Film, Television, and Literature Representations from 1932 to 2024
Kathleen W Taylor Kollman
This book examines the ways in which popular culture has entertained the notion of a female U S presidency through portrayals in film, television, and literature dating back to the 1930s
To date, no woman has served as Commander in Chief in the White House This lack of precedent, however, has not deterred the continued exploration of this idea in U S popular culture for decades In this book, Kathleen W Taylor Kollman analyzes fictionalized portrayals of female U S Presidents across a variety of media to demonstrate how the perceptions of audiences and content creators have shifted when considering the idea of a woman’s ability to run the United States She then contextualizes each example by positioning it alongside real-life women in politics to examine the accuracy of existing portrayals when compared to the media framing of aspiring political candidates
By analyzing works diverse in genre, including science fiction dystopias, slapstick comedias, political dramas, satire, and romance novels, Kollman also explores the ways in which genre can also play a critical factor in the framing of these women with regard to both subject matter and approach Scholars interested in parasocial relationships, the history of feminist movements, the intersection of political and media audiences, and popular media trends will find this book particularly compelling
Radical Embodiment on Film Time and the Cinematic Body
Edited by Louis Bayman, Southampton University, UK & Davina Quinlivan, University of Exeter
This innovative volume demonstrates the embodiment of time to be a vital part of the aesthetic experience of cinema Analysing a broad range of films including Beasts of the Southern Wild (USA, 2012), Talk to Her (Spain, 2002), Millennium Actress (Japan, 2001), Jab Tak Hai Jaan (India, 2012), and Jinpa (China, 2018), contributors examine key questions of embodied time as represented on screen They explore how cinematic time can be a way of rethinking the centrality of the individual, of depicting gendered differences, of decentring western perspectives to represent a widened global context, and of expanding what embodiment means in post-human narratives The volume not only highlights specific discourses of radical, lived experience in film, but also considers how distinctions of race and class, gender and sexuality, migration, religion, and indigeneity affect these depictions of embodied subjectivity
Contributors:
Emma Ben Ayoun, Louis Bayman, Andrés Buesa, Mariana Cunha, MaoHui Deng, Felipe Espinoza Garrido, Victor Fan, Sahika Erkonan, Joseph Jenner, Nick Jones, Kayla Meyers, Salma Monani, Davina Quinlivan, Francesca Sobande and Pinar Yildiz
COLLECTIONS
New Critical Humanities
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
176 Pages
PB 9798216384441 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666976588 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216262817 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978761629 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Cinema of Social Death
Blackhood At-Large
Tryon P Woods
In The Cinema of Social Death: Blackhood At-Large, Tryon P Woods argues that cinematic counter-narratives to society’s deep-seated racist culture, while claiming to advance racial justice, fail to escape the trappings of antiblackness and instead function to disguise a parasitic and antagonistic relationship toward blackness, rather than expose how the paradigm works
Through analyses of a selection of purportedly anti-racist narratives from documentarian Liz Garbus and a trio of independent black filmmakers, Tanya Hamilton, Haile Gerima, and Spike Lee, Woods demonstrates the precarious nature of telling stories of racial justice without falling into the contradictory trap of imposing antiblack notions of gender and sexuality Contrary to the prevalent sentiment that these visual narratives disrupt and unravel the suffering, lack, and pathology attached to blackness, Woods posits that the films being examined are detrimental to black liberation, and thus, to human deliverance
As such, this book’s chief concern is in how our efforts to unravel the problems of the world become part of the problem In the process, Woods highlights the trap of visual culture and its racial discourse as it obfuscates the modern era’s assault on human reciprocity and connection
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages •
HB 9781839024870 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781839024863 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781839024894 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781839024887 • £76 50 / $103 50
British Film Institute
Filmmakers on Film
Global Perspectives
Edited by André Rui Graça, University of Beira Interior, Portugal, Eduardo Baggio, Unespar - Paraná State University, Brazil & Manuela Penafria, University of Beira Interior, Portugal
This book bridges the gap between film theory and filmmakers’ thoughts and poetics, and proposes a new way to address and elaborate film theory
It brings together primary sources by filmmakers themselves, drawing on their films, interviews, books, texts, and manifestos Divided into three parts, the book covers the main aspects of this approach Part one discusses the concepts of ‘author ’ and ‘filmmaker ’ Part two evaluates the creative processes of a broad range of filmmakers, including Víctor Gaviria (Colombia), Kleber Mendonça Filho (Brazil), Jean-Luc Godard and Agnès Varda (France), Abbas Kiarostami (Iran) Pa Ranjith (India), Andy Warhol (USA), Maya Deren (Ukraine-USA) and Nuri Bilge Ceylan (Turkey) The final part examines filmmakers’ various techniques, particularly the use of multi-images, after-(dialectical)-images, and the use of sound as a sensorial and narrative tool
This curated selection of writings, with contributors from a range of countries including the USA, UK, India, China, Portugal, Brazil, Belgium and New Zealand, reflects the global perspective of this new approach The volume also discusses the ways in which filmmakers influence each other, the spectator as seen by filmmakers, and ways to critically address a filmography that takes into account filmmakers other than the director
COLLECTIONS
Timecodes
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
112 Pages • 19 bw illus
HB 9798765161913
• £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798765161906 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798765161937 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9798765161944 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
280 Pages • 46 bw illus
PB 9798765105627 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765105610 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765105597 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765105580 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Metamodernism: Theory and Criticism across the Disciplines
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
PB 9798216394945 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666955750 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216263876 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978762886 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Neptune Frost
Movies Minute by Minute
Steven Shaviro, Wayne State University, USA
A minute-by-minute analysis of Anisia Uzeyman’s and Saul Williams’ film, Neptune Frost (2021)
This book traces the complex structure of the film, working through its rich tapestry of images and sounds while exploring its dual themes of resource exploitation and extraction and gender oppression
Neptune Frost shows how Africa stands at both ends of the production cycle: minerals are mined from the soil and sent to the West to make electronic devices, and the detritus of broken and obsolete devices is ultimately sent back to Africa to be abandoned in waste dumps An indigenous community of hackers establishes a utopian community in the midst of these wastes and seeks to seize power over the network At the same time, the movie centers upon a trans character, who starts out as a man and then transitions into a woman She flees patriarchal domination and abuse and, almost magically, embodies the counter-power of resistance
Visions of altered technology are extrapolated beyond what actually exists while song and dance convey the desires, dreams, and solidarities of characters who are rarely given voice in more mainstream cinema The movie gives accessible human and more-than-human expression to the usually hidden forces that lie beneath the world we take for granted
The Epistemic Archaeology of Ashish Avikunthak
Cinema and Religiosity of Everyday Life
Edited by Erin O'Donnell, East Stroudsburg University of Pennsylvania, USA & Sarunas Paunksnis, Kaunas University of Technology in Kaunas, Lithuania
This book explores the diverse aspects of Ashish Avikunthak’s cinema, which challenges Western knowledge systems and cinematic practices, as well as ideological hegemonies of present-day India
For thirty years, Indian filmmaker Ashish Avikunthak has been making self-financed films that have robustly resisted capital and market logic Starting from his early 16mm short films Etcetera (1997) and Kalighat Fetish (1999) to longer feature length works that he has been making since the past decade–Rati Chakravyuh (2013), Aapothkalin Trikalika (2016), Vrindavani Vairagya (2017), to the most recent Vidhvastha (2022) with several more projects in various stages of production This collection of essays rigorously interrogates, contextualizes, theorizes, and interprets his work in relation to some of the key preoccupations of this filmmaker, which include Tantric practice, alternative ways of filmmaking, as well as posing a cinematic challenge to oppressive epistemes Furthermore, the current global assertion of authoritarianism and onedimensional interpretations of cultural history and practice provide a timely and essential historical moment in which to dialogue with Avikunthak’s films Why? Because Avikunthak’s cinema consciously contests totalizing historical and artistic narratives, and constructs frameworks of existential uncertainty and fragmentation that force us to reflect on the increasing political, economic, social, and climate chaos that is infusing and shaping our early 21st century global ontology
The Metamodern Cinema of Taika Waititi
Kevin Corbett
In this book, Kevin Corbett demonstrates the prominent role of metamodern cinematic elements in Taika Waititi’s creative works, tracing their emergence over the course of his decades-long career in film and television
Analyzing a range of Waititi’s films and television shows including Jojo Rabbit (2019), Reservation Dogs, and What We Do in the Shadows (2014), Corbett highlights how the writer-director embraces the concept of oscillation that lies at the heart of metamodernism’s cultural logic by striking an intentional balance between elements that generate insincerity and disengagement and those that invite audiences to sincerely connect with the characters and story This variation in tone within individual films and programs, he contends, is reflective of a broader cultural shift in the 21st century as we move beyond the limits of postmodernism
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
296 Pages • 17 bw illus
PB 9798765113141 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781501347900 • £120 00 / $90 00
ePDF 9781501347924 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781501347917 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
On the Act of Looking
Reading Joshua Oppenheimer ’s Diptych: The Act of Killing and The Look of Silence
Edited by Rex Butler, Monash University, Australia & David Denny, Portland State University, USA
This collection analyzes Joshua Oppenheimer ’s diptych The Act of Killing and The Look of Silence as a cinematic event that invites interrelated questions on historical memory, truth and reconciliation, and the limits of documentary filmmaking
On the Act of Looking affirms Oppenheimer ’s use of fiction and manipulation as a technique to expose, contrary to the classic documentary form, not so much a reality behind the appearance of things, but how appearance as such can become a site of intervention or truth-telling Contributors to this collection, including film scholars, art historians, historians, political scientists, philosophers, and Indonesian human rights activists, answer why Oppenheimer's documentary films not only have received near universal praise and admiration, but also why this praise is often qualified by surprise and fascination
COLLECTIONS
Critical Perspectives on Contemporary Directors
UK January 2026 US January 2026
360 Pages • 5 tables
PB 9798216382768 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666973648 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216269694 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978767515 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Critical Perspectives on Dario Argento
Edited by Fernando Gabriel Pagnoni Berns
This edited volume provides a comprehensive, interdisciplinary, and up-to-date analysis of the entire filmography of Dario Argento, one of the most renowned directors from the world of Euro-Horror
Contributors bring together approaches from philosophy, film, and media studies to engage with Dario Argento s oeuvre through a variety of lenses, including posthumanism, art cinema, gender studies, historical contextual analysis, and the aesthetics of blindness The collection focuses not only on films made by Argento himself, but also on homages and remakes, demonstrating the lasting contributions and influence of his perspective and works on the horror genre
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
296 Pages • 26 bw photos
HB 9798881804824 £19 99 / $28 95
ePDF 9798881867867 • £17 99 / $26 05
ePub 9798881804831 £17 99 / $26 05
Bloomsbury Academic COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
304 Pages
• 54 b/w images
HB 9781493079599
• £36 99 / $49 95
ePDF 9798765160749
ePub 9781493079605
Bloomsbury Academic
• £33 29 / $44 95
• £33 29 / $44 95
A Four-Eyed World
How Glasses Changed the Way We See
David King Dunaway, University of New Mexico
A fun and informative cultural history of glasses that explores their origins, stigmas, future in technology, and more
Eyeglasses have become so commonplace we hardly think about them unless we can’t find them They are just there, immediately at hand for those who wear them Yet glasses have been controversial throughout history Oxford scholar Roger Bacon pioneered the science of using lenses to see and then spent a decade in a miserable medieval prison cell for his hubris, for advocating that he could “fix” God’s creations by improving our eyesight Even today, people take off their glasses before having their picture taken because they have been taught through generations that wearing glasses is somehow unattractive, despite how necessary they are to most of our daily lives
A Four-Eyed World: How Glasses Changed the Way We See is the first book to investigate the experience of wearing glasses and contacts and their role in culture David King Dunaway encourages readers to take a look at how they literally see the world through what they wear by exploring everything from the history of deficient eyesight and how glasses are made to portrayals of those who wear glasses in media, the stigma surrounding them, and the future of augmented and virtual reality glasses
Hitchcockian Thrillers
Must-See Films in the Style of the Suspense Master Stephen Rebello
During Alfred Hitchcock’s five-decade reign as the screen’s internationally celebrated Master of Suspense, he directed 53 motion pictures In such Hitchcock gold standard classics as The 39 Steps, Rear Window, Vertigo, North by Northwest, Psycho, and The Birds, he staked his claim as the architect, the O G of the thriller He laid down the rules and rhythm of the genre, created an immediately identifiable visual style, experimented constantly with technique, pushed boundaries, tweaked censors, and shattered the expectations of his audiences -- along with their nerves In exploiting his private fears and vulnerabilities, Hitchcock was as brilliant as making us think and feel as he was at making us scream and invading our nightmares His films elevated the form and were among the biggest box-office successes and most influential of their time They were and are emulated for their fashion sense and, more lastingly, even nudged the culture forward by liberalizing attitudes toward cinematic violence and sexual frankness
Hitchcockian Thrillers: Must-See Films in the Style of the Suspense Master is a curated, opinionated, authoritative, highly personal, lavishly illustrated guide to nine decades of international moviemaking featuring films by directors – beginning in the era of Fritz Lang, Billy Wilder, and Sir Carol Reed and moving right up through today’s David Fincher, Steven Soderbergh, Paul Thomas Anderson, and Martin Scorsese – who have all tried to ‘do a Hitchcock ’
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
PB 9798216393061 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666957259 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216258919 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978765184 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Paranoia and Nostalgia in American Popular Culture, 1980-2020
Owen Cantrell
In this book, Owen Cantrell examines politics and popular culture in the United States from 1980 to 2020 to argue that twin structures of feeling nostalgia and paranoia have structured American political and cultural life during this period.
These structures have mirrored the changing political relationship to history, race, and culture in the United States, offering a pathway to address these changes, many of which were brought about by the backlash politics introduced in response to the gains of the civil rights movement(s)
Building on Bifo Berardi’s contention that “the future is over,” Cantrell demonstrates how the concept of the future effectively ended in this era, effectively making this pathway eminently more desirable as a cultural response to political dilemmas As the future lost its place as a locus of value, then, Cantrell posits that American society entered a state of what Mark Fisher calls “a failed mourning,” with paranoid and nostalgic narratives thus offering compensation for a future that no longer felt relevant or even possible Through a range of compelling analyses of prominent films including Back to the Future, The Matrix, Get Out, and Black Panther, this book effectively demonstrates how paranoia and nostalgia have functioned in American popular culture as it reflected a collective failure to imagine the future
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
264 Pages
PB 9798216383277
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666946734 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216259527 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978765351 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Poison and the Popular Imagination
Representations,
Iconographies, and Meanings in Media and Culture
Edited by Lorna Piatti-Farnell
Bringing together the work of international scholars, this book investigates the well-known conceptualization of poison as connected to seemingly contrasting ideas of 'deviousness', 'insidiousness' and ‘usefulness,’ demonstrating how these understandings manifest in a variety of culturally informed discourses and narrative contexts across popular culture
Taking an interdisciplinary and transnational approach, contributors to this volume consider poison as a powerful metaphorical entity that recurrently appears across narrative formats and contexts, including film, television, comics, video games, children's literature, and boardgames Through both historical and fictional accounts – which are explored in equal terms as part of the same cultural narrative – this book re-assesses the place occupied by poison in the popular imagination, establishing its presence as one that is simultaneously nefarious and culturally romanticized Contributors demonstrate how discourses of poison in popular culture are often interconnected with representations of gender, ethnicity, class, cultural identity, and environmental discourses on an intersectional level
Ultimately, through its recounting of tales about poison and poisoners, this book also reveals parallels to some of the deepest narratives about our societies, both historic and contemporary: what we fear, what we desire, and how we see ourselves at a specific moment in time
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages • 20 bw illus
HB 9781501348310 • £72 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350096103 • £22 99 / $27 95
ePDF 9781501348334 • £20 69 / $25 15
ePub 9781501348327 • £20 69 / $25 15
Bloomsbury Academic
Decoding Star Wars
Gender, Race and the Power of Code in a Galaxy Far, Far Away Rebecca Harrison, Independent Scholar, UK
Decoding Star Wars reveals the relationships between films, code, software and power both on and off screen in the Star Wars universe
Since the production and release of The Phantom Menace (1999), the Star Wars franchise has increasingly relied on computer code to tell its stories and circulate its various media via CGI, digital exhibition, and online distribution But who writes the code and develops the software that makes Star Wars possible as it expands from the twentieth into the 21st century? How do programmers’ identities inform how they design and circulate the films? And why does the history of code remain hidden in narratives about Star Wars filmmaking and viewing?
Decoding Star Wars answers these questions to reveal how gender and race are central to the Star Wars universe, from the creation of its algorithms to the ways that characters are represented onscreen In addition, it demonstrates how cinema is complicated by computers, digital technologies, and power, in ways that are so far unexplored in film history
COLLECTIONS
Library of Gender and Popular Culture
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
280 Pages • 30 bw illus
PB 9781350442511
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350442474 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350442498 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350442481 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Sex, Censorship and the Millennial Teen Film
Jade Jontef, La Trobe University, Australia
Through an in-depth analysis of iconic teen movies, this study explores how popular representations of sexual pleasure and desire reinforce institutionalised gender norms and heteronormativity
Jade Jontef argues that in light of the recent revival of and nostalgia for popular culture spanning from the late 1990s to the early 2000s, teen films such as Clueless (1995), American Pie (1999), and Cruel Intentions (1999) continue to influence thinking around sex, gender and sexuality Drawing examples from Western film classification and ratings policies, she argues that these films present a homogenous and exclusionary form of teenhood, providing millennial audiences a limited perspective of youth culture informed by white, middle-class sensibilities and notions of ‘proper ’ sexual behaviour
Combining close textual analysis with a uniquely socio-legal framework, Jontef interrogates the relationship between cinematic representation and institutional regulations She highlights how dominant Anglo-American narratives perpetuate exclusionary ideas of adolescence and limited constructions of gender and sexuality
COLLECTIONS
Library of Gender and Popular Culture
UK January 2026 US January 2026
312 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350289833 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350289871 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350289857 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350289840 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Gay Conversion Practices in Memoir, Film and Fiction Stories of Repentance and Defiance
Edited by James E Bennett, University of Auckland, New Zealand & Marguerite Johnson, University of Queensland, Australia
For over half a century, organizations and individuals promoting ex-gay, conversion and/ or reparative therapy have pushed the tenet that a person may be able to, and should, alter their sexual orientation Their so-called treatments or therapies have taken various forms over the decades, ranging from medical (including psychiatric or psychological) rehabilitation approaches, to counselling, and religious healing
Gay Conversion Practices in Memoir, Film and Fiction provides an in-depth exploration of the disturbing phenomenon of gay conversion therapy’ and its fictional and autobiographical representations across a broad range of films and books such as But I’m a Cheerleader! (1999), This is What Love in Action Looks Like (2011) and Boy Erased (2018) In doing so, the volume emphasizes the powerful role the arts and media play in communicating stories around conversion practices Approaching the timely and urgent subject from an interdisciplinary perspective, contributors utilize film theory, queer theory, literary theory, mental health and social movement theory to discuss the medicalization and pathologizing of queer people, the power of institutions ranging from church, psychiatry and family (sometimes in alliance), and the real and fictional voices of survivors
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 US December 2025
200 Pages • 2 tables
PB 9798216384519 £39 95
HB 9781666966893 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216253884 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769069 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Fantasies
of Singledom
Living in the Cultural Imaginary of Single Femininity
Kate Gilchrist
In Fantasies of Singledom, Kate R Gilchrist examines how the representation of the single woman manifests itself in contemporary popular culture across the United Kingdom, the United States, and Europe
Gilchrist skillfully brings these two conceptualizations of feminine singlehood into conversation with one another by incorporating in-depth interviews with twenty-five women living in London alongside critical analyses of eight cross-genre media texts which foreground single women In doing so, she illuminates not only the ways in which women’s experiences draw on or converge with media representations, but also where their narratives resist or rework such ideas, interrogating recurring themes of success, transformation, autonomy, silencing, invisibility, and the notion of the “ideal” femininity being a coupled one
Building on research that has largely centered on North American contexts until now, Gilchrist considers how these discourses manifest across age, class, and regional demographics, demonstrating the necessity of a multi-faceted approach in achieving a fuller understanding of how experiences of singledom are shaped by external factors Ultimately, Fantasies of Singledom significantly expands upon existing theorizations of cultural representation and gendered subjectivity formation in postfeminist cultural contexts
COLLECTIONS
Film Thinks
UK February 2026
232 Pages
PB 9781350245693
HB 9781350245709
• US February 2026
• £28 99 / $39 95
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350245723
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350245716 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
256 Pages 4 bw illus
HB 9798765128428
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765128435 £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765128459 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798765128466 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Judith Butler and Film
The Good Egalitarian, the Bad Feminist and the Ugly Others
Temmuz Süreyya Gürbüz
At a time when an increase in media representation of women and LGBTQIA+ people coincides with the rise of global “antigender” ideologies, Judith Butler ’s writings hold new urgency Judith Butler and Film is the first book to examine the reciprocal relationship between Butler ’s theories and cinema, situating film within the broader context of Butler ’s philosophy and its interactions with popular media Tracing the presence of film in Butler ’s work from Paris Is Burning (1990) and Boys Don’t Cry (1990) to the queer terrorism in John Waters’ films, and from Hollywood’s star system to documentaries featuring Butler Gürbüz reveals cinema as both object and method of inquiry into Butlerian thought Bringing this dialogue up to the present, Gürbüz also delves into Butler ’s 2024 bestseller Who Is Afraid of Gender? and their recent appearances in online media, underscoring the immediacy of Butler ’s thought in today’s cultural landscape
Australian Queer Screens
Diversity and Social Change in Film and TV
Rob Cover, RMIT University, Australia, Whitney Monaghan, Monash University, Australia, Stuart Richards, University of South Australia, Scott McKinnon, University of Wollongong, Australia & Tinonee Pym, RMIT University, Australia
This is the first book-length study of Australia’s rich history of LGBTQ+ film and television, covering histories, production, screen representation and audience identities
Despite a long-standing international field of queer media studies, Australian scholarship has only recently emerged This book presents new scholarship on the role and significance of gender- and sexually-diverse characters, themes and narratives on Australian screens, as Australian film and television has a very rich history of representing LGBTQ+, genderand sexually-diverse characters, stories and themes
The chapters in this book cover a broad range of areas to provide a comprehensive overview of LGBTQ+ film and television in Australia, including: the history of LGBTQ+ screen representation in such film and TV series as Dad and Dave Come To Town, Lovers and Luggers, Cop Shop, Division 4, and Homicide; production perspectives and challenges, including insights from screen writers and actors; the significance of LGBTQ+ film festivals as part of Australian cultural heritage; analyses of key Australian queer film and TV series to draw out themes that foreground their ‘Australianness’; and perspectives on audience and culture, including the utility and value of LGBTQ+ representation to identity, belonging and social change
COLLECTIONS
World Cinema
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
280 Pages 40 bw illus
PB 9781350509177 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350509160 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350509252 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350509184 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Politics of Excess in Polish Cinema
Sebastian Jagielski
Departing from standard histories, this book draws on the theory of excess in film to provide a re-examination of Polish cinema history, following emancipatory impulses that emerged in Polish culture between the great crisis of 1968 marked by the expulsion of Polish Jews and persecution of students and the conservative revolution of the Solidarity movement in the 1980s
Employing a transnational and decolonial lens, Sebastian Jagielski argues that beyond the binary of state-endorsed and official 'opposition' media, there exists a range of subversive and radical films He provides close readings of key examples such as The Devil (Diabel)(1972), A Story of Sin (Dzieje grzechu)(1975) and The Palace (Palac)(1980), considering their depiction and transformation of emancipatory ideals born out of Western countercultural movements He also explores the filmmaking practices of directors like Andrzej Wajda to Andrzej Zulawski, examining their use of subtext, seemingly lurid narratives and subversive embedded gestures, produced against the backdrop of Communist Poland's censorship practices In doing so he proposes a critical revision of the normative cinema of moral anxiety
He goes on to consider how on screen depictions of sexuality intersect with various modes of difference, highlighting the impact of racism, homophobia, misogyny, and classism Rejecting a linear narrative in favour of a fragmented history, Jagielski uncovers the untold stories of Polish cinema's subversive influences
COLLECTIONS
World Cinema
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages • 30 bw illus
HB 9781350401884 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350401921 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350401907 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350401891 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Bollypolitics
Popular Hindi Cinema and Hindutva Ajay Gehlawat, Sonoma State University, USA
Winner of Best Monograph at the 2025 BAFTSS Awards
This book provides an in-depth exploration of the evolving landscape of Bollywood cinema in response to recent socio-political changes in India, including a surge in sectarian violence and the ascent of Hindutva, or Hindu nationalism, under Prime Minister Narendra Modi's leadership
Through a comprehensive analysis of prominent filmmakers and actors like Sanjay Leela Bhansali, Kangana Ranaut, Akshay Kumar, and Anupam Kher, Ajay Gehlawat investigates the extent to which their recent works align with key tenets of the Hindutva movement He scrutinizes the growing influence of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) on film production, manifesting in collaborations covering diverse themes, from Modi's Clean India initiative to the nation's space exploration endeavors and grand historical epics such as Padmaavat (2018) and Manikarnika (2019) that seek to reshape Indian history in line with Hindutva ideology
Gehlawat goes on to dissect smaller budget films like Article 15 (2019) and Shubh Mangal Zyada Saavdhan (2020), which tackle pressing social issues like caste-based violence and homophobia exacerbated by the surge in right-wing extremism in India In doing so, he elucidates the profound and far-reaching impact of Hindutva ideology on Indian cinematic narratives and aesthetics, while also considering the broader implications for Indian society as a whole
COLLECTIONS
South Asian Screen Studies
UK February 2026 • US April 2026
272 Pages • 28 bw illus
HB 9781350452961 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350453005 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350452985 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350452978 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
South Asian Screen Studies
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
360 Pages • 30 bw illus
PB 9781350473331 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350473294 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350473317 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350473300 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Global Exploitation Cinemas
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
280 Pages • 15 bw illus
PB 9781501375194 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781501375200 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781501375224 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781501375217 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Indian Art Cinema and its Cultural Elites
Jyotika Virdi, University of Windsor, Canada
Repositioning Indian art cinema as a genre that articulated an elite, middle-class social imaginary, Indian Art Cinema and its Cultural Elites examines the form’s contentious position within Indian society, at once exclusionary in its outlook and yet instrumental in bringing Indian film into global prominence in the latter half of the twentieth century
Drawing on Bourdieu’s theory of cultural production, Jyotika Virdi looks at how a closed producer-critic-consumer circuit reinforced class distinction through a presumption of superior taste She traces the trajectory of art cinema in India from the 1950s, when new institutions under Nehru’s socialist ideals catalysed its emergence, through the New Wave movement of the 1970s and 1980s, and finally to its gradual decline in the 1990s as economic liberalization once again transformed the social landscape By examining films like The Apu Trilogy (1955-1959) and Godam (Warehouse) (1973), she showcases the complex contradictions of the middle class, who were both the creative producers and consumers of alternative cinema, especially during the political turbulence of the late 1960s and 1970s
Combining a meticulous examination of key auteurs such as Satyajit Ray, Mrinal Sen, Mani Kaul, and Ritwik Ghatak, with a broader study of cultural shifts and institutional frameworks, this book reevaluates the intricate relationship between art films, the state that sustains them, and the ruling cultural elite whose influence far exceeds its size
Storytelling in Hindi Cinema
Doubles, Deception, and Discovery
Richard Allen, The Open University, UK
From physical duplicates to role reversals and sexual masquerades, Storytelling in Hindi Cinema provides a comprehensive overview of Hindi films centered around the figure of the double
Richard Allen dissects the cultural significance of these double-themed plots, considering how they reflect questions of social mobility, the expression of desire, social justice, and national identity in the post-colonial period He considers the wide array of influences that shape the genre, from Sanskrit Kathasaritsagara story-telling traditions, folk Nautanki theatres, and Tales of the Arabian Nights to colonial and post-colonial roots from Shakespeare to Hollywood melodrama He asserts the influence of Bengali cinema, particularly of filmmaker Hrishikesh Mukherjee, and South Indian films like Hello Brother (1994) in providing diverse perspectives that enrich these narratives
Examining a broad range of films, from 1947 to present, including Mahal (1949), Madhumati (1958), Chupke Chupke (1975), Angoor (1982), Banjaran (1991), Kal Ho Na Ho (2003) and Dostana (2008), Allen traces the evolution of the trope, even incorporating transgressive narratives like cross-dressing and gender disguise In doing so, he highlights how these cinematic motifs navigate the complexities of traditional worldviews and modern experiences
Global Cult Cinemas
Decolonizing Cult Film Studies
Edited by Iain Robert Smith, King’s College London, UK, Dolores Tierney, University of Sussex, UK & Shruti Narayanswamy, University of St Andrews, UK
Global Cult Cinemas calls for a decolonisation of cult film studies
To date, discourses of cult cinema have predominantly focused upon Anglo-American cinema and its reception in the West Even when cult scholarship has expanded to include non-English language cinema from regions such as East and Southeast Asia, what nevertheless tends to define these cinemas as cult has been the subcultural fandom for those films in the West Shifting the focus onto cult film traditions and fandoms beyond the Anglosphere, Global Cult Cinemas makes a decisive intervention in the field by calling for a decolonisation of cult film studies
This volume interrogates both the coloniality and gendered nature of much cult scholarship and the extent to which an implicit white male perspective needs challenging in an age of decolonising the academy Chapters include investigations of cult film traditions within countries such as Brazil, Indonesia and Pakistan, alongside explorations of the politics of indigenous cult filmmaking, the global circulation of cult icons, and the status of auteurs such as Alejandro Jodorowsky in the era of #MeToo This collection critiques the Eurocentric assumptions that lie at the heart of existing cult film scholarship, and offers new ways of theorizing global cult cinemas to work towards the goal of decolonising cult film studies
COLLECTIONS
Cine-Aesthetics: New Directions in Film and Philosophy
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
304 Pages • 26 bw illus
PB 9798216377184 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666941999 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798216262800 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781978761612 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Cinema and Anachronism
The Mummy, the Crystal, the Atlas
Daniele Dottorini
In this book, Daniele Dottorini establishes a starting point toward a theory of the anachronism of cinematic images through an exploration of existing films, theories, and discourses concerning the temporality of images that have shaped the history of cinema
Dottorini examines the cinematic form as a specific way of working with the temporality of images, emphasizing its medium specificity in its ability to employ a confrontation with the history of both the image itself and the discourses that have reflected on it simultaneously, particularly within the contemporary sphere The image is always in a sense spectral, phantasmal, and open, he argues – it is a field of tensions which has the unique ability to form connections to other images, epochs, gazes, and visions of the past as it is used time and again in new and different works
By building on the work of scholars and artists that have come before him, including Warburg, Pasolini, Deleuze, Benjamin, Godard, and Herzog, among many others, Dottorini positions the image as not only – and not even primarily – a datapoint to be analyzed, but as a form that is constantly moving, changing, and forming new connections Ultimately, this book constitutes a significant contribution to our understanding of the image as a path built through encounters and comparisons, which is but one facet of establishing a history of cinema as a story of returns and survivals
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
576 Pages • 150 colour illus
PB 9781805750819 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781839025341 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781839025365 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781839025358 • £0 00 / $0 00
British Film Institute
Film Studios in Britain, France, Germany and Italy
Architecture, Innovation, Labour, Politics, 1930-60
Sarah Street, University of Bristol, Tim Bergfelder, University of Southampton, UK, Richard Farmer, University of Bristol, UK, Eleanor Halsall, Sue Harris, Queen Mary University of London, UK, Morgan Lefeuvre, Queen Mary, University of London, UK, Carla Mereu Keating, University of Bristol, UK & Catherine O'Rawe, Bristol University, UK
This open access book investigates film studios in Britain, France, Germany and Italy between the 1930s and 1960s During this time, studios faced unprecedented challenges including wartime disruptions, post-war fragmentation, movement of labour and the introduction of new technologies
The authors present new research about the often very different histories of Europe’s film studios, comparing their geographic locations, architectures and infrastructural development They explore a number of well-known studios including Pinewood, Joinville, Babelsberg and Cinecittà, as well as lesser-known production sites such as Manchester, Victorine, post-war West German studios and Tirrenia as diverse creative and economic infrastructures
Drawing on a wealth of archival sources, photographs, films, aerial maps and visualizations, the book charts how artistic practices responded to transnational flows in film studio expertise, as studios constituted formative, materially based ‘spaces of the imagination’ that produced some of cinema’s most influential films
The open access edition of this book is available under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on www bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the European Research Council
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 US November 2025
240 Pages • 15 BW Photos
HB 9781493086337 £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798765161272 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781493086344 £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Popcorn Disabilities
The Highs and Lows of Disabled Representation in the Movies
Edited by Adam W Tyma, Matthew R Meier & Dana Schowalter
You can learn a lot from the movies about sex and relationships, about business, about history Sure, there’s a fair amount of fantasy, wish fulfillment, and glorious hair to exaggerate everything, but for better or for worse, films remain one of the most important ways that viewers around the world learn about other people and cultures And almost since the dawn of the medium, movies have shaped the public’s understanding of and assumptions about disability
As a film critic and disabled person, Kristen Lopez speaks with particular authority on how disability is represented and too often misrepresented in movies Popcorn Disabilities is her impassioned but nonetheless fun and engaging survey of how Hollywood has dealt with disability over the last century As she reveals, even when they’re not just narrative props to help out an able-bodied protagonist, disabled movie characters are overwhelmingly white, affluent, and conventionally attractive, obscuring the variety of disabilities and the experiences of those who deal with them But she also explains where films have gotten it right and how the power of the medium can continue to be used to enlighten and educate in the future
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages • 17 bw illus
PB 9798765135853 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765135860 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765135884 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765135891 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Streaming Video in the Global South
Edited by Shakti Jaising, Drew University, USA & Hadi Gharabaghi, Fairfield University, USA
The essays in this volume provide a textured analysis of streaming video in the global South, revealing both the impacts of and challenges faced by Northern streamers in Southern markets, as well as new possibilities and constraints experienced by producers and performers from the South
In recent years, major streaming video companies from the global North like Netflix, Amazon Prime Video, and Disney + have begun expanding to international markets, which are increasingly in the global South Yet, much scholarship on the streaming of film and television focuses primarily on North America and Europe This volume contests the prevailing perspective by focusing on media environments across the vast, yet relatively understudied, contexts of Asia, Africa, and Latin America and by tracking emerging trends in digitized audiovisual culture through their example
Moving between political-economic and textual approaches, and exploring a variety of formats and genres (from serialized drama to feature-length documentary), the volume argues that the complexities of the global streaming landscape impel us to interrogate long-standing theories of Western cultural imperialism imposed on the non-Western world and to attend closely to shifting dynamics between the global North and South
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
192 Pages 7 bw illus
PB 9798216388074 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666973617 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216252207 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978766952 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Building a Feminocentric Canon
Céline Sciamma and the Dawn of Post-Auteurism
Tom Knoblauch
In Building a Feminocentric Canon: Céline Sciamma and the Dawn of Post-Auterism, Tom Knoblauch positions Céline Sciamma as not just an important voice within contemporary cinema but also as the standard-bearer and skeleton key for a new vision of authorship and a reimagined feminocentric canon of tomorrow
As the digital age has ruptured traditional cinematic norms and complicated logics of legitimacy and authorship, Knoblauch focuses instead on the promise of new conventions, contending that these seismic shifts call for a broader reevaluation of the current canon Cinema’s future, he asserts, will exist in a space that is both post-cinema and post-auteur, eschewing what has often been an exclusionary politics of genius that has dominated the medium since the French New Wave
In envisioning a new system of valuation for authentic expression that incorporates historically marginalized voices, Knoblauch embraces the new, uneven ground we find ourselves on to demonstrate how Sciamma’s influential filmography is well positioned to serve as the basis for a revitalized canon that offers a bold challenge to the status quo This canon need not be viewed as radical rejection of tradition, but instead as a horizon upon which fresh, innovative traditions can be formed
COLLECTIONS
Thinking Cinema
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
216 Pages
HB 9798765101506
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765101544 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765101520 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765101513 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The History of World Literatures on Film
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
424 Pages • 72 bw illus
HB 9781501316883 • £130 00 / $175 00
PB 9798765111314 • £39 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9781501316890 • £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781501316906 • £117 00 / $157 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
KINO - The Russian and Soviet Cinema
• US March 2026
UK March 2026
264 Pages • 30 bw illus
HB 9781350411166 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350411203 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350411180 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350411173 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Cinematic Encounters with Disaster Realisms for the Anthropocene
Simon R Troon, Monash University, Australia
Cinematic Encounters with Disaster takes Hollywood’s disaster movies and their codified versions of natural disaster, postapocalyptic survival, and extra-terrestrial threat as the starting point for an analytical trajectory that works toward new understandings of how cinema shapes and informs our conceptions of disaster and catastrophe It examines a range of films from distinct regional and industrial contexts: Hollywood, indie movies, different kinds of documentaries from the US and elsewhere, and auteurist-realist cinema from Europe and Asia Moving across and beyond critical and industrial categories that often inform thinking about cinema, this book contends that different approaches to film style can push us to imagine disaster in distinct ways, with distinct ethical connotations
Conceiving of disaster as intersubjective ethics between humans and nonhuman alterity – forces of nature, errant technology, monsters, ghosts, and other entities – it analyses how formal techniques and narrative strategies render encounters in which human protagonists are confronted with the threat of death and respond in ways that can be instructive for our planet’s present juncture
The History of Russian Literature on Film
Marina Korneeva, Moscow City Pedagogical University, Russia & David Gillespie, University of Bath, UK
Unlike most previous studies of literature and film, which tend to privilege particular authors, texts, or literary periods, David Gillespie and Marina Korneeva consider the multiple functions of filmed Russian literature as a cinematic subject in its own right one reflecting the specific political and aesthetic priorities of different national and historical cinemas In this first and only comprehensive study of cinema’s various engagements of Russian literature focusing on the large period 1895-2015, The History of Russian Literature on Film highlights the ways these adaptations emerged from and continue to shape the social, artistic, and commercial aspects of film history
Soviet Spectatorship
Observing the Body in Physical and Visual Culture
Samuel Goff, University of Cambridge, UK
What distinguished the Soviet 'look'? How did Soviet thinkers and artists reimagine the relationship between observer and observed?
Soviet Spectatorship answers these questions through an in depth exploration of Soviet physical culture and its on screen representations from the end of the Civil War to the eve of the Second World War Samuel Goff identifies the three fundamental ‘structures of looking’ surveillance, aesthetics, and spectatorship that shaped representations of the embodied Soviet subject
Close readings of understudied films such as Happy Finish (1934), The Laurels of Miss Ellen Gray (1935) and A Strict Young Man (1936), are contextualised through a theoretical analysis of the relationship between subjectivity and the body In doing so, Goff traces the evolution of a specific Soviet 'look', examining perspectives on Soviet aesthetics and theories of body and mind, uncovering continuities within Soviet visual cultures in a period usually understood in terms of discontinuity and rupture
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
208 Pages • 6 bw illus
HB 9781839028113 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781839028106 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781839028137 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781839028120 • £19 79 / $26 95
British Film Institute
The Heart of Your Script
The Insider ’s Guide to Writing the Difficult Middle Section of a Screenplay
Ted Wilkes, Regent's University London, UK & Phil Hughes, Regent's University London, UK
While there are many guides to screenwriting, none of them tackle the specific difficulties of writing the tricky midsection of the screenplay The Heart of Your Script reveals the six key elements that are crucial for ensuring an emotionally satisfying and dramatically engaging center to any script
Using a broad range of concise case studies, including contemporary films such as Aftersun (2022), The Whale (2022), Shoplifters (2018), Talk to Me (2022), Barbie (2023) and Oppenheimer (2023), canonical texts such as Back to the Future (1985), Seven Samurai (1954) and There Will Be Blood (2007) and cult classics like Swiss Army Man, (2016), Jennifer ’s Body (2009) and Heathers (1988), Ted Wilkes and Phil Hughes provide helpful tips and tricks to assist writers in finding out what is at the heart of the story they want to tell and how to ensure that it is coming through in their stories Refusing any single method for structuring this central portion, Wilkes and Hughes offer a character-centred study, which allows aspiring screenwriters to map their dramatic journey from the inside out
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
352 Pages
PB 9798216382997 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781793642011 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216265320 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978768734 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Trauma in 21st-Century Time Travel Cinema Being (a)Part Kwasu D Tembo
Kwasu D Tembo unites approaches from disciplines as wide-ranging as physics, mathematics, cinema, philosophy, and media theory to pose critical questions concerning time, change, and (un)becoming in contemporary time-travel cinema
In his analyses of 21st-century cinematic time-travel narratives, Tembo situates human life in time as a palimpsest, with time acting as scriptor and stylus A time machine, then, functions as a fantasy that allows for this pace to be slowed or accelerated so as to appear entirely suspended, with the potentials of the “Now” (re)opened to the traveler
As the manipulation of time lends the traveler increased agency and perhaps the conditions to see themselves more clearly amid a claustrophobic sea of information and content Tembo contends that we must carefully consider the psychoemotional affectivity of both the motivations and the potentially traumatic consequences of such a jarring shift in perspective The results lend critical insight into human understandings of how we experience time and, ultimately, what these understandings permit and disallow in terms of how (it is) to be in time
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 US December 2025
152 Pages • 5 tables
PB 9798216383987 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666936711 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216257097 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769601 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
232 Pages • 4 bw illus
PB 9798216381310 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666980516 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765154687 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781666980523 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages 9 bw illus
PB 9798765128282 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765128275 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765128305 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765128312 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Jean-Luc Godard
Philosopher/Insurgent
Jonathan Scott Lee
In Jean-Luc Godard: Philosopher/Insurgent, Jonathan Scott Lee contends that renowned filmmaker Jean-Luc Godard can be most accurately considered as a philosopher who uses cinema and video as his media to develop provocative aesthetic interventions into contemporary political situations and dilemmas.
Rather than attempting to write a “definitive” study of Godard or establish a new canon from his expansive oeuvre, Lee identifies a particularly salient selection of his work which highlights innovative ways of understanding his lifelong engagement with film and video Building on Godard’s own claim that “cinema is made of forms that think,” Lee embarks on a compelling exploration of the ways in which these films are poised to guide viewers into a “subjunctive” space of interpretation in which philosophical thinking engages fundamental questions about an art of living
Moving through these films chronologically, each of the three essay-chapters considers a different stage of Godard’s thought and career through the lens of another prominent thinker By offering a distinct trajectory through Godard's work between 1960 and 2018, Lee demonstrates how his various modes of cinematic and video intervention might be seen to effect real change in audiences’ thinking and in the world more broadly
Microutopias and Everyday Hope
Edited by Asbjørn Skarsvåg Grønstad & Lene M Johannessen
In eleven essays of scholarly inquiry encompassing a variety of disciplinary perspectives including literature, visual culture, and media studies, Microutopias and Everyday Hope illuminates the potential for alternative futures that resides in utopian thinking on smaller scales
Reflecting on analyses of source material that ranges from entertainment media to concrete sites, contributors draw our attention to the important aesthetic details of everyday life that are increasingly drowned out in a landscape dominated by continuous polycrisis Caught in late capitalism’s relentless and dystopian march, they argue, any kind of future is necessarily predicated on utopian thinking in the present and must look beyond the spectacle of horror to draw on the hope that can be found in the smaller wins day to day
Ultimately, this collection serves as an appeal to the crucial role the humanities can play in withstanding and moving past the contemporary societal fragmentation plaguing the globe
Gilles Deleuze’s Structuralist Cinema-World Roger Dawkins, Western Sydney University, Australia
This book is an explanation of Deleuze’s cinema books that fleshes out a structuralist “method” applicable to film and media today
Gilles Deleuze’s Structuralist Cinema-World outlines a way of analyzing the meaning we interpret from film its images, sounds and their combinations and, in so doing, makes space for Deleuze's vision of critical resistance and creative thinking It argues that this method is Deleuze’s radical version of Structuralism, as Deleuze borrows elements of Structuralism and deploys them throughout his entire oeuvre This book distils this Deleuzian Structuralism down to a practical system of four criteria of analysis, including a special structuralist element called the joker Its analysis of film serves to explicate Deleuze’s Structuralism and realize the experimentation potential to Deleuze’s method
This book investigates this perspective of Structuralism in Deleuze’s philosophy, his cinema books, and cinema generally In so doing, it develops the system of analysis described above; it offers a novel reading of cinematic examples in line with this system, while at the same time outlining a method of analysis easily translatable to film and media studies more broadly; and, in its final chapter, it makes inroads into the application of this system beyond cinema to image-based platform media today
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
280 Pages • 101 bw illus
HB 9798765107041 £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798765107058 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765107072 £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9798765107089 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Podcast Studies
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
352 Pages • 1 bw illus
HB 9798765111727
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765111680 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765111703
• £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798765111697 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
328 Pages 1 bw illus
PB 9798765127117 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765127100 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765127131 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765127148 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Oneiric in the Films of David Lynch A Phenomenological Approach
Raphael Morschett, Saarland University, Germany
The Oneiric in the Films of David Lynch is the first systematic book-length study to explore the nature and function of dreams in David Lynch's different phases and audio-visual formats
There is hardly a contemporary film director whose name is as closely linked to the dream(-like) as that of David Lynch Both popular and academic discourse frequently identify Lynch’s films by their dreamlike qualities However, in the existing literature on Lynch, these qualities tend to remain underspecified in terms of their experiential dimension
Departing from an interest in the phenomenon of dream experience, this is the first systematic book-length study exploring the nature and function of the oneiric in the director ’s different phases and audio-visual formats It shows that, over the course of 50 years, Lynch has developed a cinematic aesthetics of the oneiric – an ensemble of four dream-related dimensions that unfolds its full potential in the dynamic interplay between sensory address and reflective medialization
Empathy Machines
This American Life, Podcasting, and the Public Radio Structure of Feeling Jason Loviglio, University of Maryland, USA
The first book-length treatment of This American Life, Empathy Machines contextualizes the influential show within the history of radio, looking back to radio’s golden era and the para-social connections that it encouraged, as well as the formation of NPR in the 1960s and the “Great Society Liberalism” that guided its programming and approach to the audience
Empathy Machines identifies This American Life as a central cultural institution in the evolution of empathy as a “liberal feeling” central to podcast storytelling and the neoliberal era in which it developed This American Life revitalized the public radio traditions of investigative journalism and sonically inventive audio production An early adopter of podcasting as a timeshifted delivery mechanism for its broadcast content, the program also ushered in appointment listening, a key innovation and disruption in the emerging chaotic attention economy of the 21st century Empathy Machines centers This American Life as a model for prioritizing empathy as an affective and ideological strategy for feeling liberal as liberal democracy’s precarious balance of opposites began to fracture into hypercapitalism, atavistic ethnonationalism, and new identity politics
Conflict Resolution and the Cold War
Media Encounters across the Iron Curtain
Edited by Tobias Hochscherf, University of Applied Sciences at Kiel, Germany & Gintaras Aleknonis, Vilnius University, Lithuania
While existing publications on the Cold War tend to characterise this period exclusively in terms of conflict or on the basis of irreconcilable ideological differences, this book – through a number of fascinating international case studies – shows that there were also many media-related examples of attempts for reconciliation on both sides of the Iron Curtain
Scholars of media history, more often than not, have looked at the role of media in times of conflict, war, crises, social and political upheaval Yet, media such as film, radio and television have also played a decisive role in processes of conflict resolution This was also true during the Cold War which could be considered the longest-simmering conflict of the 20th century with far-reaching consequences that could be felt to this day
Conflict Resolution and the Cold War: Media Encounters across the Iron Curtain brings together international scholars with expertise in different media to take a closer look at the often-overlooked role media played in conflict resolution and initiatives for reconciliation Owing to the very few, if any, opportunities to meet people from the other side of the political divide in person, media often provided an important sphere where the East and the West could learn from one another
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
272 Pages • 42 colour illus
PB 9798765129210
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765129203 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765129234 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765129241 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Thinking Media
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
288 Pages • 25 bw illus
PB 9798765118757 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765118764 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765118788 • £0.00 / $0.00
Bloomsbury Academic
ePub 9798765118795 • £0.00 / $0.00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Thinking Media
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
46 bw illus
PB 9798765131671 • £57 98 / $79 95
HB 9798765129012 • £180 00 / $240 00
Bloomsbury Academic
War Faces on Screen
Photography, Film and the Politics of Representation
Edited by Katy Parry, University of Leeds, UK & Mani Sharpe, University of Leeds, UK
How have images of the face been used to document and distort the phenomenon of war? Such is the question that drives this book, with the face forming a recurring - almost ubiquitous - motif throughout visual depictions of military conflict.
At once interdisciplinary, transnational, and transhistorical, War Faces on Screen is organised into three sections Section One examines representations of the face in war photography, illustrating how photographers have visualised the invisible violence of psychic trauma Section Two focuses on the aesthetics of the cinematic close-up, drone vision, and how the selective digital colourisation of bodies and faces from archival footage works to impose a moral hierarchy Section Three concludes the book with a focus on colonisation, decolonisation and defacement, extending earlier discussions of the imperial violence found in recent Hollywood films, where empathy is displaced from the ethnic other to the suffering Western soldier Our final chapters chart how the face is central to articulating the meaning and sentiment of colonial and civil wars, with even seemingly progressive documentaries perpetuating unequal power dynamics and problematic notions of victimhood Foregrounding the work of artists and practitioners, alongside theoretical frameworks, War Faces on Screen ultimately forms a radically innovative contribution to the study of image-making and war-making
OPEN ACCESS
Relational Technologies
In Search of the Self across Datafied Lifeworlds
Edited by Amanda Lagerkvist, Uppsala University, Sweden & Jacek Smolicki, Harvard Graduate School of Design, USA
This open access collection gathers thinkers, media practitioners, scholars, and artists to bring attention to how our relational selves, lives, and lifeworlds emerge within a range of digital platforms, media environments, creative media practices, and performances to probe what it means to become subjective by evolving in and with a world of relational technologies
As biometric artificial intelligence, datafication procedures and algorithms increasingly saturate and reconfigure human and more-than-human realms, technologies, and selves co-evolve in deepest relationality Nearly every form of existence has today become subject to computational harvesting and utilization This renders our relations with technologies those we actively compose and those that are forced upon us ever more complex and inconceivably entwined
Thus, offering a unique contribution to the debates on data selves, Relational Technologies provides manifold possibilities for a co-existentialist understanding of technological developments of datafication and biometrics
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Marianne and Marcus Wallenberg Foundation
Stillmoving
Jon Inge Faldalen, University of Oslo, Norway
This two-volume work explores a static long take, termed a still Einstellung, as well as coexistent still and moving imagery by Lumière, Welles and the MPEG compression codec, to contemplate the kind of image it generates
Jon Inge Faldalen’s volumes are a theoretical exploration of the concept of Einstellung The author keeps the original German term, capitalizing on the ambiguity inherent in this type of image phenomenon; in this case, the long take, or at least a continuous unbroken take, effected by an immobile camera whose captured content could potentially contain perceptible movements produced by entities within the composition framed
Stillmoving I is a theoretical exploration of the concept of Einstellung The author asks whether this image is a still image, or a moving image, or both, or neither, or, finally, what Faldalen terms stillmoving Underlying these deliberations is the question of how cinema represents or mediates stillness
Stillmoving II continues the work of the first volume, exploring the concept of Einstellung through a small set of specific case studies, including Louis Lumière’s Quai de l’Archevêché (Lumière operator, 1896), André Bazin’s analysis of the kitchen scene in The Magnificent Ambersons (Orson Welles, 1942), and James Benning’s Stemple Pass (2012), as well as what the author calls “digital imagenesis,” which concerns the MPEG compression codec
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Fandom Primers
UK December 2025
128 Pages
HB 9798765113653
• US December 2025
• £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9798765113691 • £14 99 / $19 95
ePDF 9798765113677
• £13 49 / $17 95
ePub 9798765113660 • £13 49 / $17 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Fan Translations
Jonathan Evans, University of Glasgow, UK & Ting Guo, University of Liverpool, UK
Fan Translations introduces students and scholars in media studies, modern languages and related disciplines to the concept and practices of fan translation
Beginning with an overview of the research on fan translation from both media and translation studies, this book focuses on issues such as the tension between creative readings and commercial exploitation, the role of translation in popular culture, the changing media landscape and the balance between translation as a form of self-expression and as a service to the community
Fan Translations resists the assumption of a Global North subject in existing scholarship, and instead explores the connections between fandom and translation in the Global South where access to primary texts and official merchandise is often mediated through both official and fan translations as well as through unofficial products Through the utilization of case studies, Evans and Guo explore different perspectives on fandom, translation and their intersections These case studies touch on imperative topics in fan culture, such as fan translation in queer communities and media as a method of community building and the interrelation between fan and professional translation, leading to ongoing changes in media distribution
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Fandom Primers
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
168 Pages • 26 bw illus
HB 9798765125151 • £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9798765125168 • £14 99 / $19 95
ePDF 9798765125182 • £13 49 / $17 95
ePub 9798765125199 • £13 49 / $17 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Fandom Nationalism
Participatory Censorship and Performative Patriotism in East Asia
Erika Ningxin Wang, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Shenzhen & Qian Huang, University of Groningen, the Netherlands
This book delves into the world of "fandom nationalism," where the lines between fan devotion and nationalistic fervor blur within the East Asian media landscape
Taking a non-Western perspective in fan studies, this book challenges conventional understandings of fandom nationalism While the concept usually describes how citizens passionately adore their nation akin to idolizing celebrities, this groundbreaking research adds a captivating twist: such passion encompasses not only the expressions of love fans shower upon their idols but also the intense hatred anti-fans direct towards stars - fans strategically employ nationalism as a weapon to win fan wars This enriches the concept of fandom nationalism, exploring how fans use participatory censorship practices to accuse celebrities and their followers of problematic political stances, thereby channeling collective nationalist anger to exact revenge on despised celebrities, such as Zhang Zhehan, a Boys' Love drama actor who was banned by the authorities and the industry for taking photos at the Yasukuni Shrine in Japan
This book reveals how fans and anti-fans participate in various stages of the banning process, leading to the career downfall of top stars in China This brutal battleground, akin to cancel culture, is a product of the collusion among fans, netizens, the party-state, media platforms, and businesses, where fans' participation in nationalist practices can also be performative patriotism, driven by the desire to protect their idols and themselves
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
280 Pages • 32 bw illus
PB 9798216390114 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666978834 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216265481 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978762237 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
1 Page • 10 tables
HB 9781666967821 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216259206 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978764972 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Electronic Literature
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
240 Pages • 16 bw illus
HB 9798765105481 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765105528 • £28 99 / $39 95
Bloomsbury Academic ePDF 9798765105504 • £0.00 / $0.00
ePub 9798765105498 • £0.00 / $0.00
Bloomsbury Academic
Critical Approaches to Transmedia Storytelling in K-Pop
Edited by Nicholas E Miller
In Critical Approaches to Transmedia Storytelling in K-Pop, contributors present a variety of compelling case studies to argue that K-pop has evolved beyond a musical genre into a global cultural phenomenon with a growing influence on contemporary media practices, highlighting its transmedia ecosystem in which complex narratives unfold and engage audiences across formats and platforms
An impressive roster of contributors assembled by editor Nicholas E Miller explore how different artists and companies within the industry have constructed expansive storyworlds through a variety of media to draw fans into participatory, interpretive engagement These analyses cohere to demonstrate how the narrative universes of K-pop have transformed cultural boundaries, industry economics, and global fan culture by strategically employing non-traditional elements and technologies that establish collaborative meaning-making and emotional investment as the basis of compelling fan experiences As a result, this volume positions K-pop’s transmedial approach as not merely a marketing strategy, but as a sophisticated artistic framework which redefines the relationship between music, narrative, and performance in the digital age
Parasocial Media
Parasocial Interaction in a Shifting Media Landscape
Edited by Lauren Auverset van Gerwen, Philip Auter & Phillip Madison
This edited volume investigates the phenomenon of parasocial interaction in the context of contemporary media and presents a comprehensive exploration of the evolving nature of parasocial relationships -- and their implications -- in the landscape of media consumption
Contributors unravel the complexities of parasocial interaction and relationships in the modern media landscape and offer valuable insights to scholars, students, and practitioners in the field of communication and media studies
OPEN ACCESS
Reading #Instapoetry
A Poetics of Instagram
Edited by James Mackay, European University Cyprus, Cyprus & JuEunhae Knox, University of Sheffield, UK
This open access collection is the first to investigate the poetry of Instagram. Alongside academic essays from a variety of theoretical perspectives, it also includes accounts from people actually involved in the creation and circulation of Instapoems
In the 21st century, poetry enjoyed a publishing boom, largely thanks to the rise of a cohort of writers labelled “Instapoets” –named after the Instagram platform where many of them first became famous The work of these writers has been controversial with other poets and literary critics, who argue that their product is in some way not really poetry: at the same time, Instapoets have reached new audiences, held sold-out readings, and been deeply loved by their fans In this collection, writers ask how we can approach poems marked by such extreme simplicity
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence onbloomsburycollections com
COLLECTIONS
304 Pages • 4 bw illus
HB 9798765108246 £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765108253 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765108277 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765108284 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
“You're Muted"
Performance, Precarity, and the Logic of Zoom
Edited by Mark Nunes, Appalachian State University, USA & Cassandra Ozog, University of Regina, Canada
Through the frame of Zoom, this collection of essays examines the rapid emergence of videoconferencing in everyday life under COVID-19, its preexisting performative logic, and the ongoing implication of these practices for millions of individuals and institutions.
The year 2023 marked the end of the World Health Organization’s classification of the COVID-19 outbreak as a “public health emergency of international concern,” yet many of the organizational and institutional restructurings that occurred in the rapid response to the pandemic have remained firmly in place The prevalence of videoconferencing in everyday life marks one such instance, serving as an index of all that has emerged as the “new normal” since March 2020
While this volume focuses predominantly on Zoom and its place in the collective imagination and daily practice of those of us whose lives are profoundly caught up in digital networks, many of these insights presented here apply to other videoconferencing platforms as well, and a supporting logic that has governed neoliberal lives since long before the first lockdowns began This collection explores how videoconferencing platforms have provided individuals and institutions new modes of “engagement,” while at the same time reifying, normalizing, and domesticating modes of surveillance, control, and marginalization that have been part and parcel of a networked-based performative logic for nearly a century UK
COLLECTIONS
Approaches to Digital Game Studies
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages
PB 9798765124970 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765124963 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765124994 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765125007 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Emerging Insights into Esports
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
176 Pages • 4 bw illus
PB 9798216392491 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666960228 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216261384 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978763142 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Games That Haunt Us
Gothic Game Space as a Living Nightmare
Edited by Stephanie Farnsworth, University of Sunderland, UK
Games That Haunt Us: Gothic Game Space as a Living Nightmare is an examination of how the Gothic appears in game space to interrogate an area of substantial importance to contemporary games, with a focus on environments, bodies, and defining the Gothic in games
The Gothic, both as a literary and videogame genre has increased in prominence amongst literature, media, and culture scholars globally, as games studies becomes a more recognized and exciting field of study and as Gothic scholars find new ways to apply their works across emerging mediums
But why have Gothic games risen in popularity since 2010? What do players feel when they play these games? Why are themes surrounding fraught identities, mourning, and monstrosity gaining so much attention? Games That Haunt Us investigates the very nature of the Gothic and how video games provide new ways of connecting with the genre The scholars in this collection look at why Gothic games are having their moment of popularity, the unsettling themes they evoke in unstable times, why we are fascinated with death and decay, theories surrounding body horror, and how games transform avatars and ourselves
Fractured Gaming Cultures
Marginalized Gamers and New Identities
Christine Tomlinson
Christine Tomlinson demonstrates how embracing and engaging with personal identity both positively and negatively has led gaming culture to evolve past the monolith of the stereotypical “gamer” image that exists within the popular imaginary to offer marginalized players safety and community online
In light of the dichotomy between the hegemonic ideals of who a “gamer” should be stereotypically young, heterosexual white boys and men and the reality of diverse gaming audiences, Tomlinson observes how marginalized players have formed their own communities grounded in shared identity and experience These communities, she contends, allow players to produce new individual and shared gaming identities and cultures as acts of resistance and resilience, through which they can reclaim a position in an often-hostile environment and a slowly changing industry Ultimately, Tomlinson argues that while these alternative communities should not need to exist, they have paved the way for a fracturing of gaming culture that provides marginalized players with safe and productive outlets for discussion and community
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
528 Pages • 40 bw illus
HB 9781839028199 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781839028205 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781839028229 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781839028212 • £22 49 / $31 45
British Film Institute
Magic Rays of Light
The Early Years of Television in Britain
John Wyver, Independent Scholar, UK
On the evening of 26 January 1926, inventor John Logie Baird held a public demonstration in his workspace on London’s Frith Street of a ‘seeing by wireless’ apparatus that he and many others had been working towards, television In the years that followed, variants of this astonishing device produced programming that was rich, complex and excitingly imaginative Familiar television genres, including studio drama, quiz shows, variety spectaculars and sports broadcasts, were all fully realised in the 1930s At the same time, early television was often strikingly different from later domestic broadcasting
Television began with intimate entanglements with interwar cinema, theatre, music and dance And, despite reaching only tiny audiences, from its beginnings television responded to key strands of social history, embracing legacies of the Great War, changing roles for women, suburban living and more
Magic Rays of Light is a unique and comprehensive cultural history of early television, exploring its technologies and institutions, while also celebrating the programmes and the people, the ideas and the innovations of the first decade of what would become the most consequential medium of the subsequent century
COLLECTIONS
Global East Asian Screen Cultures
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages • 30 bw illus
PB 9781350452664 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350452626 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350452640 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350452633 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Producing Chinese Reality Television Power, Precarity and Working Cultures
Sophia Tianyu Zhang, Liverpool Media Academy, UK
This study examines the production of popular Chinese reality television, complemented by interviews with a broad range of practitioners including newcomers, contractors, and migrant workers, all of whom form the industry's backbone
Tianyu Zhang draws on first hand experiences across four television productions, providing exclusive insights into institutional dynamics and interpersonal relationships She examines popular television series like Job Hunting (2010-), Win the Bill (2013-) and Waiting For Me (2014-), uncovering concealed narratives of precarious production that shape Chinese television
She goes on to examine regulations impacting the broader labour market, including unsupportive national policies, social welfare systems, unhealthy work values, and the absence of trade unions, considering how these impact the television industry Spanning a spectrum of media landscapes, from state-owned giants like China Central Television (CCTV) to provincial outlets and independent production houses, this comprehensive study captures the essence of Chinese reality TV production
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
280 Pages • 19 bw illus
PB 9798216387756 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666919301 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216266457 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978768758 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Female Detectives on Post-Network Television
Mother, Maiden, Cop
Alison Wielgus
In this book, Alison Wielgus analyzes post-network female detective television through the lenses of genre, industry, and discourses of police abolition to argue for a radicalization of crime television that incorporates discourses of restorative justice and a feminist ethics of care
Wielgus positions the genre as a primary site to examine the intersections of cultural discourses like #MeToo and Black Lives Matter, considering the roles of several components of the genre, including serialization, circulation, family trauma, transnational victimhood, and discourses of police abolition, among others Drawing on narrative and genre theory, the book argues that a melodrama/crime television dialectic undergirds post-network detective television, allowing the female detective to emerge as a contested figure representative of larger cultural tensions between gender and policing
While changing industrial measures have allowed for niche programming to evolve and more rigorously interrogate gender norms, Wielgus finds that this disruption rarely extends to the institution of policing itself Ultimately, this book identifies a central problem of crime television in the limitations the genre places on the construction and representation of the structural and societal functions of policing, even amid other strides in progressive representation
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
232 Pages • 30 bw illus
PB 9781350417755 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350417717 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350417731 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350417724 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Feminist Visions
Tracing Feminist Epistemologies in Contemporary Film and Television
Edited by Hélène Charlery, Université Toulouse Jean-Jaurès, France & Cristelle Maury, Université Toulouse Jean Jaurès, France
What does feminist filmmaking in the 21st century look like? This book assesses the influence of Western feminist theory on contemporary film and television - nearly fifty years after Claire Johnston and Laura Mulvey called for a feminist countercinema - highlighting the cross-fertilization between feminist film theory and practice
Is there a #Metoo genre? Have traditional Hollywood genres been reframed? How has intersectional feminist film theory been explored on screen? In essays spanning film and television in a broad range of genres from the US, the UK and India, contributors renew definitions of feminist filmmaking since second wave feminist film scholars first grappled with the image of women in film and the role of women in the film industry Feminist Visions provides an insightful space for discussion of feminist film theory as applied to recent TV series such as Devious Maids (2013-2016), Unbelievable (2019), Greenleaf (2016-2020), I May Destroy You (2020) and Insecure (2016-2021) and films including Maid in Manhattan (2002), Night Moves (2014), Gone Girl (2014), I Care a Lot (2020) and The Discreet Charm of the Savarnas (2020)
COLLECTIONS
The Global Kitchen
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
192 Pages
PB 9798765122389 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765122341 • £55 00 / $75 00
ePDF 9798765122365 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9798765122358 • £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Food Cultures of Italy
Cuisine, Customs, and Issues
Zachary Nowak, Umbra Institute, Italy
There’s far more to Italian food than pasta and pizza Discover the history and culture of Italy through its rich culinary traditions
Part of the Global Kitchen series, this book takes readers on a food tour of Italy, covering everything from daily staples to holiday specialties In addition to discovering Italy’s long culinary history, readers will learn about recent trends, foreign influences, and contemporary food and dietary concerns Chapters are organized thematically, making it easy to focus in on particular courses or types of dishes These include influential ingredients, appetizers, main dishes, desserts, and street food, among others The main text is supplemented by sidebars that offer interesting bite-sized facts, a chronology of important dates in Italian culinary history, and a glossary of key food- and dining-related terms
Italian cuisine boasts a rich history, evolving from ancient Roman fare and influenced by ingredients from other European cultures and the New World While outsiders may think of Italian food as a monolith, there is actually great regional diversity Characterized by its simplicity, Italian food emphasizes fresh, high-quality, seasonal ingredients, often with just a few key components in each dish The Mediterranean diet forms the base, featuring pasta, fish, fruits, vegetables, cheese, and wine, with olive oil as a constant staple Foodways in Italy extend beyond mere sustenance, deeply intertwined with family, tradition, and social experiences
COLLECTIONS
The Global Kitchen
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
224 Pages
PB 9798765122662 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765122624 • £55 00 / $75 00
ePDF 9798765122648 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9798765122631 • £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Food Cultures of Norway
Cuisine, Customs, and Issues
Henry Notaker, Independent researcher, Norway & Annechen Bahr Bugge, Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway
Norwegian cuisine, deeply intertwined with the country's dramatic landscape and long winters, reflects Norway's rich history and culture
Part of the Global Kitchen series, this book takes readers on a food tour of Norway, covering everything from daily staples to holiday specialties In addition to discovering Norway’s long culinary history, readers will learn about recent trends, foreign influences, and contemporary food and dietary concerns Chapters are organized thematically, making it easy to focus in on particular courses or types of dishes These include influential ingredients, appetizers, main dishes, desserts, and street food, among others The main text is supplemented by sidebars that offer interesting bite-sized facts, a chronology of important dates in Norwegian culinary history, and a glossary of key food- and dining-related terms
Norwegian cuisine, influenced by the country's climate, has historically relied on the preservation of food, leading to a strong emphasis on cured, dried, and pickled ingredients Rooted in the readily available resources of the land and sea, traditional Norwegian food features game meats like reindeer and elk, freshwater and saltwater fish such as salmon, cod, and herring, and simple preparations that highlight the quality of these ingredients Dishes often incorporate potatoes, dark rye bread, root vegetables, and dairy products like sour cream and cheese Norwegian foodways are characterized by practicality and resourcefulness, with home-cooked meals being central to family life While modern Norwegian cuisine has embraced global influences, traditional dishes remain important, often enjoyed during festive occasions and reflecting a deep connection to nature and the changing seasons
COLLECTIONS
The Global Kitchen
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
248 Pages
HB 9781440869655 • £54 00 / $70 00
PB 9798216386643 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781440869662 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798216085744 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Global Kitchen
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
272 Pages
HB 9781440866852 • £54 00 / $70 00
PB 9798216386223 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781440866869 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798216085751 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Global Kitchen
UK October 2025
• US October 2025
Food Cultures of France
Recipes, Customs, and Issues
Maryann Tebben, Bard College, USA
As a comprehensive overview of French food from fine dining to street food and from Roman Gaul to current trends, this book offers anyone with an interest in French cuisine a readable guide to the country and its customs.
In France, food is integral to the culture From the Revolutionary cry for good bread at a fair price to the current embrace of American bagels and "French tacos," this book tells the full story of French food
This volume explores the highs and lows of French cuisine, with examples taken from every historical era and all corners of France Readers can discover crêpes from Brittany; fish dumplings from Lyon; the gastronomic heights of Parisian restaurant cuisine; glimpses of the cuisines of France's overseas territories in Africa and the Caribbean; and the impact of immigrant communities on the future of French food Learn how the geography of France shaped the diet of its people and which dishes have withstood the test of time Whether the reader knows all about French cuisine or has never tasted a croissant, this book will offer new insights and delicious details about French food in all its forms
272 Pages
HB 9781440866838 • £54 00 / $70 00
PB 9798216386735 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781440866845 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798216085768 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Food Cultures of Israel Recipes, Customs, and Issues
Michael Ashkenazi, Independent researcher, Spain
This volume explores cuisine in Israel, including the country's food culture history, important dishes, current food issues, and more
The evolution of Israeli cuisine has been shaped by three key factors: the country’s geography and climate, its diverse ethnic and religious history (including non-Jewish communities and immigration from around the world), and its advancements in agricultural technology, which have made Israel a global leader in the field
This book offers a comprehensive look at Israeli food culture in the twenty-first century by exploring the diverse influences that have shaped it These influences range from a long food history tracing back to prehistoric times, with insights drawn from the Bible, the Koran, and archaeological findings, to contemporary practices shaped by a blend of various ethnic traditions Modern Israeli cuisine reflects the impact of European, Middle Eastern, and other cultures, resulting in a unique culinary fusion
Food Cultures of Japan
Recipes, Customs, and Issues
Jeanne Jacob, Independent scholar, Spain
This addition to the Global Kitchen series explores the cuisine of Japan, from culinary history and important ingredients to essential daily and special meals
Japanese cuisine is often associated with sushi, ramen, and hibachi, but everyday food in Japan goes far beyond these dishes What do people eat and drink on a typical day? How do their food concerns compare, especially when it comes to issues like obesity?
This volume offers comprehensive coverage of Japanese cuisine Readers will explore the history of food in Japan and discover influential ingredients essential to daily cooking and consumption It highlights meals and dishes for every occasion, from everyday fare to special celebrations The book also looks at dining out and the variety of snacks available from street vendors An additional chapter addresses food issues and dietary concerns Each chapter is accompanied by recipes that allow readers to experience the dishes firsthand The volume is concluded with a chronology, glossary, sidebars, and bibliography to give readers a complete understanding of Japan’s rich food culture
COLLECTIONS
The Global Kitchen
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
248 Pages
HB 9781440869235 • £54 00 / $70 00
PB 9798216386698 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781440869242 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798216085775 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Global Kitchen
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
256 Pages
HB 9781440866586 • £54 00 / $70 00
PB 9798216386216 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781440866593 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798216085782 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
The Global Kitchen
UK February 2026
256 Pages
HB 9781440877414
• US February 2026
• £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9798765114131 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781440877421 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9798765110096 • £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Food Cultures of Mexico
Recipes, Customs, and Issues
R Hernandez-Rodriguez, Southern Connecticut State University, USA
This exciting volume brings to life the food culture of Mexico, detailing the development of the cuisine and providing practical information about ingredients and cooking techniques so that readers can replicate some of Mexico's most important traditional dishes.
Mexican food has become one of the most popular cuisines in the United States, with noted dishes ranging from tacos and enchiladas to tamales and guacamole What are the origins of Mexican food culture as we know it today?
Written with an educated not specialized audience in mind, the book includes descriptions of traditional and high cuisine, regional and national foods, everyday dishes and those prepared and served on holidays and special occasions It also discusses ancestral eating habits and the way the food has been transformed under the pressures of globalization
Food Cultures of the United States
Recipes, Customs, and Issues
Bruce Kraig, Roosevelt University, USA
This comprehensive volume examines the history of American food culture and cuisine today, from staple ingredients to dietary concerns
Everyday, without realizing it, Americans plan their days around food what to make for dinner, where to meet for brunch, what to bring to a party As a nation shaped by immigration, the United States boasts a culinary landscape and food traditions unmatched by most countries This volume in the Global Kitchen series explores all facets of food culture in the United States, from Native American influences and early Colonial fare to contemporary dining trends It opens with a chronology that highlights key moments in U S history through the lens of food, setting the stage for a deeper exploration of the nation’s culinary evolution The book explores American cuisine course by course, from appetizers to desserts, with recipes that round out each chapter It highlights the everyday meals and familiar flavors that define American food It also covers holiday and special occasion dishes, the rise of street food and snacks, and the influence of restaurants on how and what Americans eat The final chapter addresses current dietary trends and health concerns, offering a well-rounded look at the nation's evolving food culture
Food Cultures of Great Britain
Cuisine, Customs, and Issues
Victoria R Williams, Independent Scholar, UK
There’s far more to British food than fish and chips. Discover the history and culture of Great Britain through its rich culinary traditions
Part of the Global Kitchen series, this book takes readers on a food tour of Great Britain, covering everything from daily staples to holiday specialties In addition to discovering Great Britain’s long culinary history, you’ll learn about recent trends, foreign influences, and contemporary food and dietary concerns, such as obesity and the impacts of climate change Chapters are organized thematically, making it easy to focus in on particular courses or types of dishes The main text is supplemented by sidebars that offer interesting bite-sized facts, a chronology of important dates in British culinary history, and a glossary of key food- and dining-related terms
When people outside Great Britain think of British cuisine, they likely envision iconic dishes such as fish and chips, a full English breakfast, and afternoon tea But Great Britain has a much richer and more diverse culinary history It has been shaped by a myriad of events, from invasions by the Romans, Vikings, and Normans to the emergence and expansion of the British Empire to the privations of World War II More recently, Great Britain’s departure from the EU, the Covid-19 pandemic, and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine have all had a significant impact on the food landscape of Great Britain
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
448 Pages
HB 9781440876073
• £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9798216383512 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781440876080 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9798216060512 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Chocolate
A Cultural Encyclopedia
Ross F Collins, North Dakota State University
A RUSA Outstanding Reference Source 2023
This well-researched work provides a useful discussion of the historical, cultural, and commercial aspects of chocolate Library Journal
Chocolate is nearly always with us when celebrating or mourning, in love or alone, healthy or sick, happy or sad This book offers a comprehensive look at how an exotic food grew to play such a central role in our lives.
No food in the world can offer as storied a history as chocolate Chocolate: A Cultural Encyclopedia focuses on cocoa's history from ancient Mesoamerican beginnings as a symbol of ritual, life, and death, to its omnipresence in Europe, North America, and the rest of the world In 10 thematic chapters covering chocolate in society and culture, 80 shorter entries, recipes, and a comprehensive timeline, this book takes a closer look at how chocolate has served as a medicine, an indulgence, a symbol of decadence, a door to romance, a tempting taboo, a means of survival, and a snack for children and adults alike
Why did popes and kings fear chocolate? Why did World War II soldiers despise their rations? Who invented milk chocolate, and why was it a secret? This book uncovers surprising stories and little-known facts about the seed behind the world’s favorite fruit tree
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
432 Pages • 54 bw illus
HB 9781440862090 • £83 00 / $107 00
PB 9798216382942 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781440862106 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9798216107262 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
The Joy of Eating A Guide to Food in Modern Pop Culture Jane K Glenn, Independent Scholar
This volume explores our cultural celebration of food, blending lobster festivals, politicians' roadside eats, reality show "chef showdowns," and gravity-defying cakes into a deeper exploration of why people find so much joy in eating
In 1961, Julia Child introduced the American public to an entirely new, joy-infused approach to cooking and eating food In doing so, she set in motion a food renaissance that is still in full bloom today Over the last six decades, food has become an increasingly more diverse, prominent, and joyful point of cultural interest
The Joy of Eating discusses in detail the current golden age of food in contemporary American popular culture Entries explore the proliferation of food-themed television shows, documentaries, and networks; the booming popularity of celebrity chefs; unusual, exotic, decadent, creative, and even mundane food trends; and cultural celebrations of food, such as in festivals and music
The volume provides depth and academic gravity by tying each entry into broader themes and larger contexts (in relation to a food-themed reality show, for example, discussing the show's popularity in direct relation to a significant economic event), providing a brief history behind popular foods and types of cuisines and tracing the evolution of our understanding of diet and nutrition, among other explications
COLLECTIONS
UK May 2025 • US May 2025
240 Pages • 9 textboxes
HB 9781538194003 • $27 95
ePDF 9798881864033 • £20 75 / $25 15
ePub 9781538194010 • £20 705 / $25 15
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Sexy Selfie Nation
Standing Up for Yourself in Today's Toxic, Sexist Culture
Leora Tanenbaum
In this eye-opening new work, slut-shaming expert Leora Tanenbaum explains that when we criticize young women for wearing body-revealing outfits and sharing sexy selfies, we are losing the plot
The problem is not with the actions young women take but with the toxic, sexist conditions they are responding to
Young people are sick of being held responsible for others’ inability to keep their eyes off their bodies They explain that most of the time, they aren’t even trying to sexualize themselves and, when they do, they are taking control over their bodily autonomy and standing up for themselves
Tanenbaum demonstrates that “sexy” does not mean “inviting sex,” and that when young women and nonbinary people embrace a sexualized aesthetic or post sexy pictures, they do so on their own terms
In choosing to wear body-revealing clothing and posting sexy selfies, young people are taking a stand for themselves and against three pillars of nonconsensual sexualization that shape their daily lives: Gendered dress codes, which allow teachers and administrators to scrutinize and comment on girls’ bodies; Nonconsensual sharing of intimate images (“revenge porn” and “deepfakes”), which portray girls and women as sexual objects deserving of public humiliation; The aftermath of sexual harassment and assault, when victims are told still today, even after #MeToo that they were “asking for it ”
There’s nothing wrong with taking and sharing intimate pictures There’s nothing wrong with feeling good about one’s body Everyone should be able to stand up for themselves, experience a sense of bodily autonomy, and shape and share their image on their own terms If you like cultural criticism that supports women of all identities, then you'll love Sexy Selfie Nation
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
168 Pages • 20 b/w illustrations; 24 tables
HB 9781538196953 • £78 00 / $105 00
PB 9781538196960 • £26 99 / $36 00
ePDF 9798765155189 • £24 29 / $32 4
ePub 9781538196977 • £24 29 / $32 40
Bloomsbury Academic
That's What He Said What Men Say About Gender and Society
J E Sumerau & Giuseppina Valle Holway
What does it mean to be a man”? What do men think about contemporary notions of gender and the social issues stemming from these ideas?
Drawing from the responses of thousands of men, J E Sumerau and Giuseppina Valle Holway invite readers to see how men react to aspects of what it means to be a man today They argue that an interest in men’s attitudes can provide revelations about broader relationships between gender and society This book uncovers how men affirm or reject contemporary aspects of manhood, and the ways these attitudes influence important aspects of their lives including relationships, families, religion, health, and sexual behaviors Bookended by a methodological appendix of the measures, approach, and limitations of the decade-spanning study examined, That’s What He Said is an important analytical introduction to manhood in contemporary society
GENDER & SEXUALITY STUDIES
COLLECTIONS
UK September 2025 US July 2025
160 Pages • 6 images
HB 9781666943641 £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9798216368038 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765165058 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9798765159835 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Gendered Design
An Interdisciplinary Framework
Pinar Kaygan
Gendered Design: An Interdisciplinary Framework is concerned with the feminist question of how products, both digital and physical, are and can be gendered by design It proposes “gendered design” as a conceptual framework for the use of design researchers, educators and practitioners to analyze, critically reflect on, challenge and transform the ways in which design processes and methodologies contribute to the prevalent gender power relations Presenting a comprehensive review of the extant feminist work, this book distinguishes between the normative and interventional gendered design practices It identifies the explicit and intentional as well as the unreflexively and ultimately careless practices, which lead to, respectively, gender-stereotypical and gender-blind products This book stresses that the prevalence of such practices should not prevent us from exploring the interventional forms of gendered design Drawing on four case studies, Gendered Design attests that, if products have such an important role in gender relations, then they can also be shaped in ways that advance gender equity in society by integrating gender-sensitive, gender-responsive, gender-inclusive, and gendertransformative considerations into product design processes and methodologies
COLLECTIONS
UK June 2025 • US June 2025
384 Pages • 4 bw illus; 12 bw photos; 3 tables
HB 9798881806217 • £25 00 / $34 00
ePDF 9798765154106 • £24 74 / $30 60
ePub 9798881806224 £24 74 / $30 60
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Digital Intimacies
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
232 Pages
HB 9781350381742 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350381780 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350381766 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350381759 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
A Bookshop of One's Own
How a Group of Women Set Out to Change the World
Jane Cholmeley
What was it like to start a feminist bookshop, in an industry dominated by men? How could a lesbian thrive in Thatcher ’s time, with the government legislating to restrict her rights? How do you run a business when your real aim is to change the world?
Silver Moon was the dream of three women – a bookshop with the mission to promote the work of female writers and create a much-needed safe space for any woman Founded in 1980s London against a backdrop of homophobia and misogyny, it was a testament to the power of community, growing into Europe’s biggest women’s bookshop and hosting a constellation of literary stars from Margaret Atwood and Maya Angelou to Angela Carter While contending with day-to-day struggles common to other booksellers, plus the additional burdens of misogyny and the occasional hate crime, Jane Cholmeley and her booksellers created a thriving business But they also played a crucial and relatively unsung part in one the biggest social movements of our time
A Bookshop of One’s Own is a fascinating slice of social history from the heart of the women’s liberation movement Written with heart and humour, it reveals the struggle and joy that comes with starting an underdog business, while being a celebration of the power women have to change the narrative when they are the ones holding the pen
OPEN ACCESS
Digital Intimacies
Queer Men and Smartphones in Times of Crisis
Jamie Hakim, King's College, London, UK, James Cummings, University of York, UK & Ingrid Young, University of Edinburgh, UK
Queer men’s cultures of intimacy have long been sites of fierce contestation Indeed, debates have raged for decades over issues such as monogamy, safer sex, sexual racism and gay marriage The introduction of the smartphone in 2008 only intensified these debates whilst also raising a further set of questions which are explored in this open access book
Through interviews with a diverse group of 43 queer men about their smartphone mediated intimacies, Digital Intimacies reveals that queer men use their smartphones, not simply to arrange intimate encounters, but more specifically to gain a sense of control over the parts of their intimate lives that make them feel most vulnerable
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by UKRI
COLLECTIONS
Women and Society around the World
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
280 Pages • 12 bw
PB 9798765131411 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9781440865480 • £55 00 / $75 00
ePDF 9781440865497 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9798216172598 • £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Women and Education
Global Lives in Focus
Erin Kenny, Missouri State University, USA
This volume captures how women's education is shaped by the lived context of women and girls around the world, focusing on the cultural construction of gender, political economy, religion, and history
In some parts of the world, women's education remains a controversial topic, and many girls are not allowed equal access or any access at all to schooling This volume examines what education is like for women and girls across the globe
This book examines in regional chapters such topics as early marriage and child brides, safety and sexual vulnerability of schoolgirls, and cultural and religious opposition to girls' schooling in the non-West, in addition to the added burdens of managing menstruation at school and the disruption of armed conflict and violence in war-torn nations Such topics as machismo, backlash to girls' success, and sexual harassment in educational environments are covered too
Written by a cultural anthropologist, the book shows how cultural perspectives about women's education impact the daily lives of girls and women It provides context for how the lives of women in those countries may be shaped by political economy, religion, and history High school students, undergraduates, and general readers will be able to make crosscultural comparisons of women's education around the world
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages • 9 b/w illus
PB 9798216391968 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666945836 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216251712
• £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978766228 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Emotions, Bodies, and Identities in the Hair and Beauty Salon
Caring Beyond Skin Deep Hannah McCann
Hair and beauty salons are a common feature of daily life, with salons seemingly on every street corner What are we to make of this demand? Drawing on ethnographic and other methods, Emotions, Bodies, and Identities in the Hair and Beauty Salon suggests that salons are about more than just simply maintaining appearances This book argues that salons are about care work, which involves responding to emotions through talk, managing bodies through touch, and curating identities through aesthetics While feminists have long identified the impositions of ideals pushed by the beauty industry, there has been less attention to generative aspects of beauty culture This book tries to put the care involved in salon work on the radar, examining how workers manage talk and their therapeutic-like roles, touch and physical intimacy, and identities via the curation of surfaces in the salon In a context where visits to salons are often described by clients as “selfcare”, this book is a reminder that someone else is often doing the work This book highlights how salon workers provide clients with care that is often profoundly meaningful in terms of responding to emotions, bodies, and identities, and that this is indeed labour that ought to be valued and supported accordingly
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
496 Pages • 20 bw
HB 9798216184409 • £166 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798216184423 • £149 40 / $117 00
ePub 9798216184416 • £149 40 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Feminism and Feminist Movements in America
An Encyclopedia of Ideals and Activism
Edited by Sarah Kornfield, Hope College, USA
Offers deeply researched entries on nearly 200 essential people, events, organizations, laws, concepts, and issues that have defined US feminist movements, from the founding era through today
US feminist movements are defined by persistence, bravery, and a steadfast belief in the fundamental worth of girls and women These carefully curated entries delve thoughtfully into topics of significant public and scholarly interest in the realms of feminism, women's rights, and gender dynamics in both public and private spaces Featured here are the activists and ideas that have challenged--and in many instances prevailed over--inequities in US society, from key figures such as Angela Davis and Betty Friedan to significant events such as the Women's March on Washington in 2017 and the Seneca Falls Convention of 1848 America's feminist movements have fundamentally changed the lives of millions of people of every sex, gender, race, ethnicity, faith, and sexual orientation This resource shows how feminist movements have also been integral in championing the many women who have made pioneering contributions in fields ranging from science and medicine to politics and advocacy It also casts an unflinching light on the issues that women continue to face every day in fighting for equality in the home, workplace, classroom, and popular media in the 21st century
Authored by feminist scholars, activists, and practitioners, this is an essential first stop for readers looking for a comprehensive introduction to US feminism’s most relevant milestones and the concepts needed to contextualize its history and chart its future
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary Debates
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
208 Pages
HB 9781440879463 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798765112908 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781440879470 • £54 00 / $72 00
ePub 9798216183785 • £54 00 / $72 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Women's Equality in America
Examining the Facts
Nancy Hendricks, Independent Scholar, USA
Written in vivid prose and with a keen eye for detail, Women's Equality in America is a valuable resource for understanding the issues and trends that dominate public discourse in discussions of women's rights and gender equality in America
Since its inception, the women's equality movement in America has been criticized for moving too slowly, moving too quickly, being too demanding, or not being demanding enough Some of its goals have aroused passionate opposition in those who believed women's equality contradicted not only basic human biology, but also the word of God Meanwhile, Americans voice starkly different opinions about where women stand in their quest for equality in American workplaces, classrooms, boardrooms, and homes
Women's Equality in America: Examining the Facts presents sensibly-organized and accurate summaries of the relevant facts concerning all of these claims and counterclaims But while the volume is primarily concerned with providing an accurate picture of the state of women's equality in the 21st century, it also provides vital contextual coverage of major historical turning points and important historical figures, from leaders of the Seneca Falls women's rights convention in 1848 to the organizers of the #MeToo movement
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
204 Pages • 29 bw figures
PB 9798881804381 • £24 99 / $34 95
HB 9798881804374 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798881867744 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798881804398 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Displacing the "Ordinary" City
Gentrification in Medium-Sized American Metropolitan Areas
Evelyn D Ravuri
For decades, gentrification research has predominantly focused on large cities Arguing that gentrification has occurred throughout the urban hierarchy, Ravuri fills this gap in the literature by analyzing gentrification and displacement patterns in twelve medium-sized cities, spread across the four census regions of the US
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
264 Pages
HB 9781538198933 • £25 99 / $38 00
ePDF 9798881858292 • £23 39 / $34 20
ePub 9781538198940 • £23 39 / $34 20
Bloomsbury Academic
Wicked Weather
Natural Disasters that Changed History
Alexander Gates, Rutgers University, USA
Looks at the most significant natural disasters in Earth’s history and considers whether we can prevent them from happening again
Natural disasters occur on a regular basis throughout the world with severe events occurring every few years or less Each disaster type impacts human settlements in different ways and can be local, affecting small countries or areas, or global, affecting the world These disasters destabilized populations, the governments of provinces and countries, and drastically impact populations and the priorities of a nation in response to a natural disaster In other words, they changed history
In Wicked Weather, Alexander Gates explores these notable environmental disasters and their impacts, raising the question: What can we do to prevent this from happening again? After an introduction on why certain disasters occur most often in specific areas, Gates covers history’s most impactful volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, hurricanes/cyclones/typhoons, tornadoes, droughts, floods, and tsunamis Each chapter investigates significant cases of each environmental disaster that shifted power in a region, caused wars, toppled governments, or changed policies and the way people approached life in these parts of the world
Gates also examines the field of disaster management and the agencies that handle it what can be done during, immediately after and well after a natural disaster and how society can respond and recover These progressions can lead to complete rebuilding of communities with safeguards to reduce the impact of the next disaster Wicked Weather is a fascinating study of our worst disasters, a call to action as we face a dangerously changing climate, and a guide to limiting our susceptibility to the forces of nature
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages
HB 9798881842406 • £22 00 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765156490 • £19 80 / $26 95
ePub 9798765159859 • £19 80 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Healing Through Wonder
How Awe Restores Us After Trauma and Loss
Val Walker
Val Walker's profound journey through trauma and spiritual exploration is both heart-wrenching and inspiring This book beautifully captures the resilience of the human spirit and the transformative power of connection and awe A must-read for anyone seeking healing and understanding -- Shari Botwin, LCSW, author of Thriving After Trauma and Stolen Childhoods
Val Walker's story of healing began in her darkest moment
Homeless, running from a violent partner, and battling suicidal depression, she found herself sitting by a river holding a bottle of pills in one hand and a bottle of red wine to wash them down in the other Out of the twilight sky a majestic blue heron circled and landed just a few feet away Something in the heron's piercing eyes caused her to stop swallowing the pills In that moment, she realized that there was just too much beauty and magic in the world to give up
Thus began a decades long quest to understand how wondrous encounters can spark healing from trauma and grief This inspiring guide shares healing stories sparked by wondrous experiences and unpacks the neuroscience that explains how wonder helps our brains and bodies heal
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
HB 9798216270058 • £20 00 / $28 95
ePDF 9798216270072 • £18 00 / $26 05
ePub 9798216270065 • £18 00 / $26 05
Bloomsbury Academic
The Luckiest Unlucky Couple
A Medical Love Story
Alicia C Shepard
The story goes something like this: successful journalist and author, Alicia (Lisa), in her late 50s, is single and mostly happy but has given up on finding love again after her first marriage ended abruptly Her friends convince her to at least try Match com, and she finds the love of her life Then out of the blue, he is diagnosed with melanoma, which has traveled to his brain Through immunotherapy, he gets cured And through the process of his illness, she and his children---not especially close before---become a family That is the first half of the book
Not long after he is pronounced cured, she is diagnosed with lung cancer That is the second half of the book, wherein she struggles with cancer, dying, surrendering to support, gets remarried, and ultimately finds deeper love for all things The book not only details her emotional journey, it also contains a lot of useful information on cutting-edge immunotherapy techniques, and how to live in the moment when that is not your predisposition The epilogue, written by her husband, shares life after Lisa's passing In the appendix the couple shares helpful tips for patients and families wrestling with cancer
Explore the full series: bloomsbury.com/series/qa-health-guides/
COLLECTIONS
Q&A Health Guides
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
200 Pages • 1 bw illus
PB 9798765114216 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765114162 • £40 00 / $55 00
ePDF 9798765114179 • £36 00 / $49 50
ePub 9798765114186 • £36 00 / $49 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Q&A Health Guides
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages • 1 bw illus
PB 9798765121023 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765120989 • £40 00 / $55 00
ePDF 9798765121009 • £36 00 / $49 50
ePub 9798765120996 • £36 00 / $49 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Q&A Health Guides
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
Bipolar Disorder
Your Questions Answered
Victor B Stolberg, ssex County College, USA
Research suggests that more than 40 million people worldwide are living with bipolar disorder Discover the truth about this misunderstood and often stigmatized condition
This book offers a broad introduction to bipolar disorder The book’s questions cover what bipolar disorder is and the forms it can take, its common characteristics, the biological and environmental factors that may increase risk for developing the condition, how bipolar disorder is diagnosed and managed, and how friends and family can best support those living with bipolar disorder
Augmenting the main text, a collection of 5 case studies illustrate key concepts and issues through relatable stories and insightful recommendations The Common Misconceptions section at the beginning of the volume dispels 5 long-standing and harmful myths about bipolar disorder, directing readers to additional information in the text The glossary defines terms that may be unfamiliar to readers, while the directory of resources curates a list of the most useful books, websites, and other materials
Cancer
Your Questions Answered Lara Thompson, independent researcher
Research suggests that approximately 40% of individuals will be diagnosed with cancer at some point in their lives While proactive screenings and innovative treatments have improved outcomes for many, cancer remains a leading cause of death around the world
Part of the Q&A Health Guides series, this book offers a broad introduction to cancer After several questions addressing the basics of what cancer is and how it develops and spreads, the volume explores the symptoms, demographic trends, risk factors, and prognosis for a variety of cancers The book also includes questions that examine treatment options and prevention strategies Readers will also find questions offering guidance on how to best support friends and family living with a cancer diagnosis
Augmenting the main text, a collection of 5 case studies illustrate key concepts and issues through relatable stories and insightful recommendations Whether they’re looking for more information about this subject or any other health-related topic, readers can turn to the Guide to Health Literacy section for practical tools and strategies for finding, evaluating, and using credible sources of health information both on and off the Internet
Learning Disabilities
Your Questions Answered
Sarah Boslaugh, Independent researcher, USA
Research suggests that approximately 15% of individuals worldwide have a learning disability. Discover the answers to common questions about this diverse group of conditions
Part of the Q&A Health Guides series, this book offers a broad introduction to learning disabilities, the most common group of disabilities among children The book covers the many forms learning disabilities can take, including difficulties related to writing, reading, math, language, and processing information The book also explores how learning disabilities are diagnosed and addressed; the impacts they can have on academic and workplace performance; and how those living with learning disabilities can reach their full potential Learning Disabilities: Your Questions Answered addresses these and other topics in a way that celebrates diversity and acknowledges the challenges that those with learning disabilities face
184 Pages
PB 9798765125397 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765125359 • £40 00 / $55 00
ePDF 9798765125373 • £36 00 / $49 50
ePub 9798765125366 • £36 00 / $49 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Case studies illustrate key concepts and issues through relatable stories and insightful recommendations The Common Misconceptions section at the beginning of the volume dispels long-standing myths about learning disabilities The glossary defines terms, while the directory of resources lists useful books, websites, and other materials The Guide to Health Literacy section provides tools and strategies for finding, evaluating, and using credible sources of information both on and off the internet
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
288 Pages
HB 9798881842659 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798216369004 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798216368991 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Reclaiming Wellness with Chronic Illness
Every Day Steps to Live Well in Tough Times
Grace Quantock
Writer and psychotherapeutic counselor Grace Quantock uses her personal experience of living with chronic illness for over two decades, and from thousands of hours working with disabled and chronically ill clients, to help readers create a Healing Roadmap for their bodies and their lives Grace equips readers with all the information and resources needed on their journey of finding a good life with chronic illness
From getting a diagnosis to navigating the struggles of the healthcare systems, this guide can be used at any stage of the chronic illness journey Full of journaling prompts and tips, Reclaiming Wellness with Chronic Illness will help readers discover what it means to live with chronic illness and how to best understand their bodies as well as access support and advocate for themselves in tough times This vital resource will help anyone struggling with chronic illness---as well as their friends and family members---to discover the psychological tools needed to live life to its fullest
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
400 Pages
PB 9798765122006 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765121979 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798765121993 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9798765121986 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Digestive System Diseases and Disorders
Understanding Symptoms and Treatments
Myrna Chandler Goldstein, Independent scholar, USA & Mark A Goldstein MD, Harvard Medical School, USA
Recent research suggests that around the globe more than 2 billion cases of digestive diseases and disorders are diagnosed each year, making them some of the most prevalent medical issues
This book explores 30 serious conditions affecting the digestive system, including autoimmune disorders such as celiac disease and ulcerative colitis, cancers, chronic conditions like irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), stomach flu and other infections, and more Utilizing a standardized structure, each entry discusses a particular condition’s causes, prevalence, symptoms, potential complications, diagnosis, and treatment options Treatment options highlighted include medications, surgical procedures, complementary and alternative therapies, and diet and lifestyle changes Summaries of key research studies are included to help readers better understand the scientific community’s findings about each condition Introductory essays offer a broad overview of the digestive system’s anatomy and physiology and discuss the most common GI symptoms such as bloating, abdominal pain, and changes in bathroom habits A further reading section at the end of each entry points readers toward additional resources to expand and deepen their knowledge
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
288 Pages
HB 9781538196823 £28 00 / $38 00
ePDF 9798765160206 • £25 20 / $34 20
ePub 9781538196830 £25 20 / $34 20
Bloomsbury Academic
The Mission at Home
Navigating Military Assignments, TRICARE, Education, Benefits, and Everyday Life with Your Child on the Autism Spectrum
Jaime B Parent
The Mission at Home is an invaluable resource that offers guidance for the unique challenges of ASD military families, including how to navigate healthcare, education, finances, insurance, as well as the emotional needs and stresses within the family unit
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
272 Pages • 5 textboxes
HB 9798881807177 • £25 00 / $36 00
ePDF 9798881867690 • £22 50 / $32 40
ePub 9798881807184 • £22 50 / $32 40
Bloomsbury Academic
The Grandparent Effect
Helping Children Thrive Through Love, Support, and Connection
Kristen J Amundson, Author
An invaluable resource for grandparents wanting to make the most of their time with grandchildren Grandparents play a critical role in the lives of their grandchildren Their support and involvement make a huge difference in the social and academic growth of grandkids, whether it’s reading out loud or visiting the zoo, explaining their heritage or teaching a second language
In The Grandparent Effect, Kristen Amundson reveals the many ways that grandparents can have a positive impact on their grandchildren From preschool through high school, Amundson highlights programs that involve grandparents, explains the most current research in child development and education, shares stories of active and involved grandparents, and provides resources for further enrichment Throughout, she emphasizes the importance of grandparents supporting their own children in their parenting journey and not overstepping, offering guidance on how best to integrate new parenting methods into their grandparenting efforts
Featuring fun activities and recommendations for educating while spending quality time with grandchildren, and with a chapter specially for grandparents who have become primary caregivers, The Grandparent Effect is a much-needed resource for grandparents who are already involved and for those who want to do more
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
184 Pages
HB 9781538199275 • £22 00 / $30 00
ePDF 9798881860721 £19 80 / $27 00
ePub 9781538199282 • £19 80 / $27 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The House That Held Everything A Family's Hidden Hoarding and the Secrets Left Behind Eileen Stukane
An unexpected inheritance leads to a shocking house of hoarding and a year-long quest to understand the deep connection between humans and their objects
The possessions of her departed relatives come alive in her hands, as author Eileen Stukane becomes a detective of the deceased in The House That Held Everything In this first-person memoir, the author inherits the childhood home of a deceased cousin, and then opens a door to rooms filled wall to wall, floor to ceiling, with piled up items from years of secret hoarding, as well as from the disciplined collecting, of clocks, glassware, Asian porcelain, toy trains and more As she separates significant items from garbage, she peels apart and exposes the emotional underpinnings of hoarding, and makes sense of the difference between collecting and hoarding
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages • 4 b&w illustrations
HB 9798881801304 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798881858032 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798881801311 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Purity Culture Recovery Guide
The Shame-Free Sex Education You Deserve
Erica Smith
You deserve to understand your body, embrace your sexuality, and find joy without shame
For those raised in purity culture, messages about sex were rooted in fear, silence, and control Virginity was prized above all else, sexual desire was condemned, and women, queer, and trans people were often left shrouded in shame The results have been devastating: fear of intimacy, painful or unsatisfying sex, and a lingering sense of brokenness
In The Purity Culture Recovery Guide, sex educator Erica Smith founder of the Purity Culture Dropout® program offers the comprehensive, inclusive, and trauma-informed sex education many never received Drawing on more than two decades of professional experience, Smith replaces shame with empathy, self-compassion, and empowerment She provides medically accurate information about bodies, birth control, pleasure, communication, consent, and abortion, alongside affirming discussions of gender, sexuality, and relationships
Smith’s approach is both practical and healing Readers will learn how to set boundaries, challenge damaging beliefs, explore their own sexual values, and build a new sexual ethic based on respect, autonomy, and joy Most of all, this book insists that there is nothing wrong with you
Whether you are beginning your recovery from purity culture or seeking to deepen your sexual self-understanding, The Pleasure You Deserve is an essential, shame-free guide to reclaiming pleasure and rewriting your sexual story
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US January 2026
272 Pages
HB 9781538161708 • £25 00 / $34 00
PB 9798881805418 • £15 99 / $21 95
ePDF 9798765154069 • £22 50 / $30 60
ePub 9781538161715 • £22 50 / $30 60
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Sex When You Don't Feel Like It
The Truth about Mismatched Libido and Rediscovering Desire Cyndi Darnell
A practical guide to understanding both low and high libido, drawing on science, straight talk, and useful exercises to stop blame and rekindle pleasure
For anyone who finds that sex has become a chore or a mystery, sex therapist Cyndi Darnell cuts through the cultural myths and pressure to help you understand and reclaim your sexual desire without shame With proven, practical exercises, personal reflections, and discussion prompts she helps couples tackle the self-doubt, discomfort, and emotional blocks that often get in the way of intimacy The result is a path toward soul-nourishing conversations that help couples unlock their unique erotic identities and transform sexual struggles into self-awareness, connection, and confidence
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
280 Pages
HB 9798881800819 • £22 00 / $30 00
ePDF 9798765160367 • £19 80 / $27 00
ePub 9798881800826 • £19 80 / $27 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Humble Pie
Sober Menopause, Sugar Addiction, and the Sweetness of Recovery
Dana R Bowman
Lemon pie, if done right, should hurt just a little. When you eat lemon pie, the tartness should make your tongue and your brain do a tiny wince, but then the cloud of meringue melts it away The slice needs to be ice cold and paired with a cup of very hot black coffee, which is served in a thick white mug This is the pie I had in a small diner in North Carolina, and it made me want to cry
Humble Pie is about my long-term sobriety It’s also about middle age and food and menopause and marriage and parenting All of these things trampled right on through my recovery, and then they helped transform it And my recovery is everything It is the music in my life; my soundtrack that keeps me marching forward, no matter the chaos around me It’s what wakes me up, and it’s what lays me down But at that diner with my slice of lemon pie, I could no longer hear the music The pie was so good But I devoured it in seconds I stared at the crumbs on my plate, and I was still so hungry I wanted more But also, I knew that the waitress could bring endless slices of pie I would never feel full
I knew I was veering away from my sober path, into the land of food addiction and binge-eating, but I couldn’t stop Menopause, food-addiction’s bitchy sister, had swerved me into deep weeds Months later, the isolation and fear of a global pandemic entered the mix, and I succumbed to even more unhealthy issues with comparison, scrolling, and frenetic overexercising Finally, my higher power finally threw up her hands and said, “Ok It’s time to deal ” As is my way, there was a lot of whining about cupcakes, but eventually I got better So of course, I had to write about it
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
296 Pages
HB 9798881842475 • £24 00 / $32 00
ePDF 9798216352037 • £21 60 / $28 80
ePub 9798216351696 • £21 60 / $28 80
Bloomsbury Academic
A Patient's Guide to Clinical Trials
Navigating the Promise and Pitfalls of Experimental Treatments
Jose-Alberto Palma
Every year, millions of people are diagnosed with life-threatening illnesses for which standard-of-care treatments are limited or nonexistent.
Despite the urgent need for new therapies, only a few patients participate in clinical trials, which are vital for advancing medical science For example, only 8% of adult cancer patients participate in clinical trials, with even lower rates among Black and Hispanic populations This gap is not merely due to a lack of interest; the clinical trial process can be daunting, with its complexities often leaving patients and their families uninformed and overwhelmed This guide serves as a valuable resource for healthcare providers, who may struggle to guide their patients through the intricate landscape of clinical trials due to their limited involvement in research By using and recommending this book, doctors, nurses, and other medical professionals can better support their patients in making informed and balanced decisions about their treatment options
With the growing emphasis on patient-centered care and the expanding landscape of clinical trials, A Patient’s Guide to Clinical Trials offers a much-needed, balanced perspective It provides essential guidance for navigating one of the most critical aspects of modern medicine, helping patients and caregivers weigh the promise of cutting-edge treatments against the challenges and risks they may face
COLLECTIONS
History in 15
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
312 Pages
HB 9781350437227 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350437210 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350437234 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350437241 • £17 99 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
History in 15
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
336 Pages
HB 9781350463387 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350463370 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350463400 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350463394 • £17 99 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
History in 15
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
Scottish History in 15 Violent Crimes Gender, Society and the Law
Louise Heren, Oxford Brookes University,
UK
Taking fifteen real-life criminal cases prosecuted at the High Court of Justiciary in Scotland between 1700 and 2000, this book explores developments in social attitudes and legal responses to violence. From the last execution for witchcraft to the first prosecution for marital rape, as well as cases of murder, poisoning and infanticide, Scottish History in 15 Violent Crimes examines aspects of masculinity, female agency, emancipation and tolerance
Using these cases to explore how society has and does perceive different violent crimes, the role of gender, attitudes towards homosexuality, fear of 'the other' and attitudes to capital punishment, Heren compares Scottish examples to others in England and Europe to identify similarities and differences, and to contribute to ongoing debates about gender, crime and the law
Charting the social and legal developments that emerged in response to violent crime, this book asks why people commit such crimes, who they and their victims were, and how far we have really progressed in our attitudes towards and treatment of violence
US History in 15 Photographs 1865 to the 21st century
Edited by Rebecca S Wingo, University of Cincinnati, USA & Lauren Tilton, University of Richmond, USA
Photographs are more than just illustrations of a moment in time, they offer a powerful way to interpret and understand the past like no other historical source can U S History in 15 Photographs introduces this power through 15 iconic and lesserknown photographs representing key eras in American History Taking the reader from Reconstruction and Westward Expansion, to the Roaring Twenties and the World Wars, right up to Modern American Culture, it offers a refreshing, visual account of American history
This volume reorients photography as a major source for understanding the past, expanding not only the stories that we tell, but the way we tell them Teaching students how to understand, contextualize, and interpret historic photography, U S History in 15 Photographs centers diverse stories about the American experience by exploring topics around race, class, gender, disability, the environment, and social justice
The scholars who contributed to this volume show that photographs are more just illustrations from the past, but foundational sources with surprising revelations about the past
256 Pages
HB 9781350408234 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350408227 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350408258 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350408241 • £17 99 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
A History of Canada in 15 Moments Making and Remaking a Nation since 1867
Jeff Keshen, University of Regina, Canada & Raymond B Blake, University of Regina, Canada
From Confederation in 1867 up to the present day, A History of Canada in 15 Moments investigates 15 key moments in the making of modern Canada Starting with the treatment of First Peoples and the establishment of the federal union, it takes the reader through the decades to explore the changing place of women, the advent of same-sex marriage and the evolution of a multicultural, diverse society Taken together, these moments provide a comprehensive understanding of the history of Canada and its wider social, economic, political and cultural influences
Structured chronologically, each chapter describes and contextualises a specific ‘moment’ to understand how it contributed to the making of modern Canada What did the hanging of Louis Riel in 1885 mean for Canadian colonialism and its treatment of indigenous peoples? How did the arrival of the Komagata Maru ship in 1914 affect attitudes to immigration and race? Why did the 1945 Windsor strike lead to major changes in industrial relations, and what role did nationalism play in the 1995 Quebec Referendum? Though these seemingly small moments that open a window into the past, A History of Canada in 15 Moments cuts through the complexity to provide a comprehensive understanding of how Canada came to be
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
320 Pages • 30 bw illus
HB 9781350535701 • £20 00 / $27 00
ePDF 9781350535718 • £18 00 / $24 30
ePub 9781350535725 • £18 00 / $24 30
Bloomsbury Academic
The Secret Life of the Hotel Sex, Crime and Protest in British Guesthouses Since 1918
Eloise Moss, University of Manchester, UK
Ever wondered what goes on behind the scenes in hotels?
Hotels represent nations, hosting visiting monarchs, politicians, and diplomats Hotels underpin global networks of travel and communication, on which national and international prosperity have increasingly depended since the end of the First World War Yet hotels are also places where people can be anonymous; where murderers and thieves mix with adulterers and con artists; and where prejudice finds expression in who is refused access, and in the forms of ‘service’ provided by staff in the lowest-paid roles The Secret Life of the Hotel: Sex, Crime and Protest in British Guesthouses Since 1918 is the first book to uncover how hotels entrenched inequality, prejudice, and exploitation in Britain’s tourist sector, and in wider society and culture, during the 20th century
Eloise Moss delves into hotel murders, swindles, and scandals, including the history of Agatha Christie’s disappearance in 1926, the ‘Margate Hotel Murder ’ , and the divorce of Wallis Simpson in 1936 so she could marry King Edward VIII Moss’s exploration of the hotel also shines a light on the fight against the colour bar, the formation of the British civil rights movement, and the visit to London of Martin Luther King Jr
The Secret Life of the Hotel uniquely tells the story of Britain’s relationship with the world during the 20th century through the prism of its hotels, showing how their infrastructure and ‘welcome’ had profound consequences for women, people of colour, LGBTQ+ citizens, and people with disabilities
COLLECTIONS
Short Histories
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
232 Pages • 40 bw illus
HB 9781780766010 • £45 00 / $61 00
PB 9781780766027 • £14 99 / $19 95
ePDF 9781350147553 • £13 49 / $17 95
ePub 9781350147546 • £13 49 / $17 95
Bloomsbury Academic
A Short History of the English Revolution and the Civil Wars David J Appleby
James I and VI bequeathed his son a reasonably peaceful land in 1625, yet over a decade later, Charles I’s kingdoms erupted one by one into open rebellion- this book explores how this came to be
David J Appleby explains how interconnected conflicts arose in the three kingdoms, and how they gave rise to a revolution which swept away the institution of monarchy and the House of Lords This book shows how the embryonic English republic’s need to counter domestic resistance and international threats caused the fighting to spread to the Channel Islands, the Caribbean and the American colonies Combining his expertise of the Stuart monarchy and post-conflict culture with a fresh and accessible tone, Appleby unravels why the memory of this conflict remains culturally and politically relevant and hotly contested to this day
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350498952 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350498921 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350498938 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350498945 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Dance and Sociability in the Long Eighteenth Century
Edited by Hillary Burlock, Newcastle
University, UK,
Ian Newman,
University of Notre Dame, USA & Mark Philp, University of Warwick, UK
This collection challenges the dominant understandings of 18th-century sociability by placing dance, and the training and movement of the body, at its core. Rather than thinking of dance and music as peripheral ornaments to the complex business of Enlightenment society, it highlights them as important vehicles for the development and dissemination of the ideas and practices that shaped people’s social, emotional and intellectual worlds
Exploring the relationship between dance and sociability, and the development of both through the long 18th century, chapters in this collection span different practices in England, Scotland, colonial America, the West Indies, Germany, the Low Countries and Norway Taking an interdisciplinary approach, they argue that dance, which was entangled with concerns about touch, dress and bodies, was integral to the ways in which ‘enlightened sociability’ was understood, performed and accepted
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
312 Pages • 20 bw illus
PB 9781350549081 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350549098 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350549104 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350549111 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Auctions and the Consumption of Second-Hand Goods in Georgian England
Sara Pennell, University of Greenwich, UK & Jon Stobart, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
This book provides the first comprehensive examination of household auctions as the key mechanism for recirculating household goods through the 18th and early 19th century Sara Pennell and Jon Stobart contextualise and historicise the importance of used goods to consumer choices, experiences and identities They tell the stories of the people and things, as well as the broader processes, practices and attitudes that were bound up in the commercial recirculation of used goods through auctions
Auctions and the Consumption of Second-Hand Goods in Georgian England rebalances the historiography of second-hand consumption – currently dominated by used clothing and the sale of books, art and antiques – and brings second-hand into the mainstream of household consumption It also explodes the twin myths that second-hand was the last resort of the poor and that it declined rapidly as Britain industrialised and the supply of new consumer goods increased The book demonstrates that consumer motivations were far more complex than simple financial necessity and household auctions did not fade to the margins; they remained an important part of how households acquired a wide variety of goods and fulfilled a variety of consumer needs
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
• 80 bw illus
256 Pages
PB 9781350515994
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350516007
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350516014
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350516021 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Material Culture, Communities and Identity in Early Medieval Northumbria, 600-867 CE A Land of Five Languages
Sián Webb, Independent Scholar, UK
This book convincingly argues that the early medieval kingdom of Northumbria existed as a single political entity with a shared culture Sián Webb makes the case that, while the kingdom itself includes three major cultural regions with distinct identities, by studying the similarities and differences in material and artistic culture it can be demonstrated that these identities managed to exist in tandem and were taken up by communities and groups when necessary and convenient Webb shines a light on how the individual regions possessed different histories that helped shape how the people and communities expressed the shared Northumbrian identity
Focusing on the period from 600 CE to 867 CE, Material Culture, Communities and Identity in Early Medieval Northumbria builds upon the developing tradition of research into layered identities and group culture established in various academic disciplines The purpose here is to consider the different identities and cultural differences that developed in different regions and among different hierarchical communities from those in power to the less influential, though no less interesting or important, individuals whose work both allowed their communities to function and helped drive, adapt and spread new cultural traditions Taking an interdisciplinary approach, the book broadens the view of early medieval Northumbria beyond the high-status settlements and people and, where possible, uses material culture and archaeological sources to include texture of non-elite identities within the kingdom
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350288607 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350288638 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350288614 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350299474 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Lecturing the Victorians
Knowledge-Based Culture and Participatory Citizenship
Anne B Rodrick, Wofford College, USA
“We are a much-lectured people,” wrote Robert Spence Watson in 1897 Beginning at mid-century, cities and towns across England used the popular lecture for purposes ranging from serious education to effervescent entertainment and from regional pride to imperial belonging Over time, the popular lecture became the quintessential embodiment of Victorian knowledge-based culture, which itself ranged from the production of new knowledge in the most elite of learned societies to the consumption of established knowledge in middle-class clubs and the hundreds of humble mechanics’ institutions initially founded to provide scientific instruction to workers
What did the average” Victorian talk and think about? How did the knowledge-based culture of lecture and debate enable men and women to demonstrate both civic engagement and cultural competence? How does this knowledge-based culture and its changing expression give us ways to look at Victorian citizenship long before the extension of the franchise? With engaging and accessible prose Anne Rodrick draws from a variety of primary sources to provide fascinating answers to these pertinent questions
Based on the analysis of several thousand lectures and debates delivered over more than 50 years, this book digs deeply into what those individuals below the most elite levels thought, heard, debated, and claimed as a badge of cultural competence By the turn of the 20th century, the popular lecture was competing for attention with new institutions of leisure and of higher education, and the discourse surrounding its place in contemporary England helps illuminate important debates over access to and deployment of knowledge and culture
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2025 US March 2025
304 Pages • 17 b/w illustrations
HB 9798881805067 $29 95
ePDF 9798881865627 • £21 55 / $26 95
ePub 9798881805074 £21 55 / $26 95
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Cures of Ireland
A Treasury of Irish Folk Remedies
Cecily Gilligan
Discover the enduring magic of ancient Irish folk remedies with Cures of Ireland, a captivating journey into the heart of Ireland's healing traditions
It’s said that almost everyone in Ireland, particularly in rural communities, will know of someone with a ‘cure’ It might be for the mumps, a stye in the eye, or a sprain Indeed, the author of Cures of Ireland, Cecily Gilligan was herself cured of jaundice and ringworm by a ‘seventh son’ in her local Sligo during her childhood Cecily Gilligan has been researching the rich world of Irish folk cures for almost forty years and, given the tradition has largely been an oral one, has been interviewing a broad range of people from around the country who possess these mystical cures, and those who have benefited from their gifts One has a cure for eczema that comprises herbal butter balls, another ‘buys’ warts from the sufferer with safety pins There are stories of clay from graves with precious healing properties and pieces of cords from potato bags being sent across the world to treat asthma While the Ireland of the twenty-first century continues to develop at lightning speed, there is something deeply comforting and reassuring in the fact that these ancient healing traditions, while fewer in number, do survive to this day Cures of Ireland is an exquisitive book that will be treasured by many generations to come
COLLECTIONS
The Bloomsbury History of Modern Germany Series
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages • 30 bw illus
HB 9781350267749 • £70 00 / $95 00
PB 9781350267732 • £22 99 / $30 95
ePDF 9781350267756 • £20 69 / $27 85
ePub 9781350267763 • £20 69 / $27 85
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages
HB 9781350202658 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350202696 £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350202665 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350202672 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Dictatorships and Authoritarianism in Modern
André Keil, Liverpool John Moores University, UK
German History
Dictatorships and Authoritarianism in Modern German History provides readers with a comprehensive overview of the history of dictatorships in Germany since the French Revolution Dictatorships have been a defining feature of modern German history The Nazi dictatorship between 1933 and 1945, which brought about the Second World War and the Holocaust, is still taught in schools and universities as the prime example of the destructiveness of ideologically driven regimes in the 20th century; the state-socialist regime in the German Democratic Republic that lasted for over 40 years bore many of the same dictatorial features Understanding the factors that made these two regimes possible, their inner workings, but also their impact on the lives of many people, is key to understanding the course of modern German history as a whole and this is discussed at length in this absorbing volume
The book moves beyond the familiar historical narratives to incorporate analysis of key political thinkers and their interpretations of the problem of authoritarian and totalitarian rule The discussion of these political dimensions is given further depth with the examination of the impact of dictatorship on German society as well as key figures of the 20th century
Hvar in the Modern Age
Identity and Change in Southeast Europe
Florian Bieber, University of Graz, Austria
In this open-access book, Florian Bieber traces the history of the Adriatic island of Hvar over half a millennium, from the advent of Venetian rule in the 15th century to the end of Yugoslavia in the late 20th century The history of Hvar tells a larger story about modernity, the changing states and identity, tourism and the transnational entanglements of the Adriatic and Southeastern Europe It shows how ordinary people dealt with the challenges of the rise of nations, transnational connections such as migration and tourism, and the shifting empires and states Based on a wealth of archival materials from Croatia, Serbia, Hungary, Austria, the UK, and the USA, Hvar in the Modern Age also reveals the complexities of the history of the Venetian Republic, the Habsburg Monarchy and Yugoslavia from a bottom-up perspective and the realities and challenges of island life in southeast Europe during the modern period
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Austrian Science Fund (FWF)
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
360 Pages
PB 9781350545441 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350545458 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350545465 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350545472 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
American Power in the Netherlands
Modernization and the Politics of Clientelism, 1941-59
David J Snyder, Independent Scholar, USA
This book tells the story of American influence within the Netherlands after the Second World War David J Snyder reveals that, while American power in the Netherlands grew to touch nearly every aspect of Dutch life, that power was solicited, shaped, and sometimes resisted by the Dutch themselves
American Power in the Netherlands provides for the first time an account of the scale and scope of the US presence, and of the Dutch response to the new American fact of life The book advances two intertwined stories: the recreation and modernization of Dutch politics, international relations, and socio-economy after the Second World War, and the role of American power in facilitating and advancing that Dutch modernization
COLLECTIONS
Iconic
Fascism
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages • 27 bw illus
PB 9781350422124 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350169074 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350169081 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350169098 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Excess of Destruction and Creation in Interwar Radical Right-Wing Politics
Aristotle Kallis, Keele University, UK
Aristotle Kallis uses comparative analysis in Iconic Fascism to demonstrate that fascists were supreme icon-lovers even as they were consummate iconbreakers Kallis shows that Iconoclasm – the wilful destruction of icons – was a core feature of fascist violence, from its early movement days through to the consolidation of political power and until the very end of the fascist epoch The book looks at how fascist iconoclasm changed significantly over this period and differed in its targets and rituals from case to case, whilst remaining central to the fascist dynamics of rupture and rebirth It examines several case studies, with a focus on Mussolini’s Italy and Nazi Germany, and underlines how much fascists appreciated and instrumentalized icons and symbols in the pursuit of their revolutionary political project in the process
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
304 Pages • 1 bw illus
PB 9781350462632 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350462625 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350462649 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350462656 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The EOKA Period in Cyprus Understanding the Struggle through New Approaches
Edited by Hubert Faustmann, University of Nicosia, Cyprus, Odysseas Christou, University of Nicosia, Cyprus & Emilios A Solomou, University of Nicosia, Cyprus
In 1955, the Greek Cypriot organisation EOKA started an anti-colonial struggle against the British aiming at the unification of the island with Greece. This book sheds new light on the historical period of the struggle through the examination of various external and internal aspects of the conflict It explores the role of international actors like the USA, the USSR, Germany, Turkey, Greece and the United Kingdom and grapples with the complex domestic dynamics from a variety of perspectives
The EOKA Period in Cyprus analyses the role of armed organisations from both communities, as well as their respective responses to developments at various stages during the evolution of the conflict By looking at processes such as radicalisation, passive resistance, collective punishment, intercommunal division and disarmament, the volume effectively considers the political, social and military nuances of the struggle, offering new insights from a multidisciplinary perspective in the process
COLLECTIONS 4TH EDITION
Historical Dictionaries of Europe
UK January 2026 US January 2026
536 Pages
PB 9798216197287 • £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9798216197249 £90 00 / $180 00
ePDF 9798216197263 • £81 00 / $162 00
ePub 9798881807627 • £170 84 / $213 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Historical Dictionary of Slovakia
Stanislav J Kirschbaum
Slovakia became a constituent part of Czechoslovakia in 1918 when it was created and from which it broke away in 1992 This book outlines the history of the inhabitants of today’s Slovak Republicand also its contemporary political, economic, and social scene
Historical Dictionary of Slovakia, Fourth Edition contains a chronology, an introduction, an extensive bibliography, and cross-referenced entries on important personalities, as well as aspects of the country’s politics, economy, foreign relations, religion, and culture This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about Slovakia
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
336 Pages
PB 9781350558731
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350558724 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350558748 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350558755 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Ukraine’s Euromaidan
From Revolutionary Euphoria to the Madness of War
William Jay Risch, Georgia College & State University, USA
This book provides a critical survey of Ukraine’s 2013-14 Euromaidan Revolution – the ‘Revolution of Dignity’ Offering a considered analysis of the protest movement and the counter-protest movement, Ukraine’s Euromaidan explores both sides of a revolution that shaped not just Ukraine, but the world, as told by the participants themselves, including the author
Drawing on a varied and complex source base, including thousands of archived videos, articles, personal memoirs, and social media posts, as well as numerous interviews and the author ’s own eyewitness observations of both sides of the barricades, the book examines the Euromaidan in Kyiv and Ukraine’s regions It foregrounds the Euromaidan’s early marginalization of leftist voices, despite gaining international appeal and how activists and politicians failed to win concessions or mobilize broader masses of people William Jay Risch shines a light on how escalating revolutionary violence badly weakened the state and pitted citizens against one another Risch also reflects on the ‘Russian Spring’ counter-protests that swept through Ukraine’s south and east, revealing the counter-protesters’ agency and revolutionary aspirations, as well as Russia’s role in radicalizing them, in the process
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
256 Pages
PB 9781350378261
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350378254
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350378278
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350378285 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
328 Pages 50 colour illus
PB 9781350528789 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350528772 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350528796 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350528802 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Italo-Ottoman Relations in the Age of the Congress of Paris
Mirroring the ‘Other ’ , 1856-1871
Giorgio Ennas, Franklin University, Switzerland
Giorgio Ennas here contends that, during the 19th century, the Ottoman Empire and the Kingdom of Italy developed in a specular way, as if reflecting each other through a mirror: both underwent a rapid process of ‘modernisation’, educated a new diplomatic elite, and, after their inclusion into the Concert of the Great Powers, implemented similar foreign policies to preserve their positions as European Powers Italo-Ottoman Relations in the Age of the Congress of Paris uncovers the surprising existence of a common sensibility between the Sardinian-Italian and the Ottoman diplomats involved in international negotiations during the 1860s In this decade, the members of the diplomatic elites studied international law from the same manuals Ennas convincingly argues that it is this common education which diffused European diplomatic culture among non-European diplomatic establishments, creating a flourishing of multiple modernities in the process
While the dominant 19th-century narrative of modernisation processes situates these two countries in oppositional terms, the comparative analysis of their diplomatic documents and foreign policies in this study problematizes the common narrative of East versus West and uncovers the cultural similarities between these two alleged ‘others’ Indeed, the book highlights their common aspiration to be incorporated into a global European civilisation characterised by a universal ambition to include a broader range of Powers, moving beyond cultural and religious differences
OPEN ACCESS
Spanish Globalization through Murillo's Eyes
Reflections from Seventeenth-century Seville
Bartolomé Yun-Casalilla, Pablo de Olavide University, Spain
This open access book examines the work of the 17th-century Baroque painter, Bartolomé Esteban Murillo (16181682) as a way of understanding globalization, its consequences, and its limits
Full of saints, friars, virgins, and Christs, or poor people and cheerful pícaros oblivious to social injustice, Murillo's painting has been considered representative of the Counter-Reformation and the exponent of an immobile, even introverted, society that regressed with the ‘crisis of the 17th century’ Spanish Globalization through Murillo's Eyes introduces a global perspective by considering the Atlantic art market and developing comparisons with Protestant paintings and an analysis of Murillo’s iconography alongside the social and political theory of his time
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Pablo de Olavide University, Spain
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
312 Pages • 20 bw illus
HB 9781350296589 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350296572 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350296596 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350296602 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
224 Pages • 24 bw illus
PB 9781350513921
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350513938
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350513945 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350513952 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages
HB 9781350443358 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350443365 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350443372 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350443389 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The 1969 ‘Greek Case’ in the Council of Europe A Game Changer for Human Rights
Edited by Kostis Kornetis, Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain, Víctor Fernández Soriano, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium, Kristine Kjaersgaard, University of Southern Denmark, Denmark, Nicolas Manitakis, University of Athens, Greece, Alexandros Nafpliotis, Independent Scholar, Greece & Anna Papaeti, Independent Scholar
In 1969 Greece withdrew from the Council of Europe (CoE), following pressure exercised by various European countries, organisations, social movements and individuals in response to the brutal conduct of the military junta that had taken power by force on 21 April 1967 This volume brings together an international cast of noted historians, oral historians, political scientists, and legal scholars to investigate the perceptions, policies and roles of the key actors involved These figures range from international organizations, states, and social movements to NGOs and individuals, critically demonstrating the extent of the legacy and long-term impact of the ‘Greek Case’ on international human rights
The 1969 ‘Greek Case’ in the Council of Europe reveals how the pressure applied by the Council of Europe proved to be crucial for the international condemnation of the Colonels’ regime, setting a precedent in international human rights cases for the significance of the collection of evidence on the use of torture
Concepts of Politics in Modern Hungarian Thought
Edited by Ferenc Hörcher, Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Hungary
This book presents an overview of the concepts of ‘politics’ and of ‘the political’ in Hungary since 1526. Through a detailed methodological introduction and eleven case studies, Concepts of Politics in Modern Hungarian Thought examines various approaches taken at different turning points in the history of Hungary The book surveys the evolution of thought on the subject, from the 16th century, when Hungary was partly under Ottoman, and partly under Habsburg rule, through the period of the dualist Austro-Hungarian Monarchy, after the Austro-Hungarian Settlement of 1867, up to the period of the Communist regime of the second half of the 20th century
Bringing together perspectives from intellectual historians, legal scholars, political philosophers and even historians of economic thought, this volume provides insights both into the political ideas of important but lesser-known Hungarian authors, and into the nature of the challenges the political community had to cope with It deepens understanding of what was meant by the concept of ‘the political’ in different periods whilst providing a clearer picture of the shifts and continuities in Hungarian political thought and culture over the last five centuries
The Comintern in Spain before the Civil War Red Tide Rising Gustavo Martín Asensio, Independent Scholar, UK
The Spanish Second Republic, 1931-1939, has been written about widely and remains mired in antifascist, anticommunist, and historical memory controversies A deep dive into the Soviet, British intelligence and other European archives, this new book brings the majority consensus among historians of the Second Republic into question and sheds new light on the scale of Soviet communist activity in Spain before the outbreak of war in July 1936
Providing an in-depth analysis of Comintern (RGASPI) and other European archival documentation, much of which has not been discussed until now, Gustavo Martín Asensio here demonstrates the growing and fundamentally subversive activity of the Comintern within the socialist union and party, the armed forces and cultural influencers which culminated in the spring of 1936
‘The work offers an important intervention, demonstrating how to move beyond questioning the applicability of race to showing how and why race emerged as a feature of these societies and to what ends.’
SUNNIE RUCKER-CHANG, Associate Professor, The Ohio State University, USA
‘In this excellent book, Avrutin makes an important contribution to understanding the current political and intellectual climate in Russia.’
ADRIENNE EDGAR, Professor of History, University of California, USA
Since its first publication in 2022, Racism in Modern Russia has become a key text for understanding the role that race has played in Russian, Soviet, and post-Soviet history and politics. Analyzing a wide range of printed and visual sources, this timely accessible volume marks the first serious attempt to understand the history of racialization over a span of 150 years. A brilliant examination of the complexities of racism, Eugene M. Avrutin’s panoramic book asks powerful questions about inequality and privilege, denigration and belonging, power and policy, the creation of exclusionary boundaries in everyday life, and the complex historical links between race, whiteness, and geography.
The revised edition includes significant new research on race and racism in the Caucasus and Central Asia, the history of color consciousness and biopolitics, and the aesthetics of anti-racism campaigns, as well as a thoroughly updated selected bibliography for further reading.
Racism in Modern Russia
Revised Edition From the Romanovs to Putin
Eugene M. Avrutin
EUGENE M. AVRUTIN is the Tobor Family Endowed Professor of Modern European Jewish History at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, USA. He is the author and co-editor of several award-winning books, including Jews and the Imperial State: Identification Politics in Tsarist Russia (2010) and The Velizh Affair: Blood Libel in a Russian Town (2018). Most recently, he edited, with Elissa Bemporad, Pogroms: A Documentary History (2021).
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
168 Pages • 16 bw illus
PB 9781350557666 • £16 99 / $22 95
HB 9781350557659 • £45 00 / $61 00
OPEN ACCESS
Racism in Modern Russia - Revised Edition
From the Romanovs to Putin
Eugene M Avrutin, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, USA
Since its first publication in 2022, Racism in Modern Russia has become a key text for understanding the role that race has played in Russian, Soviet, and post-Soviet history and politics Analyzing a wide range of printed and visual sources, this timely accessible open access volume marks the first serious attempt to understand the history of racialization over a span of 150 years A brilliant examination of the complexities of racism, Eugene M Avrutin's panoramic book asks powerful questions about inequality and privilege, denigration and belonging, power and policy, the creation of exclusionary boundaries in everyday life, and the complex historical links between race, whiteness, and geography
The revised edition includes significant new research on race and racism in the Caucasus and Central Asia, the history of color consciousness and biopolitics, and the aesthetics of anti-racism campaigns, as well as a thoroughly updated selected bibliography for further reading
Bloomsbury Academic
ePDF 9781350557673 • £0.00 / $0.00
ePub 9781350557680 • £0.00 / $0.00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
200 Pages • 16 B&W
HB 9798881807573
• £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798881867584
• £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798881807580 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the University of Illinois, USA
The Last Gasp of William Schwarzfeller Soviet Espionage and the Cruelties of Stalin's Gulags
Peter Buck Feller
Peter Buck Feller's father disappeared in Moscow in 1938, when Feller was just six months old. As a young boy he asked his mother about him, but his questions went invariably unanswered Decades later, after the collapse of the Soviet Union, Feller embarked on a detailed search to reclaim his father
His journey took him and his adult daughters to Moscow, Siberia, and Germany He gained access to a now-declassified espionage FBI file, which contained an anonymous letter from a man who had been imprisoned in one of Stalin's gulags: "I plan to write a book about all what occurred to me during these dreadful ten years The title of this book, I would like it to be ‘The Last Gasp of William Schwarzfeller ’"
Feller was stunned William Schwarzfeller was his lost father, for whom he searched, in one way or another, all of his life He learned that his father had been an agent for Red Army Intelligence He was arrested in 1938 and starved to death in a gulag in 1943 This new information led him to a host of discoveries, his mother's vast FBI file, and a story about his father on the front page of the Communist newspaper The Daily Worker
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
368 Pages 19 black and white images
HB 9781399409865 • £25 00 / $35 00
PB 9781399409858 £10 99 / $18 00
ePDF 9781399409902 • £17 50 / $24 50
ePub 9781399409889 • £17 50 / $24 50
Bloomsbury Continuum
Putin and the Return of History
How the Kremlin Rekindled the Cold War
Martin Sixsmith
An original history of Russia's thousand-year past, tracing the forces and the myths that have shaped Putin's politics and rekindled the Cold War
Vladimir Putin’s invasion of Ukraine has reshaped history In the decades after the collapse of Soviet communism, the West convinced itself that liberal democracy would henceforth be the dominant, ultimately unique, system of governance - a hubris that shaped how the West would treat Russia for the next two decades But history wasn’t over
Putin is a paradox In the early years of his presidency, he appeared to commit himself to friendship with the West He said he supported free-market democracy and civil rights But the Putin of the 2020s is an autocratic nationalist, dedicated to repression at home and anti-Western militarism abroad So, what happened? Was he lying when he proclaimed his support for freedom, democracy and friendship with the West? Or, was he sincere? Did he change his views at some stage between then and now? And if that is the case, what happened to change him?
Putin and the Return of History examines these questions in the context of Russia’s thousand-year past, tracing the forces and the myths that have shaped Putin’s politics of aggression
Russian Shorts
UK November 2025 US November 2025
220 Pages
PB 9798216375265 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666946468 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798216262466 £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781978760745 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2025 •
320 Pages
PB 9781472991331
• £9 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781472991379
• £14 00 / $20 24
ePub 9781472991355
• £14 00 / $20 24
Bloomsbury Continuum
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
320 Pages 10 bw illus
PB 9781350455023 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350454996 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350455009 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350455016 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Aesthetics of Lev Vygotsky
A Sociocultural Approach to Theater
Stella Medvedeva
At the crossroads of theater, art, and psychology, Lev Vygotsky's compelling theory of aesthetics helped shape the intellectual currents of Russian Modernism. This new book combines our understanding of Vygotsky's scientific and artistic legacies, bridging the divide between human consciousness and the transformative power of art
The Aesthetics of Lev Vygotsky: A Sociocultural Approach to Theater introduces the concept of Vygotsky’s aesthetics, offering an unprecedented exploration of Lev Vygotsky’s early writings on art, literature, and theater Long overshadowed by his later work in psychology, these formative texts reveal a compelling theory of art’s psychological function, shaped by the artistic and intellectual currents of Russian Modernism By rereading Vygotsky’s aesthetic writings in dialogue with this context and with his mature psychological theories, this book challenges the divide often drawn between his scientific and artistic legacies, illustrating how Vygotsky’s thinking oscillates fluidly between disciplines, bridging the study of human consciousness with the transformative power of art Through this interdisciplinary lens, Vygotsky’s aesthetics emerges as a distinct and timely framework; one that speaks not only to scholars of theater and psychology, but to anyone interested in how art helps us understand what it means to be human
Russia Starts Here
Real Lives in the Ruins of Empire - Shortlisted for the Pushkin House Prize 2025
Howard Amos
On Russia’s European borderlands, people live their lives among the ruins of successive empires Pskov, an old Slavic land of forgotten stories and faded waysides, has weathered the tides of history Once a thriving nexus of trade and cultural exchange, today it is one of the poorest and most rapidly depopulating places of this vast nation To understand the darkness that has captured Russia, Howard Amos journeys through a landscape of small towns, re-wilding fields and dilapidated churches
This is a lyrical portrait of Russia where it meets NATO and the EU – a place of frontiers and boundaries that reveals unfamiliar and uncomfortable truths In a country where history has been erased, manipulated and marginalised, the voices Howard Amos spotlights are a powerful antidote against forgetting
From the last inhabitants of a dying village to the long-term residents of a psychiatric hospital and a museum curator fighting local opposition to chronicle Pskov’s forgotten Jewish heritage, Howard Amos uncovers compelling stories that are shaped by violence, tragedy and loss
Cold War Brokers
Hungarian-American Cultural Exchanges and Transnational Mobility, 1956-1989 Szabolcs László, Institute of History, Research Centre for the Humanities, Budapest, Hungary
Examining Cold War encounters between Hungary and the US during the 1960s-80s, this book explores how academic and cultural mid-level mediators brokered official and informal ties between these separate geopolitical ‘worlds’ and identifies how their interactions shaped the cultural and scholarly environment of both countries
Cold War Brokers follows the transnational adventures of writers, academics and teachers as they crossed the Iron Curtain literally and figuratively, facilitating the circulation of knowledge between the global centre and periphery From Hungarian writers who toured the US with the International Writing Program, to music teachers who transferred the acclaimed Kodálymethod to the US, and experts on Uralic and Altaic languages who introduced a separate branch of area studies to the US national security paradigm, these transnational mediators ushered in processes of inter-reliant modernization in cultural policy, education and science in both countries Arguing that their collaboration could not merely undermine ideological dichotomies, but rewrite the history of the Cold War period and the imbalances of centre-periphery relations, László shows how non-state actors were able to use the opportunities presented by the Cold War for professional development and network building to achieve agency in Cold War encounters
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
360 Pages • 103 bw illustrations
HB 9798216368564 £35 00 / $45 00
ePDF 9798216368588 • £31 50 / $40 50
ePub 9798216368571 £31 50 / $40 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Authentic America
250 Distinctly American Places to Explore
Cheryl M Hargrove
In commemoration of the nation’s 250th anniversary of independence in 2026, this book explores what makes America distinctive from other countries–its ideals, ingenuity, culture, and creativity Through experiences at 250 places and events across the U S , readers can discover the country’s authentic attributes and inventions that inspire visitors worldwide Rather than a historical timeline or collection of sites to visit, this book uses places to tell America’s story Where to learn about the birth of jazz in New Orleans, how the first shopping mall changed our retail habits, how the chocolate chip cookie was invented in a Massachusetts restaurant, and where to explore the evolution of architecture–from Frank Lloyd Wright’s Prairie Style to the modern skyscraper Some places and events are well known, while others are quirky, off-the-beaten-path locations worth a detour Our country was founded on revolutionary ideas; delve into this exploration of how to experience them still today across authentic America
The book includes 100 photographs and directory information for all sites covered
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
272 Pages
PB 9781666944440
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666944426 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216269045 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978759411 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
1024 Pages
HB 9798892050814 • £180 00 / $245 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Survival of American Democracy Presidential Abuse of Power and Reforms
David Contosta, Chestnut Hill College
David Contosta provides a timely, historical analysis of threats to American democracy and how to protect the United States from future abuses of presidential power
Tracing how presidency has changed since the founding of the United States of America, Contosta examines the roots of threats to democracy including concerns about presidents leveraging their cult of personality, partisanship preventing Congress from effectively checking presidential power, and presidents initiating foreign war or war adjacent actions without a Congressional declaration of hostilities This book also dissects the creation of the Electoral College as well as the continuing dangers to the American political system In this way, Contosta tells the story of the American presidential experience, addressing Benjamin Franklin’s haunting comment at the end of the Constitution Convention – “A republic if you can keep it ” In light of the 2025 political climate, the final chapters of the book analyze the three elections in which Donald Trump ran for president, focusing on the reasons why Trump won in both 2016 and 2024 and what his victories say about American politics, American life, and the possible future of American democracy Through his thorough examination of the evolution of presidency, Contosta highlights the importance of protecting democracy from future abuses of presidential power
ProQuest Statistical Abstract of the United States 2026
The National Data Book
ProQuest
The Statistical Abstract of the United States has provided a statistical portrait of social, political, demographic, and economic conditions of America since 1878 This 2025 edition continues the heritage begun so long ago by the U S government, with the U S Census Bureau being the last agency to produce the compendium at government expense
Long-time users of the Statistical Abstract of the United States expect each new edition to carry forward much of the content from prior editions, as well as introduce new data as America continues to evolve Our editors are committed to updating the long-standing, historical statistics as new data become available, as well as researching new topics to cover
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
160 Pages • 37 bw; 3 tables
PB 9780761880752 £14 99 / $19 99
ePDF 9780761880769 • £13 49 / $17 99
ePub 9780761880783 £13 49 / $17 99
Hamilton Books
A Peaceful Patch of Earth
Blacks in Jamestown, Rhode Island, in a Time of Racial Turbulence in America, 1850–1920
Peter Fay & Valerie J Southern
In Jamestown, a thriving Black community took root far earlier, in the late 19th century A Peaceful Patch of Earth explores their remarkable journey in a time marked by racial turbulence in America
The story unfolds on a rustic island jutting into the vast Atlantic from Narragansett Bay, accessible only by boat and sheltered from the outside world Through captivating narrative and in-depth research, the book brings to life the island’s pioneering figures such as James Howland, one of Rhode Island’s last survivors of slavery, and the Champlin family members who rose from slavery, established the first Black-owned farm, and were the first island Blacks to vote The community lived within view of historic Newport; a city that controlled 70% of the American-owned slave trade in the 18th century and where their African ancestors disembarked into bondage By the 19th century, Jamestown Blacks lived free and cultivated a community that offered refuge to the tide of newly freed survivors of slavery migrating from the South Together they forged the social, cultural, and economic fabric of a multiracial rural New England
A Peaceful Patch of Earth documents the rise and response of Black America to the racial oppression and explosive changes shaping the nation before and after the Civil War, from 1850 to 1920 The authors connect Rhode Island to pivotal events in history and underscore its presence and contributions to the national struggle for freedom and civil rights
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
• 31 bw illus
320 Pages
HB 9798881808556
• £25 99 / $36 00
ePDF 9798881867485 • £23 39 / $32 40
ePub 9798881808563 • £23 39 / $32 40
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
288 Pages 1 b/w photo
HB 9780761892069 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9780761874836 £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9780761880400 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9780761879060 • £17 99 / $24 25
Hamilton Books
The Green Sahara Regaining Paradise in the Face of Climate Change
John Gaudet
A thoughtful exploration of how the Sahara Desert can be returned to its former glory as a green paradise while actively combating climate change
In The Green Sahara: Regaining Paradise in the Face of Climate Change, John Gaudet explores the process by which climate change in ancient times converted a green paradise into an arid desert land, highlighting parallels to what is happening in our time But he also illuminates how an intense effort to create green energy is being made by several Saharan countries to build and operate enormous solar and wind farms As a result, a wave of green energy generated in the Sahara, the largest desert on earth, is about to swamp the world, and could lead to a regreening of the Sahara Desert If a new green Sahara happens, how will the world benefit?
Covering just 20% of the Sahara Desert with wind turbines and solar panels would generate almost five times more energy than is currently needed worldwide Gaudet highlights further benefits of regreening the Sahara by deploying climate technology to the desert such as sequestering large amounts of carbon from the atmosphere and eliminating negative health and ecosystem effects felt worldwide from desert dust Gaudet’s manifesto demonstrates how climate change induced by man actually has the power to save the world and restore a beautiful piece of ancient history
Liberia, 1900–1950
Accounts of the First African Republic
C Abayomi Cassell
An eye-witness account from two key figures in Liberia’s struggle with colonial threats and the political, economic, and social changes of five presidential terms of the time of the author
Chronicling Liberian politics and presidential administrations from the start of the twentieth century through the first half of that century with both historical papers and personal accounts from within the hallowed corridors of Liberia, C Abayomi Cassell (1906–1986) provides an in-depth view witnessed from the vantage point of a key participant Dr Cassell served in multiple capacities including, Attorney General of the Republic and Chairman of the Liberian delegation to the first General Assembly of the United Nations in 1946 and was intimately aware of the intricate details of Liberia’s sojourn Presenting eyewitness accounts from two prominent figures of the time, the author ’s father, the Rev Dr Nathaniel Henry Benedict Cassell (1872–1939), and the author himself (1906–1986), this volume starts with Coleman’s second term in January 1900, a term that was truncated by his resignation in December 1900, and then continues chronicling to 1952, the end of the first eightyear term of President William V S Tubman (1944–1971) The author ’s immense knowledge is evident in the deep research, historical facts and intimate details illuminated in this book
COLLECTIONS 4TH EDITION
Historical Dictionaries of Africa
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
826 Pages
PB 9798216381877 • £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9781538199596 • £180 00 / $245 00
ePDF 9798881866792 • £162 00 / $220 50
ePub 9781538199602 • £162 00 / $220 50 Bloomsbury Academic
Historical Dictionary of Angola
W Martin James
Angola was devastated by a civil war that lasted through much of the latter half of the 20th century and later became an international war involving the United States, Soviet Union/Russia, Cuba, South Africa, and numerous other African nations Since the end of the civil war in 2002, Angola has become a constitutional republic with a growing economy
Historical Dictionary of Angola, Fourth Edition updates the prior edition, with a focus on the period from 2002 through the present The Dictionary has extensive coverage of Angola’s economy, health, education, growth and development, and the arts, including literature, music, theater, and cinema The entries on religion, women, foreign relations, new personalities, and politics have also been expanded The bibliography also reflects this focus with special emphasis on internet sites that deal with Angola or include factual or statistical information
COLLECTIONS 3RD EDITION
Historical Dictionaries of Africa
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
576 Pages • 2 maps
PB 9798216387671 • £39 99 / $69 95
HB 9798881802738 • £160 00 / $220 00
ePDF 9798881868031 • £144 00 / $198 00
ePub 9798881802745 • £144 00 / $198 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Historical Dictionaries of Africa
UK January 2026
• US December 2025
304 Pages
PB 9798216384564 • £39 99 / $55 95
HB 9781538184707 • £130 00 / $175 00
ePDF 9798765160916 • £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781538184714 • £117 00 / $157 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Historical Dictionary of Nigeria
Toyin Falola & Oluwafunminiyi Wasiu Raheem
Nigeria was a creation of the British, following official colonial rule from the first decade of the 20th century. Although colonial rule had unofficially commenced much earlier in association with missionaries, and finally amalgamated in 1914, bringing together for administrative convenience communities that were hitherto independent, what became Nigeria was based on close to 100 years of British values, behavior, orientation, and attitudes Much of what Nigeria has become since its independence has been shaped by the British and the West With a population above 200 million, a developing economy based majorly on oil, and a relatively stable democracy, Nigeria remains a strong leader in the comity of nations Despite the myriad of challenges that the country faces, its importance both on the continent and on the global stage continues to grow
Historical Dictionary of Nigeria, Third Edition contains a chronology, an introduction, an extensive bibliography, and crossreferenced entries on important personalities and aspects of the country’s politics, economy, foreign relations, religion, and culture This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about Nigeria
Historical Dictionary of Rwanda Aimable Twagilimana, Buffalo State University SUNY
Rwanda is often cited as not only an example of post-conflict recovery but as a model for economic development, education, the environment, gender equality and women empowerment, health, peacekeeping operations, and military diplomacy However, this success is threatened by the difficult security environment in the central/eastern region of Africa: its western neighbor, the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), is embroiled in seemingly endless wars with more than one hundred militia in its eastern region bordering Rwanda, including a group called FDLR, which was founded by perpetrators of the 1994 genocide against the Tutsi and has threatened to return to Rwanda to “finish the job ”
Historical Dictionary of Rwanda, Third Edition contains a chronology, an introduction, an extensive bibliography, and more than 400 cross-referenced entries on important personalities as well as aspects of the country’s politics, economy, foreign relations, religion, and culture This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about Rwanda
UK May 2026 • US May 2026
368 Pages • 5 black and white maps and an 8-page plate section
HB 9781399417730 • £25 00 / $35 00
PB 9781399417754 • £12 99 / $18 00
ePDF 9781399417709 • £17 50 / $24 50
ePub 9781399417693 • £17 50 / $24 50
Bloomsbury Continuum
COLLECTIONS
Emperor of the Seas
Kublai Khan and the Making of China
Jack Weatherford
"Astonishing Brings to life a thriving – and rather civilized – empire" - The Telegraph
"sparkles with energy, insight and passion difficult to put down " Nicholas Morton, BBC History Magazine
Control the sea, and you control everything a gripping tale of dynastic rivalry and innovation, from the author of the classic work Genghis Khan and the Making of the Modern World
Genghis Khan built a formidable land empire, but he never crossed the sea Yet by the time his grandson Kublai Khan had defeated the last vestiges of the Song empire and established the Yuan dynasty in 1279, the Mongols controlled the most powerful navy in the world How did a nomad come to conquer China and master the sea? Based on ten years of research and a lifetime of immersion in Mongol culture and tradition, Emperor of the Seas brings this little-known story vibrantly to life
Kublai Khan is one of history’s most fascinating characters He brought Islamic mathematicians to his court, where they invented modern cartography and celestial measurement He transformed the world’s largest land mass into a unified, diverse and economically progressive empire, introducing paper money And, after bitter early setbacks, he transformed China into an outward looking sea-faring empire
By the end of his reign, the Chinese were building and supplying remarkable ships to transport men, grain, and weapons over vast distances, of a size and dexterity that would be inconceivable in Europe for hundreds of years Khan had come to a brilliant realization: control the sea, and you control everything
A master storyteller with an unparalleled grasp of Mongol sources, Jack Weatherford shows how Chinese naval hegemony changed the world forever - revolutionizing world commerce and transforming tastes as far away as England and France
Why are we in Okinawa?
A History of Violence
Jon Mitchell
In this compelling history, award-winning journalist, Jon Mitchell, traces how the islands of Okinawa have been annexed by Japan, occupied by the United States and now menaced by China In response, Okinawans have developed one of the world’s most resilient – yet overlooked – pacifist movements Once a wealthy kingdom, Okinawa was seized by Japan in the late-19th century and, after World War II, abandoned to US colonial rule For twenty-seven years, residents were denied civil and labor rights, but their non-violent resistance grew so strong that, in 1972, they forced the return of the islands to Japanese control Today, thirty-one US bases dominate a land mass smaller than Rhode Island and Okinawans remain Japan’s poorest people Tensions are rising as China questions Japan's control of Okinawa and fires missiles into nearby seas Angry at being pawns in the play of greater powers, islanders resist through mass protests, music, comedy and art Okinawa offers an inspirational model of grassroots democracy and civic engagement for the rest of Japan and beyond Asian Voices
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages • 15 b&w images, 2 maps
HB 9781538188392 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798765165027 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798765159941 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
264 Pages
HB 9789361317767
£85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9789361315183 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9789361315435 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic India
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
296 Pages
HB 9789361317774
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9789361311451
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9789361312472 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic India
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025
• US November 2025
184 Pages 1 tables;
HB 9781793612144 • £73 00 / $95 00
PB 9781793612168 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781978759121 • £65 70 / $85 50
ePub 9781793612151 • £65 70 / $85 50
Lexington Books
Goddesses in South Asia
Traditions and Transformations
Edited by R Mahalakshmi, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi, India, Malavika Binny, Department of History, Kannur University, Kerala, India & Megha Yadav, SRM University, Namburu, Guntur, Andhra Pradesh, India
Goddess traditions in South Asia have been a subject of significant academic interest since the advent of serious religious studies. This book examines a wide range of themes across various chronological and geographical contexts, with each chapter offering original research based on textual, epigraphic, anthropological, and art historical sources The authors employ diverse methodologies, showcasing the varied approaches to studying goddess traditions
While the book explores major traditions such as the Vedic, Puranic, Buddhist, and Jaina, it also delves into lesser-studied goddess traditions, often referred to as "minor deities" or village deities, particularly within South and East Indian folk traditions It also addresses the interaction between goddess worship and religions such as Islam and Christianity, raising important questions about their respective engagements with goddess imagery
The book explores the relationship between premodern goddess traditions and their modern and contemporary redefinitions It asks critical questions, including: What are the current historiographical trends in goddess studies? How did the presence of powerful female deities function in patriarchal contexts? How can the goddess be interpreted across various media, including visual and literary sources? How do goddess traditions influence gender relations in both historical and contemporary contexts? Furthermore, it investigates the role of patronage, royal authority, and rituals in legitimizing power dynamics in religious practices
Another Hyderabad in Deccan
Material Culture and Artistic Practice in South Asia
Edited by Baishali Ghosh, University of Hyderabad, India & Rajarshi Sengupta, Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur, India
This anthology on the material culture and artistic practices in Deccani Hyderabad brings forth the materiality of underrepresented voices entangled with histories, archives, architecture, lives of images and intangible knowledge production
Another Hyderabad in Deccan discusses the embodied network of artisanal practices in Hyderabad, the palimpsest of cultivated and collected material culture The nine essays in the book, which are in conversation with memories of the people, photographic records, scribbles, maps, assimilating histories, biographies, habitual practices, and experiential knowledge, reflect upon the unconfessed visual repository of Hyderabad as a way of survival
The book deals with the dusty, shadowy, grey and unacknowledged areas of visual and material culture: their historicity and contemporaneity, while presenting a range of directions and methodological interventions for conducting archival and interactive investigations
While offering the scope of newer research on the Deccan region, the anthology provides comprehensive knowledge to students in regional, cultural and art historical studies, opens up diverse range of methodologies to assist young researchers studying South Asian visual and material culture, and foregrounds resources to the professional and entrepreneur involved in cultural industries, community engagement, and artisanal development policies
Southeast Asia in China
Historical Entanglements and Contemporary Engagements
Ying-kit Chan & Chang-Yau Hoon
As part of “China’s south,” Southeast Asia has historically assumed a peripheral position when juxtaposed against the power of the Chinese state In the existing scholarly literature, the power asymmetry is reflected in the ostensible bias where most studies are about China’s presence in or engagement with Southeast Asia rather than the reverse; studies on the presence or influence of Southeast Asia in China have been a marginal enterprise The present volume aims to fill this void by exploring the historical entanglements and contemporary engagements of Southeast Asia(ns) in China through a Southeast Asian perspective As China seeks to understand Southeast Asia’s presence in the country on its own terms, it is also engaged in a process of self-discovery and defining where and how it should stand in relation to the region Departing from the discourse of China as the a priori center dominating the scholarship on China–Southeast Asia relations, the present volume hopes to subvert such power relations in order to bring fresh perspectives on the historical and contemporary contributions of Southeast Asia(ns) in China
COLLECTIONS
SOAS Studies in Modern and Contemporary Japan
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
192 Pages • 6 bw illus
HB 9781350411531 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350411562 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350411548 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350411524 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
SOAS Studies in Modern and Contemporary Japan
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
264 Pages
PB 9781350534698
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350534681 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350534704 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350534711 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
SOAS Studies in Modern and Contemporary Japan
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
264 Pages • 20 bw illus
HB 9781350424937 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350424968 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350424944 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350424920 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Translocal Island of Okinawa
Anti-Base Activism and Grassroots Regionalism
Shinnosuke Takahashi, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand
The Translocal Island of Okinawa reveals the underrepresented memories, visions and actions that are involved in the making of Okinawan resistance against its subordinated status under the US-Japan security system beyond the narrowly defined political, cultural and geographical borders of locality As Okinawa’s base politics is a problem deeply rooted in the context of East Asia, so is the history of the people’s protest movement The issue examined in this book is the arbitrary distinction of scale between ‘local’, which tends to be employed for a particular territory demarcated by a cohesive culture, and ‘regional’, a larger area that consists of myriad localities
Locality, Shinnosuke Takahashi here argues, is neither self-evident, fixed nor homogenous but is established through historical processes that involve interaction, conflict and negotiation of individuals and communities across territorial and cultural boundaries This book reveals the novel concept of Okinawa as a translocal island which offers a way to understand locality in the context of Okinawan activism as a product of multiple cultural and human flows, as opposed to the conventional way of framing the local community as fixed, internally cohesive and rigidly bordered It makes an exciting contribution to the field of modern Japanese and East Asian studies by stimulating discussions on the richness and scale of local civic activism that is increasingly becoming a key political feature of the East Asian region
Political Thought and Japan's New Left Movements Transformations in
Radical Theory
Edited by Christopher Perkins, University of Edinburgh, UK & Ferran De Vargas, University of Edinburgh, UK
While the intellectual history of the New Left is dominated by scholarship on western thinkers, Japan's radical theorists developed equally groundbreaking ideas, producing one of the most intense periods of political thought in the global twentieth century Political Thought and Japan's New Left Movements finally redresses this imbalance by assembling the first comprehensive collection of authoritative essays on the Japanese intellectuals who, by critically rethinking the Marxian legacy, defined their era Highlighting the connections between these key figures, their historical circumstances and their biographies, this book provides concise, accessible overviews of the theoretical approaches that shaped and were shaped by Japan's 1960s New Left movements, while also evaluating the development and impact of these intellectual contributions In doing so, it demonstrates the distinctiveness and significance of Japanese left-wing thought, providing an invaluable resource for students of twentieth-century radical politics
The Tale of Genji through Contemporary Manga Challenging Gender and Sexuality in Japan
Lynne K Miyake, Pomona College, USA
This groundbreaking study examines the unlikely merger of two Japanese cultural phenomena, an 11th-century aristocratic text and contemporary manga comics It explores the ways in which the manga versions of The Tale of Genji use gender, sexuality, and desire to challenge perceptions of reading and readership, morality and ethics, and what is translatable from one culture to another
Lynne K Miyake shows that, through their girls, ladies, Boy Love, boys and young men, and informational comics remediations of the tale, the manga Genjis visually, narratively, and affectively rework male and female gazes; Miyake reveals how they gently inject humor, eroticize, gender flip, queer, and simultaneously re-inscribe and challenge heteronormative gender norms The first full-length study of Genji manga, this book analyses these adaptations within manga studies and the historical and cultural moments that fashioned and sustained them
The Tale of Genji through Contemporary Manga utilizes western queer, feminist, sexuality and gender theory and Japanese cultural practices to illuminate the ways in which the Genji tale redeploys itself Yet it also provides much needed context and explanation regarding the charges of appropriation of prepubescent (fe)male and gay bodies and the utilization of (sexual) violence mounted against Genji manga and manga and anime in general once they went global
COLLECTIONS
Daily Life through History
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
248 Pages
PB 9798765115787 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798216169871 • £55 00 / $75 00
ePDF 9798216169888 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9798216169895 • £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Daily Life in Ancient Babylon
John P Nielsen, Bradley University, USA
Explore day-to-day life in ancient Babylon its social structure, economy, religion, key figures, and cultural practices and gain essential insights into one of Mesopotamia's most influential civilizations
From the monumental contributions of Hammurabi’s law code to the grandeur of Nebuchadnezzar II’s reign, this book delves into the daily experiences of Babylonians across centuries Through detailed chapters, readers will discover how religion, kingship, and intellectual pursuits shaped Babylonian life, while learning about the role of scribes, priests, and soldiers in maintaining the city's importance
The book also explores the intricacies of family life, from birth and childhood to marriage and old age, providing a rich understanding of Babylonian gender roles, sexual norms, and societal structures With a focus on both urban and rural life, readers will gain insights into the practical aspects of daily existence, such as housing, work, and leisure Accessible yet informative, this reference book is designed for students, scholars, and anyone interested in gaining a deeper understanding of Babylonian society and its enduring influence on the ancient world
COLLECTIONS
History of Science
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
320 Pages • 50 bw illus
HB 9781851095346 • £80 00 / $103 00
PB 9798216383970 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781851095391 • £72 00 / $92 70
ePub 9798216142409 • £72 00 / $92 70
Bloomsbury Academic
Science in the Ancient World
An Encyclopedia Russell M Lawson, Tulsa Community College, USA
A comprehensive A–Z resource chronicling over 4,000 years of scientific thought in the ancient Mediterranean and Near East, this book offers a complete overview of the physical, chemical, life, medical, and social sciences of the classical world
While many know of steam power and the idea that the planets orbit the Sun, few realize the ancient Greeks understood these concepts over 2,000 years ago Now, Science in the Ancient World fills this gap by covering all the major scientific developments during 4,000 years of ancient history
With over 150 entries, this work explores the origins of science, from astronomy and mathematics to medicine and chemistry Giants like Aristotle and Plato are examined, together with more obscure figures like Nearchus, explorer of the Indian Ocean, and Hero, discoverer of steam power Emphasis is placed on the diversity of ancient science, from the achievements of the Mesopotamians to the science of the Romans The philosophies behind ancient science are explored, from the Epicurean pursuit of happiness to the asceticism of the Stoics This comprehensive survey brings to the modern reader a long lost age of scientific discovery
Debates in World History
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
296 Pages
• 15 bw illus
HB 9781350538092
• £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350538085
• £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350538115
• £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350538108 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Debating Nationalism
The Global Spread of Nations
Florian Bieber, University of Graz, Austria
This concise introduction offers an overview of the global rise and spread of nationalism since the late 18th century Reflecting on key themes and scholarship it presents case studies and primary sources to track the emergence of the modern nation, and understand how nationalism has given rise to phenomena such as identity-based conflict, authoritarian politics and populist movements
Debating Nationalism goes beyond a European focus to explore how nationalism has led to the emergence of nation states, ethnic conflict and how it is expressed everyday over the last 300 years It engages with key debates such as the origins of nations and the dynamics of ethnic conflict and uses a historical lens to shed light on contemporary issues around migration, diversity and authoritarian politics
This updated and revised edition includes updates on recent developments and the latest literature with additional material throughout, covering the rise of the far-right, Covid-19, Russian aggression against Ukraine and the war in Gaza, and topics including everyday nationalism, culture, minority nationalist politics, gender, and post-colonial authoritarianism
UK September 2025 • US September 2025
352 Pages
• 8 pages of colour photographs
HB 9781399401883 • £20 00 / $30 00
PB 9781399401906 • £10 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399401845 • £8 79 / $16 00
ePub 9781399401852 £8 79 / $16 00 Bloomsbury Continuum
Cypria
A Journey to the Heart of Cyprus - shortlisted for the London Hellenic Prize Alex Christofi
A WATERSTONES BOOK OF THE YEAR 2024
One of National Geographic's Summer Reads 2024
Think of a place where you can stand at the intersection of Christian and Arab cultures, at the crossroads of the British, Ottoman, Byzantine, Roman and Egyptian empires; a place marked by the struggle between fascism and communism and where the capital city is divided in half as a result of bloody conflict; where the ancient olive trees of Homer's time exist alongside the undersea cables which link up the world's internet
In Cypria, named after a lost Cypriot epic which was the prequel to The Odyssey, British Cypriot writer Alex Christofi writes a deeply personal, lyrical history of the island of Cyprus, from the era of goddesses and mythical beasts to the present day
Written in sensitive, witty and beautifully rendered prose, with a novelist's flair and eye for detail, Cypria combines the political, cultural and geographical history of Cyprus with reflections on time, place and belonging
COLLECTIONS
Historical Dictionaries of Asia, Oceania, and the Middle East
UK January 2025 • US January 2025
556 Pages • 5 maps, 6 tables
HB 9781538184684 • £196 00 / $255 00
ePub 9781538184691 • £176 40 / $229 5 Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Historical Dictionary of New Zealand
Janine Hayward, Richard Shaw, Lara Greaves & Claire Timperley
The Historical Dictionary of New Zealand, Fourth Edition provides a broad introduction to New Zealand, as well as rich detail about the people, events, laws, concepts, and institutions that have shaped New Zealand history This is done through a chronology, an introduction, and an extensive bibliography The dictionary section has more than 800 cross-referenced entries on important personalities as well as aspects of the country’s politics, economy, foreign relations, religion, and culture This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about New Zealand
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
384 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350440982 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350441019 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350440999 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350441002 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Narratives, Nations, and Other World Products in the Making of Global History
Edited by Jeremy Adelman, Princeton University,
USA
& Andreas Eckert, Humboldt
University, Germany
Explaining how nations and narratives have been the products of transnational, cross-border forces of migration and cultural exchange, this open access volume presents a global history of the basic ideas that govern our understanding of the modern world and highlight the power of narratives in world history.
From the Enlightenment forward, the nation and other global concepts have been conjured and repurposed to manage and make sense of what we now call globalisation The authors in this volume show how social categories such as empire, race and labour were the centerpiece subjects of collective narratives
For the past two centuries, the practices of shared storytelling aimed to make sense of how groups like nations fit in the wider world This volume explores how they created bonding narratives for co-members of these groups and bridging stories to explain how groups should relate to each other through trade, war, peace, and other worldmaking processes
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Princeton University, USA
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
248 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350399211 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350399242 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350399228 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350399235 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Sugar and the Indian Ocean World Trade and Consumption in the Eighteenth-Century Persian Gulf Norifumi Daito, University of Tokyo, Japan
Tracing the history of the sugar trade and its consumption in the Persian Gulf during the 18th century, this book explores the interplay of social, economic and political interests created by this popular commodity The study of sugar has, until now, focused mainly on its significant growth in European markets from the mid-17th century and, more recently, parallel developments in East Asia In this book, Daito shows how the sugar trade also developed in, and became important to, the Indian Ocean World
Studying how the consumption of sugar wavered after the brutal overthrow of the Safavid dynasty in 1722, this book shows how the Dutch East India Company and the trading network responded to political upheavals in the region and, consequently, the changing trading conditions Arguing that sugar continued to be imported and consumed despite these political disturbances, Sugar and the Indian Ocean World proves this was not a period of economic stagnation for the region, and shows how sugar became an important intersection between socio-cultural practices and the Indian Ocean economy
COLLECTIONS 3RD EDITION
The Human Tradition around the World series
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
384 Pages • 15 bw line art, 5 bw illustration and 2 bw photo
HB 9798881803162 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798881803179 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798881864767 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9798881803186 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
The Human Tradition in Colonial Latin America
Edited by Kenneth J Andrien & Cameron D Jones
This book tells the story of colonial Latin America through the lives of common people, helping students comprehend the triumphs and tragedies of daily life and its impact on the region’s history
Stretching from Mexico to Buenos Aires, from the Pacific coast across the Atlantic, from the first colonial invasions to independence, these stories knit together common themes The narratives include a Mayan noblemen turned translator for a Spanish torturer, a Eurafrican woman healer accused of witchcraft, a missionary caught between native rebels and corrupt administrators, an Afro-Brazilian maroon leader trying to hold on to freedom, and a mestizo crown loyalist weary of independence under the new Creole elite
This new edition provides vital updates and tackles new topics:
- Expanded scope to consider more trans-Atlantic and trans-regional individuals who gave colonial Latin America its uniquely wide-reaching cultural and geographic scope
- Spaces between different empires
- The complex role of religion and religious figures as cultural and political intermediaries
- An additional chapter bridging the pre-Columbian period to post-invasion colonial rule
- Updated terminology and historiography reflective of the changes in the field since the previous edition
While most texts for use in the classroom approach political, social, religious, and economic trends through top-down narratives, this volume demonstrates how the ordinary lives of Latin Americans shaped the region These engaging, easyto-read chapters help students understand the complex interaction of race, gender, ethnicity, and religiosity in the colonial setting
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
304 Pages
HB 9798881804602 • £80 00 / $120 00
PB 9798881804619 • £25 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798881867775 • £23 39 / $35 95
ePub 9798881804626 • £23 39 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Mexico
A Concise Illustrated History
John W Sherman
This accessible, sweeping survey of Mexican history, from pre-Columbian times to the present, introduces critical political and economic processes that have defined the country
With ample maps and illustrations, along with historiographical inserts, this book is a guide from the earliest beginnings of a great nation down to the present day This 2nd edition includes the following changes:
- 2 additional chapters, covering contemporary Mexico in the 21st century
- Fresh and substantial content about the cartels, criminal organizations, and the drug war
- The latest updates on pre-Columbian archaeological discoveries
- 20 new illustrations
- 10 inserts addressing historiography and referencing over 100 scholarly books
- An expanded and updated Suggestions for Further Reading section
To understand this complex and diverse land is to study the splendor of its pre-Columbian cultures, learn the legacies of a violent conquest, and appreciate the fluorescence of 3 centuries of viceregal Spanish rule The struggle for independence, war with the United States, French Intervention, Benito Juárez, dictatorship under Porfirio Díaz, revolutionary upheaval under “Pancho” Villa – all are laid out in crystal clear narrative Nor does this book shirk from addressing the darker side of history Examining the corruption of 20th-century presidents, security apparatuses, and the PRI party, it explores the roots of present-day cartels and rising patterns of social violence
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
Histories of the Modern Nations
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
224 Pages
• 10 bw illus
PB 9798765138151
• £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765138144
• £55 00 / $75 00
ePDF 9798765138113 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9798765138120
• £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350408111
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350408142 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350408128
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350408135 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The History of Nicaragua
Clifford L Staten, Indiana University Southeast, USA
From colonial rule to revolution and beyond, this concise history of Nicaragua unpacks the political struggles, economic transformations, and social movements that have shaped the modern nation, offering essential insights into a country defined by resilience and change
Tracing Nicaragua’s past from indigenous civilizations to Spanish conquest, dictatorship, and revolution, the book examines key forces that have shaped its destiny Discover the rise and fall of the Somoza dynasty, the impact of the agro-export economy, the legacy of the Sandinista revolution, and the country’s complex path to a democratic interlude from 1990 to 2007
This revised edition brings Nicaragua’s story into the present, analyzing recent years of political and social change including President Daniel Ortega’s shift toward authoritarianism, the contested elections of 2011, 2016, and 2021, the 2018 protests, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, and evolving U S -Nicaragua relations Featuring updated timelines, key figures, and essential terms, this book is an indispensable guide to understanding Nicaragua’s past, present, and future
Colours, Commodities and the Birth of Globalization
A History of the Natural Dyes of the Americas, 1500-2000
Edited by Carlos Marichal, El Colegio de México & David Pretel, Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain
This volume explores the global history of natural dyes from the Americas and asks how their production and trade have shaped globalisation since early modern times From their extraction and processing to their overseas trade, it shows how this commodity contributed to the rise of the textile industry and consumption in Europe, the United States and Latin America In doing so, it sheds new light on the emergence of a global economy
Spanning several centuries, Colours, Commodities and the Birth of Globalization takes the reader from 1500 through the industrial revolutions of Europe and the United States and culminates in the synthetic age of the late-19th and early-20th centuries Ranging from the indigo trade in the Atlantic to the secrets of the Indian production of cochineal, the chapters in this collection transcend nationally bounded historical narratives and explore transoceanic dynamics, imperial ambitions and the cross-cultural exchange of knowledge and techniques to better understand the birth of globalization
COLLECTIONS
History of Emotions
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
240 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350424432 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350424463 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350424449 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350424456 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Fear of Robachicos in Mexico
Media, Childhood and Child Kidnapping 1900-1968
Susana Sosenski, The National Autonomous University of Mexico, Mexico Translated by Quentin Pope
Civil society organizations report that fourteen children disappear every day in Mexico This book studies the origins of this social phenomenon and its consequences, not only in the emotional sphere, but also in how children have been treated Focusing on children’s special positions within Mexican society rather than criminal acts or the implementation of the law, Sosenski links social and cultural history, the history of crime and fear, the application of justice and the media’s role, childhood and the city to paint a multi-dimensional picture of child abduction and its causes
Exploring the social impact of child protection policies and the figure of the robachicos, or child kidnapper, Soneski draws from oral traditions, films and books, songs and plays; all of which embody a culture of fear and danger reported and accentuated by a mass media response The Fear of Robachicos in Mexico focuses on the role of the media and entertainment in the legitimization of violence toward children and the objectification of their lives, stripping them of their right to freedom and curtailing their autonomy
COLLECTIONS
Writing History
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
296 Pages 10 bw illus
HB 9781474247511
• £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781474247528
• £21 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781474247542
• £19 79 / $24 25
ePub 9781474247535 • £19 79 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
Writing Queer History
Matt Cook, Birkbeck, University of London, UK
Writing Queer History introduces and surveys the ways in which historians and others have researched and written about the lesbian, gay and queer past It pinpoints some of the key themes, issues and questions they have sought to address, looks at the kinds of sources they have used and suggests ways in which queer theory since the early 1990s has shifted approaches and perspectives for historians
Section One gives an overview of uses and accounts of the queer past from the late 19th century to the present Section Two explores key questions and themes that have exercised historians by focusing on key texts ranging from the Medieval to the contemporary Section Three focuses in further on different kinds of source material, examining specific archives to demonstrate how we might understand the past through particular documents, artifacts, voices and images Finally, the author describes how his work has been shaped by his own biography, changing academic fashion, new theoretical perspectives and the particularities of archive collections
The book shows how histories of queer life have implications for the broader understanding of culture, society and politics, as well as demonstrating how queer history writing has been influenced and shaped by activist and community groups and by scholars working in and across different disciplines Rich in case studies and including practical guidance on approaching queer history, Writing Queer History is an invaluable text for those studying the history of sexuality, gender history, the history of the emotions and historiography
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages • Approx 5 black and white
integrated images throughout
PB 9781399422314 • £12 99
HB 9781399422291
• £20 00 / $28 00
ePDF 9781399422338 • £14 00 / $19 60
ePub 9781399422321 • £14 00 / $19 60
Bloomsbury Continuum
The Queer Thing About Sin SHORTLISTED FOR FOYLES BOOK OF THE YEAR 2025
Harry Tanner
'BOLD AND BEAUTIFULLY WRITTEN' Tom Holland
'MY GOD, THIS BOOK IS NEEDED HISTORY HAS NEVER SEEMED MORE ALIVE ' Russell T Davies
A gripping new journey through ancient history, uncovering the origins of homophobia and the untold stories of those who dared to love
In the early days of ancient Greece, queer love was celebrated The most famous warrior in antiquity loved another man, the poet whose lyrics were memorised by philosophers and kings sang of her desire for women Men could swear oaths of undying love and live out the rest of their lives together in peace What fragments survive of this ancient world all tell us one thing: it was not a sin to be queer
In this extraordinary book, Harry Tanner sets out on a journey to discover the origins of homophobia in the West From the rise of belligerent tyrants to civil unrest and the birth of radical new philosophies, Tanner follows the traces of this sinister idea as it swept across the ancient Mediterranean Wherever he discovers the roots of homophobia taking hold, from ancient Judea to imperial Rome, Tanner finds a confluence of crises mirrored across the centuries Inequality, fear and an obsession with self-control – this is how societies turn on their queer citizens, time and time again, since the dawn of history
This is a powerful story that draws on the rich world of the ancients to reveal how homophobia infected Western religion and ideology - the consequences of which we are still living with today - and to that end how we can move forward and resist homophobia in the future
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 US October 2025
328 Pages
HB 9798765153239 £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765153222 • £21 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798765153246 £19 79 / $31 45
ePub 9798765153215 • £19 79 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2025 • US March 2026
216 Pages • 37 bw photos
HB 9798881842581
• £20 00 / $28 00
ePDF 9798881848989 • £18 00 / $25 20
ePub 9798881848972 • £18 00 / $25 20
Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 •
320 Pages
HB 9781399408738 • £22 00
PB 9781399408745 £12 99
ePDF 9781399408707 • £15 40 / $21 59
ePub 9781399408691 • £15 40 / $21 59
Bloomsbury Continuum
Women in the Great European Revolutions Gender, Culture, Class, and the State
Bailey Stone
This book explores and compares the roles, mentalities, and destinies of elitist and working-class women in Europe’s most dramatic revolutions: England’s “Puritan Revolution” of 1640-1660, France’s 1789 Revolution, and Russia’s 1917 Revolution.
By providing one of the most detailed analyses to date of how feminist historians, sociologists, and specialists theorize gender, sexuality, and patriarchy the author draws connections to current debate over the causation of sociopolitical revolutions; and how such scholars speculate about the long-term implications of such revolutions for women in the USA and in other countries This book briefly outlines the stage-by-stage progression of events in the English, French, and Russian Revolutions, thus enabling the general reader to contextualize more easily its discussion of women’s revolutionary experiences in those countries
This book reappraises the relative importance ascribable to gendered/cultural and to statist/geopolitical factors through the disastrous revolutionary careers of three consort queens (i e Henrietta Maria of England, Marie-Antoinette of France, and Alexandra Feodorovna of Russia) by contrasting their political failings with the political acumen of three earlier regnant queens in these three countries: Elizabeth I, Cathérine de Médicis, and Catherine II (“the Great ”)
Oceans to Cross
Amelia Earhart's Extraordinary Life and Her Fight for Women's Rights
Amy M Kleppner
The ultimate biography of Amelia Earhart, written by the last family member who knew her
Amelia Earhart was an unknown twenty-three-year-old in 1920 when women won the right to vote in the United States Eight years later, she burst onto the world stage when she became the first woman to fly across the Atlantic Amelia used her newfound platform to amplify her profound belief that there should be full equality for women, in aviation and in society
Featuring never-before-published photos from the Earhart family collection, Oceans to Cross: Amelia Earhart's Extraordinary Life and Her Fight for Women’s Rights provides intimate details and insight from Earhart’s niece Amy M Kleppner, the last member of the Earhart family who knew Amelia She shares stories of Amelia’s early childhood--revealing that Amelia was a survivor of a broken and dysfunctional home with an alcoholic father and mentally unstable mother--her time as a nurse’s aid during World War I caring for wounded pilots, and her advocacy as a social worker helping immigrant families find housing and work
Oceans to Cross is an inspiring story of what can be achieved through hard work, dedication, and advocacy
Poet,
Mystic, Widow, Wife
The Extraordinary Lives of Medieval Women
Hetta Howes
A spectacular, vivid, groundbreaking work of history which takes us into the minds and lives of medieval women.
What was life really like for women in the medieval period? How did they think about sex, death and God? Could they live independent lives? And how can we hear their stories?
Few women had the luxury of writing down their thoughts and feelings during medieval times But remarkably, there are at least four extraordinary women who did Marie de France, a poet; Julian of Norwich, a mystic and anchoress; Christine de Pizan, a widow and court writer; and Margery Kempe, a "no-good wife" In their own ways these four very different writers pushed back against the misogyny of the period Each broke new ground in women’s writing and left us incredible insights into the world of medieval life and politics
This mesmerizing book is an unforgettably lively and immersive journey into the everyday lives of medieval women through the stories of these four iconic women writers, some of which are retold here for general readers for the first time
Cultural History and Historical
Culture
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
• 10 bw illus
288 Pages
PB 9781350558861
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350558830 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350558847 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350558854 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
320 Pages
PB 9781399421874
• £12 99 / $ 00
HB 9781399421881 • £20 00 / $30 00
ePDF 9781399421850 • £14 00 / $21 00
ePub 9781399421867 £14 00 / $21 00
Bloomsbury Continuum
Cultural History for a Changing World
Edited by Jochen Hung, Utrecht University, Netherlands & Willemijn Ruberg, Utrecht University, Utrecht, The Netherlands
This volume explores the changing field of cultural history to map out its new developments and future directions, covering major themes such as environment, (de)colonization, digitization, knowledge, heritage and embodied identity After the rise of the ‘new cultural history’ in the 1980s, the field of cultural history is once again undergoing a time of change This collection discusses and explains these changes, highlighting new themes from disability and race to technology and animals, and shows how the field has become increasingly entangled with other disciplines such as gender studies, science and technology studies, and critical heritage studies Featuring an international team of experts working in cultural history today, Cultural History for a Changing World is an indispensable guide to the field
Each chapter historicizes and problematizes their topics, gives an overview of the different reactions within the field, and offers an outlook about future avenues and opportunities of research the respective topic offers Introducing relevant case studies drawn from their own research, the authors show how these new approaches can work in practice Also highlighting the opportunities offered by new approaches such as decolonial, environmental and digital methodologies, Cultural History for a Changing World sets out how this field has been adapting to, and sometimes instigating, shifts in society, and demonstrates how global cultural, social, political and economic changes are affecting the theories, methods and practices of cultural historians
Soft
A Brief History of Sentimentality
Ferdinand Mount
From troubadours to Twitter: a thousand years of feelings, fads, and furious sentiment, from renowned essayist Ferdinand Mount
Whatever we think we feel, you can be sure that the past has had a part to play in it In Soft, Ferdinand Mount tells the millennium-long history of emotion through often mischievous storytelling and a masterly command of history
Revealing all the ways people in the past expressed their grief and joy, Mount explores the shifting importance societies have placed on empathy for the misfortunes of others Each seismic moment, Mount argues, from the French Revolution to Civil Rights, has had a corresponding sentimental revolution that has fuelled great political turning points and come to define human civilization
But during this long history, powerful feelings have frequently come under attack No one wants to be accused of being sentimental; its detractors call it soppy, effeminate and populist – and yet, today, Mount argues it is not the stoics who are ruling the roost: we are living in an age of emotion
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
368 Pages 10 bw illus
PB 9781350549180 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350532601 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350532618 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350532625 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Cultural History and the Anthropocene Old Turns, New Encounters
Edited by Anders Ekström, Uppsala University, Sweden, Marit Ruge Bjærke, University of Bergen, Norway, Brita Brenna, Oslo University, Norway & John Ødemark, Oslo University, Sweden
This open access collection is a comprehensive analysis of the challenges and contributions of cultural history to contemporary and cross-disciplinary discussions of the Anthropocene
Organised into three key sections, this volume is a concise and critical overview of interdisciplinary research on the cultural history of the Anthropocene The first part introduces readers to the key conceptual and theoretical challenges of Anthropocene debates, before the second part analyses a variety of case studies, to highlight how ethnography and cultural history can make certain processes visible and historically tangible Key case studies explored by the volume range from sustainability in poultry production, to 18th century mining, to natural history and the works of Peter Christen Asbjørnsen Finally, the third section explores 5 critical approaches to Anthropocene discourse, and the challenges it may pose to alternative styles of cultural history
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Norwegian Research Council and the University of Bergen
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
320 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781440877254
• £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9798765112458 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781440877261 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9798216170860 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Bigfoot to Mothman
A Global Encyclopedia of Legendary Beasts and Monsters
Margo DeMello, Carroll College, USA
This one-volume encyclopedia introduces readers to the world's cryptids those hidden or secret animals believed to exist at the margins of human society including Bigfoot, Yeti, the Loch Ness Monster, and the Mothman
Comprehensive in its scope, this book is a valuable resource for anyone who wants to know more about well-known creatures of myth and legend, such as the Chupacabra and the Jersey Devil, and discover lesser-known animals, such as the Bunyip of Australia and the Mamlambo of South Africa Rather than purport to prove or deny the existence of these creatures, however, this volume classifies them within their respective cultural, historical, and social contexts, allowing readers to appreciate cryptids as cultural artifacts important to societies around the globe Finally, this book goes beyond the study of the unknown to investigate who believes in cryptids, why they do, and why the study of cryptozoology is as much about understanding cryptids as it is about understanding ourselves
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
368 Pages • 27 bw illus
HB 9781440869334 • £64 00 / $83 00
PB 9798216384458 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781440869341 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798216124092 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Numbers
A Cultural History
Robert Kiely, School of the Art Institute Chicago, USA
Numbers: A Cultural History provides students with a compelling interdisciplinary view of the development of mathematics and its relationship to world cultures over 4,500 years of human history
Mathematics is often referred to as a "universal language," and that is a fitting description Many cultures have contributed to mathematics in fascinating ways, but despite its "universal" character, mathematics is also a human endeavor It has played pivotal roles in societies at particular times; and it has influenced, and been influenced by, a wide range of ideas and institutions, from commerce to philosophy Ancient Egyptian views of mathematics, for example, are tied closely to engineering and agriculture Some European Renaissance views, on the other hand, relate the study of numbers to that of the natural world
This work seeks to place the history of mathematics into a broad cultural context While it treats mathematical material in detail, it also relates that material to other subject matter: science, philosophy, navigation, commerce, religion, art, and architecture It examines how mathematical thinking grows in specific cultural settings and how it has shaped those settings in turn It also explores the movement of ideas between cultures and the evolution of modern mathematics and the quantitative, data-driven world in which we live
COLLECTIONS
Empire’s Other Histories
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
280 Pages 10 bw illus
PB 9781350386051 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350386044 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350386068 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350386075 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Dwelling on the Margins of Empire Colonized and Indigenous Peoples’ Imaginaries of Home
Edited by Lisa Binkley, Dalhousie University, Canada
Embracing the concept of marginality as a method for recovering histories of home, this book explores communities that have been seen to exist outside of western models of nineteenth- and twentieth-century domesticity, particularly as they were transplanted in – and transformed by – settler, Indigenous, and imperial geographies across the globe
In focusing their attention on Indigenous perspectives on home in the face of – and despite – colonial dislocations, both cultural and territorial, several contributors expose home s function as a site of cultural vitality and political resistance, as well as colonial violence, across a range of geographical contexts In addition to highlighting previously marginalised, nonwestern perspectives on home, this collection explores the operation of domestic politics within nominally undomesticated spaces, as well as within seemingly “unhomely” historical experiences – such as political activism, intergenerational trauma, and geographical exploration In so doing, it invites critical re-evaluations of home as a category of analysis within imperial, settler colonial, and Indigenous histories on a variety of fronts Chapters are organised around three key themes, previously positioned in opposition to normative understandings of home, that contributors have reimagined as intrinsic to material and imagined geographies of home: travel and mobility; politics and public life; and colonial violence
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
216 Pages
PB 9781666906820 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666906806 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216267799 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978761322 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Letter Book of Charles Winstone of Dominica, 1767-1784 A West Indian Planter during the American Revolution Mark Quintanilla, Hannibal-LaGrange University
Charles Winstone’s letter book offers a rich first-hand account of Caribbean history during the American Revolution, the French invasion, and the occupation of Dominica
The American Revolution and French presence disrupted the island's economic life As Dominica's former solicitor and attorney general, Winstone became a central figure to absentee planters and British firms protecting estates and investments His letters reveal efforts to forge new trading networks through the Dutch West Indies as he worked for British absentees based elsewhere in the Caribbean and Europe The correspondence also reflects his struggle to establish a West Indian fortune on the backs of enslaved people cultivating coffee and sugar His letters provide a rare look at the world of a plantation attorney and manager as he oversaw several estates near the colonial capital of Roseau during the most tumultuous years in Dominica’s history and reflects on the ineffective and unprepared British response upon the outbreak of the American conflict, particularly noting French military preparations on the nearby islands of Martinique and Guadeloupe
COLLECTIONS
Histories of Internationalism
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
312 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350425576
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350425545
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350425552
• £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350425569 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Histories of Internationalism
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350464025 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350463998 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350464001 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350464018 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Histories of Internationalism
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350367883 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350367913 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350367890 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350367906 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Student Internationalism and the Global Cold War
The International Union of Students in Socialist Prague
Mikuláš Pešta, Charles University Prague, Czechia
This open access book tells the history of the International Union of Students, providing a fascinating account of a significant but understudied vehicle of internationalism amidst the Global Cold War. Focusing on three main themes; student internationalism, decolonization, and socialist transnationalism, it draws on a vast array of archival sources to explore cooperation and exchange between the Cold war ’s three worlds, and the role of the organization in developing global socialism
Centring Prague as a key co-ordinating centre of Cold War internationalisms and with an international focus on student organisations, Pešta contextualises the legacy and impact of student internationalism in the twentieth century Paying particular attention to the role of ‘Third World delegates who communicated and legitimised topics such as colonialism, racism, global inequality and national liberation, it shows how the language and agenda of the IUS changed over time, and how the organization struggled to find its place after the end of the Cold War in 1989
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation
Poland and the Making of Transnational Social Science Eastern Europe, the United States, and the Wilsonian Moment
Olga Linkiewicz
This book explores how American internationalism and Eastern European social science influenced and reshaped each other in the 1930s, giving rise to the phenomenon of transnational social science By tracing interactions between Polish and Jewish scholars and American internationalists, it reveals how politically relevant knowledge on nations, nationalism, and migration evolved into the area studies on Eastern Europe that emerged at American universities during the early Cold War
Following Woodrow Wilson’s interest in Eastern Europe, a group of American internationalists primarily linked to Columbia University, think tanks, and philanthropists worked to establish a network of experts in the region In their effort to support peace and democracy, they sought to advance social-scientific knowledge of Eastern Europe’s contested borderlands Poland and the Making of Transnational Social Science explores how interactions between scholars Polish and Jewish intellectuals and their American counterparts shaped interwar transnational thought on self-determination, nationalism and national indifference, anti-Semitism and racial exclusion, migration, and assimilation This knowledge circulation played a key role in the evolution of 1930s social science and its transition into American Cold War area studies
Dam Internationalism
Rethinking Power, Expertise and Technology in the Twentieth Century
Edited by Vincent Lagendijk, Maastricht University, Netherlands & Frederik Schulze, University of Münster, Germany
During the 20th century dam-building became a truly global endeavour Built around the world, they generated networks of actors, institutions and companies embedded in globally circulating technological knowledge and discourses of modernization and development This volume takes a global approach to the history of dams, exploring the complex power relations and internationalist entanglements that shaped them
Shedding new light on the globalization of technology and international power struggles that defined the 20th century, Dam Internationalism shows that dams are artefacts in their own right and have created new and revisionist histories that urge us to rethink classic narratives From international cooperation, to the importance of the Cold War and the capitalist/socialist divide, the success of western technology, the prominence of the United States, the alleged impotence of people affected by dams, and the uniformity of infrastructure Each chapter showcases a different case study from Europe, Asia, Africa, North and South America to show that dams enabled marginalized countries and actors to articulate themselves and pursue their own political and socio-economic goals in a century dominated by the Global North
COLLECTIONS OPEN ACCESS
UK February 2026
256 Pages
PB 9781350546684
• US February 2026
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350546653 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350546660 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350546677 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Socialist Parties in Southern Europe and the Cold War International Order Ideological Evolution, Foreign Policy and Security
Edited by Alan Granadino, Complutense University of Madrid, Spain & Sergio Molina, University of Castilla La Mancha, Spain
This open access edited collection sheds new light on how socialist parties envisioned, addressed and contributed to the transformation of the international and economic order from the 1970s to the 1990s
Social democracy has been said to be in crisis for decades, with multiple scholars claiming that its end is at hand in these uncertain times This book interrogates this view, pointing to claims that social democracy has been, and is, successfully adapting to the ever-evolving context in which it exists Both arguments point to the period between the 1970s and the 1990s as the watershed decades in which the roots of social democracy’s decline and/or transformation are to be found
Exploring social democracy’s place in the international order during the Cold War, this book studies the evolution of socialist parties including British Labour, German Social Democrats, Greece’s PASOK and others, to understand their contribution to this transformation Exploring whether social democratic ideology was put on the defensive because of the international economic crises of 1973 and 1979, it argues that the source of this ideological crisis was also political and intellectual, as neo-liberal thinkers challenged core social democratic values by attacking the weaknesses in the premises of Keynesian welfare states As a result, a new kind of social democracy emerged, one that sought to cope with the new international post-Cold War order; globalization, slow economic growth, and the shrinking of the working class
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Universidad de Castilla-La Mancha, Institut François Mitterrand and Fundación Felipe González
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350556058 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350556027 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350556034 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350556041 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Problem of China in the British Foreign Office Mind Understanding a Rising Superpower, 1922-1985 Oliver Yule-Smith, Kings College London, UK
This book is a work of British diplomatic history that illuminates how Britain’s China officials grappled with China’s changing position in international affairs during the 20th century Arguing that the idea of a ‘rising China’ was recognised by these officials as early as the 1920s, and that they actively took steps to plan for this eventuality, Yule-Smith shows how they were guided by a strategic, long-term view of what Britain should try to achieve in its relations with China This dilemma of how to reconcile a country that then appeared weak and disordered, with the view that it would once again return to great power, became understood in Foreign Office circles as the ‘problem of China’
This book will challenge the idea that the concept of a ‘rising China’ did not emerge until the 1980s or later, instead asserting that a small cadre of experts were exploring what China’s return to power would mean for both the UK and the wider international order as early as the 1920s The book brings these British China officials out of the shadows of history to ascertain how they understood China; and how they tried to define Britain’s diplomatic efforts over the course of the twentieth century Finally, it will draw lessons from these diplomatic histories and offer some policy recommendations for modern day Anglo-Chinese relations
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
280 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350439566 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350439535 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350439542 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350439559 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The South Africa Disputes before Apartheid
The United Nations and Commonwealth Relations, 1946-1952
Robert Barnes, York St John University
In examining the early United Nations disputes over South African racial and expansionist policies between 1946 and 1952, this book explores how South Africa found itself out of step with the post-war international environment and had become a pariah state as well as an embarrassment to its Commonwealth partners even before apartheid was formally discussed at the world organisation
Focusing on international concerns around two specific disputes at the UN; the treatment of Indians in South Africa, and Pretoria s attempts to annex the territory of South West Africa (Namibia), Barnes highlights how divisive these issues became for the Commonwealth of Nations The recently independent Asian ‘new’ members, especially India, led the charge in criticizing these policies But for the ‘old’ White members, from whom South Africa expected support and who initially went the furthest in supporting their partner, the situation was more problematic These governments increasingly felt uncomfortable openly endorsing South Africa’s policies, especially after the election of the National Party in 1948 and the implementation of its apartheid programme in the face of mounting international criticism Utilizing a vast range of official records from the Commonwealth countries involved and the UN, The South African Disputes before Apartheid shows how these disputes over the future of South Africa s race relations and its territorial claims caused the deepest rifts within the Commonwealth during the early postwar period These issues also set the scene for ever more heated debate on apartheid at the UN after 1952 and Pretoria’s withdrawal from the Commonwealth in 1961
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
360 Pages • 27 bw
PB 9798765112663 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765112625 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798765112632 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9798765112649 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Extraordinary Expeditions
The People and Journeys That Changed History Anne Della Guardia, Independent Scholar, UK
From ancient sea voyages to modern-day explorations of deep space, discover the expeditions that have shaped our world and the daring individuals who undertook them
Extraordinary Expeditions highlights 27 of the most influential expeditions in history While some will likely be familiar to readers, such as Christopher Columbus’s journey to the New World or Charles Darwin’s travels in the Galapagos Islands that inspired his theory of natural selection, others are less well-known but no less important The book examines a diverse array of expeditions, spanning more than a millennium and including all seven continents and beyond Care has been taken to include journeys conducted by women, people of color, and non-Westerners in order to provide a more comprehensive and inclusive volume
The profiled expeditions are organized chronologically, although a geographical entry list ensures readers interested in a specific region can quickly find relevant material Each entry includes a description of the expedition, as well as an analysis of its historical context and lasting impact
History s greatest expeditions have been prompted by many motivations, from a love of adventure to a desire for fame, from the promise of economic prosperity to a thirst for scientific knowledge Regardless of why it was undertaken, each of these expeditions had significant impact that endured long after the adventure was over
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
216 Pages • 20 bw photos
HB 9798765163467 £25 00 / $34 00
ePDF 9798765163481 • £22 50 / $30 60
ePub 9798765163474 £22 50 / $30 60
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK
PB 9798216383390 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781440866050 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798216064336 £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Food in Modern History: Traditions and Innovations
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
280 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350398474
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350398504 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350398481 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350398498 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Our Time Finding Hope in a Climate Crisis
Alasdair Skelton, Stockholm University, Sweden
An inspiring call to action that links today’s climate crisis to Earth’s evolution throughout history
Our Time is a true story Alasdair Skelton takes readers through time, from the formation of the Earth to the present day, reflecting on the finely tuned climate system and its elegant workings that have made it possible for living things to thrive on Earth for three-and-a-half billion years Skelton explores what happened when Earth’s climate spiraled out of control and how it repaired itself time and time again, and as we plunge into our own chapter of time, he highlights our separation from nature as a root cause of the crisis in which we now find ourselves
Skelton tells this story as a geologist who was awoken to climate activism by the voices of his own students He shares a perspective on the climate crisis as a blink of an eye amidst the enormity of time Concluding with what will happen if we fail to act, and what will happen if we do act, Skelton compares alternative futures and explains how we can still choose a good one Throughout, and without ever betraying scientific truth, Our Time navigates the narrow path from the inaction of denial and despair to the action of hope This is a beautiful history of planet Earth and the role humans can play in its evolving climate story
The Computer
A Brief History of the Machine That Changed the World Eric G Swedin, Weber State University, USA & David L Ferro, Weber State University, USA
This book, aimed at general readers, covers the entirety of computing history from antiquity to the present, placing the story of computing into the broader context of politics, economics, society, and more
Computers dominate the world we live in, and this book describes how we got here The Computer: A Brief History of the Machine That Changed the World covers topics from early efforts at mathematical computation back in ancient times, such as the abacus and the Antikythera device, through Babbage's Difference Engine and the Hollerith Tabulating Machines of the 19th century, to the eventual invention of the modern computer during World War II and its aftermath The scope of the text reaches into the modern day, with chapters on social media and the influence of computers and technology on recent elections
The information in this book, perfect for readers new to the topic or those looking to delve into the history of computers in greater detail, can be accessed both chronologically and topically With chapters focusing on larger time periods as well as shorter subsections covering specific people and topics, this book is designed to make the history of computing as approachable as possible
The Moral and Market Economies of Bread Regulation and Reform in Vienna, 1775-1885
Jonas Albrecht, Johannes Kepler University Linz, Austria
From the 1770s the Vienna bread market was rocked by a series of politico-economic and technological changes that questioned the way this everyday foodstuff was sold and produced In this book, Jonas Albrecht explores how this reconfiguration of the bread market had wide-reaching and significant consequences for a society who relied on this foodstuff to live
Before 1860 the production and selling of bread was embedded into a moral economy with distinct regulations But as the grain market expanded and new cereal varieties arrived from the empire’s peripheries reformers sought to create a ‘free’ market through liberalizing reforms The Moral and Market Economies of Bread shows that while terminating market regulation did mobilize and diversify Vienna’s bread market in spatial terms, it intensified inequality among consumers As opaque prices, non-transparent market procedures and diverging power relations between producers and consumers led to unrest, city officials and bakers struggled to meet the shortcomings of the free market from within This book brings economic, social and urban histories together and employs a spatial approach and GIS methods to explore the relationship between market and society, and capitalism at large
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
184 Pages
HB 9798765167748 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798765167762 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798765167755 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Transforming Darkness into Light
A Holocaust Survivor ’s Lessons in Fighting Hate
Philip Lazowski
In 1941, when Philip Lazowski was 11 years old, his mother and two younger siblings were murdered by the Nazis, along with most of the Jews from his village in Poland His mother ’s last words to him exhorted Phillip to “be somebody” because “the world will need you ” He survived two massacres and eventually was reunited with his father and one brother Together the three of them spent the rest of World War II hiding from the Nazis in the dense woods of Poland, occasionally attaching themselves to groups of partisans Rabbi Lazowski has spent a lifetime living up to his mother ’s last words
Now, at the age of 94, Rabbi Lazowski has experienced both the worst and the best that the world has to offer He has lived his life as a spiritual leader, peacemaker, educator, community builder and an outspoken and ardent fighter against antisemitism and all forms of hate Witnessing the worldwide surge in antisemitism over the past 8 years, especially since the October 7, 2023, attack by Hamas on civilians in Israel, Rabbi Lazowski has been inspired to write this last and most important book of his life
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages • 11 bw illus
PB 9781350475335 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350475342 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350475359 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350475366 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Holocaust Letters Methodologies, Cases and Reflections
Edited by Christine Schmidt, The Wiener Holocaust Library, UK, Clara Dijkstra, University of Cambridge, UK, Charlie Knight, University of Southampton, UK & Sandra Lipner, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK
Throughout the Holocaust, letters were sent in their millions, in a variety of different contexts and for a range of differing purposes Holocaust Letters marks the first volume of its kind to examine collectively letter writing during this period The book presents different methodological approaches to letters as texts, material objects and markers of memory, and outlines a range of different case studies using letters as sources in practice Emerging from the exhibition of the same name held at The Wiener Holocaust Library (UK), the authors in this volumeuse letters to gain a deeper understanding of the Holocaust and the post-war period in Western and Central Europe, and transnational humanitarian efforts in the UK and North Africa
Holocaust Letters also presents a series of short source critiques of individual letters and small collections of letters, with insightful analysis of a variety of different types of letters to be found throughout In whatever form they occur, Holocaust-era letters are witness not only to what happened and to whom but contain valuable evidence of how and, crucially, why the events that came to be known as the Holocaust occurred
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
296 Pages • 15 images
HB 9798881800697 • £20 00 / $27 00
ePDF 9798881857370 • £18 00 / $24 30
ePub 9798881800703 • £18 00 / $24 30
Bloomsbury Academic
Resisting Nazism
True Stories of Resistance to the World's Most Dangerous Ideology, from 1920 to the Present Luke Berryman
Nazism has always faced resistance: from the German artists who caricatured the Nazis in the 1920s, or the man who infiltrated the SS to try and expose the Holocaust in the 1940s, or the people who uncovered former Nazis as part of a groundbreaking documentary in the 1970s Resisting Nazism is the first book to connect such stories, painting a vivid picture of resistance to hatred and extremism across the generations
Built on original interviews with the people involved, their families, and their colleagues, as well as deep research, this book is a response to far-right populist threats and antisemitism that increasingly resemble the Nazi past Each of its twelve chapters tells a different story of resistance Sometimes, these stories involve incredible daring and enormous risk – but they also show that resistance can begin with something as simple as writing your ideas down or showing solidarity with the oppressed
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
336 Pages • 16 bw illus
PB 9781350446564 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350446557 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350446571 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350446588 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Jewish History and Culture Beyond Borders
Essays in Honour of Professor Joachim Schlör
Edited by Maja Hultman, University of Gothenburg, Sweden, Susanne Korbel, University of Graz, Austria, Claire Le Foll, University of Southampton, UK & Johanna Rolshoven, University of Graz, Austria
Exploring and challenging the academic lifework of Professor Joachim Schlör, this book provides a window into current developments and debates in Jewish cultural studies Reflecting on Schlör ’s biographical and from-below approach, this Festschrift considers how the ordinary and everyday remains essential for historical analysis of the human experience of modernity, forced migration, and the loss of a homeland, offering a vital synopsis of new research in urban and Jewish history in the process
Jewish History and Culture beyond Borders brings together an international cast of renowned scholars from around the world to excavate Jewish experiences of modern Europe, urban topographies, and Jewish/non-Jewish relations through aspects that go beyond the traditional focus on either antisemitism or spheres of high culture and politics Biographical, material, rural and transnational approaches are used, which together assemble theoretical reflections and introduce epistemological questions on dynamics in urban power structures, pluricultural everyday practices, and multi-layered experiences of (dis)location through bottom-up case studies
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages
PB 9781350546585 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350546592 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350546608 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350546615 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
British Experiences in the French Foreign Legion during the Interwar Period Myths and Realities
Frédéric Barthet, Independent Scholar, Australia
British Experiences in the French Foreign Legion during the Interwar Period examines how, during the Interwar period, a few Britons joined the French Foreign Legion, in spite of the fact that they had the largest empire on Earth, a still sizeable army and that the Legion was in the service of the ‘old enemy’ Frédéric Barthet draws on the memoirs written by many of these British men to reveal fascinating insights into this experience Did these men describe the reality of their experience in the Legion or did they play on the myths attributed to the Legion by the British public at the time? The book establishes the interaction between myth and reality as depicted by the British ex-legionnaires themselves and reflects on how and why these memoirists deliberately chose myth over reality
The creation of fictional films, novels and newspaper articles which pre-dated the British enlistment, these Foreign Legion myths – Barthet convincingly contends – bore little resemblance to reality Yet this vision of Legion life was in fact so powerful that many of the so-called memoirs written by supposed British ex-legionnaires were actually novels disguised as autobiographies, a sort of subgenre of Victorian and Edwardian adventure novels written to appeal to the taste of the British public for French Foreign Legion stories at the time The book reflects on what this blurring of the line between truth and fantasy can tell us about the British involvement in the French Foreign Legion
COLLECTIONS
Historical Dictionaries of War, Revolution, and Civil Unrest
UK February 2026 US February 2026
336 Pages
PB 9798216392941 £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9798765145715 • £110 00 / $150 00
ePDF 9798765145739 £99 00 / $135 00
ePub 9798765145722 • £99 00 / $135 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Historical Dictionary of Explosives
Benjamin C Garrett, FBI
The history of explosives is told through accidents, inventions, tragedies, and war Historical Dictionary of Explosives describes this history, presenting the three types of explosives chemical, mechanical, and nuclear and how they were discovered, developed, and used It gives their physical and chemical characteristics and profiles the men, women, companies, and collaborative efforts responsible for inventing or otherwise developing these explosives It recounts selected events in which they were used both in warfare and for peaceful purposes such as tunneling and removing obstacles to navigation It highlights disasters where human error, carelessness, disregard for personal safety, or unimagined circumstances led to explosions that killed many, injured more, and destroyed cities and ports Misuse at the hands of terrorists is described, noting that such misuse has changed the way we board aircraft, enter sports venues, and access public buildings It discusses attempts at both controlling their development and limiting their acquisition, stockpiling, testing, and use, noting that while these attempts are imperfect, they build hopes for enhanced international security
Historical Dictionary of Explosives contains a chronology, an introduction, an extensive bibliography, and cross-referenced dictionary entries This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about explosives
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
264 Pages
HB 9781350557277 £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350557284 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350557307 £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350557291 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK April 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages
HB 9781350516915
• £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350516908
• £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350516946
• £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350516922 £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Indigenous Self-Rule
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
272 Pages • 2 maps, 1 illustration, 1 table
HB 9781350441279 • £70 00 / $95 00
PB 9781350441286 • £22 99 / $30 95
ePDF 9781350441293 • £20 69 / $27 85
ePub 9781350441309 • £20 69 / $27 85
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Gendered Impacts of China's Development Initiatives in the Global South
Cai Yiping
Using empirical data from communities and stakeholders across Africa, Asia, the Pacific, Latin America and the Caribbean this open access book provides crucial insights into the profound and multidimensional implications of China's engagement in the Global South for women
The book synthesizes the findings of a two-year, collaborative research project conducted by Development Alternatives with Women for a New Era (DAWN) It reveals startling insights into the gendered dimensions of China's soft power; it's peace and security agenda; it's impact on civil society activism; and its investment in mining, infrastructure, and agriculture
Authors put women’s agency at the centre rejecting approaches that treat women merely as passive victims, or at best, as members of a vulnerable group and they challenge the gender-blindness in the China’s current South-South cooperation framework and practice What emerges is a call for mutual accountability for both China and the recipient countries with which it engages
The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Development Alternatives with Women for a New Era (DAWN)
OPEN ACCESS
Dimensions of Inequality
Impacts on Growth, Governance, and Human Development
Finn Tarp, University of Copenhagen, Rachel M Gisselquist, University of Birmingham & Ines A Ferreira, Independent Consultant
This open access book offers a balanced, readable introduction to key topics around inequality across the globe Inequality matters and yet, despite an explosion of research and debate, it remains one of the most contested issues of our time Is it rising or falling? Why do expert analyses often clash? And how can non-specialists make sense of the evidence? Too often, discussions focus narrowly on wealthy Western countries, overlooking also urgent realities in Africa, Asia, and Latin America
This book tackles those gaps, combining expert synthesis of the scholarly literature with new findings from @EQUAL, a major research consortium project spanning institutions in the Global North and South Rejecting one-size-fits-all solutions, it advocates nuanced, practical, and transformative approaches rooted in context, values, and evidence
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Novo Nordisk Foundation
Indigenous Nation Building in Australia Resistance, Resilience, Resurgence
Larissa Behrendt, Miriam Jorgensen, University of Arizona Native Nations Institute, USA, Alison Vivian, University of Technology Sydney, Australia, Daryle Rigney, University of Technology Sydney, Australia, Damein Bell, Gunditj Mirring Traditional Owners Aboriginal Corporation, Australia, Steve Hemming, University of Technology Sydney, Australia & Stephen Cornell, University of Arizona, USA
This vital and timely book is the first sustained investigation of the creative strategies employed by two Australian Indigenous nations in re-asserting their sovereign capacities for self-determination Continuing the remarkable history of Indigenous peoples resisting settler-colonialism, these nations echo the resurgence of collective cultural identity and political capacity evident across Australia
Describing and comparing the governance innovations developed by Elders and leaders of the Gunditjmara People and the Ngarrindjeri Nation reveals the distinctive contributions made by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander nations to a worldwide movement of Indigenous nation rebuilding Facing the realities of structuring and rebuilding Indigenous nationhood, the political techniques set out in Indigenous Nation-Building in Australia range from transforming localised instances of injustice to developing communities and protecting ancestral Country By sharing these Australian Indigenous leaders’ insights, this book provides practical, sophisticated and tested methods to further Indigenous self-government across the globe
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
256 Pages
HB 9781350568273 £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350568266 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350568303 £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350568297 • £22 49 / $31 45 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
248 Pages
PB 9781350426054
HB 9781350426016
• US February 2026
• £28 99 / $39 95
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350426030
• £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350426023 £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
248 Pages
PB 9781350512665 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350512627 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350512634 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350512641 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Once and Future Cow Agency, Appetite, and the Anthropocene
Andrew Kettler, University of South Carolina, USA & Charlton W Yingling, University of Louisville, USA
This groundbreaking book shows how cows' choices have influenced the economic, agricultural, and sociopolitical development of the Americas.
Tracing the interconnected transformations of cattle, land, and labor from the 18th-century colonial Caribbean to the early national period of the 19th century to the present day, Kettler and Yingling demonstrate how cows impact on nearly every major aspect of development in the Americas, including colonization, slavery, our ability to objectify animals we consume, our current foodways, environmental degradation, and the climate emergency Bringing together research from many fields, but proceeding always in a straightforward, chronological, historical manner underrepresented in other areas of animal studies, this book ultimately restores cattle as subjects of their own lives who in seeking to escape exploitation have deeply affected the legal, property, and geographical frameworks that haunt us today
OPEN ACCESS
Teaching Global Development
Practical Approaches for Inclusive, Critical, and Decolonized Pedagogy
Edited by Elisheva Cohen, Indiana University, USA, John-Michael Davis, Worcester Polytechnic Institute, USA, Ruth Murumba, Moi University, Kenya, Mary Jane Parmentier, Arizona State University, USA, Marylynn Steckley, Carleton University, Canada & Rita Udor
The first volume of its kind, Teaching Global Development offers a unique open access collection of current approaches to teaching development in ways that foreground such core ethical issues
Hailing from a range of disciplines and from across the world, the contributors gathered here describe what "global development" means in their context, offer strategies for more ethical syllabi, describe innovative ways to explore equity and diversity through readings and activities, and provide detailed case studies of GDS-related programs Throughout, these chapters showcase new and innovative approaches to service learning, lesson plans, and activities that demonstrate what critical, decolonized, DEI-sensitive knowledge actually looks like
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Indiana University and Worcester Polytechnic Institute
Public Supply and Demand
A Political Theory of Economies and Markets
Ian Budge, University of Essex, UK & Paul Whiteley, University of Essex, Colchester
Eminent political economists Ian Budge and Paul Whiteley make a forceful case for bringing the state back into economic planning for better economic and political outcomes They do so primarily by calling attention to the shortcomings of axiomatic, neoclassical economic theorizing, which makes normative assumptions about how economic actors ought to behave without considering how they actually behave thanks largely to the influence of advertisers and politicians Revisiting Adam Smith with this in mind, Budge and Whiteley offer original, alternative understandings of individual and collective decision-making; the difference between national economies and "the economy"; the state's role in the provision of public goods; the state’s role in dealing with risks, uncertainties, and externalities such as climate change; and the very notion of "supply and demand," which they reconceive as supply-then-demand
The end result is a more robust explanatory model of economics coupled with a normative case for the governance of public goods and markets All this adds up to a major intervention into the question of how societies organize the extraction and allocation of resources to meet the needs of their constituents
COLLECTIONS
Civil Justice Systems
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
216 Pages
HB 9781509962693
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509962730
• £42 99 / $58 95
ePDF 9781509962716
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509962709 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
The Regulation of International Commercial Arbitration Arbitrators’ Duties and the Emerging Arbitral Market
João Ilhão Moreira, University of Macau, China
This book addresses how the regulation of international commercial arbitrators takes place International commercial arbitrators are a unique category of service providers because they are not organised as other professionals such as accountants, lawyers and doctors The book provides an overview of how and why the regulation of international commercial arbitrators diverged from that of other professions It also argues that, despite these differences, there is an effective regulatory environment overseeing the behaviour of international commercial arbitrators
The book unpicks the different elements that contribute to the creation and enforcement of professional norms in this field It explains how the specific characteristics of the arbitral market create strong incentives for ethical norms to be created, even in the absence of the institutions that usually address these issues in other fields It also describes how market and social forces drive arbitrators to comply with these norms in most circumstances Finally, the book addresses the ways in which this regulatory system also explains some of the perceived weaknesses of arbitration, namely the rising costs of proceedings and the perceived unfairness of appointments
UK March 2026 • US February 2026
320 Pages
HB 9781509990306 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781509990290 • £29 99 / $40 95
ePDF 9781509990276 • £26 99 / $36 85
ePub 9781509990283 • £26 99 / $36 85
Hart Publishing
The New Law of State Aid and Subsidies
Pablo Ibáñez Colomo, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK
This book presents a positive account of state aid law at the EU, UK, and global levels, and provides the keys to understanding how it is adjusting to emerging realities
Industrial policy, decarbonisation, de-risking of supply chains: the regulation of subsidies is at the forefront of the transformations that the world economy is undergoing The book provides an overview of the foundations of EU State aid law, one of the most dynamic areas of EU law An up-to-date and accessible framework explains the core conditions underpinning the notion of State aid – including advantage and selectivity
The book also covers how the EU model has changed over the past decade It helps navigate the complex case law on the application of EU State aid law to tax rulings concluded with large multinationals (such as the Apple saga) as well as the perma-crisis of the regime since the COVID pandemic
The ways in which the EU model extends its reach beyond its borders – convergence and unilateral expansion – are also addressed The UK Subsidy Control Act 2022 and the EU Foreign Subsidies Regulation are discussed and put in context
Conceived as a 'modular' book, it can be used both as a tool to navigate the fundamentals of the discipline and as a map to reflect upon its uncertain future
COLLECTIONS
Hart Studies in Commercial and Financial Law
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
312 Pages
HB 9781509974986 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781509975020 • £44 99 / $60 95
ePDF 9781509975006 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509974993 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
Hart Studies in Commercial and Financial Law
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
304 Pages
HB 9781509976393
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509976355 • £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509976379 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509976386 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
Regulating Primary Markets in the Capital Markets Union Between Uniformity and Differentiation
Konstantinos Serdaris, Utrecht University, the Netherlands
Stay ahead of the curve with this essential book, offering a concise, comprehensive and up-to-date analysis of the Prospectus Regulation (including its recent amendment by the EU Listing Act) and the pathbreaking Regulation on European Crowdfunding Service Providers (ECSPR).
Placing the discussion in the context of the Capital Markets Union (CMU), this book provides a fresh and insightful perspective on the ever-evolving regulatory landscape of EU primary capital markets, setting out a practical roadmap for achieving effective and inclusive regulation
Unveiling a unique normative framework, the book provides a holistic perspective; it explores the underlying objectives and intricate complexities of the CMU, critically evaluates the transformative potential of regulatory actions, sheds light on potential inconsistencies, and offers insightful suggestions for future reforms
408 Pages
HB 9781509970759 • £110 00 / $150 00
PB 9781509970797 £54 99 / $74 95
ePDF 9781509970773 • £99 00 / $135 00
ePub 9781509970766 • £99 00 / $135 00
Hart Publishing
Venture Capital Investment and Government Incentives Law, Regulation, and Policy Design
Tamara
Wilkinson, Monash University, Australia
This book explores the best ways for governments to design venture capital investment incentives
Venture capital is a multi-billion-dollar industry and a major driver of innovation and national growth Investment in startup companies by venture capital funds helps finance new inventions and create wealth, economic growth, and jobs However, because venture capital investment is highly risky and sensitive to market downturns, many governments around the world use special legal and tax incentives to help encourage this form of investment Since the introduction of the first venture capital incentive in the USA in 1958, scores of venture capital incentives have come and gone These incentives have experienced varied success, with some failing entirely
The book is aimed at researchers and policy makers in law, finance and economics, as well as practitioners and investors in the venture capital space The book introduces the legal aspects of venture capital investment and presents a list of leading practice guidelines and recommendations to help policy makers design effective, efficient, and appropriate venture capital incentives
Fraud and Risk in Commercial Law
Edited by Paul S Davies, University
College London, UK &
Hans Tjio,
National University of Singapore
This book focuses on contemporary problems related to fraud and risk in commercial law
It has been said by some that we are in a ‘golden age of fraud’ In part this has been caused by globalisation, technological changes and the financialisation of business This has resulted in the creation of automated linkages with integrated supply chains and the creation of systemic risks, which have been exacerbated by new forms of intangible assets like tokens and their ease of movement While regulation has ebbed and flowed given the desire of governments to generate economic growth, as well as the distrust of their coercive powers, the courts have sought to strike a balance between considerations such as commercial certainty and fairness
The book provides an analysis of key contemporary issues on the theme of fraud and risk in commercial law, including: technology and fraud, secondary liability and ‘failure to prevent’ economic crime, abuse of business entities, insolvency and creditor protection, injunctions and other orders, cross-border issues, the relationship between regulation and private law, and solutions for policy makers
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US February 2026
256 Pages
PB 9781509960064 £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509960026 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781509960040 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509960033 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
Constitutional Transplantations
The Diffusion and Adoption of Constitutional Ideas
Edited by Anat Scolnicov, University of Winchester, UK
This book explores the global phenomenon of migration, transplantation, and borrowing of constitutional ideas It combines conceptual and normative approaches, to dissect a phenomenon which has been both praised and maligned in current political and academic discourse
The contributors consider constitutional transplantation as a specific case of migration of ideas, and place it within that broader intellectual framework of movement of knowledge They analyse, from historical, conceptual, and normative angles, the transplantation of constitutions and constitutional ideas from one state to another, and the role played by existing cultures and histories in the reception of constitutional provisions and ideas
The book takes a broad view of the term ‘constitutional’ The results of the movement of constitutional ideas can be found outside, as well as within, the law, and the implications of such movement go beyond it The authors are drawn from the fields of comparative constitutional law, medieval history, political philosophy, private law, and administration of justice
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
384 Pages
PB 9781509978878 • £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509978908
• £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781509978885
• £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781509978892 £85 50 / $117 00
Hart Publishing
The Irish Court of Appeal
The First Decade of an Intermediate Appellate Court
Edited by Mark Coen, University College Dublin, Ireland & Noel McGrath, University College Dublin, Ireland
This book examines intermediate appellate courts by using the Irish Court of Appeal as a case study
The operation and contribution of intermediate appellate courts are often overlooked in legal scholarship, which tends to focus on apex courts, most frequently national supreme courts However, intermediate appellate courts perform a series of vital functions, including error prevention, the development of doctrine, and ensuring that apex courts are free to concentrate on issues of exceptional public importance The significance of intermediate appellate courts has increased in recent decades in tandem with an increase in the volume and complexity of litigation in many countries
The Irish Court of Appeal was established in 2014 and this enables a number of dimensions of non-apex courts to be examined, including the rationales for, and challenges of, inserting such a court into an existing and well-established legal system Institutional aspects of the court such as the appointment and promotion of its judges and its rules on dissent are analysed The process of 'setting up court' is described In addition, its contribution to some areas of substantive law over the first 10 years of its operation is evaluated
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
320 Pages
PB 9781509988853 • £49 99 / $67 95
HB 9781509988891 £100 00 / $135 00
ePDF 9781509988877 • £90 00 / $121 50
ePub 9781509988884 • £90 00 / $121 50
Hart Publishing
Constitutional Effectiveness
The Case of Germany's Basic Law
Dieter Grimm, Wissenschaftskolleg zu Berlin, Germany
This book presents a unique account of the social and political impacts of the German Basic Law on the German Republic from 1949 to the present day
It considers the way in which the history of the Federal Republic of Germany has been decisively influenced by its Constitution, the Basic Law of 1949, and by the jurisprudence of the Federal Constitutional Court
The book argues that the historiography of the Federal Republic does little to reflect this influence The Basic Law is mentioned and so are occasionally rulings of the Federal Constitutional Court But the reader does not get the impression that they were of specific importance in Germany before and after reunification Legal scholars, on the other hand, are concerned about the legal consequences of the Basic Law, but do not analyse its impact in the real world
In this book, Dieter Grimm, himself a Justice of the Federal Constitutional Court from 1987 to 1999 and an expert on interdisciplinary research in law, history and political science, guides the reader through important developments and events that were determined or influenced by the constitution and its judicial interpretation
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 US November 2025
272 Pages • 45 tables, 56 figures bw
PB 9781666965230 £22 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666965216 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798216264453 £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781978760097 • £85 50 / $117 00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Constitutionalism in Latin America and the Caribbean
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
536 Pages
HB 9781509960170 • £120 00 / $160 00
PB 9781509960217 • £59 99 / $79 95
ePDF 9781509960194 • £108 00 / $144 00
ePub 9781509960187 • £108 00 / $144 00
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
352 Pages
PB 9781509975594 • £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509975556 £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781509975570 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781509975563 • £85 50 / $117 00
Hart Publishing
The Resilience of Democracy
Learnings from Stability Theory of Complex Systems
Joseph Livni
How fragile are current democracies? Joseph Livni interrogates the concept of democratic resilience through the lens of the equilibrium and stability of complex systems.
Drawing on political science, law, sociology, and psychology, this book offers diagnoses and potential solutions for preserving democracy Scholars of democracy, particularly those focused on democratic resilience, will find value in this book not because it answers familiar questions but because it offers unanticipated insights It demonstrates that neither the advocacy of individual actors nor the expansion of governmental authority guarantees democratic resilience, highlighting the unintended consequences of government actions and the hidden interconnections within societal systems that can disrupt stability Ultimately, Livni argues that democracies, especially in the United States, remain resilient This work provides scholars of law, sociology, and political science with a new framework for distinguishing between stabilizing and destabilizing actions, institutions, and structural reforms, opening a window to a deeper understanding of democratic resilience
Constitutional Reasoning in Latin America and the Caribbean
Edited by Johanna Fröhlich, Pontifical Catholic University of Chile
This book examines the reasoning practice of 15 constitutional courts and supreme courts, including the Caribbean Commonwealth and the Inter-American Court of Human Rights. Enriched by empirical data, with which it strives to contribute to a constructive and well-informed debate, the volume analyses how Latin American courts justify their decisions
Based on original data and a region-specific methodology, the book provides a systematic analysis utilising more than 600 leading cases It shows which interpretive methods and concepts are most favoured by Latin American courts, and which courts were the most prolific in their reasoning activities The volume traces the features of judicial dialogue on a regional and sub-regional level and enables the evaluation and comparison of each country’s reasoning culture in different epochs The collection includes several graphs to visualise the changes and tendencies of the reasoning practices throughout time in the region, based on information gathered from the dataset
To better understand the current functioning and the future tendencies of courts in Latin America and the Caribbean, the volume illuminates how constitutional and supreme courts have actually been making their decisions in the selected landmark cases, which could also contribute to future successful litigation strategies for both national constitutional courts and the Inter-American Court for Human Rights
Disruption, Innovation and Re-alignment in UK Consumer Law and Policy
Edited
by James Devenney, University of Reading, UK & Christian Twigg-Flesner, University of Warwick, UK
This book sets out the future directions for UK consumer law and policy
After decades of EU-driven development, the continuous improvement of UK consumer law and policy has stalled after Brexit Yet, there are major challenges, including the progressive digitalisation of the consumer environment, the need to reconcile sustainability with consumption, and the need for better crisis resilience, alongside more specific concerns such as better enforcement, students as consumers, or subscription contracts The disruption caused by Brexit demands a comprehensive solution to ensure that UK consumer law and policy remains current and robust rather than becoming moribund It also presents an opportunity for realigning UK consumer law and policy towards a consumer-centric focus and to develop innovative solutions to contemporary consumer challenges
With original contributions from UK consumer law scholars, the book shows how the UK could develop in response to both major and specific challenges Topics include a historical perspective on consumer law, consumer law reform, the implications of Brexit, vulnerability, changing paradigms, challenges in the context of financial services and digital consumer law, and enforcement
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
480 Pages
PB 9781509979998
£59 99 / $79 95
HB 9781509979950 • £120 00 / $160 00
ePDF 9781509979974 £108 00 / $144 00
ePub 9781509979967 • £108 00 / $144 00
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
Hart Studies in Private Law
UK December 2025 • US January 2026
256 Pages
PB 9781509992003 • £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509937790 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781509937813 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509937806 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
The Future of Private Law
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 at 25
Edited by William Day, University of Cambridge, UK, Janet O'Sullivan, University of Cambridge, UK & Louise Merrett, University of Cambridge, UK
In this book, experts from the worlds of the judiciary, practice and academia provide the first comprehensive assessment of The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, a legislative cornerstone in English contract law
The Act is a landmark statute in the field of private law and lays the foundation for English contract law Yet, comparatively little is written on it On the Act’s 25th anniversary this retrospective study fills that gap Experts in the field assess both its reach and impact, shedding light on its areas of complexity This will be the seminal reference work for all practitioners engaging with the Act, as well as scholars and students in the field
312 Pages
HB 9781509977253 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781509977291 • £44 99 / $60 95
ePDF 9781509977277 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509977260 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
Medical Negligence and the Duty to Advise Beyond Autonomy Kumaralingam Amirthalingam
This book argues that patient autonomy and medical negligence make for strange bedfellows The emphasis on autonomy has distorted orthodox negligence principles, contributing to uncertainty and angst amongst healthcare professionals while eroding trust in the doctor-patient relationship
This work takes the current discourse beyond autonomy – which focuses on the rights of the patient, to agency and shared decision-making – which focus on the relationship between doctor and patient The core argument is built on a review of the theoretical foundations of negligence and the philosophical conceptions of autonomy Provocatively, this work argues against a rights-based approach to negligence – which can be confrontational – in favour of a human obligations approach, which is collaborative and thus well suited to the doctor-patient relationship
Drawing on the theoretical analysis, the book identifies doctrinal anomalies in the duty of care, standard of care, causation, and damage It critically analyses landmark UK Supreme Court cases, including Chester v Afshar, Montgomery v Lanarkshire Health Board, and McCulloch v Forth Valley Health Board, arguing that the law is increasingly detached from the realities of medical practice and reasonable expectations of patients Primarily based on UK law, the work also discusses Australian, Canadian, and Singaporean law
Free Movement of Legal Ideas
Towards a Dynamic Europeanisation of Private Law
Thomas Wilhelmsson, University of Helsinki, Finland
This seminal book develops a new perspective on the debate concerning the Europeanisation of private law
The theory is both realistic, building on existing experience, and normative as it focuses on the future It outlines ‘good’ Europeanisation in which legal sources can be used across borders; hence the free movement of legal ideas At its core, is the analysis of the legal consequences of growing societal uncertainty and increasing use of micro-politics, leading to a situation where the law develops through small narratives rather than according to a coherent master plan The inevitable rule of law concerns around such a development, have to be addressed by transparent legal reasoning
The author masterfully illustrates how this can be achieved in decision-making across Europe, drawing on arguments which are both substantive and authoritative in nature He shows how all legal actors, including decision-makers and scholars, are morally responsible for the choices made
This is a fascinating intervention in the field of European private law by one of its leading authorities
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
232 Pages
HB 9781509973200
£85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509973248 • £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509973224 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509973217 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
Prosecuting Crime in the Public Interest
How Tension between Independence and Accountability Threatens the Rule of Law in Australia
Kellie Toole, University of Adelaide, Australia
This book provides the first detailed analysis of the decision to prosecute made by the statutory Australian Offices of Director of Prosecution.
It examines the system of prosecution as part of the executive branch of government, and the role and challenges of the individual prosecutors who make decisions within the system It explores the tension between prosecutorial independence and prosecutorial accountability, and the paradox that political involvement in prosecutions is necessary for accountability and to uphold the public interest, but can compromise independence
The book makes a unique contribution to both Australian criminal law scholarship and to the international literature on criminal prosecution, by drawing on the sub-disciplines of criminal law and administrative law It includes case studies on prosecuting child sexual abuse, rape, and government espionage, and comparisons with common law and civil law countries including the USA, the UK, Italy and South Africa
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
512 Pages
HB 9781509964109
Nomos/Hart
• £225 00 / $305 00
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
328 Pages
PB 9781509987528 • £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509987481 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781509987504 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781509987498 • £0 00 / $0 00
Hart Publishing
European Energy Law
A Handbook
Edited by Daniela Winkler, University of Stuttgart, Germany, Max Baumgart, Tilburg Law School, the Netherlands & Thomas Ackermann, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP, Germany
This book provides an overview of the European energy law, laying the groundwork for understanding the energy industry
The book explains private and public law aspects of the energy industry and energy environment law Starting from the internal energy market, current energy law and regulatory issues are explored, from the Energy Union to the globalisation of energy trading
In order to grasp the breadth of energy law, it is important to understand the European and international framework conditions This knowledge is a prerequisite for successful work in the energy industry, politics, administration and associations Last but not least, it is also the basis for understanding the energy transition
OPEN ACCESS
Regulatory Strategies for Energy and Finance
Sustainability in a Digitalised World
Edited by Shanya Ruhela, Tilburg University, the Netherlands, Olga Hrynkiv, Tilburg University, the Netherlands & Saskia Lavrijssen, Radboud University, the Netherlands
This open access book examines adaptive regulatory frameworks to tackle the emerging risks and opportunities of the digital transformation in the critical sectors of energy and finance
With contributions from leading experts across Europe, the book reveals how digitalisation impacts public values, policy goals, and regulatory approaches, providing comparative insights on the benefits and risks of digital transformation Through case studies on cybersecurity, data privacy, and regulatory sandboxes, it also explores the evolving role of non-state actors
By advancing forward-looking solutions such as dynamic regulation and collaborative governance, the chapters are tailored to meet the unique regulatory needs of the critical sectors of energy and finance
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com
COLLECTIONS OPEN ACCESS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
336 Pages
PB 9781509970803
• £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509970841 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781509970827 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781509970810 • £0 00 / $0 00
Hart Publishing
Business, Human Rights and Natural Resource Governance Accountability for a Just Transition
Edited
by
Ricardo Pereira,
Cardiff University, UK, Lee McConnell, Bristol University, UK & Annalisa Savaresi, University of Eastern Finland, Finland
This open access book examines the role played by international, regional, and national legal frameworks in holding corporations operating in the natural resource sector accountable for human rights violations in the Global South
Influential scholars from across the world address pressing issues concerning the integration of business and human rights standards for better governance of natural resources They focus particularly on extractive and multinational companies in the Global South and their role in the transition to net zero societies The book also examines legal remedies for corporate accountability under international, human rights and transnational law, using case studies from selected countries
The book reviews proposals for an enforceable legal framework to hold corporations accountable for human rights abuses and environmental damage It considers initiatives such as the OECD Guidelines on Multinational Enterprises, the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the UN’s Draft Business and Human Rights Treaty, and the European Union Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages
PB 9781509978281 • £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509978328 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781509978304 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509978311 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
Environmental Leverage in Times of Climate Crisis Product Standards, Carbon Border Measures and Preferential Trade Agreements Giulia Claudia Leonelli, LSE Law School, UK
This book offers a conceptually informed insight into the rise of ‘environmental leverage’ in times of climate crisis
The world is fast approaching a two degree Celsius increase in average global temperatures Against this troubling background, trade-related environmental leverage aims to promote the uptake of more ambitious environmental standards by third countries and market actors involved in transnational supply chains
Trade-related environmental leverage can help to remedy the failures of environmental multilateralism, reshape the trade agenda to cater to the demands of our time, and entrench greener forms of development and more sustainable production and consumption patterns Nonetheless, its boundaries must be appropriately circumscribed
The book assesses different forms of environmental leverage against the normative yardsticks of ‘environmental integrity’ and ‘environmental legitimacy’ Environmental integrity targets ‘green protectionism’ and ‘green discrimination’, drawing a line between the promotion of environmental values and the protection of economic interests Environmental legitimacy captures ‘eco-imperialism’, addressing the question of the treatment of differently situated countries and developing and least developed countries in particular The book employs an in-depth analysis of three case studies to operationalise this conceptual framework, articulating the limits to environmental leverage in legal terms
COLLECTIONS
Global Energy Law and Policy
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
216 Pages
HB 9781509976706 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781509976744 • £44 99 / $60 95
ePDF 9781509976720 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509976713 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
Critical Minerals, Sustainability, and the Energy Transition in the Global South A Justice Perspective
Susan Nakanwagi, Nkumba University, Uganda
This book addresses the relationship between efficient management of critical minerals and sustainability in the Global South, including Sub-Saharan Africa
Critical minerals are essential raw materials for the technologies that are pivotal in today's energy transition However, critical mineral host states and communities face social, economic, ecological, political, technological, and governance injustices The book contends that the criteria currently used in assessing criticality and critical mineral development do not fulfil the sustainable development ambitions of developing countries and that broader considerations must be taken into account to include the stakeholders involved as well as the spatial dimension of the critical mineral value chain
In particular, the book argues that the law must consider the broader context in which minerals become critical to particular processes It positions this argument within the current context of climate change, the just energy transition, the mineralsenergy nexus, and geopolitical tensions
By analysing the copper-cobalt value chain through case studies on DRC, Zambia, China, and the EU, the book provides new avenues for critical mineral development and acknowledges the necessity for sustainability amidst the exacerbated impacts of climate change
Addressing a key challenge of the global energy transition, the book argues for a just holistic framework, which includes parameters such as domestic value addition, human rights in business development, environmental sensitivity, the development of communication channels from remote marginalised communities to international policymakers, and the redesigning of criticality considerations beyond supply and economic aspects
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
304 Pages
HB 9781509970858 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509970896 • £42 99 / $58 95
ePDF 9781509970872 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781509970865 • £0 00 / $0 00
Hart Publishing
UK Earth Law Judgments
Reimagining Law for People and Planet
Edited by Helen Dancer, University of Sussex, UK, Bonnie Holligan, University of Sussex, UK & Helena Howe, University of Sussex, UK
This open access book collects 11 reimagined judgments from the UK and challenges anthropocentrism in legal decision-making across a range of legal areas
It draws from a range of Earth law approaches including rights of nature, animal rights, environmental human rights, wellbeing of future generations, ecocide, and reinterpretations of existing legal principles
There is an urgent need to transform our legal institutions and cultures to foster healthier relationships between people and planet The book explores how relationships between people, place, and the more-than-human world are produced, transformed, and destroyed through law, the limits of current law and the potential for positive transformation A paradigm shift towards planetary, ecological and multispecies approaches offers possibilities for envisioning what the future of legal decision-making could look like
Beyond the judgments, the book critically reflects on the developing field of Earth law and its potential for reshaping legal reasoning in the UK and beyond It also offers possibilities for the future of Earth law from scholarly, educational, and policy perspectives within legal practice, training and education
The book is a must read for scholars, students, legal practitioners and activists questioning the role of law and courts as mechanisms for change
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com
COLLECTIONS
Modern Studies in European Law
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
288 Pages
HB 9781509964635 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781509964673 • £44 99 / $60 95
ePDF 9781509964659 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509964642 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
Modern Studies in European Law
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
352 Pages
HB 9781509971596
• £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781509971633 • £44 99 / $60 95
ePDF 9781509971619 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781509971602 • £85 50 / $117 00
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
Modern Studies in European Law
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
304 Pages
HB 9781509966653 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509966691 • £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509966677 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509966660 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
EU Trade and Investment Treaty-Making Post-Lisbon Moving Beyond Mixity
Gesa Kübek, Groningen University, the Netherlands
This book offers the first thorough legal analysis of the practice of mixity since the Lisbon Treaty, providing the perspectives of international, EU, and national law.
It sets out a detailed theoretical understanding of mixity, the common commercial policy, and the recent case law of the EU Court of Justice It assesses recent practice and current challenges, such as the non-ratification of mixed agreements, ensuring parliamentary participation in EU treaty-making, the new architecture for concluding EU trade and investment agreements, as well as the new trade agreement between the EU and the UK post-Brexit In so doing, the author argues that in the field of trade and investment, mixity is no longer a procedural technique to overcome legal uncertainties about competence allocations between the EU and the Member States Instead, mixity has become a deliberate substantive design choice This brings a fresh and innovative perspective to a key tenet of EU external relations law
The Dynamics of Powers in the European Union
Edited by Christina Eckes, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Päivi Leino- Sandberg, University of Helsinki, Finland & Anna W Ghavanini, University of Gothenburg, Sweden
Separation of powers is the time-tested touchstone of the legitimate exercise of power in modern democracies This collection examines decision-making in the EU’s multilayered and polycentric constitutional structure through this lens
The focus on separation of powers reveals how strong executive powers collaborate in the EU as a single source of public power, which is not sufficiently counterbalanced by parliaments or the judiciary The collection explores 3 policy fields marked by crisis: the economic and monetary union (EMU), migration, and trade Drawing on expertise from across these sectors, with a strong conceptual thread linking all the contributions, this important work illustrates how different branches of government co-determine each others’ powers
EU Neighbourhood Law
Wider Europe and the Extended EU’s Legal Space
Alessandro Petti, University of Oslo, Norway
The rekindling of the European Union enlargement talks and Brexit require a reappraisal of the law of the EU's proximity policies In that light, this book turns Wider Europe into an analytical concept to capture the legal and political facets of the extension of the EU’s legal space in the Union’s neighbourhood
The book follows three lines of inquiry Firstly, it reflects on the similarities and differences between internal and external integration, drawing a distinction between EU membership law and EU neighbourhood law Secondly, it unravels the techniques for the extension of the EU’s legal space across different partnerships in the Union’s neighbourhood Thirdly, it sheds light on the political covenants underlying the variety of institutional arrangements of the extended EU’s legal space
The book discusses how EU neighbourhood law entails a reconfiguration of how sovereignty is exercised both in the EU and in third countries participating in the Wider Europe
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
336 Pages
HB 9781509940950
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781509980215 • £44 99 / $60 95
ePDF 9781509940974 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509940967 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
EU External Relations and the Power of Law
Liber Amicorum in Honour of Marise Cremona
Edited by Kenneth A Armstrong, University of Cambridge, UK, Joanne Scott, European University Institute, Italy & Anne Thies, The University of Glasgow, UK
The breadth and depth of the scholarship of Marise Cremona is honoured in this collection of essays written by her colleagues and friends
Taking Cremona’s field-defining research as a point of reference, this collection of research articles examines the power of law in EU external relations Echoing the expansive scope of Cremona’s intellectual enquiries across the growing and diversifying field of external relations law, this volume offers new insights into the principles and procedures that underlie this area of law; the role and responsibilities of the EU as an international actor; and the strategies and instruments through which the Union pursues its external agenda
Spanning the analysis of foundational concepts and more contemporary interventions in respect of the environment, human rights, foreign direct investment and even Brexit, what emerges from this collection is a richly conceptualised and clear examination of the multiple ways in which the power of law captures or eludes the EU’s construction of a domain of external relations; a domain in which the EU interacts not only with its Member States but also other subjects of the international legal order
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
232 Pages
HB 9781509968121 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509968213 • £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509968145 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509968138 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
Good Judgment
The European Court of Justice as a Context-Conscious Lawmaker Urška Šadl, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
Courts are context-conscious They solve legal disputes with societal impact in mind, using interpretive tools and procedural means This book develops concepts and methods for a systematic and legally informative analysis of this complex process The evidence delivered prompts a conversation about the authority courts have to change the law The analysis focuses on the European Court of Justice and its free movement case law The framework and theory, however, are relevant to courts and case law everywhere This is a compelling and intriguing examination of the ECJ and its shaping of a key tenet of EU law
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
464 Pages
HB 9781509968800 • £120 00 / $160 00
PB 9781509968848 • £59 99 / $79 95
ePDF 9781509968824 • £108 00 / $144 00
ePub 9781509968817 • £108 00 / $144 00
Hart Publishing
The EFTA Court
Developing the EEA over Three Decades
Edited by EFTA Court, The EFTA Court, Luxembourg
The EEA Agreement extends the four freedoms (persons, goods, services and capital) to Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway It provides for equal conditions of competition and abolishes discrimination on grounds of nationality The EFTA Court, celebrating its 30th anniversary in 2024, has jurisdiction over parties to the Agreement This jurisdiction corresponds to that of the Court of Justice of the European Union over EU Member States in matters of EEA law This collection of essays, written by members of the Court and external experts, reviews the successes and shortcomings of the Court, its interface with EU law, and its future development
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
280 Pages
HB 9798765164679 • £30 00 / $38 00
ePDF 9798765164693 • £27 00 / $34 20
ePub 9798765164686 • £27 00 / $34 20
Bloomsbury Academic
Passion and Power A Life in Three Worlds
Harriet Newman Cohen
Passion and Power is about the life and career of Harriet Newman Cohen, one of the nation’s most celebrated divorce attorneys, as she navigated the male-dominated legal world from the 1970s to today This sweeping narrative details Harriet’s journey through three worlds: raising a family at a time when men held all the power, graduating from law school on the cusp of the “divorce revolution,” and re-fighting old battles over women’s rights in today’s time of reaction of retrenchment The frankness with which Harriet relates her own experience is matched by equally candid insights into how a legal system that often rewards bad behavior and irrational decision-making shapes the culture at large and impacts those trying to navigate their way towards a better life Writing with candor and humor, Harriet describes her encounters with celebrities, mentors, notable judges, allies, and adversaries She examines many cases but describes three in almost novelistic detail, all drawn from her own practice including her pivotal role in the “Case of a Lifetime,” the focus of the three-part documentary HBO series Nuclear Family (2021) Harriet is equally honest about the business side of the law the financial cost and psychological burden these proceedings impose on families and the sometimesheartbreaking collateral damage Passion and Power illuminates both a singular life and the legal and social revolution that changed, in fundamental ways, the sexual, financial, and cultural norms governing the most intimate relations between men and women
COLLECTIONS
Landmark Cases
UK February 2026
304 Pages
PB 9781509981373
• US February 2026
• £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509981335 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781509981359 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509981342 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
864 Pages
HB 9781849464932 • £250 00 / $340 00
ePDF 9781782253983 • £270 82 / $365 84
ePub 9781849469234 • £24 99 / $33 99
Beck/Hart
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
352 Pages
HB 9781509937530 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509972326 £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509937547 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509937554 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
Landmark Cases in International Refugee Protection International Jurisprudence on the Rights of Refugees
Edited by Kirsten McConnachie, University of East Anglia, UK & Sarah Singer, School of Advanced Study, UK
This volume examines judicial decisions that have shaped the law of asylum and refugee protection
Each chapter analyses a single judicial decision and locates it in a wider legal, political and policy context, tracing its subsequent impact on refugee law and policy Some of the decisions analysed in this collection were foundational in establishing the reach of refugee law, particularly in defining the scope of the refugee definition Others engage with key areas of refugee rights in contexts which indicate a critical turning point in state refugee policy, such as interdiction of boats at sea, encampment and extraterritorial asylum processing mechanisms The contributions demonstrate how refugee protection is shaped by the intersection of different fields of law, including refugee law, human rights law, and domestic constitutional provisions
Reflecting this complexity, the collection explores decisions from the UK, Canada, USA, Kenya, Australia and Papua New Guinea, as well as regional courts including the European Court of Human Rights, Inter-American Court of Human Rights, the Court of Justice of the European Union, and decisions of the United Nations Human Rights treaty bodies Authors include leading academics and practitioners in refugee and human rights law from a range of jurisdictions
Unified Patent Court
Procedure A Commentary
Christof Augenstein, Kather Augenstein, Germany, Sabine Agé, Hoyng Rokh Monegier, France & Alex Wilson, Powell Gilbert, UK
This Article-by-Article Commentary explains the Unified Patent Court (UPC) procedure against the framework of the provisions of the Agreement on a Unified Patent Court (UPCA), drawing on the corresponding Rules of Procedure
The UPC is a court common to 18 EU Member States and offers a uniform and efficient system for patent litigation at European level Creating an efficient system requires clear and comprehensive rules governing the procedural aspects Such rules are to be found in particular in the UPCA, the Statute of the Unified Patent Court (UPCS), and the extensive Rules of Procedure
Understanding and navigating through the multiple rules is complex, not least because the UPC is in its infancy but also because of the contribution of national procedural laws in the legislative process This book provides a clear and structured approach with comparative insights from German, French, and UK law to indicate possible directions the UPC may take in future cases
The Protection of Traditional Knowledge at the Frontiers of Drug Discovery
Peter
S Harrison, University of York, UK
This book concerns the often fractious interface between drug discovery and commercialisation, environmental degradation, the biodiversity crisis, the exploitation of indigenous peoples and the destruction of their culture, the right to health, inequalities of power, and the ability of the law to protect knowledge
For millennia, medicinal plants have provided a trove of treatments for human ailments, and the key to that treasure has been the traditional knowledge of the indigenous peoples who have lived alongside these plants More recently that knowledge has been taken, often without consent or recompense, by Western science as a springboard for the development of pharmaceutical agents As a response to threats to biodiversity and indigenous culture, international mechanisms have created, or are creating, enforceable rights for indigenous peoples to control such knowledge
With a background in pharmacology and molecular biology and significant experience as a lawyer in pharmaceutical and biotech patent litigation, the author brings a fresh perspective to understanding the difficulties of enforcing such rights and, in particular, examines whether there is a philosophically justifiable limit to the downstream scope of such rights
This book is aimed at all those with an interest in the control of indigenous genetic knowledge and the protection of indigenous culture
UK March 2026 US March 2026
704 Pages
HB 9781509964123 £225 00 / $305 00
Nomos/Hart
COLLECTIONS
Hart Studies in Information Law and Regulation
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
448 Pages
PB 9781509983766 • £49 99 / $67 95
HB 9781509983728 • £100 00 / $135 00
ePDF 9781509983742 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781509983735 • £0 00 / $0 00
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
312 Pages
HB 9781509974511
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781509974559 £44 99 / $60 95
ePDF 9781509974535 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509974528 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
Artificial Intelligence Act
Article-by-Article Commentary
Edited by Domenik Henning Wendt, Frankfurt University of Applied Sciences, Germany & Janine Wendt, Technical University of Darmstad, Germany
This book explains the new requirements of the EU Artificial Intelligence Act in an understandable and applicationoriented manner
In addition to a complete commentary on the AI Act, the book contains chapters on technical and ethical principles, and responsibility for AI and data protection aspects It describes in detail which obligations are imposed on providers and commercial users of AI systems, how such systems can be introduced and used in compliance with the law, and what requirements the providers and users of such systems are subject to
OPEN ACCESS
Conceptions of Data Protection and Privacy
Legal and Philosophical Perspectives
Edited by Elisa Orrù, Max Planck Institute for the Study of Crime, Security and Law, Germany & Ralf Poscher, Max Planck Institute, Germany
This open access book offers a clear understanding of the core concepts of data protection and privacy, exploring their social value through European and North American legal perspectives, political struggles, and the impact of the AI revolution
Featuring prominent experts and emerging scholars, the book presents diverse understandings to showcase the multifaceted interests and values embedded in the concepts of data protection and privacy It links philosophical and legal perspectives on privacy to historical and contemporary rights struggles, including those of African Americans, feminists, and queer people The book also addresses privacy challenges posed by the digital revolution, particularly advances in AI, and recent efforts to safeguard privacy
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY NC ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Crime, Security and Law
Proportionality in EU Digital Law Balancing Conflicting Rights and Interests
Edited by Jan Czarnocki, KU Leuven Centre for IT & IP Law, Belgium & Przemyslaw Palka, Jagiellonian University, Poland
This book addresses the interplay between the proportionality principle and EU digital law
Does EU digital law provide a fair balance of rights and interests? How does proportionality limit legislation in the digital economy? How can it be used to balance competing rights and interests? Diving into the dialectics of law and technology, the book analyses the relevance of the proportionality principle in regulating the digital world and as a vital tool for balancing competing rights and interests
The chapters analyse how conflicting rights and interests are resolved in EU digital law through the proportionality principle and critically reflect on its application They scrutinise recent EU regulatory initiatives such as the GDPR, AI Act, Copyright Directive, DSA, and more They reflect on the unique context of AI systems regulation, digital marketing, and data protection, illuminating the application and impact of proportionality in these arenas
Providing an in-depth examination of legal actors and real-life conflicts resolved by applying EU digital law, the book explains the pivotal role of the principle of proportionality in achieving an optimal balance of rights in our digital era
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages
HB 9781509976805 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509976836 • £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509976812
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509976829 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
AI Fairness and Beyond Law, Regulation, and Technology
Chris Reed, Queen Mary University of London, UK
This book proposes a regulatory system for ensuring that AI makes fair decisions
No one wants to be the subject of an unfair decision made by an AI, and fairness is so important to society that we are likely to want to regulate to demand it But how? This book attempts to answer that question
The aim of regulation must be for an AI’s decisions to match the human conception of fairness To understand what that is, the book proposes a holistic understanding of fairness, which tells us what regulation must try to achieve
However, regulation is not an abstract activity – it regulates how humans behave, and the humans in question are those who develop and use AI for decision-making Thus the book investigates how those humans are attempting to achieve AI fairness It finds that there is a serious mismatch between how technologists conceptualise fairness, compared to other humans How can AI regulation bridge this gap?
Traditional models of regulation cannot solve this problem Fairness is too nuanced, too contextual, and is ultimately a human emotional response Instead the book proposes to place the responsibility on the AI community to explain and justify their efforts to achieve fairness, basing regulatory and legal responses on how well that explanation deals with the risks that particular AI presents, and whether the AI operates in accordance with the explanation in use
The book concludes by examining how far this regulatory model might be useful for some of the other social problems which AI generates
An original and significant contribution to the literature on AI regulation, this book is a must-read for those working in the areas of law, regulation, and technology
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
656 Pages
PB 9781509955169 • £49 99 / $67 95
HB 9781509955121 • £100 00 / $135 00
ePDF 9781509955145 • £90 00 / $121 50
ePub 9781509955138 • £90 00 / $121 50
Hart Publishing
Essays on the History of Equity
Edited by D Foster, University College London, UK & Charles Mitchell, University College London, UK
This volume presents various facets of the history of equity in England between the 14th and 20th centuries
Writing a history (or histories) of equity raises difficult questions of philosophy and theology, as well as jurisprudence and legal history When one speaks of ‘equity , for example, do we mean Aristotelian epieikeia, civilian aequitas, a theological/juridical conscience, the common law concept of the ‘equity of the statute’, or the rules applied by the court of chancery before 1875?
This terminological problem is compounded when we consider how these ideas were developed over time Whilst conscience had been an organising concept for St German, the political disputes surrounding the Earl of Oxford’s case introduced the prerogative into understandings of the chancery’s jurisdiction The emergence of clear, doctrinal rules governing (inter alia) the equity of redemption and the beneficiary’s right under a trust may well be attributable to the complex interplay of theory and practice in the central courts of equity at this time
If the earlier history of equity remains somewhat obscure, the same is no less true of developments in the 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries Whereas the historian of the 14th century might search in vain for new material, the modern era poses the opposite problem The overwhelming glut of undigested information in the later period – treatises, court records, reports, pamphlets, practice manuals – raises obvious issues of source selection when generating new narratives for the period
Whether by investigating the historical foundations of the modern law, the jurisprudential underpinnings of the equitable jurisdiction, or the socio-political context of discrete legal developments, this book exposes the strands of thought which ‘equity’ comprises and the mechanisms by which its rules evolved In so doing, this collection provides a useful way-marker for future studies in the nature of English equity
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
312 Pages
HB 9781509969722
£85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509969760 • £42 99 / $58 95
ePDF 9781509969746 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509969739 • £76 50 / $103 50 Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
328 Pages
HB 9781509972630 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781509972678 • £44 99 / $60 95
ePDF 9781509972654 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781509972647 £85 50 / $117 00
Hart Publishing
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
224 Pages
HB 9781509967926 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509967964 £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509967940 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509967933 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
Women’s Legal Landmarks in the Interwar Years Not for Want of Trying
Edited by Rosemary Auchmuty, University of Reading, UK, Erika Rackley, University of Birmingham, UK & Mari Takayanagi, The Parliamentary Archives, UK
Women’s Legal Landmarks in the Interwar Years shines new light on 33 legal landmarks, many forgotten today, that affected women in England and Wales between 1918 and 1939
It considers the work of feminist activists to bring about legal change which benefited – or aimed to benefit – women Areas explored include property, inheritance, adoption, marriage, access to health care, criminal law, employment opportunities, pay, pensions and political representation It also examines campaigns by key women’s organisations, and assesses the impact of early women lawyers and politicians
While some of the landmarks effected change during this period, others provided the foundation for measures in later decades Together the landmarks demonstrate that far from being a relatively quiet period of British feminism, the interwar period played a key role in ongoing fights for recognition, representation and justice
Carbon-Free Shipping and Shipping Carbon Contracts in Context
Edited by Stephen Girvin, National University of Singapore & Vibe Ulfbeck, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
This book explores the private law implementation of the new international and EU regulatory framework targeting decarbonisation in the shipping industry
Compared with other sectors, the shipping industry has traditionally been labelled a ‘slow mover ’ concerning the sustainability agenda However, new regulatory measures on carbon reduction both internationally and in the EU require fundamentally new developments in the industry This book focuses on the goal of carbon reduction from a private law perspective and considers how the new regulatory framework can be implemented in the shipping industry
This book studies existing contractual provisions in charterparties and bills of lading alongside new contractual model clauses designed to facilitate carbon reduction It considers how the new clauses should be interpreted, whether they will transform traditional shipping contracts into more collaborative contracts, and how they will interact with other clauses in the contract and with other contracts in the supply chain The contractual analysis is considered in context, reflecting on enforcement issues, such as Port State Control (PSC), the Poseidon Principles, and climate change litigation
Green Shipping Contracts
A Contract Governance Approach to Achieving Decarbonisation in the Shipping Sector Pia Rebelo, The City Law School, UK
This book applies a contract-governance theory to the implementation of decarbonisation objectives in the international maritime sector
In doing so, it provides an overview of how the network of contractual relationships that characterise commercial shipping can become effective sites of collaboration between shipping actors to improve upon energy efficiency and CO2 reduction
To achieve this aim, the book investigates and develops a set of contractual tools that can enable private actors to strengthen their commitments to net-zero targets (whether state-mandated or voluntary) and develop cooperative norms to guide decision-making and contractual interpretation These mechanisms include contractual clauses and drafting considerations which can secure a desired outcome for contractual performance, thereby managing climate risks and providing adequate remedy where such risks materialise
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Private International Law - Asia
UK April 2026 • US April 2026
352 Pages
HB 9781509948581 • £160 00 / $220 00
ePDF 9781509948604 • £144 00 / $198 00
ePub 9781509948598 • £144 00 / $198 00
Hart Publishing
Philippine Private International Law
Edited by Jocelyn Cruz, De La Salle University, Philippines, Thomas Elliot Mondez, De La Salle University, Philippines & Justin Sucgang, De La Salle University, Philippines
The first, authoritative reference on Philippine private international law in English
It covers all facets of Philippine private international law and its inevitable intersection with family and succession issues, commercial matters, intellectual property, competition, cross-border insolvency, and environmental disputes
This book goes beyond a systematic presentation of the traditional private international law issues on jurisdiction, applicable law, and enforcement mechanisms Employing a problem-centered approach, the chapters also look into conflict of law questions arising in arbitration and assess the Philippines’ involvement in the harmonisation of private international law globally and regionally within ASEAN
With the Philippine legal system uniquely blending common and civil law traditions, the book presents Philippine private international law through the perspectives and analytical techniques characteristic of both traditions In doing so, the book provides readers worldwide with a more profound and comprehensive understanding of private international law in the Philippines
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Private International Law
UK January 2026 US January 2026
232 Pages
HB 9781509964314 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509964352 £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509964338 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509964321 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
Private International Law in Russia
Edited by Anton Asoskov, Lomonosov Moscow State University, Russia, Daria Levina, European University Institute, Italy & Milana Karayanidi, Dentons US LLP, USA
This book provides the first comprehensive introduction to Russian private international law (PIL) for the foreign lawyer
The book carefully examines the applicable conflict of law and jurisdictional rules on the basis of the relevant statutory provisions, case law, and doctrinal writings developed in Russia for the purposes of dealing with cross-border commercial issues It covers topics that will be of particular interest to comparative scholars, for instance the sources of PIL in Russia, including international conventions and treaties; party autonomy and the choice of law by the parties; determination of applicable law in the absence of choice by the parties; public policy exceptions and overriding mandatory provisions; and many more These and other topics serve as an entry point to the hybrid system of law that Russian PIL is: modelled on European law but characterised by its Soviet past
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Private International Law
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
672 Pages
HB 9781509966141 • £140 00 / $190 00
PB 9781509966189 • £69 99 / $94 95
ePDF 9781509966165 • £126 00 / $171 00
ePub 9781509966158 • £126 00 / $171 00
Hart Publishing
Private International Law in BRICS Convergence, Divergence and Reciprocal Lessons
Edited by Stellina Jolly, South Asian University, India & Saloni Khanderia, OP Jindal Global University, India
This book examines the convergences, divergences and reciprocal lessons that the BRICS countries (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) share with one another in developing the principles of private international law
The chapters provide a thematic understanding of the cornerstones of private international law in each of the BRICS countries: namely, (1) the procedure to initiate claims in civil and commercial matters, (2) the law that would govern such matters in litigation and arbitration, as well as (3) the mechanism to recognise and enforce foreign judgments and arbitral awards
Written by leading private international law scholars and practitioners, the chapters draw on domestic legislation and its interpretation through cases decided by the courts in each of these emerging economies, and explicitly cover the rules applicable in contractual and non-contractual concerns and issues of choice of court agreements Issues around marriage, divorce, matrimonial property, succession and surrogacy are also addressed, considering the implication of such aspects through the increased movement of persons The book is a useful comparative resource for the governments of the BRICS countries, legislators, traders, academics, researchers and students looking for an in-depth discussion of the reciprocal lessons that these countries may have to offer one another on these issues
Studies in International Law
UK February 2026 US February 2026
272 Pages
PB 9781509984114 • £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509984077 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781509984091 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509984084 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
Pluralising Actors and Norms in Human Rights Treaties Beyond Monolithic States
Hinako Takata, Osaka University, Japan
This book radically reforms the classical paradigm of international law.
It proposes a novel theoretical framework of the ‘separation of powers in a globalised democratic society’, where both actors and norms are pluralised beyond a unitary and monolithic 'state' and international law as norms of, by, and for ‘states’
The book applies this framework to holistically examine the interactions between human rights treaty organs – the European Court of Human Rights, the InterAmerican Court of Human Rights, and the UN Human Rights Committee – and state organs, including parliaments, courts, administrative organs, and national human rights institutions The book provides an innovative, original contribution to both the theory and practice of international human rights law
COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
Studies in International Law
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
336 Pages
PB 9781509982318 • £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509982271 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781509982295 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509982288 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
Protecting the Right to Leave in an Era of Externalised Migration Control
Emilie McDonnell, Human Rights Watch, UK
This book explores the human right to leave any country – including one’s own – in international law, and its applicability to externalised migration control
It develops a framework for interpreting the right and demonstrates how various externalisation measures violate it, leading to the international responsibility of states and international organisations
Analysing the work of international and regional systems enshrining the right and examining global externalisation practices, it demonstrates the radical reform required by states and international organisations to comply with the right to leave Implementing the author's recommendations would compel the dismantlement of many current externalisation strategies and a re-imagining of the global (im)mobility regime
This book offers compelling insights for lawyers in the fields of international law, human rights and refugee law, as well as migration policymakers, practitioners, and officials
COLLECTIONS
Studies in International Law
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages
HB 9781509978489 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509978526 • £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509978502 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509978496 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
Responses to Sea Migration and the Rule of Law
Katia Bianchini,
Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology, Germany
In the current debates on sea migration there is a dearth of works drawing on the rule of law This important book addresses this failing
Considering the question from that conceptual framework, it is able to broaden the sometimes fragmented and incomplete perspective of existing scholarship The book takes as its central case study the experience of Italy, exploring the legal issues at play there and its institutional practices and policies From here its focus broadens out to the wider EU experience, looking in particular at those problems common to southern EU states, such as failures and delays in assisting migrants in distress at sea and contested legal grounds and practices concerning interceptions at sea It combines both legal and empirical data, charting both the black letter law and how it operates in practice
In a field as complex as this, this clarity is key; it allows lawyers, political scientists and policymakers to truly engage with the challenges sea migration poses today
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
360 Pages
PB 9781509972432 • £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509972395 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781509972418 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781509972401 • £85 50 / $117 00
Hart Publishing
Comparative International Law
Foundations and Critique
Edited by Robert Schütze, Durham University, UK & Mathias Siems, European University Institute, Italy
The modern field of comparative international law emerged in the last century, but it still suffers from a lack of intellectual and methodological foundations This ambitious collection fills that gap
It examines the key concepts of comparative international law, including its historical and critical perspectives Contributors from a wide geographical range present their diverse and thought-provoking views on international and comparative law This is a much-needed and cutting-edge book on an undervalued yet topical field of research
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
232 Pages
HB 9781509979578 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781509979615 • £41 99 / $57 95
ePDF 9781509979592 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781509979585 • £76 50 / $103 50
Hart Publishing
Hybrid Warfare under International Law
Stuart Casey-Maslen,
University of Pretoria, South Africa
This book addresses the regulation of hybrid warfare under relevant branches of international law, beginning with the law on inter-state use of force (jus ad bellum)
Firstly, the book assesses the extent to which forms of hybrid warfare comply with or violate international humanitarian law/the law of armed conflict It then looks at law enforcement action in response to hybrid warfare, both on land and on the high seas, and addresses hybrid warfare from the perspective of international counterterrorism law It goes on to tackle the constraints applied to hybrid warfare under international human rights law, and looks at how hybrid warfare could be constrained under disarmament law The final two chapters look at accountability for the conduct of hybrid warfare, concluding with the question: can we move towards a less fragmented set of international legal rules that will govern hybrid warfare in the future?
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
416 Pages
HB 9798881804787 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798881805609 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798216380702 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9798881805616 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Sports Law and Society Rules of the Game
Michael E Jones, University of Massachusetts, USA
Sports Law and Society: Rules of the Game, Second Edition stands out for its exceptional depth and practical approach, offering a comprehensive, concise and clear examination of the legal challenges shaping today’s sports industry Designed to engage students, it covers foundational topics like contracts, collective bargaining, and intellectual property in sports while exploring complex, evolving issues such as gender equity, the global sports ecosystem, and data analytics in performance Each chapter provides real-world examples and cases, giving students an applied understanding of how legal principles operate within professional, college, and youth sports By balancing established legal doctrines with emerging topics including artificial intelligence, digital media, athlete mental health, and the future of sports this book equips readers with both historical context and foresight, making it particularly relevant for a dynamic field
What sets this book apart is its critical focus on recent developments, with dedicated sections on the international governing bodies that impact sports law globally and discussions on ethical challenges, from athlete privacy in data analytics to collective bargaining rights Updated chapters from this second edition provide current case law, essential references, and legal frameworks for understanding issues like contracts and data analytics, making it an invaluable resource for classroom use Adaptable for various course structures, the book encourages students to critically engage with pressing questions in sports law, fostering a holistic understanding that prepares them for future careers Ideal for courses on sports management, digital media, and law, this book is a unique tool for educators aiming to cultivate a deep, thoughtful perspective on sports and the law
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
224 Pages
PB 9781509969616 • £44 99 / $60 95
HB 9781509969579 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781509969593 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781509969586 • £81 00 / $108 00
Hart Publishing
Value Added Tax in the 21st Century Design, Challenges, and Opportunities
Yige Zu, Durham University, UK
Adopting distinct and new perspectives to analyse VAT policy and practice, this book explores the key design challenges and opportunities faced by VAT jurisdictions in the 21st century
The book shows how the VAT, the world’s most preferred form of consumption tax, has failed to live up to the expectations of its advocates since its earliest iterations about a century ago It identifies and explains the gaps between VAT theory and practice, drawing on lessons from recent international experience The book begins with an analysis of key design features of VAT systems, including concessions, registration thresholds and small business regimes It goes on to explore more complex issues, such as the application of the tax to financial supplies, sharing economy transactions, and international cross-border sales, as well as the treatment of transactions and revenue within jurisdictions that operate under multipletiered systems of government These issues represent challenges commonly encountered in VAT jurisdictions in modern economies The work outlines innovative and realistic reform proposals for a VAT suitable for a 21st century economy that are grounded in economic principles and at the same time, practicable in terms of law, policy, and administration It factors in, in particular, the political, technical, and administrative realities that policymakers in VAT jurisdictions must navigate when developing reform programmes
With guidance on VAT design and implementation for policymakers and law drafters, the book is also a valuable resource for academics, students, and practitioners interested in VAT policy and practice, and the interactions between tax law, policy and economic principles
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 01 General Provisions
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
178 Pages
PB 9798892057424 • £8 99 / $11 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 01 General Provisions, Revised as of January 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 1 presents the regulations that govern the activities of the Administrative Committee of the Federal Register, the Office of the Federal Register, and miscellaneous agencies such as the President's Commission on White House Fellowships, the National Capital Planning Commission, and the National Commission for Employment Policy
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 04 Accounts
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
148 Pages
PB 9798892057455 • £9 99 / $12 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 04 Accounts, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 4 presents regulations regarding appropriate procedures and practices for the General Accounting Office and Federal Claims Collection Standards For the former: the personnel system, general claims, transportation, standardized fiscal procedures, records, standards for waiver of claims and allowances for expenses are covered
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 05
Administrative Personnel
UK December 2025 US December 2025
966 Pages
PB 9798892057462 • £51 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 05 Administrative Personnel 1-699, January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 5 presents the rules and regulations governing civil service and other employees of the executive branch departments and agencies The 77 chapters cover the scope of procedures by organizational entity
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
300 Pages
PB 9798892057585 £19 99 / $39 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture 1000-1199, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 7 presents regulations governing the Office of the Secretary of Agriculture and forty subordinate departments and agencies Regulated activities include: marketing services, food and consumer services, crop insurance, plant and animal inspection, agricultural research, natural resources, etc Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
828 Pages
PB 9798892057608 • £50 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture 1600-1759, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 7 presents regulations governing the Office of the Secretary of Agriculture and forty subordinate departments and agencies Regulated activities include: marketing services, food and consumer services, crop insurance, plant and animal inspection, agricultural research, natural resources, etc Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
626 Pages
PB 9798892057615 • £42 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture 1760-1939, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 7 presents regulations governing the Office of the Secretary of Agriculture and forty subordinate departments and agencies Regulated activities include: marketing services, food and consumer services, crop insurance, plant and animal inspection, agricultural research, natural resources, etc Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
332 Pages PB 9798892057639 • £25 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture 1950-1999, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 7 presents regulations governing the Office of the Secretary of Agriculture and forty subordinate departments and agencies Regulated activities include: marketing services, food and consumer services, crop insurance, plant and animal inspection, agricultural research, natural resources, etc Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
682 Pages
PB 9798892057554 £42 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture 400-699, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 7 presents regulations governing the Office of the Secretary of Agriculture and forty subordinate departments and agencies Regulated activities include: marketing services, food and consumer services, crop insurance, plant and animal inspection, agricultural research, natural resources, etc Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 09 Animals and Animal Products
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
746 Pages
PB 9798892057684 £49 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 09 Animals and Animal Products 200-End, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 9 presents regulations governing animal and plant health inspection services, grain inspection, packers and stockyard administration, and food safety and inspection of meat and poultry
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
466 Pages PB 9798892057547 • £40 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture 300-399, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 7 presents regulations governing the Office of the Secretary of Agriculture and forty subordinate departments and agencies Regulated activities include: marketing services, food and consumer services, crop insurance, plant and animal inspection, agricultural research, natural resources, etc Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
688 Pages
PB 9798892057578 £51 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 07 Agriculture 900-999, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 7 presents regulations governing the Office of the Secretary of Agriculture and forty subordinate departments and agencies Regulated activities include: marketing services, food and consumer services, crop insurance, plant and animal inspection, agricultural research, natural resources, etc Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
1118 Pages
PB 9798892057691 • £52 00 / $89 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 1-50, Revised as of January 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 10 presents regulations governing energy resources; nuclear, oil, alternative fuels, and natural gas; energy sales; and energy conservation
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
980 Pages
PB 9798892057714 • £40 00 / $89 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 200-430, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 10 presents regulations governing energy resources; nuclear, oil, alternative fuels, and natural gas; energy sales; and energy conservation
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
1152 Pages
PB 9798892057721 • £52 00 / $89 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 500-End, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 10 presents regulations governing energy resources; nuclear, oil, alternative fuels, and natural gas; energy sales; and energy conservation
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
968 Pages
PB 9798892057707 £50 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10 Energy 51-199, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 10 presents regulations governing energy resources; nuclear, oil, alternative fuels, and natural gas; energy sales; and energy conservation
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 11 Federal Elections
UK February 2026 US February 2026
554 Pages
PB 9798892057738 • £35 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 11 Federal Elections, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 11 presents regulations governing election procedures and processes Issues covered include presidential elections, campaign funds, and election financing Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by January
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
902 Pages
PB 9798892057837 £50 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 1100-End, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
724 Pages
PB 9798892057752 £35 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 200-219, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
1130 Pages
PB 9798892057769 • £25 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking, 220 to 229, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
920 Pages
PB 9798892057776 • £42 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 230-299, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
UK February 2026 US February 2026
884 Pages
PB 9798892057783 • £54 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 300-346, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking
UK February 2026 US February 2026
552 Pages
PB 9798892057790 • £35 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 12 Banks and Banking 347-599, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Presents regulations governing banking procedures and activities of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Export-Import Bank, Office of Thrift Supervision, Farm Credit Administration, and the National Credit Union Administration
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
468 Pages
PB 9798892057905 £35 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade 0-299, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Presents regulations governing the Department of Commerce and other agencies involved with commerce and foreign trade, and includes rules for:
National Security Industrial Base, Export Administration, National Weather Service, Environmental Data Service, Oil Pollution Act, Foreign Trade Agreements, and telecommunications and information
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
1014 Pages
PB 9798892057912 £52 00 / $89 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade 300-744, Revised as of January 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Presents regulations governing the Department of Commerce and other agencies involved with commerce and foreign trade, and includes rules for: National Security Industrial Base, Export Administration, National Weather Service, Environmental Data Service, Oil Pollution Act, Foreign Trade Agreements, and telecommunications and information
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 18 Conservation of Power and Water Resources
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
380 Pages
PB 9798892058025 • £25 00 / $39 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 18 Conservation of Power and Water Resources 400 - End, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 18 presents regulations governing the Department of Energy and other agencies overseeing the conservation of power and water resources Agencies covered include: the Water Resources Council, the Tennessee Valley Authority, and other similar agencies This title includes the Federal Power Act, Public Utility Regulatory Act, Natural Gas Act, Power Plant and Industrial Fuel Act, and the Interstate Commerce Act
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food and Drugs
UK December 2025 US December 2025
644 Pages
PB 9798892058100 • £32 99 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food Drugs 1 - 99, Revised as of April 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 21 presents regulations promulgated by the Food and Drug Administration, the Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Office of the National Drug Control Agency in the area of food and drugs These regulations encompass food and drugs for human and animal use, biologics, cosmetics, medical devices, radiological health, and controlled substances Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food and Drugs
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
210 Pages
PB 9798892058162 £14 99 / $24 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food Drugs 600 - 799, Revised as of April 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 21 presents regulations promulgated by the Food and Drug Administration, the Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Office of the National Drug Control Agency in the area of food and drugs These regulations encompass food and drugs for human and animal use, biologics, cosmetics, medical devices, radiological health, and controlled substances Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 19 Customs Duties
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
438 Pages
PB 9798892058056 • £30 00 / $39 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 19 Customs Duties 200End, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 19 presents regulations governing customs duties as set forth by the U S Customs Service, the U S International Trade Commission, and the International Trade Administration Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food and Drugs
UK December 2025 US December 2025
376 Pages
PB 9798892058186 • £21 99 / $39 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food Drugs 1300END, Revised as of April 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 21 presents regulations promulgated by the Food and Drug Administration, the Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Office of the National Drug Control Agency in the area of food and drugs These regulations encompass food and drugs for human and animal use, biologics, cosmetics, medical devices, radiological health, and controlled substances Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
742 Pages
PB 9798892058292 £42 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.0-1.60, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026 1132 Pages
PB 9798892058414 • £52 00 / $89 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 10011 1400, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 US March 2026
1204 Pages
PB 9798892058421 • £49 00 / $89 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 14011 1550, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
742 Pages
PB 9798892058322 £51 00 / $66 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.1701.300, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK May 2026 • US March 2026 946 Pages
PB 9798892058315 • £38 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 1401 169, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
COLLECTIONS
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal
Revenue
UK March 2026 US March 2026
860 Pages
PB 9798892058438 • £43 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 1551END, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK May 2026 • US March 2026
876 Pages
PB 9798892058339 £41 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.3011.400, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK May 2026 • US March 2026
782 Pages
PB 9798892058346 • £49 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 4011 409, Revised as of April 1, 2025
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
728 Pages
PB 9798892058353 • £48 00 / $60 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 4101 440, Revised as of April 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 US March 2026
860 Pages PB 9798892058360 • £49 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 4411 500, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 US March 2026
860 Pages
PB 9798892058377 • £42 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 5011 640, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
742 Pages
PB 9798892058308 £38 00 / $59 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.611.139, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
964 Pages
PB 9798892058384 £52 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1.6411.850, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
1108 Pages
PB 9798892058391 • £52 00 / $89 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 8511 907, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
950 Pages
PB 9798892058407 • £51 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 1 9081 100, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 US March 2026
814 Pages
PB 9798892058445 • £51 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 2-29, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 US March 2026
860 Pages PB 9798892058483 • £52 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 300-499, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
860 Pages
PB 9798892058452 £35 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 30-39, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
860 Pages
PB 9798892058469 £19 99 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 40-49, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
860 Pages
PB 9798892058490 • £10 99 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 500-599, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40 Protection of the Environment
UK January 2026 US January 2026
384 Pages
PB 9781636716114 • £24 99 / $39 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40 Protection of the Environment 64-71, Revised as of July 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 40 presents regulations governing care of the environment from the 14 subchapters of Chapter I and from the provisions regarding the Council on Environmental Quality found in Chapter V Programs addressing air, water, pesticides, radiation protection, and noise abatement are included Practices for waste and toxic materials disposal and clean-up are also prescribed Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by July Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49 Transportation
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
362 Pages
PB 9781636716794 £23 99 / $39 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49 Transportation 10001199, Revised as of October 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 49 presents regulations governing research and special programs administration, railroads, highways, vessel cargo containers, traffic safety, surface transportation, transit administration, transportation safety, etc Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by October Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Revenue
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
770 Pages
PB 9798892058476 • £36 00 / $74 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 26 Internal Rev 50-299, Revised as of January 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 26 presents regulations, procedures, and practices that govern income tax, estate and gift taxes, employment taxes, and miscellaneous excise taxes as set forth by the Internal Revenue Service Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40 Protection of the Environment
UK December 2025 US December 2025
318 Pages
PB 9781636716138 • £49 99 / $67 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40 Protection of the Environment 79-80, Revised as of July 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 40 presents regulations governing care of the environment from the 14 subchapters of Chapter I and from the provisions regarding the Council on Environmental Quality found in Chapter V Programs addressing air, water, pesticides, radiation protection, and noise abatement are included Practices for waste and toxic materials disposal and clean-up are also prescribed Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by July Publication follows within six months
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 50 Wildlife and Fisheries
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
184 Pages
PB 9781636713502 £9 99 / $24 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 1-16, Revised as of October 1, 2024
Office of the Federal Register (U S )
Title 50 presents regulations governing the taking, possession, transportation, sale, purchase, barter, exportation and importation of wildlife and plants; wildlife refuges; wildlife research; fisheries conservation areas; fish and wildlife restoration; marine mammals; whaling; fisheries; tuna fisheries; and international fishing Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by October Publication follows within six months
UK February 2026
320 Pages • 8 bw
HB 9798216183174
• US February 2026
• £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781440880704 • £59 99 / $79 95
ePDF 9781440880711 • £53 99 / $71 95
ePub 9798216171898 • £53 99 / $71 95
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Knowledge into Action
Research Methods for Library, Archives, and Museum Professionals
Susan K Burke, University of Oklahoma, USA
This new edition of a trailblazing textbook is written for students and professionals who need real-world approaches to applying research methodologies to solve practical problems within their institutions
With extensive new and updated content, the second edition of Knowledge into Action retains respected authors Danny P Wallace and Connie Van Fleet's focus on practical applications of research methods by library and information science professionals in workplace settings Expanded to include the role of research methodologies in outcomes-based assessments, and to include the needs of museum professionals, this book is an invaluable resource for today's LAMs workplaces including libraries, archives, and museums
Author Susan K Burke highlights the diversity of people who engage with LAMs institutions and emphasizes the importance of including diverse voices in research activities This text introduces readers – both students and working professionals –to core principles of research, the structure and steps of a research project, the most common methodologies used in LAMs, and the use of study outcomes for continuous improvement of services and processes In addition to learning how to design and implement studies of their own, readers will also learn to be educated consumers of research literature
A DIY guide to research, this hands-on text gives students step-by-step guidance to create and implement their own research studies Exercises at the end of each chapter result in a complete research paper at the end of the course
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
416 Pages
HB 9781538186336 • £100 00 / $135 00
PB 9781538186343 • £31 99 / $60 00
ePDF 9798765154380 • £28 79 / $54 00
ePub 9781538186350 • £28 79 / $54 00
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Digital Preservation for Libraries, Archives, and Museums
Edward M Corrado, Naval Postgraduate School, USA, Heather Moulaison-Sandy, University of Missouri, USA & Teresa Soleau, J Paul Getty Trust, USA
A complete overview of digital preservation theory and practice for cultural institutions and professions
The third edition of Digital Preservation for Libraries, Archives, and Museums is the most current, complete guide to digital preservation available today The text has been both updated and revised, continuing to present complex topics thoroughly and accessibly Important new content includes information on environmental sustainability and diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI)
After laying out the problems and perspectives that inform digital preservation, the authors present a variety of solutions ranging from basic to complex Addressing digital preservation in the broadest sense of the term, the text looks at all aspects of curating and preserving digital content for long-term access Instead of focusing on specific materials in a particular system, it addresses a broad group of resources that could be housed in any number of digital preservation systems
Part 1 provides an overview of digital preservation and helps students and new professionals get started Part 2 focuses on management of the digital preservation environment, including managing technology and human resources Financial, organizational, and environmental sustainability are important considerations Part 3 turns to technology, which can be a source of concern for those new to the field A thorough look at metadata, file formats, software, and emulation helps clarify preservation technology Part 4 considers selecting content, preserving research data, and working with specialized content
Students and professionals will both come away with a more robust understanding of digital preservation and the ability to plan more successful digital preservation initiatives
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages • 8 bw illus
HB 9781538195031 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781538195048 • £36 99 / $49 95
ePDF 9798881865788 • £33 29 / $44 95
ePub 9781538195055 • £33 29 / $44 95
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
A Practical Guidebook to Trauma-Informed Archival Practice Best Practices and Case Studies
Edited by Michelle Ganz, Dominican Sisters of Peace, USA & Veronica L Denison, Adams Library at Rhode Island College, USA
Using case studies and examples, this book helps archivists understand the different ways trauma can present in archival workers, patrons, and donors
A Practical Guidebook to Trauma-Informed Archival Practice: Best Practices and Case Studies looks at trauma in archival work through various user perspectives Understanding the different types of traumas that can be expressed leads to creating policies and workflows that can help reduce the harm caused by potentially traumatic collections
The authors focus on ways to reduce and minimize trauma across archival work through highlighting:
- The right and wrong ways to work with grieving donors
- How to identify trauma in archival workers and support staff, volunteers, and students before, during, and after exposure to trauma
- Enumerating the many effects of trauma on the body and the brain and offering short term and long-term solutions
This book is the practical guide to dealing with trauma in archives that will help not only the archivists who work with these difficult collections, but also patrons, donors, and users who interact with them
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
288 Pages • 4 bw illus
HB 9798881801670 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798881801687 • £43 99 / $59 95
ePDF 9798881855086 • £39 59 / $53 95
ePub 9798881801694 • £39 59 / $53 95
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
An Archivist's Guide to Copyright Navigating Risk Management William
J Maher
Copyright The very word can make an archivist’s eyes glaze over But this book is here to help
Fear of copyright can sometimes make everything an archivist does preservation, reference, digitization feel like a prelude to an unintended lawsuit
In this book, readers learn core parts of the U S copyright law, how to apply basic tools to address archives-specific issues, and learn effective use of existing exceptions and limitations The goal is to provide archivists with the ability to navigate copyright to achieve the ultimate archival mission: to preserve the broadest array of heritage material and enable as wide a use as possible
This book:
Provides a foundation for how to read the copyright law, review legal literature, and navigate authoritative websites and news sources;
Promotes a clear understanding of the separate rights of authors, owners, and users and how these rights relate to institutional and general cultural archives;
Clarifies the relevance of the historical landmarks in copyright legislation and case law; Outlines the basics of related laws and rights regimes (e g , privacy, publicity, moral, and cultural property rights) to understand when and how copyright does and does not relate to them; Surveys recent legislation and court cases, especially those relating to fair use, sound-recordings, and alternative dispute resolution; and Guides archivists in a multi-factor analysis to support the decisions needed to manage copyright issues and risks
UK November 2025 US January 2026
472 Pages • 11 bw
HB 9798216186113 £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781440856662 • £54 99 / $74 95
ePDF 9781440856679 £49 49 / $67 45
ePub 9798216171386 • £49 49 / $67 45
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
176 Pages
HB 9798216195023
• £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798216195061
• £43 99 / $59 95
ePDF 9798216195047 • £39 59 / $53 95
ePub 9798216195030 £39 59 / $53 95
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
304 Pages 44 bw illus
HB 9781538190234 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781538190241 £49 99 / $67 95
ePDF 9798765160329 • £44 99 / $61 15
ePub 9781538190258 • £44 99 / $61 15
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Ethics, Information, and Technology
James D ("Kip") Currier, University of Pittsburgh, USA
Information use is changing rapidly in the digital age, leading to complex intellectual property and ownership issues Exploring the ethical implications of this new environment, specifically as they relate to information professionals, this text offers guidance on making ethical choices
Today, professionals spanning all sectors of society face fast-changing information use questions related to Artificial Intelligence, scholarly communication, research practice, teaching pedagogies and platforms, data sharing, knowledge management, entrepreneurial endeavors, and service access and delivery Further complicating matters are grassroots movements such as open access, open data, and open education
This wide-ranging and thorough volume surveys historical traditions and principles in ethics and brings readers into the current digital landscape, where ethical issues are often complex and confounding Covering subjects that range from big data and hacking to surveillance and access, it explores the background of each topic and describes how, where, and why ethical dilemmas arise within it Through real-life examples, this timely text teaches students and practitioners how to identify an ethical dilemma, provides guidance on how to respond, explains how to separate personal belief from professional responsibility, and discusses how to make exceptions in a principled way
Artificial Intelligence for Libraries
Brady D Lund, University of North Texas, USA
This detailed overview on artificial intelligence in libraries is a history, a guide for librarians, and a resource for students and researchers
Artificial intelligence is an extremely important but little-understood topic, including in libraries This timely book explores what AI is, how it works, how it’s relevant to all types of libraries, and how it can be used Readers will better understand the use of AI in library systems and applying AI to teaching and learning environments, and they will grow in the ability to discern potential ethical issues posed by this emerging technology The final chapter provides a practical guide to using various types of AI in libraries
From Chaos to Order
Addressing Cognitive Overload
in the Learning
Journey
Edited
by Courtney McAllister, Atypon, Elliott C Rose, Pennsylvania State University & Sara C Kern, Pennsylvania State University
This book explores the multifaceted role cognitive load has on one’s learning journey, while introducing actionable approaches and resources to help bolster success
Cognitive load refers to the amount of information an individual is able to retain in their working memory at one time When cognitive load is surpassed, it can be much more difficult to process, encode, and retain new information The purpose of this book is to help professionals transform passive efforts to support learners into more purposeful actions that address cognitive overload in the context of research and information seeking Library practitioners may take cognitive load into consideration when creating resources like LibGuides, designing instruction sessions, or planning programming This book is designed to bring together useful theories, practices, and provocations for future exploration
UK February 2026
328 Pages
HB 9798216382126
• US February 2026
• £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798216170549 • £49 99 / $67 95
ePDF 9798216170556 • £44 99 / $61 15
ePub 9798216170563 • £44 99 / $61 15
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Racial Literacy in Libraries
Edited by Sally Battle, Mount Prospect Public Library, Illinois, USA, Betsy Bird, Evanston Public Library, Illinois, USA, Nicole A Cooke, University of South Carolina, USA, Kennedy Joseph, Evanston Public Library, Illinois, USA & Jessica Iverson Wu, Evanston Public Library, Illinois, USA
Learn how libraries can develop and use collections, space, resources, and programs to expand racial literacy in their communities
Libraries are no longer simply providers of basic literacy – they’re evolving to meet community needs for an expanding list of literacies: digital, health, information, financial Racial Literacy in Libraries argues persuasively that libraries need to add racial literacy to that list Its authors and contributors teach you how to understand and communicate about race and racism
Since readers are likely to begin with different backgrounds on race, Part One offers a primer written by experts on the science and history of skin color, the invention of race and racism in the United States, and the development of racial identity Part Two helps librarians bridge the gap between theory and practice Chapters discuss the important concepts of representation, equity, and access and offer practical examples of how to apply them in libraries, including through collection development Part Three offers real-life examples of libraries across the country who are bringing racial literacy to their communities through collections, curated resources, and programs A companion website offers tools you can use right away, whenever you’re ready to put your racial literacy learning into practice
All librarians who want to bring a more bias-free worldview to library work will benefit from this guide to racial literacy
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
184 Pages
HB 9798216383000 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798216188827 • £36 99 / $49 95
ePDF 9798216188841 • £33 29 / $44 95
ePub 9798216188834 • £33 29 / $44 95
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
A Sense of Place
School Libraries at the Heart of Learning, Connection, and Belonging Hannah Byrd Little, Tennessee, USA
Step into a world where school libraries are genuinely transformative environments, promoting active learning, literacy, and connection
In this hands-on guide, author Hannah Little passionately advocates for recognizing school library spaces as catalysts for student success through informative interviews, enlightening case studies, and immersive facility tours With a practical lens, this guide unveils a wealth of ideas for creating an enticing entrance that beckons students into a realm of knowledge It emphasizes the importance of comfort and sensory engagement, fostering collaboration and active learning, and providing serene havens for focused work Creating spaces for community, teaching, and learning, nurturing social interactions, and establishing the library as the vibrant heart of the school community, A Sense of Place inspires administrators and board members to embrace the library as an essential component of the educational ecosystem
Additionally, this guide equips librarians with indispensable insights on efficiency in the library space and offers tips for seamless collaboration with administrators By integrating user experience principles and embracing Oldenburg's “third place” concept, the book unveils how libraries can create an immersive and captivating experience for all stakeholders involved Whether you seek inspiration for designing cutting-edge facilities or transforming existing spaces into warm and welcoming environments, this guide helps ensure that your school library becomes an inviting sanctuary that fosters learning and enriches the lives of its users
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
PB 9798216195122
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798216195115 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798216195153 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9798216195146 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Oman’s Folklore, Popular Beliefs, and Women’s Oral Storytelling
Ahmed Al-Rawi, Simon Fraser University, Canada
Offers a detailed analysis of more than sixty Omani folktales and unique insights into the lives of Omani women through the oral tales they narrate
Systematically documenting and analyzing women’s folktales in the Sultanate of Oman, this research study analyzes old and contemporary Omani popular beliefs and folktales Ahmed Al-Rawi offers an understanding of the oral tradition in Oman and the Arab Gulf in general by investigating the available books and articles on Omani folklore He also provides readers and researchers with an analysis of previously published Omani folktales by referring to their motifs, tale-types, and occurrences
Omani women play a greater role than men in transmitting cultural norms and folktales from one generation to another More than sixty folktales narrated by Omani women are included, with a detailed analysis of each tale These tales were collected from the seven different parts of Oman, especially from elderly women Oman’s Folklore, Popular Beliefs, and Women’s Oral Storytelling offers a cultural analysis of Omani folktales and popular beliefs based on an investigation of almost all the available literature inside and outside Oman as well as on forty interviews with Omani women
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
336 Pages • 58 bw illus
PB 9798216195504 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798216195498 • £100 00 / $135 00
ePDF 9798216195528 • £90 00 / $121 50
ePub 9798216195511 • £90 00 / $121 50
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Becoming Alice Millard Bookseller and Tastemaker
Michèle V Cloonan, Simmons University, USA
Explore the life of Alice Millard, the antiquarian book seller who was at the forefront of the History of the Book discipline, and a tastemaker of her time.
Becoming Alice P Millard is the story of how a largely self-educated young woman from a modest background became an urbane, internationally known antiquarian bookseller when almost no women worked in the high end of the trade, except as catalogers Although Alice has been written about by many people, this book corrects the many inaccuracies about her that have been published and persist
Alice Millard introduced American collectors and librarians to William Morris and the Kelmscott Press, and T J CobdenSanderson and his Doves Bindery and Press She also worked with important collectors such as Estelle Doheny and William Andrews Clark, Jr , to build their collections She sold art and antiques as well as books Her own collection of such books went to the Huntington Library after her death
Key to understanding Alice Millard’s life is her relationship to books and antiques This volume considers how she crafted her professional life Crafted is the key word because Alice was a strong proponent of the Arts and Crafts Movement She didn’t just sell items, she created educational and aesthetic experiences by tutoring people about the value of those objects, by holding exhibitions and publishing catalogs, and by inviting people into her pioneering Frank Lloyd Wright home
Medical Library Association Books
Series
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
• 6 bw illus
144 Pages
HB 9798881800000
• £70 00 / $95 00
PB 9798881800017 • £32 99 / $44 95
ePDF 9798765160404 • £29 69 / $40 45
ePub 9798881800024 • £29 69 / $40 45
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Medical Library Association Books
Series
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
224 Pages
HB 9781538191934 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781538191941 • £36 99 / $49 95
ePDF 9798881866273 • £33 29 / $44 95
ePub 9781538191958 • £33 29 / $44 95
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Libraries Unlimited Series for Teaching Information Literacy
Today
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages
HB 9798216381808 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798216186403 • £49 99 / $74 95
ePDF 9798216186427 • £44 99 / $67 45
ePub 9798216186410 • £44 99 / $67 45
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Library Staff Development Handbook
Supporting Your Most Important Resource
Mary Grace Flaherty, UNC-Chapel Hill
From planning to hiring to advocating for staff, this second edition provides practical tools, tips, templates, and reports from practitioners in the field.
In order to address some of our societal shifts and changes since the publication of the first edition, this new volume has been updated throughout New sections have been added and include promoting staff morale during challenging times, providing a safe work environment, coaching remote workers, and attending to diversity and biases in the library workplace A new chapter dedicated to working with library supervisory boards has also been included
In keeping with the first edition, this new volume applies to a wide variety of library settings and includes numerous tips, resource suggestions, and “real life” examples Throughout the book, practitioners across libraries and library systems, from academic, public, urban, and rural settings share their experiences when it comes to the joys and challenges of the day-today tasks of supporting staff After all, libraries don’t work without their most vital resource, the folks who run them
The Librarian's Grants Handbook
Understanding the Grant Process from Start to Finish
Abigail Mann, Illinois Wesleyan University, USA, Mary Piorun, University of Massachusetts Chan Medical School, USA & Tony Nguyen, Rutgers University, USA
This book aims to help librarians develop grant proposals and juggle the differing demands of multiple collaborators both internally and externally
Grants have long been a tool that allow libraries to increase their reach and offer access to more communities Libraries are seen as a trusted bridge connecting communities with information and resources They are often at the intersection of various disciplines, projects, and funding opportunities, making librarians a natural fit to lead grant development The shifting realities of public, academic, and health sciences libraries today necessitate that information professionals must, more frequently, seek external funding for such projects Yet few librarians are formally trained in grant-writing, nor in marshaling together a team of grant-seekers with varying positions, experiences, and knowledge fields In addition, the institutional support staff that might have traditionally helped with such endeavors has frequently disappeared from rosters due to budgetary constraints within their institution, meaning that librarians seeking grants often do so without support often provided to academic researchers
Teaching Information Literacy through Faculty Development
Jane Hammons, The Ohio State University, USA
Provides an approach to information literacy centered around faculty development to support academic librarians in building more scalable, sustainable, and impactful information literacy programs
Academic librarians devote significant effort to teaching information literacy, often in “one-shot” sessions However, the oneshot has received criticism for its pedagogical ineffectiveness and its impact on librarians’ professional status and personal well-being
This resource provides an overview of an alternative approach, the faculty-focused model, also known as the “teach the teachers” or “train the trainers” approach In this model, librarians concentrate their efforts primarily on faculty development, which has the potential to allow them to develop more scalable, sustainable, and impactful information literacy programs This practical guide explores the benefits and concerns associated with the model, gives examples of library-led faculty development initiatives and librarian involvement in campus-level faculty development, and offers recommendations for building faculty development into an information literacy program Librarians will appreciate the book’s guidance on making the mental shift necessary to adopt a more faculty-focused approach and its willingness to address concerns that librarians may have about the model
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages
HB 9798216190103 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798216188773 • £49 99 / $67 95
ePDF 9798216188797 • £44 99 / $61 15
ePub 9798216188780 • £44 99 / $61 15
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Creating Healthy Library Workplaces
Five Factors That Improve Employee Engagement and Satisfaction
Edited by Jason Martin, Florida Institute of Technology, USA
This practical guide, written from different perspectives and applying to all library types, explains how to create healthy library workplaces
While library work is often imbued with a strong sense of purpose and mission, it’s still work messy, rewarding, complicated This book explores the five factors that influence both workplace engagement and job satisfaction for library workers: culture and work environment; leadership; workload; recognition; meaning
Learn how to critically examine these five factors and understand meaningful ways to positively implement them The expert contributors to this volume represent many types of libraries and points of view, including BIPOC writers and those from other marginalized groups as well as librarians from small and large libraries, rural and urban libraries, and academic, public, and school libraries This book is written for everyone in a library leaders, librarians, and other staff can all contribute to making their library a better workplace Readers will appreciate the hands-on guidance for improving not only the organizational functioning of the library, but the human functioning as well
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
192 Pages
HB 9798216381655 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798216194668 • £43 99 / $59 95
ePDF 9798216194682 • £39 59 / $53 95
ePub 9798216194675 • £39 59 / $53 95
Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited
Empowering Library Staff and Customers
Building A Culture of Teamwork and Trust
Christine D Feldmann, Anne Arundel County Public Library, USA & Catherine E Hollerbach, Anne Arundel County Public Library, USA
Learn how to create a library culture that not only empowers and supports its staff but provides compassionate and innovative services, helping customers and communities thrive
Everyone wants a supportive workplace where they are valued, trusted, and empowered Library staff also want to serve the diverse needs of their customers and community Is it possible to have both? Yes! Learn how to create and sustain a library environment where the needs of staff and customers are mutually supported without sacrificing efficiencies You’ll discover how you can enhance employee satisfaction and performance while improving the quality of service provided to help build more successful communities
Real-world scenarios show why simple policy changes like allowing food and drink in the library or permitting sleeping can demonstrate trust and why flexibility in scheduling won't result in complete chaos at your branch This guide provides ways to break down silos between management and front-line staff to work together for the advancement of all
The authors share on-the-ground examples of how to shift decision making from a “follow the rules or else” approach to a trauma-informed and flexible environment where the needs of both staff and customers are valued You'll better understand how saying yes can improve your reputation, increase funding, and enhance your library’s value to constituents
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
384 Pages • 8 b&w images
HB 9781350462878 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350462861 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350462885 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350462892 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Foundations of Grammar
Beyond Standardized American English
Trini Stickle, Western Kentucky University, USA & Veronika Drake
This introductory textbook on the structure of English gives a comprehensive, descriptive grammar of contemporary standardized and non-standardized American English dialects The book challenges conventional perspectives and offers an exploration of American English grammars The authors include Chicano English, African American English, Southern American English, Appalachian English and other dialects to show students that all varieties of English should be represented and recognised They also delve into the historical and social contexts of these dialects, shedding light on how they've been perceived over time
Grammatical structures and features are introduced and illustrated through examples that demonstrate each of the dialect features including signage, text from published sources, snippets from actual conversations as well as dialogue from print, film, and television The numerous examples show how different dialects construct sentences, offering a comprehensive view of linguistic diversity and illuminating the intricacies of these grammars, dispelling myths and prompting critical thinking The authors present these data samples and lead the reader through guiding questions and comments before expanding on the linguistic terms, import, theories, and applications Recommended readings and ideas for student projects are provided in key chapters, and a companion website offers resources for instructors
Providing practice and iterative exercises, as well as suggestions for real-world application, Foundations of Grammar promotes linguistic equality and ensures students have an increased appreciation for a variety of dialects and languages
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
328 Pages
HB 9781350402171 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350402164 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350402195 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350402188 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Speaking in Pictures A Vision of Language
Neil Cohn, Tilburg University, The Netherlands
Pictures are a fundamental aspect of how we express ourselves, and cave paintings are among our oldest records of intelligence Yet, despite their importance, why don’t most people feel they can draw, and why are pictures often considered less important than language?
For over 20 years, Neil Cohn has pioneered research around these questions within the fields of linguistics and cognitive neuroscience, and this book is the result, heralding a new paradigm of language, drawing, and communication, all accessibly presented as a non-fiction graphic novel This work challenges the conventional understandings of how pictures communicate, how people learn to draw, and the nature of language itself
With humor and a clear, friendly, and accessible tone, Speaking in Pictures introduces ground-breaking research by doing what it discusses: intertwining pictures and words into a single message as a non-fiction graphic novel, taking the reader on an inspiring journey through the study of communication and the mind
COLLECTIONS
Corpus and Discourse
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350530676 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350530638 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350530645 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350530652 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Corpus and Discourse
• US March 2026
UK March 2026
272 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350501522 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350501515 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350501539 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350501546 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Corpus and Discourse
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350436947 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350437258 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350436954 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350436961 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Constructions of Risks to Life in News Media
Rakan Alibri, Tabuk University, Saudi Arabia
This book investigates the construction of risks through discourse to provide new insights into the relationship between risk discourse and society
It explores how British newspapers used language to discursively construct four different types of risks to life, namely terror attacks, earthquakes, road accidents, and heart attacks, between 2017 and 2020, examining what makes some risk events newsworthy, and how this relates to the way they are perceived
The author offers new insights into risk reporting by using an approach combining theories and methodologies from corpus linguistics and critical discourse studies focusing on news values and risk perception Through a focus on risks to life, related social actors, and consequences, he demonstrates salient discursive strategies found in risk reporting, including dramatisation, naturalisation, impersonalisation, blame, responsibility, and risk management These strategies contribute differently to the construction of the risks and can potentially be linked to how the media amplify or attenuate risk perception in society, a consequence of media language use
Exploring Meaning in Surveillance Discourses through Corpora
Viola Wiegand
Situated at the interface of corpus linguistics, discourse analysis, sociolinguistics, and surveillance studies, this book focuses on how surveillance is defined, discussed, and negotiated in public discourses. It analyses different meaning components of the cultural keyword of surveillance – inherently linked to power relations – in ongoing debates of public discourses
The author looks at the representation of surveillance in different discourse domains through three different studies – the prime academic journal in surveillance studies (Surveillance & Society), The Times newspaper, and the signage of public spaces The first two studies illustrate implementations of a novel method of ‘co-occurrence comparisons’ in diachronic analyses of collocation The final study integrates cutting-edge research on the multimodal representation of surveillance in public spaces
Adopting the sociolinguistic framework of ‘surveillant landscapes’ from mediated discourses analysis, this analysis reveals how surveillant practices are signalled in public environments To capture the textual and material representation of surveillance in a collection of photographs from public spaces in multiple cities across Europe, North America, and Asia, the study presents a novel methodology combining corpus and qualitative methods for the analysis of multimodal data
Constructing Brexit Britain
A Corpus-Assisted Approach to National Identity Discourse
Tamsin Parnell, University of Nottingham, UK
Combining corpus linguistics, critical discourse analysis, and a discourse analysis of narratives, this book considers one aspect of the Brexit process: the language that journalists, politicians and individuals used to write and talk about what it means to be British and European around the time of Brexit
It reveals a trajectory towards a discourse of national division in Brexit Britain in three datasets: pro-Brexit newspaper articles, UK Government documents, and interviews with individual citizens
Demonstrating the important role that (supra-)national identity discourses played in discussions about Brexit, the book traces a shift towards a representation of Brexit Britain as divided and in decline at a time when the construction of a collective identity is likely to be paramount The emerging representation is a direct contradiction of the great global trading nation narrative that the Vote Leave campaigners – and later the UK Government – promised, questioning the discursive success of the Global Britain project
Constructing Brexit Britain demonstrates that the transition from pre- to post-Brexit Britain was a crucial period of destabilisation for institutional and lay national identity narratives
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Slavic, Baltic, and Eastern European Languages and Cultures
UK January 2026 • US November 2025
512 Pages • 81 bw illus
PB 9781666960846
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666960822 • £120 00 / $160 00
ePDF 9798216265696 • £108 00 / $144 00
ePub 9781978762411 • £108 00 / $144 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Advances in Sociolinguistics
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
288 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350448629
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350448582 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350448599 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350448605 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Advances in Sociolinguistics
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
• 10 bw illus
288 Pages
HB 9781350477421
• £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350477438 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350477445 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9781350477452 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Ukrainian Border Dialects in Belarusian-Russian Contact Areas Characteristics and Trends
Salvatore Del Gaudio
This book presents a contemporary, primarily synchronic, linguistic analysis of the essential dialectal features characterizing the dialects spoken in the Ukrainian-Belarusian-Russian border area.
Utilizing sociolinguistic and unique focus-group data, Salvatore Del Gaudio analyzes specific local dialects at the crossroads of Ukraine, Belarus, and the Russian Federation, both locally and cross-regionally, to best highlight stable characteristics and ongoing tendencies over the span of a decade (2012–2022) The individuality of this area is also examined within a broader sociolinguistic context, which accounts for language attitudes, habits, and the identity of local speakers, as well as the linguistic landscape of the border area The findings presented in this book are valuable for further dialectological research and related linguistic subfields Moreover, they contribute to the establishment of a more accurate typology of (East) Slavic languages, offering valid insights into areal linguistics, as is often required in similar studies
The Language of Marginality and Subjectivity in a Global Context
Edited by Roberta Piazza, University of Sussex, UK, Helen Ringrow, University of Portsmouth, UK, Sergio MaruendaBataller, University of Valencia, Spain & Carmen Gregori-Signes, University of Valencia, Spain
This book expands and deepens the investigation of the language associated with or produced by groups that are socially, culturally, racially and economically outliers and whose marginalisation results in a different engagement with and participation in mainstream society’s activities
It features case studies from across the globe, including Ghana, Norway, Poland, Saudi Arabia, South Africa and Zambia, addressing the construction (and self-construction) of marginalisation and diversity in discourse and society, bringing to light many unheard and hidden voices and perspectives The 14 chapters explore a wide range of forms of marginalisation and diversity as global issues that have an impact on societies worldwide, in terms of exclusion in the guise of non-participation in mainstream society’s activities and contestation in different international contexts
The contributions in the book capture how vulnerable individuals and groups occupying the in-between spaces of marginality navigate through them and construct themselves as dissenting and diverse; how they are aware of their condition at a certain point in time and how they are able to reflect resourcefully on it
Language and Memory Interactions and Mediations
Edited by Natalie Braber, Thomas Van de Putte & Sophie van den Elzen
This interdisciplinary edited volume combines linguistic and memory approaches to study how people attribute meaning to the past
It includes contributions by linguists who consider memory and its theories, and by memory scholars without linguistic background who look at sociolinguistic methods and concepts
The book is divided into three parts and includes case studies from countries including Belgium, Chile, Cyprus, India, Italy, Poland and Sri Lanka The first part considers ways in which memory scholars might reach out to discourse analytical and other sociolinguistic methods to make sense of a variety of memory phenomena The second considers cutting-edge linguistic research which reaches out to memory scholars and their body of theories The final section centres on how language itself can be studied as a ‘site of memory’ Its symbolic power is salient for communities to make sense of continuities between past, present and future
This book makes a powerful case that the connections between language and memory are crucial across cultures and at different scales
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Advances in Ecolinguistics
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages • 20 bw illus
PB 9781350438507 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350438491 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350438514 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350438521 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Critical Ecolinguistics Within Singapore, 'the Garden City'
Edited by Todd LeVasseur, YNUSC, Singapore
This book offers a critical ecolinguistics case study of an entire city nation, Singapore, and of the stories told about and by it internationally in relation to its efforts of sustainability, response to climate change, and commitment to ecomodernity.
It explores several key questions: How will humans live in urban areas in the decades to come? How will these efforts be impacted by climate change and how will cities adapt? What discourses about nature are present in cities, and how will these discourses influence and impact efforts towards sustainable urban living during climate change?
The methods of the book can also be applied to analyzing the un/sustainability of other urban areas in the world from the perspective of ecolinguistics, better equipping planners of all types with a more nuanced understanding of the role language and discourse plays in shaping human/nature interactions in urban areas during times of rapid climate change
The authors offer insights into contemporary issues around sustainable urbanism, the role of discourses in conceptualizing and advocating for sustainability, methods on how to apply an ecolinguistical lens to various ‘texts’ that constitute a nation city, and an understanding of how various discourses may promote or impede climate resiliency and adaptation
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Advances in Ecolinguistics
UK January 2026 US January 2026
200 Pages • 4 bw illus
HB 9781350281424 £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350281462 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350281431 £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350281448 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Exploring Ecolinguistics
Ecological Principles and Narrative Practices
Douglas Mark Ponton, University of Catania, Italy
Contributing to the rapidly emerging field of ecolinguistics, this book explores the role of language in mediating and determining our relationship with nature and in shaping attitudes and social practices in environmental areas In doing so, it maps out research pathways for informed ecological debate that concerns both the planet and the discipline
The book centres on two case studies The first is a nature reserve near Siracusa in Sicily run by Fabio Cilea, where flamingos have begun to breed despite the devastation of the nearby coastline by one of the largest petro-chemical plants in Europe The second is High Ash farm, a small farm near Norwich, UK Farmer, Chris Skinner, is a passionate naturalist who for 30 years has presented a programme on BBC Radio Norfolk Through analysing the discourse of both Skinner and Cilea, the book explores what it can reveal about the underlying environmental visions that sustain them Together with the discourse of other engaged ecological figures, a picture emerges of the connections that exist between our beliefs/attitudes, language and the natural world
Presenting a framework for analysing environmental discourse from a primarily positivist standpoint, the book draws attention to the discourses that underline social practices felt to be useful, necessary and beneficial in these moments of environmental crisis Although these contexts are European, the methodologies applied, as well as the ecological and linguistic issues dealt with, are universal, clarifying the relationship between social practices and language itself, viewed in the book as an ecosystem that is also in need of loving attention
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Advances in Ecolinguistics
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
264 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350229341 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350229389 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350229358 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350229365 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Advances in Ecolinguistics
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
260 Pages • 20 bw illus
HB 9781350304482 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350304529 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350304499 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350304505 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
272 Pages 17 bw illus
PB 9781350444614 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350444584 £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350444591 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350444607 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Ecolinguistics and Environment in Education
Language, Culture and Textual Analysis
Emile Bellewes, Linköping University, Sweden
In the age of ecological crisis, language and discourse are emerging as a new battleground in the environmental debate. With the rise of new environmentalist movements and their subsequent backlash, we are now exposed to a plethora of different and often opposing discourses on the environmental crisis and our relationship with nature This book argues for the need to develop classroom practices which aid students in critically reviewing and evaluating different perspectives on discourses of environmentalism and sustainability
Remarking that language and humanities teachers are perfectly positioned to play a key role in the development of ecocritical language awareness at this crucial juncture, this book explores how they can help students utilise a critical perspective to navigate the multitude of cultural messages regarding our relationship with nature Employing ecolinguistics as a form of eco-critical pedagogy, Emile Bellewes presents key concepts underpinning ecolinguistics, before guiding readers through their application in the classroom Serving as a bridge between critical perspectives on environmental education and forms of discourse analysis, Ecolinguistics and Environment in Education explains how ecolinguistics can be used to carry out detailed linguistic analyses of environmentally significant messages in the classroom
Language as an Ecological Phenomenon
Languaging and Bioecologies in Human-Environment Relationships
Edited by Sune Vork Steffensen, University of Southern Denmark, Denmark , Stephen Cowley, University of Southern Denmark, Denmark & Martin Döring, Hamburg University, Germany
Moving beyond a more traditional view of language as a discrete sociocultural and cognitive entity that distorts our understanding of surrounding ecologies, this book argues that the starting point for ecolinguistics is an appreciation of language as not just about nature, but of nature
Exploring this conceptual change in the field, the book presents a process view in which language is substituted by languaging, emphasising the bioecologies that we cohabit with numerous other species It puts forward this perspective by looking at the theoretical considerations behind the understanding of languaging as bioecological, and through examining languaging in various contexts and places Drawing on examples from across the world, it addresses topics such as climate catastrophes, corporate narratives, questions of ecological leadership, the bioecological implications of the COVID pandemic, and relational landscapes It also makes use of data from across multiple bioecological settings, including the dairy and agricultural industries
Ultralingualism
The Disassociation of Language from Meaning
Andrey Rosowsky
This book offers an introduction to the commonly observed, but generally ignored or misrepresented, practice of using language when referential (semantic) meaning is problematic, partial or even absent
The concept and term ‘ultralingualism’ accounts for language performance or use where meaning in the conventional sense lies elsewhere to, or beyond (ultra-), the performer and/or the listener/audience This book argues for the adoption of the term ‘ultralingualism’ as an important and previously absent heuristic as a means of capturing the diverse language practices where this language phenomenon occurs
The book adopts a dynamic and inter-disciplinary theoretical framework that encompasses a range of complementary approaches: linguistic sound or the ‘sonic’ element of language (real and invented), non-semantic/non-referential language usage, post-vernacular performance, Bauman’s heightened performance theory, the ethics of translation, theories linking language and music, and language maintenance and shift theory
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
272 Pages • 15 bw illus
PB 9781350337671 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350337633 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350337640 £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350337657 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Abortion in Ireland
The Language of the Campaign for Reproductive Rights
Simon Statham, Queen’s University Belfast, UK & Helen Ringrow, University of Portsmouth, UK
Providing an in-depth analysis of the diverse discourse types present in the fight for women’s bodily autonomy in Ireland over four decades, this book explores discourse from the imposition of the Eighth Amendment in 1983 to its repeal in 2018 and beyond, adopting a mixed-methods critical linguistic approach.
By applying models of analysis from across the spectrum of critical linguistics, the book maximises the potential of the analytical models prominent in critical linguistics and Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA), in turn maximising the number of discourse arenas available for investigation
Interdisciplinary both in terms of methodology and data, the chapters analyse a diverse range of societal texts including traditional political campaign discourse and cross-generational pro-choice leaflets The book also assesses the utilisation of pro-choice voices in the contemporary discourse arenas of social media and broadcast entertainment, and examines politico-legal arenas such as submissions to the Citizens’ Assembly and parliamentary speeches It also scrutinises the abortion rights campaign in the north of Ireland through interviews with a range of campaigners
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Linguistic Anthropology
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
304 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350441576 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350441545
• £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350441552 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350441569 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Poetics of Living
Aspects of Multimodal and Multisensorial Semiosis
Edited by Takeshi Enomoto, Makiko Takekuro & Kuniyoshi Kataoka, Aichi University, Japan
This book provides empirical and theoretical accounts of poetics from a sociolinguistic and linguistic anthropological perspective, highlighting the poesis of everyday living
The authors not only regard poetry as a literary genre or a form of aesthetic performance, but also aim to clarify how everyday practices, such as casual conversation, radio broadcasting, sightseeing tours, classroom instruction, and reciprocal singing, are imbued with poetic (inter)actions achieved through senses, bodies, materials, and the environment Such mediums are shown to be appropriated here and now in accordance with the ongoing social actions gleaned from the contributors’ fields of research and expertise Examples include classroom instruction and local festivals in Japan, music contests in China, rock climbing and public demonstrations in the USA, radio/TV broadcasts in Hawai’i and the USA, and tourist guidance in New Zealand, among others
Building on poetic theories in sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology, and pragmatics, such as ethnopoetics, ritual poetics, and dialogic resonance, this book offers highly interdisciplinary approaches to poetic analysis that range from microinteractional exchanges to macro-sociocultural issues surrounding poetic ‘texts’
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK February 2026
• US January 2026
432 Pages
PB 9781350247567 • £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9781350194311 • £130 00 / $175 00
ePDF 9781350194328 • £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781350194335 • £117 00 / $157 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Systemic Functional Linguistics
Edited by Jonathan J Webster, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, David Butt, Macquarie University, Australia & Federico Navarro, Universidad de O'Higgins, Chile
An essential one-volume reference to contemporary systemic functional linguistics (SFL) and its applications, this handbook offers a rigorous and systematic overview of the field and its recent developments. Written by an international team of leading scholars, this volume covers the key approaches and applications, providing both a survey of current research and more practical guidance for advanced study
Fully updated, revised and restructured to take account of developments over the last decade, this second edition features:
- 4 new chapters, covering the application of SFL in language comparison, education, healthcare and multimodal contexts
- Substantially revised and updated chapters on topics such as methods, models and computing
- An expanded and updated glossary of key terms
Featuring chapters by giants in the field, including M A K Halliday, Ruqaiya Hasan, and Jim Martin, this volume identifies and describes the central concepts and applications associated with SFL The Bloomsbury Handbook of Systemic Functional Linguistics is an essential resource for anyone interested in the field
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Systemic Functional Linguistics
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
216 Pages
HB 9781350523586 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350523579 • £27 99 / $37 95
ePDF 9781350523593 • £25 19 / $34 15
ePub 9781350523609 • £25 19 / $34 15
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Systemic Functional Linguistics
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
280 Pages • 25 bw illus
HB 9781350297708 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350297746 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350297715 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350297722 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Systemic Functional Linguistics
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
400 Pages • 40 bw illus
HB 9781350413894 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350413931 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350413900 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350413917 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
A Practical Guide to System Networks
Modelling Paradigmatic Relations for Language Description in Systemic Functional Linguistics
J R Martin, University of Sydney, Australia & Pin Wang, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China
In Systemic Functional Linguistics (SFL), paradigmatic relations are formalised in system networks This book provides a practical, step-by-step guide to designing system networks for language description, one of the key aspects of SFL theory and analysis.
Including examples from English, Chinese, Korean and Spanish, and exercises with answer keys for each of the main chapters, this book offers a broad coverage and guides learners through the process of designing system networks for the purpose of grammatical description in an accessible way
Beginning with simple systems, the authors show how grammars involve a complex of relations, with some systems dependent on others and some working in parallel with simultaneous options They introduce the reasoning involved in designing system networks, explaining how choices in grammatical systems are motivated in terms of their realisation in structure and how this relationship between the paradigmatic axis and the syntagmatic axis is formalised in SFL descriptions In addition, the book helps readers to understand the theoretical architecture of SFL – including the dimensions of rank, metafunction and stratification
Writing with Students
New Perspectives on Collaborative Writing in EAP Contexts Lucy Macnaught, Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand
Shortlisted for the ASFLA (Australian Systemic Functional Linguistics Association) M. A. K. Halliday Prize 2025
Beginning with a review of the theory and pedagogic practices that have been influential in English for Academic Purposes (EAP) contexts, this book examines the practice of joint construction in a genre-based approach to literacy pedagogy. It investigates how teachers guide students to co-construct a text, drawing attention to the contested rationale for teachers taking a leading role when writing collaboratively with their students
Informed by systemic functional linguistics, the book puts forward an accessible approach to the analysis of classroom discourse that centres on the dynamic mediation of meaning Through examples of classroom interaction involving international students who are studying EAP, and specifically as preparation for university entrance, it illuminates how classroom metalanguage and the organisation of classroom talk enables teachers to guide but not provide wording; metalanguage also enables students to critique and justify their choices as they ‘try out’ new academic language, modify and improve their writing
Languages of Australia’s First Peoples in Narrative Australian Stories
David Rose, University of Sydney, Australia
Celebrating the diverse languages of Australia’s First Peoples, this book presents stories told by elders in eighteen languages from around the continent, and explores their patterns of meaning
The stories recount the experiences of the tellers and histories of their communities, from tales of anti-colonial resistance to origin stories of the Dreaming The book aims to make the languages accessible and engaging through the voices of the elders, while building readers’ knowledge about language and language learning It opens with some basic language knowledge for reading the stories Each chapter then begins with the cultural and historical contexts of the stories, which are first previewed in English translation, then presented sentence-by-sentence, setting out the original sounds and wordings, glossed with plain English Extracts are selected to illustrate patterns of meanings that are characteristic of each language
The final chapter sums up the various meaning patterns the stories use, and interprets their evolution in the light of First Peoples’ deep histories, as recorded by archaeology and traditional knowledge
The book will be useful for language learning programs in communities and schools, for researchers of language and language teaching, and for any reader with an interest in the languages and cultures of Australia’s First Peoples
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Advances in Semiotics
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages • 15 bw illus
PB 9781350260115 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350260078 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350260085 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350260092 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Advances in Semiotics
UK February 2026
224 Pages
PB 9781350522282
• US February 2026
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350522244 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350522251 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350522268 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Advances in Semiotics
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
236 Pages • 3 bw illus
HB 9781350324893 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350324930 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350324909 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350324916 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Early Body Ornaments and the Origins of our Semiotic Mind
Antonis Iliopoulos, University of Oxford, UK
By employing a cognitive semiotic theory based on pragmatism and enactivism, this book explores the nature and emergence of early body ornamentation, which has long been at the forefront of the debate on modern human origins
Using a range of artefacts including the Blombos Cave Beads, ostrich eggshells, and engraved pieces of ochre, the book examines the connection between early body ornaments and the semiotic mind, and addresses the question of whether early body ornaments were made by a symbolic mind, or whether they provided the material and semiotic scaffolding required for such a mind to emerge
The Semiotics of the Zodiac Signs of Destiny
Marcel Danesi, University of
Toronto, Canada
This book considers various aspects of the meanings and functions of zodiacal systems, including how they affect belief systems, and how they have evolved over time It explores the cultural significance of the Zodiac as a semiotic code for interpreting personal destinies as manifestations of stellar influences and as affirmations of the logic that governs the cosmos as a whole
The book traces the international history of Western astrology, from its origins in Babylon to its decline after the Enlightenment, up to its resurgence today as “pop astrology” in an era where social media and predictive algorithms can deliver customized personal horoscopes Bringing together examples from the Western and Chinese zodiacal systems, it examines how the Zodiac semiotic enabled individuals across the world to interpret the date of their birth and the events that marked their daily lives in terms of the constellations and celestial conjunctions It offers an engaging contribution to Zodiac scholarship by spanning various aspects of the meanings and functions of zodiacal systems
The Semiotics of Toys and Games
The Childhood Artefacts that Introduce Us to the World
Theo Van Leeuwen, University of Technology Sydney, Sydney, Australia & Staffan Selander
Drawing on extensive research over more than two decades, this book focuses on toys and games as resources for play It analyses their functionalities as well as their symbolic meaning potentials, exemplifying how they are used in different contexts, such as home and preschool, and how these uses are regulated by parental, pedagogic and marketing discourses
Building on the work of semioticians such as Barthes, Baudrillard and Krampen, as well as on the social semiotics of Halliday, Hodge, Kress, and others, the book introduces a framework for the multimodal semiotic analysis of physical objects, and the ways in which they are digitally translated into words, images and sounds It also introduces a multimodal framework with a focus on designs for and in learning It then applies these frameworks to a range of toys and games for young children including teddy bears, dolls, construction toys, war toys and digital games Throughout it shows how the toy and games industry contributes to changing the nature of childhood and the way children learn about the world
Accessibly written, the book will not only be relevant to students and scholars of multimodality and semiotics, but also to early childhood educators and parents of young children
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
208 Pages • 25 bw illus
PB 9781666946307 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666946284 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216254560 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978771680 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Ethnic Belonging and Deaf Identity in Romania Living in Multiple Minorities
Emese-Hajnalka Belenyi & Gavril Flora
While Deafness can function as a cultural–linguistic identity with its own language and community norms, Deaf individuals may belong simultaneously to other social groups while sharing a Deaf identity
Throughout this work, Belenyi and Flora interpret Deafness and ethnicity through the lens of Social Identity Theory (SIT), which posits that individuals derive part of their self-concept from membership in social groups and predicts that group memberships shape self-concept and self-esteem While SIT has its limitations, newer adaptations, such as selfcategorization theory and identity process theory, allow for more nuanced interpretations With a focus on Hungarian ethnicminority Deaf people in Romania and their partners and communities the authors examine these insights to understand how Deaf people in Romania balance their ethnic and Deaf identities
Deaf people in East-Central Europe, especially in the multi-ethnic context of Romania, inhabit overlapping minority worlds Although nation-building policies often emphasize linguistic and ethnic homogeneity, in practice Hungarian–Romanian relations within Deaf families and communities can reveal unexpected cultural bridges This book combines a theoretical synthesis of Deaf identity, culture, and ethnicity with empirical life-course research to shed new light on how Deaf and ethnic identities intersect
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350469587 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350469549 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350469556 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350469563 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Language, Knowledge and Society in Higher Education
The Intersection of Social, Epistemological and Discursive Knowledge in Academic Communication Ian Bruce, University of Waikato, Hamilton, New Zealand & Alex Ding, University of Leeds, UK
Addressing the issue of fragmentation in academic English language research, this book takes a holistic approach to the areas of knowledge that converge within academic discourse and texts
The authors argue that this convergence integrates three knowledge areas of a disciplinary community: its social processes, epistemology, and discursive practices Going beyond the narrower focus of much previous theory and research, the volume advocates an original and integrated approach to the multifaceted nature of the academic language and literacy practices of universities
The book is divided into two parts Part 1 examines the context of contemporary universities and the broader influences that shape academic language use Part 2 explores disciplinarity and the three dimensions that together shape academic language: social, epistemological, and discursive The authors then present an innovative and integrated model of the three dimensions and use it to examine language from social science and STEM subjects A concluding manifesto argues for an integrative, reflexive and ethical approach to researching academic language This volume is of interest to anyone concerned with understanding, analysing, and teaching the academic language of universities as it is used for study or research publication purposes
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Advances in Critical Discourse Studies
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
• 40 bw illus
320 Pages
PB 9781350360334
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350360297
• £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781350360303
• £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350360310 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
344 Pages • 15 bw illus
HB 9781666980271 • £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9798216371007 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765165096 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9798765159811 £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Analysing Environmental Discourse A Critical Approach
Scott Burnett, Pennsylvania State University, USA
The sheer scale of global ecosystem devastation and the crescendo of the climate crisis may serve as good reasons for scholars and commentators to welcome any social mobilization that tries to save the earth And yet not all environmentalisms are good environmentalisms From eco-fascism to greenwashing and neoliberal conservation, not all ‘green’ action has a positive value Offering a critical framework for discourse analysts to get to the heart of this specific complexity, this book is a study of the key discursive moves in environmentalist discourses that perpetuate social inequality, putting forward an alternate socioecological approach to avoiding these pitfalls
While debates over the social visions and implications of environmentalist discourse have been raging for decades, they have yet to receive focused attention within critical discourse studies This book addresses this gap, building on critiques from feminist, queer, anti-racist, Indigenous, and decolonial scholars across fields such as political ecology, environmental sociology, indigenous studies, human geography, literary theory, environmental communication, and others, in which the tropes, strategies, and structures perpetuated within strands of environmentalism are identified Special attention is paid to the whiteness and/or coloniality of ecological futures articulated as utopian social visions, and it is argued that only when combined with a radical vision for social justice are these environmental utopias desirable, attainable, or workable
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages 11 bw illus
HB 9781350338517 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781350338555 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350338524 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781350338531 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Environmental Awareness and Governance
Ecolinguistic and Discourse Perspectives
Edited by Mohamed Mliless, Independent Researcher, Morocco, David Stringer, Indiana University Bloomington, USA & Mohammed Larouz, Moulay Ismail University of Meknès, Morocco
Environmental Awareness and Governance: Ecolinguistic and Discourse Perspectives is a comprehensive exploration that delves into the intricate relationship between language, discourse, and environmental issues This book begins by examining the role of environmental governance in Moroccan political parties’ electoral programs, followed by an analysis of how Moroccan online media communicates water stress as a risk issue It also provides an ecolinguistic analysis of a computeranimated Netflix film, “The Sea Beast , and discusses the impact of climate change on Moroccan agriculture, particularly focusing on the “Generation Green” strategy
The editors and contributors explore the role of translation in the environmental movement and discusses the shift from the Anthropocene to the Capitalocene in the context of global climate change They also provide a critical discourse analysis of the environmental discourse of the COP27, highlighting the North-South divide
This book concludes with an ecocritical interpretation of solastalgia in Mohsin Hamid’s “Exit West” and a generic, ecocritical reading of climate change in Kim Stanley Robinson’s Science in the Capital Trilogy Each chapter provides a unique perspective on environmental issues, making it a comprehensive resource for anyone interested in environmental studies
Conversing in the Metaverse
The Embodied Future of Online Communication
Jieun Kiaer, University of Oxford, UK
How do metaverse technologies change how we communicate with each other? This book explores how existing metaverse technologies affect our communication, both verbal and non-verbal, as well as the ramifications of these effects
Communication is central to the human experience, and how we currently communicate (and will communicate) can affect our sense of identity and relationships with others, which can have huge long term societal repercussions Utilising methods of digital ethnography and linguistic landscape, this book takes an in-depth look at what exactly the metaverse is or will be and tracks the technological and societal trends that surround it To do so, it questions what differentiates the metaverse from earlier connected virtual worlds like World of Warcraft or Second Life, and features extracts from interviews with the users and developers of current metaverses, such as Roblox, Minecraft, and Gather town It also investigates the impact of the pandemic in changing and accelerating how we communicate in virtual spaces
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
224 Pages • 35 bw illus
HB 9781350464377 £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350464384 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350464391 £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350464407 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025
• US December 2025
148 Pages • 12 b/w illustrations
PB 9798216380382 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781793635587 • £72 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216258100 • £64 80 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769410 £64 80 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
280 Pages 15 bw illus
HB 9781350412132 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350412170 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350412149 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350412156 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
Gulliver ’s Afterlives
300 Years of Transmedia Adaptation
Daniel Cook, University of Dundee, UK
The first deep dive into the cultural afterlives of Jonathan Swift’s Gulliver ’s Travels, this book explores how the strange adventures of the 18th-century voyager have persisted over the past 300 years. Exploring sequels, spinoffs, elaborations and adaptations, among other things, Daniel Cook brings together an engaging account of how this literary classic has been reworked across different media throughout the world
Considerate of the major and unjustly neglected creators who have engaged with Travels, Gulliver ’s Afterlives covers: authors from Eliza Haywood to Alison Fell; poets as varied as Alexander Pope and Sylvia Plath; playwrights including David Garrick and H J Byron; leading graphic artists and scripters such as Martin Rowson and Alan Moore; pioneering filmmakers such as Georges Méliès; and it even explores Gulliver s appearances in the science fiction franchises Star Trek and Doctor Who Cook examines more than a hundred novels, short stories and satires, poems, plays and pantomimes, live-action and animated films and television series, games, entertainment ephemera, illustrated books, comics and graphic novels, as well as statues, playpark effigies and other objects Navigating this hefty body of Gulliveriana, this book delves into topics such as transmedial storytelling and characterization, different models of authorship and collaboration, the history of form and genre, visual culture, and the commercial contexts of literary adaptation
Materialist Romanticism
The Matter of the Marbles
Dewey W Hall
A matter-based approach to the study of nineteenth-century Romantic artifacts centering on the removal of the Parthenon sculptures from Athens, Greece by Thomas Bruce, the 7th Earl of Elgin, and sale of the prized artifacts to the British Parliament for £35,000 in 1816
Dewey W Hall delves into the intrigue surrounding the famed sculptures by reaching back in time to Democritus (460–370 B C ), Aristotle (384–322 B C ), and Epicurus (341–271 B C ) who theorized about the atom the basis for the materialist tradition and Lucretius’s notion of the swerve in De Rerum Natura (Of the Nature of Things) (c 55–49 B C ) This study includes various artistic responses to the Parthenon sculptures via the verbal and visual as represented through George Gordon, Lord Byron’s Curse of Minerva (1811) and Childe Harold’s Pilgrimage (1812), Benjamin Robert Haydon’s sketches of the horse of Selene (1809) held at the British Museum, and John Keats’s Endymion (1818) and “Ode on a Grecian Urn” (1819)
British Writing, Propaganda and Cultural Diplomacy in the Second World War and Beyond
Edited by Beatriz Lopez, Durham University, UK, James Smith, Durham University, UK & Guy Woodward
This book offers the first sustained analysis of the interactions between British writers, propaganda and culture from the Second World War to the Cold War It traces the involvement of a series of major cultural figures in domestic and international propaganda campaigns and throws new light on the global deployment of British propaganda and cultural diplomacy in colonial and post-colonial theatres such as Cyprus, India and Sierra Leone
Chapters re-evaluate the propaganda work of prominent writers including Arthur Koestler and Dylan Thomas in the light of new archival research, study how organisations including the BBC, British Council and Ministry of Information engaged with new media forms, analyse cultural representations of propaganda service and investigate how British literature and culture was deployed and projected as a form of soft power across the globe
Featuring contributions from a variety of disciplines, including literary studies, visual culture, book history and radio history, this book brings together a constellation of established and emerging scholars to show the crucial role played in shaping and mediating the techniques and content of British information campaigns of the mid-twentieth century
COLLECTIONS
UK April 2026 US February 2026
248 Pages • 5 bw illus
HB 9781350377486 £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350377493 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350377509 £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350377516 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
232 Pages
HB 9781350453357 • £50 00 / $68 00
PB 9781350453340 • £16 99 / $22 95
ePDF 9781350453364 • £15 29 / $20 65
ePub 9781350453371 £15 29 / $20 65
Bloomsbury Academic
A Practical Companion to Children's Literature Studies
Conducting Research and Building a Career
Edited by Kimberley Reynolds, Newcastle University, UK, Matthew Grenby, University of St Andrews, St Andrews & Emily Murphy, Newcastle University, UK
This research guide is devoted to the specialist skills and complexities of studying and working with children’s literature, alongside childhood studies, at university level and beyond. A successor to Kimberley Reynolds's and Matthew Grenby's 2011 Children's Literature Studies: A Research Handbook, this work reflects on new directions and emphases in children’s literature studies as seen by all levels With a broad, international focus, this book includes:
- Contributions from scholars around the world, including the US, Chile, China, and the Philippines
- Outlines of the field and the careers possible with specialisms in children’s literature
- Sample research proposals from an MA dissertation to senior-level projects
- Guidance on locating grants, fellowships, collaborations and other opportunities
- A look at the ethical complexities of a field so close to children and young people
- Solutions to the problems researchers face entering the field
- Discussion of key archives, special collections and digital resources of international significance
- Advice on preparing for responsibilities within academia such as presentations and publication
- An exploration of how new, emerging and established scholars can maximise the impact of their work
An A-Z of Beatrix Potter
Penny Bradshaw, University of Cumbria,
UK
From Peter Rabbit to Mrs Tiggy-winkle, The Tailor of Gloucester to The Fairy Caravan, the works and characters of Beatrix Potter have bewitched children the world over for more than a century – and have never been out of print.
This lively and curious book explores Potter ’s works via a series of short, interlinked essays that take their starting point from 26 key words and phrases from her children’s books, her letters, journals and other writings For students and enthusiasts alike, this engaging collection of essays offers fresh angles on familiar Potter themes and topics (A is for Animal; C is for Clothes) whilst others cast light on uncharted corners of her imagination (D is for Dancing; U is for Uncanny; G is for Ginnett’s Circus) Entries like F is for Fairy, T is for Trees, S is for Seasons and R is for Rabbit Tobacco look at topics related to race, gender and the environment as other essays use key words to open up discussion of Potter ’s legacies and impact (L is for Lake District; P is for Peter Rabbit; H is for The Horn Book), including global reception, TV and film adaptations, and the development of Potter's beloved Lake District as a thriving tourist destination
Providing a close-up encounter with one of the most celebrated children’s authors, this book invites new recognition of the ways in which Beatrix Potter ’s writing explores ideas which remain deeply relevant today, including the relationship between humans and the natural environments they inhabit
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
184 Pages 10 bw illus, 2 tables
HB 9798765136195 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798765136188 £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798765136218 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9798765136225 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Hope in the Library
How Libraries Can Help Shape Our Future with Artificial Intelligence
Michael J Paulus, Jr , Creighton University, USA
What is the role of the library in an increasingly complex information environment filled with and redesigned for artificial intelligence?
Hope in the Library presents a compelling case for the continued relevance of libraries in an age increasingly shaped by artificial intelligence Michael J Paulus, Jr , shows how libraries, as human-centered and human-scaled institutions, have enduring roles as archives for reflection and understanding, sites of imagination and hope, and catalysts for human agency
This book argues that, by providing an essential counterbalance to impersonal and automated systems, libraries are essential for not only surviving but thriving in our emerging information environment
Hope in the Library is structured as a series of essays organized by explorations of the library in the past, in imagined futures, and in our digitally-enhanced present Firsthand narrative and archaeological history are interspersed with literary meditations from writers including Mary Shelley, Ursula K Le Guin, and Jorge Luis Borges
Informed by over two decades of leading and studying libraries, these essays include the author ’s reflections and encourage a more radical reframing of how AI may be integrated into libraries and society to help create a better future
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Digital Cultures
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages • 11 bw illus
HB 9781350530461 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350530454 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350530478 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350530485 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Digital Cultures
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
296 Pages • 16 bw illus
HB 9781350340381 • £60 00 / $75 00
PB 9781350340398 • £18 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781350340404 • £17 09 / $22 45
ePub 9781350340411 • £17 09 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Digital Cultures
UK April 2026 • US February 2026
336 Pages • 41 bw illus, 4 tables
HB 9781350406773 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350406766 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350406780 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350406797 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Drone Cultures
From Surveillance and Warfare to Literature and Art John Muthyala, University of Southern Maine, USA
The drone is an object of contradiction: at once a weapon of war and a medium of wonder Often linked to destruction and death, the drone also sparks creativity and enhances education.
Encouraging us to think critically about the drone, the book traces its emergence in twenty-first-century warfare and examines its entanglement with surveillance culture, biopolitics, and artificial intelligence, as well as its representations in literature and the arts Drones are instruments of power and tools of possibility the book challenges us to see them as both
Drones are reshaping how we understand war and peace, distance and time, privacy and surveillance, power and accountability, democracy and governance This book invites readers to use the drone as a lens on our evolving human condition
Listening In How Audio Surveillance Became Artificial Intelligence
Toby Heys, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, David Jackson, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK & Marsha Courneya, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
In 1945, W Averell Harriman, US Ambassador to the Soviet Union, was presented with a carved wooden plaque of the Great Seal of the United States as a 'gesture of friendship' by a delegation from the Soviet’s Young Pioneer Organization
Unbeknownst to him, one of the first covert listening devices, invented by Leon Theremin was hidden within it and was subsequently used to listen in on the ambassador ’s conversations for six years before being discovered This book uses remarkable tales like this to tell the story of how modern audio surveillance developed and its important role in the evolution of today's artificial intelligence
Beginning with post-WW2 monitoring devices, Listening In traces an arc through the Cold War era into the present day in which state and commercial spyware can record our calls, copy messages and secretly film us It subsequently moves into the near future where AI-assisted technologies can listen to things we have not yet said as well as digitally simulate and record our voices after we have died Ultimately Listening In reveals how the urge to listen and record everything that has ever been uttered is scored deeply into the technological operating systems of cultures from around the world
New Directions in Digital Textual Studies
Book History, Scholarly Editing and Curation in Conversation
Edited by Christopher Ohge, School of Advanced Study, University of London, UK & Kristen Schuster, King’s College London, UK
The overlaps between the digital humanities and textual studies two major scholarly fields which share common interests and methods still demand further theoretical reflections This volume brings together an exciting collection of book historians, textual editors, curators, and new media theorists to provide templates for and methodological reflections on how digital textual studies research can be done
Featuring contributions from a variety of early career and experienced scholars and practitioners, this volume uses case studies and methodological provocations to open up digital textual studies, as well as taking a step back to consider the broader theoretical and pedagogical implications they raise In doing so, it sets the agenda for pragmatic, digital text-based scholarship and methods, providing useful tools and frameworks for anyone in need of an introduction to textual studies that is grounded in digital research and new media
Medievalia et Humanistica Series
UK March 2025 • US March 2025
192 Pages • 1 BW Photo
HB 9798881809065 • £69 00 / $90 00
ePDF 9798216365303 • £62 10 / $81 00
ePub 9798881809072 • £62 10 / $81 00
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Medievalia et Humanistica, No 50
Studies in Medieval and Renaissance Culture: New Series
Edited by Reinhold F Glei, Maik Goth & Christoph Schülke
Volume 50 contains five articles ranging from medieval folklore (collection of mæren in a sample codex) and 13th century anti-heretical literature (St Peter of Verona) to Humanist discourse on leisure (Petrarch and Piccolomini) and polemical invectives (Ulrich von Hutten) One paper is on early humanist Ferrara (law and society 1350–1450) In addition, there are six book reviews which cover various epochs, genres, and discourses
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
PB 9781666973006 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666972986 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216260967 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978763906 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Romantic Citizenship and the Transatlantic World Bordering on British Alison
Within the wide discursive arena of national identity in Romantic fiction, this book examines specific literary tropes and figures that consolidate and challenge the nascent, evolving concept of the British citizen
Alison Cotti-Lowell attends to the figure of the wanderer in the National Tale to reveal a mode of national belonging that was increasingly untethered to land, genealogy, and nativity in Romantic Britain Across the Atlantic, the author surveys how tropes of the “virtual” and disembodiment became central to burgeoning articulations of proto-bureaucratic citizenship in the Anglo-American revolutionary context The author analyzes sentimental novels of courtship and marriage in which struggles between dependence and independence reveal the citizenly potential of women living in Britain under the strictures and structures of couverture Cotti-Lowell examines literary repatriation to illuminate the relationship between Britain and its colonial East-Indian branch in the early post-abolition era Through close literary-critical interpretation, this book connects Romantic fiction to matters of nationalism, individual subject formation, and bureaucracy to reveal how forms of citizenship and the citizenly subject were forged in literary form and discourse with close ties to the gothic register, across the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries in the English-speaking North Atlantic World
COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
216 Pages • 4 b/w illus
PB 9781666956764 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666956740 £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216254843 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978771260 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Fantastic Creatures in Italian Literature From the Age of Dante to Modernity
Edited by Giulia M Cipriani & Paolo Rigo
This volume explores the mysterious relationship between imagination and creatures be they animals or hybrids through the field of Italian literary history from its origins through the early modern period
Animals and fantastic beings have become transfer figures, charged with signifying and expressing symbolic moments and emotional states Some of these creatures have achieved such fame that they have become true literary tropes The essays gathered in this volume explore the allegorical, cultural, or philosophical significance that specific creatures have assumed in the works of some of the most important authors of the Italian premodern tradition, from Chiaro Davanzati, through Dante and Boccaccio, all the way to Leopardi
Though grounded in different genres and historical contexts, each essay reveals how the animal or demonic figure becomes a site of philosophical reflection
Tasting
Studies in Medieval Literature
UK February 2026 US February 2026
208 Pages
PB 9781666979725 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666979701 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216262282 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978760622 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Religious Thought and Experience in Late-Medieval English Literature
Caleb D Molstad
Through an analysis of vernacular metaphors of food and consumption for religious experience and theology in late-fourteenth and early fifteenth century England, Caleb D Molstad explores what that language reveals about late-medieval religion during a time of swift religious and linguistic change
In the move from Latin to Middle English, medieval authors gave vibrant expression to religious ideas through the emerging literary language, a phenomenon Nicholas Watson has termed “vernacular theology ” Molstad places focus on poetic and prose works including William Langland’s Piers Plowman, Nicholas Love’s A Mirror of the Blessed Life of Jesus Christ, and Walter Hilton’s Scale of Perfection, Pearl-Poet’s Cleanness, and A Ladder of Foure Ronges Alimentary metaphors not only make religious concepts more accessible to a non-educated, lay audience, the language of food and consumption alters the shape of the religious content communicated through it This book employs cognitive linguistics and food studies to explore the transcultural, sociological, anthropological, and historical significance of the food and foodways behind the metaphorical language and the theological transformations the metaphors produce
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
352 Pages • 1 b/w image
PB 9781666926989 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666926965 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216259657 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978765467 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Violence and Rebellion in Contemporary French Women’s Autofiction “We Stand up and We Split”
Michèle Bacholle
This book breaks the silence on systemic violence against women in French society and showcases various forms of actual and/or literary rebellion
Blending auto-ethnography with the analysis of contemporary autofiction by French women writers and drawing portraits of other victims/rebels, Michèle Bacholle addresses physical, symbolic, cultural, institutional, and psychological forms of gender violence across different social spheres and within an intersectional framework (i e , age, class, immigration, race) She engages with established authors (Nina Bouraoui, Sophie Chauveau, Chloé Delaume, Virginie Despentes, Annie Ernaux, Camille Laurens, Linda Lê, Léonora Miano, Delphine de Vigan) and emerging voices in French literature (Mathieu Deslandes and Zineb Dryef, Rokhaya Diallo, Laure Gouraige, Bebe Melkor-Kadior, Samira Sedira), and bridges personal and scholarly discourse in an innovative manner #MeToo and its repercussions, as well as current social movements provide hope for deeper societal change, short of which, following Adèle Haenel’s lead, French women may have to “stand up and split ”
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages
HB 9798765111239 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765111475 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765111499 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765111482 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Thought as Experience in Bataille, Cioran, and Rosset
Joseph Acquisto, University of Vermont, USA
Examines how postwar French writers constitute the thinking subject and reshape its relation to the external social world
Joseph Acquisto analyzes the writings of three thinkers during and shortly after the Second World War who address the question of what it means to think, and what it means to constitute oneself as a thinking subject – at a time that seems to come "after everything"; with the ruins of attacked cities echoing the remains of a philosophical tradition that was confident in its establishment of human beings as rational, of reason leading to progress, and of both the self and the world as knowable
What Georges Bataille calls "inner experience" and Emil Cioran labels "thinking against oneself" is something akin to a drama; not a mere representation of the self in relation to the world, but a process of remapping the relation of subject to object of thought dialectically Acquisto argues that both writers adopt an anti-systematic approach to thinking that implicates fragmentary writing as a way of turning answers about subject-object relations into questions Acquisto contends that this stands in contrast to the approach of Clément Rosset, whose affirmation of the inaccessibility of the real leads to an anti-intellectual, grace-filled affirmation of life as it is given, under the guise of what he calls the "tragic "
Bringing together thinkers that have seldom been discussed in a comparative light, Thought as Experience in Bataille, Cioran, and Rosset examines the affective dimensions of thought as experience and considers the political stakes of postwar thought as "out of order" with the world from which it springs
COLLECTIONS
• US November 2025
UK December 2025
190 Pages
PB 9781666928662 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666928648 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216260073 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978764569 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Pushkin's Heroines and the Life-Art Connection Freedom in a Female Frame
Amanda F Murphy, Nazarbayev University
This book traces the development of Pushkin’s heroines from his youthful Southern Poems to his last published work The Captain’s Daughter, placing them within the context of the author ’s dominant genre models and his own life circumstances
Though Pushkin’s innovative depictions of female characters were to alter the course of Russian literature and lead to the development of the “strong woman” in Russian literature, the extensive scholarship of the poet’s oeuvre has remained largely herocentric While Tatiana Larina from Eugene Onegin has received a significant degree of scholarly attention, his other heroines have not been studied in a systematic way As a corrective, this book traces the development of Pushkin’s heroines from his youthful Southern Poems to his last published work The Captain’s Daughter, placing them within the context of the author ’s dominant genre models, focusing specifically on Byron, Shakespeare, and Scott, and his own life circumstances The overarching purpose of this revisionist feminist study is to examine the ways in which Pushkin broadened the possibilities for heroines within his art and used the freedom he found in inhabiting the female frame to escape from the social norms that constrained Russian noblemen in order to puzzle through his own personal concerns
COLLECTIONS
Kurdish Societies, Politics, and International Relations
UK February 2026 US February 2026
256 Pages
PB 9781666978940 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666978926 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216255154 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978771383 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Forms of Melancholy in Modern Kurdish Novels
Ahmet Atas
Forms of Melancholy in Modern Kurdish Novels presents a critical literary analysis of narrative forms used in Kurdish novels that articulate loss, mourning, and melancholia
Based on a range of perspectives on questions of loss, mourning, and melancholia, this study elucidates how melancholy is appropriated as a multi-functional literary device by Kurdish novelists to articulate a broad spectrum of subjectivities often mediated by political and socio-cultural reality Adapting an interdisciplinary approach, Ahmet Atas situates Kurdish melancholy narratives within broader scholarly discussions on loss and melancholia Atas demonstrates how melancholy is utilized as an effective artistic device by Kurdish writers to stage not only the grief of an oppressed nation, but its political and cultural resistances Providing an original case study, this book illuminates how melancholy literature acquires unique political and cultural functions, missions, and meanings in contrasting colonial and postcolonial settings
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
424 Pages
HB 9781501380242
• £155 00 / $220 00
PB 9781501380280 • £39 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9781501380266 • £139 50 / $198 00
ePub 9781501380259 • £139 5 / $198 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
226 Pages
PB 9781666965148
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666965124
• £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216253822 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769007 £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
New Directions in Religion and Literature
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
The Bloomsbury Handbook to Philip Roth
Edited by Aimee Pozorski, Central Connecticut State University, USA & Maren Scheurer, Goethe University Frankfurt, Germany
The Bloomsbury Handbook to Philip Roth provides a comprehensive, must-have survey of interdisciplinary scholarship on one of the major American novelists of the 20th and 21st centuries
The Bloomsbury Handbook to Philip Roth presents state-of-the-art scholarship on new research methods, current debates, and future directions in Philip Roth studies It illuminates how Roth, one of the most influential American writers of the 20th and 21st centuries, not only reflected American history and culture in his important novels but uncannily anticipated our American future
Uniting scholars and artists who have built the field of Philip Roth studies from the ground up along with emergent scholars from around the world, this Handbook includes chapter summaries, study questions, and an author biography and timeline that includes key dates in Roth’s life and publication history It also contains a bibliography of secondary sources for further reading as well as an overview of film and television adaptations
232 Pages
HB 9781350400009
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350400252 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350400054 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350400078 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Disability and Rurality in American Literature
Ecosomatic Pastoralism
Matthew J C Cella
Matthew J.C. Cella examines the ways in which contemporary American writers deploy disability in order to deconstruct American pastoralism
An essential tenet of pastoralism is that encounters with rural landscapes quicken the human imagination by heightening awareness of and appreciation for the natural world This study examines the counterpart to this formulation by underscoring the ways in which disability as concept and experience complicates pastoralism’s exaltation of rurality and rural experience The texts examined in this book ultimately push back against the conventional pastoral ideal by exposing the ways in which dominant social constructions of rurality work to create disability Additionally, many of the writers Cella analyzes contribute to a counter-rurality that is ultimately more complex and inclusive than what is featured in conventional American pastoralism Ecosomatic pastoralism emphasizes the importance of locating an alignment between embodiment and emplacement through the space found between individual bodies and the landscapes they inhabit as well as the human and nonhuman bodies they interact with Ultimately, this book examines literary texts that challenge notions of rurality that proclaim that certain ways of being-in-the-world are more “natural” than others
Resistance and the Sermon in American Literature
The Cultural Work of Literary Preaching from Emerson to Morrison Matthew Smalley, Denison University
With seemingly obsessive regularity, American authors, from the mid-nineteenth century to the present, evoke the sermon at culturally loaded moments in their works, deploying the form to underscore the cultural work they imagine their novels or poetry to perform Examining this longstanding tradition of “literary preaching,” this book draws on literary applications of design theory to provide a nuanced account of American literature’s complex, anxious, and persistent engagement with the Protestant sermon
Analyzing literary preaching as a transhistorical form that simultaneously attracts and repels authors, Smalley demonstrates how major US writers–Ralph Waldo Emerson, Walt Whitman, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Rebecca Harding Davis, William Faulkner, Zora Neale Hurston, and Toni Morrison–have subverted the sermon’s predominantly religious content in order to reimagine profound moments of reform in a political, cultural, and aesthetic mode This study elucidates new lines of literary kinship, offers fresh readings of familiar works, and establishes literary preaching as an undertheorized but significant tradition in American literature
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
304 Pages • 17 bw illus
PB 9781501390661 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781501390623 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781501390647 £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781501390630 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Black Literary and Cultural Expressions
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
224 Pages
PB 9798765109724 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765109717 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765109748 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765109731 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Black Literary and Cultural Expressions
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
248 Pages • 2 b&w illustrations
HB 9798765107485 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765107492 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765107515 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765107508 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Language, Translation, and Poetic Realities
The Poetry (Àfàìmò Àti Àwon Àròfò Mìíràn) of Akínwùmí Ìsòlá
Akinloyè Òjó, University of Georgia, USA
Akínwùmí Ìsòlá (1940–2018), renowned writer, scholar, and sentinel of indigenous African languages, contributed to the development of Yorùbá literary traditions by producing most of his literary works in Yorùbá.
His artistic pacesetting in Yorùbá literature included his anthology, Àfàìmò Àti Àwon Àròfò Mìíràn (1978), which contains poems composed over a significant period in his life Language, Translation, and Poetic Realities considers Ìsòlá’s language use in this anthology; his contributions to the promotion of Yorùbá and African linguistic and cultural values; and the procedures, benefits, and challenges of translating his poetry into English
In so doing, Akinloyè Òjó examines the understudied relationship between African oral traditions and contemporary African literature, addressing in particular the influential role of traditional forms of praise-singing in contemporary Yorùbá poetry
Irony, Agency and the Global Imaginary in Post-2000 Nigerian and Kenyan Literature Penny Cartwright, University of Oxford, UK
An examination of alternate imaginaries of ‘the global’ in post-millennium anglophone African literature and the differing forms of agency that these imaginaries produce
Irony, Agency and the Global Imaginary in Post-2000 Nigerian and Kenyan Literature provides deft and detailed readings of writers’ perspectives that theorize ‘the global’ as experienced through vectors of globality such as the tourism industry, development agencies, multinational media, NGOs and consumerism Penny Cartwright develops a conceptual distinction between two types of global imaginaries: ‘territorial’ imaginaries that treat privileged spaces or locations as ‘global’, thus demanding strategies of physical access and mobility; and ‘orientational’ imaginaries that treat ‘globality’ as a disposition or attitude that individuals perform or embody
Drawing detailed case studies from the work of Ngugi wa Thiong'o and Binyavanga Wainaina (Kenya), Chris Abani, Adaobi Tricia Nwaubani and A Igoni Barrett (Nigeria), Cartwright shows how these different kinds of imaginaries are combined, contrasted and ironized in literary texts By analyzing Africa-based representations of ‘the global’, from the millennium period onward, this book considers how global imaginaries are shaped by and inflect distinctive regional experiences, including of postcoloniality, Structural Adjustment, oil economics, multilingualism and humanitarianism
Literature of the Somali Diaspora Space, Language and Resistance in Somali Novels in English and Italian Marco Medugno, Newcastle University, UK
The first study of Anglophone and Italian novels by Somali diasporic authors, offering a new critical framework for multilingual and transnational analysis of Somali literature
Building on the latest scholarship about multilingual contexts, diaspora studies and the rapidly expanding field of Italian postcolonial studies, Marco Medugno examines Somali diasporic literature with a comparative perspective Considering works written in English and Italian, he argues that Somali diasporic authors share similar themes and aesthetics, thus creating an interliterary community within the diaspora space
Literature of the Somali Diaspora is organized around three themes: spatiality, language and resistance help to contextualize authors, forced by the decades-long Somali Civil War, to write outside Somalia and in different languages – including Somali, Italian, English, German, Dutch and Arabic – within global literary circuits Their work thus creates a literature not confined within national borders but an interliterary global community, a transnational and multilingual space in which they share world aesthetic ideologies, challenge and engage with literary traditions in different languages and show an interplay between diverse cultures
COLLECTIONS
New Horizons in Contemporary Writing
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
200 Pages
PB 9781350500273 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350500235 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350500242 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350500259 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
J M Coetzee and Christianity
Alicia Broggi, Independent scholar, UK
This book explores the nexus between religion and literature in J M Coetzee’s writings, as they relate to his readings of key Christian thinkers and ideas In the process, it examines Coetzee’s extensive efforts at revising and reimagining a variety of Christian legacies across his full corpus.
Inspired by Coetzee's more overt, recent engagement with Christianity, this book excavates the prior subterranean developments across his early and middle works It provides the most comprehensive study to date of his rewriting of Christian mores and rhetoric from eighteenth-century English novels; his frequent revisiting of the Christian author Fyodor Dostoevsky; and his pervasive re-imagining of traditional Christian subjects such as grace, redemption, and Jesus
Informed by original archival material, this book illuminates Coetzee’s writing process, especially from Dusklands to the Jesus trilogy It provides a sustained exploration of the contexts from which his abundance of Christian allusions and concepts were drawn, how they change in his hands, and how they effect changes in the “new” contexts of his innovative novels
COLLECTIONS
New Horizons in Contemporary Writing
UK March 2026 US March 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350385672 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350385719 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350385689 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350385696 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
New Global Realism Thinking Totality in the Contemporary Novel Gabriele Lazzari, University of Surrey, UK
Shortlisted for the BACLS Monograph Prize 2025
A comparative study of contemporary realist novels that employ totality as a method and a formal principle to represent the social and economic inequalities of the present, this book examines writing in English, Italian, Kannada, and Spanish by authors from Zimbabwe, Ghana, Italy, India and Mexico
By theorizing four modalities of totalization employed by contemporary realist writers, this book explores the current resurgence of realism and challenges critical approaches that consider it naive or formally unsophisticated Instead, it argues that realist novels offer a self-conscious and serious representation of the world we inhabit while actively envisioning new social designs and political configurations Through comparative studies of novels by Fernanda Melchor, NoViolet Bulawayo, Vivek Shanbhag, Nicola Lagioia, Igiaba Scego, Yaa Gyasi and Roberto Bolaño, this book further explains why realism can be a powerful antidote to the skepticism about the possibility of making truth-claims in humanist research
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
268 Pages
PB 9798765142400 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765142387 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765142370 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765142394 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Adapting Transgressive Fiction to Film
Sharpening the Critical Edge with a Golden Age
Christopher Burlingame
This book examines the role that the film and publishing industries play in promoting narratives that preserve and consolidate power among society’s elite, drawing explicit focus on a betrayal of intention where the forces of postmodernism and late capitalism subsume the legitimacy of transgression in adaptations of transgressive fiction
Analyzing the work of authors Bret Easton Ellis, Hubert Selby, Jr , Chuck Palahniuk and Irvine Welsh along with their film adaptations, Christopher Burlingame reveals the sociopolitical and cultural trends between 1996 and 2001 that enabled a Golden Age and saw the rise of a variety of film techniques employed to promote empathy for the characters, thereby reaffirming anti-patriarchal capitalist messaging However, the failure to preserve this messaging in lieu of reflecting the status quo is evident in seemingly subtle changes to the plot and subplots as well as cinematic techniques that divert attention away from the source material's original message
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary Critical Perspectives
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
200 Pages
HB 9781350370982 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350371026 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350370999 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350371002 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Rachel Cusk
Contemporary Critical Perspectives
Edited by Roberta Garrett, University of East London, UK & Liam Harrison, University of Birmingham
Rachel Cusk is one of the most critically acclaimed and controversial contemporary British authors Her diverse body of work offers a striking portrait of trends in 21st-century literature, and the history of Cusk’s literary output is one of experimentation and a desire to push against established cultural models
Rachel Cusk: Contemporary Critical Perspectives is the first critical guide to Cusk's work, spanning novels including Saving Agnes, A Country Life, and Second Place, her 'autofictional' Outline trilogy, and her nonfiction A Life's Work, The Last Supper, Aftermath and the Coventry essays Rigorous and wide-ranging, this book provides an accessible and lucid introduction to Cusk's work, exploring themes of gender relations, class dynamics, maternal identity and creative freedom The collection concludes with an in-depth interview with Cusk, conducted by Merve Emre, reflecting on her influences, writing and experiences
Mapping the formal and stylistic shift across her career and locating them within their specific contexts, this collection provides a crucial analysis of Cusk's influences, politics, and literary techniques that speak to many of the most pressing issues in contemporary literature
COLLECTIONS
Literatures, Cultures, Translation
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages 18 bw illus, 8 color plates
HB 9798765132203 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765132210 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765132197 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798765132227 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Kurt Vonnegut in the USSR
Sarah D Phillips, Indiana University, USA
Why, at the height of the Cold War, was Kurt Vonnegut freely published in Russian translation in the top literary journals and book series in the USSR?
Sarah D Phillips explores a fascinating yet little-known chapter in the history of literary and cultural diplomacy during the Cold War: the popularity of the American author Kurt Vonnegut in the Soviet Union during the 1970s Drawing from previously untouched archives of manuscripts, letters, and FBI files, along with her interviews of literary and cultural figures active then in the USSR, Phillips investigates several key yet little-explored questions about Vonnegut's "Soviet Chapter " What was it about Vonnegut’s writing that so appealed to readers and literary critics in the 1970s Soviet Union? Were Vonnegut’s works censored, and if so, what exactly fell prey to the infamous “Red Pencil”? How much was Vonnegut aware of his cult status in the land of Lenin?
Alongside an account of Cold War politics and literary cultural diplomacy, Kurt Vonnegut in the USSR is also a book about relationships between Vonnegut and the Soviet reading public, between Vonnegut and the Soviet literary establishment, and most especially, between Vonnegut and the woman whose masterful translations were devoured by readers of Russian: the famous Soviet translator Rita Rait (1898-1989)
A work at the intersection of anthropology, history, and literary, translation, American, and Slavic studies, Kurt Vonnegut in the USSR is a close look at the unique contexts around an author and his readers, and the legacies of this literary cultural diplomacy in American and post-Soviet literary cultures today
COLLECTIONS
Literatures, Cultures, Translation
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages • 47 full color illustrations
HB 9798765110942 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765110959 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765110973 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765110966 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Translating Warhol
Edited by Reva Wolf, SUNY New Paltz,
USA
The first study of the translations of Andy Warhol's writing and ideas, Translating Warhol reveals how translation has alternately censored, exposed, or otherwise affected the presentation of his political and social positions and attitudes and, in turn, the value we place on his art and person
Andy Warhol is one of the most influential artists of the 20th century, and a vast global literature about Warhol and his work exists Yet almost nothing has been written about the role of translations of his words in his international reputation Translating Warhol fills this gap, developing the topic in multiple directions and in the context of the reception of Warhol’s work in various countries
The numerous translations of Warhol’s writings, words, and ideas offer a fertile case study of how American art was, and is, viewed from the outside Both historical and theoretical aspects of translation are taken up, and individual chapters discuss French, German, Italian, and Swedish translations, Warhol’s translations of his mother ’s native Rusyn language and culture, the Indian artist Bhupen Khakhar ’s performative translations of Warhol, and Warhol as translated for documentary television
Translating Warhol offers a fascinating multi-faceted perspective on Warhol, contributing to our understanding of his place in history as well as to translation theory and inter-cultural exchange
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
224 Pages
PB 9798765150832
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765150825 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765150856 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765150849 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Baudelaire's Objects
Joseph Acquisto, University of Vermont, USA
Examines Baudelaire’s multifaceted use of natural, domestic, urban, and esthetic objects in his verse and prose poetry, as well as the ways his poems reshape our understanding of objects and how those objects destabilize, yet preserve, the subject-object relation
Charles Baudelaire’s representation of objects in the natural world establishes a relation that is neither one of identity between human subject and nature nor a relation of domination; he reveals both the natural world and the human subject to be characterized by an irreducible doubleness and nonidentity to itself Likewise, everyday domestic objects in his poems overflow their boundaries as simple metaphors; their often uncanny aspect highlights their quasi-agency as they define and shape the subject who interacts with them
Baudelaire’s Objects shows how paying attention to objects differently, as Baudelaire’s poems impel readers to do, is to reorient ourselves in the world by giving objects their due, recognizing the mediating qualities both of objects and of the language with which we represent or create them We can thus reinvent our understanding of the limits and potential of human subjectivity as it is inextricably intertwined with the world around us
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
• 3 bw illus
256 Pages
PB 9798765138328 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765138311
• £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765138342 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765138335 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Parasitical Logic in Culture and Society
Edited by Peter Hitchcock, Graduate Center and Baruch College, City University of New York, USA
In essays on literature, film, capitalism, and the university, this book illuminates and deepens the understanding of the parasite as a metaphor for cultural and social critique.
While symbiosis may harm the host to the benefit of the parasite, humans have nonetheless developed complex networks to rationalize intra-species parasitism From influence to borrowing to the “creativity” of AI, and from more obvious historical discourses of appropriation, like colonialism and imperialism, parasitical logic has distinct cultural genealogies The ubiquity of parasites seems to cheat substantial theorization, but this collection offers lively and suggestive essays on parasitical logic from global and interdisciplinary perspectives with a particular spotlight on its human and posthuman impress
Authors in this collection ask how ideas dedicated to the diminution of exploitation might confront the power of parasitism in the production and reproduction of inequality in everyday life Should one fight parasitical social and cultural structures or aim to live their contradictions as a universal norm? Or, does a force of nature simply condemn humanity to prey on itself?
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US November 2025
162 Pages
PB 9781666970005 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666969986 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216260226 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978764736 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Re-Envisioning the Freudian Mother in Southern Literature
Jill Goad
Through the lens of a feminist psychoanalytic framework, Re-Envisioning the Freudian Mother in Southern Literature re-evaluates the mother-child dynamic as one far more complicated than what is present in typical psychoanalytic readings.
Under this framework, Jill Goad explores the figure of the mother through Margaret Mitchell’s Gone with the Wind, William Faulkner ’s Light in August, Tennessee Williams’ The Glass Menagerie, Eudora Welty’s The Golden Apples, Natasha Trethewey’s Native Guard and other poems, and Jesmyn Ward’s Sing, Unburied, Sing The author argues that the Freudian concept of castration occurring at birth rather than a child’s early years, contrasting the Freudian-influenced theorists dominate the notion of psychoanalysis in literature Goad's approach to analyzing mothers and the consequences of birth classifies mother figures as powerful and complex instead of weak, frightening, or two-dimensional Re-Envisioning the Freudian Mother in Southern Literature encourages a complete re-evaluation of the mother as one who gives birth to selfhood and subjectivity as opposed to a lack of agency
COLLECTIONS
Literatures as World Literature
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages
PB 9798765126721
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765126738
• £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765126752 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765126745 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
288 Pages • 20 bw illus
PB 9798765113738
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765113745
• £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765113714
• £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765113721 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Understanding Philosophy, Understanding Modernism
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
288 Pages • 1 b&w illustration
PB 9798765132067 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765132036 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765132029 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765132043 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Short Story as World Literature
The Deep History and Modern Lives of an Impure Genre
Edited by Delia Ungureanu, Harvard University, USA & Amândio Reis, University of Lisbon, Portugal
Global in scope, this volume uncovers the deep history of the short story as an "impure" genre by challenging the commonplace understanding in contemporary literary studies that the short story is primarily a product of Western modernity.
Genres do not have rigid, timeless, once-and-for-all definitions, and the short story is no exception Short Story as World Literature invites the reader to reflect on the historical becoming of this impure genre, analyzing various forms of the short story throughout its deep history It also challenges established ideas about the genre that limit its history to the prose form practiced by Edgar Allan Poe and canonized in Western Europe following Charles Baudelaire’s influential translation
The story of the short story presented here goes into a much deeper history throughout time and space: its earliest forms include dreams and visions in ancient religious texts, parables, poems, maxims, but also more recently poem-objects and films The authors examine how the short story evolves across different forms of art, genres, and media, as well as through translation and circulation – with effects on institutions, educational politics, and the construction of a moral system of values
Socialist Transnationality in Translation
Dutch-Language Literature in East Central Europe and the Balkans, 1945–1990
Edited by Wilken Engelbrecht, Univerzita Palackého, Krížkovského, Czech Republic, Ton van Kalmthout, Center for the Arts in Society, Leiden University, Netherlands & Pawel Zajas, Adam Mickiewicz University, Poland
The first study examining the translation and reception of Dutch literature in Eastern and Central Europe during the restrictive era of socialist and totalitarian political systems
In nearly all Central Eastern European and Balkan countries in the years between 1945-1990, there was a considerable increase in the number of titles translated from Dutch into the respective native languages this book explores how translators and publishers in Central East Europe and Yugoslavia were able to present a rather representative picture of Dutch and Flemish literature to readers notwithstanding restrictions caused by the official political doctrine of Socialist Realism as well as censorship and economic difficulties posed by a lack of foreign currency to pay translation rights
Understanding Cixous, Understanding Modernism
Edited by Peggy Kamuf, University of Southern California, USA
Hélène Cixous is well-known as a reader of ‘modernist’ writers: Joyce, Beckett, Kafka, Faulkner, Bachmann and others, while her own fiction writing forges many new directions in literature
Foremost readers of the work of Hélène Cixous consider new interpretations of her vast literary and theoretical work, examining its relation and non-relation to modernism Understanding Cixous, Understanding Modernism features an extended new interview with Cixous, conducted for the volume, in which she reflects on her relation to the critical category of 'modernism,' alongside a previously untranslated piece by the author
As with other volumes in the series, Understanding Cixous, Understanding Modernism follows a three-part structure Essays in the first section examine individual works by Cixous and the varied approaches her work has taken towards literature and art The second section examines critical and aesthetic parameters of her writing practices The final section contains a glossary of key terms and Cixous's neologisms recurrent throughout her work
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
256 Pages • 16 bw illus
PB 9798765142080 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765142097 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765142110 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765142103 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
304 Pages
HB 9798765100912 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798765100929 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765100943 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9798765100936 £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
208 Pages
HB 9798765108703 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9798765108710 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765108734 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9798765108727 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Wise Women for Loving Nature
Or, Femopolitical Ecology
Rod Giblett, Deakin University, Australia
From Rachel Carson and Julia Kristeva to Rebecca Solnit and Nandi Chinna, the writers and artists featured here are ‘patron saints’, Rod Giblett shows, of a special aspect or approach to environmental conservation and contemplation: femopolitical ecology.
Through their bodies of work, these women make a collective call and create a compelling case and manifesto for loving nature, especially its fertile and life-giving functions This is ‘femopolitical ecology’, the political ecology women create in writing or artworks for all people that deconstruct and decolonize the gendered construction of reality, not only of living beings, but also of processes, places and spaces, and nurtures love for them
The truly transnational group of women come from a vast range of backgrounds across the north-south divide Their work comes from a variety of disciplines and approaches, including psychoanalysis and feminism, and uses different materials, media and genres, such as poetry, painting, novels, essays, textiles and baskets
Finding Philosophers in Global Fiction
Redefining the Philosopher in Multi-cultural Contexts
Edited by Anway Mukhopadhyay, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur, Saptarshi Mallick, University of Graz, Austria and Sukanta Mahavidyalaya, University of North Bengal, India & Debashree Dattaray, Jadavpur University, India
A cross-cultural study that explores and redefines what philosophy, philosophizing, and philosophers are through the lens of literature
The academic discipline of philosophy may tell us, too rigidly, what a philosopher is or should be; but fictional narration often upholds the core conundrums of humankind in which philosophy germinates This collection of essays explores whether a study of ‘philosophers’ at a planetary scale, or at least on a broad cross-cultural spectrum, can decouple philosophy from its academic aspect and lend it a more inclusive domain
Contributors to this volume play with three conceptual poles, making them interact with each other and get modified through this interaction: ‘fiction’, ‘narrative’ and ‘philosopher ’ How do these three terms get semantically modified and broadened in scope when we speak of the figures of philosophers in imaginative writing? How do these terms assume different connotations in different cultural contexts, interacting with the multiplicity of not just ‘thought’, but also the media and tools of ‘thought’? Finding Philosophers in Global Fiction insists on the need to ‘de-elitize’ and democratize the concept of a ‘philosopher ’ by reflecting on the possibility of seeing a philosopher as one who sees things clearly, from any vantage point
Prosaic Times
Time as Subject in Wordsworth, Richardson, Flaubert, and Melville John Park, New College of Florida, USA
Analyzing the stylistic innovations most characteristic in pivotal works of literary realism, Prosaic Times shows how their styles are not merely ornamental but fundamental to building their own temporalities
By capturing the temporal dimensions in Wordsworth’s The Prelude, Richardson’s Clarissa, Flaubert’s “Un Coeur Simple,” and Melville’s Moby Dick, John Park argues that these literary works of realism do not necessarily depend upon the plotline of the story they tell The reduced significance placed on plot is counterbalanced by something else: an experience of duration, a sheer extension of time in reading, a sense of time stemming from the unique stylistic innovations in each work
Contrasting with the view that realism represents social conditions, this book claims that while realist works represent society, they themselves are not bound to social conditions Instead, literary realism accounts for ways of configuring history that render social conditions understandable The active quality of language, of what narrative discourse says and does in forming our understanding of real things and events, is brought directly to the reader ’s attention in these works
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
184 Pages
HB 9798765119112
• £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9798765119129 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765119143 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9798765119136 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Rediscovering Rubén Darío through Translation
Carlos F Grigsby, University of Bristol, UK
A long overdue examination of Rubén Darío's multilingual work and influences alongside the contexts and politics of canonization in world literature
Rediscovering Rubén Darío through Translation addresses the peculiar obscurity of Darío by asking these questions: How can one of the most important writers of a major world language be almost entirely unknown in the English-speaking world? How is it that other writers of the same language (e g , Lorca or García Márquez) achieve widespread recognition in the anglophone world, while he remains unnoticed? What role does translation play in this? What can it tell us about the way in which world literature is articulated?
Carlos F Grigsby approaches Darío’s oeuvre through translation In doing so, he explores not only the place of Darío in the translation of Spanish American literature into English, but also the place of translation in Darío’s own writing The result is a double-sided painting, as it were: the recto is titled “Translation in Darío” and the verso “Darío in Translation ”
This book challenges the field of world literature by revealing some of the biases present in its representation of Spanish American literature It adopts a multilingual framework – chiefly using English, Spanish, French, and to a lesser degree Latin and Catalan – in analyzing Darío’s writing alongside that of his contemporaries As a result, it reveals the multilingualism of Darío’s own writing, opening new avenues for the study of his work and of Spanish American modernismo more generally
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
232 Pages
HB 9798765111741 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765111772 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765111758 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765111734 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Transnational Literature of Resistance Guyana and Palestine, 1950s-1980s
Salam Darwazah Mir, Independent Scholar, USA
Fills a gap in comparative studies, interrogating strategies of Empire in dominating the Indigenous and linking two modern cultures from the Global South. Transnational Literature of Resistance compares and contrasts resistance literatures from Guyana – a British exploitation colony – and Palestine – a settler colony – at a specific historical moment Salam Darwazah Mir contests the provinciality and Eurocentric focus of comparative literature; delivers the discipline’s universal objectives; and expands the discipline’s practice by comparing two literatures and histories from the Global South
Mir situates the literatures within their wider historical and literary heritage, a move that links the two countries from within the colonial/imperial framework She argues that the British invasion of the protectorate of British Guiana in 1953 and the founding of the settler colony in Palestine in 1948, with imperial Britain at the helm, are colonial acts to strengthen and sustain Empire The two colonial projects are evidence of the protean nature of Empire that evolves, reinvents itself, and reconstructs new comparable ploys and strategies of controlling the Global South
Within this context, the emergence of poetry of resistance in both countries at this historical juncture is part and parcel of other forms of resistance during decolonization, linking the formerly colonized and the presently colonized people in the Global South It is examined from within the framework of postcolonial theory, as Mir reads poetry as the voice of the people in their demands for freedom, equality, and national independence Resistance poetry is thus born out of the need to assert identity, redress invisibility and erasure, reclaim national space and land, and reconstruct the history of the Indigenous
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
224 Pages
HB 9798765123225 £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798765123218 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798765123249 £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9798765123232 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages • 26 b&w illustrations
PB 9798765125298 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765125281 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765125311 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765125304 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
280 Pages 2 bw illus
PB 9781350465718 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350465671 £90 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350465688 • £81 00 / $103 50
ePub 9781350465695 • £81 00 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Writing During the Apocalypse
Reflections on the Great Unraveling
Ed Simon, Independent Scholar, USA
All of American literature is a tragedy What we’re living through now isn’t a tragedy, however – it’s a horror novel Why bother writing when the world’s on fire?
Rising authoritarianism Covid Inflation Wealth disparity War Climate change While every time period is marked by apocalyptic fears, it certainly seems like our current anxieties aren’t ill placed And yet, art and literature persist
In captivating and culturally savvy prose, Ed Simon grapples with the notion that writers and their work ought to distract readers from the dire situation we face in these fetid days of the Anthropocene He also addresses the wider question of what it's like to write during what could be the last decades of human civilization, arguing that to craft imaginative spaces through the magic of words isn’t superfluous Instead it exists at the core of human experience – as it always has and always will
The Rise of Rhythm Studies
Mediating Dimension, Discipline, and Scale
Edited by Mark Lussier, Arizona State University, USA & Richard C Sha, American University, Washington D C , USA
Rhythm is everywhere. Its ability to focus and unify interdisciplinary conversation begs the questions: What is rhythm and can different disciplines agree on its definition?
Rhythm studies have emerged as a key background form traversing cultural, natural, and social forms like cognition, communication, and even cosmology An added boon: this background can seem unifying Those who explore such entangled phenomena study the throbbing presence of rhythmic, oscillatory, and vibratory potentials: Neuroscientists turn to rhythm for novel explanations of why our cognitive capacities are so limited; physicists use it to cross time and space; scholars in various fields turn to it to rethink materialism and affect theory
This lively collection considers why rhythm currently functions as a form of mediation between disciplines, across widely different scales and dimensions The Rise of Rhythm Studies tests what rhythm can do through theoretical examinations and in case studies ranging from European literature to topology and media studies to Chinese visual art Established scholars, such as Nina Kraus, Anna Gibbs, and Caroline Levine, alongside rising scholars in the field, marshal transdisciplinary perspectives in order to understand rhythm as a boundary condition for living in and working through and with the world
The Death Drive Philosophy, Literature, Theory
Edited by Jeffrey R Di Leo, Texas A&M University-Victoria, USA & Paul Allen Miller, University of South Carolina, USA
The first collection to provide an overview of the well-known psychoanalytic theory of the death drive in literary and cultural theory, this book features contributions from a range of prominent scholars working in the area of literature, philosophy, and psychanalysis
After Freud’s initial theorization, the death-drive has been re-interpreted by various psychoanalytic thinkers (including Melanie Klein, Jacques Lacan, and Slavoj Žižek), philosophers (Jacques Derrida, Gilles Deleuze, and Jean Baudrillard), political theorists (Judith Butler), queer theorists (Laurent Berlant, Lee Edelman), and posthumanists (Rosi Braidotti)
This volume brings together some of the leading thinkers and theorists of the death-drive as a psychological, aesthetic, and theoretical principle in literary and cultural theory, examining texts by writers such as Plato, Henry James, and Ezra Pound
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
224 Pages • 3 b/w illus
PB 9781666953657 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666953633 • £72 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216256946 • £64 80 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769496 • £64 80 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Weaving Words, Shaping Worlds
Intertextual Echoes and Reader Evaluation in Pakistani Anglophone Fiction
Azka Khan
Weaving Worlds, Shaping Worlds explores how Pakistani Anglophone novels engage with prior texts to shape meaning, reinforce themes, and position narratives within larger ideological frameworks
The author argues that these literary references, whether historical, religious, or cultural, are not neutral but serve evaluative and often subversive functions Using corpus-assisted discourse analysis, the book uncovers patterns in how authors like Kamila Shamsie and Nadeem Aslam incorporate and reframe existing texts It highlights how certain motifs and allusions are repeatedly employed to construct narratives that align with or challenge dominant hegemonic discourses The study also examines how these references contribute to thematic ghettoization, reinforcing a recurring mold within Pakistani Anglophone fiction
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
264 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350471832 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350471870 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350471849 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350471856 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Freudians and Schadenfreudians
Loving and Hating Psychoanalysis
Jeffrey Berman, University of Albany, USA
Sigmund Freud can be a polarizing figure, beloved by many and despised by some Focusing on eight key writers and scholars who either passionately loved or gleefully loathed Freud, this book represents Freud’s wide legacy, the reach of his ideas, their controversies, and their ability still to provoke, inspire, confound, outrage, and compel
The book begins by focusing on four highly prolific authors whose admiration for Freud is boundless: Lionel Trilling, Harold Bloom, Kurt R Eissler, and Peter Gay Berman then explores four more writers whose aim was not simply to debunk Freud and destroy his monstrous creation but to cast both into hell: D H Lawrence, Vladimir Nabokov, Thomas Szasz, and Frederick Crews Each chapter discusses the author ’s involvement with Freud, exploring the continuities and discontinuities of his or her writings, as well as offering snapshots of the writers, suggesting how their personal and professional lives were inextricably related
Berman draws out some surprising commonalities between the Freudolaters and Schadenfreudians, going on to discuss the current state of psychoanalysis and the “psychoanalytic credos” by which contemporary analysts live
COLLECTIONS
Historicizing Modernism
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
PB 9781350552029 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350551985 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350551992 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350552005 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Evelyn Waugh's Exterior Modernism
Cinema, Satire, Comedy
Yuexi Liu, Xi’an Jiaotong-Liverpool University, China
Drawing on literary manuscripts and the history of cinema, Evelyn Waugh’s Exterior Modernism examines systematically for the first time Waugh’s relationship with cinema in the context of modernism, a relationship crucial to the emergence and development of his strand of modernism
The term ‘exterior modernism’ refers to the work of a group of younger writers, such as Evelyn Waugh, Ernest Hemingway, Henry Green, Christopher Isherwood, Anthony Powell, Elizabeth Bowen, and Patrick Hamilton, whose departure from high modernism took the form of an ‘outward turn’ privileging exteriority over the interiority of consciousness through foregrounding talk and drawing on cinema, comedy, and satire Relating to other exterior modernists, Evelyn Waugh’s Exterior Modernism focuses on Waugh by way of exemplification, considering his oeuvre, non-fiction as well as fiction To illuminate Waugh’s exteriority, Yuexi Liu develops an interdisciplinary framework, informed primarily by distributed cognition
COLLECTIONS
Historicizing Modernism
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
200 Pages • 4 bw illus
HB 9781350285330 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350285378 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350285347 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350285354 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Great War Modernists
D H Lawrence, H D and Richard Aldington Lee M Jenkins, University College Cork, Ireland
Taking 44 Mecklenburgh Square as the focal point and springboard for a critical group study of D H Lawrence, H D and Richard Aldington, this book offers a fresh perspective on the relationship of modernist biofiction and poetry to the literature of the First World War
A group that Perdita Schaffner described as ‘another Bloomsbury set’, the Mecklenburgh Square writers, like the Bloomsbury Group proper, ‘lived in squares’ and ‘loved in triangles’, in Dorothy Parker ’s famous formulation Geographically adjacent, these sets intersected socially and, at points, in their aesthetics: both practiced innovative forms of what may broadly be defined as life writing’ But, demarcating the Mecklenburgh Square writers from the Bloomsbury Set, the former had its origins in the transatlantic avant-garde: Lawrence H D , Aldington (and John Cournos) were all associated with Imagism, the poetic movement which instantiated Anglo-American modernism
Considered as a pro-tem collective, these four poets, all of whom were also novelists and translators, contest the binaries that still obtain between modernist and First World War writing This group study of Lawrence, H D , Aldington and Cournos tracks the transition of Imagism from a pre-war mode to a war poetics which includes but is not confined to the trench lyric and it traces, in the transtextual relations between the Mecklenburgh Square novels, the traumatic imprint of the war on modernist life writing
COLLECTIONS
The Fairleigh Dickinson University Press Series in Modernism & the Avant-Garde
• US December 2025
UK December 2025
352 Pages
PB 9781683939962
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781683933458 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781683937128 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781683936114 • £85 50 / $117 00
Fairleigh Dickinson University Press
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US November 2025
264 Pages • 2 b/w/ illus
PB 9781666916508 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666916485 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216267478 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978763784 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
464 Pages
HB 9781350253742 • £140 00 / $180 00
PB 9781350253735 • £39 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9781350253759 • £126 00 / $162 00
ePub 9781350253766 • £126 00 / $162 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Modernity Must Drive
The Motor Car, Material Cultures, and British Modernisms
Edited by Ann Martin & Christopher Townsend
A collection of essays delving into the textual representations and history of British and Irish car culture
Modernity Must Drive focuses on British and Irish literature from the first half of the twentieth century, exploring modernist accounts of the motor car according to its layered cultural significance Engaging with prose by Bowen, Joyce, Rhys, Woolf, Waugh, and others, the volume complicates a reading of the automobile as merely a metaphor for “the new ” Instead, chapters historicize the complexities of motoring as it is situated in the overlaps between tradition and innovation The collection comprises readings of the motor car as a lived object, where writers trace experiences of modernity through luxury marques, war-time ambulances, motoring guides, race cars, and roads In a series of interdisciplinary essays, based in literary and cultural studies, the authors employ new materialist and decolonizing approaches, providing new insights into the social forces that affected individual uses of technology and the modernists who responded to the driving force of machines
Modernism Revisited
Texts and Contexts
Edited by Amitayu Chakraborty
Modernism Revisited: Texts and Contexts offers a profound exploration of modernism, addressing its intricate relationship with the socio-political, philosophical, and cultural upheavals of the late 19th and early 20th centuries
By revisiting key texts, this book provides fresh perspectives on the movement’s formal innovations and ideological contradictions It delves into themes such as fragmented identities, evolving perceptions of time, and challenges to traditional norms in an era marked by rapid industrialization and urbanization Each chapter situates seminal works, including those of T S Eliot, Virginia Woolf, and James Joyce, within their historical contexts while also showcasing underrepresented voices and transnational contributions The book critically examines subjects such as gendered narratives, mythological influences, linguistic experimentation, and the interplay between modernism and the cityscape Featuring insights from international scholars, this work integrates textual analysis with interdisciplinary approaches, encompassing literature, philosophy, and cultural studies By revisiting modernism’s complexities and contradictions, this collection underscores its enduring relevance in contemporary debates on identity, creativity, and cultural change Perfect for both scholars and students, Modernism Revisited invites readers to reconsider the movement’s lasting legacy and its implications for today’s intellectual and artistic discourses
The Bloomsbury Handbook to D H Lawrence
Edited by Annalise Grice
Showcasing the most exciting contemporary scholarship on D H Lawrence, this comprehensive collection serves as both an overview of the field at present as well as an examination of new approaches and directions in D H Lawrence studies.
Explicitly interdisciplinary in its focus and covering fields such as bibliotherapy, sustainability and animal studies, this book:
Provides new insights into Lawrence as a transnational figure whose work responds to global cultures; Considers Lawrence in light of broader developments within modernist studies; Examines Lawrence’s work in relation to material cultures and his engagements with print, publishing and literary networks
Contributors are comprised of established international experts in D H Lawrence studies as well as newer voices This collection provides a comprehensive resource for literature students at all levels, from undergraduates and postgraduates to scholars and advanced readers interested in developing their knowledge of D H Lawrence
COLLECTIONS
Perspectives on Fantasy
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages 10 bw illus
PB 9781350502253 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350502215 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350502222 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350502239 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Reading Length in Fantasy Fiction
Matthew Oliver, Campbellsville University, USA
Reframing debates surrounding long narratives to explore their impact, this book develops a critical vocabulary for discussing the formal, social, and political affordances of length and duration in fantasy novels, and by extension, other genres.
Beloved by fans, fantasy books frequently receive dismissive treatment from book reviewers and academics For literary critics, lengthy narratives have long posed problems: for aesthetic critics, they are too sprawling and unstructured; for the politically engaged, they are suspect as part of a culture industry that commodifies texts Reading Length in Fantasy Fiction switches up this discussion of long narratives, exploring their use of repetitions, narrative rhythms, and complexly ramifying structures to shape readers’ perspectives on such concepts as historical causation, group inclusion, the conflict between traditional values and innovation, and human agency in relation to a complex social totality
As the first book-length study of the length of fantasy novels, this book uses insights from aesthetic theory, phenomenology, and cognitive studies to ask both “what does length do for fantasy narratives?” and also “how does fantasy length help us understand the function of extended duration in narrative?” Calling upon readings from a diverse set of writers including J R R Tolkien, Brandon Sanderson, George R R Martin, N K Jemisin, Marlon James, Barbara Hambly, Steven Erikson, Samuel Delany and Katharine Kerr, Matthew Oliver illustrates the breadth of approaches structuring long fiction and the impact of strategies for managing length on a range of issues including race, gender, and social class Finally, offering a critical vocabulary for the formal analysis of length and a set of tools for relating the duration of texts to their social and political consequences, this book presents a major intervention in criticism of the fantastic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Global Crime Narratives
UK February 2026 US February 2026
224 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350529458 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350529410 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350529427 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350529434 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Criminal Women in Contemporary French Crime Fiction
Gender, Genre and the Polar Féministe
Ciara Gorman, Maynooth University, Ireland
An exploration of representations of female criminality in contemporary French crime fiction, this book offers a literary, sociological and feminist analysis of the stereotypes surrounding women and crime. Surveying how these stereotypes are both invoked and disrupted, it covers Pierre Lemaitre’s Alex, Fred Vargas’s Quand Sort la Recluse (This Poison Will Remain), Leïla Slimani’s Chanson Douce (Lullaby) and Hannelore Cayre’s La Daronne (The Godmother) in their original French and their English translations Addressing the gap of scholarly interest in legal and cultural representations of female violence in French crime fiction, Ciara Gorman evaluates the subversive ways in which archetypes of female criminality ranging from the femme fatale to the witch, and from the mère fatale to the ‘bitch’ are deployed not as reductive shorthands about femininity, but as motors of innovation and resistance The form and plot of each text is examined for its potential as a polar féministe (feminist crime fiction), a crime novel which incorporates the concerns of feminism be that the prevalence of sexual and sexist violence in society, or the legacy of misogynist representations of women in the crime genre as a whole Criminal Women considers the female criminal character as a figure of opportunity, the point at which readers and writers alike may reassess their assumptions about female criminality, and about the feminist potential of crime fiction itself
COLLECTIONS
Explorations in Science and Literature
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
232 Pages • 4 bw illus
PB 9781350547612 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350547575 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350547582 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350547599 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
376 Pages • 23 bw
PB 9798765117064 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781440874413
• £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9781440874420 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9798765117057 £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
248 Pages 10 bw illus
HB 9781350433908 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350433946 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350433915 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350433922 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Forest Ecology and Fantasy Fiction
Morris, Tolkien, Le Guin
Dion Dobrzynski, Bath Spa University, UK
Examining books by William Morris, J R R Tolkien, and Ursula K Le Guin, three of the most influential writers of the modern fantasy tradition, this book explores how fantasy writers engage with forest ecologies, histories and futures – both real and imagined – at a time when fantasies of a more sustainable society must be realised
Focusing on themes of escape, enchantment, experiment and engagement, this book demonstrates the significance of forest environments in the fantastic imagination, brings together ecocritical and fantasy scholarship in conversation with the environmental and social sciences, and examines the ways in which the fantastic imagination may be used as a creative form of environmental engagement today
Angels, Demons, and Demigods
An Encyclopedia of Supernatural Beings in Story and on Screen
David A Salomon, Christopher Newport University, USA & Kelly A O'Connor- Salomon, Christopher Newport University, USA
Angels, demons, and demigods are ubiquitous in popular culture, functioning as protagonists, antagonists, and amused commentators on the folly (or glory) of human existence
Why do these celestial beings hold such enduring power in the human imagination? How do we conceive of angels and what do they mean to us? What are common characteristics of demons and devils, and how do they interplay with human beings? What are demigods, and how do they negotiate the world? This comprehensive reference work answers these and other questions through the lens of popular culture, helping us understand how and why these archetypes are so often used in storytelling
This resource surveys how these powerful archetypes have been presented in film, television, literature, and music Each entry provides essential information about the work in question, such as the plot, primary characters, and critical reputation, as well as perspectives on how these non-human characters have been used by their creators to comment on a wide array of issues related to human nature, religious belief, and the triumphs and tribulations of human existence
Steampunk London
Neo-Victorian Urban Space and Popular Transmedia Memory
Helena Esser, Independent Scholar, Germany
Tracing the genre through fiction, visual art, film and videogames from the 1980s to the present, this book offers a comprehensive exploration of the intersection between neo-Victorianism, urban spaces and Steampunk
Characterised by its interplay between past and present and its anachronistic retro-speculation, Neo-Victorian-infused Steampunk remixes modern collective memory to produce a re-imagined vision of Victorian London Investigating how Steampunk’s re-calibrated Londons both source from and subvert Victorian discourse about the city, Steampunk London offers a deeper understanding of how a popular cultural memory of the Victorian past is shaped and transmitted in light of present-day identity politics
Covering key themes including retrofuturism, gender and sexuality, colonialism and postcolonialism, it considers such ideas as how early Steampunk synthesizes Victorian urban ethnography; how Victorian urban Gothic shapes shared transmedia memory to challenge reactionary, nostalgic meta-narratives; how Steampunk video games mobilize urban space as an immersive storytelling device with cities open to play; and how Steampunk interprets the modern metropolis as an opportunity for feminist and queer agency Helena Esser demonstrates how the works explored invite participatory consumption and considers the genre’s potential (and failures) to interrogate our relationship with the Victorian past
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Comics Studies
UK April 2026 • US February 2026
232 Pages 34 bw illus
HB 9781350453685 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350453678 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350453692 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350453708 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Lynda Barry
A Critical Guide
Maaheen Ahmed, Ghent University, Belgium
A complete introduction to the comics and graphic narratives of Lynda Barry, this book maps the historical and biographical contexts, key texts, the critical themes and debates surrounding her publications and the lasting impact of her work on the comics medium With a distinctive body of work that unfolded during key moments in comics history from the much touted and criticized ‘coming-of-age’ of comics to the rise of underground and alternative comics and the establishment of graphic novels, Barry’s comics reflect the changing status of comics, while unpacking the very constituents of the medium and testing its limits
Comprehensive and conveying specialist knowledge while remaining highly readable, Lynda Barry: A Critical Guide covers:
- comics history from an alternative perspective, focusing on issues of intersectionality and representation
- Barry’s major works including One Hundred Demons, What It Is, Making Comics, Syllabus, Cruddy and her comic strip
Ernie Pook's Comeek
- broad and salient themes in Barry’s work including memory, girlhood/womanhood, childhood, art pedagogy, creativity, overcoming creative anxieties, visual paper culture and the possibilities of drawing and collaging
- Barry’s materialities and her use of collage and art brut practices
- Barry's prompts to creativity and connection and how they highlight the collaborative and accessible dimension of comics
Combining rich insights from comics studies, literary theory and visual culture, this is the ultimate guide to Lynda Barry and her oeuvre This critical guide exemplifies the diverse ways of approaching comics, combining existing methodologies with novel possibilities inspired from the originality of Barry’s work
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages • 12 b/w illus
PB 9781666929171 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666929157 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216266068 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978759763 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Sexual Violence in Comics
The Ethics of Visualizing Trauma
Lee Okan
An examination of how comics represent, confront, and sometimes perpetuate gendered violence
Lee Okan argues that comics, with their hybrid form of image and text, possess an ability to express the unspeakable dimensions of trauma while also raising ethical questions about spectatorship, representation, and storytelling Through close analysis of contemporary and independent comics, as well as anthology collections, this book shows how artists navigate the tension between testimony and spectacle, visibility and exploitation
Rather than treating comics as an isolated medium, Okan situates these works within broader cultural and media discourses on sexual violence, arguing that comics shape and are shaped by feminist activism, visual culture, and reader response Sexual Violence in Comics traces how creators reframe the terms of witness, challenge dominant narratives, and reclaim narrative authority, particularly in the wake of the #MeToo movement and beyond
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Global Women’s Writing
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages • 24 bw illus; 1 table; 1 line
drawing
PB 9781350512320 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350512283 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350512290 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350512313 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Women and Transnational Cultural Exchange
1550–1850
Edited by Brianna E Robertson-Kirkland, Royal Conservatoire of
Scotland, UK & Louise Duckling, Independent
Scholar
Focusing on the international circulation of culture and ideas by women in the early modern period through the long eighteenth century, this book amplifies their presence in history, finding new ways to explore their transnational encounters and exchanges
Providing a rich introduction to the topic of women’s transnational interactions, the essays in this book build a diverse picture of female engagement with the wider world and consider how women interpreted, influenced, or transferred culture and ideas around the globe
Examining figures such as Aphra Behn, Charlotte Bonaparte and Marie-Catherine d’Aulnoy, this book looks at novels, memoirs, poetry, translations, travel writing and plays, as well as considering the ways in which women’s public lives have been ‘written’ in music, portraits and printed images, and their roles in the international exchange of art and material culture
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Global Women’s Writing
UK January 2026 US January 2026
232 Pages
PB 9781350405714 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350405677 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350405684 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350405691 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Zora Neale Hurston and the Legacy of Black Feminism
Desire as Power
Chielozona Eze, Northeastern Illinois University, USA
The first extended examination into the structure of influence of Zora Neale Hurston’s work on major Black women writers, an idea that has been widely accepted, this book explores Hurston’s impact on such authors as Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, Toni Cade Bambara, Rita Dove, and Tracy K Smith
Focusing specifically on the concept of desire as a liberatory idiom and as the highest expression of self-consciousness and personhood, Chielozona Eze delves into the ethical and social assumptions of Hurston’s aesthetics and feminist visions and their manifestations in the works of the Black women writers who came after her
Through philosophical conceptions of desire, and zoning in on Hurston’s Their Eyes were Watching God and its protagonist Janie Crawford, Eze unlocks crucial conceptual and analytic trajectories regarding debates on freedom, personhood and Black feminism, and how such rich interiority appears in key works by Black women Surveying fiction including The Bluest Eye, Sula, Song of Solomon, and The Color Purple, and poetry collections such as Life on Mars, The Body’s Question The Yellow House on the Corner, Thomas and Beulah, this book is a remarkable intervention with important implications for our times
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Global Women’s Writing
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
280 Pages
HB 9781350383470 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350383517 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350383487 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350383494 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Experimental Subjectivities in Global Black Women's Writing Race and Narrative Innovation
Edited by Sheldon George, University of Massachusetts, Boston & Jean Wyatt, Occidental College, USA
In what innovative ways do novels by diasporic Black women writers experiment with the representation of Black subjectivity? This collection explores the inventiveness of contemporary Black women writers – Black British, African, Caribbean, African American – who remake traditional understandings of blackness As the title word “experimental” signals, these essays foreground the narrative form and stylistic innovations of the black-authored novels they analyze They also show how these experiments with form mirror the novels’ convention-breaking experiments with reimagining Black female subjectivities
While each novel, of course, represents the complexities of diasporic experiences differently, some issues emerge that are broadly shared not just within a regional group, but across geographical borders One feature of the collection is a comparative look at such linking themes across borders, under the rubrics: a return to precolonial systems of belief, reinventions of mothering, relational subjectivities, memory, history and haunting, and posthumanist revaluations These themes take different shapes across the multitude of diverse cultures studied in this book But together they establish a panglobal imaginative practice
Bloomsbury Studies in Global Women’s Writing
UK February 2026 US February 2026
240 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350404717 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350404755 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350404724 £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350404731 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Hélène Cixous’s Poetics of Voice
Echo Subjectivity Diffraction
Birgit M Kaiser, Utrecht University, Netherlands
Exploring the poetic fictions of prominent French, feminist writer Hélène Cixous, this open access book highlights rich and timely ideas of selfhood in her work With careful elaboration of the writer ’s relationship with Algeria, Birgit M Kaiser shows how Cixous reflects on experiences of colonial and patriarchal othering More than that, she crafts a voice –an autofictive "I" – that takes the figure of Echo as a guiding mythology to portray selfhood as diffractive, always already exceeding binary models of self/other that remain central to conceptions of subjectivity Putting forward the notion of ‘echology’, Kaiser examines how Cixous performs selfhood within ecologies of cohabitation, thereby critiquing and revising key tenets of psychoanalysis and its narrative of the subject
Drawing from famous texts such as The Laugh of the Medusa, The Newly Born Woman, and The Portrait of Dora, but also more recent titles like Osnabrück, So Close, Death Shall be Dethroned or Cixous's collaborations with Adel Abdessemed, Hélène Cixous's Poetics of Voice: Echo - Subjectivity - Diffraction offers fresh variations on familiar psychoanalytic and semiotic axes, and new ventures into dialogue with feminist new materialisms
Elegant, politically dynamic and providing exciting news ways into Cixous’s work and poetics, the concept of ‘echology’ lends new perspectives for feminist and postcolonial formations of selfhood and new imaginations of what it means to be human within planetary life
The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Utrecht University
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
224 Pages • 9 bw diagrams and tables
PB 9798765121696
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765121702 • £90 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798765121726 £81 00 / $99 00
ePub 9798765121719 • £81 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The
Bonkbuster
Women's Popular Reading in the Long 1980s
Amy Burge, University of Birmingham, UK & Jodi McAlister, Deakin University, Australia
What were women reading in the 1970s, 1980s and 1990s? This book presents a major study of the “bonkbuster,” an incredibly popular genre of women’s fiction in the late 20th century.
The bonkbuster was an explosively popular form of women’s popular fiction in the long 1980s Authors like Jackie Collins, Jilly Cooper, Shirley Conran and Judith Krantz exemplified this genre, selling massive numbers of books over the course of their careers However, where concurrent forms in media like soap opera and the romance novel have received critical attention, the bonkbuster has been mostly ignored by scholarship The Bonkbuster: Women’s Popular Reading in the Long 1980s engages with these texts, their contexts, and their readers in order to explore the nature, impact, and history of the bonkbuster, offering the first in-depth critical definition of the genre
Drawing on focus group and book club research conducted with British and Australian readers of bonkbusters in the 1970s–1990s, the volume explores the industrial and cultural history of the bonkbuster, investigating its lasting impact on readers The books formed a significant part of sex and relationship education for many of them, providing their first notable textual representations of things ranging from sexism to the female orgasm
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
232 Pages
PB 9781666950533 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666950519 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216253846 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769038 £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Disappearance and Candor in Contemporary Women’s Writing
Lane Glisson
Using the example of Marcel Proust's character Albertine, this book argues that the trope of the disappeared woman stems from the male narrator's inability see beyond his own projections; women’s narratives challenge those constraints
Lane Glisson adopts a transnational, comparatist approach to examine the ways that authors Rachel Kushner, Elena Ferrante, Kamala Das, Liliana Heker, and Cristina Rivera Garza diverge from Proust’s model to contest the states of disappearance that hinder women Conversely, she also examines how these authors at times portray disappearance as a strategy of protection from domination or violence, a space to share ideas and create
Disappearance and Candor in Contemporary Women’s Writing examines these works in the context of each author ’s culture and history, drawing from the writing of philosophers, historians, artists, and activists In doing so, the author addresses broader questions of human rights by focusing on authoritarian governments’ use of gendered language and the feminization of enemies to justify the disappearance of political opponents or scapegoated minorities
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
186 Pages 6 B/W illus
PB 9781666979961 • £28 99 / $29 95
HB 9781666979947 £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216268413 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978759534 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Women (Re)Writing Illness as Their Own The Processes and Products
Edited by Rachel N Spear
Women (Re)Writing Illness as Their Own illuminates ways in which writing processes and products enable women to create spaces of their own spaces that interrogate illness, challenge restitution (re)constructions, and work within and around various limitations associated with women writing illness
Bridging trauma studies with women’s studies, this collection blends creative writing and literary studies to explore how illness can weigh on the process of writing The chapters examine narrative products to better understand how women write illnesses in relation to identity (re)constructions, how they challenge triumphant tropes, how they work within and beyond narrative and linguistic limitations, how the very metaphors and/or genres selected work to aid in their narrating processes, and how their writing acts and products work in conjunction with their illness and (sometimes) healing journeys
COLLECTIONS
Environmental Cultures
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages • 12 bw illus, 4 pg colour plate &
30 pgs of bw insets
HB 9781350467507
• £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9781350467491 • £18 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781350467514 • £17 09 / $22 45
ePub 9781350467521 • £17 09 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Environmental Cultures
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
232 Pages
PB 9781350528406 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350528369 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350528376 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350528383 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Environmental Cultures
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
How to Weather Together
Feminist Practice for Climate Change
Astrida Neimanis, University of Sydney, Australia & Jennifer Mae Hamilton, New York University, Sydney, Australia
In How to Weather Together, Astrida Neimanis and Jennifer Mae Hamilton develop an innovative model for climate change mitigation and adaptation that brings together climate justice and community engagement. Translating feminist theory into practice, they demonstrate how we can gradually change the world as the world changes us
Drawing on a rich and varied history of feminist, queer and anticolonial scholarship, Neimanis and Hamilton propose 'weathering' as both a theoretical framework and a set of practical tools for responding to environmental catastrophe They ask how we can reckon with existential crisis through playful, low-tech practice by connecting the planetary to the personal With photographs and a series of illustrated weathering activities throughout, the book turns academic concepts into practical, hands-on guidance for community groups, artists, students, researchers, and others It shows how climate adaptation requires building better social infrastructures for our shared but different worlds
240 Pages
PB 9781350420564 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350420526 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350420533 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350420540 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
An Ecopoetics of Agency
Writing with the Nonhuman in Modernist and Contemporary Poetry
Sarah Bouttier, Ecole Polytechnique, France
Focusing on a category of poems from the Modernist and contemporary periods which give agency to nonhuman beings and texts themselves, Sarah Bouttier puts form, often neglected within ecocriticism, at the center of the definition of ecopoetics
Grounding ecopoetics in posthumanist ontologies (new materialism, flat ontology and Latour ’s work on agency), Bouttier explores how the poems collapse the human/nonhuman divide and re-instil wonder at the nonhuman world
By juxtaposing readings of Modernist poets such as D H Lawrence, Wallace Stevens and Marianne Moore with contemporary poets such as Les Murray, Pattiann Rogers, Alice Oswald and Kathleen Jamie, the book provides fresh insight into well-known works and offers a new perspective on contemporary ecopoetry
OPEN ACCESS
Anglophone Literature and the Fight Against Climate Change
Matthias Stephan, Aarhus University, Denmark
Offering a methodology for identifying particularly impactful literary narratives of climate change, this open access book examines a range of Anglophone fiction authors such as Margaret Atwood, Paolo Bacigalupi, Ian McEwan, Louise Erdrich, Octavia E. Butler and Sarah Hall, as well as films such as The Day After Tomorrow and Snowpiercer.
Firstly, this book looks at which narratives, historically, have had an impact on social consciousness Secondly, it considers the impact of popular and established strategies Finally, it suggests emphasizing alternative narrative strategies, which it suggests can have a greater impact by causing people to act This allows a more solid approach to assessing the effectiveness of literary narratives on global issues
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective
COLLECTIONS
Environmental Cultures
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
168 Pages
HB 9781350401143 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350401181 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350401150 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350401167 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Environmental Cultures
UK February 2026
208 Pages
HB 9781350125773
• US February 2026
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350470224 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350125780 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350125797 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
UK September 2025 • US September 2025
304 Pages Black and white images throughout
PB 9781399423090 £12 99 / $ 00
HB 9781399423083 • £20 00 / $28 00
ePDF 9781399423052 • £14 00 / $19 60
ePub 9781399423045 • £14 00 / $19 60
Bloomsbury Continuum
Magic, Literature and Climate Pedagogy in a
Sofia Ahlberg, Uppsala University, Sweden
Time of Ecological Crisis
Channeling the creative potential of humanity to transition towards joyous and just futures in times of lifethreatening climate change, this book uses metaphors of magic and shapeshifting to imagine liveable futures achievable through other-than-rational means
Focusing on a wide range of 20th and 21st-century novels from a diverse range of writers such as Madeline Miller, Jeff VanderMeer, Ursula LeGuin, N K Jemisin, Ambelin Kwaymullina and Leanne Betasamosake Simpson, it suggests that readers take seriously the pedagogical potential of magic in literature for the classroom and beyond while providing them with contextualized, collective methods of climate action
Ecocriticism and Turkey
Meliz Ergin, Koç University, Turkey
Situated between Europe and Asia, and surrounded by three seas, Turkey comprises a diverse environmental and cultural tapestry Ecocriticism and Turkey is the first in-depth study to explore Turkish literary and cultural engagements with the environment Ergin examines a wide range of ecocritical issues across four thematically organized chapters: “Sea,” “Climate,” “Routes,” and “Animals ” Each chapter addresses various dimensions of anthropogenic ecological change and highlights the role of literature in inspiring hope and action
The book takes readers on various journeys from the coasts of the Aegean Sea to the mountains of Eastern Anatolia Ergin converses with both twentieth-century writers to shed new light on familiar texts and contemporary writers to capture emerging perspectives, including Rum, Laz, Kurdish, and Armenian voices in her discussion The study is further enriched by an interdisciplinary inquiry that brings literature into dialogue with climate science, political history, underwater photography, folk music, and bio-art
The Lines We Draw
The Journalist, the Jew and an Argument About Identity
Tim Franks
Tim Franks spent years as the BBC’s Middle East Correspondent covering Israel and the occupied Palestinian territories During that time, he was attacked from both sides – sometimes accused of being a self-hating Jew, other times an Islamophobe – but he responded to it all with a reporter ’s detached curiosity, drawing a clear line between his identity and his work It wasn’t until years later that Franks asked himself, what does it mean to be Jewish? And how has it informed his journalism?
It was a question he struggled to answer As a child in 1970s Birmingham, Tim Franks had hardly any relations or sense of lineage - it wasn’t until he learnt about the history of diaspora Jews that he realised why his family history was so difficult to trace Setting out on a journey in search of his ancestral roots, Tim Franks’ research takes him from Constantinople to Cadiz and Auschwitz, Lithuania and even Downing Street
The ancestors he discovers each speak to a part of the Jewish story, from risk-taking rabbis and struggling artists to Benjamin Disraeli, a convert who became the Conservative Party’s “unlikeliest” ever leader This book is a moving, deeply empathetic memoir which encourages us all to confront the lines we draw In searching for what it means to be Jewish, Franks discovers what it means to take a stand and write about the world
COLLECTIONS
New Directions in Life Narrative
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
184 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350279988 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350280021 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350279995 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350280007 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
192 Pages
PB 9798765138069 • £15 99 / $21 95
HB 9798765138076 • £17 99 / $24 00
ePDF 9798765138083 • £16 19 / $21 60
ePub 9798765138090 £16 19 / $21 60
Bloomsbury Academic
Refugee Lives in the Archives
A Pacific Imaginary
Gillian Whitlock,
University of Queensland, Australia
This book introduces the unique archive of letters, textiles, hand-drawn maps, emails and photographs from asylum seekers held indefinitely in offshore detention at Topside Camp, Nauru 2001-5. These artefacts introduce the distinctive and creative forms of resistance produced by asylum seekers in the remote Pacific camps on Nauru and Manus Island, and they expose their experiential histories of radical suffering and trauma Paying due deference to the creative and aesthetic agency of these various documents and artefacts created by the undocumented here, Gillian Whitlock generates a cultural biography of the Nauru camp that humanizes those who have remained unseen and unheard, and features the activist campaigns and the political resistance that assert the agency of witnessing refugees Structured around the collections of various artefacts exchanged between detainees and humanitarian activists, Refugee Lives in the Archives draws on emerging theories from detention centres and the asylum seekers themselves in a distinctive and expansive Pacific imaginary of refugee life narrative
Building on Whitlock’s substantial body of work in testimonial, documentary and archive practices, this book focuses on the ‘testimony of things’ and probes an approach to archival studies that moves life writing in new directions, to respond collaboratively to the diverse materiality of story-telling and exchanges in the unique and creative forms of asylum seekers’ voices, stories and epistemologies
Banning Books in America
Not a How-to
Edited by Samuel Cohen, University of Missouri, USA
This is a book about banned books in the U.S. about reading them, teaching them, and lending them under the shadow of political pressure not to
Banning Books in America features novelists on banning and being banned, arguments about the histories and politics of book banning, readings of banned books in national and international contexts, and responses to new legislation by anticensorship advocates, teachers, and librarians Together, these writers and educators provide a view from the trenches of the wars on reading They offer, if not a single blueprint, models for how to think about what it means to ban books and how to fight back against the forces that would ban them
This book shows that at the heart of this issue is the question of what books mean to people Some Americans are determined to decide which books other Americans shouldn’t get to read Why these books? Why now? Anyone who seeks to answer these questions must examine the context, historical and current, in which Americans allow this to happen
This is a book about book banning in America, and so it is a book about America
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
192 Pages
HB 9798765112861 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765112854 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765112885 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765112878 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Veteran Activism and the Global War on Terror Post-9/11 Narratives of Dissent and American War Literature M C Armstrong, North Carolina A&T State University, USA
Veteran Activism and the Global War on Terror is the first study of the literature of dissent that has emerged from the veterans of the global War on Terror
Spencer Ackerman's Reign of Terror stated that “The most impactful activism against the War on Terror came from within the Security State itself low ranking soldiers and intelligence contractors whose exposure to the war prompted them to expose it to the world ” Veteran Activism and the Global War on Terror examines this subculture of veterans whose stories have dramatically shifted the conversation about literature and activism Author M C Armstrong introduces and explores America’s post-9/11 soldier-writers, a community that challenges pivotal contemporary assumptions about allegiance, democracy, geography, solidarity, and national identity
Chapters are organized around a triad of core concepts–parrhesia, cosmopolitanism, and dissensus–and discuss authors including Elliot Ackerman, Kristin Beck, Joseph Hickman, Phil Klay, Kevin Powers, and Edward Snowden
COLLECTIONS
Critical Interventions in the Medical and Health Humanities
UK February 2026
• US December 2025
• 51 bw illus
344 Pages
PB 9781350506374
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350506336
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350506343 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350506350 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in the Humanities, Ageing and Later Life
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
240 Pages • 5 bw illus
PB 9781350374751 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350374713 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350374720 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350374737 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
240 Pages 6 b/w illus
PB 9781666949216 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666949193 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216257790 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978765856 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Art and the Critical Medical Humanities
Edited by Fiona Johnstone, Durham University, UK, Allison Morehead, Queen’s University, Canada & Imogen Wiltshire, University of Lincoln, UK
This agenda-setting edited volume makes a forceful case for the contribution that art – its practices and its histories – can make to debates and developments in critical medical humanities today
Whilst medical humanities previously emphasised an instrumental attitude towards art and art-making, recent work has opened up a dynamic space in which art can critically and imaginatively operate With urgent attention paid to constructions of race, gender, class, sexuality and disability, the artists, art historians, and scholars in related fields represented within this volume address new and pressing questions about structures and experiences of health, medical knowledge, care, therapy, and clinical research and education
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada and the Wellcome Trust
Fictions of Radical Life Extension
Living Forever from the Fin de Siècle to the First World War James Aaron Green, University of Vienna, Austria
In this major new study, James Aaron Green provides the first account of literary thought experiments published from 1878 to 1918 that speculate on the prospect of radically longer lives
Green argues that these fictions helped negotiate the emergent experiences and meanings of age and aging during years when long-established norms were being eroded and supplanted By recovering fictions by lesser-known writers and reevaluating those by more familiar writers like H G Wells and J M Barrie, the study reveals the surprising abundance and formal diversity of such speculative accounts Through readings supported by archival materials (anti-aging advertisements, medical treatises), these accounts are shown to have intervened on a wide range of scientific and social questions related to age and aging – from transfusion to colonialism, and second chances to apocalyptic demography
Ultimately, Green’s innovative historicist study proves how close attention to fictions of radical life extension can not only renovate our understanding of historical attitudes to age and aging, but also those of today
Illness, Literature, and Care
Vulnerable Lives
Robert Leigh Davis
At the heart of Illness, Literature, and Care is a view of care as attunement, a dynamic process of fragile rapport
Care in this mode does not abandon tradition and expertise, the collection of skills and practices built up over time Instead, it holds that expertise lightly in the face of each new encounter, rising to the possibilities of the present moment rather than deploying a preformed response Robert Leigh Davis shows how the open character of attunement situates care in spontaneous interactions, often with strangers, where abstract principles are less valuable than meeting people on their own terms, listening to them, being in sync with them and then, allowing that meeting to guide the choices that follow Davis develops this idea by examining scenes of care in Walt Whitman, William Carlos Williams, Simone Weil, Flannery O’Connor, Nancy Mairs, Cortney Davis, graphic medicine, and the literature of nursing Davis shows that good care is not an abstract principle one might work out in universal terms, but an evolving set of practices tuned to the demands of a concrete occasion: a care moment
How To Think
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
320 Pages
HB 9781399408301 • £16 99 / $24 00
PB 9781399408318 • £10 99 / $18 00
ePDF 9781399408257 • £11 89 / $16 80
ePub 9781399408288 • £11 89 / $16 80
Bloomsbury Continuum
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Critical Poetics
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
224 Pages
PB 9781350419513 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350419476 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350419483 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350419490 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
128 Pages
PB 9781666964240 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666964226 £65 00 / $90 00
ePDF 9798216251866 • £58 50 / $81 00
ePub 9781978766334 • £58 50 / $81 00
Bloomsbury Academic
How
to Think Like a Poet
The Poets That Made Our World and Why We Need Them
Dai George
'An entertaining guide to the rhyme and reason of poetry' -- The Idler
How history's most influential and inspiring poets – from Homer and Sappho to Shakespeare and Frank O'Hara –can teach us to better understand the world
How did the greatest poets in history make the world anew? And what can we learn from the magic, wisdom and humour of their poetry? From the genius of the Ancient Greeks through to the love poetry and metaphysics of the Renaissance, through to the New York poets of the 20th century, this is the ultimate guide to the greatest writers of the human age
This book paints vivid pictures of a global selection of renowned poets throughout history: from Sappho, Li Bai and Rumi, to William Shakespeare and John Donne, to Frank O'Hara, Pablo Neruda and Sylvia Plath George also re-examines the canon, traditionally dominated by Western, white and male poets, and bring to light major figures from other important cultures and communities, including China, India and the Caribbean
American Objectivist Poetry Across the 20th Century
Xavier Kalck, University of Lille, France
Offering a new introduction to an important yet often overlooked group of 20th century American poets, this book re-examines their work as a group while giving special attention to their individual trajectories
Objectivist poets’ contribution to American literary history is no longer secret, but the nature of that specific contribution remains surprisingly unclear, and in need of serious revision Through a range of perceptive close readings, this book offers a detailed assessment of this group Lorine Niedecker, George Oppen, Carl Rakosi, Charles Reznikoff and Louis Zukofsky from the 1930s Modernist era to the New American Poetry of the 1950s, all the way to the experimentations of the late 1970s and early 1980s In doing so, it presents a new critical history of 20th century American poetry and how to engage with it
Japanese Forms in American Poetry Beyond Haiku
Edited by Ce Rosenow
Analyzing the poetic forms of haibun, linked verse, senryu, and tanka, this collection argues that these traditional Japanese methods have established themselves in American poetry
Beginning with its Japanese origins and continuing through its development in the United States, the contributors demonstrate how these poetic forms have existed alongside haiku for more than a century while drawing attention to their use within contemporary poetry Over time, they have gained popularity among both haiku and non-haiku poets alike, leading to a wide variety of innovative approaches
Middle East
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
224 Pages
HB 9780755657452 £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9780755657445 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9780755657483 £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9780755657469 • £19 79 / $26 95
I B Tauris
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
240 Pages
HB 9780755651856 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780755651894 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755651863 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780755651870 £76 50 / $103 50
I B Tauris
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages 4 bw illus
HB 9780755645732 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780755645770 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755645749 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780755645756 • £76 50 / $103 50
I B Tauris
Reading the Qur'an
Structure, Coherence and Rhetorical Features
Muhammad Abdel Haleem
The Qur ’an is a multifaceted text that can be challenging, especially for non-Arabic speakers relying solely on English translations
This book unlocks the rhetorical devices, structural features and stylistic choices that the Qur ’an employs and which are so vital to its meaning While some of these subjects form an important part of the Arabic Qur ’anic Studies curriculum - and are prioritised in schools and universities in the Arab world - they continue to puzzle some readers of the Qur ’an in English translation
This is the eagerly-awaited final instalment of Professor Abdel Haleem’s IB Tauris trilogy on the Qur'an It is unique in combining linguistic analysis, literary appreciation and relevance to contemporary issues: an essential companion for students and general readers studying the Qur ’an, whether in English or in Arabic
Iran at the Paris Peace Conference
International Diplomacy and the Pursuit of Imperial Nationalism
Philip Grobien
The end of the Qajar era in Iran, despite the accepted narrative of decline, was in fact an occasion of modern and forwardthinking nationalism Iran developed an imperial nationalism, which was informed by its experiences under British and Russian hegemony and the absorption of Western modern ideas and practices, and which now looked towards a future as a sovereign and independent state within the foundational framework of its previous Empire Emboldened by post-WWI notions of self-determination and the development of international institutions devoted to peace, Iran spearheaded its newfound diplomacy by sending a delegation to the peace talks in Paris in 1919
This book shows how Iran’s immediate post-war diplomacy came about, the conduct of Iran’s delegation to Paris, frustrations with the Anglo-Persian Agreement, and ultimately how Iran’s progress became the victim of British imperialism Throwing a spotlight on an under-researched period of Iranian history, it will be of interest to readers of Iranian history, and those interested in the Paris Peace Conference of 1919
Iran under the Mongols
Ilkhanid Administrators and Persian Notables in Fars
Denise Aigle
What were the effects of Mongol rule in Iran? This book focuses on Shiraz and the province of Fars to provide a detailed political, social and economic history of Ilkhanid rule from the first Mongol invasions in 1220 until the end of the Injuid Dynasty in 1357 Using a vast collection of sources, Denise Aigle combines local and global approaches to integrate the history of the province into the whole administrative system Central is the thesis that Mongol rule caused a break in traditional administrative patterns A dual administrative system was set up, consisting of both Mongol and local Persian personnel, directed from the court Charting the fortunes of each successive ruler, her research shows that the failings of individual rulers, as well as intriguing by Persian notables, were the principal reasons for Shiraz and Fars’s economic decline under the Mongols in comparison with the more successful neighbouring province of Kirman Iran Under the Mongols is a vital contribution to our understanding of the effects of Mongol rule in Iran
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
296 Pages • 35 bw illus
HB 9780755651818
• £20 00 / $27 00
PB 9780755658305 • £14 99 / $19 95
ePDF 9780755651825 • £18 00 / $24 30
ePub 9780755651832 • £18 00 / $24 30
I B Tauris
Atatürk
Father of the Republic of Turkey
George W Gawrych
Mustafa Kemal Atatürk was one of the most significant political leaders of the twentieth century He rose from obscure origins to become the founder of the new Republic of Turkey out of the ashes of the Ottoman Empire and go on to radically transform Turkish society How should one understand Atatürk and his legacy?
In this book, George Gawrych studies Atatürk’s career in detail, showing how Atatürk married the traits of the classic military man-of-action with those of the intellectual, theorist and pragmatist as a statesman Gawrych places Atatürk in the context of his times to reveal how he harnessed wider forces to set Turkey on a path of secular nationalism and comprehensive modernization His legacy can be seen everywhere in Turkey today, from the role and rights of women in society to the struggle for developing a democracy in the Republic Gawrych addresses the costs of Atatürk’s policies, including the suppression of minorities and the imposition of a cult of personality and authoritarian rule in the name of ‘Turkification’ The book presents a nuanced analysis of a complex figure who consciously created a living legacy that still casts a shadow over Turkey’s political and intellectual discourse
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
288 Pages
HB 9780755652891 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780755652907 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755652921 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780755652914 • £76 50 / $103 50
I B Tauris
Decolonizing Emotions in French Algeria
Anticolonial Mythmaking and Morality Tales, 1954-62
Christiane-Marie Abu Sarah, Erskine College, USA
Alongside the diplomatic struggles of the early Cold War, European politicians worked to shape emotions about the postwar order advocating fear of communism and hope for postwar recovery In this context, the French Empire in North Africa emerged as one important emotional battleground, where Algerian nationalists and anti-colonial campaigners challenged French narratives about imperial pride and native hysteria
During the Algerian War (1954–1962), emotions thus became a pivotal part of the independence struggle Accordingly, Decolonizing Emotions in French Algeria tracks affective politics during the revolution, focusing on members of the Front de libération nationale (FLN), Combattants de la libération (CDL), and Jeune Résistance Delving into the manifestos, poetry, and personal diaries of anti-colonial activists, the book reveals a rich world of transgressive sentiments, emotional exile, and affective border-crossings
The stories that surface show how Algerians used biopower to combat an affective regime that refused native populations the right to be angry The book further chronicles how Europeans complicated ideas of humanitarian pity and confronted the French production of political apathy It is a history that speaks to contemporary debates over race relations and national pride, the pathologizing of Muslim emotions, and the contested process of how myths die (demythologization)
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
216 Pages
PB 9780755650576 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780755650538 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9780755650545 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9780755650552 • £0 00 / $0 00
I B Tauris
Historical Dictionaries of Peoples and Cultures
UK December 2025 US December 2025
354 Pages
PB 9798216371403 £39 99 / $47 95
HB 9781538129999 • £110 00 / $150 00
ePDF 9798765160923 £99 00 / $135 00
ePub 9781538130001 • £99 00 / $135 00
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Photographing Biblical Modernity
Frank Scholten in British Mandate Palestine
Sary Zananiri, Leiden University
This open access book offers the first in-depth appraisal of the photographic archive of Frank Scholten (1881–1942), a queer Dutch photographer and Catholic convert whose work in Palestine between 1921 and 1923 provides a remarkable lens on the intersecting dynamics of modernity, religion, colonialism, and visual culture Drawing on over 26,000 photographs, it situates Scholten’s work within transnational religious, colonial, and nationalist networks Employing a relational methodology, Photographing Biblical Modernity treats photography not merely as visual documentation but as a site of layered cultural encounters shaped by the movements of people, ideas, and ideologies It interrogates biblical visuality, the performance of indigeneity, intercommunal relations, and the gendered politics of labour and nationalism
Through interdisciplinary engagement with visual culture, Middle East studies, and gender theory, this book considers how Scholten’s positionality offers insights into both the granular details of Palestinian society and broader macro-historical shifts during a period of profound transition
Rather than framing Palestine as a biblical relic, Scholten’s photographs reveal a socially and politically complex society under early British Mandate rule Ultimately, this book positions Scholten’s archive as a vital historical source for understanding the layered and contested narratives that have defined Palestine’s modern history
The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com
Historical Dictionary of the Ismailis Farhad Daftary, The Institute of Ismaili Studies, UK
The Ismailis represent an important Shi’i Muslim community, who are now scattered in more than 30 countries of Asia, the Middle East, Africa, Europe, and North America The Ismailis have had a long and eventful history dating back to the formative period of Islam This dictionary, the first work of reference of its kind, presents the findings of modern scholarship on the Ismailis and different facets of their heritage It covers all the major phases of Ismaili history and thought, including major and minor divisions within the Ismaili community The main theological and doctrinal concepts are also covered Designed as a mini encyclopedia, this dictionary serves as first point of reference for information on all the key Ismaili figures, concepts, institutions, and traditions, as well as regions of importance in Ismaili history In addition, numerous Muslim dynasties and figures with whom the Ismailis have come into contact are included This second edition of the dictionary, first published in 2012, represents a thorough updating of the entries, with many new entries also added Another main feature of this edition is the inclusion of many new items to all sections of the dictionary’s extensive bibliography
Historical Dictionary of the Ismailis, Second Edition contains a chronology, an introduction, an extensive bibliography, and cross-referenced entries on key Ismaili figures, concepts, institutions, and traditions, as well as regions of importance in Ismaili history In addition, numerous Muslim dynasties and figures with whom the Ismailis have come into contact are included This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about Ismailis
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
216 Pages
PB 9780755655434 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780755655397 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9780755655410 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780755655403 • £76 50 / $103 50
I B Tauris
Egyptian Foreign Policy Power Dynamics and Regional Influence after 2011
Nael Shama
An account of Egypt's foreign policy decline following the Arab Uprisings, explaining the causes, consequences, and dynamics of this decline.
Egypt, traditionally an important regional power in the Middle East, has experienced a considerable decline in its national capabilities and regional influence since 2011, which has had significant implications for Egypt’s relations with other regional powers
Here Nael Shama identifies the causes of this decline, which include Egypt’s economic downturn, deficiencies of its decision-making structures, and shifting regional power balances The study draws on a number of regional case studies –such as the erosion of Egypt’s interests in the Nile Basin and the Middle East – to illustrate Egypt’s declining diplomatic power along its own borders, and in the wider region Shama offers a crucial lens into enhancing our understanding of the multiple levels of engagement Egypt has in the Middle East, and the widespread consequences of its decline in influence, while also offering a valuable case study of how declining powers think and act on the international stage
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
440 Pages
HB 9780755645848 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9780755645886 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755645855 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9780755645862 £81 00 / $108 00
I B Tauris
COLLECTIONS
Sex, Family and Culture in the Middle East
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
254 Pages
HB 9780755647934 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9780755647972 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755647941 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9780755647958 • £81 00 / $108 00
I B Tauris
An Afghan Prince in Victorian England Race, Class, and Gender in an Afghan-Anglo Imperial Encounter R D McChesney, New York University, USA
In 1894 Great Britain invited ‘Abd al-Rahman Khan, the amir of Afghanistan, to England for a state visit Then at the height of its imperial might, Britain sought to strengthen ties with the strategically important Afghanistan, which shared a long frontier, not yet a border, with British India The amir ’s aim for the visit was to secure permission for an Afghan legation (embassy) in London while the British, unaware of this goal, hoped to overawe the amir with displays of military and industrial might as well as performances to show the strength and unity of British civil society The amir, citing illness, ultimately declined the invitation but, in a calculated snub, sent his second son, Prince Nasr Allah Khan, in his place This book narrates the events of the prince’s mission in a number of revealing ways Using both British and Afghan sources, including the journal of a senior member of the Afghan contingent, McChesney places the visit in its international and historical context and analyzes the internal dynamics of the prince’s delegation, the seventy members of whom represented Afghanistan but included two Englishmen and two Englishwomen A further twenty members, representing the Government of (British) India, were as multi-ethnic and multilingual as the members of the Afghan delegation This bilateral and complex mission left India in April 1895 and remained together for the next six months From the beginning it was riven by incidents of misogyny, racism, and class conflict that affected its ability to perform its diplomatic functions The reader gains insights into the goals and tactics of two asymmetrical yet competing powers as well as a rare look at the human element in this cross-cultural diplomatic encounter
Slavery in the Modern Middle East and North Africa
Exploitation and Resistance from the 19th Century - Present Day
Edited by Elena Andreeva & Kevin McNeer
What is the nature of slavery as practiced and at times reintroduced over the past two centuries in the Middle East and North Africa? In spite of the rich regional diversity of the areas studied – from Morocco to the Indian Ocean to Iran – this anthology demonstrates clear commonalities across the super-region These include the regulation of slavery by Islam and local traditions, the absence of a rigid racial hierarchy as in North American slavery, the management of the sexuality and reproductive capacity of female slaves, and views on identity and heritage among descendants of slaves Authors also examine the economic and theological underpinnings of contemporary slavery and human trafficking
The book is among the first to focus on slavery across the Islamic world from the 19th century to the present – a period constituting the endgame of institutionalized slavery in the region but also the persistence of forms of de facto enslavement Each chapter scrutinizes from a different vantage point – institutions, economics, the abolitionist movement, literature, folklore, and the moving image – creating a multi-dimensional picture of the phenomenon
COLLECTIONS
Armenians in the Modern and Early Modern World
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages
HB 9780755648412
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9780755648450
• £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755648429 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9780755648436 • £81 00 / $108 00
I B Tauris
The Brass Band of the King Armenians in Ethiopia
Boris Adjemian
In 1924, the crown prince and future emperor of Ethiopia, Ras Täfäri, on a visit to Jerusalem, called on forty Armenian orphans who had survived the genocide of 1915-1916 to form his empire's royal brass band The conductor, who was also Armenian, composed the first official anthem of the Ethiopian state
Drawing on this highly symbolic event, and following the history of the small Armenian community in Ethiopia, in this book Boris Adjemian shows how it operated on the margins of political society, hiding in its interstices, preferring intimacy and discreet loyalty to the glitter of open politics The astonishing role of the Armenians in their host country was embodied in the friendship that the kings and queens of Ethiopia extended to them, a theme that is echoed in the life stories collected from their descendants
Bringing to light the political and cultural importance of a community that has long been ignored and has almost vanished, this study draws on the collective memory of Armenian immigration and the centuries-long history of proximity between the Armenian and Ethiopian Churches The author argues for a sedentary approach to the diaspora, for a socio-history of this collective rootedness, which dates back to the 19th century and builds on historical representations of otherness from the early modern period up to the colonial era
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
208 Pages
HB 9780755648092 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780755648139 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755648108 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780755648115 • £76 50 / $103 50
I B Tauris
Iranian Refugees in Transit
Exile and the Politics of Survival in Turkey after the 1979 Revolution
Maral Jefroudi, International Institute for Research and Education, The Netherlands
Maral Jefroudi presents a comprehensive picture of one of the largest migration waves in contemporary history by analyzing refugees interactions with the Turkish State, the UNHCR, and within the community of Iranians in transit after the 1979 revolution
Iranian Refugees in Transit unveils the rich history of political engagement among Iranian refugees before their arrival in Turkey, contextualised within Turkey’s own landscape of political and ethnic conflicts Jefroudi expertly examines the intersectional distribution of precarity among refugees By bringing together interviews with refugees from the period, analyzing cultural products by and on them, and tracing their footsteps in newspapers and scholarly literature, this book fills a significant gap in Turkey’s migration history Through a critical historical analysis of the international asylum system, Iranian Refugees in Transit offers valuable insights into the dynamics of the current ‘refugee crisis’
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
304 Pages
HB 9780755606849
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780755654406 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755606863 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780755606870 • £76 50 / $103 50
I B Tauris
Migrations in Jordan
Reception Policies and Settlement Strategies
Edited by Jalal Al Husseini, Institut Français du Proche-Orient (Ifpo), Jordan, Valentina Napolitano & Norig Neveu, French National Center for Scientific Research (CNRS), France
Jordan currently hosts the second largest percentage of registered refugees in the world: three million out of its eleven million inhabitants Its experience in hosting migrants and refugees precedes its independence in 1946, with the arrival of Circassians, Chechens, and Armenians from the late 19th century Jordan thus constitutes a unique observatory for reception policies and long-term settlement of different migrant groups
Based on original empirical and archival material, this volume focuses on migrations caused by conflicts, wars, and crises underscoring their articulation with longstanding human mobility It sheds light on the cumulative and processual dimensions of Jordan’s reception policies and migrants’ settlement strategies It identifies the multiple actors involved in the management of migrants and, conversely, the latter ’s contribution to the Jordanian social, economic, political, and urban fabric
The first part of the volume examines the policies adopted by the Jordanian authorities and international organizations to regulate access to basic services and to the labour market, and explores the economic and political factors underlying them The second part analyzes the effects of Jordan’s policies on the territorial distribution and settlement of migrants How have these policies, combined with the adaptation strategies of migrants contributed to shaping new urban spaces? The third part focuses on capacity of the migrants to activate, establish, (re)build, and intersect different kinds of solidarity networks within the context of protracted displacement
COLLECTIONS
Kurdish Studies
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
264 Pages
HB 9780755650583 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780755650613 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755650590 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780755650606 • £76 50 / $103 50
I B Tauris
Art, Gender and Migration in the Kurdish Diaspora
Intellectual and Cultural Production in Europe
Özlem Belçim Galip
This book focuses on the cultural and intellectual activities of Kurdish migrant women through artistic and aesthetic forms of production in Belgium, France, Germany, Sweden and the UK Using in-depth interviews with over 40 Kurdish women artists, Ozlem Galip examines how artistic, literary and cultural productions, incorporating the fields of film, theatre and music, are articulated within the structures of nation states, leading to the interrogation of the impact of western and local knowledge, patriarchy, the nation-state and globalisation Galip also analyses how European policies affect the development of cultural engagement of Kurdish migrant women, and how such engagements help these women to integrate into European society
Examining the gendered experiences of diaspora from all four regions of Kurdistan; Iraq, Iran, Syria and Turkey, this book challenges ideas about gender, migration and art through the lens of women artistic production with a focus on women-led activism and the changing integration and migration policies of Europe
American Association for State and Local History
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
184 Pages • 45 b/w photos; 1 table
HB 9781538182376 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781538182383 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798881857752 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9781538182390 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
American Alliance of Museums
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
200 Pages • 14 bw images, 5 tables
HB 9781538184325 • £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9781538184332 • £26 99 / $44 00
ePDF 9798881860400 • £24 29 / $39 60
ePub 9781538184349 • £24 29 / $39 60
Bloomsbury Academic
Organizing Archival Records
A Guide for Both Physical and Digital Collections
David W Carmicheal
Much of our nation’s documentary heritage resides in small historical societies, libraries, cultural organizations, houses of worship, and museums The preservation of this heritage often depends on the dedicated efforts of people who, in their workaday world, practice some profession other than archivist For thirty years, Organizing Archival Records has equipped non-professional archivists to tackle the challenging task of arranging and describing archival materials
The latest edition preserves the practical, easy-to-follow, step-by-step approach of earlier editions while updating its content to reflect current archival practices and growing concerns over social justice, while offering solutions for common collection problems
Language Inclusion in Museums
Asami Robledo-Allen Yamamoto, Fuji Robledo Yamamoto & Gabriela Perez
Museums are responsible for sharing and preserving cultural records in an accessible way with and for the communities around them In the United States, over 100 million people speak languages other than English, yet most museums prioritize solely English This causes visitors who speak languages other than English to feel othered, ignored, and excluded, hindering their relationships with museums Museums must dismantle these monolinguistic pillars by committing to language inclusion outside of accessibility
This book addresses reasons to remedy the lack of language inclusivity, explains research-based benefits of multilingualism, and establishes translation guidelines to make museums more equitable and accessible
American Alliance of Museums
UK • US March 2025
220 Pages
HB 9781538198278 • £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9781538198285 • £31 99 / $42 00
ePub 9781538198292 • £28 79 / $37 80
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Museum Flack
A Practical Public Relations Guide for Museum and Arts Professionals
Steve Lott, American University
A simple review of recent news media coverage about museums and institutional leadership shows that the field is facing public scrutiny never seen before in its history Museums are under a microscope and their leaders are ill-equipped to handle the unexpected (and often negative) media attention At the same time, museum executives have little experience and training when it comes to public relations (PR) and their institutions are often too small to employ a communications expert
A simple how-to guide is long overdue and needed now more than ever
Steve Lott, corporate communications executive and former journalist, is an experienced storyteller who provides real-world public relations strategies and media training In Museum Flack, Lott shares his own experience developing and executing successful media campaigns from the world of aerospace and technology, as well as case studies and lessons learned from the museum field Museum Flack is a how-to guide that gives insider tips, tactics and tools to get positive media coverage, as well as strategies to deal with crisis communications An effective media relations strategy requires very little budget but does require planning that can ultimately deliver positive, national news coverage or save a museum’s reputation The book is written for a wide audience that ranges from students to museum directors and board members
National Association for Interpretation
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
272 Pages • 37 b/w photos; 20 tables
HB 9798881807498 • £110 00 / $140 00
PB 9798881807504 • £33 99 / $46 95
ePDF 9798881867577 • £30 59 / $42 25
ePub 9798881807511 • £30 59 / $42 25
Bloomsbury Academic
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
192 Pages • 35 bw illustrations
HB 9798216381228 • £110 00 / $140 00
PB 9798216381204 • £31 99 / $42 95
ePDF 9798216381242 • £28 79 / $38 65
ePub 9798216381235 £28 79 / $38 65
Bloomsbury Academic
Interpretive Theme Writer's Field Guide
How to Craft Strong Themes from Big Idea to Presentation
Jon Kohl, PUP Collaboratory
The interpretive theme is the most important sentence an interpreter inks on paper Despite its centrality to thematic interpretation, no single work has dedicated itself entirely to the art and craft of strong theme writing until now The Interpretive Theme Writer's Field Guide builds on Sam Ham’s 30-year thematic interpretation research legacy While leaving communication theory to his books, this companion offers writers strong theme examples, updated theme writer s worksheet, inspirational quotes, technique highlights, and exercises, including the use of AI generators to craft themes The second edition also includes new chapters on development psychology, presentation structures, a glossary, an essay on ChatGPT and theme writing, and much more With contributions from Ham, Ted Cable, Shelton Johnson, Thorsten Ludwig, Don Enright, Judy Fort Brenneman, Kylie Christian, Michael Glen, and other voices from around the English-speaking world, this Field Guide serves at the desk, in the museum exhibit hall, on the park trail, or at an archeological site It recognizes that teams, even communities, create natural-cultural heritage themes, and introduces the Interpretive Framework methodology to facilitate consensus community-based theme writing
Unseen Scars
Vicarious Trauma at Holocaust Museums, Exhibitions, and Memorial Sites
Julie Golding, Holocaust Museum and Center for Tolerance and Education
Holocaust educators and museums face an urgent challenge: preserving the memory of genocide while protecting the psychological well-being of those who learn about it How can they teach about historical atrocities without traumatizing the very students they aim to educate?
This groundbreaking book examines the complex intersection of trauma, memory, and education in Holocaust learning environments Drawing on research in trauma studies, educational psychology, and museum visitor experiences, it reveals how encounters with difficult histories can either create meaningful understanding or cause psychological harm
Julie Golding introduces practical frameworks for educators regarding trauma-informed teaching and explores concepts like vicarious resilience as alternatives to vicarious trauma Through analysis of survivor testimony, museum exhibitions, and empirical research on student responses, the book provides concrete tools for navigating the delicate balance between historical truth and emotional safety
Essential for educators, museum professionals, and anyone involved in teaching difficult histories, Unseen Scars: Vicarious Trauma at Holocaust Museums, Exhibitions and Memorial Sites offers both theoretical insights and practical strategies for honoring the past while protecting those who encounter it It demonstrates how we can learn from humanity’s darkest chapters without being overwhelmed by them
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
UK December 2025
• US November 2025
328 Pages 31 bw images, 24 tables
HB 9798216366720 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216366744 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798216366737 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Fluid Preservation A Comprehensive Reference
John E Simmons
This revised edition of Fluid Preservation: A Comprehensive Reference has been updated with a wealth of new research published during the last decade on preserving specimens in alcohol, formaldehyde, and other fluids The text includes an expanded comprehensive bibliography and sections on managing fluid-preserved collections, determining preservative concentration, storage environments, preservation history and techniques, anatomical preparations, health and safety, fluidpreserved specimens in art and history museums, and cultural interpretations of fluid preservation in art, literature, and film
Although fluid preservation has been practiced for more than 350 years, Fluid Preservation: A Comprehensive Reference remains the only reference that thoroughly summarizes current knowledge about this complex and often confusing topic
COLLECTIONS
33 1/3
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
168 Pages
PB 9798765132708 • £10 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9798765132722 • £9 89 / $13 45
ePub 9798765132715 • £9 89 / $13 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
33 1/3
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
144 Pages
PB 9798765133552 • £10 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9798765133576 • £9 89 / $13 45
ePub 9798765133583 • £9 89 / $13 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
33 1/3
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
160 Pages
PB 9798765133248 • £10 99 / $14 95
ePDF 9798765133262 • £9 89 / $13 45
ePub 9798765133279 • £9 89 / $13 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Interpol's Antics
Gabriel T Saxton-Ruiz, University of the Incarnate Word, USA
At the dawn of the 21st century, the New York City indie rock scene emerged as a beacon of artistic innovation, capturing widespread attention Within this vibrant milieu, Interpol’s second album, Antics, stands out as a landmark release
Released in 2004, Antics initially received a spectrum of responses acclaimed by fans yet somewhat dismissed by critics Nevertheless, time has favored Antics, elevating it to a revered status among aficionados Covering everything from its intricate musical craftsmanship to its innovative marketing, this book explores Interpol’s creative evolution and the album’s shift toward distinct singles while preserving its atmospheric essence
Highlighting Interpol’s widespread appeal, especially in Latin America, this book examines their passionate fanbase and the cultural phenomena that emerged, showcasing the enduring bond between the band and their international audience It also considers the global impact of Antics, underscoring the album’s longevity and Interpol’s role as architects of a sound that has resonated across borders and generations, cementing their place in the annals of modern music history
Mazzy Star ’s So Tonight That I Might See Anthony Gomez III, University of Oklahoma, USA
Anthony Gomez III explores how out of the commercial failure of the 1980s Paisley Underground genre, a Los Angeles that suffered one of the highest crime rates in the country, the rise of Chicano/a art in the public eye, and record label disputes, singer Hope Sandoval and guitarist David Roback form the influential dream pop band Mazzy Star
Mazzy Star ’s So Tonight That I Might See was a slow, reluctant success Pushed by Capitol Records as an album for teenagers to make out during, as a record about girlhood, and as music for those uninterested in the era’s male aggression, the album’s reputation has been plagued by these forced connections ever since Not that the band’s Hope Sandoval or David Roback ever publicly cared to dispel these notions They preferred to disdain publicity and offer their art without introduction But there is far more to the Mazzy Star story than media-reluctant musicians and corporate-generated narratives
By tracing the hurried development of their second record, this book revisits how imposed mythologies have contributed to the marginalization of Hope Sandoval’s Mexican American background, and the band’s place in the larger tradition of Chicano music It combs through the histories of musicians involved in Sandoval and Roback’s prior projects to highlight how Mazzy Star formed partly in response to the rising violence and gentrification of their hometown Los Angeles
Stiff Little Fingers' Inflammable Material
Kevin Dunn, Hobart and William Smith Colleges, USA
Situating the band and its groundbreaking debut within the context of The Troubles, this book explores the band’s complicated and controversial relationship with the Belfast punk scene, a scene that actively defied violent social divisions to create important non-sectarian spaces through which an “Alternative Ulster” was imagined and put into practice
Stiff Little Fingers’ 1979 debut album, Inflammable Material, was the first independent album to ever reach the UK Top 20 and is regarded as one of the most influential punk releases of all time, containing the singles Suspect Device” and “Alternative Ulster ” Inflammable Material was both a product of, and response to, The Troubles, the era of political violence in Northern Ireland that claimed more than 3,500 lives over three decades
Though Inflammable Material was regarded as the clarion call for that scene, with anthemic songs now regarded as synonymous with the times, the band was often viewed with suspicion and outright hostility by many of their contemporaries
COLLECTIONS
33 1/3 Europe
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
128 Pages
HB 9798765111277 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798765111260 • £16 99 / $22 95
ePDF 9798765111291 • £15 29 / $20 65
ePub 9798765111284 • £15 29 / $20 65
Bloomsbury Academic
CCCP - Fedeli Alla Linea's 1964-1985 Affinità-Divergenze Fra Il Compagno Togliatti E Noi Del Conseguimento Della Maggiore Età
Giacomo Bottà, University of Turku, Finland
A squat in West Berlin, a farmhouse in Fellegara, a garret in Reggio Emilia, a cellar in Bologna - where is AffinitàDivergenze Fra Il Compagno Togliatti e Noi really from? This book traces the tangled geographies behind one of Italy’s most enigmatic records asking: how do places shape music, and how does music make space?
Giacomo Bottà explores the groundbreaking album by Italian band CCCP – Fedeli alla Linea, arguing that their aesthetic, musical and ideological approach embodies an ‘imaginary and affective territorialization’ caught between maximalism and minimalism
Through chapters that analyze the band’s origins, the album as an artifact and its deeper theoretical implications, the book explores CCCP’s ambiguous position, their unique sound and their lasting influence on Italian alternative music Ultimately, this study reveals the band’s out-of-time and out-of-place nature, capturing their controversial yet pioneering role in shaping creative identities across Europe
COLLECTIONS
33 1/3 Oceania
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
160 Pages
HB 9798765137000 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798765137017 • £16 99 / $22 95
ePDF 9798765137031 • £15 29 / $20 65
ePub 9798765137048 • £15 29 / $20 65
Bloomsbury Academic
Tame Impala’s Currents
Alister Newstead, Australian Broadcasting Corporation, Australia
Tame Impala’s psychedelic third album Currents (2015) is emblematic of a cultural shift in music production and consumption in the early days of streaming and a project that cemented its creator, Kevin Parker, as one of Australian music’s most unlikely success stories and influential exports
Currents marked a conscious shift in sound and attitude for its creator, West Australian polymath Kevin Parker, resisting his role as psych rock savior to embrace soul, disco, funk and his latent pop instincts The result was Tame Impala’s most popular and influential album, transforming them into festival-headlining, internet-famous Gen Z idols and turning the ear of popular acts, from Rihanna and Lady Gaga to Travis Scott and Dua Lipa Parker ’s increasingly substantial credits as a collaborative producer and songwriter, with the likes of these artists as well as The Weeknd, Mark Ronson, Justice, Gorillaz and many more, served to enshrine him as a modern architect of pop music Not bad for a shy, shaggy teen who used to lurk in basement Perth venues and play gigs with a towel on his head
This book dives deep into Currents, examining its context, creation, content and lasting impact on the history of Australian popular music The album’s theme of metamorphosis and genre-blurring sound embodied (and possibly encouraged) a wider shift in the 2010s of popular music trends, consumption and listening habits
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US November 2025
280 Pages • 16 x b/w photos; 1 x 8-page
4CP photospread
PB 9781493074785 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765161630 £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781493074792 • £19 79 / $26 95
Backbeat
Magnum Opus
The Unbelievable 15-Year Saga of Guns N' Roses' Chinese Democracy
James Greene Jr , Freelance writer, Austin, TX, USA
By 1993, Guns N’ Roses had hit practically every benchmark possible for a rock n’ roll band Their eight-year journey had included an explosive and game-changing debut record, a self-indulgent but even more successful double album release, a handful of raucous global tours, and various front-page controversies over their lyrics, band members’ drug addictions, and lead singer Axl Rose’s rattlesnake temper
The most captivating part of the Guns N’ Roses story was just beginning, however A fifteen-year saga was about to unfold over the creation of the group’s sixth studio album, Chinese Democracy a perverse and jaw-dropping tale that would come to involve not only a small nation of diverse musical talent but also several figures from the world of professional sports, a multinational soft drink company, and the FBI Cultural critics couldn’t agree if the resulting work was unprecedented genius or a criminally mediocre
Magnum Opus: The Unbelievable 15-Year Saga of Guns N’ Roses’ Chinese Democracy recounts in engaging depth and detail the long and often ludicrous road to the last mythic rock ’n’ roll album of the 20th Century Of course, Chinese Democracy was not released until well into the 21st Century, and Magnum Opus assembles a thrilling narrative of the mishaps, detours, and near-death experiences that accompanied the long journey to its release
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
328 Pages • 20 Color Photos
PB 9781493078028 • £23 99 / $32 95
ePDF 9798765161647 • £21 59 / $29 65
ePub 9781493078035 • £21 59 / $29 65
Backbeat
When Rock Met Hip-Hop
How Run-DMC, Aerosmith, Anthrax, The Beastie Boys, and More Crossed Cultural and Musical Boundaries
Steven Blush, Freelance writer, New York City
One of the most important events in modern music remains the late 80s cross-collision of rock and hip hop. Aerosmith/Run DMC, Beastie Boys Paul’s Boutique, Public Enemy and Anthrax, Rick Rubin and Russell Simmons, De La Soul and Third Bass, and the 318 hip hop records that sampled Billy Squier ’s “The Big Beat exemplify the era Rap records sampled rock bands, elevating sampling into an art form, while influencing all other forms of popular music One of the themes this book will explore is the way the fusion of rap and rock gave hope to a sense of interracial harmony In keeping with When Rock Met Disco and When Rock Met Reggae, this title relates the musical cross collision, and cultural fallout that changed music for the better, and remains an influence through today
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
208 Pages
HB 9798765124710 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765124758 £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798765124734 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9798765124727 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Punk and Disorderly
Acting Out Gender and Class in First-Wave British Punk
Karen Fournier, University of Michigan, USA
A discussion of the 1970s British punk scene, this book foregrounds the participation of women as performers and songwriters in early British punk, and examines how women in the scene crafted expressions of social alienation that were informed by the intersection of classism and sexism
Early British punk rock is often associated with male bands like the Sex Pistols, The Clash, The Damned, the Buzzcocks, or The Stranglers, whose songs capture and reflect a historical moment in Britain that was defined by unemployment, nationwide strikes, racial strife, and the growing sense of hopelessness within a seemingly deteriorating British Empire While lesser-known, the work of female punk bands like Penetration, The Raincoats, Siouxsie and the Banshees, The Slits, and X-Ray Spex also engaged with these themes, but added a gendered perspective on what it meant to be “an underdog” in Britain in the 1970s
Through a close reading of punk art, fashion, and music, this book examines how female contributors to the early British scene responded uniquely to the alienation expressed by their male peers, and demonstrates how social alienation was inflected by the intersection of classism and sexism in the work of those women who helped to shape the early British scene
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
424 Pages • 24 b/w photos
HB 9798881802714
• £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798765155950 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798881802721 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Punk
Spirit!
An Oral History of Punk Rock, Spirituality, and Liberation
John Malkin, author
A wide cast of musicians and artists provide surprising and thought-provoking insights into punk rock from the lens of spirituality and liberation
Punk Spirit! is an oral history that examines this movement from many unique perspectives, bringing together well-known and cutting-edge bands including Sex Pistols, Minor Threat, Dead Kennedys, The Ramones, Gang of Four, Pussy Riot, Crass, Talking Heads, Propagandhi, The Slits, Bad Religion, Shelter, Rebel Riot, Blackfire, and many others
Punk Spirit! ventures into the emotional and personal experiences of punk artists and activists from around the world and highlights intelligent, thoughtful, and humorous discussions on liberation, spirituality, and living freely They discuss a myriad of topics from creativity and anger to freedom from suffering and the ways that punk rock has opposed or embodied religious and moral tenets Chapters dive deeply into a variety of interconnected realms of punk rock such as the subgenre of straight edge, Krishnacore and Taqwacore, evangelical punk concerts in southern California churches, illegal punk concerts in East German churches, anti-religious sentiment within punk rock, the vital connections between punk and selfexpression, and the myriad ways punk rock has been combined with spiritual and religious traditions to illuminate ideas from science, atheism, Buddhism, Christianity, Judaism, Islam, and other ways of being in the world
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US November 2025
192 Pages • 20 b/w illustrations
HB 9781538195635 • £25 00 / $34 00
ePDF 9798881856540 • £22 50 / $30 60
ePub 9781538195642 • £22 50 / $30 60
Bloomsbury Academic
Magic Moments
The Perry Como Story
Matthew Long
This biography explores the inspiring story of one of the world’s greatest entertainers, from humble beginnings to superstar success
Matthew Long sheds light on the enduring popularity of the Italian American legend In a career spanning 65 years, Como perfected a style and approach to popular music that was timeless and cross-generational in its appeal Magic Moments provides fresh insights into the life of a man whose relaxed on-screen persona belied his strong work ethic and high standards, both personally and professionally After years of one-nighters on the road as a band singer, Perry was ready to give up singing at 30, but through the belief and insistence of his wife, Roselle, he would go on to become an international superstar From barber to balladeer, Perry Como’s story is one that epitomizes the “American Dream ”
Como’s prolific achievements on record and his pioneering contributions to the television medium are discussed in detail, supported by commentary from friends, colleagues, and critics Each chapter focuses on a specific period in the Como career and includes a recommended listening section Completing the study is an extensive, specially curated index of essential songs from records, radio, television and beyond
COLLECTIONS
For the Record: Studies in Rock and Popular Music
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
248 Pages
PB 9798216382829 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666973792 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216251132 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978767263 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
American Melodies
Popular Music, Ecology, and the Quest for Community
Robert McParland, Felician University, USA
Robert McParland explores American music as a bridge between art, audiences, and the environment
American Melodies is a study of America’s varied music genres that is grounded in interviews with folk, rock, and jazz musicians, music listeners, songwriters, and organizers of music programs in local communities The author explores artists’ ecological, social, and technological concerns and the ways that music as an art form can reflect upon and actively reshape lived realities Through interviews and conversations, he examines how the spirit of jazz, folk music and Americana, country, and rock music brings to life relationships between people, connection with their communities, and expression of social and ecological concern
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
248 Pages
PB 9798765138656 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781501354472 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781501354496 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781501354489 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Electro Rap
Science Fiction, Fantasy and Reality in the Circuitry of Hip Hop
Adam de Paor-Evans, University of Plymouth, UK
The culture of hip hop shifted dramatically soon after the first wave of studio-recorded vinyl releases at the turn of the 1980s Drawing upon science fiction, ideas of fantasy, futurism, and sociocultural dynamics, this book presents a study of the impact and influence of electro rap on the formative years of recorded hip hop and beyond
de Paor-Evans reveals a parallel and occasionally dialectical evolution of hip hop music spawned from transatlantic, transdisciplinary, and transcultural engagements and unearths linkages between innovations in music technology, fantasy, folklore, arcade and video gaming, non-white diasporas, and transglobal politics of the time
Historically located between 1982 and 1987, the book takes exemplary well-known and equally obscure records as points of departure for analysis It makes visible the greater significance of formative and future electro rap in hip hop culture, other musics and broader society
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
352 Pages
PB 9798216382386 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666902174 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216269410 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978767058 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
African American Covers of Country Music Before Ray Charles
Timothy Dodge, Auburn University, USA
Timothy Dodge explores African American interest in and participation in country music from the earliest days of the recording industry’s racial segregation of vernacular music into African American “race” and white “hillbilly” music
Ray Charles’s then-controversial decision to record an entire album of country music covers in 1962 turned out to be a major success that, in effect, made it “legitimate” for African Americans to record country music However, the author ’s intensive research reveals that African Americans had been recording such music as far back as the early 1920s
Previous scholarship has focused on the important influence of African American popular music, especially the blues, on country music This study investigates the prevalence of country music first recorded by white artists subsequently recorded by African Americans artists from several musical genres including blues, R &B, gospel, jazz, and pop
The author analyzes and discusses his findings to confirm that African American interest in and participation in country has been part of the music’s history from the beginning despite the segregation of such vernacular music by the early recording industry into the basic racial categories of “race” and “hillbilly,” the influence of which to some extent continues to inform contemporary 21stcentury understandings of country music
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
192 Pages
PB 9798765124802 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765124765 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765124789 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765124772 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Remembering Mgqumeni Polyphonic Narratives of His Life, and Music
Kathryn Olsen, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa, and Stellenbosch University, South Africa
A detailed documentation and analysis of music and lyrics of iconic maskanda musician, Mgqumeni, this book offers carefully researched insights in to the contemporary Zulu belief system and associated challenges
Mgqumeni continues to have influence in the maskanda domain as musicians imitate his style in the quest for success in the marketplace His name is referenced and appropriated by others in the field as a way of enticing audience support, and interest from the recording industry Commercial maskanda is made and distributed through a cut-throat monopoly
The book draws out a deeper understanding of the life experiences and aspirations of ordinary Zulu people through the creative presentation of multifaceted perspectives and agendas attached to the telling of Mgqumeni’s story It includes analysis and translation of the sound structures and the lyrics of Mgqumeni’s music, which are used as a source of insight into his life experiences The book takes a postcolonial stance in that it resists exoticizing or demonizing Zuluness but takes refuge in a transparent recognition of the author ’s role as both a stranger, and a compatriot
Bob Dylan
UK May 2025 •
256 Pages
HB 9781399416306 • £20 00 / $28 00
ePDF 9781399416276 £14 00 / $19 60
ePub 9781399416283 • £14 00 / $19 60
Bloomsbury Continuum
Jewish Roots, American Soil Harry Freedman
From the day that Bobby Zimmerman first turned on the radio in his parents’ home in Hibbing, he’d had a pretty good idea that big things were happening
When Bob Dylan arrived in New York one winter morning in 1961 he was a complete unknown His music and spirit would go on to capture the hearts and minds of a generation, but what no one knew then was that, like so many before him, Dylan was concealing his Jewish origins
Covering the same turbulent years as the hit film starring Timothée Chalamet, this entertaining biography offers new insights into Bob Dylan's early career For Harry Freedman, Dylan’s roots are the key to grasping how this young musician burst onto the scene and reinvented not only himself, but popular music The instinct for escape and reinvention has defined Dylan’s long career
Freedman traces the heady atmosphere of the 1960s and the folk-rock revolution spearheaded by Dylan Right up until the moment in 1966 when Dylan stepped out onto the stage and went electric – exploring how his musical decisions, genius for reinvention and his Jewishness go inescapably hand in hand
COLLECTIONS
Double Stopping
UK January 2026 US January 2026
296 Pages
PB 9798765135037 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765135044 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765135068 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765135075 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
How Migration Shaped the Careers of Australia’s Celebrity Violinists
Edited by Suzanne Robinson, University of Melbourne, Australia & Curt Thompson, Melbourne Conservatorium of Music, Australia
Double Stopping traces the migration of celebrity violinists to and from Australia to investigate routes of contact between metropoles and peripheries, and the impact of world wars and political instability on patterns of musical migration
Mobility and migration were integral to the careers of twentieth-century concert artists Double Stopping explores how the increasing speed of travel and communication, the development of new media and the rise of celebrity culture enabled outstanding musicians to construct a global career
Documenting movement through and between Belgium, Britain, Germany, Hungary, Poland, Russia and emerging hubs in Australia, New Zealand and the United States, this book explores aspects of musical migrant culture including the influence of teachers who were themselves migrants, the role of arts organizations in promoting (or hampering) the careers of immigrant musicians, the impact of the explicitly racist ‘White Australia’ policy on immigrant artists whose mission was to propagate whiteness and cultural elitism, the obstacles faced by women as aspiring soloists as well as immigrants, and the ways that migration re-oriented or re-shaped career trajectories It argues that an approach to the history of music performance through the lens of migration can bring into view lives that have been obscured because they crossed borders and transgressed boundaries
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
320 Pages
HB 9798765111048 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798765111086 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765111062 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9798765111055 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Music with Stanley Cavell in Mind
Edited by David LaRocca, Cornell University, USA
Why does Stanley Cavell’s philosophical thought matter for music? And how did Cavell’s musical practice and appreciation of music give shape to his indelible philosophical claims about cinema, human speech, opera, the expression of skepticism, and ordinary language philosophy?
Music with Stanley Cavell in Mind provides a first-of-its-kind intervention by leading philosophers and scholars of music into an intellectual landscape in need of such charting As a performer who then trained as a philosopher, the arc of Cavell’s wide-ranging investigation of music maps consistently with a proximate concern for the features of human experience that involve music and sound, including the sound of prose, authorial voice (its possession, its divestment, its arrogation), the presence/problem/potentiality of silence in communication, and related features of sonic phenomena central to life lived at the scale of the everyday Despite widespread scholarly fascination with the intersection of “Cavell” and “music”--that music is famously a core theme for him--no book like this has yet appeared Moreover, our efforts here are addressed to the serious student (at all levels) and the general reader alike arriving from many precincts of thought and practice: musical performance, literary theory, cultural studies, musicology, and philosophy
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages
HB 9798765113264 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765113301 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765113288 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765113271 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Music of Mzilikazi Khumalo
Language, Culture, and Song in South Africa
Edited by Thomas Pooley, University of South Africa, South Africa, Naomi André, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA, Innocentia Mhlambi, University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa & Donato Somma, University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa
Mzilikazi Khumalo (1932-2021), an iconic figure in choral music in South Africa, rose to prominence as one of Africa’s leading composers of art music. This is a work of music history.
Biographical essays on Khumalo’s major works, including those for choir, orchestra, and opera are complemented by contextual studies of his compositions and arrangements as well as reflections on his roles as editor, conductor, and music director Specifically in the context of South Africa's cultural and political transition from Apartheid to democracy, Khumalo's key role in establishing the Nation Building Massed Choir Festival, a multi-racial institution that forged an inclusive space for music, in the 1980s is discussed as evidence of his importance and relevance in South African culture
Khumalo's major works are studied in relation to contemporary art music, choral composition, and traditional song These are UShaka KaSenzangakhona (1996), an African epic, and Princess Magogo KaDinuzulu (2002), one of the first indigenous African operas Khumalo's artistic collaborators provide insight into their experiences working on these major projects, documenting the relationships the composer cultivated with his peers This volume addresses a lacuna in the literature on South African art music which until recently tended to focus on works in the classical tradition and shows that Khumalo is a composer without peer in his synthesis of classical and choral, traditional and contemporary
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
256 Pages • 6 b/w illustrations
HB 9798765143179 • £24 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765143193 • £22 49 / $26 95
ePub 9798765143186 • £22 49 / $26 95
Backbeat
Unfinished
The Role of the Artist in the Age of Artificial Intelligence
Lucas Cantor Santiago
For most of his career, the Emmy Award–winning composer and producer Lucas Cantor Santiago was a self-described luddite Technology, he felt, was moving too fast, transforming the world and the arts with no regard for the cost in tradition, hard-won human wisdom, and tried-and-true methods of mastery
That changed, however, when Cantor Santiago was commissioned by Huawei, one of the largest technology companies on the planet, to collaborate with artificial intelligence and finish Franz Schubert’s Unfinished Symphony a successful experiment that attracted attention throughout the world Creating music in collaboration with a machine led him to question his long-standing assumptions about what music is, what technology does, and how the two have evolved together over the course of human history, from the first bone flute to today’s landscape of constant innovation and change
Drawing on Cantor Santiago’s extensive experience in the arts and tech worlds and his ongoing experiments with AIpowered musicmaking, Unfinished is an engaging and refreshingly optimistic meditation on the role of technology in music and the arts What is the current state of the art? How did we get here? Where do we go now? This book provides an informed perspective on what is lost but what we also gain when we bring our machines ever further into the creation of art in its many different forms
COLLECTIONS
The Study of Sound
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
224 Pages • 20 bw illus
HB 9781501350917 • £72 00 / $90 00
PB 9781501350900 • £22 99 / $27 95
ePDF 9781501350931 • £20 69 / $25 15
ePub 9781501350924 • £20 69 / $25 15
Bloomsbury Academic
Wild Sound
Michael Pigott, University of Warwick, UK
Bringing concepts from early film theory into dialogue with the vibrant field of contemporary sound studies, Wild Sound turns an analytic eye and ear to the role of the soundscape in cinema, particularly the way that film soundtracks capture, create, represent, and even critique our sonic environment
Listening beyond music and dialogue, this book draws attention to the oft-ignored background soundscape film's "wild sound" which plays a quiet but substantial role in determining how film audiences feel about certain places, people, and processes It explores the relationship between location sound and wider practices of phonographic field recording in the creation of a cinematic sonic environment
The latter half of the book shifts attention from the controlled soundscapes of cinema to the relatively chaotic sonic environments of the world around us Michael Pigott ultimately demonstrates how a theory of cinematic soundscapes helps us develop practical strategies for investigating the sonic environment in our personal and natural sound worlds, beyond the cinema auditorium
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
192 Pages • 19 bw line art, 4 bw photos, 3 bw illustration 7 tables
HB 9798881805289 • £70 00 / $120 00
PB 9798881805296 • £27 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798881867898 • £25 19 / $31 45
ePub 9798881805302 • £25 19 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Generations Z and Alpha Students at the Piano A Guide for Piano Teachers
Diana Dumlavwalla & Melody Morrison
This resource bridges generational gaps and fosters creativity in piano pedagogy by providing research-backed insights, innovative strategies, and real-life stories
Diana Dumlavwalla and Melody Morrison provide a comprehensive guide for piano educators aiming to effectively engage and teach students from Generation Z and Generation Alpha This book looks at the unique circumstances that have shaped the upbringing of younger generations--including their extensive use of digital technology, social media, and the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic--and how these traits influence their learning and educational experiences
Dumlavwalla and Morrison highlight the importance of adapting teaching methods to meet the needs of Gen Z and Alpha students, emphasizing the use of technology, fostering creativity, and understanding musical tastes They offer practical strategies that teachers can readily implement in their pedagogical practices While avoiding generalizations, it addresses common challenges faced by these students, such as the length of attention spans and hand dexterity and strength A variety of solutions are offered to overcome these and other barriers They also highlight the strengths of Gen Z and Alpha students, such as their digital familiarity and openness to diverse musical genres and suggest impactful ways to leverage these strengths in piano lessons
By focusing on generational differences and the evolving educational landscape, this book bridges the gap between traditional teaching methods and the contemporary needs of today’s students, offering tools to enhance student-teacher connections and ensure that piano education remains relevant and engaging for the next generation
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
320 Pages
PB 9798765114025 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765113981 • £90 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798765114001 • £81 00 / $117 00
ePub 9798765113998 • £81 00 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Sound and Detention
Towards Critical Listening, Sonic Citizenship and Social Justice
Edited by Lucy Cathcart Frödén, University of Oslo, Norway, Kate Herrity, University of Cambridge, UK & Áine Mangaoang, University of Oslo, Norway
In this book, over 40 contributors collectively tune in to how sound and its absence can function as a source of power that enables isolation, control and harm, as well as connection, healing and resistance
Sound and Detention explores soundscapes in places, processes and systems of confinement in order to better understand experiences of imprisonment and to imagine alternatives to the carceral state Bringing together over 40 contributors from five continents, the book tunes in to some of the manifold effects associated with the presence and absence of sound and music in prisons and places of detention: from isolation, harm and control, to connection, healing and resistance
Scholarly texts feature alongside poetry, dialogue, memoir and experimental creative writing, as well as a diverse collection of audio productions on the book’s accompanying website This plurality of form mediates the voices of artists, activists, thinkers and practitioners – some themselves currently or formerly incarcerated Through deep engagement with the sonic realm and with questions of power, the contributors explore what it might mean to listen nearby – making space to hold distinct perspectives and positionalities in respectful simultaneity – while also amplifying resonances between sound, listening and broader questions of epistemic and social justice
Geosonics
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
208 Pages
HB 9798765104576 • £80 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765104569 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765104590 • £72 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765104583 • £72 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Listening Through Earth's Soundscapes
Joshua Dittrich, University of Toronto, Mississauga, Canada
How do we listen to the earth? That is the central question posed in Geosonics: Listening Through Earth's Soundscapes.
Working across sound studies, media theory, and environmental media studies, Joshua Dittrich explores the material and metaphorical geology of the sonic environment In an epoch of climate crisis, environment is no longer a neutral background, site, or simple “surrounding”: environment is immanently implicated in the chains of mediation that make up the material and imaginative infrastructure of our lives The analytical task of Geosonics is to tune into that infrastructure through sound Drawing on influential work in sound studies around the concept of transduction, this book explores how listening does not take place in a pre-existing soundscape, but rather makes place by etching out a mediated, mutually constitutive set of relations between listeners, media, and environments
COLLECTIONS
Visual
Music
New Approaches to Sound, Music, and Media
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages
PB 9798765128749 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765128701 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798765128725 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9798765128718 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
A History and Theory of the Abstract Moving Image
Henry Balme, Independent Scholar, USA
This book traces the evolving relationship between the abstract moving image and music, from the eighteenth century to the present, across media including film, concert projections, and kaleidoscopes
Although the term visual music has become widespread among artists, curators, and scholars over the past three decades, its meaning remains unsettled Is it a translation of musical form into visual representation, or a musical response to images? This book offers a critical redefinition of the term, grounding visual music in the category of the abstract moving image
Close readings of seminal films by Mary Ellen Bute, Jordan Belson, Oskar Fischinger, Walter Ruttmann, and James Whitney are complemented by analyses of contemporary work by Joanna Priestley, Takashi Ohashi, and Clayton McCracken These films are examined through multiple critical lenses, including middlebrow modernism, mysticism, transmediality, and the relation of abstract art to music
By bringing theoretical precision and historical depth to the subject, the book offers fresh perspectives on visual music and provides a valuable foundation for students and scholars in musicology, film studies, and art history, as well as those working in the growing field of audiovisual studies It is essential reading for anyone interested in the fertile terrain where music and the visual arts converge
COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
New Approaches to Sound, Music, and Media
UK February 2026 US February 2026
216 Pages
PB 9798765124178 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765124130 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765124154 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765124147 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Tyler the Creator ’s Remaking of Hip Hop Transmedia Journeys Beyond Gangsta
Gustavo Souza Marques, University of Michigan, USA
An in-depth exploration of Tyler, The Creator ’s evolution as an artist and cultural force, positioning his audiovisual productions as a watershed in American hip hop
Through close analysis of his music videos, lyrics, and performances as rapper, producer and director it examines how Tyler redefines race, gender and identity in contemporary Black expression Engaging postcolonial theory and critical race studies, the book draws on the work of Frantz Fanon to unpack music videos like “Yonkers,” “Buffalo,” “Find Your Wings” and “Sorry, Not Sorry” alongside original ethnographic research in Los Angeles Featuring a conversation with Luis “Panch” Perez, director of photography for many of Tyler ’s videos, Tyler, The Creator ’s Hip Hop Revolution illuminates one of the most visionary and subversive figures in the current music landscape
UK January 2025 US January 2025
172 Pages • 68 BW illustrations 1 table
HB 9781666948684 • £81 00 / $105 00
ePub 9781666948691 £72 90 / $94 50
Lexington Books
Luigi Dallapiccola, America, and the Unlocking of Visionary Creativity
Mario Ruffini & Franco Sciannameo
The year 2025 marks the fiftieth anniversary of Luigi Dallapiccola’s death, a time to reflect on significant episodes that enriched his life, works, and the generations of composers he influenced Luigi Dallapiccola, America, and the Unlocking of Visionary Creativity intends to add a few tassels to two fundamental works by Mario Ruffini: Luigi Dallapiccola e le Arti figurative (Marsilio, 2016) and L'opera di Luigi Dallapiccola: Catalogo ragionato (SZ Sugar, 2025) The latter book, dedicated to the memory of Laura Dallapiccola and translated into English by Elisabetta Zoni (Olschki, 2025), has inaugurated a new era in the field of Dallapiccola Studies In this book, Dallapiccola’s life, the authors argue, was marked by a series of creative epiphanies, from his encounter with Laura, his adoption of twelve-tone music serialism, the birth of their daughter Annalibera which coincided with the fall of fascism and his career in the United States that included the world premiere of Quaderno musicale di Annalibera (Pittsburgh, 1952) The world premiere of Ulisse, which took place at the Deutsche Oper Berlin on September 29, 1968, under the baton of Lorin Maazel, was an ultimate milestone marking Dallapiccola’s extraordinary career and life
Letters for the Ages
• US November 2025
UK November 2025
288 Pages
• 20 black and white images
PB 9781399419451
• £12 99 / $ 00
HB 9781399419468
• £20 00 / $26 00
ePDF 9781399419499
• £14 00 / $18 20
ePub 9781399419482
• £14 00 / $18 20
Bloomsbury Continuum
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
288 Pages
HB 9781501384561
• £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9781501384554 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781501384585 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781501384578 £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Letters for the Ages The Great Musicians
Edited by James Drake & Edward Smyth
For tens of thousands of years, across various civilisations, our species has been creating music But what is behind the human fascination with music? This new volume in the Letters for the Ages series explores that question through the personal correspondence of history’s most brilliant musical talent, ranging from Hildegaard of Bingen to Freddie Mercury
Spanning from the 12th to the 21st centuries, the letters assembled in this collection combine to delve into musicians’ personal relationship with music and the creative process behind their greatest works of art Witness your musical idols, warm-hearted and compassionate, arrogant and angry, insecure and egocentric, defeated and morose
The letters serve to inspire both through the high-flown language and philosophical rhetoric employed by ‘the greats’, but also by the realisation that even the most extraordinary music has been created by normal people with normal worries and preoccupations
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Metamodernism: Theory and Criticism across the Disciplines
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages
PB 9798216365556 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798216365549 • £80 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216351955 • £72 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798216351948 • £72 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Musical Lives of Charles Manson
The Beatles, the Beach Boys, and the Invention of the Sixties or, No Sense Makes Sense
Nicholas Tochka, University of Melbourne, Australia
Nicholas Tochka analyzes the role of rock music in the life of Charles Manson, the Family, and the August 1969 Tate-LaBianca killings, which also gives larger insight into Sixties counterculture
Failed singer-songwriter Devious cult leader A rock Pied Piper The product of a sick society Just another dime-a-dozen singing hippy mystic Did the guitar-playing guru personify the violence that the rock counterculture inflicted on America? Or did his music diagnose the dehumanizing effects of that society’s broken institutions?
For over five decades, commentators have debated the meaning of Charles Manson and the Tate-LaBianca killings Rock music links their narratives: from the aciddrenched singalongs at the Spahn Movie Ranch, to a bizarre theology centered on Beatles songs, to his commune’s alleged links with Hollywood’s elite, to an album, LIE: The Love and Terror Cult (1970) In this first comprehensive examination of the Manson Family’s music, Nicholas Tochka writes with, against, and alongside the many authors true-crime hacks, gonzo journalists, conspiracy theorists, and rock critics alike who have told and retold the story of “the Manson murders ” Playing the truth games that these postwar Americans helped invent, The Musical Lives of Charles Manson presents a new take on the story of the commune and on rock’s role in fracturing the possibility of writing trustworthy histories after the Sixties
My Impossible Soul
The Metamodern Music of Sufjan Stevens
Tom Drayton, University of East London, UK, Joshua Kalin Busman, UNC Pembroke, USA, Maren Haynes Marchesini & Greg Dember, Independent scholar, USA
This book is the first edited collection dedicated to the work of “canonically” metamodern multi-instrumentalist singer-songwriter Sufjan Stevens
Contributors critically examine Stevens' output and impact across the relevant fields of musicology, literature, queer theory, performance studies, religious studies, and cultural studies The volume provides the first international and interdisciplinary analysis of the music, lyrics, performance process and cultural impact of Sufjan Stevens, through the framework of metamodernism
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
384 Pages • 1 Table
HB 9781538187012
£25 00 / $33 00
PB 9798216379645 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9798216332299
£22 50 / $29 70
ePub 9781538187029 • £22 50 / $29 70
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Livin' Just to Find Emotion Journey and the Story of American Rock
David Hamilton Golland
“Golland leaves no stone unturned in this fine-grained chronicle of the rock group Journey Golland’s passion and precision make this a pleasure ” – Publishers Weekly, Starred Review
“A welcome study of one of rock’s most enduring musical fusions ” – Salon
Since exploding on the scene in the late 1970s, Journey has inspired generations of fans with hit after hit But hidden under this rock ‘n’ roll glory is a complex story of ambition, larger-than-life personalities, and clashes David Hamilton Golland unearths the band’s true and complete biography, based on over a decade of interviews and thousands of sources
Golland dispels rehashed myths and also shows how race in popular music contributed to their breakout success As the economy collapsed and as people abandoned the spirit of Woodstock in the late 70s, Journey used the rhythm of soul and Motown to inspire hope in primarily white teenagers’ lives Decades later, the band and their signature song remain classics
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
344 Pages
• 29 b/w photos
HB 9781538160350 • £25 00 / $32 00
PB 9798216379652 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9798216205289 • £22 50 / $28 80
ePub 9781538160367 £22 50 / $28 80 Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Darker with the Dawn Nick Cave's Songs of Love and Death
Adam Steiner
From his early work with The Birthday Party to the future sounds of Ghosteen, Nick Cave has rewritten the language of rock ‘n’ roll
Darker with the Dawn uncovers the history and deeper meanings behind Nick Cave and The Bad Seeds’ most well-known songs from “Tupelo”, “The Mercy Seat”, “Red Right Hand”, “Stagger Lee”, “Into My Arms”, to “Higgs Boson Blues” and beyond
The book explores Nick Cave’s life in music drawing upon his inspirations of the Bible, Greek myth, and literature, as well as his enduring passion for gospel, blues, and progressive rock Steiner reflects upon Cave's journey from his childhood in Australia, struggles with drug addiction, his young fascination with the nightmare landscapes of America's wild west and the southern gothic towards a reckoning with his own sense of Christian spirituality In a career spanning four decades Cave's songwriting has moved from the saints and sinners of the traditional murder ballad to piano-based heartbreak songs, deconstructed garage rock and ambient fever dreams delivered through minimalist electronica Adam Steiner dives into the world of a complex songwriter who, in his universal expressions of love and death, continues to speak to us of the light and shade of humanity
COLLECTIONS
UK September 2025 • US September 2025
368 Pages
HB 9781538181164 • $32 00
PB 9798881807528 $22 00
ePDF 9798765160510 • £15 96 / $19 80
ePub 9781538181171 • £15 96 / $19 80
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Running Up That Hill
50 Visions of Kate Bush
Tom Doyle, journalist and author
"Praiseworthy " The Guardian
The most comprehensive book on Kate Bush to date, featuring exclusive interview content with Kate herself, close friends, and collaborators
Kate Bush: the subject of murmured legend and one of the most distinctive musicians of the modern era Running Up That Hill: 50 Visions of Kate Bush is a multi-faceted biography of this famously elusive figure, viewing her life and work from fresh and illuminating angles Featuring details from the author ’s one-on-one conversations with Kate as well as vignettes of her key songs, albums, videos, and concerts this artful, candid, and often brutally funny portrait introduces a refreshingly real Kate Bush Tom Doyle also intertwines vivid reconstructions of transformative moments in her career and insights from the friends and collaborators closest to her, including her photographer brother John Carder Bush and fellow artists David Gilmour, John Lydon, and Youth
With Netflix’s Stranger Things inspiring a new generation of fans, Kate Bush has made an incredible resurgence in popularity and has broken new records Running Up That Hill is a vibrant and comprehensive re-examination of the artist and her many creative landmarks
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
224 Pages
HB 9798216278672 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798216278665 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798216278696 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9798216278689 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Being Beheld
On the Liturgical Consummation of Clinical Ethics Consultation
Jordan Mason
Being Beheld examines the techniques we use to approach ethical decisions in healthcare, arguing that ethical decision making in healthcare ought to be a work of conscience searching for a patient’s good, rather than merely the deployment of correct techniques or methods Offering a fresh analysis of both practical ethics and its methodology, with sustained attention on today’s most popular clinical ethics methods, the book alternates from on-the-ground problems to theory and back again The central claim is that a good ethics technique should mirror the eucharistic liturgy, which facilitates encounter, reciprocity, and humility The book is a work in practical ethics, offering students a complete reorientation of ethics from either powerless or power-grab to participation in the good of the other In short, the search for a patient’s good should be an inherent aspect of every clinical encounter
Offering case studies and lucid discussions of the current state of health care, Being Beheld is instructive to anyone who teaches, studies, or works in the areas of clinical ethics and health care
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US November 2025
240 Pages • 110 images
PB 9798765167564 • £15 99 / $21 95
HB 9781538191569 • £65 00 / $90 00
ePDF 9798881855505 • £58 50 / $81 00
ePub 9781538191576 • £58 50 / $81 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Understanding Cancer Immunotherapy
A Guide for Students, Patients, and Caregivers
Nancy Liu-Sullivan
Cancer remains a complex disease characterized by a series of irreversible mutations of crucial genes A host of factors collectively drive mutations and contribute to cancer initiation and development Great strides have been made in both the scope and extent of cancer immunotherapy Hailed as a robust cancer treatment modality that revitalizes patient’s inner immune power to harness cancer, cancer immunotherapy is actively transforming cancer care and saving many lives from incurable and treatment-resistant cancers
Understanding Cancer Immunotherapy: A Guide for Students, Patients, and Caregivers helps readers understand the ins and out of cancer immunotherapy This book contains a chronology, an introduction, an extensive bibliography, and a dictionary section Understanding Cancer Immunotherapy covers cancer-devouring viral therapy, tumor-infiltrating immune therapy, cytokine therapy, modified dendritic cell therapy, engineered T cell therapy, cancer preventive vaccines, and cancer therapeutic vaccines, companion topics on cancer basics, immunology fundamentals, and cancer risk reduction
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Introductions to World Philosophies
UK January 2026
• US April 2026
• 30 bw illus
368 Pages
HB 9781350246614
• £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350246577
• £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350246584 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350246591 • £17 99 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Introductions to World Philosophies
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350464278 • £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9781350464230 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781350464247 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781350464254 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Introductions to World Philosophies
UK February 2026
• US January 2026
Phenomenology of Tea
A
Dialogue on Japanese Aesthetics
Adam Loughnane, University College Cork, Ireland
An ideal introduction for students new to Japanese philosophy and aesthetics, Phenomenology of Tea invites readers into a dialogue throughout the fascinating aesthetic worlds of the Japanese tea ceremony, delving into its rich history, its philosophical influences and religious backgrounds all synthesized into a ritual, which brings Japanese culture to one of its highest expressions
Tea guests begin their tour by discussing the deep intercultural challenges with foreign intellectual and artistic traditions, considering phenomenology and Kyoto School philosophy as means for bridging Eastern and Western worlds Throughout the journey, the astonishing elements of the ceremony provoke discussion on the aesthetics of landscape gardening, of stone, vegetation, and water, and their philosophical significance in Buddhism, Daoism and Shintoism Once inside the hut, the profound beauty of tea is revealed through traditional aesthetic practices of calligraphy, poetry, architecture, flower arranging, and pottery As the plenitude of philosophic and aesthetic experience culminates in the first sip of matcha, readers are transported by way of Buddhist ideas into the world of Japanese cinema, where all ideas about the ceremony dissolve into emptiness
Doing African Philosophy Beyond Textuality and Individual Authorship
Elvis Imafidon, SOAS University, UK
What defines a philosophical tradition? The primacy of the written text and individual authorship are two major defining and interwoven credentials that have been used to deny African philosophical thought prior to the postcolonial phase In this significant contribution to the search for identity and authenticity of African philosophy, Elvis Imafidon questions the relevance of authorship and textuality in the production, storage and transmission of knowledge Drawing from the rich and robust philosophical heritages of sub-Saharan African traditions, he showcases the many non-textual and textual ways philosophy is collaboratively and intersubjectively done and critiqued
His focus is on two major repositories of philosophical knowledges: orality and symbolism Storytelling, adages, names and naming, folklores, proverbs and forms of symbolically encoded knowledges found in artefacts, symbols, textile patterns, motifs and corporeal and performative arts contest dominant narratives They ask us to rethink the logic of binaries between literacy and illiteracy, text and non-text, and speech and writing Paying close attention to the Binis and Esans in Southern Nigeria, the Akans and Gas in Ghana, the Shonas in Zimbabwe, and the Zulu people in South Africa, Imafidon affirms the place of orality, symbolic art and different indigenous methods for philosophising
232 Pages
HB 9781350527539 • £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9781350527522 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781350527553 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781350527546 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Environmental Equity in China and Beyond Past, Present, and Future
Michael Nylan, University of California at Berkeley, USA & Thomas Hahn
Michael Nylan and Thomas Hahn open up new vistas for thinking ecologically in this introduction to ancient and modern thought in China
Together they explore the environment in the Chinese philosophical tradition and contemporary China through the lens of intergenerational justice Nylan’s analysis of lesser known texts from ancient China changes our thinking of Chinese political philosophy and legal antiquity codes Hahn’s comprehensive overview of recent data from China offers a response to the present crisis Their original approach underscores why environmentalism is always more than a Western issue
By applying ancient ideas to an urgent topic with a unique emphasis on East Asia, this one-of-a-kind guide to environmental thought challenges standard narratives It is essential reading for anyone looking to understand how classical Chinese concepts can provide the necessary tools to improve how we think about the world we live in
COLLECTIONS
African Philosophy: Critical Perspectives and Global Dialogue
UK January 2026
• US December 2025
144 Pages
PB 9798216375463 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666959567 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216251644 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978766686 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in World Philosophies
UK February 2026
200 Pages
PB 9781350540972
HB 9781350540934
• US February 2026
• £28 99 / $39 95
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350540941 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350540958 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
184 Pages
PB 9781350443549 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350085114 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350085121 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350085138 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
On Mabogo P. More’s Extended Thought Tendayi Sithole
Mabogo P More’s understanding of philosophical anthropology as the project that is concerned about the human question profoundly impacted how he accounted for the very idea of a black point of view This book investigates how More’s extended thought generatively engages in themes like the name, principle, antiblackness, blackness, and Azania With a Black and decolonial intertextuality, it explores ways in which More viewed philosophy not as an abstraction, but as a concrete and material project, one he sought to turn toward calls for justice, for challenging the antiblackness that pervaded post-1994 South Africa, and for a liberated Azania Demonstrating just how much the South African experience can contribute to the often North-American-centered field of Black studies, the book shows how a politics centered on Black social interests must navigate between the temptations of Marxism and liberalism in order to find its own way towards liberation At the long arc of the human question, which is at the core of philosophical anthropology, More’s extended thought makes a case for being-black-in-the-world as opposed to being-black-in-an-antiblack-world
Nishidian Philosophy and The Body
Unraveling the Difficulty of Living
Itabashi Yu jin, Rissho University, Japan
Translated by Takeshi Morisato, KU Leuven, Belgium & Cody Staton, Kennesaw State University, USA
An English translation of Itabashi Yu jin's reading of Nishida Kitaro's philosophy of the body that connects to problems in everyday life
Using the major Japanese philosopher Nishida Kitaro as a guide, Itabashi Yu jin thinks through what it means to be and have a tensed-up body under conditions of societal control, be it during the pandemic or due to certain aesthetic regimes that declare what an optimal body should be
Yu jin unravells the bodily tensing response to such conditions This systematic exploration into how aspects of Nishidian philosophy, including the relationship between the self and the other, is set in relation to being embodied in a certain time and place
By reflecting on the difficulty of living well, Yu jin offers a fresh interpretation of Nishida and a timely investigation of the role of the body in modern Japanese society This exploration of the relationship between the self and the world reveals the lasting impact of Nishida’s philosophy
Standards and Reference in Early Chinese Philosophy of Language Mohist Concepts, Practices, and Texts Season Blake, Occidental College, USA
Standards and Reference in Early Chinese Philosophy of Language characterizes early Chinese philosophy of language through a focus on standards (‘fa’) It argues that standards are understood by early Chinese philosophies to provide the groundwork for language, not only in the Mohist and so-called “Legalist” schools of Zhuangzi and Xunzi, but more widely in syncretic, Confucian, and Daoist texts from the Warring States and early Han This book demonstrates that standards act as the Chinese counterpart of reference, classifying judgments, linguistic competence, class membership, and concepts found in contemporary analytic texts In particular, Standards and Reference in Early Chinese Philosophy of Language provides a way to account for the reference of our words, and can account for error in a way that characterizes it in a very different way to the analytic tradition
Providing new insights into ancient Chinese thought, this book will be of interest to those working in comparative philosophy, Chinese philosophy and East Asian studies
COLLECTIONS
Continental Philosophy and the History of Thought
UK January 2026 • US November 2025
280 Pages • 1 bw illus
PB 9781666980653 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666980639 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216260240 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978764750 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Rethinking Political Crisis and Collapse
Hannah Arendt and Simone Weil
Edited by Antonio Calcagno, King's University College, Western University, Canada & Mark Yenson
Responses, both critical and constructive, to changing realities in modern politics and society
In gathering these essays, Antonio Calcagno and Mark Yenson have chosen the conceptual lens of crisis and collapse, not in the spirit of lamenting or decrying the death of a once-enjoyed, but now lost, state of affairs Rather, they seek to understand what the concepts of crisis and collapse mean, how they are deployed in various situations, and how they are used to explain shifts in politics and society The contributing scholars featured in this volume demonstrate how two important political thinkers imagined new worlds and social orders that could arise from significant change brought on by forms of crisis and collapse Through their work, Hannah Arendt and Simone Weil offer new generative visions of what it is to be human in a time when our very understanding of humanity is changing
COLLECTIONS
The Works of Emanuele Severino
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
200 Pages
HB 9781350468368 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350468351 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350468382 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350468375 • £17 99 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
The Fundamental Tendency of Our Time On the Technological Destiny of the West Emanuele Severino Translated by Antimo Lucarelli, School of Advanced Study, University of London, UK
The Fundamental Tendency of Our Times (Tendenza) is the Italian philosopher Emanuele Severino’s crucial reflection on modern technology and science, in which he articulates his major contribution to the analysis of Western modernity: the claim that, beginning with Greek civilization, a nihilistic spirit of domination informs our conceptual and social systems.
In this book Severino applies his framework to the geopolitical situation before the fall of the Berlin Wall; yet his insights have continuing relevance in light of the current threat of ecological collapse accelerated by an orientation to the world as an object of exploitation
Significant for its parallels with, and differences from, Heidegger's discussion of technology, this book's explicit discussion of politics gives essential clarification to Severino's notoriously complex philosophical discourse With a foreword contextualizing the historical moment of its publication, this first English translation will be invaluable for those interested in understanding the thought of one of the most remarkable Italian theorists of the 20th century
Published with the kind support of SEPS (Segretariato Europeo per le Pubblicazioni Scientifiche)
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
248 Pages
HB 9781350407602
• £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9781350407619 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781350407626 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781350407633 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
An Introduction to Contemporary Italian Thought From Posthumanism to Cyberfascism
Tim Christiaens, Tilburg University, the Netherlands, Joost de Bloois, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands & Stijn De Cauwer, University of Leiden, the Netherlands
Over the past three decades, Italian thought has emerged as a major field within continental philosophy But what are the latest developments since Italian theory rose to a peak of popularity in the 2000s? This book offers an accessible and incisive introduction to contemporary Italian thought, revealing above all its continued relevance to some of the most pressing political, social and ethical conflicts today
Broadening the idea of Italian thought beyond biopolitics, An Introduction to Contemporary Italian Thought engages with a number of leading and upcoming philosophers, including Silvia Federici, Rosi Braidotti, Donatella di Cesare, Emanuele Coccia, Sandro Mezzadra, Franco ‘Bifo’ Berardi and Federico Luisetti It demonstrates how Italian theory resonates in a wide variety of current debates, from digital technology, pandemics and populism to cyberfascism, environmentalism and decolonization This not only uncovers the fruitfulness of Italian philosophy but further allows for fresh perspectives on debates dominated by well-trodden arguments In consideration of populism, this book does not so much examine Donald Trump but rather turns to Silvio Berlusconi and Giorgia Meloni, just as its discussions of the digitization of work look beyond Silicon Valley to working conditions in EU and Global South from the perspective of Italian (post)workerism, and the Anthropocene is considered in light of radical zoological egalitarianism as it emerges in contemporary Italian thought
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
280 Pages
PB 9781666946062 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666946048 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216255383 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978771000 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Gabriel Marcel and F H Bradley
Enemies of Abstraction
Joseph Gamache
The first sustained scholarly treatment of the influence of F H Bradley on the work of Gabriel Marcel
This book argues that studying the philosophical work of Gabriel Marcel together with that of F H Bradley is mutually illuminating for our understanding of each philosopher Marcel’s more dramatic, existential, and phenomenological work illustrates the significance and relevance of what seems, at first glance, to be the dry metaphysics of Bradley Bradley’s philosophy helps explain the metaphysical relevance of Marcel’s thought, as well as supply the needed theoretical elaboration of key concepts that Marcel left underdeveloped The author takes the reader through a series of fundamental metaphysical issues, including truth, the nature of immediate experience, abstraction, identity, personhood, and God The book concludes by suggesting that a synthesis of the insights of Marcel and Bradley yields a novel version of philosophical personalism the view that humans are the most metaphysically fundamental and morally valuable beings that exist
COLLECTIONS
Edith Stein Studies
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
176 Pages • 4 bw illus
PB 9798216387688 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666945119 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216254140 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978771987 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Edith Stein Studies
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages
PB 9798216390589 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666965452 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216254133 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978771970 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Edith Stein Studies
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages
PB 9798216390749 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666939743 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216259367 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978764415 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
Edith Stein's Philosophy of Psychology and the Humanities A Companion
Edited by Valentina Gaudiano
This book offers tools for a deeper reading and understanding of Edith Stein’s Philosophy of Psychology and the Humanities
Edith Stein’s Philosophy of Psychology and the Humanities is a pioneering exploration of the intersection between psychology, philosophy, and human sciences Written in the aftermath of World War I, the book delves into the interplay between individual and collective experience, examining how empathy, motivation, and causality shape our understanding of human behaviour Through a meticulous phenomenological approach, Stein analyses prevailing psychological theories and highlights the necessity of integrating the spiritual and material dimensions of human existence In this timeless contribution to philosophy, psychology, and social thought, Stein challenges disciplinary boundaries and anticipates debates on interdisciplinary research, offering a unique framework for understanding the human person not only as an individual but also as a participant in societal structures This companion emphasizes the ways in which Stein’s analysis persists as a call for a holistic approach to the complexities of human experience
Edith Stein and Max Scheler in Dialogue
Edited by Timothy A Burns, Travis Lacy & Eric Mohr
The breadth of shared intellectual debts and interests in the work of Edith Stein and Max Scheler demand that they be placed in conversation
This volume brings together philosophers and theologians to explore the convergences and divergences in Stein and Scheler ’s respective work Both thinkers were early practitioners of the phenomenological method, drew from and reflected on theological resources in their philosophical explorations, and maintained a lifelong interest in the human person It examines key themes such as the human person, spirit (Geist), education (Bildung), and social ontology, demonstrating their historical importance and contemporary relevance The authors argue that reading these philosophers together is essential for understanding their historical significance and for illuminating contemporary concerns both within and beyond academia The volume also features the first English translation of Edith Stein’s seminal essay, “The Meaning of Phenomenology as Worldview ”
Value Phenomenology
Taking Account of Edith Stein’s Contributions
Mette Lebech
Explores Edith Stein’s phenomenology of values as found in her early work specifically her Contributions to a Philosophical Foundation for Psychology and the Humanities (1922)
Mette Lebech makes a constructive exposition of Stein’s phenomenology of values by discussing the experience of value and motivation (Part I), that which is constituted in value-response (Part II), and how certain later approximations of valuephenomenology can be completed by means of it (Part III) Stein’s synthesis of Husserl’s project of founding the sciences with Scheler ’s phenomenological discussion of values, emotion, and sociality carries Stein’s specific contributions These are 1) the distinction between psychic causality and motivation, which allows for a clear interpretation of how emotion relates to values (Part I) and 2) the understanding of how the experience of value and preference leads us to constitute the personal “I,” the basis for the value hierarchy, the psyche, the structure of intersubjectivity (with its three modalities, mass, association and community), the world, and the real world (Part II) Finally, a Steinian discussion of the vestiges of value phenomenology found in Heidegger, Levinas, and de Beauvoir contextualises the investigation (Part III)
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
320 Pages
PB 9781666974119 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666974096 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216254287 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978772120 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Emotions and Community
An
Ontological Account
Daniel Rueda Garrido
Emotions are intrinsically linked to our forms of life the unique, shared ways of being and acting that shape our identity
This book redefines emotions as embodied actions, rather than mere internal states Through an ontological approach, Daniel Rueda Garrido explores how fundamental emotions like joy, fear, love, and anger are woven into the fabric of our communities, influencing who we are and how we interact with one another Moving beyond traditional psychology and naturalism, this approach reveals that these emotions are not just internal experiences, but essential expressions of our collective, self-imposed ways of living within a community Rueda’s exploration offers a deeper understanding of selfconsciousness and challenges traditional ways of thinking about emotional existence It reveals the profound connection between feeling, action, and belonging
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
280 Pages
PB 9781350538948 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350538931 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350538924 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350538917 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
A Phenomenology of Love as Event
Bultmann Beyond Heidegger
Nikolaas Cassidy-Deketelaere, KU Leuven, Belgium
Rescuing Rudolf Bultmann from Heidegger ’s shadow, Nikolaas Cassidy-Deketelaere presents a philosophical reading of his theology, which reveals his unique phenomenology of love as an event.
Bultmann (1884-1976) is often regarded as a mere footnote to Heidegger ’s philosophy: a theologian whose thought was principally built on the Heideggerian analytic of human finitude Yet, by reading Bultmann anew, this book rejects that idea as a misunderstanding
Guiding the reader through his argument in a clear and compelling style, Cassidy-Deketelaere reveals how Bultmann understands the experience of love as not being limited to an empirical occurrence but rather having a truly transcendental scope: what phenomenologists would now call ‘event’ With this, Bultmann’s theology not only resolves the critique of Heidegger ’s method as precluding a dynamic between the empirical and transcendental, but provides a new alternative paradigm of human finitude based on love
Through his theological writings, Bultmann shows us that love is the central experience of human existence, one that transforms the being of Dasein, despite Heidegger never allowing for it
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
248 Pages
HB 9781350182769 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350475731 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350182776 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350182783 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
304 Pages
HB 9781350282643 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350282681 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350282650 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350282667 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
224 Pages
PB 9781350351691 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350351653 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350351660 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350351677 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Foucault and the History of Philosophical Transcendence Freedom, Nature and Agency
Christopher Falzon, Newcastle University, UK
In an original approach to Foucault’s philosophy, Christopher Falzon argues for a reading of Foucault as a philosopher of finite transcendence, and explores its implications for ethics
In order to distinguish Foucault’s position, Falzon charts the historical trajectory of transcendence as a philosophical concept, starting with the radical notion of transcendence that was introduced by Plato, and which reappears in various forms in subsequent thinkers from the Stoics to Descartes, and from Kant to Sartre He argues that Foucault’s critique of the transcendent subject of humanism is a rejection not of transcendence per se but of radical transcendence in its distinctively modern form As such, he shows how Foucault’s conceptualisation of transcendence as finite enables a picture of the human being as neither fully determined nor a creature of infinite possibilities, but as both subject and object, affected by but also able to affect the world
With the notion of finite transcendence Falzon captures the essence of Foucault’s unique philosophy and provides a new insight into his contribution to ethics Demonstrating its contemporary relevance, Foucault and the History of Philosophical Transcendence further explores the potential application of Foucault’s approach to the current ecological crisis
Possibilities of Place in Continental Thought
Critique, Politics, Philosophy
Edited by Jussi Palmusaari, King's College London, UK & Nicolas Schneider, Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany
Exploring the critical potential of place in continental philosophy, Possibilities of Place in Continental Thought tests the political and ontological valences of this concept to go beyond the limits of existing geographical and phenomenological approaches
Considering place as emergent, relational and enveloping, or in connection to passage, becoming or redemption, the contributions to this volume point to the possibilities inherent in philosophical uses of place By rejecting a singular and homogenous theory of place, this collection collapses the dichotomies that tend to characterize the discourse on place in favour of a plural conceptualization It draws attention to the spatial and temporal dynamics within varying theoretical and historical contexts and moves the field forward in significant and vital ways
The Philosophy of Emmanuel Falque Finitude and Incarnation
Nikolaas Cassidy-Deketelaere, KU Leuven, Belgium
This volume provides the first comprehensive introduction to the philosophy of key contemporary French thinker, Emmanuel Falque Dedicating each chapter to the main themes in his thought, this book unpacks Falque’s methodology, anthropology, phenomenology, Christian philosophy, and notions of embodiment, and further demonstrates how the concept of ‘incarnation’ is Falque’s guiding thread throughout
Following Emmanuel Levinas and Jean-Luc Marion, continental philosophy of religion has to a large extent become a philosophy of religious experience Emmanuel Falque, however, leads a new generation of philosophers urging a more careful consideration of human finitude, the interaction between philosophy and theology, and the position of atheism Offering not just an alternative way of doing philosophy and theology, Falque argues that thinking itself exists in the transformation of one by the other
This book presupposes no detailed knowledge of Falque or topics animating contemporary French philosophy and Catholicism Rather, in a clear and accessible style, Deketelaere contextualises the development of Falque’s philosophy in the French intellectual landscape and showcases the originality and internal coherence of his distinct philosophical approach
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
232 Pages
HB 9781350435247 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350435285 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350435254 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350435261 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
216 Pages
HB 9781350344884 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350344921 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350344891 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350344907 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Schizoanalytic Applications
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
192 Pages
HB 9781350371569 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350371613 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350371576 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350371583 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Agamben's Ethics of the Happy Life Beyond Nihilism and Morality
Ype de Boer, Radboud University Nijmegen, the Netherlands
Ype de Boer invites you to rethink what you know about the philosophy of Giorgio Agamben
In a compelling and original argument, De Boer contends that, in the work of Agamben, ethics takes primacy over politics Presenting a careful evaluation of Agamben’s overlooked contribution to ethics, this book explores his enigmatic yet central concept of the ‘happy life’
By reading Agamben’s philosophy in terms of a ‘poetico-philosophical experiment’ – a term coined by the Italian philosopher himself, and one through which he questions our very mode of existence – De Boer assesses the variety of ethical paradigms that Agamben’s work offers This not only challenges the widespread misconception of Agamben as the ‘dark prophet’ known for his pessimistic, even nihilistic political critiques, but reveals how understanding the various facets of the ‘happy life’ allows for a better appreciation of his attacks on the ethico-political condition Agamben's Ethics and the Happy Life demonstrates that ultimately Agamben seeks to formulate an alternative notion of ethics, politics and ontology that will lead us out of nihilism
Deleuze and the Immanent Sublime Idea and Individuation
Louis Schreel, Ghent University, Belgium
What becomes of the sublime today, in a philosophy that discards the old oppositions between body and mind and embeds human reason in the creative evolution of life? In this book, Louis Schreel shows how Gilles Deleuze’s life-long engagement with the Kantian sublime grappled with just this question Its core argument centres on Deleuze’s understanding of the sublime in terms of psychic individuation – a creative, self-organizing process that animates cognitive systems from within
Exploring Deleuze’s transcendental philosophy through central concepts of self-organization, psychic individuation, passibility and infinity, this book shows how a new notion of the sublime emerges in a timely and novel way In this way, Deleuze and the Immanent Sublime opens up an innovative perspective on transcendental philosophy, shedding new light on Deleuze’s transcendental empiricism both in relation to Kant and to contemporary cognitive science Engagement with previously untranslated writings from thinkers including Jean Petitot, Gilbert Simondon, Henri Maldiney and Erwin Straus adds further breadth to the development of Deleuze’s ideas on the sublime in this systematic study
Deleuze, Guattari and the Schizoanalysis of Post-Neoliberalism
Edited by Ananya Roy Pratihar, Institute of Management and Information Science, Bhubaneswar, India, Saswat Samay Das, Indian Institute of Technology, India & Emine Gorgul, Istanbul Technical University, Turkey
Deleuzo-Guattarian philosophy provides crucial insights for assessing the post-neoliberal era in this cutting-edge volume of anti-capitalist scholarship. It maps the critical new assemblages emerging out of decades of neoliberalism to diagnose contemporary and future discontent
Working alongside other forms of inquiry into the post-neoliberal era, the volume proposes a novel combination of ethics and Deleuzo-Guattarian philosophy to understand the post-neoliberal era Contributors argue that current critiques of neoliberalism ignore the determining role of colonialism and the accelerated threat of climate breakdown They highlight the precariousness of our planetary existence and propose new forms of inquiry into Deleuzo-Guattarian becoming Deleuze, Guattari and the Schizoanalysis of Post-Neoliberalism considers new modes of capitalism, societies built on exhaustion, digital power, education, agroforestry, as well as literary texts that characterise the post-neoliberal era Alongside these critical positions, the volume uses an ethical framework to challenge dialectical divisions in neoliberal critique In the process, the essays remap the antagonisms, discontents and tensions of current post-neoliberal becoming
COLLECTIONS
American Philosophy Series
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
280 Pages
PB 9781666945102
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666945089 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216264422
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978762695 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
432 Pages
HB 9781350227446
• £130 00 / $175 00
PB 9781350412569 • £39 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9781350227453 • £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781350227460 • £117 00 / $157 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Reinvention of Idealism
John William Miller and Other Navigators of the Critical Turn in American Philosophy
Katie Terezakis
To understand the role Kant’s critical idealism has played in the development of American philosophies, one must understand why the classical American pragmatists, different realists, and other anti-ideal theorists reject Kant’s critical project, no less than how idealism has been evolving in transcendental linguistics, in philosophies of history and of technology, and in ethics This book reconstructs the little-known system of twentieth-century American philosopher John William Miller (1895–1978), who contributed to the reinvention of critical idealism in ways that might have been too radical for his own moment, but which bear importance for ours American philosophies tend to first fix their positions by the lodestar of Kantianism, even if their goal is to move away from it The book tracks encounters with critical idealism among the classical American pragmatists, and in more recent expressions of anti-ideal theory and object-oriented ontology It assesses Sellars’ transcendental linguistics and Korsgaard’s philosophy of agency as well as pragmatist feminist reconsiderations of the source of normative commitments Along the way, the work finds the critical project to be evolving still, albeit in ways not anticipated by Kant
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Existentialism
Edited by Jack Reynolds, Deakin University, Australia, Ashley Woodward, Dundee University, UK & Felicity Joseph, University of New England, Australia
This fully revised and updated 2nd edition provides a comprehensive reference guide to existentialism, featuring key chapters on key existentialist thinkers, as well as chapters applying existentialism to subject areas ranging across politics, literature, feminism, religion, the emotions, cognitive science, and poststructuralism
Contemporary developments in the field of existentialism that speak to issues of identity and exclusion are explored in 4 new chapters on race, gender, disability, and technology, whilst the 5th new chapter new chapter outlines analytic philosophy’s complicated relationship to existentialism Presenting the field of existentialism beyond the European tradition, this edition also includes a new key thinker chapter on Frantz Fanon, alongside Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre and de Beauvoir, as well as new engagement with the work of scholars on race and existentialism, including Lewis R Gordon, George Yancy, and Richard Wright
The resources section at the end of the book includes an updated A to Z glossary, and timeline of key events, texts and thinkers in existentialism, as well as a list of relevant organisations, and an annotated guide to further reading, making this 2nd edition an invaluable text for scholars and students alike
Interfaces
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
240 Pages
PB 9781399403382 • £12 99
HB 9781399403375 • £16 99 / $22 00
ePDF 9781399403412 • £11 89 / $15 40
ePub 9781399403399 • £11 89 / $15 40
Bloomsbury Continuum
Why Plato Matters Now
Angie Hobbs
Does Plato matter? An ancient philosopher whose work inspired and informed countless thinkers and poets across the centuries, his ideas are no longer taught so widely as they once were But, as Angie Hobbs argues in this clear-sighted book, that is a mistake
If we want to understand the world we live in – from AI to politics, cancel culture and beauty – there is no place better to start than with Plato Exploring the intersection between the ancient and the modern, Professor Hobbs examines women’s rights, healthcare, happiness, elitism, death, love and reality using Plato’s wisdom She also shows us how we can use the Socratic method that Plato taught to better understand his own philosophy, and how it relates to our lives today
All of Plato’s major works and ideas are explained with clarity suitable for readers familiar with his work as well as those approaching Plato for the first time This book shows us why Plato matters, now more than ever
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages
PB 9781350460416 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350460362 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350460379 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350460386 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Ancient Greek and Indian Buddhist Philosophers on Reality and Selfhood
Edited
by
Ugo Zilioli,
University of Oxford, UK & Jan Westerhoff, Oxford University, UK
Key areas and aspects of ancient philosophy in Greek and Indian Buddhist traditions are illuminated in this collection
Covering an extended period of time, from early (5th century BC), through Hellenism, to post-Hellenistic times (up to the 7th century AD) it begins by focusing on historical themes and methods in ancient Greece and India This sketch of historical and philosophical connections between the regions, from Classical times to post-Hellenism, sets the ground for deeper exploration between these two traditions
Attention is placed on reality and selfhood An international team of contributors deal with topics including consciousness, personal identity and personhood They tackle metaphysical questions about composition and material constitution of things, shedding light on the challenges Greek and Buddhist thinkers faced
Converging analyses and shared themes are identified in a substantive introduction to the collection This is an important contribution to the growing literature in ancient comparative philosophy
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
176 Pages • 10 tables
PB 9781666937039 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666937015 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216251538 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978766600 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Aristotle's Biosphere Substance, Design, Politics, and Culture
Jeremy Kirby
Aristotle displays a keen interest in life and living beings, but he doesn’t separate the biological from the artificial, and he describes organisms as skillfully constructed phenomena that extend beyond their individual bodies
The questions that proliferate around our ideas of the living and the artificial are perennial, and this book explores how Aristotle’s framing of matters can shed light on them Textual evidence does not require a reading of living and nonliving or substance and artifact as procrustean discrete classes, but as contraries that admit of intermediaries, and the artifact can provide some analogical explanation of the natural substance If a beaver dam, for instance, occupies an intersection between the two, then Aristotle may countenance a similar phenomenon in the realms of politics, art, and ethics
Jeremy Kirby argues that the state would satisfy Aristotle’s criteria associated with both the artificial and the natural The book also draws connections between what Aristotle calls natural virtue to virtue obtained via habituation and training
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
248 Pages • 6 b&w
PB 9781350451667 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350451506 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350451513 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350451520 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Machiavelli, Aristotle and Popular Republicanism Democracy in Early Modern Philosophy Alessandro Mulieri, CNRS Lyon, France
Machiavelli, Aristotle, and Popular Republicanism offers the first comprehensive study of the relationship between Machiavelli, Aristotle, and the Aristotelian tradition Alessandro Mulieri shows that the conceptual language of Aristotelianism not only shaped some of Machiavelli’s most radical ideas but also played a key role in the development of his popular republican thought and his critique of classical republicanism
Employing an interdisciplinary approach that blends the history of political thought, political theory, and the history of philosophy, the book presents an original interpretation of Machiavelli’s engagement with five Aristotelian themes: the nature of political science, the relationship between virtue and fortune, the preservation of tyranny, the premodern notion of democracy as “the rule of the poor”, and the prudence of the multitude
By analysing a wide range of Latin and vernacular Aristotelian texts circulating in Machiavelli’s time, alongside works by several Renaissance thinkers, the book addresses longstanding challenges in interpreting Machiavelli’s relationship with ancient, medieval, and early modern sources, revealing the selective and profoundly strategic nature of his engagement with the premodern tradition
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
224 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350531369 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350531321 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350531338 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350531345 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Prehistoric Philosophy
The Neolithic Revolution, Indigenous Critique, and the Myths of Civilization
Justin Pack, California State University, Stanislaus, USA
Prehistoric Philosophy challenges the narrative of progress and other civilizational myths by looking at their origins in the neolithic revolution
Once we reject the simplistic and often racist stereotyping of hunter-gatherers, the agricultural revolution no longer appears as the first step of human progress, but rather as a messy, brutal shift that unleashed a host of evils into the world: inequality, hierarchy, disease, empire, warfare, patriarchy, slavery, and environmental destruction
Building on the success of Graeber and Wengrow’s ground-breaking The Dawn of Everything, Justin Pack reads the neolithic revolution together with indigenous critiques, using each to strengthen our understanding of the other In doing so, he helps us to understand the concerns of many indigenous communities, and forces us to recognize our role in the death of the cosmos Building on this, the book illuminates the rise of the world’s major religious and philosophical traditions in the axial age as different attempts to make sense of, justify, or escape the evils of inequality, disease, empire, and the loss of cosmic civility By advancing the notion of a ‘prehistoric philosophy,’ this volume simultaneously interrogates the colonialism inherent in the Western philosophy canon
UK April 2026 • US January 2026
432 Pages • 120 bw illus
HB 9781350026469 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9781350026483 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9781350026476 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
I Think of You Constantly with Love
The Letters of Ludwig Wittgenstein and Ben Richards
Edited by Alfred Schmidt & Gabriel Citron, Princeton University, USA
Ludwig Wittgenstein met Ben Richards, a medical student, in autumn 1945 It was the beginning of a deep and tempestuous relationship which lasted until Wittgenstein’s death Their correspondence starts in the summer of 1946 and consists of more than 370 letters, notes, telegrams and photographs The final letter was sent a week before Wittgenstein died in April 1951
Often defined by his arrogance, difficulty and critical nature of others, Wittgenstein writes letters to Richards which give us another window into his character Their letters manifest an emotional closeness which is remarkable and unparalleled in Wittgenstein’s voluminous correspondence They leave no doubt that Ben Richards was Wittgenstein's closest friend in these last years of his life – indeed, perhaps the greatest love of his life
Now available for the first time, the letters between Wittgenstein and Richards provide a wholly new perspective on the last years of Wittgenstein’s life: his last years teaching in Cambridge, the resignation of his chair in Cambridge at the end of 1947, and the ensuing restless years spent trying to find a quiet place to do philosophy and complete his magnum opus, the Philosophical Investigations
Their letters are further proof of the extent to which Wittgenstein’s life was inseparable from his philosophy They are an opportunity to come closer to understanding the work of this intellectual giant, telling us more about the values and beliefs of one of the 20th century’s greatest thinkers
UK April 2025 • US April 2025
496 Pages • No illustrations
HB 9781472950765 • £35 00 / $45 00
ePDF 9781472950758 • £24 50 / $31 50
ePub 9781472950772 • £24 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Continuum
A History of Philosophy
The Condensed Copleston
Anthony Carroll & Frederick Copleston
A history of philosophy from the origins of reason in Ancient Greece to the most influential philosophers working today, this long-awaited single volume companion to Frederick Copleston's historic 11-volume series is a musthave for any aspiring philosopher
Frederick Copleston’s 11-volume A History of Philosophy has been the go-to reference for philosophers and students for decades It is universally recognized as a classic and sits on the shelf of countless leading thinkers today This companion to Copleston’s landmark work contains clear and succinct analyses of the major events and texts in philosophy, exploring the foundational principles and ideals that drove the development of Western thought It grapples with the sometimes complex views and teachings of the greatest minds in philosophy, explaining their work with clarity and elegance
An accessible journey through this epic and deeply human history, Carroll succinctly condenses Copleston’s thought while expanding on contemporary and world philosophy From the early teachings of Socrates to the medieval philosophies of Christian Europe, the Enlightenment and the radical arguments of the Existentialists, Carroll adeptly explores the common threads and themes that have united all rational enquiries into the fundamental nature of reality
ŽIŽEK’S
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
648 Pages
PB 9781350405950 £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9781350402119 • £130 00 / $175 00
ePDF 9781350402133 £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781350402140 • £117 00 / $157 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Collective Studies in Knowledge and Society
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages • 3 black and white
PB 9781666939859 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666939835 • £80 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216259381 • £72 00 / $103 50
ePub 9781978765221 • £72 00 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Collective Studies in Knowledge and Society
UK May 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages • 11 b&w
PB 9798216375531 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666980905 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216266020 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978759657 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Handbook to Slavoj Žižek
Edited by Dominik Finkelde, Munich School of Philosophy,
Germany
Judgements about the Slovenian philosopher Slavoj Žižek have been, like Žižek himself, extreme
Critics accuse him of charlatanism, whilst others laude his genius But beyond these antipodes of veneration and disdain, there is a third Žižek – a subtle and nuanced thinker who, like none other of his generation, has stimulated philosophical debates that radiate far beyond philosophy’s borders into all disciplines of the humanities Žižek has achieved this through both his radical materialist reinterpretation of German idealism, especially Hegel’s legacy, and through a combination of Marxist critique with the philosophy of psychoanalysis as developed by Freud and Lacan With this theoretical background, he has produced more than 50 books focused on classical questions of ontology, epistemology, the philosophy of subjectivity and cultural theory
The Bloomsbury Handbook to Slavoj Žižek brings together internationally renowned philosophers whose work over the past three decades has engaged with, and been informed by, Žižek’s philosophy Its chapters introduce readers to his life, his works, and his theories
Philosophical Interventions in Neoliberal Higher Education
Edited by Brandon Absher
In this edited collection, philosophers and critical theorists develop theoretical tools to conceptualize and evaluate the neoliberal university, working together both to interrogate how it reproduces systems of oppression and exploitation and to identify more liberatory and egalitarian alternatives
Acting and organizing within and against neoliberalized higher education in the Western capitalist world, the international group of scholars included in this volume experience the contradictions and possibilities of the contemporary configuration of the university daily And yet the crisis in higher education is only one aspect of a much broader social crisis in which neoliberalism and related social inequalities, rapid climate change, de-democratization, rising authoritarianism, war, and genocide interconnect Edited by Brandon Absher, this volume critiques and intervenes in higher education in the midst of this unprecedented social and natural crisis; at once to expose its structure and inadequacies and to envision an alternative based on the principle of the commons
What can higher education be, and how might it contribute to a more just, egalitarian, and liberated world?
Veritocracy
Truth, Science, and How to Preserve Democracy
Harry Collins & Robert Evans
Western democracies are suffering from populism, verging on fascism, because of the erosion of truth. This book argues that truth can grow out of citizenship education in how science really works, allied with an explicit culture of truth among politicians
While science operates outside the timescale of politics, it can serve as an object lesson for political decision-making under democracy Using the examples of disease prevention and climate change, Harry Collins and Robert Evans show why citizens would be wise to trust the substantive findings of science as well as its moral culture They also present demarcation criteria for distinguishing between real expertise and populist claims and also for distinguishing between real science and contenders for that title that do not deserve the moniker
The solution the authors propose – veritocracy, a democracy with truth at its heart – is incompatible with either left or right totalitarianism and with meaningless slogans To establish veritocracies we must start with a new approach to science education
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
280 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350422858 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350422889 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350422865 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350422872 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
376 Pages
HB 9781538143667
• £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9781538179604
• £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798765161500
• £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9781538143674 £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages 4 b&w images
HB 9781350537323 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9781350537330 £18 99 / $25 95
ePDF 9781350537347 • £17 09 / $23 35
ePub 9781350537354 • £17 09 / $23 35
Bloomsbury Academic
The Politics of the Wretched Race, Reason, and Ressentiment
Zahi Zalloua, Whitman College, USA
The Politics of the Wretched argues for ressentiment's generative negativity, prompting a shift from ressentiment as a personal expression of frustration to ressentiment as a collective “No”. Inspired by Kant and Nietzsche's philosophy, Zalloua identifies two modes of deploying ressentiment – private and public use – by substituting ressentiment for reason This reinterpretation argues for a public use of ressentiment, for the wretched to universalize their grievances, to see their antagonism as cutting across societies, and to turn personal trauma into a common cause
A public use of ressentiment rails against the ideology of identity and victimhood and insists on ressentiment's generative negativity, its own rationality, prompting a shift from ressentiment as a personal expression of frustration to ressentiment as a collective “No Reframing ressentiment as a tool to oppose the evils of capitalism, anti-Blackness, and neocolonialism, it both alarms the liberal gatekeepers of the status quo and promises to energize the anti-racist Left in its ongoing struggles for universal justice and emancipation
Bad Faith and Antiblack Racism
30th Anniversary Edition
Lewis R Gordon
In this contemporary classic, Lewis Gordon presents his iconic, detailed existential phenomenological investigation of antiblack racism as a form of Sartrean bad faith Bad faith, the attitude in which human beings attempt to evade freedom and responsibility, is treated as a constant possibility of human existence Antiblack racism, the attitude and practice that involves the construction of black people as fundamentally inferior and subhuman, is examined as an effort to evade the responsibilities of a human and humane world Gordon argues that the concept of bad faith militates against any human science that is built upon a theory of human nature and as such offers an analysis of antiblack racism that stands as a challenge to our ordinary assumptions of what it means to be human
A foundational text in black existentialism, this 30th anniversary edition includes a substantial introduction by Mabogo Moreto address the ongoing importance of Gordon’s thought in critiquing and resisting racist bad faith in our contemporary moment
Punk Anarchism
An Anti-Politics of Resistance
Sean Parson, Northern Arizona University, USA
Punk Anarchism is a radical critique of contemporary politics, offering an alternative framework rooted in anarchism, punk rock, dadaism, situationism and political nihilism
Arguing that traditional approaches to political change are ineffective in the face of the climate crisis and the failures of liberal institutions, the book advocates for rejecting the possibility of meaningful political change within the existing political system
Drawing on historical cultural movements like the Russian and Japanese nihilists of the 19th and early 20th centuries, Sean Parson calls for a politics of pure negation, centered on the destruction of the current social order, rather than its reform –advocating for a revolutionary politics that embraces resentment against the wealthy and rejects hierarchical power dynamics Punk Anarchism asks: what if resistance were motivated by a sense of playfulness and enjoyment, rather than hope for a better future? Ultimately, Parson proposes an anti-theory of negation as a way to imagine political agency beyond traditional frameworks
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
280 Pages
HB 9781350457836 £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350457843 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350457850 £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350457867 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Writings on Art and Politics
Boris Groys Edited by Marcus Hurwitz, Individual philosopher
To the philosopher Boris Groys, everything technology produces in the modern world ultimately falls into two categories – it’s art, or it's garbage Both are useless, defunctionalized objects that simply lie there The difference between them comes when we immunize art from the destructive power of time to which we devoutly deliver our garbage
In this collection of essays and interviews, Groys expounds on these paradoxes, taking in art, the dialectic of work, the afterlife, politics, utopia, philosophy, faith, revolution, the avant-garde and digitalization His philosophical writings critique the political economy of heterotopia, whereas his writings on art concern the things of the afterlife: only the politics of immortality promises salvation from the garbage pit
Groys sees the history of class struggle as a history of aestheticization - defined by the forms spectators recognize as valuable enough to preserve, which they will fight to the death to preserve from disappearance and nonexistence Western civilization's tendency to aestheticize politicizes everything If we can design ourselves as artworks worthy of admiration and care, then can we too survive the ravages of time?
COLLECTIONS
Futures Theory
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
456 Pages
HB 9781350421042 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350421035 • £25 99 / $35 95
ePDF 9781350421059 • £23 39 / $32 35
ePub 9781350421066 • £23 39 / $32 35
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Future's Theory
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
320 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350421165 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350421127 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350421134 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350421141 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Future's Theory
Philosophies of the World to Come
Edited by Jason Bahbak Mohaghegh, Babson College, USA
What are the most radical transformations on the horizon of our world? And how are they irreversibly altering our experience of time, movement, language, mind, body, virtuality, power, and nature?
Cloaked in relative obscurity, future eras compel the invention of new techniques of visionary speculation Future’s Theory provides many, shining a light on the infinity of possible futurities from multiple astonishing perspectives Exploring how we imagine new ages in the 21st century, the book examines how alternate future dimensions will affect everything from our culture to our politics, our bodies to our minds
Filled with original work from over 20 prominent thinkers in the domains of literature, philosophy, visual art, architecture, design, media studies, ecology, anthropology, it features immersive entries on phenomena including artificial intelligence, virtual reality, mass migration, speed, climate, geo-engineering, and automation Contemplating the variables that will expand and distort these fields, Future’s Theory opens up a new atmosphere for thought itself in the epochs to come
Spectral Futures
Fabulations of Worlds to Come
Edited by Bernd Herzogenrath, Goethe University of Frankfurt/Main, Germany
What colour is the future – or rather, what colors are the futures? Broad and enlightening in its coverage, this collection explores the notion that there is not just one visualization of the future, but many, stretching across and beyond shades of utopian brightness and dystopian darks Visiting futures that belong to the realm of ghosts, it calls for a hauntology that deals not only with spectres of the past but also the of future, offering a fascinating engagement with both colonial history and hyper-accelerated societies
Guided by a diversity of colours, contributors speculate on non-anthropogenic futurities, theorising on the richness of an essentially complex and disordered material universe The volume’s critical approaches range from speculative realism, oceanic biology, and philosophy and politics, to posthumanism and queer theory What all these offerings have in common is a strong focus on materiality, the inhuman, and the innovative possibilities that are brought into light by this ‘fabulated spectrum’ They combine the potentialities of philosophy, art, and science, in that they all forge a relation to chaos, or, an undeterminable ‘new ’ Powerful and thought-provoking, this book illuminates different possibilities of gazing upon futures in nuanced and novel ways
COLLECTIONS
Decrypting Power and Coloniality:
Philosophical Perspectives from and through the Global South
• US December 2025
UK December 2025
240 Pages
PB 9798216375401
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666978650 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216253587 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978768819 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Political Theologies
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
216 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350500754 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350500686 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350500709
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350500716 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Political Theory and Contemporary Philosophy
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages
PB 9781350514669 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350514621 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350514638 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350514645 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Decrypting Political Theology
Genealogy, Tendencies, Antagonisms
Andityas Matos
This book presents a genealogy of the concept of political theology through the theory of encryption of power
The legitimacy of political power, largely overlooked in traditional political theory and philosophy, is largely rooted in what has come to be known as political theology, although the current state may be formally secular This concept is essential for philosophical interpretations that can unveil and address the complex interconnections between religion and politics, as well as faith and power This book employs the theory of the encryption of power and the ontological idea of an-anarchy that is, a practice of thought without foundations and centered on flow, potency, and contingency to provide a brief genealogy of the idea of political theology, exploring its key authors, both classical (such as Schmitt, Benjamin, and Taubes) and contemporary, including feminist, black, and decolonial perspectives These contemporary approaches emerge from processes that decrypt power and, by moving beyond the sovereign framework, antagonize political-economic authority The book also examines phenomena such as Christofascism, prosperity theology, and neo-Pentecostalism in politics, alongside other significant themes relevant to today’s world
Political
Theology and its Discontents
K Daniel Cho, Otterbein University, USA & Boštjan Nedoh, Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts, Ljubljana
The essays in this collection revitalise political theology through the lens of psychoanalysis, unlocking its emancipatory potential and providing new ways to think about the political
They are united by a conviction that there is something in political theology worth fighting for Banishing the misconception of political theology as reactionary or paradoxical, they push the discipline forward by drawing on the insights of psychoanalysis and a re-engagement with theology
While Sigmund Freud was at times dismissive of religion, he also used his inquiry into it to completely re-theorize the political in a way that this book’s team of leading scholars bring to the fore Each chapter uses psychoanalysis as a point of departure for serious engagement with political theology, eliciting the radical potential at the nexus of the political and the theological This powerfully productive approach unearths new strands of political theology and refreshing perspectives on established concepts like universality, ideology, law, authority, the neighbor Covering ideas from libidinal politics to the political economy of laziness, Political Theology and its Discontents demonstrates that a deep and sincere engagement with theology can give us a new view of the political
The Philosophical Militant
Alain Badiou's Logical Revolts
Andrey Gordienko, University of California, Los Angeles, USA
Approaching Alain Badiou as a militant thinker who wages theoretical battles to advance the communist hypothesis, this book explores the central ambiguity of his project: the enigmatic relationship between philosophy and politics
On the one hand, Badiou’s mature texts maintain a strict line of separation between the two thought-practices On the other, he consistently links the philosophical pursuit of true life to a political revolt against injustice and domination
By making a case for the French philosopher as a combative polemicist rather than a builder of grand ontological systems, The Philosophical Militant advances a new imperative for philosophy – to privilege active engagement with the present Tracing Badiou’s engagement with canonical philosophers, putting him in dialogue with contemporary theorists, and exploring the relevance of his ideas to the politics of Trump and the COVID-19 pandemic, this text foregrounds the actuality of Badiou’s work Not limiting itself to commentary on the philosopher ’s canonical texts, Gordienko aspires to think the contemporary moment with Badiou
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
272 Pages
PB 9798216375456 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666912432 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216266365 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978767812 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages • 2 tables
PB 9798216375371 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666924329
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216269212
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978767621 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages 5 tables
PB 9781666950717 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666950694 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216251255 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978767362 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Marx’s Democratic Idea
An Alternative to the Neoliberal Slide into Fascism
Morgan Horowitz
Emphasizing Marx’s commitment to the “democratic idea” from the time of his early work through his later writings, including his reflections on the Paris Commune, this book connects Marx’s democratic, political critique and his economic theory
Morgan Horowitz argues that the communist project should be viewed as inseparable from a concern about both just social relations and the maintaining and empowering of democratic, political procedures Marx’s early works show that his critique of the state and capitalist, private property relations led to a demand to develop communal, discursively empowered agency over economic relations Critically deploying the work of John Rawls and Jürgen Habermas, Horowitz develops a normative theory that clarifies structural requirements of economic equality and articulates “socialist right and rights, which would be better placed to realize the normative ideals of liberty and equality that have traditionally been espoused by liberal theorists Horowitz evaluates Marx’s theoretic developments to constructively connect to liberal, normative projects dedicated to democratic publics guiding and maintaining welfare-based societies The book then applies the framework to the contemporary context of spiraling inequalities and inequity, fears of autocracy and oligarchic power, and the persistence of political figures such as Bernie Sanders, with the resurgence of public support for democratic socialist alternatives
A Social Enactive Theory of Perception
Perceptual Practices, Direct Perception, and a World of Aspects
Alejandro Arango
The social dimension of human life shapes or constitutes what perception is for us, that is, how we perceptually relate to the world
This book offers a unified study, in the enactivist tradition, of perception and its connection to sociality Alejandro Arango finds that perception is at home in perceptual practices, socially structured ways of relating to the perceptible world These practices are attuned to different dimensions of human life, such as the cultural worlds of customs that mark our everyday lives The book argues that although the perceiver is situated in relation to the world in many ways that influence perception, this does not entail a radical subjectivism Rather, it shows that the world appears to perceivers in aspects, and that they can perceive the same world even if that same world appears differently to them The framework of perceptual practices that helps enrich the notion of perceptual situatedness can also be applied to our perception of others The book argues that we understand others in part, but fundamentally, through perception
With influences from Wittgensteinian pragmatism, phenomenology, and analytic philosophy of perception, as well as engagement with social psychology, social cognition studies, and work in neuroscience, the book synthesizes different layers at work in perception, with a particular focus on non-visual senses
Political Knowledge and Democracy at Scale A Systems Defense Against Democratic Skepticism
Philipa Friedman
Many philosophical defenses of democracy are moral ones, appealing to ethical principles of inclusion or right or justice; this book argues – against an increasingly visible trend of democratic skepticism – for democracy as a goal on epistemic grounds As part of a growing dissatisfaction with political outcomes, both political theorists and colloquial political discourse decry the seeming ignorance of democratic publics and seek to limit their influence on policy outcomes The argument that ignorance causes bad political outcomes is the impetus for both arguments for epistocracy at the level of political theory and, more recently, actual political efforts to limit access to collective political self-determination
This book responds by arguing for the epistemic value of democracy and clarifying a definition of political knowledge beyond formal expertise The embedded model of political knowledge understands political knowledge (including expertise) to be situated, incomplete, and fallible in ways that necessitate maximal political inclusion and opportunities for productive epistemic sharing among the polity Deliberative systems can facilitate these opportunities at scale by relying on formal and informal institutions as sites for epistemic expression and engagement
This book suggests that poor political outcomes result when our epistemic institutions fail to ensure that policy is responsive to public knowledge
UK February 2026 US February 2026
208 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350534773 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350534735 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350534742 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350534759 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
240 Pages
PB 9781350526396 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350526358 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350526365 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350526372 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
208 Pages 10 bw illus
PB 9781350469433 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350469396 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350469402 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350469419 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Economics, Philosophy and the Neglect
of
Labour Economics and Philosophy
Geoffrey Kay, City University, UK & James Mott, City University, UK
Economics, Philosophy and the Neglect of Labour reasserts the significance of labour in economics and philosophy, both within and beyond the Marxist tradition
It explores how labour has been systematically neglected and misunderstood in Western thought – from its reductive treatment in biblical and classical texts, through its displacement during the scholastic period and the Enlightenment, to its marginalisation in modern political economy and law By tracing this long history of neglect, Geoffrey Kay and James Mott challenge the assumption that labour is merely instrumental, a view rooted in the British moralists and perpetuated by Adam Smith and his followers
The book presents a critical examination of Heidegger ’s attempt to undermine this perspective While Heidegger ’s ontology of Being excludes labour and creativity, Kay and Mott position labour as the vital site of creative activity, drawing on Lukács’s integration of Aristotelian concepts of teleology and social praxis This not only challenges Heidegger ’s appropriation of techne but also affirms the enduring relevance of Aristotelianism in Marx’s thought Revisiting the labour theory of value in light of technological transformation, financialisation and the expansion of consumption, this book argues that labour remains central to understanding the dynamics and contradictions of the contemporary world
Marx and the Critique of Humanism
Edited
by Andres Saenz de Sicilia, Northeastern University London, UK
Does Marx’s critical project rest upon ‘humanist’ commitments? If so, what are these and how do they shift across his writings and inform his critical theory of capitalist society?
Marx and the Critique of Humanism addresses these questions through a diverse collection of critical interventions from leading Marxist scholars These contributions offer both a renewed appraisal and contextualisation of the notion of ‘the human’ across Marx’s oeuvre, as well as a range of critical perspectives on the status of humanism within critical social theory today
The book revaluates Marx’s relation to humanism by examining the intellectual context, influences and interlocutors which shaped his theoretical commitments and critical methodology; the concept of ‘Gattungswesen’ in Marx’s early writings; the ways in which 'the human' informs and is transformed by Marx's critique of political economy; the ecological dimensions of Marx’s thought; the reception of Marx’s humanism by anti-colonial thinkers; and the relation of Marx’s thought to poststructuralist and post-humanist critiques of enlightenment humanism Moving beyond the simplistic picture of a humanistic’ early Marx and a ‘scientific’ late Marx, this volume shows instead how a sustained concern with the human evolves in tandem with Marx’s broader intellectual development
Finance, Sustainability, and the Climate Crisis
An Incommensurable Alliance
Cengizhan Kaptan, Sofia University, Bulgaria
Achieving true sustainability in a capitalist economy is a process that must by necessity involve the financial industry
But is that industry, and the structures and systems that surround it, equipped to usher in a sustainable society? Or is it calibrated to do the exact opposite? Finance, Sustainability, and the Climate Crisis explores this dilemma through a Marxian framework, demonstrating how current financial systems and their regulatory safeguards are fundamentally incompatible with the task of tackling the challenges posed by climate change
Drawing on 25 years of experience in the finance industry, Cengizhan Kaptan offers an in-depth analysis of the structures of sustainable finance, the Paris Agreement, United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, and 2050 net-zero targets With the dialectical logic of Marx and Hegel, he exposes out the push and pull of regulation and deregulation in our financial systems Diagnosing the failings of the capitalist era as terminal, he proposes a new model of collaboration between philosophy and the social sciences, vital in the fight to secure sustainability in a post-capitalist world
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
Bloomsbury Companions
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
392 Pages
PB 9781350473775 • £42 99 / $58 95
HB 9781350473737 • £140 00 / $190 00
ePDF 9781350473744 • £126 00 / $171 00
ePub 9781350473751 • £126 00 / $171 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Companion to Political Philosophy 2nd Edition
Edited by Andrew Fiala, California State University, Fresno, USA
This is the definitive guide to the central issues in political philosophy
Returning to the book in light of the tumultuous events of the last decade, its contributors have revised their chapters in a 2nd edition, offering a fascinating insight into the development of philosophical thought in the crucible of contemporary politics Five original works have also been commissioned, on authoritarianism, political economy, racial justice, retributive justice, and global health and environment
Featuring a series of indispensable research tools, including an A to Z of key terms and concepts, a chronology, a detailed list of resources, and a fully annotated bibliography, this new edition also adds introductory abstracts and study questions for each chapter The Bloomsbury Companion to Political Philosophy is the essential reference tool for anyone researching or working in this vital and dynamic field
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
232 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350424142 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350424173 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350424159 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350424166 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Embodiment Theory and Chinese Philosophy
Contextualization and Decontextualization of Thought Margus Ott, Tallinn University, Estonia
This book analyses some of the seminal texts of the Chinese tradition in light of the embodied tradition: the Analects of Confucius, the Zhuangzi, and the Treatise on Music Margus Ott's study shows how they exemplify aspects of embodiment theory while highlighting others that have been neglected in contemporary work Ott also develops farreaching possibilities of an embodied philosophy
The embodied understanding did not go unchallenged in Ancient China There were important counter-currents, most notably the Mohists and the so-called Legalists It has been argued that this challenge set the Chinese philosophical tradition in motion By using embodiment theory Ott demonstrates how these ideas can be seen as a decontextualizing tendency of thought that plays an important role in human affairs
9TH EDITION
UK January 2026 US January 2026
496 Pages • 5 bw illus
PB 9798765162354
£59 99 / $79 95
ePDF 9798765156575 • £53 99 / $71 95
ePub 9798765160077 £53 99 / $71 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages
HB 9781350464131 • £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9781350464148 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781350464155 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781350464162 £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages
PB 9798765153642 • £21 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765153635 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798765153666 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798765153659 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Right Thing to Do
Readings in Moral Philosophy
Edited by James Rachels, University of Alabama,
USA
& Stuart Rachels, University of Alabama,
USA
The ninth edition of James Rachels' and Stuart Rachels' moral philosophy reader continues its legacy of providing students with foundational moral philosophy texts and a diverse collection of contemporary, thought-provoking essays
Introductory essays by James Rachels supplement foundational readings in moral theory to provide students with a framework to engage with ethical issues From discussions of right and wrong and duty and virtue, the book proceeds to contemporary themes so students may apply foundational concepts to current events and controversies
Eight new readings from Elizabeth Kolbert, Nicholas Kristof, David Frum, and Stuart Rachels engage students on topics of climate change, immigration, childcare and education, gun violence, and government authority
Moral Philosophy and De-colonialism
The Irrationality of Oppression
Shyam Ranganathan, York University, Canada
This groundbreaking book, Moral Philosophy and De-Colonialism: The Irrationality of Oppression, argues that colonialism is fundamentally irrational and incompatible with the public practice of moral philosophy the reasonbased exploration of right choices and good outcomes
Moral Philosophy allows participants to make their own ethical decisions, which colonialism denies Drawing on South Asian moral philosophy, Ranganathan argues that all irrationality and oppression stems from interpretation: a confusion of thought with attitudes toward thoughts that imposes perspectives as explanations Indigenous traditions use explication: explanation in terms of thought itself (not attitudes toward thoughts) The historical origins of interpretation lie in the Linguistic Account of Thought (LAT), which confuses what can be thought with culturally encoded attitudes Rejected in ancient South Asia and controversial in ancient China but acclaimed in the West (Eurocentric thinking with ancient Greek origins), the West becomes a global colonizing tradition Indigenous thinking follows Linguistic Externalism (LE): thought as the disciplinary use of semantic expression While LAT promotes anthropocentric, communitarian ethics, LE allows Indigenous people to acknowledge diverse persons including the Earth, treating learning as logic-based inquiry rather than cultural competence
The book explores LAT's basis for genocide and White Supremacy's 2000-year institutionalization of Secularism2 (defining the Western as secular, the BIPOC as religious)
Awareness of Suffering
Andrea Veltman
Do we have responsibilities to inform ourselves of suffering and injustice? If so, what kinds of suffering and injustice are we responsible for perceiving? What are the foundations of these responsibilities, and what does it mean to fulfill them?
This book examines these questions and argues that awareness of suffering is an essential but indeterminate moral responsibility of the mind It is not merely an epistemic excellence or a professional activity to be left to experts, academics, journalists, or activists working to address systemic suffering; it is a moral, civic and epistemic responsibility of all people with mature, functioning minds Cultivating awareness of suffering means exposing ourselves to a range of documentaries, news programs, narratives, and photography that bring suffering into public view This practice of gaining awareness is foundational in a caring ethical life and in movements for social justice Yet awareness of suffering can be difficult, uncomfortable, saddening, and perplexing, and this book wrestles with difficulties
It also engages with the politics of sight in arguing for a social transformation in moral perception of human and animal suffering Awareness of suffering represents an act of epistemic resistance and a rejection of widespread willful ignorance of systemic suffering It advances our thinking about what we owe others by highlighting how moral and civic responsibilities pertain not only to our actions but also to our own minds
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US January 2026
144 Pages
PB 9798216389965 £17 99 / $24 95
HB 9781793639790 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216255260 £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978771482 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
French Ethics and the Economics of Freedom From Politics to Moral Obligation
Nathalie Nya
This book discusses the ethics of freedom in the context of race and argues that the question of injustice must be resolved not from a political angle, but from an ethical one.
Drawing on the ideas expressed in Naomi Zack’s The Ethics and Mores of Race, Nathalie Nya explores the topic of race and its connections to morality and ethics Building on Zack’s argument that what is ethical or good for White people may not be the same for historically colonized groups, showing the problem with cultural relativism, Nya develops a moral ethics of injustice around the history of race, politics, and colonialism Justice historically occurs at the intersection of politics and ethics; for justice to occur in a society, politics and ethics must coexist However, for the oppressed living in the modern age, this ideal has never been achievable Oppressed groups recognize their human rights as almost non-existent simply because their political freedom is not aligned with their ontological freedom, and ontological freedom cannot be respected without political freedom Nya refers to this concept as the “economics of freedom,” which creates problems in the conceptualization of real freedom as a form of moral obligation
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
336 Pages
PB 9798216375395
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666953992 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216252313 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978767997 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Care of the Sexual Self Áskesis as a Route to Sex Education
Shaun Miller
In response to the limitations of traditional US sex education models, this book presents a groundbreaking approach rooted in ancient practices of self-cultivation
Shaun Miller critiques existing frameworks paternalistic, liberal-consequentialist, and liberal-deontological arguing that they focus narrowly on behavior, outcomes, and consent while neglecting the deeper development of sexual identity and character
The áskesis model, in contrast, offers a transformative method that emphasizes self-discipline, emotional awareness, and critical engagement with societal norms By applying this áskesis to modern sex education, the book proposes a curriculum that encourages students to explore their authentic sexual selves and question heteronormative assumptions The áskesis model moves beyond risk avoidance and simply giving or receiving consent: it empowers individuals to embrace diverse sexual and gender identities while fostering moral and emotional growth
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages
PB 9798216375388 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666966145 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216251026 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978767171 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Karl Marx’s Ethics of Human Flourishing
On Karl Marx's Proletarian Ethics of Human Flourishing
Sam Badger
How did Karl Marx’s moral views inform his views on capitalism? This book argues that Marx developed an ethic of character development and human flourishing that resembles but also diverges from Aristotle’s, taking a critical attitude toward reified hierarchies
Marx’s derisive writings about “moralism” and “moralists” have often been read as a rejection of the value of moral and ethical reasoning, but Karl Marx’s Ethics of Human Flourishing shows how the ethical problems Marx mentions function as a totality Unlike Aristotle, for whom human flourishing was reserved for the elite, Marx draws from Hegel and later Darwin to argue that the function of human nature is influenced by historical context and class status: humans remake their world and themselves through their labor His early work focuses on alienation and its deleterious effect on individual development, freedom, and wellbeing, while his later works elaborate on this through his theory of exploitation This leads Marx to endorse the moral position of the working class in favor of shortening the working day, increasing wages, and improving labor conditions with an eye to abolishing capitalist labor relations altogether Marx’s approach to ethics can provide a useful basis for current social movements that are concerned with overcoming economic and social inequalities and alienated social conditions
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
224 Pages • 14 B&W illus
PB 9781666955057 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666955033 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216269397 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978767720 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Identities of Action
How the Normative Valence of Consequences Matters for Act Evaluation
Joseph Ulatowski
Individuating action depends upon how people comprehend value judgements about the consequences of an action to distinguish or not to distinguish between them
The question “what is action?” cannot be fully addressed until it is established whether two action descriptions whether in law, business, insurance policies, or ordinary conversation refer to the same or different actions This book approaches the problem of action individuation by arguing for a variantist account, where the moral valence of the consequences of an action plays a foundational role in distinguishing between actions Actions with bad consequences are associated with the originating act from which the action arises; actions with positive consequences are separate from their originating act When we consider whether a bad or good consequence is identical to an originating action, the normative valence of the consequences of the action matter Drawing from an empirical assessment that tests non-philosophers’ intuitions about individuating actions, along with real-world examples, Joseph Ulatowski explores the practical and philosophical significance of how we distinguish between actions
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
272 Pages
PB 9781350451674 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350412798 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350412804 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350412811 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Metaethics of Virtue Ethics On Nature and Normativity
Jessy Jordan, St Mary’s University, USA
The re-emergence of virtue ethics in the 20th century revolutionized moral philosophy This is the first book-length introduction to elaborate and defend its complex philosophical framework, natural normativity.
The Metaethics of Virtue Ethics is the first book-length account of the philosophical framework underpinning the neoAristotelian revival of virtue ethics by philosophers including Elizabeth Anscombe, P T Geach, Phillipa Foot, Alasdair MacIntyre, and Rosalind Hursthouse: an approach in metaethics known as natural normativity
The Metaethics of Virtue Ethics contextualizes neo-Aristotelian natural normativity against the backdrop of the broader history of ethics The first two sections are structured around two central questions in metaethics: 1) What is a moral judgment? and 2) Whether one has reason to be moral? These chapters explain and defend natural normativity’s distinctive answer to these foundational questions in metaethics The third section, “Answering the Critics,” deals with several important objections to natural normativity that have emerged as the tradition has developed
COLLECTIONS
Reproductive Ethics: Critical Perspectives
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
240 Pages
PB 9781350543010
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350542976
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350542983
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350542990 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Science Fiction and the Ethics of Artificial Wombs Reproductive Futures
Evie Kendal, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia
Ectogenesis, or artificial wombs, is not yet a reality. But is it the future? In this revolutionary book, Evie Kendal explores the potential that ectogenesis has to promote sexual equality in human reproduction, and the role science fiction plays in imagining possible futures where this technology is realised
Fictional representations of ectogenesis are typically used in bioethics to support techno-conservative views of reproduction, conflating the potential issues associated with this technology with other controversial practices, such as human cloning and genetic engineering Arguing against this dominant trend from a liberal feminist perspective, and placing ectogestation within the rich history of debate in the area, this interdisciplinary volume examines the numerous benefits that growing a foetus in an artificial environment could bring in saving women from the sole burden of reproduction
Further considering the complex dynamic between ectogenesis and science fiction, Kendal not only applies bioethical reasoning to ectogenesis but to its representation in literature and film, and the subsequent use of such media in the bioethical discourse As a result, she highlights several problems with the current methods of engagement with science fiction in bioethics Proposing alternatives, Kendal argues that new methods should capitalise on science fiction’s ability to both communicate biotechnical change and explore how to infiltrate emerging technologies into society
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
296 Pages
HB 9781350347151 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350347199 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350347168 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350347175 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Nietzsche and Kant as Thinkers of Antagonism
Towards a Philosophy of Conflict
Herman Siemens, Leiden University, Netherlands
The question of antagonism, struggle and dissensus, and their place, limits and value for democracy, has divided deliberative from agonistic theories in recent years and remains the main source of the impasse between them This open access book seeks to break this impasse by going back to their sources in Kant (for deliberative theories) and Nietzsche (for agonisms) and reframing them as philosophers of conflict For both philosophers, conflict is part of the ‘deep structure’ of reality at all levels, and their reflections on its constitutive, constructive and destructive potentials raise fundamental questions that democratic theories can ill afford to ignore
Through a series of text-based comparative studies of Kant’s and Nietzsche’s philosophies of conflict, Herman Siemens addresses the central question of the book: What does it take to think of conflict, real opposition or contradiction as an intrinsic dimension of reality? Drawing on Kant’s pre-critical writings and his historical-philosophical texts and Nietzsche’s philosophical physiology and the will to power, chapters examine topics such as logical opposition (contradiction) versus real opposition (Realrepugnanz); idealism as philosophical warfare; the relation between war and peace; destructive versus constructive forms of conflict; resistance as a stimulant; Kant’s ‘unsociable sociability’ and Nietzsche’s ‘fine, well-planned, thoughtful egoism’; hatred, revenge and the ‘slave revolt in morality’
The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Dutch Research Council
COLLECTIONS
Studies in the Thought of Paul Ricoeur
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
250 Pages
PB 9781666976397
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666976373 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216255895 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978770508 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Studies in the Thought of Paul Ricoeur
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages
PB 9798216387978 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666959475 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216264781 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978759664 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Studies in the Thought of Paul Ricoeur
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages
PB 9798765155462 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765155455 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798765155486 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798765155479 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Happiness, Unhappiness, and Chance in the Philosophy of Paul Ricoeur
Anné Hendrik Verhoef
An alternative philosophical understanding of happiness can serve as a corrective to the accounts of happiness offered by modern sciences, religion, and consumerism
This book argues that the notions of happiness, unhappiness, and chance in the philosophy of Paul Ricoeur offer an overarching conceptualization of happiness that has significant implications for contemporary philosophical accounts of happiness By analyzing Ricoeur ’s philosophy, and specifically his two articles on happiness, “Le Bonheur Hors Lieu” (1994) and “L’optatif du bonheur” (2001), Anné H Verhoef argues that a significant alternative mode of understanding happiness is found in the dialectical thinking of Ricoeur Ricoeur ’s dialectic of happiness and unhappiness entails that one cannot exist without the other; unhappiness is not something to be overcome, but something to be embraced Furthermore, Ricoeur ’s recognition of chance in relation to happiness opens a recognition for happiness as something received without any effort, while simultaneously preserving the Aristotelian idea that one should strive for goodness There is a fragile dialectic of receiving and striving for happiness within the simultaneous dialectic of happiness and unhappiness
The Symbolism of Holiness
Holy Being and Holy Living Interpreted Through Paul Ricoeur's Philosophical Anthropology
Curtis Lee Jr
Through a reading of Paul Ricoeur ’s hermeneutics, this book explores how Judeo-Christian holiness emerges in both being and doing in the lives of human persons in a postmodern world
Both the Old and New Testament testify that God requires holiness, yet the topic remains elusive in both understanding and actuality Ricoeur offers a solution to this dilemma; he believed that experiences of evil and the sacred cannot be communicated directly, but only through symbols and myth In the same way that Ricoeur interpreted the human experience of evil in relation to the Fall story in Genesis, this book interprets holiness through the symbolism communicated in the Genesis Creation narrative When interpreted through Ricoeur ’s hermeneutics, the symbols of holiness in this story offer tools to understand how to be holy and live a holy life What results is holiness as holy being, holy doing, and holy being-inthe-world in front of the biblical texts Holiness emerges “like God,” a holy identity, ethic, and lifestyle in human beings that reflects the trifold holiness of the Triune God
A Dialogue Between Evolving Contemporary Psychoanalysis and Paul Ricoeur ’s Philosophical Anthropology
Edited by Jeffrey Sacks & Pascal Sauvayre
Taking elements of Ricoeur ’s thought, practicing psychoanalysts shed light on the psychoanalytic tradition and enrich clinical reflection
Beginning with Sigmund Freud, the relationship between philosophy and psychoanalysis has been complicated, falling short of its mutually enriching potential In his entire oeuvre, Paul Ricoeur made a sustained effort to construct an innovative bridge of linguistic-based alignment and connection between the two disciplines This volume builds on that bridge and contributes to a long-overdue dialogue
Ricoeur both embraced and challenged the Freudian legacy His engagement with the Freudian opus was a vehicle for his philosophical anthropology, emphasizing the future orientation of imagination and the power of the possible Over the last sixty years, psychoanalysis has slowly moved in the direction of broadening analytic theory, but the impact of Ricoeur ’s challenging commentary has continued to evolve The contributors to this volume explore this evolution, clarifying the connections between philosophy and psychoanalysis and finally bringing the two into fruitful conversation
COLLECTIONS
Philosophical Practice
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages • 8 tables
PB 9781666934397 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666934373 • £80 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216278221 • £72 00 / $103 50
ePub 9781666934380 • £72 00 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
472 Pages
• 1 bw (Author photo)
HB 9780761880837 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9780761880851 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9780761880844 • £72 00 / $99 00
Hamilton Books
Precarity,
Trauma,
Ross Channing Reed
Addiction, and Love in Philosophical Counseling
Language around trauma, anxiety, and burnout is pervasive in our current climate, where it seems like we need superhuman powers just to make it through the day This book argues that the expectations and living conditions of our society are uniquely destabilizing, producing a “techno-precarious performance self” that markets itself as a product, gets addicted to almost anything, and drives itself to exhaustion Navigating our way out of this zero-sum game, Ross Channing Reed maintains, will require nothing less than an exploration of our beliefs, values, goals, and the very meanings we attach to life itself The dismantling of “techno-precarious performance society,” a society rooted in systemic precarity and philosophical nihilism, is absolutely necessary to effectively address our epidemic of trauma and addiction
The Principles of Philosophy A Defense of Reason
Mohammad M Tajdini
Presenting an absolute and universal defense of the rational moral law, this work delves into the principle of justice: don’t do to others what you don’t want them to do to you
The Principles of Philosophy provides an intellectual platform to advocate universal human rights and to present a strong and uncompromising criticism of skepticism and relativism It analyzes several modern currents of thought with skeptical or relativistic implications, including a detailed criticism of Descartes, Hume, Schopenhauer, Marx, James, Nietzsche, Freud, Russell, and Heidegger
Contrary to what skepticism and relativism claim, truth is absolute, and human reason can know at least some truths, including the truth of the principle of justice Bridging the arguments of Eastern and Western thinkers from ancient times to the postmodern era, this book presents an academic and thorough investigation of the problem, written in clear and simple language
UK November 2025
• US November 2025
456 Pages
HB 9781350566422 • £20 00 / $27 00
ePDF 9781350566439 £18 00 / $24 30
ePub 9781350566446 • £18 00 / $24 30
Bloomsbury Academic
Quantum History
A New Materialist Philosophy
Slavoj Žižek, Birkbeck Institute for Humanities, University of London, UK
A panoramic view of the cosmos must begin with the tension of a single political moment. In Quantum History, Slavoj Žižek brings together Hegelian dialectics, Lacan psychoanalysis and quantum mechanics to rethink history, reality and political possibility
Taking up Lenin’s challenge to radically reconsider materialism in the wake of each big scientific discovery, and rejecting the recent vogue for giving a vague spiritualist spin to wave mechanics, Žižek embraces the philosophical implications of quantum mechanics with characteristic erudition and verve Drawing on the central themes of the holographic universe, noncommutativity and the collapse of superpositions, Žižek evolves a quantum-inspired ontology which reinvents the historical materialism of Hegel and Heidegger – and compels a brutal, often darkly funny, inquisition into the chances of radical emancipatory acts today
Quantum History takes the reader from the absolute contradiction of the primordial void through quantum oscillations to our ordinary reality, weaving in Lacan and Deleuze, Rovelli and Schelling, opera, cinema, sex and war Žižek is at his sharpest, saddest, most provocative best as he demonstrates that there is no way of extracting ourselves from the texture of history –we must act from a contingent, complex and inscrutable political moment, in sadness and in doubt, but defiantly
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
208 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350384804 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350384835 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350384811 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350384828 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Foucault's Aesthetics of Existence and Shusterman's Somaesthetics
Ethics, Politics, and the Art of Living
Edited by Valentina Antoniol, University of Bari, Italy & Stefano Marino, University of Bologna, Italy
Bringing together Michel Foucault’s aesthetics of existence and Richard Shusterman’s somaesthetics, this volume provides a critical comparison of two of the most influential philosophical theories of the late 20th and early 21st centuries
Introduced by a comprehensive overview of both concepts by editors Stefano Marino and Valentina Antoniol, the ensuing chapters interrogate the affinities and variances between Foucault’s and Shusterman’s philosophies Building on the interdisciplinary character of somaesthetics and aesthetics of existence, international scholars explore these ideas through a wide range of topics ranging from care of the self and of the social self to the ethical and political challenges posed by themes as white ignorance, construction of resistances, and production of subjectivities Given the central role played by the body in both concepts, this volume also affords particular attention to the philosophy of sexuality
Demonstrating the value of reading these two thinkers together through the adoption of radical interpretive perspectives, Foucault’s Aesthetics of Existence and Shusterman’s Somaesthetics highlights the potentialities and the relevance of Foucault’s and Shusterman’s theories, even with respect to our actualité
COLLECTIONS
New Critical Humanities
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages
PB 9798216375487 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666970289 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216259398 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978765238 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Philosophizing Contestation
Refusal, Disobedience, Resistance, Decolonization
Edited by Adam Burgos
This collection elaborates contemporary possibilities for, and evaluates the concept of, contestation, highlighting tensions that emerge with thinking about the concept itself, various modes of contestation, and the terminology that surrounds the concept of contestation
Contestation often carries with it the air of liberation or emancipation of an egalitarian struggle pushing back against forces of domination, subjugation, and hierarchy Coming from across the critical humanities and social sciences, the contributors focus on conceiving of contestation in such a way that those struggles do not in the end reduce themselves, theoretically or practically, to further exclusion Must fighting on behalf of one cause or population necessarily involve the exclusion of another? Is a horizon of universal emancipation conceivable for contestation? What distinguishes critique from criticism? To flesh out the notion of contestation in this light, the contributors consider the different potential modes of contestation, the domains of analysis within which contestation can occur, and the productiveness of understanding contestation as a form of engagement
COLLECTIONS
Aesthetics and Contemporary Art
UK March 2026 • US February 2026
328 Pages • 40 bw illus
HB 9781350253667 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350253704 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350253674 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350253681 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
168 Pages
HB 9781350268760 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350268777 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350268784 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350268791 £17 99 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
The Trouble with Space in Painting
A Critical History
James Hyde
James Hyde, a practicing painter, presents a radical and historically detailed investigation into how the concept of pictorial space in art emerged Using primary documents and a selection of images, Hyde exposes what many will find surprising that space only becomes part of the descriptive apparatus of art and architecture at the turn of the 20th century, not earlier Remarkably, this is the first critical study of pictorial space as a historical construction In this retelling of art history, Hyde presents it as a concept bound to historical circumstance, developing often contentiously in philosophy, mathematics and science, to finally become common in 20th century theorizations of art
Hyde investigates and identifies the historical moments when space first enters discussions about art and how it originally developed in religion, philosophy, mathematics and science He shows that only after several key controversies were stabilized that space finally emerged as a topic for visual art at the turn of the 20th century The stories of these debuts introduce Kant, Poincare and Panofsky, thinkers who provided theories of space that were taken up by artists They reveal the creative and imaginative ideas that forged the belief that space is essential to understanding art
Assemblage Theory and Affect
Ian Buchanan, University of Wollongong, Australia
In Assemblage Theory and Affect, Ian Buchanan continues the project he began in Assemblage Theory and Method, of demystifying the critical elements of the work of Deleuze and Guattari. He argues that the concepts of assemblage and affect, which were separated at birth, need to be reunited if we are to fully understand what Deleuze and Guattari meant by these pivotal concepts To this end, Assemblage Theory and Affect proposes three agenda-setting arguments that will change how we see the concepts of the assemblage and affect
1 Affect is a function of desire – its powers are the powers we attribute to desire As such, like desire it should be considered a psychical agency The assemblage, the body without organs and the abstract machine are all components of this psychical agency
2 Affect is a capacitating power – it empowers us to meet life Affect is not the measure of our response to a given stimulus, it is rather the capacity we have to respond to a stimulus in the way that we do This is the essential argument of Deleuze and Guattari’s schizoanalytic project which is a kind of survivor ’s guide to late capitalism
3 The capacitating power of affect depends upon the combinations of bodies without organs and abstract machines that we have been able to put together by means of the assemblages available to us This is what Deleuze means by an ethics of desire
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
224 Pages
HB 9781350499942 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350499959 £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9781350499973 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9781350499966 • £17 99 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
Alone with Nature
The Psychology of Environmental Attunement
Eugene Hughes
What happens when you are alone in nature and why does it matter? By looking at exceptional experiences of solitude in nature, Eugene Hughes offers a clear articulation of the phenomenon that greatly enhances our comprehension of the human-nature relationship
Through interviews with people around the world, including land artists living in caves, wilderness rites of passage guides in the Sahara Desert, and ancestral healers in Amazonian rain forests, Hughes discovers that alone with nature, under certain conditions, people experience an embodied state of connection to their environment that has an extraordinary effect on their sense of self
Hughes names this state environmental attunement, identifies its defining characteristics, the conditions it occurs under, and what effect it has on people’s sense of self provides
This is a powerful framework for interdisciplinary discourse, inspiring fresh ways for our relationship with nature to be used in treating mental health, improving contact with nature in cities, and reevaluating the quality of everyday modern life
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
280 Pages
HB 9781350291300 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350291348 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350291317 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350291324 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
A Wandering Dance through the Philosophy of Graham Parkes
Comparative Perspectives on Art and Nature
Edited by David Jones, Kennesaw State University, USA
Inspired by the philosopher Graham Parkes, this collection provides a distinctive study of aesthetics and the climate crisis Engaging with continental European and East Asian traditions, it challenges our definition of self in the West and asks us to re-evaluate our conventional perspectives
Expert authors present a timely reflection on contemporary issues, explicating the relationship between the human species and the natural world through its connection to the arts, dance and music Showcasing Parkes’s cross-cultural views on Japanese rock gardens, Buddhism, Daoist dance and musical ecology, while drawing on the philosophies of Nietzsche, Heidegger and the Zhuangzi, they demonstrate a diversity of comparative perspectives ranging from the structure of consciousness to discourses of climate change
Through a valuable and systematic treatment of the thought of Parkes, A Wandering Dance through the Philosophy of Graham Parkes makes the case that a restoration of the intimate relation of self and nature is indispensable in understanding our place in the order of things and achieving balance in the world
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
104 Pages
PB 9781666933529 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666933505 £70 00 / $95 00
ePDF 9798216253549 • £63 00 / $85 50
ePub 9781978768741 • £63 00 / $85 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Death and the Aesthetic Sublime
The Enigma of Time in La Jetée
Jung Kwon
Employing the modern aesthetics of Burke and Kant, as well as Lyotard’s postmodern interpretation, this book delineates the elements of sublime experience through exploring the enigmatic cinematic design of Chris Marker ’s film La Jetée
There is a striking similarity between remembrance and the sublime in psychological structures and processes When we remember, we sort out the images of the past in a way to evoke the idea of the irreversible time, and when we experience the sublime, we reflect on the distance from the threat of life in a way to remind us of our vulnerability to death To scrutinize the sublime as an aesthetic concept, Jung Kwon draws on literature from modern and postmodern philosophy, film studies, philosophy of mind and cognitive science, and Zhuangzi
Through La Jetée’s experimental cinematic design, which consists of a masterful arrangement of still frames, the empathic and imaginative audience cannot help but ponder on what it is to remember Through deliberately eliminating the illusion of movement, the film presents the profound space of timeless moments, ubiquitous and yet ungraspable, the unpresentable and yet viscerally felt
COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
208 Pages
PB 9781350450660 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350450653 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350450677 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350450684 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
(In)aesthetic Theory
An Essay on Adorno, Badiou and Aesthetic Modernism
Vangelis Giannakakis, Goethe-Universität Frankfurt, Germany
A reckoning with the radicalisation of modernist aesthetics that took hold in the mid-twentieth century, (In)aesthetic Theory illuminates the limits of aesthetic presentation by bringing Theodor Adorno and Alain Badiou’s divergent philosophies of art into critical proximity
Both theorists uncover moments in which art ceases to represent and begins to insist – where its truth is not stated outright but intimated in a gesture beyond the world as given Their respective frameworks suggest that aesthetic experience can open an affective breach in which the reifying impulse of cognition is negated, and that which otherwise eludes the regime of established appearances is encountered obliquely This shared structural insight anchors this book’s central hypothesis: that art’s power to produce truth lies precisely in this zone of interruption, of failure, of withdrawal, and vanishing intensity
Combining original theory with historically grounded comparative commentary, the text reflects on presence and absence, history and memory, politics and art, entropy and decay With it, Vangelis Giannakakis offers a vitally current interpretation of aesthetic modernism
UK February 2026 US February 2026
224 Pages
PB 9798216383116 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666906653 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216266488 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978768833 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
In Defense of Indoctrination
The Liberal Arts and the Myth of Thinking for Yourself
Simon Feldman
Considering charges that liberal arts institutions indoctrinate their students, this book investigates the conceptual connections between critical thinking and intellectual independence and between epistemic values and social-political values
It argues that neither charges of indoctrination from political conservatives nor boasts of teaching critical thinking recognize the full range of values embedded in liberal arts education; most faculty want both to teach certain values and to nurture students’ intellectual independence Yet the indoctrination charges do raise deep epistemological questions about the ethics of teaching and learning and take place amidst growing concerns about the social, political, and economic viability of liberal arts institutions themselves
In conversation with defenses of the liberal arts, In Defense of Indoctrination instead asks whether and how the transmission of the various values that undergird the liberal arts comports with the aim of cultivating students’ independent critical thinking Simon Feldman explores how inquiry is intrinsically value-laden and suggests that the cultivation of students’ ability to “think for themselves” is neither a coherent nor desirable pedagogical ideal Defining indoctrination as “the transmission of beliefs or values by nonrational means,” the book argues that there are forms of indoctrination that are unobjectively employed in the context of higher education, as teaching is an intrinsically value laden enterprise
COLLECTIONS
Expanding Philosophy of Religion
UK February 2026 • US March 2026
216 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350418035
• £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350418073 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350418042 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350418059 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Explorations in Philosophy and Theology
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
192 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350519480 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350519442 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350519459 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350519466 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Explorations in Philosophy and Theology
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350518872 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350518834
• £90 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350518841 • £81 00 / $103 50
ePub 9781350518858 • £81 00 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Material Spirituality
A Transcendental Phenomenology of Religion
Neal DeRoo, The Institute for Christian Studies in Toronto, Canada
Challenging monotheistic and cognitive assumptions in philosophy of religion, Neal DeRoo sets out a novel theory grounded in a transcendental phenomenological understanding of spirituality. DeRoo applies transcendental phenomenology to questions and methods in the empirical study of religion and considers the way religion shapes our experience and interaction with the world
Accounting for this transcendental dimension enables us to clarify how religion – as both a concept and as various material practices – is generated out of Husserl’s notion of ‘material spiritual’ conditions Shedding light on the four-fold distinction between transcendental and empirical levels, emphasizing the transcendental dimension of religion via an account of spiritual expression reveals that rigorous analysis of religion requires us to distinguish between spirituality, religiosity and religious phenomena
Investigating current methodological approaches to religion, spirituality, and the religious, DeRoo provides an essential toolbox for the cross-cultural study of religion, drawing on key concepts such as materiality, flesh, spirituality and phenomena
The Trinitarian Mysticism of Jules Monchanin
The Indian Years (1939-1957)
Yann Vagneux, Paris Foreign Missions, India Translated by Roderick Campbell Guion, Carmelite Institute of Britain and Ireland, Ireland
The authoritative account of the pioneering philosophical encounter between Christian and Hindu mysticism in the work of Jules Monchanin, a luminary of early 20th century religious thought in France whose missionary work in India led to the formulation of a novel religious philosophy Before leaving for India in 1939, Jules Monchanin (18951957) was one of the beacons of the theological, philosophical and missiological renewal that filled the French city of Lyon during the 1930s His thinking developed further in dialogue with Hindu mysticism For the first time, this book examines the philosophical basis of the interreligious encounter that spurred Monchanin's system of thought
Now available in an English edition, Yann Vagneux’s text undertakes a thorough synthesis of Monchanin’s thought based on his unpublished notebooks and letters, and at the same time raises theological questions and conundrums that few thinkers involved in Hindu-Christian studies dare to tackle This volume shows how, during his time in India from 1939-1952, Monchanin's development of a Trinitarian Ontology and his study of Hindu mysticism were mutually illuminating, driven by problems of the One and the Many in both traditions It follows on from the companion volume, The Trinitarian Philosophy Of Jules Monchanin, which sets out his foundation of a Trinitarian Ontology
The Trinitarian Philosophy Of Jules Monchanin
The French Years (1922-1939)
Yann Vagneux, Paris Foreign Missions, India Translated by Roderick Campbell Guion, Carmelite Institute of Britain and Ireland, Ireland
The definitive work on the mystical theology of Jules Monchanin, a luminary of early 20th century religious thought and an integral part of the dialogue between the Catholic Church and Hinduism
Before leaving for India in 1939, Jules Monchanin (1895-1957) was one of the beacons of the theological, philosophical and missiological renewal that filled the French city of Lyon during the 1930s His thinking has remained largely in the shadows For the first time, this book reveals Monchanin as a key thinker of the Mystery of Trinity who was a central influence on philosophers and theologians including Henri de Lubac and Hans Urs von Balthasar
Now available in an English edition, Yann Vagneux’s text undertakes a thorough synthesis of Monchanin’s thought based on his unpublished notebooks and letters, and at the same time raises theological questions and conundrums that few thinkers involved in Hindu-Christian studies dare to tackle This volume first reveals Monchanin's contribution to the intensity of intellectual life in Lyon in the 1930’s and sets out his foundation of a Trinitarian Ontology; the companion second volume, Jules Monchanin’s Interreligious Philosophy: The Encounter of Christian and Hindu Mysticism (1939-1957), outlines how his thought was influenced by dialogue with Hinduism during his time in India
COLLECTIONS
Violence, Desire, and the Sacred
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
240 Pages
PB 9781350532915
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350532878
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350532885 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350532892 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
264 Pages
PB 9781350532328 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350532335 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350532342 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350532359 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350382657 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350382664 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350382688 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350382671 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Revelatory Power of Mimetic Theory
Reading René Girard, Texts and the World
Edited by Benoît Chantre, Mimetic Research Association, France & Paul Dumouchel, University of Québec-Montréal, Canada
A one-of-a-kind overview of the lasting impact of mimetic theory and the extent of its interdisciplinary applications, a century after René Girard's birth. Bringing together a team of established scholars from different disciplines, this collection assesses how much the theory has developed over Girard's lifetime and beyond Literary texts and myths are analysed through a mimetic lens, revealing the underlying patterns of rivalry, violence, and sacrifice Mimetic theory is then applied to real-world phenomena, such as terrorism, social conflict, and ecological crises, demonstrating its relevance in the 21st century
Girard argued that texts, whether religious, literary, or anthropological reveal fundamental aspects of the world Inspired by this chapters drawing on a rich selection of works and authors including DH Lawrence, Oedipus Rex, Hannah Arendt, and Michel Houellebecq to reveal innovative uses of his theory
By illustrating how Girard's ideas are being used by specialists and practitioners across diverse fields, this expansive exploration of mimetic theory tackles timely topics from social media and terrorism prevention to toxic masculinity and conspiracy theories It is for anyone interested in understanding human behavior and culture from multiple perspectives
Santideva and the Dynamics of Tradition
Doctrinal, Social, and Interreligious Contexts
Edited by Stephen Harris, Leiden University, the Netherlands & Perry Schmidt-Leukel, University of Muenster, Germany
This collection analyses the dynamic role of tradition in understanding the thought and impact of the 8th century Mahayana Buddhist thinker Santideva
Organised into three interconnected sections, it highlights Santideva’s Guide to the way of life of a Bodhisattva (Bodhicaryavatara) as a product of and major contributor to the 7th and 8th-century Mahayana Buddhist intellectual tradition
Across a series of cross-cultural case studies, a team of philosophers and scholars of religion demonstrate how the Guide, a religious and philosophical classic, is being taken up into contemporary academic conversations They analyze key Buddhist concepts developed by Santideva, including effort, compassion, wisdom and the spirit of awakening (bodhicitta), explicating the role they play in his thought and the impact they made on the tradition Covering his attitude towards woman, they discuss his use of sarcasm revealing his conception of human beings and examine social hierarchy as reflected in his writings and traditional biography Unique in the attention it gives to social dynamics, this is the first collection to incorporate interreligious dialogue into its framing of the Guide
Alternative Conceptions of the Spiritual Polytheism, Animism, and More in Contemporary Philosophy of Religion Travis Dumsday, Concordia University of Edmonton, USA
Analytic philosophy of religion and philosophical theology are known for being focused on issues pertaining specifically to Judeo-Christian theism This volume answers the call for novel work on a broader range of ideas about the spiritual, engaging with key concepts and neglected recent literature from other traditions
Alternative Conceptions of the Spiritual engages with polytheism, animism, panspiritism and theophanism as propounded by recent philosophers and members of lesser-known spiritual traditions and new religious movements Summarizing and assessing their core ideas and arguments with both clarity and sympathy, Dumsday combines respectful dialogue with logical rigour Providing an accessible introduction to a rich and nuanced set of traditions largely overlooked in contemporary philosophical scholarship, the work will be welcomed by philosophers, theologians and students of new religious movements
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
272 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350410602 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350410664 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350410619 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350410633 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Continental Philosophy
UK February 2026
248 Pages
PB 9781350570528
HB 9781350570511
• US February 2026
• £28 99 / $39 95
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350570535
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350570542 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages 10 bw illus
PB 9781350564695 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350530188 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350530195 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350530201 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Apocalyptic Patience
Mystical Theology / Gnosticism / Ethical Phenomenology
Andrew Shanks, Former Canon Emeritus of
Andrew Shanks brings together a grand narrative of theology and continental philosophy to argue that the 'solidarity of the shaken' is the kingdom of God in secular dress
Shanks engages with the philosophy of Jan Patocka; specifically, his Heretical Essays in the Philosophy of History, which culminate in the concept of the ‘solidarity of the shaken’ Such solidarity is quite simply that which empowers the most radically thoughtful openness to others, embattled against even the most repressive closure; a solidarity without any other essential qualification
Split into three distinct parts, Shanks begins by discussing Patocka s philosophico-centric grand narrative, and drawing wider reference to the pre-philosophic origins of Abrahamic religious tradition This is followed by an exploration of mystical theology, Christian and Islamic; of its decay into ‘mysticism’, and its influence on Christian and Jewish gnostic traditions The final third presents a discussion on ethical phenomenology Analysing the proponents of a ‘pathos of shakenness’ such as Kierkegaard, Levinas, Løgstrup, he juxtaposes 19th-century thinkers such as Arendt and Hegel with Heidegger and Strauss as he moves through the century, and eventually to the rise of secular public conscience movement
The Appropriation of Islamic Philosophy
Creation in Ricoeur and Avicenna
Selami Varlik, Istanbul 29 Mayis University, Turkiye
Phenomenology and philosophical hermeneutics are today deepening their dialogue with ancient and medieval metaphysics
Yet Islamic philosophy typically relegated to a distant past remains strikingly absent, despite its recognized impact on European thought Making the case for a Ricoeurian hermeneutics of appropriation that revitalizes Avicenna’s thinking for contemporary philosophy, The Appropriation of Islamic Philosophy develops a precise approach to the appropriation of Avicenna, exploring the tension between being and non-being at the heart of the notion of creation
Attentive to theological and methodological differences, Selami Varlik brings the two philosophies into dialogue through their shared concern with putting belief in tension with rational discourse The notion of creation, common to both religions, plays a pivotal role in this convergence, particularly through Avicenna’s distinction between ontological creation and temporal creation This duality echoes directly in medieval philosophy and more subtly in Ricoeur s distinction between origin and temporal beginning It also allows Avicenna to articulate a notion of contingency, rooted in the distinction between essence and existence and revealing the ontological indigence of the created
On the Affective Moods of Being
A Philosophical Exploration of Affects in Ibrahim Niasse's Thought Philipp Valentini, Catholic Vocation High School in Strasbourg, France
Placing Senegalese scholar and Sufi Shaykh, Ibrahim Niasse (1900-1975), in dialogue with the German philosopher Martin Heidegger (1889-1976), this book considers meditations on Being through the affects of human experience
At the heart of the divergence between these two philosophers lies a fundamental difference in their conceptions of time: Heidegger views death as the definitive end of existence, whereas Niasse envisions existence as oriented toward apocatastasis a return to divine origin Yet Philipp Valentini moves beyond this contrast to examine how both philosophers root their inquiries into Being in the realm of human affect He draws compelling parallels between their treatments of shared affective states such as dismay, vengeance, relationality (being with another), and the experience of slow, extended time
While previous studies have approached the relationship between Heidegger and the Islamicate intellectual tradition either historically or through speculative hybridization, Valentini offers a more nuanced comparative analysis Through an insightful juxtaposition of modern Sufi and Heideggerian thought, Valentini reveals how both thinkers engage affect under the guidance of overarching metaphysical ideas Ultimately, On the Affective Moods of Being invites readers to reflect on a profound question: what guiding idea should shape our affective experience of Being?
COLLECTIONS
New Kierkegaard Research
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages
PB 9781666981940
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666981926 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216264064 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978762824 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US February 2026
248 Pages
PB 9781666963335 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666963311 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216258131 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978765566 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
Kierkegaard's Ontology
The Faith to Be Casey
Spinks
What is it to be? And what is it to be a Christian? Casey Spinks suggests these two questions belong together when readers attend to Kierkegaard’s authorship, and such attention calls for the task of uncovering Kierkegaard’s fundamental ontology
This book argues that the heart of that ontology is to be found in the religious discourses of his Second Authorship Using the devotional discourse The Lily of the Field and the Bird of the Air as his guide, Spinks argues that Kierkegaard offers a distinct Christian sense of being: faith In particular, in his Second Authorship, he moves from irony to earnestness, and identifies silence, obedience, and joy as ontologically significant categories This Christian ontology fundamentally opposes the rationalist ontology of G W F Hegel as well as any other philosophical ontology based on autonomous reason or human subjectivity As a result, Kierkegaard proves to be a unique Christian figure in the history of Western metaphysics, one with forceful relevance to contemporary questions of first philosophy and first theology
On Mathematics, Unity, and the Good Plato, Whitehead, Aristotle
David A White
This book demonstrates that mathematical positions are based on metaphysical elements, which in turn provide schemata for evaluating and expanding metaphysical positions The argument is grounded in the Platonic notion of the good, Whitehead’s late essay on mathematics and the good, and Aristotle’s sustained criticisms of Platonic philosophy of mathematics Bridging ancient and modern thought, from Phaedo to the modern notion of Abelian groups in mathematics, it demonstrates that both mathematics and metaphysics incorporate contrast-rich experience and context-independent formalism and at their best can be partners in helping to discern fundamental features of the fullness of reality David A White explores how developments in mathematics and mathematical understanding can indicate, illustrate, and contribute to assessing metaphysical considerations when accounts of reality are approached from the standpoint of an articulated representation of the good
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages
PB 9798216375470 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781498581684 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216267355 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978764583 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
On Quantum Things
A Constructive Guide to the Fundamentals of Quantum Theory
Valia Allori
A realist, particle-based view of quantum theory where the wavefunction no longer plays a central role offers a clear, commonsense alternative to dominant metaphysical views
This book explores the metaphysics of quantum theory through a lens of scientific realism the belief that successful scientific theories describe reality It critically evaluates various interpretations, including structural realism, wave function realism, and the many-worlds view, highlighting their limitations Valia Allori proposes a “spatiotemporal foundational ontology” approach, grounded in particles as fundamental entities evolving in three-dimensional space and time, following uniform, symmetric laws This view is exemplified by Bohmian mechanics (pilot-wave theory), offering a constructive, commonsensical explanation of quantum phenomena The wave function, in this framework, is not a physical object but plays a functional, law-like role in explaining interactions Further, the book advances a radical thesis: fundamental particles lack intrinsic properties like mass or charge and are instead “bare” objects distinguished only by the laws governing them This thesis allows a middle path between traditional object-based metaphysics and eliminative structuralism
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
216 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350417335 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350417366 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350417342 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350417359 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Heidegger's Metaphysics
The Overturning of 'Being and Time'
Aengus Daly
Heidegger ’s Metaphysics explores how Heidegger continued the project of Being and Time, developing a new kind of metaphysics through a critique of Kantian transcendental philosophy Drawing on Heidegger ’s published work, lecture courses, drafts, and correspondence from the late 1920s, it reconstructs the philosophical justification for this project, its implications for Heidegger ’s phenomenology of time, and his understanding of philosophical concept formation
Daly proposes that Heidegger ’s project neither failed nor remained indebted to a Kantian transcendental framework, and challenges the widespread interpretation of Heidegger as a critic of metaphysics This work examines a wide range of themes that have been largely neglected in discussions of Heidegger ’s work, including a phenomenology of the mythical world (in dialogue with Ernst Cassirer ’s work), the origin of religious concepts, the development of a temporality of thrownness, and Heidegger ’s critique of Kantian transcendentalism It finishes by challenging the separation of Heidegger ’s philosophy from his politics and asks what we can retrieve from his project today
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
192 Pages • 2 bw illus
HB 9781350437791 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350437807 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350437814 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350437821 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Metaphysical Hermeneutics
Jean Grondin, University of Montreal, Canada
If in its simplest form, hermeneutics is a quest for understanding, then part of that quest will always include striving to understand being and the meaning of being This open access book takes that ambition seriously, arguing that hermeneutics and metaphysics, so central to philosophical thought but so rarely put in tandem, are two complementary fundamentals of human existence
Metaphysical Hermeneutics puts forward the argument for a hermeneutical metaphysics in service of philosophy’s basic aim: to make sense of our experience Jean Grondin builds his argument for this combined discipline around the idea of ‘sense’ – a theme that is both hermeneutical and metaphysical What we seek to glimpse is not just a figment of the mind but always the meaning of something Grondin calls on one of the founding figures of contemporary hermeneutics HansGeorg Gadamer to test his theories, singling out the metaphysical dimension of Gadamer ’s ideas and questioning his seeming embrace and rejection of that dimension Rooting these questions in the human search for meaning is a major contribution to the scope and resources of hermeneutic philosophy
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Department of Philosophy at the University of Montreal
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
272 Pages
PB 9781350466913 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350466876 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350466883 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350466890 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
Wilfrid Sellars's Metaphilosophy
Two Images and the Philosophy in Between
Edited by László Kocsis, University of Pécs, Hungary & Krisztián Pete, University of Pécs, Hungary
Bringing together essays on Wilfrid Sellars’ distinction between the manifest and scientific image and his vision of philosophy’s role in overcoming their clash, this volume elucidates some of the most perplexing and important aspects of his philosophy
An international team of leading and rising scholars provide a systematic treatment of Sellars’ metaphilosophy and its implications, drawing on the concepts presented in his seminal work Philosophy and the Scientific Image of Man Essays consider his view that the purpose of the distinction is to transform, rather than constrain, the practice of philosophy Part I examines the relationship between the two images, their differences, and the (im)possibility of reconciling them; Part II explores Sellars distinction between the two images from a broader philosophical perspective and considers other aspects of his philosophy, including his often ambivalent relationship with other traditions such as logical atomism, logical empiricism and American pragmatism
Attesting to his extensive legacy as a key figure in 20th-century analytic philosophy, this collection illuminates Sellars’ complex and intricate philosophy in new and engaging ways
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
472 Pages
HB 9781350324008 • £140 00 / $190 00
PB 9781350324046 • £42 99 / $58 95
ePDF 9781350324015 • £126 00 / $171 00
ePub 9781350324022 • £126 00 / $171 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Revolutionary Bioethics
UK January 2026
• US November 2025
248 Pages
PB 9781666959406
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666959383 • £80 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216201328 • £72 00 / $103 50
ePub 9781978766372 • £72 00 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Pragmatism
Edited
by Sami
Pihlström,
University of Helsinki, Finland
Pragmatism provides not just a theoretical perspective on science and inquiry, but ways of being in the world, of knowing the reality we inhabit Approaching this philosophical tradition as a diverse set of philosophies that it is, The Bloomsbury Handbook of Pragmatism introduces many of the ideas and debates at the centre of the field today
Focusing on issues in different subject areas, this up-to-date handbook covers current research in aesthetics, economics, education, ethics, history, law, metaphysics, politics, race, religion, science and technology, language, and social theory Supported by an introduction to research methods and problems, as well as a guide to past and future directions in the field, chapters are enhanced by a ‘how to use’ guide and glossary Now expanded, this edition includes new chapters on pragmatism and various global and regional philosophical traditions, as well as feminism and environmental philosophy
Showing where important work continues to be done, the tensions that exist, and, most valuably, the exciting new directions the field is taking, The Bloomsbury Handbook of Pragmatism advances our understanding of the role of pragmatism in 21st century philosophy
Bioethical Responsibilities in Twenty-First Century Crises
Edited by Elizabeth Lanphier & Larry R Churchill
Bioethical Responsibilities in Twenty-First Century Crises argues for an expanded role and scope for the field of bioethics to tackle the pressing challenges confronting health and healthcare now and on the horizon The diverse chapters in this collection, edited by Elizabeth Lanphier and Larry R Churchill, address the need for new bioethical methods, attention to overlooked difference, responding to climate change, and charting new identities for and within bioethics Taken as a whole, this volume shows how bioethics, with its core commitment to justice, needs to update its tools and attention to realize justice in the twenty-first century This includes better understanding of and responding to the ways that structural inequities and intersectional oppression impact not only individual medical care and healthcare access, health policy, or research priorities and participation, but also individual and community contributions to and vulnerability from climate change, and the impact social and political choices have on health and well-being
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
272 Pages
PB 9781666953985
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666953961 • £80 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216259671
£72 00 / $103 50
ePub 9781978765474 • £72 00 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Possibilist Knowledge
A Rigorous Framework for an Indeterminist Science
Gustavo Castañon
Possibilist knowledge is the kind of scientific knowledge about what makes something possible or impossible in a given context, given the satisfaction or absence of a necessary condition, and which is formed by possibilist laws and explanations. Unlike knowledge of physical necessity, which states what must occur, or probabilistic knowledge, which indicates what is likely to occur, possibilist knowledge delineates the boundaries of what can and cannot happen Possibilist laws are strict laws stating necessary conditions for events, and possibilist explanations show how apparently impossible or improbable phenomena could have occurred under specified conditions
Building on new tools such as permissive and preventive conditions, this book rectifies longstanding problems in the philosophy of science, from the “how-possibly” explanations to mechanisms and negative causation, reconsidering the deductive–nomological model of explanation in a renewed light Drawing examples from physics, biology, social sciences, psychology, and neuroscience, it demonstrates that possibilist reasoning is already pervasive, though unacknowledged, and essential for understanding multicausality and constraints in complex systems In psychology, possibilist knowledge provides a methodological basis for unifying the discipline and reconciling scientific rigor with human freedom More broadly, possibilism challenges the modern identification of science with determinism, showing that we can preserve exact science without assuming a deterministic universe
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages
PB 9781350601314
• £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9781350343054 • £130 00 / $175 00
ePDF 9781350343061 • £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781350343078 £117 00 / $157 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
208 Pages
PB 9781350467118 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350467071 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350467088 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic ePub 9781350467095 • £0.00 / $0.00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Émilie Du Châtelet
Edited by Fatema Amijee, University of British Columbia, Canada
The first scholarly volume on Émilie Du Châtelet’s philosophy highlights her novel contributions to metaphysics, philosophy of science, and ethics
As an understudied figure in the history of early modern philosophy, this volume re-positions her thinking alongside philosophical predecessors like Leibniz, Newton, Wolff, and Voltaire, as well as considering her own influence in the decades and centuries after her death
Established and emerging scholars of early modern philosophy cover all aspects of Du Châtelet’s philosophical work including her metaphysical views on the Principle of Sufficient Reason, the Principle of Contradiction, and natural theology, as well as her writings on epistemology, space and time, philosophy of mathematics, freedom, imagination and happiness By positioning Du Châtelet firmly within the history of philosophy and the philosophy of science, Fatema Amijee’s edited volume contributes to the renewed scholarly attention on early modern women philosophers Essential reading for students and scholars of early modern philosophy, history of science, philosophy of science, and feminist philosophy, this go-to text on Du Châtelet marks a new era of scholarly attention for a formerly neglected figure
OPEN ACCESS
The Necessities Underlying Reality Connecting Philosophy of Mathematics, Ethics and Probability
Edited by Jeremiah Joven Joaquin, De La Salle University, Philippines & James Franklin, New South Wales, Sydney, Australia
This open access book covers four decades of work by the leading Australian philosopher, mathematician and historian of ideas, James Franklin
These interlinking essays are connected by a core theme: the necessary structures in reality that allow certain knowledge of absolute truths Franklin’s Aristotelian realist philosophy of mathematics shows how mathematical truths are directly about physical reality, and at the same time certainly and provably true Ranging from mathematics to evidence evaluation to ethics, his philosophy of probability sees the relation of evidence to hypothesis, such as in science and law, as purely logical, hence necessary
Here is an up-to-date introduction to Franklin’s overall perspective Recalling Western philosophy to its roots, it reveals the way absolute necessities are discoverable across the abstract fields of mathematics, logical evidence and ethics
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
224 Pages
PB 9781350509306
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350509269 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350509276 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350509283 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Modern German Philosophy
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
238 Pages
HB 9781350348646 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350348684 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350348653 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350348660 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Kant’s Sources in Translation
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
352 Pages
HB 9781350192614
• £130 00 / $175 00
PB 9781350436411 • £39 99 / $54 95
ePDF 9781350192621 • £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781350192638 • £117 00 / $157 50 Bloomsbury Academic
The Legacy of Kant in Contemporary Philosophy Critical Perspectives and New Responses
Edited by Piotr Kozak, University of Bialystok, Poland, Anna Tomaszewska, Jagiellonian University, Poland & Bartosz Dzialoszynski, University of Warsaw, Poland
A collection of essays examining the topicality of Kant’s thought and its impact on the development of contemporary philosophy.
How can Kant’s philosophy inspire us to search for new solutions to problems in contemporary debates? Which Kantian ideas, if any, are still relevant? Written in the year of his 300th birthday, this collection addresses these questions and examines the topicality of Kant’s thought and its impact on the development of contemporary philosophy With renowned scholars approaching Kant’s philosophy from multiple perspectives spanning across Science and Metaphysics, Perspectives on Mind, Moral Faith and Rational Religion, and Enlightenment, the essays here demonstrate a still-live intertwinement of Kant’s thought and ongoing philosophical debates They shed new light on Kant’s major influence on key thinkers of the 20th century, from Heidegger to Rawls, from Sellars to McDowell, and how his ideas continue to inform issues in metaphysics, philosophy of mind, ethics, political and moral philosophy, and philosophy of religion
Speaking to the enduring relevance of Kant’s legacy, this collection affirms Kant not only holds historical value as a philosopher of the past, but his ideas are still fruitful and offer valuable insights into philosophical problems today
Debates, Controversies, and Prizes
Philosophy in the German Enlightenment
Edited by Tinca Prunea-Bretonnet, University of Bucharest, Romania & Christian Leduc, University of Montreal, Canada
This volume brings together a series of cutting-edge studies on significant controversies and prize essay contests of the German Enlightenment It sheds new light on the nature and impact of the philosophical debates of the period, while analyzing a range of pressing philosophical questions In doing so, it focuses on controversies and prize competitions as conditions for the advancement of knowledge and the staking out of new philosophical terrain
Chapters address not only the rich content of the questions but also their wider context, including the theoretical framework of the debates and their institutional support and aims Together they demonstrate how these debates created a rallying point and generated momentum for sustained philosophical argument and engagement in the Enlightenment era The collection offers novel perspectives on the major role played by the Berlin Academy both within the German Enlightenment and across Europe more broadly Through the introduction of several understudied but key figures such as Johann Heinrich Abicht, Leonhard Cochius, Pierre Le Guay de Prémontval, and Guillaume Raynal, it deepens our understanding of the richness and complexity of the period
The essays provide new material on areas such as the problem of language, the emergence of psychology, colonialism, and the origins of aesthetics for the wider study of the intellectual milieu in eighteenth-century Germany and beyond
Baumgarten’s Philosophical Ethics
A Critical Translation
Alexander Gottlieb Baumgarten Edited by John Hymers, La Salle University, USA Translated by John Hymers, La Salle University, USA
Alexander Baumgarten’s Ethica Philosophica (1740) served as a chief textbook of philosophical instruction in German universities for several decades, and was used by Immanuel Kant for his lectures on moral philosophy between 1759 and 1794 Now translated into English for the first time, John Hymers explores the extent of Baumgarten's influence on the development of German philosophy
Accompanied by an introduction to Baumgarten and his work, this translation features an explanation of the main themes of the Ethica Philosophica, touching upon its relation to Christian Wolff and G F Meier ’s practical philosophy, but focusing especially on its role in Kant’s lectures First-time translations of elucidatory passages from the writings of Meier, Wolff, and Heinrich Köhler appear together with the relevant transcriptions of Kant’s lectures on ethics
Based on a thorough knowledge of the original text, Hymers' clear translation and supporting material makes it possible to distinguish Kant’s own remarks and insights from his attempts to expound and summarize Baumgarten’s ideas This is a much-needed contribution for anyone working in the history of modern philosophy
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US December 2025
214 Pages
PB 9798216385288 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666961096 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216263760 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978761339 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Linguistic Quandary of Environmental Hermeneutics Applications from Heidegger, Li Zehou, Gadamer, and Zhuangzi
Andrew Fuyarchuk
Within the context of the Age of the Anthropocene, this book outlines the existential preconditions for understanding the language of nature.
Andrew Fuyarchuk uses environmental hermeneutics as an example of a social conundrum, which is traced to the barriers created by Heidegger to understand animals-in-their environment In response to these barriers, the author draws on the anthropological ontology of Li Zehou and Daoist philosophy In contrast to the tradition of metaphysics that overshadows Heidegger, these philosophies think about humans and nature within a “one-world view” and thereby provide the conceptual resources to redefine what it means to be a human being from the domain of “being-in-nature ” This entails a transformation in the meaning of existence that the author develops in terms of three Gadamerian dispositional preconditions for a hermeneutics of nature: empathetic bodily affinity, receptivity to ambient environments, and imitation as a way of knowing
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
184 Pages
PB 9781666932805 • £26 99 / $36 95
HB 9781666932782
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216251590 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978766631 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
Towards an Environmental Ethic of Surprise
Adventures in Attention
Justin Simpson
This book argues that paying attention to nonhumans is an environmental virtue, making a case for why it matters and how it can be done well While Western science and philosophy has tended to represent nonhumans as supposedly inert, passive, predictable, and prone to suffering, Justin Simpson highlights ways that nonhumans are surprising and creative subjects that go playful adventures, undergoing and enacting substantial change in the world Given that one can never know completely in advance what a nonhuman is capable of, one must pay attention to nonhumans to not only understand them, but ultimately respect, care for, and reciprocate them Contesting accounts of attention and environmental ethics premised on a self/other dichotomy, sight models, and self-sacrifice, Adventures in Attention: Towards an Environmental Ethic of Surprise advances an account of adventurous attention, which involves travel, chance, and risk In particular, this approach entails affectively immersing oneself in the worlds of nonhumans in a playful and improvisational way Informed in part by posthumanism, the book challenges scientific realism and other accounts of empathy and attention that frame it as a chore rather than a joyful and rewarding process that leads to new agential abilities and subjectivities
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages 10 bw illus
HB 9781350417373 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350417403 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350417380 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350417397 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Environmental Uncanny A Phenomenology of the Loss of the World
Brian A Irwin, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, USA
The Environmental Uncanny argues that the increasing destitution of our world is the result of a certain forgetfulness: we have forgotten that the basis of our knowledge is not calculative reason, but our participation in the natural world The modern built environment is exemplary of this forgetfulness, and induces an uncanniness that can help us to understand the nature of our environmental crisis This book offers a unique interdisciplinary perspective on the global environmental crisis Ranging from traditional phenomenology, including substantial discussion of both Merleau-Ponty and Heidegger, to philosophy of biology, to architectural and urban design theory, to landscape photography, it makes illuminating connections to paint a multifaceted picture Tracing the root causes of dwindling biodiversity, deforestation and suburban sprawl, we can find how might we mark the path back toward a mode of rich inhabitation in a contemporary age In charting out how it is that we are losing our world, Irwin offers a thought as to how we might regain it
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
336 Pages
PB 9781666971712
HB 9781666971699
US February 2026
£28 99 / $39 95
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216258995
ePub 9781978764811
Bloomsbury Academic
£76 50 / $103 50
• £76 50 / $103 50
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
264 Pages
HB 9781350424630 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350424678 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350424647 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350424654 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages 10 tables
PB 9781666963366 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666963342 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216254652 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978760271 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Existential Intelligence
The Ontology of Ambiguity and Education
Sevket Benhür Oral
This book develops an ontological approach to understanding existential intelligence and its connections to democracy and education.
Sevket Benhür Oral examines the concept of existential intelligence hereafter ExistI on an ontological level ExistI is not conceived as a psychological aptitude that one can be good at or not like spatial or bodily-kinesthetic intelligence Rather, it refers to a unitary experience that is riddled with ambiguity All human beings are potentially open to such experience since we all have the capacity to experience the extraordinary, or better put, the extraordinariness of the ordinary Although Howard Gardner later identified existential intelligence among other intelligences, his theory of multiple intelligences, while still widely accepted by educators, did not adequately explore this concept, especially in its political, moral, and philosophical dimensions It is essential that we do since ExistI is ultimately about our capacity for more peaceful ways of co-existing with others, the extraordinariness of living collectively with human and nonhuman beings
The Phenomenology of Play
Encountering Eugen Fink
Steven Stakland, Northern Virginia Community College, USA Edited by Steven Stakland, Northern Virginia Community College, USA
Eugen Fink’s deep engagement with the phenomenon of play saw him transcend his two towering mentors, Edmund Husserl and Martin Heidegger, to become a crucial figure in early 20th-century phenomenology The Phenomenology of Play draws on Fink’s concept of play to build a picture of his philosophy, from its foundations to its applications
The book’s three sections focus on the building blocks of Fink’s phenomenology of play, how his work maps onto the broader history of philosophy, and finally how his writing can be applied to contexts from education and care to politics and religion This rich account of Fink’s contribution to theories of play demonstrates its immense value and fundamental importance to human existence Relating Fink’s work to that of his contemporaries and predecessors like Husserl, Heidegger, Schiller, Gadamer, Nietzsche and Sartre shows the range and importance of his ideas to modern European thought The Phenomenology of Play also features newly translated material including notes from conversations between Fink and Heidegger, and Fink’s own essay ‘Mask and Cothurnus’ on ancient theatre – which shed new light on his philosophical enquiries
Existence and Illusion
A Semantic Account of Perception
D E Buckner
Illusion is a longstanding problem in the philosophy of perception: how can it perceptibly appear that something is the case, though nothing corresponds in reality?
A strong intuition – the Common Kind Assumption that the same account must apply to veridical perception as to illusion –seems to commit us to weird” mental items like sense data, but an equally strong intuition is that weird items have no place in a parsimonious account of reality
D E Buckner takes a novel approach to this problem, arguing that perceptual states are propositional Just as the same proposition can be true or false, so the same perceptual state can be veridical or not Sight tells us that the stick in water is bent, even when our understanding says it is not This semantic account of perception satisfies the Common Kind Assumption without committing us to weird items
The book is a fresh approach to the classic problem of illusion, informed by the core topics of philosophical logic: identity, existence, reference and predication
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US December 2025
268 Pages
PB 9781666965599 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666965575 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216263272 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978761063 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Reframing the Boundaries: Thinking the Political
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
338 Pages
PB 9798216381211 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781538169773 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798765160480 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781538169797 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages
HB 9781350473904 • £50 00 / $68 00
PB 9781350473898 £16 99 / $22 95
ePDF 9781350473911 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350473928 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Fluidity of Collective Memory
Time, Place, and Meaning-Making in Recalling the Past
Edited by Katerina Králová & Maria-Alina Asavei
In their collective dimension, memories are fluid their form and content constantly adjusted by locations, places, generations, cultures, traditions, politics, epistemic authorities, and historical predictabilities.
Contrary to the notion of memory as a static repository of facts, this volume examines the malleability of collective memory, exploring how memories are constantly adjusted and re-shaped in a temporal and spatial dimension of meaning-making The contributors in this volume do not address memory in its psychological dimension Instead, they explore the mnemonic materializations in cultural and social settings, treating memory as a powerful force that shapes the identity of societies, cultures, and communities It is the tapestry of shared experiences, narratives, and symbols that define how a group remembers its past This volume explores how societies actively construct meanings around these collective recollections and argues that collective memory is often constructed, reconstructed, negotiated, and questioned to serve various ends
The Animate World
Posthuman Ontologies
Sean Watson, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK
The Animate World: Posthuman Ontologies argues for the necessity of a post-humanism grounded in a vital ontology, in contrast to the nihilist ontological positions and assumptions of a range of existing post and antihumanisms
Still, the book affirms both the normative imperative and technological tendency that humanism is unsustainable and that technological developments are cumulatively pointing towards a surpassing of the human, conceptually and physically Based in process philosophy, the post-human ontology is offered as an alternative philosophical grounding for posthumanism for an ethics and politics of ecological flourishing rather than exploitation of nature Sean Watson critiques the existing nihilist ontological approaches to the post-human, which he argues are complicit with neoliberal, digital capitalism and its ideological justifications In doing so, he conceives of an ontology of generative ethics and politics, capable of addressing the overwhelming accumulation of crises that Bernard Stiegler identified as the destruction of the future
Philosophy of Writing
David Arndt, Saint Mary’s College of California, USA
Why write? Why care about writing well? Most philosophers have seen writing as inferior to speech as a way to move toward truth Just a few thinkers including Epictetus, Nietzsche, Arendt, Foucault, Morrison, and Anzaldúa have said that writing itself can be part of the search for understanding But how can this be true?
In this pathbreaking work, David Arndt argues that our views of writing have been distorted by common concepts of truth, goodness, and beauty, and that we have to critically rethink these concepts in order to better understand in what senses writing can be beautiful, good, and true He distinguishes several kinds of thought (demonstrative, interpretive, perspectival, and narrative), and explains how they are articulated in different genres of writing (papers, essays, dialogues, and stories) He ends with fifty principles of composition that guide writing at its best Philosophy of Writing is both a philosophical meditation on writing and a practical handbook on how to write
This luminous and illuminating book shows in prose that is clear, graceful, and occasionally witty how writing has been practiced as a kind of meditation conducive to the search for wisdom
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com
COLLECTIONS
Founding Critical Theory
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages
HB 9781538163368 • £88 00 / $115 00
PB 9781538163382 • £29 99 / $39 99
ePDF 9798881854584 • £79 20 / $103 50
ePub 9781538163375 • £79 20 / $103 50
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
216 Pages • 10 bw illus
HB 9781350410183 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350410220 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350410190 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350410206 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Fractured Subject
Walter Benjamin and Sigmund Freud
Betty Schulz, University of Sussex, UK
The Fractured Subject investigates the relationship of the work of Walter Benjamin and Sigmund Freud, centered around the concept of the fractured subject Through a reading of Benjamin’s work on sovereignty and myth, Betty Schulz establishes the emergence of this fractured subject in the Baroque and links these themes to ‘Mourning and Melancholia’ and two of Freud’s case studies, showing that melancholia and possession emerge as two responses to the baroque loss of a cosmological horizon Turning to Benjamin’s work on the nineteenth century in the Arcades Project, Schulz delineates the persistence of this fractured subject, showing how Benjamin conceptualises its development over the course of modernity while analyzing the change of memory and experience in modernity Finally, having introduced the importance of the dream in the Arcades Project and associated work, Schulz examines Benjamin’s dream theory, establishing the ways it draws from Freud, as well as Benjamin’s concept of awakening as a therapeutic, collective, political gesture that points beyond the fractured subject
Psychoanalytic Sociology
A New Theory of the Social Bond
Duane Rousselle
Singularities are isolated social bonds. They lack a common language with one another and express themselves with certainty Strangeness is therefore no longer constitutive to the social bond It has become elevated to the very principle of social order Our social world has become strange
Duane Rousselle explores this new theory of the social bond while accounting for recent developments in the cultural logic of capitalism Each chapter offers a different and compelling perspective on broader phenomena and notions of estrangement within civilization through explorations of the evil empire, rogue states, the master-slave dialectic, and the new status of knowledge that is at stake in the era of singularities
This book offers enriched and novel dialogues across Freudian and Lacanian psychoanalysis, Marxist and anarchist theory, and theoretical sociology with illustrative contemporary examples Psychoanalytic Sociology argues that our current social crises are exemplified by the way social groups project their own inhumanity onto others Written in Russia during the outbreak of the Ukrainian crisis, it prophesied new uncompromising and aggressive wars, the confluence of ‘foreign agent’ laws and ‘cancel culture The war among singularities runs very deep and exists on every scale (e g , interpersonal, institutional, and cultural) This book navigates this strange new social world and invents a language capable of articulating it
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Comparative Philosophy and Religion
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
248 Pages
PB 9798216375418 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666958188 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216254096 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978771918 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Eastern and Western Conceptions of Human Rights
Reaching a World Consensus
Sanja Ivic
This book explores Western and non-Western conceptions of human dignity and human rights in order to demonstrate the hermeneutical nature of the concepts of human dignity and human rights, discussing examples of violations in Afghanistan, Myanmar, China, the EU, and the Western Balkans While human rights are considered a universal framework for ensuring the dignity, rights, and freedoms of all human beings, their conceptualization and practice vary within different cultural, social, and philosophical traditions While the Western tradition emphasizes the concept of inherent human dignity combined with an individualistic notion of autonomy and rights, in Islamic thought it is underpinned by morality and combined with duties and divine guidance, and the Confucian approach focuses on the harmony of society and relational ethics The concepts of human dignity and human rights are contingent and dynamic categories, which means that they are open to different interpretations Sanja Ivic also highlights the relevance of philosophical hermeneutics for legal and political studies Drawing on the hermeneutical (interpretative) nature of human rights, this book explores different philosophical solutions to achieving a global consensus on human rights, engaging with thinkers such as Hans-Georg Gadamer, John Rawls, Charles Taylor, Gianni Vattimo, Onuma Yasuaki, and Dimitrije Mitrinovic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
432 Pages
PB 9781350360662 £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9781350360624 • £130 00 / $175 00
ePDF 9781350360631 £117 00 / $157 50
ePub 9781350360648 • £117 00 / $157 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Critical Introductions to Contemporary Epistemology
UK April 2026 • US March 2026
232 Pages
HB 9781350469594 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350469600 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350469617 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350469624 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Philosophy of Language: Connections and Perspectives
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
260 Pages
PB 9781666968354 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666968330 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216257745 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978769144 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Thinking without Borders
Essays in Honor of Arindam Chakrabarti
Edited by Matthew MacKenzie, Colorado State University, USA, Amy Donahue, Kennesaw State University, USA & Anand Vaidya, San Jose State University, USA
A major figure in contemporary Indian and comparative philosophy, Arindam Chakrabarti’s work has spanned across disciplines such as metaphysics, aesthetics, ethics, philosophy of language and epistemology Bringing together an international list of distinguished philosophers, this collection of essays covers key areas of Chakrabarti’s work, demonstrating the breadth and depth of his philosophical contributions
Each chapter from leading scholars such as Monima Chadha, Stephen Phillips and Timothy Williamson highlights the crosscultural and borderless nature of philosophical engagement with Chakrabarti’s work, concluding with responses from Chakrabarti himself By illuminating the key elements of his thought and examining the variety of sources he draws upon, from Nyaya and Advaita to Shaivism, this volume features cutting-edge contributions that adopts Chakrabarti’s method of synthesizing insights from classical Indian philosophy and contemporary analytic philosophy
The first festschrift dedicated to Chakrabarti, this volume presents his enterprise of bringing Indian and Western philosophical traditions into creative dialogue and celebrates his major contributions in defining the field of cross-cultural philosophy today
A Critical Introduction to Knowledge-First Epistemology
Arturs
Logins, Université Laval, Canada
Presenting the main concepts and key assumptions of knowledge-first theses, Arturs Logins’ authoritative and engaging introduction critically evaluates some of the most debated issues in recent epistemology Initiated by Timothy Williamson’s Knowledge and Its Limits, the approach ends attempts to analyse knowledge in terms of justified belief and instead adopts epistemological theorizing from knowledge as a fundamental starting point
Logins assesses arguments for and against the knowledge-first approach, drawing on exciting developments and harsh criticisms put forward during the first quarter of the 21st century Chapters engage with core topics concerning antiluminosity, skepticism, self-knowledge, evidence, belief, norms of assertion and action, and recent innovations including hybrid knowledge-first approaches Following a clear and logical thematic structure and aided by references, study questions and suggestions for further reading at the end of each chapter, this is an essential resource for any student of contemporary epistemology looking to advance their understanding of the knowledge-first program
Linguistic and Philosophical Perspectives about Reference
Edited by Ana Clara Polakof
Bringing varied perspectives on problems related to reference from philosophers of language and linguists, this edited collection initiates a dialogue between the two fields The contributors to this volume, both philosophers and linguists, answer four questions: What is reference? Is there reference to the abstract? Is there sentential reference? Is there reference to time? Each chapter is followed by two responses: A linguist will comment on what the philosopher said, and how it can impact the research made in the related linguistic field, while a philosopher will comment on what the linguist said, in a similar sort of fashion
Edited by Ana
Clara
Polakof, Linguistic and Philosophical Perspectives about Reference highlights ways that linguistics and philosophy of language are currently closely connected and can mutually benefit from sustained interaction
Mind, Meaning and Metaphysics
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
216 Pages
HB 9781350176850 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350382350 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350176867 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350176874 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Language, Cognition, and the Way We Think An Interdisciplinary Approach
Nikola A Kompa, Osnabrück University, Germany
The cognitive potency of the human mind can be fully appreciated only if it is conceived of as a linguistic mind. This is the starting point of Nikola Kompa’s investigation into the relationship between language and cognition
Underpinned by philosophical ideas from Plato to Ockham, and from Locke to Vygotsky, Kompa uses theories within the philosophy of language, mind, and cognitive science and draws on neuro-psychology and psycholinguistic studies to explore core ideas about language and cognition Her study has repercussions for a broad range of questions, from how humans differ from other animals and what a cognitive architecture looks like if it approximates the achievements of the human mind, to questions of education and cross-cultural communication
Theorizing and forming hypotheses about how language and cognition might have coevolved, how the availability of (symbolic) labels enhance various cognitive functions, what the cognitive function of inner speech might be and how inner speech and thought relate to each other, Kompa addresses the perennial philosophical question of what the benefits of having a language might be, and brings into sharper relief the intimate connection between linguistic and other cognitive functions Informed by recent discussions on language evolution, labels, and inner speech, this timely contribution helps us understand more about how language changes the way we think
UK February 2026 US February 2026
656 Pages
HB 9781350458055 £120 00 / $160 00
PB 9781350458062 • £38 99 / $59 95
ePDF 9781350458031 £35 09 / $53 95
ePub 9781350458048 • £35 09 / $53 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Introduction to International Relations
Perspectives, Connections and Enduring Questions
Joseph Grieco, Duke University, USA, G John Ikenberry, Princeton University, USA & Michael Mastanduno, Dartmouth College, USA
Fully updated with contemporary case examples, this introductory bestselling textbook offers a wide-ranging and approachable guide to international relations. Written by three acclaimed scholars bringing together decades of experience, it introduces key concepts and theories in international relations while equipping you with the analytical frameworks and empirical evidence to examine changes in world politics and the international economy Supported by a range of popular boxed features such as Levels of Analysis, Differing Theoretical Approaches, Making Connections and Research Insight to help you navigate the complex problems and events in our rapidly changing world
New to the fourth edition:
- Updated coverage and discussion of recent developments in international affairs including the war in Ukraine, IsraelHamas wars, the role of AI in international politics, cryptocurrencies and the rise of the Global South
- Analysis of the resurgence of economic nationalism
- Brand new case studies featuring contemporary examples such as the enlargement of BRICs, China's increased dominance in the world economy and the use of AI and drone technology in recent conflicts
COLLECTIONS 4TH EDITION
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
384 Pages • 16 b/w illustrations; 6 tables
HB 9798881807269 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9798881807276 • £34 99 / $47 95
ePDF 9798881867331 • £31 49 / $43 15
ePub 9798881807283 £31 49 / $43 15
Bloomsbury Academic
Foreign Policy Analysis
Classic and Contemporary Theory
Valerie M Hudson & Benjamin S Day
The go-to text for understanding both the historical development and contemporary contours of foreign policy analysis
This succinct yet comprehensive introduction to Foreign Policy Analysis (FPA) is geared toward advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students Cogently written, clearly organized, and filled with illuminating examples, the fourth edition has been thoroughly revised and updated Beginning with an overview of this broad field of study, Hudson and Day consider theory and research at multiple levels of analysis, including personality and psychology of foreign policy decision makers, small group dynamics, the organizational process, bureaucratic politics, domestic politics, cultural and societal influences, national attributes, and system-level effects on foreign policy
The authors also examine the promise and frustration of theoretical integration in FPA and overview promising new work by non-North American scholars
COLLECTIONS 6TH EDITION
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
488 Pages 5 b/w figures, 16 textboxes
HB 9798881806439 • £70 00 / $95 00
PB 9798881806446 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798881867706 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9798881806453 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
A Concise History of U S Foreign Policy
Joyce P Kaufman
Including new photos and expanded discussions on key issues, this updated edition offers a uniquely historical perspective of U S foreign policy and it's ever-changing evolution
In a fully updated Sixth Edition, this compact and accessible introduction offers a historical perspective on the evolution of U S foreign policy from the founding of the country to the present Joyce P Kaufman provides students with a clear and concise understanding of key foreign-policy decisions and why they were made She identifies the major themes that have guided foreign policy and the reasons that the United States pursued certain policies in the context of specific periods in the nation’s history Kaufman focuses on the major actors involved in the making of foreign policy and the changing relationships among them She also explains the major theoretical perspectives within international relations and contextualizes key foreign policy decisions as they fit these frameworks
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
UK November 2025 US November 2025
816 Pages
HB 9798216374862 £190 00 / $260 00
PB 9798216374855 • £64 99 / $89 95
ePDF 9798216374824 £58 49 / $80 95
ePub 9798216374848 • £58 49 / $80 95 Bloomsbury Academic
Religious Liberty and the American Supreme Court
The Essential Cases and Documents
Vincent Phillip Muñoz
Throughout American history, legal battles concerning the First Amendment’s protection of religious liberty have been among the most contentious issue of the rights guaranteed by the United States Constitution Religious Liberty and the American Supreme Court: The Essential Cases and Documents, second edition, represents the most authoritative and up-to-date overview of the landmark cases that have defined religious freedom in America Noted religious liberty expert Vincent Philip Muñoz provides carefully edited excerpts from 77 of the most important Supreme Court religious liberty cases In addition, Muñoz’s substantive introduction offers an overview on the constitutional history of religious liberty in America Introductory headnotes to each case provide the constitutional and historical context Religious Liberty and the American Supreme Court is an indispensable resource for anyone interested matters of religious freedom from the Republic’s earliest days to current debates
COLLECTIONS 12TH EDITION
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
320 Pages • 10 b/w photos; 17 tables; 11 textboxes
HB 9798765164822 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9798765164839 • £40 99 / $55 00
ePDF 9798765164853 £36 89 / $49 50
ePub 9798765164846 • £36 89 / $49 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Road to the White House 2024
The Politics of Presidential Elections
Stephen J Wayne
Voters need information about the qualities of candidates, the policies they propose and the partisan labels they wear Does our Electoral College encourage the most qualified candidates to run? Does it force them to talk candidly with the American people? Will election results accurately reflect the needs of the population as a whole? Wayne's The Road to the White House 2024 answers these questions in a straightforward, jargon-free manner Equipping you with a background on presidential elections and a guide to the 2024 election, it illustrates the strengths and weaknesses of our electoral democracy It also offers insights on changes that have revolutionized contemporary electoral politics: the flood of money, the ideological polarization of American parties, the digital revolution, foreign interference, voter eligibility, the integrity of the voting process itself and much more The revised edition now includes a new postscript chapter with on-the-ground details of the 2024 campaign cycle and Trump's win
COLLECTIONS 5TH EDITION
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
424 Pages 2 b/w figures
HB 9781538191354 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781538191361 £40 99 / $55 00
ePDF 9798881864569 • £36 89 / $49 50
ePub 9781538191378 • £36 89 / $49 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Navajo Nation Political Experience
David E Wilkins, Wendy Greyeyes, Lloyd L Lee & Tiffany S Lee
Tribal nations, like the Navajo nation, have proven to be remarkably adept at retaining and exercising ever-increasing amounts of self-determination even when faced with powerful external constraints and limited resources Now in this fifth edition of The Navajo Nation Political Experience, the current Diné political developments of the last decade are analyzed thoroughly and accessibly against a historical backdrop The Diné people and their leaders have recently experienced a host of events that dramatically affected the shape of the nation David Wilkins and new co-authors Wendy Greyeyes, Lloyd Lee, and Tiffany Lee provide the only comprehensive analysis of Diné governance structures, leaders, and political participation
UK February 2026 US February 2026
424 Pages
HB 9780815740919 £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9780815740926 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9780815741084 £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9780815740933 • £22 49 / $31 45
Brookings Institution Press
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
336 Pages
HB 9781399419987 • £20 00 / $30 00
ePDF 9781399419994 • £14 00 / $21 00
ePub 9781399419963 • £14 00 / $21 00
Bloomsbury Continuum
The Folkways of Congress
Legislative Norms in an Era of Conflict
Edited by Brian Alexander
How are congressional norms changing, and what does their evolution mean for how Congress serves American democracy today?
Political scientists have long looked to the role of traditional norms to signal a general attitude among lawmakers that cooperation is part of their identities as members of Congress But in this age of heightened political and partisan conflict, many “folkways” such as courtesy and reciprocity seem to be eroding, while other new norms are emerging
This volume brings together leading congressional scholars to examine how norms have changed, what new norms are most prevalent in the modern Congress, and what effects norms have on the functioning of Congress in an era rife with political conflict These essays address critical questions about how the U S Congress functions to serve American democracy and whether the functioning of Congress in the Twenty-first century is fundamentally different today from how the framers of the Constitution imagined it
Gilded Rage
Elon Musk and the Radicalization of Silicon Valley
Jacob Silverman
What happens if the world’s richest and most powerful men decide to dismantle democracy? This is the story of the radicalization of Silicon Valley, from Elon Musk to Peter Thiel, David Sacks and Donald Trump, and how it will affect the future of all our lives
In Gilded Rage, New York Times bestselling author Jacob Silverman takes us inside the surreal, high-stakes world of Silicon Valley This is the story of the political awakening and radicalization of a cabal of tech billionaires and their descent into ideological extremism Flush with cash from the zero-interest era, addicted to their own mythology, these men have began reshaping the world in their image -- and it should terrify us all
Silverman travels from San Francisco to Miami, New York to DC, following a movement that’s rewriting the rules and oftentimes fighting a war against reality itself With sharp reporting and a cast of extraordinary characters, Gilded Rage is a gripping, essential dispatch from the front lines of the billionaire revolution
If you want to understand who is trying to control the future, and why, then this is the book you need to read
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
256 Pages
PB 9798765145586 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765145623 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765145616 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765145609 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Surveillance in the Empire of Liberty
Why Thomas Jefferson Matters in Our Information Age
Melissa Adler, Western University, Canada
Examines the formation of a surveillance state through a close examination of Thomas Jefferson's plantation management techniques and political actions
With the 250th anniversary of the signing of the Declaration of Independence on the horizon, Melissa Adler leads readers to reexamine the principles and foundations upon which the United States is based By analyzing Thomas Jefferson’s surveillance technologies and practices, including his Farm Book, algorithmic formulas, and land management policies, this book provides a new understanding of the limits to aspirations toward good government, liberty, security, and equality in the United States In addition to being the principal author of the Declaration of Independence, which famously states that “all men are created equal,” many of Jefferson’s writings feature the rationalization of the enslavement, displacement, and killing of Black and Indigenous peoples Adler argues that information architectures are mechanisms by which cultural and political divisions endure, and that close examination of Jefferson’s surveillance techniques reveals some of the processes by which problems associated with settler colonialism, racism, and heteropatriarchy have become systemic
COLLECTIONS
328
HB
PB
ePDF 9780761880394 £21 59 / $29 65
ePub 9780761879152 • £21 59 / $29 65
Hamilton Books
Real Regulatory Reform, 1970–2000
The Need for Regular Order Today
Daniel V Flanagan Jr
As a witness, and at many times participant, in the sphere of legislative government, the author presents his testimony on the accomplishments of regular order of a previous time and the shift to the current lack of collaboration, highlighting the need to return to regular order. He can attest to the many virtues of congressional regular order The twelve chapters of this book provide examples and context for a number of major economic regulatory reform initiatives that Dan Flanagan was closely linked, and were seriously considered, with many passed by Congress within the regular order tradition of that 1970–2000 era
During this period, Dan Flanagan observed numerous committee hearings, markups, and bills reported from committee on a bi-partisan, regular order basis, and recounts and editorializes them within his writing For quality congressional legislation, important regulatory issues benefit from bipartisan legislation via regular order in the relevant congressional committees, otherwise partisan rulemaking takes over, thus underscoring the lackluster performance of Congress these last twenty years
It would be nearly impossible today for Congress to pass the major regulatory reform measures that Dan Flanagan was associated with and describes in this timely book, without regular order reestablished and implemented UK
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
264 Pages • 10 tables (4 text based, 5 graphs, and one diagram)
PB 9781666963793 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666963779 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216269243 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978764101 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
552 Pages 28 BW Photos
HB 9781538167991
• £30 00 / $35 00
PB 9798216277651 £14 99 / $21 95
ePDF 9798216332794 • £13 49 / $19 75
ePub 9781538168004 • £13 49 / $19 75
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
A Sustainable U S Strategy for Transatlantic Relations
NATO, the EU, and the USA
Joel R Hillison, U S Army War College
The election of President Donald J Trump in 2024, is reshaping the current transatlantic relationship There are those who argue that this relationship no longer serves U S interests Others argue that Europe is more than capable of dealing with Russia and that the United States should conserve its limited resources and focus on China A Sustainable U S Strategy for Transatlantic Relations: NATO, the EU, and the USA disagrees With a rising and increasingly menacing China, an aggressive and dangerous Russia, and a host of other challenges, the United States and its allies need each other more than ever This requires a sustainable Transatlantic strategy that acknowledges and addresses both the domestic and international environment facing the United States and its allies
A strong NATO, with an improved European support, will provide a credible deterrent and the capability to prevail in any conflict At the same time, the EU, with its economic strength and political influence, is needed to complement NATO In addition to NATO and the EU, the United States needs to strengthen key bilateral relations in Europe Finally, for the transatlantic relationship to continue, European allies need to increase their contributions to transatlantic security, both with increased spending and greater capabilities This book shows how this can be done
The Art of Diplomacy
How American Negotiators Reached Historic Agreements that Changed the World Stuart E Eizenstat
Now with a substantive afterword covering the start of the second Trump administration! A riveting retelling of diplomatic history with praise from Bill Clinton, Hillary Clinton, Bertie Ahern (Ireland), Tony Blair (UK), Ehud Olmert (Israel), and more
Inside the greatest diplomatic negotiations of the past 50 years
Diplomat and negotiator Stuart E Eizenstat covers every major contemporary international agreement, from the treaty to end the Vietnam War to the Kyoto Protocols and the Iranian Nuclear Accord Eizenstat recounts the events that led up to the negotiation, the drama that took place around the table, and draws lessons from successful and unsuccessful strategies and tactics Based on interviews with over 60 key figures including former presidents and secretaries of state, and major political figures abroad The Art of Diplomacy will be an indispensable volume to understand American foreign policy and provide invaluable insights on the art of negotiation for anyone involved in government or business negotiations
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US February 2026
304 Pages • 10 BW Photos
HB 9781538191842 £19 99 / $26 00
PB 9798216367918 • £12 99 / $17 95
ePDF 9798216389996 £11 69 / $16 15
ePub 9781538191859 • £17 99 / $23 40
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
The Unraveling
Reflections on Politics without Ethics and Democracy in Crisis
Bob Bauer
Now with a new foreword by Harvard Law Professor and former Assistant Attorney General Jack Goldsmith, and with a new concluding chapter from the author on the unprecedented ethical challenges in the first year of Trump 2.0.
Essential reading for anyone interested in modern American politics, get the book that former President Barack Obama on X calls "a deeply thoughtful book" and says, "couldn’t be a more timely read "
The Unraveling is the first book to place restoring political ethics at the center of the renewal of American democracy
Looking back on 46 years in the political arena, Bauer tries to better grasp what has gone wrong and to understand what shaped his own decisions and actions He offers anecdotes, perspectives, and insights that are vitally relevant in our world today, including efforts in 2020 (and 2024) to defend our democratic system of elections from attack and distrust, and the struggles with social media, such as Meta, to combat disinformation in a post-truth politics The expanded paperback edition includes a new concluding chapter highlighting the ethical failures of public institutions under the the second Trump administration law firms, universities, and the media, as well as the Trump administration itself and the imperative to do better in order to preserve the consent of the governed in American democracy
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
496 Pages
HB 9781440842122 • £74 00 / $95 00
PB 9798765133613 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9781440842139 • £66 60 / $85 50
ePub 9798216065814 £66 60 / $85 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Contemporary Youth Activism
Advancing Social Justice in the United States
Edited by Jerusha Conner, Villanova University, USA & Sonia M Rosen, Arcadia University, USA
This cutting-edge study showcases the emergence of contemporary youth activism in the United States, its benefits to young people, its role in strengthening society, and its powerful social justice implications
At a time when youth are too often dismissed as either empowered consumers or disempowered deviants, it is vital to understand how these young people are pushing back, challenging such constructions, and advancing new possibilities for their institutions and themselves This book examines the latest developments in the field of contemporary youth activism (CYA) and documents the myriad ways in which youth activists are effecting social change, even as they experience personal change By taking public, political action on a range of intersecting issues, youth activists are shifting their own developmental pathways, shaping public policy, and shaking up traditional paradigms
Chapters cover a historical perspective on youth activism in the United States, followed by discussions of contemporary examples of CYA for social justice, including police brutality, sexual assault, environmental degradation, immigration, and a new chapter on Palestine organizing across U S campuses Contributors analyze the individual, institutional, and ideological effects of CYA, arguing that youth activism works to promote change at three levels: self, systems, and in the broader society
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
Racism in American Institutions
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages
HB 9781440880377 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9798765110867 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781440880384 • £58 50 / $81 00
ePub 9798765110874 • £58 50 / $81 00
Bloomsbury Academic
White Sports/Black Sports
Racial Disparities in Athletic Programs
Lori Latrice Martin, Louisiana State University, USA
Sports can serve as an inspirational example of what can be achieved through hard work and perseverance, regardless of one's race However, race still plays a major role in sports, and sports are key agents of racial socialization
This new edition challenges the idea that America has moved beyond racial discrimination and identifies the obvious and subtle ways in which racial identities and athletic determinism affect individuals in the world of sports Featuring a new chapter covering the history of Black athletes in college sports and the historic and contemporary role of the NCAA and including 40% revised material covering major events and players since 2015, Lori Latrice Martin’s influential text makes clear the links between sports and society as a whole and demonstrates that the issues surrounding racism in sports are not limited to the playing field
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
184 Pages • 7 b&w figures
HB 9798216276098
• £30 00 / $32 00
ePDF 9798216276111 • £27 00 / $28 80
ePub 9798216276104 • £27 00 / $28 80
Bloomsbury Academic
Migrant Midwest
The Case for Immigration and Economic Growth in the American Heartland
Jonathan Burkham
The American heartland is poised for a demographic decline with very real consequences Migrant Midwest tracks the history of population growth and its projected decline in the Midwest to highlight the need for increased international migration to the region Burkham first illustrates how the forces of fertility and migration drove the development of the region’s agricultural and industrial economies, and how the region has more recently struggled with deindustrialization, outmigration, and declining fertility, a global trend The Midwest is now the slowest-growing region in the country and has the lowest share of immigrants, contributing to stagnation at the national level Burkham goes on to evaluate the impact of demographic decline on the regional labor market and its fiscal implications for cities, states, and the nation His thoughtful analysis highlights global trends in fertility decline and raises doubts about the prospect of significantly boosting fertility in modern society
This timely book proposes a bipartisan model of immigration reform designed to replenish the region’s workforce and population, stabilizing communities and fueling a manufacturing renaissance Ultimately, Burkham concludes by suggesting that the coming “demographic winter” is a choice between managed decline and a more forward-looking vision of abundance that is consistent with the country’s character as a nation of immigrants
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
204 Pages
PB 9781666933970 • £65 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666933956 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216260677 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978763722 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Addressing the Venezuelan Migrant Crisis
Lessons for the Caribbean
Georgina Chami, University of the West Indies, Christopher M Brown, Georgia Southern University & Nalanda Roy, Georgia Southern University
This monograph delves into the general dynamics, causes, and impact of Venezuelan migration in the Caribbean, with particular emphasis on Trinidad and Tobago, shedding light on the multifaceted nature of this phenomenon
Migration has been a defining feature of the Caribbean region's history, with its complex interplay of colonial legacies, economic opportunities, and socio-political factors shaping patterns of movement within and beyond the region The Caribbean has been a hub of migration, marked by both internal and external movements, driven by various factors such as economic disparities, political instability, and the search for better opportunities However, migration also poses challenges such as brain drain and strains on resources in both sending and receiving countries As the Caribbean continues to evolve in a globalized world, understanding and addressing the complex causes and impacts of migration remains a critical task for countries, policymakers, academics, and communities alike This exploration allows for greater insights and understanding of the responses and possible recommendations for tacking and addressing the Venezuelan migrant crisis
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 US November 2025
320 Pages • 10 figures, 22 bw illus
HB 9781538198414 £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9781538198421 • £28 99 / $39 00
ePDF 9798881866938 £26 09 / $35 10
ePub 9781538198438 • £26 09 / $35 10 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
232 Pages • 8 tables/figures
PB 9781666956979 • £17 99 / $29 95
HB 9781666956955 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216262770 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978761582 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages
HB 9781350280762 • £20 00 / $27 00
PB 9781350522220 £12 99 / $17 95
ePDF 9781350280786 • £18 00 / $24 30
ePub 9781350280779 • £18 00 / $24 30
Bloomsbury Academic
Modern Hybrid Warfare
Russia versus the West
Ryan C Maness & Brandon Valeriano
An up-to-date analysis of cyberwarfare and hybrid warfare against the backdrop of the present conflict between Russia and Ukraine.
This volume explores and dissects Russia’s efforts to leverage modern hybrid warfare against the West including cyber operations, operations in the information environment, energy politics as well as conventional military operations during the Post-Soviet Era with a particular emphasis on the Russian Ukraine War (2022- )
Reproducing Resistance
Chechen Demography in Times of War
Marat Iliyasov
Reproducing Resistance: Chechen Demography in Times of War explores the indomitable determination of the Nokhchi, widely known as Chechens, to persevere and survive Centered on the most recent Russo-Chechen wars of 1994–1996 and 1999–2009, it poses an intriguing question: What motivates people to create families in times of war? Marat Iliyasov, a Chechen, delves into a broader historical context, analyzing pivotal events such as the Russian conquest of the Caucasus in the 19th century and the forced deportation of the entire Nokhchi nation in 1944 These events, along with the recent wars, have played a crucial role in shaping the Nokhchi collective identity
Iliyasov contends that this collective identity is a key factor influencing decisions about family size Reproducing Resistance suggests that the high fertility rates among groups who perceive their survival to be under threat can serve as an indicator of a community preparing for potential future conflict This demographic dynamic is reinforced by numerous interviews that the author conducted with Nokhchi natives, offering invaluable insight into the lived experiences and perspectives of the people
Memory Makers
The Politics of the Past in Putin's Russia
Jade McGlynn, Oxford University, UK
Why aren’t ordinary Russians more outraged by Putin’s invasion of Ukraine? Inside the Kremlin’s own historical propaganda narratives, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine makes complete sense From its World War II cult to anti-Western conspiracy theories, the Kremlin has long used myth and memory to legitimize repression at home and imperialism abroad, its patriotic history resonating with and persuading large swathes of the Russian population
In Memory Makers, Russia analyst Jade McGlynn takes us into the depths of Russian historical propaganda, revealing the chilling web of nationwide narratives and practices perforating everyday life, from after-school patriotic history clubs to tower block World War II murals The use of history to manifest a particular Russian identity has had grotesque, even gruesome, consequences, but it belongs to a global political pattern – where one’s view of history is the ultimate marker of political loyalty, patriotism and national belonging Memory Makers demonstrates how the extreme Russian experience is a stark warning to other nations tempted to stare too long at the reflection of their own imagined and heroic past
UK October 2025 US October 2025
320 Pages • 6 black and white images
HB 9781399406680 £25 00 / $35 00
PB 9781399406697 • £14 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399406666 £11 99 / $16 00
ePub 9781399406673 • £11 99 / $16 00
Bloomsbury Continuum
COLLECTIONS
Peace, Society, and the State in Africa
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350476189 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350476196 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350476165 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9781350476172 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025
• US December 2025
The Book of Secrets
A Personal History of Betrayal in Red China
Xinran Xue
“An extraordinary firsthand account of Communist Party machinery at its most brutal and paranoid ” Sunday Telegraph
“A youthful faith betrayed and a deep love unrequited make for the most poignant of stories ” The Tablet
Following the lives of military intelligence officer Jie and his wife Moon, The Book of Secrets weaves recently found material into a narrative that not only illuminates the shadowy world of intelligence in China, but also the emotional tragedies that political extremism inflicted on those working within
Drawing on Jie’s own vivid biography of his youth, Xinran pieces together his trajectory as he joins the great hope of the Chinese young – the Communist Party – and becomes a loyal cadre until the late 1970s when, as a chief in the security forces, he makes a decision that will poison his family against him
This is a totally unique behind-the-scenes account of a family torn apart by the Tiananmen Square massacre and the attempts of Jie to finally open up the Chinese system to the people, pieced together from an extraordinary archive of personal diaries and letters
State, Society and Corruption in Africa
The Evolution of Corruption from the Pre-colonial Period to the Present Yusuf Ali & Abiodun Alao, The Brookings Institution, USA
An illuminating and comprehensive interrogation of the impacts of corruption on state structures and institutions in Africa from two expert African scholars
Focusing on a variety of institutions and establishments – from the judiciary to the legislature, civil service to religion, tertiary education to national economies – and drawing on key countries across the continent, including Nigeria, Ghana, Sierra Leone, Kenya, Ethiopia, South Africa and Zimbabwe, the book explains why national, continental and global initiatives addressing corruption have achieved such limited success This provides a much-needed nuanced understanding of corruption which rejects stereotypical depictions of Africa as a corruption-ridden continent and also offers new insights into the international community's role in making and sustaining corrupt systems in Africa
224 Pages
PB 9798216386209 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666946529 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216251842 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978766310 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Beyond Good Friday
Governance Possibilities in Post-Brexit Northern Ireland
Paul S Adams
The impact of Brexit on Northern Ireland’s governing institutions has pushed consideration of the constitutional future and status of the region to a level of salience unthinkable just a decade ago While Brexit has fundamentally changed the trajectory of Northern Irish politics, an understanding of what the future of governance might look like is no longer theoretical Beyond Good Friday: Governance Possibilities in Post-Brexit Northern Ireland investigates and analyzes not only the challenges of the existing political institutions for the region but considers and explores dimensions of the numerous options that could fundamentally change Northern Ireland’s constitutional status and governance model While unification with the Republic of Ireland or maintaining the status quo as part of the United Kingdom are the conventional choices, Paul S Adams explores and assesses other options, including co-sovereignty, which while previously rejected, may, along with other alternatives, need to be reconsidered considering changing social, economic, and political conditions in post-Brexit Northern Ireland
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
368 Pages • 30 bw illus; 25 bw photos; 30 tables; 30 textboxes
HB 9781538197318 • £100 00 / $135 00
PB 9781538197325 • £32 99 / $68 00
ePDF 9798765160596 • £29 69 / $61 20
ePub 9781538197332 • £29 69 / $61 20
Bloomsbury Academic
Understanding Urban Politics
Institutions, Representation, and Policies
Timothy B Krebs & Arnold Fleischmann
In Understanding Urban Politics: Institutions, Representation, and Policies, Timothy B Krebs and Arnold Fleischmann introduce a framework that focuses on the role of institutions in establishing the political “rules of the game,” the representativeness of city government, the influence of participation in local democracy, and how each of these features influences the adoption and implementation of public policies
Part 1 lays the groundwork by exploring the many meanings of “urban,” analyzing what local governments do, and providing a concise history of American urban development Part 2 examines the organizations and procedures that are central to urban politics and policy making: intergovernmental relations, local legislatures, and the local executive branch Part 3 looks at elections and voting, local campaigns, and non-electoral forms of participation The four chapters in Part 4 focus on the policy process and the delivery of local services, local government finances, “Building the City,” and policies affecting the quality of life
Krebs and Fleischmann bolster students’ learning and skills with guiding questions at the start of each chapter, which ends with key terms, a summary, discussion questions, and research exercises The appendix and website aid these efforts, as does a website for instructors
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
288 Pages
HB 9798881808471 • £20 00 / $28 00
ePDF 9798881867478 • £18 00 / $25 20
ePub 9798881808488 • £18 00 / $25 20
Bloomsbury Academic
Fentanyl
Fighting the Mass Poisoning of America and the Cartel Behind It Jake Braun
Fentanyl is a first-person, insider account of how the crisis consumed the Biden Administration amid a series of other national security emergencies It follows Jake Braun, a senior White House official, and his colleagues while they scramble to respond to the epidemic As Mexican cartels ruthlessly executed their most radical transformation in 50 years, Braun and his colleagues architected the first U S government wide strategy to combat fentanyl in history
The effort brought him to Mexico to meet with Mexican agents who kick down cartel doors for the U S government there He also spent time with data analytics wizards buried in nondescript offices in Virginia suburbs that hunt down Chinese fentanyl precursor chemicals on the Dark Web He even takes a detour to gather intelligence from Russian migrants in U S detention facilities
After much painstaking effort, the Biden Administration successfully executed the most sweeping takedown of cartel leadership and fentanyl infrastructure since the crisis began Due to the efforts of heroic agents, intelligence officers and national security experts, the leviathan U S government is now marshaled in ways never before imagined against the Chinese chemical companies and cartels propagating the fentanyl epidemic Finally, Braun draws on his unique experience combating the epidemic to outline how the U S government can once and for all end the fentanyl crisis in America
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary World Issues
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
264 Pages 7 bw
PB 9798765120415 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765120378 • £55 00 / $75 00
ePDF 9798765120392 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9798765120385 • £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Political Representation in America
A Reference Handbook
Caroline Heldman, Occidental College, USA & Lori Cox Han, Chapman University, USA
How do laws governing voting and elections shape political representation and power in the USA?
Are some demographic and socioeconomic groups of Americans over- or under-represented in Congress, state legislatures, and other elected offices? How do factors like gerrymandering and voting rights influence America's democratic institutions? This accessible resource answers all these questions and many more
This one-stop resource provides readers with historical context, explanations of current controversies and developments, and illuminating primary sources related to political representation Original essays offer a range of perspectives, while profiles of significant figures and organizations from Susan B Anthony to the American Civil Liberties Union provide insight into how this issue has evolved over time
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary World Issues
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
272 Pages
HB 9781440879708 • £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9798765121689 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765109953 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9781440879715 • £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Cyber Warfare
A Reference Handbook
Paul J Springer, Air Command and Staff College, USA
Cyber warfare, a term that encompasses a wide range of computer-based attacks on targeted enemy states, has emerged as one of the most pressing national security concerns of the 21st century All around the world, the scramble to shield thoroughly computerized military and infrastructure resources from cyber attacks is intensifying Military experts, for example, believe that Ukraine's ability to defend its cyberspace from Russian cyber attacks was one of the key reasons Russia's dramatic 2022 invasion of neighboring Ukraine failed to topple the Ukrainian government in Kiev
This all-in-one resource explains the world of cyber warfare in authoritative but lay friendly terms First, it details the historical evolution of cyber warfare and the different forms it can take, from crippling attacks on power grids and communications networks to secret intelligence gathering From there it moves into a wide-ranging exploration of the main controversies and issues surrounding cyber security and cyber warfare, as well as coverage of major cyber warfare attacks, the organizations responsible, and the steps that the United States and other countries are taking to protect themselves from this constantly evolving threat
Like all books in the Contemporary World Issues series, this volume features a suite of "Perspectives" in which cyber warfare experts provide insights on various elements of cyber warfare Other features include informative primary documents, data tables, chronology, and a glossary of terms
COLLECTIONS 8TH EDITION
UK March 2026 US March 2026
352 Pages • 64 b/w illustrations; 27 tables
HB 9798881800314 £95 00 / $125 00
PB 9798881800321 • £36 99 / $49 95
ePDF 9798881855673 £33 29 / $44 95
ePub 9798881800338 • £33 29 / $44 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Citizen Politics and Democracy
Public Opinion and Political Parties in Advanced Democracies
Russell J Dalton & Timothy Hellwig
Since its first edition in 1988, Citizen Politics has provided a concise examination of citizens’ political behavior and politicians’ responses in advanced industrial democracies It communicates findings from state-of-the-art research on parties, public opinion, and voters in a way that is at once accessible and comprehensive It argues that ordinary people do, in fact, have what it takes to meet the demands of their roles as citizens in representative democracies
Informed by evidence from cross-national public opinion surveys, past editions of the book offered a tone of moderation or perhaps guarded optimism The eighth edition will continue in this vein The text will focus on opinion, voter choice, and political representation by comparing recent elections in the UK, France, Germany, and the United States The basic chapter structure will continue, with updated results from several new elections in each of the four core nations, new surveys, and new literature
The new edition will focus more on how citizens’ participation, values, opinions, and assessments contribute to how democracy does (or does not) work Thus, we will rebrand the eighth edition as Citizen Politics and Democracy, to emphasize both continuity and change in mass politics
COLLECTIONS 5TH EDITION
Globalization
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
300 Pages • 1 BW Illus
HB 9781538198735 • £70 00 / $95 00
PB 9781538198742 • £24 99 / $35 00
ePDF 9798765154557 • £22 49 / $31 50
ePub 9781538198759 • £22 49 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
120 Pages
HB 9781350361164 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350361171 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350361195 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350361201 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Globalization and Culture
Global Mélange
Jan Nederveen Pieterse
This seminal text disputes the view that we are experiencing a “clash of civilizations” as well as the idea that globalization leads to cultural homogenization Instead, Jan Nederveen Pieterse argues that we are witnessing the formation of a global mélange culture through processes of cultural mixing or hybridization From this perspective on globalization, conflict may be mitigated and identity preserved, albeit transformed Through numerous updates in the Fifth edition, the author focuses on the key issue of agency and power in hybridization Throughout, the book offers a comprehensive treatment of hybridization arguments, and in discussing globalization and culture, problematizes the meaning of culture This historically deep and geographically wide approach to globalization is essential reading as we face the increasing spread of conflicts bred by cultural misunderstanding
Global Governance and Social Democracy Between Neoliberal and Authoritarian Capitalism
Dimitri A Sotiropoulos, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece & Nicos P Mouzelis, London School of Economics, UK
How can we understand social democracy today? This ambitious book offers a global perspective on the nature of capitalism; its past and future possibilities of survival; the differentiation between neoliberal, authoritarian and social democratic systems, exemplified by the United States, China, and the EU; and the conflict relationships between them
Reflecting on urgent global risks, such as climate change, pandemics and nuclear confrontation - Mouzelis & Sotiropoulos explore why these risks can only be dealt with by the cooperation of these three major players in the global arena They explore how the model of social democracy, which in the previous century tamed unfettered capitalism in some national contexts, can help contain the excesses of global capitalism now In clear, compelling and coherent terms, the authors demonstrate how unchecked antagonism among these three major players has the potential to spill-over into inertia or reluctance to manage these urgent risks, to the detriment of humanity as a whole
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
224 Pages
HB 9781538196502 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781538196519 • £25 99 / $35 95
ePDF 9798881858544 • £23 39 / $32 35
ePub 9781538196526 • £23 39 / $32 35
Bloomsbury Academic
Transgender Rights in Flux From Progress to Regress
Susan Gluck Mezey
Despite the advances in transgender equality that have been secured at the federal level, since 2020 there has been an upsurge in state and local government restrictions on transgender rights Susan Gluck Mezey highlights this shift in transgender policymaking, ranging from state legislatures and city councils to school boards and library committees In 2023 alone, hundreds of bills were introduced in Republican-led legislatures, and most of those approved were signed by GOP governors Transgender Rights in Flux will provide scholars, students, activists, and anyone interested in transgender rights with a detailed overview of these actions and the role that they play in the nation’s continuing culture wars
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
288 Pages
HB 9781350298064 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350298101 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350298088 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350298071 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Carceral Worlds
Legacies, Textures and Futures
Edited by Hanneke Stuit, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Jennifer Turner, University of Oldenburg, Germany & Julienne Weegels, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands
We live a world in which the number of prisons is growing and experiences of incarceration are increasingly widespread Carceral Worlds offers a necessary and timely contribution to understanding these carceral realities of the globalized present. The book asks how the carceral has become so central in life, how it manifests in different geographical locations and, finally, what the likely consequences are of living in such a carceral world
Carceral Worlds focuses on carceral practices, experiences and imaginaries that reach far beyond traditional spaces of confinement It shows the lasting effects of colonial carceral heritage, the influence of prison systems on city management, and the entrapping nature of digital infrastructures It also discusses new urbanized forms of migrant detention, the relation between prisons and homelessness, the use of carceral metaphors in the everyday, and the carceral implications of the uneven distribution of climate risk across the globe
The volume brings together work from scholars across the world and from a variety of disciplines in the social sciences and humanities, offering a fresh approach to the carceral as a central vector in modern life
The ACR Practitioner ’s Guide
Series
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
• 1 bw table 6 bw lineart
216 Pages
HB 9781538186879 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781538186886 • £25 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798881861612 • £23 39 / $31 45
ePub 9781538186893 • £23 39 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
UK July 2025 • US July 2025
288 Pages
PB 9781399413930 • £9 99 / $16 00
HB 9781399413923 • £18 99 / $28 00
ePDF 9781399413916 • £13 29 / $19 60
ePub 9781399413947 £13 29 / $19 60
Bloomsbury Continuum
Perspectives on Conflict Insights for Professional and Personal Practice
Kenneth H Fox
This multi-perspective examination provides deep insight into the many ways people can better understand conflict, with practical application to various roles and settings
Kenneth H Fox provides a broadly interdisciplinary examination of conflict insights and dives into implications of how this can inform more reflective, insightful, and comprehensive conflict practice across a range of professional and personal settings While the book is grounded in theory, it is written to be practical and accessible to students and practitioners
The book is organized into 3 parts Part 1 introduces several metaphors that help the reader envision conflict in complementary ways and examines the importance of adopting multiple perspectives for broadening insights into conflict
Part 2 examines sample conflict theories from six, broad disciplinary perspectives: the body; the non-conscious mind; the strategic mind; language and symbols; the co-creation of meaning; and social systems, structures, and the conflict ecosystem Together, these 6 perspectives help provide a holistic sense of the conflicts we experience Part 3 shifts focus to practical application of the insights examined It discusses how the various perspectives impact the work of a conflict practitioner in general as well as particular practice roles and settings
Don't Talk About Politics
How to Change
21st-Century Minds
Sarah Stein Lubrano
Democracy is dying because we are clinging to a dangerous and outdated myth: talking about politics can change people’s minds It doesn’t
This provocative debut from a bold new voice combines a fascinating range of research to show us the psychological and sociological factors that really shape our politics
Drawing from ancient philosophy to modern neuroscience and social science, Dr Sarah Stein Lubrano reveals the surprising truth about how people think and behave politically From friendship to community organizing and social infrastructure, she explores the actions that actually do change minds
In a world where politics keeps getting more irrational, dishonest, violent and chaotic, it’s getting much harder to reach people with words alone So people who really care about democracy must ask: how can we stop arguing and do the deep work to build stronger foundations for political life, and a better world for us all?
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
128 Pages
PB 9798765149706 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765149690 £65 00 / $90 00
ePDF 9798765149720 • £58 50 / $81 00
ePub 9798765149713 • £58 50 / $81 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Political Thought on Uprisings
Essays on Just Rebellion
Stephen Chan, SOAS, University of London, UK
This book explores the philosophical and political dimensions of rebellion, revolts, and revolutions by examining and comparing various cases, from multiple cultural perspectives throughout history Chan utilizes these cases to explore the range of differing principles, rationales, and ethics underlying what constitutes a "just rebellion" and explain the motivating thought behind rebellions
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 US November 2025
226 Pages
PB 9781666946390 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666946376 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216269571 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978767423 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
A Broader and Deeper Foundation
The Bold Vision of James Wilson's Political Philosophy
David Ferkaluk
A Broader and Deeper Foundation: The Bold Vision of James Wilson’s Political Philosophy rediscovers the forgotten political philosophy of American founding father James Wilson, revealing his bold, alternative vision for American politics Wilson crafted a political philosophy centered on popular sovereignty and based upon Thomas Reid’s common-sense realism and moral philosophy Wilson understood popular sovereignty as possessing both a moral and a political component “The people” were not solely political actors, but also moral agents and morally responsible He insisted that each person possessed a telos or purpose to pursue their own moral excellence, which he dubbed “happiness,” achieved through political participation (i e , suffrage) as an integral means of every person’s telos His re-definition of "happiness," which forms a core part of his political philosophy, imbues the modern phrase with a traditional republican meaning “Happiness” for Wilson functions as America's broader and deeper foundation, serving as the moral telos of popular sovereignty, the foundation of American democracy His interpretations of happiness and popular sovereignty united America’s founding documents, the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025
240 Pages
PB 9798216384502
HB 9781666981445
• US December 2025
• £28 99 / $39 95
• £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216252320 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978768000 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Heidegger and Politics
Nazism, Care, and the Future of Democracy
Andrea Conque
One of the most influential philosophers of the twentieth century, Martin Heidegger is also notorious for having taken a political and philosophical path that led to Nazism, support for a Führer state, and an agonal attitude toward space and place in politics Yet, there was another path open to him – one found in the pages of Heidegger ’s master work, Being and Time (1927) This alternate path is based on the structures of care that are not only readily apparent in Being and Time, but prove essential to forging a better understanding of democracy and of political community Heidegger and Politics: Nazism, Care, and the Future of Democracy begins by tracing the politico-philosophical path Heidegger actually took, then turns to shaping a robust vision of a ‘politics of care’ from key elements in Being and Time presenting it as a way to resist the ‘politics of contempt ’
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
304 Pages 20 bw illus
HB 9780755639298 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9780755639335 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780755639311 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9780755639304 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Living with Precariousness
Edited by Christina Lee, Curtin University, Australia & Susan Leong, Edith Cowan University, Australia
Precariousness has become a defining experience in contemporary society, as an inescapable condition and state of being Living with Precariousness presents a spectrum of timely case studies that explore precarious existences – at individual, collective and structural levels, and as manifested through space and the body These range from the plight of asylum seekers, to the tiny house movement as a response to affordable housing crises; from the global impacts of climate change, to the daily challenges of living with a chronic illness This multidisciplinary book illustrates the pervasiveness of precarity, but furthermore shows how those entanglements with other agents, human or otherwise, that put us at risk are also the connections that make living with (and through) precariousness endurable
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
296 Pages • 18 b&w figures
PB 9781666968507 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666968484 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798216262602 £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781978760868 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Asian Caribbean in the Caribbean Diaspora
Essays on Migration, Identity, and Literary and Cultural Representations
Edited by Aleah N Ranjitsingh, Brooklyn College, City University of New York (CUNY)
This book expands notions of the Caribbean diaspora, which is often cast in very specific ways, so as to account for the Asian as part of the Caribbean and Caribbean diaspora. It seeks to be descriptive, while also countering a limited discourse on the Caribbean diaspora
The Asian Caribbean in the Caribbean Diaspora is grounded in the very histories and legacies of indentureship, contract labor, later migrations to the region, and encounter The Asian presence has long been felt in the greater Caribbean – the result of colonial powers which necessitated labor on Caribbean plantations against the backdrop of empire and burgeoning capitalist structures; and later migrations as "free" migrants compelled by emigration schemes and economic opportunity
This work is descriptive, while also countering a limited discourse on the Caribbean diaspora Its collection of interdisciplinary chapters which center the Chinese, Indian, Japanese and Javanese in and outside of the Caribbean, reveal migration narratives, encounters on Caribbean plantations and in diasporic urban centers, notions of homeland and experiences of return, family histories, identity formation and subjectivity, the ways in which Caribbean people create and convey meaning about these histories, experiences and self, and the contributions of Caribbean people of Asian descent to the framing of the Caribbean and Asian diasporas
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
158 Pages • 5 b&w images
PB 9781666956139 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666956115
• £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216263135 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978759329 £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Effects of Inland Boarding School Education on Xinjiang Students and their Parents Xin Su, Henan University
This book contributes to the existing knowledge in the field of government schooling on ethnic minority students in China The findings offer direction about enhanced practice and understanding of the Xinjiangban policy
The Effects of Inland Boarding School Education on Xinjiang Students and Their Families examines the impact of government schooling policy on ethnic minority students in China Xin Su sheds light on previous understandings of the Xinjiang class policy by directly involving the experiences and perceptions of students, families, and caregivers Su contends that personal difficulties including cultural separation and the strain of a prolonged period of detachment have been neglected in evaluations of these programs By delving into the intricacies of this policy, this book illuminates its profound implications for social integration, cultural preservation, and the future of educational equity among ethnic minority students
COLLECTIONS
Korean Communities across the World
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
280 Pages • 1 b/w figure, 2 tables
PB 9798216375425 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666969054 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216257349 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769670 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Korean Collaboration in the Shadow of Japanese Rule
Negotiating Nationhood
Jeong-Chul Kim
Jeong-Chul Kim excavates the complex role of Korean collaborators during Japanese colonial rule, offering a theoretical analysis of collaboration with foreign powers Kim argues that collaboration was central to establishing a colonial order under Japanese rule in Korea, as Korean collaborators navigated the conflicting demands of both Japanese rulers and their compatriots Instead of passing judgment on these controversial historical figures, Kim focuses on how they influenced key moments in Korea’s complicated colonial history through various strategies, including devaluing, recuperating, and erasing Korean identity Using archival sources translated from Korean, the author shows that internal tensions within the colonized community, rather than just opposition to colonial regimes, shaped the development of Korean national identity This book challenges traditional views of colonialism, emphasizing that indigenous collaboration is crucial to understanding the establishment, development, and sustainment of colonial rule By focusing on the colonial intermediaries, this book fills the gap between abstract colonial policies and their implementation on the ground level and provides insights into the unintended consequences of the collaborators’ intermediary actions as well as the ramifications which persist in contemporary Korean society
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
352 Pages • 20 bw
HB 9780761874089 £65 00 / $90 00
ePDF 9780761880288 • £58 50 / $81 00
ePub 9780761879169 £58 50 / $81 00
Hamilton Books
New Perspectives in Africana Studies
Innovations in Africana Studies in the Era of Black Lives Matter
Edited by Crystal L Edwards & Abul Pitre
A timely and compelling collection of twenty essays exploring the evolving landscape of Africana Studies in the twenty-first century
Rooted in the radical legacy of the nation’s first Black Studies department, established in 1968 at San Francisco State University, this collection of essays brings together leading voices to engage with the most urgent issues facing people of African descent today
Drawing from the foundational mission of Africana Studies as a liberatory and community-centered discipline, contributors critically examine how Africana Studies continues to grow as a body of knowledge, theory, and methodology rooted in an African-centered worldview With sections such as An Afrocentric Approach to Education, Africana Studies in the Digital World, Gendering and Queering Africana Studies, Africana Family Studies, Africana Health and Wellness, and Africana Social Science Research, the book offers a wide-ranging but cohesive exploration of new perspectives, current debates, and future directions in the discipline
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
162 Pages
PB 9781666956641 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666956627 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216256960 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769502 £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Nuclear Discourse and State Legitimacy in Iran
How Iran Leverages its Nuclear Program to Secure Domestic Support
Hossein Nourani
Exploring how Iranian political leaders have framed Iran’s nuclear program as proof of the system’s efficiency to bolster domestic legitimacy, this new volume analyses the internal divisions and global pressures undermining Iran's political narrative
Nuclear Discourse and State Legitimacy in Iran: How Iran Leverages Its Nuclear Program to Secure Domestic Support examines the social dimensions of Iran's nuclear program By analyzing the nuclear discourses that have emerged over the past two decades in Iran, the author demonstrates how political leaders have portrayed the nuclear program as an indication of the political system's efficiency in overcoming the crisis of political legitimacy This book demonstrates that while internal conflicts and international pressures caused nuclear discourses to lose their legitimacy-building potential, the persistence of an inefficiency crisis continues to fuel the legitimacy crisis These developments could potentially pave the way for a shift in Iran's relations with the West
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
234 Pages
PB 9798765164358 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765164310 £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798765164334 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9798765164327 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Other in Contemporary Arab Culture and Society Longing to Belong
Dalya Cohen-Mor, Independent Scholar
This book by Dalya Cohen-Mor explores the issue of the Other in Arab culture and society as reflected in modern Arabic literature Drawing on insights from identity studies, cultural studies, and women's studies, and analyzing in depth a large body of works from modern Arabic literature, this book provides a vivid account of how otherness is produced, experienced, and contested in Arab society
The Other in Contemporary Arab Culture and Society: Longing to Belong offers a comparative study of both internal and external Others in Arab society, uses the concept of the Other to shed light on the parameters of Arab identity and selfdefinition, and focuses on the relationship with the Other to explore the dynamics of Arab culture and society The selection of literary works includes autobiographical novels, novels, novellas, short stories, and poems by contemporary Arab writers, both male and female, from across the Middle East The analysis highlights the ways in which literary texts critique, complicate, or modify stereotypical representations of the Other, illustrates the values and orientations of Arab society, and assesses the agency of literature and its power to raise public awareness and shape reality
COLLECTIONS
The
Studies in Contemporary Warfare
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
296 Pages
PB 9781350503243 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350503205 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350503229 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350503236 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
United States’ Proxy War in Syria
Matthew Ayton
An in-depth examination of the United States’ indirect intervention into the Syrian war on two fronts: the covert CIA-led campaign against the Bashar al-Assad regime and the overt, Pentagon-led military operation against the so-called Islamic State in Iraq & Syria (ISIS)
Matthew Ayton offers new insights into a dimension of US policy in Syria that has so far been given little analytical attention; the employment of what American strategists called the by, with & through approach’ to ground warfare This saw the US provide weaponry and training to non-state militias in an attempt to achieve strategic objectives without deploying large numbers of troops following the costly post-9/11 wars in Iraq and Afghanistan
Drawing on a wealth of original interviews with American national security officials and the Syrians who worked with them on the ground, this book shows that despite being presented as a cost-saving panacea to intervention, this strategy came with significant - costly - and even deadly - consequences
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
240 Pages
HB 9798881807153 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798881867683 £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798881807160 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Lessons from the Front A Rookie War Correspondent in Ukraine and Israel
Robert Sherman
25 years old and struggling to find his way in his journalism career, the young reporter who had been covering local political stories found himself smack in the middle of the world’s biggest geopolitical crisis fleeing air raids and being questioned by militants along the way
One year later when Hamas carried out its October 7th attack, Sherman flew right back into thick of it running from rockets and diving into Hamas tunnels in Gaza While shrouded in the proverbial “Fog of War,” it became clear to Sherman that the world isn’t as simple as he thought it was
4TH EDITION
Security and Professional Intelligence Education Series
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
352 Pages
HB 9798881802950 • £115 00 / $155 00
PB 9798881802967 • £36 99 / $50 00
ePDF 9798765160435 £33 29 / $45 00
ePub 9798881802974 • £33 29 / $45 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Methods of Inquiry for Intelligence Analysis
Hank Prunckun
In the dynamic and rapidly evolving field of intelligence, staying abreast of the latest methodologies and practices is crucial Methods of Inquiry for Intelligence Analysis, Fourth Edition is an essential guide for seasoned practitioners and aspiring analysts This edition not only continues the legacy of its predecessors but also addresses the new challenges in intelligence analysis using the scientific approach to research
COLLECTIONS
Girlhood at War
Creative Interventions in Global Politics
UK September 2025 US September 2025
232 Pages
HB 9798881800970 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9798881800987 £27 99 / $32 00
ePDF 9798765154489 • £25 19 / $28 80
ePub 9798881800994 • £25 19 / $28 80
Bloomsbury Academic
Interpreting War and Liberation in Kosovo
Vjosa Musliu
This book tells the true story of a young girl growing up during the Kosovo war and its immediate aftermath following Kosovo’s liberation by NATO troops in 1999 Through her embodied experiences, the book exposes the tangible and everyday acts and events of the war, providing brutal insight into the impact of war and the politics of subjugation
At the outset of the book (in 1998), Vjosa’s view of the world, as a young child, is organized in clear dichotomies: the good Albanians and the evil Serbs; the brutal Serbian military shelling Albanian civilians and the angelic NATO airplanes bombing Serbian military sites This Manichean worldview starts to unravel after Vjosa and her family are chased away from their home by the Serbian military and moved to the suburbs There, surrounded by mostly poor and uneducated fellow Albanians, she gradually discovers the layers of her family’s socioeconomic privileges Though unequipped with the language to verbalize it, she is tormented by the idea that her family’s comparatively higher socio-economic status is the reason why they are spared by the Serbian military
When the war ends in 1999, Vjosa spends several months after the war occasionally translating between angry Albanians who now seek revenge against Serbs and NATO troops who insist on not picking sides; showcasing the impossibility of (re)building Kosovo with “both-sides-ism” becoming the modus operandi of the international intervening structures
COLLECTIONS
African Perspectives on
Peacebuilding and Leadership
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
256 Pages
HB 9780755642731 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9780755642724 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9780755642694 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9780755642717 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages • 11 bw
HB 9780761892090 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9780761874775 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9780761880387 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9780761879145 £16 19 / $22 45 Hamilton Books
COLLECTIONS
Russian, Eurasian, and Eastern European Politics
• US December 2025
UK December 2025
298 Pages • 1 map and 3 tables (all b/w)
PB 9781666971538 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666971514 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216268062 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978759909 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Peacekeeping in Darfur
The Dilemmas of an African Union-UN Force Commander Martin Luther Agwai, King's College London, UK & Akinbode Fasakin, Swedish Defence University, Sweden
In 2007, Martin Luther Agwai was deployed to Darfur as Force Commander of UNAMID, which, as the first African Union–UN hybrid mission, was to become the largest peacekeeping operation in the world Four years earlier, Darfur had imploded, descending into violent conflicts The international community – in the form of both activists and state actors – felt it could not remain uninvolved lest a genocide on the scale of Rwanda occurred Despite such lofty intentions, UNAMID proved to be high on promise but low on commitment and delivery Ultimately, it failed to address the conflicts taking place, much less build a sustainable peace
Agwai provides unique insight into what went wrong in Darfur, and the myriad challenges facing international peacekeeping operations more generally Crucially, he highlights the lack of multi-level cooperation between the people of Darfur and the intervening parties, and how the absence of a bottom-up approach to peacebuilding works against peace being both achieved and maintained
Peace and Conflict
Citizens Edition
James R Adams
For concerned citizens looking to understand and engage with modern conflicts, home and abroad, and how they shape the world around us
Peace and Conflict: Citizens Edition is written for concerned citizens part memoir and part peace and conflict explanations rendered in an engaging personalized writing style drawing on the author ’s life journey through conflict zones, his cautionary tale for a conflicted America and world, and his quest to create innovative ways that people can better see and understand their conflict circumstances and peacebuilding possibilities an original approach to the subject of constructive conflict; informative and hopeful, told with wit and humor A new and authentic voice for our times
War in the Borderland
Four Ways to Interpret the Conflict in Ukraine
Paolo Pizzolo
The 2022 Russian invasion of Ukraine represents for Putin what the crossing of the Rubicon represented for Julius Caesar in 49 BC After making this decision, Moscow can never go back With this critical choice, one of the most significant since the end of World War II, Russia has decided to accelerate the course of history In its attack against Ukraine, Putin’s Russia confirmed its role as a revisionist power and challenger of the international order, deciding to operate outside the rules set in the post-1945 and post-1991 world system The arrival point of the historic process will have two possible consequences for the international system: either the confirmation of the hegemonic role of the US-led West or the advent of a centrifugal multipolar world War in the Borderland: Four Ways to Interpret the Conflict in Ukraine examines the reasons why the Russian-Ukrainian war broke out, highlighting four possible interpretations Specifically, by examining the domains of geopolitics, geostrategy, geoeconomics, and ideology, the book aims to determine how these variables played an important role in the outbreak of this gruesome conflict
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 • US November 2025
384 Pages • 1 figure; 10 tables
HB 9781538197196 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781538197202 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798881858865 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781538197219 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
The Paradox of Passion
How Rewards Covertly Control Motivation
Bobby Hoffman
The Paradox of Passion: How Rewards Covertly Control Motivation challenges conventional wisdom about motivation It reveals why legacy research findings are often misinterpreted and overgeneralized, leading to unrealistic beliefs about the self and others that foster ineffective strategy use impeding optimal learning and performance The book provides crossdisciplinary evidence emphasizing the essential role of rewards as a biological and behavioral driver of motivation It challenges the clichéd idea of intrinsic motivation, pointing out the flaws in pursuing passion and purpose without considering how the brain regulates motivation through personalized rewards Evidence reveals that a singular focus on passion is an unattainable ideal, akin to a mythical "motivation unicorn " Instead of hopes and dreams, the book offers practical insights and research-based strategies for enhancing learning and performance by effectively leveraging how the brain uses innate reward pathways to get what we want and sometimes obtain what we need
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US November 2025
304 Pages
HB 9781538154915 • £70 00 / $140 00
PB 9781538154922 • £22 99 / $40 95
ePDF 9798881864064 • £20 69 / $36 85
ePub 9781538154939 • £20 69 / $36 85
Bloomsbury Academic
Shameful Sciences
Eugenics and Social Darwinism in American Psychology
Oksana Yakushko
Shameful Sciences documents varied forms of problematic biased theorizing influencing early Western and American psychology The book brings to light ideologies promoted by key U S psychology leaders, specifically those grounded in social Darwinism and eugenics The book also traces the influence of eugenics in creation of American psychology epistemological/disciplinary practices, including the comparisons of humans to caged animals, extensive testing of “fitness,” focus on moral and behavioral control of human beings, and on exclusive focus on “positive” emotions
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
512 Pages • 24 bw illustrations; 25 tables
HB 9781538198520 £100 00 / $150 00
ePDF 9798765155080 • £90 00 / $135 00
ePub 9781538198537 £90 00 / $135 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
512 Pages • 25 bw illustrations; 25 tables
HB 9781538198544
• £100 00 / $150 00
ePDF 9798765155097 • £90 00 / $135 00
ePub 9781538198551 • £90 00 / $135 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
512 Pages 46 bw illus; 46 tables
HB 9781538198568 • £100 00 / $150 00
ePDF 9798765155103 £90 00 / $135 00
ePub 9781538198575 • £90 00 / $135 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Carlos S. Alvarado Archives
Essays in the History of Parapsychology and Psychology (1800–1899)
Carlos S Alvarado Edited by Nancy L Zingrone & Sonali Bhatt Marwaha
The disciplines of psychiatry, psychology, psychical research and parapsychology have emerged from the same foundational roots of Euro-American philosophy and science Dr Carlos S Alvarado’s work presents a unique glimpse into the prehistory, foundations, and evolution of these disciplines, before developing their distinctive identities as we know them today These volumes are of immense relevance to research scholars and students of psychology and parapsychology, as well as those of philosophy, history, theology, and psychoanalysis
The Carlos S Alvarado Archives is a collection of Dr Alvarado’s peer-reviewed articles covering the European-American history of parapsychology and psychology Arranged in the order of the content date, the papers present a systematic evolution of the history of parapsychology from the 1800s to the present
Spread out over three volumes, the 142 papers cover historical topics that include mesmerism, hypnosis, somnambulism, dissociation, consciousness, hysteria, Spiritualism, Spiritism, and mediumship Many of these papers cover the work of European and American stalwarts such as William James, Charles Richet, Alfred Binet, Allan Kardec, G Stanley Hall, F W H Myers, Michael Faraday, William Stainton Moses, and Albert de Rochas, and several others from the 19th to 21st century
The Carlos S Alvarado Archives Essays in the History of Parapsychology and Psychology (1900–2022)
Carlos S Alvarado Edited by Nancy L Zingrone & Sonali Bhatt Marwaha
The disciplines of psychiatry, psychology, psychical research and parapsychology have emerged from the same foundational roots of Euro-American philosophy and science Dr Carlos S Alvarado’s work presents a unique glimpse into the prehistory, foundations, and evolution of these disciplines, before developing their distinctive identities as we know them today These volumes are of immense relevance to research scholars and students of psychology and parapsychology, as well as those of philosophy, history, theology, and psychoanalysis
The Carlos S Alvarado Archives is a collection of Dr Alvarado’s peer-reviewed articles covering the European-American history of parapsychology and psychology Arranged in the order of the content date, the papers present a systematic evolution of the history of parapsychology from the 1800s to the present
Spread out over three volumes, the 142 papers cover historical topics that include mesmerism, hypnosis, somnambulism, dissociation, consciousness, hysteria, Spiritualism, Spiritism, and mediumship Many of these papers cover the work of European and American stalwarts such as William James, Charles Richet, Alfred Binet, Allan Kardec, G Stanley Hall, F W H Myers, Michael Faraday, William Stainton Moses, and Albert de Rochas, and several others from the 19th to 21st century
The Carlos S Alvarado Archives Essays and Investigations in Out-of-Body Experiences, Near-Death Experiences and Associated Phenomena
Carlos S Alvarado Edited by Nancy L Zingrone & Sonali Bhatt Marwaha
The disciplines of psychiatry, psychology, psychical research and parapsychology have emerged from the same foundational roots of Euro-American philosophy and science Dr Carlos S Alvarado’s work presents a unique glimpse into the prehistory, foundations, and evolution of these disciplines, before developing their distinctive identities as we know them today These volumes are of immense relevance to research scholars and students of psychology and parapsychology, as well as those of philosophy, history, theology, and psychoanalysis
The Carlos S Alvarado Archives is a collection of Dr Alvarado’s peer-reviewed articles covering the European-American history of parapsychology and psychology Arranged in the order of the content date, the papers present a systematic evolution of the history of parapsychology from the 1800s to the present
Spread out over three volumes, the 142 papers cover historical topics that include mesmerism, hypnosis, somnambulism, dissociation, consciousness, hysteria, Spiritualism, Spiritism, and mediumship Many of these papers cover the work of European and American stalwarts such as William James, Charles Richet, Alfred Binet, Allan Kardec, G Stanley Hall, F W H Myers, Michael Faraday, William Stainton Moses, and Albert de Rochas, and several others from the 19th to 21st century
UK February 2026 US February 2026
224 Pages • 8 b/w illustrations; 15 tables
HB 9798881805906 £45 00 / $80 00
PB 9798881805913 • £15 99 / $25 95
ePDF 9798881867836 £14 39 / $23 35
ePub 9798881805920 • £14 39 / $23 35
Bloomsbury Academic
Be a Better Bystander
Transforming Passive Observers into Active Responders
George Schreer
The nature of an emergency is complex; after all, emergencies “emerge” suddenly without warning and typically require immediate attention Bystanders are often the first line of defense in these situations Unfortunately, in many situations where help is needed such as health-related emergencies, bullying, sexual misconduct, and bias, the default is to not get involved
The goal of this book is to identify the many obstacles that prevent people from taking action, and then provide evidencebased helping strategies to transform passive bystanders into pro-active responders
This timely and significant book, Be a Better Bystander: Transforming Passive Observers Into Active Responders, provides a toolbox of practical strategies for academic institutions, residence life personnel, diversity/education/inclusion educators, public health education advocates, and community activists This book would also make a great supplemental text for courses in social psychology, health psychology, women s studies, and bias-related courses
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
336 Pages • 10 bw
HB 9798216368403
• £105 00 / $140 00
PB 9798216368410 • £32 99 / $44 95
ePDF 9798216368434 • £29 69 / $40 45
ePub 9798216368427 £29 69 / $40 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Psychosocial Peacebuilding
A Guide into the Heart of Sustainable Peace
Katrien Hertog
What if sustainable peace really starts within the human heart and mind? Psychosocial Peacebuilding places the lived experience of individuals at the center of peace efforts This timely and engaging book offers a clear, practical, and inspiring guide to understanding and applying psychosocial approaches to peacebuilding theory and practice It provides both a much-needed conceptual framework to understand and address the broad range of psychosocial factors that shape conflict dynamics and peacebuilding outcomes, and hands-on tools drawn from more than 25 years of global field experience
Dr Katrien Hertog explores the what, why, how, and who of psychosocial peacebuilding through case studies, scientific insights, lived experiences, and practical exercises She introduces an integrated model developed by the International Association for Human Values (IAHV) as a rare example of a conceptual framework for psychosocial peacebuilding that uses evidence-based practices and is implemented with success around the globe in a variety of settings with huge multiplication possibilities This model exemplifies intra-personal transformation as the cornerstone and foundation for peacebuilding, while at the same time addressing structural change, engaging with behavioral and relational dimensions of peacebuilding, and strengthening underlying human and peace-promoting values This guidebook offers a new lens to make sense of complex, interwoven factors and a structured way to understand these issues as integral to the peace process
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages 1 b/w illus and 4 tables
PB 9781666949360 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666949346 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781666949353 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978764699 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Dismantling Racism in the United States
Rooted in Slavery and the Fabric of American Society
Shawn Blue, Thomas Jefferson University
Unveiling the ways racist ideologies were deliberately constructed to sanction economic, emotional, and physical exploitation of Black Americans, this book examines how these stereotypes have been reinforced generationally
Shawn Blue, a specialist in trauma, diversity, and health and wellness studies, examines the structural foundation and psychological makeup of the transatlantic slave trade and its formation of a system of racial hierarchy that created and perpetuated multiple biases and stereotypes of Black Americans in contemporary society Slavery, as an institutional concept, has created systemic inequities that shaped and continue to exert power in American society today
Blue offers recommendations for societal systems that create spaces for equitable care and treatment, provides necessary healing interventions for Black Americans, and reinforces a commitment to psychological theories that acknowledges the oppressed histories of Black LGBTQIA+ communities She highlights changes that need to occur in order to restructure the scientific research field and enlist support from the practices of bystander-and-ally training, advocacy, and activism
UK November 2025 US November 2025
200 Pages • 13 tables
HB 9798881806026 £65 00 / $120 00
PB 9798881806033 • £19 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9798765155370 £17 99 / $31 45
ePub 9798881806040 • £17 99 / $31 45 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
216 Pages
HB 9798216270492 • £100 00 / $150 00
PB 9798216270461 • £32 99 / $49 95
ePDF 9798216270478 • £29 69 / $44 95
ePub 9798216270485 £29 69 / $44 95
Bloomsbury Academic
No Method to the Madness
Making Sense of the Psychiatric Treatment of our Youth
Robert Foltz
This book critically examines the current U S mental health treatment of children and adolescents, with a focus on diagnoses and use of psychotropic medications to address emotional and behavioral concerns Based on decades of research and author Robert M Foltz's more than 35-year career as a clinical psychologist, No Method to the Madness thoroughly reviews the research on diagnostic processes; medications, including stimulants for ADHD, antidepressants, and antipsychotics; and the powerful role that traumatic experiences can play Designed for clinicians, mental health students, policy makers, and parents, this book offers integrative counseling strategies and suggestions as alternatives to the firstresort medical model to optimize outcomes for our youth and families
The Humanity of Therapists
Pursuing Authenticity and Clinical Competence
Francis Martin
This book offers a refined, precise, and useful orientation to the humanity of therapists In it, Dr Martin has drawn from his long experience as a therapist, teacher for emerging therapists, clinical supervisor, researcher, and, no doubt, his humanity He engages readers with the issues of his and their humanity As he does this, he captures both a scholarly analysis of the humanity of therapists and the existential immediacy of the humanity of therapists
Therapists who avail themselves of this book will very likely gain several outcomes for themselves They will feel the affirmation and confirmation of their humanity They will gain personal respect for their typically well-known experience of their grounded confidence and their nagging doubts They will feel the validation of many of the stressful realities with which they cope They will re-imagine and experience the enjoyment of seeing the value of their humanity translated into effective clinical work And, they will gain new appreciation for their personal humanity, the humanity of their colleagues, and the humanity of their clients
8TH EDITION
UK February 2026 • US April 2026
544 Pages 526 illustrations
HB 9781350465015 • £110 00 / $150 00
PB 9781350465022 £34 99 / $47 95
ePDF 9781350464995 • £31 49 / $43 15
ePub 9781350465008 • £31 49 / $43 15
Bloomsbury Academic
SPSS for Psychologists
Virginia Harrison, Open University, UK & Richard Kemp, University of New South Wales, Australia
Students can find statistical analysis a challenging and complex task and, in order to master the techniques and complete their assignments successfully, they need a sound understanding of IBM SPSS Updated to be compatible with IBM SPSS 30, with handy screenshots throughout, the eighth edition of this trusted and practical textbook will take students on a stepby-step journey towards carrying out a range of essential tasks with confidence: from performing an analysis to interpreting outputs and reporting the results
Further features of this new edition include a dedicated chapter on non-parametric tests, guidance on when to use each type of test, updated and additional activities, and helpful explanations of basic concepts such as normality, power and reproducibility
This book is an unbeatable, must-have guide to SPSS that will allow psychology students at all levels to master this powerful software tool
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US November 2025
160 Pages
PB 9798216388241 £19 99 / $29 95
HB 9798216202035 • £70 00 / $95 00
ePDF 9798216202042 £63 00 / $85 50
ePub 9798216202059 • £63 00 / $85 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Health and Psychology
Sourcebooks
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages
HB 9781440871306 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798765142073 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781440871313 • £54 00 / $72 00
ePub 9798216124252 • £54 00 / $72 00
Bloomsbury Academic
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
160 Pages 5 tables
HB 9781538194317 • £55 00 / $100 00
PB 9781538194324 £17 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798881859800 • £16 19 / $26 95
ePub 9781538194331 • £16 19 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Pitching to the Dream Team
The INSEAD Lectures on Psychoanalysis and Organizational Life
Christopher Bollas
The book offers a radical, refreshing, innovative, provocative, and generative perspective on conflict solution whether in an organization or government It also offers an entirely new set of terms and concepts to access, utilize, and share unconscious creativity Almost all the top-down organizational assumptions in government and business stifle creativity rather than facilitate it The book offers a multitude of practical improvements that will alter our understanding of vision and creativity
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
Elements, History, Treatments, and Research
Leslie J Shapiro, McLean Hospital, USA
This sourcebook offers a clear and comprehensive introduction to one of the most common psychiatric disorders, Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD); a condition that results in intrusive, irrational thoughts and/or repetitive, illogical physical or mental actions
Written by one of the world’s most experienced therapists in treating OCD, this volume explores the disorder ’s history, symptoms, incidence, and development, alongside its personal, societal, and economic impact Chapters examine common obsessions such as contamination, safety, and symmetry, as well as compulsions including counting, tapping, excessive cleaning, arranging, and hoarding, or the need the do the "right" thing
The text also addresses theory, research, and treatments, offering insights and case studies illustrating how the disorder displays in society, at work, and in relationships A glossary of terms, recommended readings, and a list of helpful resources and organisations are included
Responsible Care in a Post-Roe World
The Impacts and Ethical Responsibilities of Mental Health Professionals
Jennifer Toof & Ami Crowley
In June 2022, the US Supreme Court overturned Roe v Wade, the landmark piece of legislation which had previously protected the rights of Americans to seek abortions Now, individual states are free to outright ban or severely limit Americans’ rights to a procedure that had been legal since 1973 This ruling threw the country into a tailspin and put mental health professionals in the challenging position of wondering how they can best support clients impacted by the ruling while also abiding by pertinent laws and ethical codes
This timely book will help mental health professionals navigate their roles and responsibilities in a highly politically charged situation Readers will understand the various ways the ruling may impact the clients with whom they work, as considerable research has found that people forced to carry unwanted pregnancies experience adverse financial, social, physical, and mental health effects The negative effects are more severe for people in marginalized groups, such as persons living in poverty, people of color, members of the LGBTQ+ community, and those in medically underserved areas
This book addresses timely issues facing providers today
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 US October 2025
208 Pages
HB 9781538185346 £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9781538185353 • £16 99 / $22 95
ePDF 9798881861315 £15 29 / $20 65
ePub 9781538185360 • £15 29 / $20 65
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages
HB 9798881804985 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9798765163207 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9798881804992 • £22 50 / $31 50 Bloomsbury Academic
The Quaker Faith
Friends of Love and Truth
Stuart Masters
In this accessible introduction to the Quaker tradition, Stuart Masters traces the roots of the Quaker way in 17thcentury English Puritanism and founder George Fox, and the role of such early leaders as James Naylor and, reflecting Quakerism's progressive views on gender, Margaret Fell Masters then describes how the movement has developed and changed over time, producing a number of different expressions in the world today
The Quaker Faith illuminates the enduring shape and orientation of Quakerism and explores the challenges posed by this spiritual path, including those situations in which the Quaker community has failed to live up to the standards of its stated values and beliefs The book also highlights the fascinating connections between Quakerism and the practices of other Christian churches and faith traditions and assesses what Quakers have to offer in a modern world where people are searching for spiritual meaning-and yearning for a society founded on peace, racial reconciliation, gender equality, and ecological justice
Tongues of Fire
How Charismatic Prayer Changes Evangelical Brains and Inspires Spirit-Filled Activism
Josh Brahinsky
In Tongues of Fire, anthropologist Joshua Brahinsky embarks on an 18-year journey into the mind-body practices of charismatic evangelicals Christians known for their exuberant worship and the enigmatic practice of speaking in tongues With nearly half a billion followers worldwide, this movement has profoundly shaped both spiritual and political landscapes
Tongues on Fire examines a high-energy practice that blends spiritual release with empowerment Speaking in tongues generates a suggestive certainty fueling not only personal transformation but also large-scale social activism Charismatic leaders like Pat Robertson, Jerry Falwell, and Paula White-Cain have harnessed this fervor to reshape U S politics, merging faith with ideological movements
This interdisciplinary study spanning anthropology, neuroscience, and religious studies offers the most extensive exploration of tongues prayer to date Tongues on Fire reveals how this practice cultivates both submission and power, creating a force that inspires hope while also driving some of the most polarizing political movements of our time From revivalist gatherings to the depths of the MRI machine, this book uncovers the hidden mechanics of faith, transformation, and influence illuminating the far-reaching impact of an ancient practice in today’s world
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
192 Pages
HB 9798881842628 • £20 00 / $27 00
ePDF 9798765163900 £18 00 / $24 30
ePub 9798765163894 • £18 00 / $24 30
Bloomsbury Academic
The Sevenfold Path
A Traveler ’s Guide to Jewish Wisdom
Shira Milgrom & David M Elcott
The sense of the sacred is as critical to the human experience as any of the conventionally primary senses of touch, sound, and sight In this traveler ’s guide to spiritual practice, Milgrom and Elcott bring the reader to many paths that seekers of the sacred walk What is the universal sevenfold path? Recognizing a spark of the divine; honoring the covenant with all living things; engaging in healing and growth; opening our lives to the divine presence; seeing where we are as a sacred place; seeking and pursuing justice; and taking time to enjoy a sabbath They illuminate these paths through inspiring stories, both inherited and personal, drawn from a richly lived Jewish life and encounters with faith communities around the world For while the universe emerged from one pinpoint of energy and life, it is only in its infinite diversity where God can be found Indeed, “there is no place devoid of the Presence,” even in the everyday
The Sevenfold Path is, above all, an invitation to a richer, fuller, and more joyful life
UK January 2026 US January 2026
304 Pages
PB 9798216389972 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781978700093 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216258155 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798216353911 • £76 50 / $103 50
Fortress Academic
Maximus and the Trinity Christian Life and Doctrine
Eric L Lopez
This book explores Maximus’s Trinitarian theology, starting with his early works and then moving through the various stages of his writing to analyze how his theology developed in its Late Antique context While Maximus’s Trinitarian theology is inextricably linked with his Christology, this book offers a more nuanced account of their relationship and demonstrates how a broad set of traditions, concerns, and controversies gave a Trinitarian shape to his vision of Christian life and doctrine
UK September 2025 • US September 2025
352 Pages
PB 9781399422994 • £17 99 / $24 00
ePDF 9781399423014 • £16 19 / $21 60
ePub 9781399423007 • £16 19 / $21 60 Bloomsbury Continuum
You Can, If You Want To Navigating Christian Faith, Conscience, and matters LGBTQ+
James Alison
A few years back, Continuum published In The Closet of the Vatican Frédéric Martel’s reporting exposed the hypocrisy of the Church and especially its cardinals on homosexuality He reckoned that something like 70% of Vatican officials were gay and many of them living (fairly) openly with partners There were tales of gay orgies and priests being so badly paid that they took to male prostitution to earn a living
The Church today has had to face up to the huge progress made on LGBT issues in society and can no longer sweep it under the carpet James Alison’s book is a serious, nuanced, but ultimately deeply radical attempt to re-orientate our scriptural understanding of homosexuality It is an attempt, as per his subtitle, to allow the church to move on
He does this by revisiting the biblical texts Many believe that the Bible is clear All homosexual activity is forbidden Alison, who knows Greek and Hebrew, proves in this book that this is not the case The meaning of the biblical texts is far more subtle and enlightening In that sense he is following on from a revolution in theology which is exemplified by the documentary 1946 It may well be that the bible doesn’t forbid homosexuality at all
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
192 Pages
HB 9798881807870 • £22 00 / $30 00
ePDF 9798765165249 £19 80 / $27 00
ePub 9798881807887 • £19 80 / $27 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Shabbat Effect
Jewish Wisdom for Growth and Transformation
Alan Morinis
What if one day of rest could transform your entire life?
One of the most important biblical mandates, so significant that it numbers among the Ten Commandments, is the directive to observe a weekly day of rest The Shabbat Effect illuminates how the practice of a day set aside for rest brings about a deep, lasting, and pervasive transformation of character, not just on that seventh day but every day Drawing on venerable Jewish sources as well as the experiences of contemporary practitioners, this user-friendly and accessible guide explores the eight essential traits that reflect the true meaning of Shabbat
Rooted in the 1,100-year-old Jewish tradition of Mussar as well as the experiences of contemporary practitioners, this accessible guide offers a radical and moving exploration of how the practice of Shabbat enhances and refines core traits of character Readers will find that it contributes immeasurably to their enjoyment of life, as well as helping them fulfill their highest human potential
UK January 2026 US December 2025
176 Pages
HB 9798216382065 £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9798216278566 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798216278580 £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798216278573 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Offerings of the Heart
Money,
Values, and Faith in Community
Shawn Israel Zevit
Offerings of the Heart This phrase sets the tone for the Jewish spiritual perspective that money is a tool for actualizing God’s presence in the world Building on this core value and setting aside the financial/spiritual split with which many congregational leaders operate, Rabbi Shawn Zevit brings the depth and breadth of Jewish teachings on money and the spiritual life to all faith communities This book provides texts and tools to help clergy, staff, and lay leaders of congregations of any faith approach financial and other resources as core means to build and maintain whole and holy lives in a communal setting Zevit demonstrates how faith communities can create values-based approaches to developing and managing financial and human resources that are rooted in the very sacred traditions, principles, and impulses that bring us together
Fully revised and updated, this 20th anniversary edition of a classic incorporates the insights and practices of a wide range of Orthodox, Conservative, and Reformed congregations in addition to Reconstructionist congregations It also addresses the growing “free will dues” practice
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
144 Pages
PB 9798216278764 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9798216278788 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9798216278771 • £17 99 / $24 25
Bloomsbury Academic
Torah Encounters Deuteronomy
Rabbi Daniel Pressman
“Torah, as both book and process, is the taproot that penetrates to the heart of Jewish meaning, understanding, and expression Torah study is how we mine not just meaning from the text, but our awareness of God’s will,” writes Rabbi Daniel Pressman in the introduction to Torah Encounters: Genesis This book series invites readers into the richness of the Torah, sharing context and information for each parasha, as well as commentary from generations of Biblical interpreters historical and modern, and Rabbi Pressman’s own insights
The fifth in the five-volume Torah Encounters series, Torah Encounters: Deuteronomy makes the weekly Torah portion approachable and applicable It is a wonderful resource for clergy, adult or high school Hebrew education, or personal study
UK July 2025 • US July 2025
288 Pages
HB 9780826486226 • £16 99
PB 9781399420907 £12 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399420815 • £10 39 / $19 96
ePub 9781399420808 • £10 39 / $19 96
Bloomsbury Continuum
To Heal a Fractured World
The Ethics of Responsibility
Jonathan Sacks
Rabbi Sacks argues that preoccupation with self is a mistake and that ethics are concerned with the life we live together, talking with as much authority about Sigmund Freud or Karl Marx as he does about the Bible With a new foreword by Rowan Williams
‘The only force equal to a fundamentalism of hate is a counter-fundamentalism of love ’
Jonathan Sacks was an outstanding moral authority of our time and bestselling author of The Dignity of Difference One of Judaism’s most distinctive and challenging ideas is its ethics of responsibility We have been given the gift of freedom and we in turn have to honour and enhance the freedom of others More than in any previous generation, we have been tempted to imagine that it is the individual’s needs which are the sole source of meaning
This is a clarion call to the outside world to come to its senses
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
168 Pages • 0 bw illus
PB 9781350534254 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350534223 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350534216 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350534230 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Indigenous Judaism in Colonial Algeria French-colonial Policy, Rabbis and Halachic Writing
Vered Sakal, Christopher Newport University, USA
Did Jewish scholars develop new strategies of applicability and governance to adapt to and survive in French-colonial Algeria? How did indigenous rabbis respond to changes in their socio-political environment? Did it affect the way in which they understood and addressed their juridical roles and, if so, to what extent?
This study explores these questions and furthers the growing discourse about indigenous Jews in colonial Algeria Vered Sakal adopts a Halachic perspective to examine the transition from Muslim-Ottoman to French-liberal-colonial politics
Sakal considers how 19th century Algeria was an environment in which Jews are both colonizers and colonized, and in which colonial officials actively intervene with the communal and private lives of indigenous Jews, and the way they practice their Jewishness – at the home, the school, and the synagogue
Through the analysis of several historical sources, such as French legislation and scholarship from the colonial era, a survey written by two French Jews about the Jews of Algeria, and the Halachic writings of indigenous Algerian rabbis, the varied genres covered in this book come together to portray a unique religio-political environment
Celebrating Life
UK July 2025 US July 2025
208 Pages
PB 9781399420723 • £12 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399420891 £10 39 / $16 00
ePub 9781399420747 • £10 39 / $16 00
Bloomsbury Continuum
Finding Happiness in Unexpected Places
Jonathan Sacks
Following the painful loss of his father, former Chief Rabbi Sacks began to learn how to celebrate life in a new way
Based, in part, on Rabbi Sacks’s collection of columns in the UK's Times newspaper, Celebrating Life is a series of reflections on subjects such as morality, friendship, listening to others and giving thanks It also talks about topics such as being a parent, finding and losing one’s faith and most of all, finding happiness In Celebrating Life, Rabbi Sacks discovers where happiness lives, often in unexpected places, through family, community, friendship and responsibilities He also finds it through a renewed relationship with God who spoke to his deepest needs
But this redesigned and reissued edition has something for everyone, for people of all faiths and none It shows us how to be human and, in becoming so, how we can touch the divine
UK July 2025 • US July 2025
256 Pages
PB 9780826473363 • £10 99 / $17 95
PB 9781399420716 £12 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399420686 • £8 79 / $12 14
ePub 9781399420679 • £8 79 / $12 14
Bloomsbury Continuum
Radical Then, Radical Now
Jonathan Sacks
Throughout history, the Jewish people have faced catastrophe after catastrophe They have been expelled, ghettoised, murdered and forcibly converted The question that Jonathan Sacks asks in this original and compelling book is not how Judaism survived four thousand years of persecution, but how it found ways to flourish and thrive
Originally written as a wedding gift for his son over twenty years ago, now featuring a new foreword by Natan Sharansky, this revised edition is a reminder of the enduring beauty and wisdom of one of the world’s oldest religions A fascinating cultural and religious journey through Judaism’s long history and the revolutionary ideas that shaped the moral civilisation of the West, Jonathan Sacks urges readers not to embrace secularisation or lose the script of the Jewish story but to add their own chapters instead A deeply personal celebration of faith and community filled with hope for the future of the Jewish people, this book is a must-read for anyone who wishes to understand Judaism or deepen their faith and identity
UK September 2025 US September 2025
160 Pages
PB 9780826474810 • £16 99 / $22 95
PB 9781399420556 £12 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399420532 • £10 39 / $16 00
ePub 9781399420563 • £10 39 / $16 00
Bloomsbury Continuum
From Optimism to Hope
Jonathan Sacks
Rabbi Jonathan Sacks was a voice frequently heard on the UK's most popular morning BBC radio news show He regularly presented a "Thought for the Day" in which he addressed a current issue with characteristic brevity and clarity His clear, calm voice brought hope and encouragement to all of us struggling to come to terms with modern, turbulent times
From Optimism to Hope is a carefully selected collection of his favourite pieces from between 1995 and 2004, ranging in topics as wide-ranging as parenting, forgiveness, staying young and the Turner Prize
The result is a book that still resonates today, and appeals to everyone, from people with religious beliefs as well as those with little or none
UK July 2025 US July 2025
224 Pages
HB 9780826414434 £14 99 / $21 95
PB 9781399420600 • £12 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399420594 £10 39 / $16 00
ePub 9781399420617 • £10 39 / $16 00
Bloomsbury Continuum
The Dignity of Difference
How to Avoid the Clash of Civilizations New Revised Edition
Jonathan Sacks
This redesigned and reissued edition of The Dignity of Difference was Rabbi Jonathan Sacks's radical proposal for reconciling hatreds and includes Updated for 2025 with a new foreword by Simon Schama
Almost a quarter of a century ago, the tragedy of September 11 is remembered today as the moment the world woke up to the dangers posed by religious differences and intolerance In this acclaimed book, Rabbi Sacks asked, can religion still become a force for peace? At the time of writing, the politics of identity had began to replace the politics of ideology that dominated the globe in the twentieth-century Now Rabbi Sack’s heartfelt, clear-sighted and radical proposal for how we might reconcile our differences without violence is as relevant as ever In it, Sacks argues that to avoid the clash of civilisations, we must celebrate our differences and respect all the many ways cultures have searched for meaning, so that people can live together in respectful harmony
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
280 Pages • 15 bw illus
PB 9798216377566 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666943887 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216252191 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978766945 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Religious Encounters along the Silk Road Connections, Competitions, and Comparisons
Huaiyu Chen
Religious Encounters along the Silk Road draws on a diverse range of sources to examine the connections, rivalries, and interactions among Buddhism, Christianity, and Daoism along the Silk Road during the medieval era
This book analyzes these dynamics from political, textual, ritual, and ethnic perspectives to argue that interreligious exchanges were integral to the broader process of medieval globalization, shaping political and religious life in Central Asia and China within a multilingual, multi-religious, and multi-ethnic environment This book further suggests that Buddhists, Christians, and Daoists coexisted within shared political, textual, ritual, and ethnic spheres, developing distinct strategies to navigate and adapt to political and religious challenges These communities likely influenced one another ’s texts and rituals under the same political regime
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
224 Pages 3 bw illus
PB 9798216376675 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666973372 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216265382 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978762169 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Toward Japanese Ways of Christian Worship
Rice, Ritual, Relationship
Saya Ojiri
This book explores the socio-cultural dimensions of rice, ritual, and relationship in Japanese culture, utilizing critical resources drawn from the methodologies of liturgical inculturation, ritual studies, and postcolonial theory It offers unique insights into the development of more deeply contextualized ways of worship in Japanese Christian churches With Japan predominantly influenced by Shinto and Buddhism, and Christians making up less than one percent of the population, Christianity is often viewed as a Western/foreign religion Despite this, little serious consideration of liturgical inculturation or contextualization has been undertaken by local Christians Thus, this study’s effort at such a beginning constitutes original research, seeking to offer new insights and approaches to liturgical inculturation, inviting broader perspectives on the subject, including considerations of social behaviour, ritual practice, and cultural identity In particular, references to the work of Japanese theologian Masao Takenaka (????, 1925-2006), an emphasis on performative orthopraxy, and the collective ethos of Japanese culture together with concern for relationship-building with non-Christian culture and people contribute to the development of unique and creative methods of liturgical inculturation in Japan
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
240 Pages • 12 b/w photos
HB 9798881806729
£60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798881806736 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798881867621 £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9798881806743 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Introduction to Religions of the African Diaspora
Stephanie Y Mitchem
Addressing a significant gap in the field, Introduction to Religions of the African Diaspora brings together key themes Africa, the Diaspora, colonialism, race, Black identity, and religion into one cohesive and accessible volume
The text draws on over thirty years of the author ’s experience studying and teaching African and African Diasporan spiritualities and is informed by the recognition that many students arrive in the classroom with limited understanding of cultural and historical contexts often carrying preconceived notions about Africa and Black people The author, a Black U S scholar, approaches these topics with both personal insight and academic rigor, having personally navigated many of these same misconceptions This perspective enriches the material, incorporating the history of Black Studies to challenge prevailing assumptions about the African continent and its diasporas
The book thoughtfully engages with both Western European and U S cultural norms, bringing them into conversation with the worldviews and values embedded within African and Diasporan religious traditions By offering these comparative insights, the text serves as a valuable resource for students across disciplines, including religious studies, international studies, and history
COLLECTIONS
Studies in Comparative Philosophy and Religion
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
332 Pages • 6 BW Illustrations 2 Tables
PB 9781666932171 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666932157 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9781978778764 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781666932164 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025
• US November 2025
192 Pages
PB 9781666966220 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666966206 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216252603 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978768178 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Hindus, Jews, and the Politics of Comparison
Embodied Communities and Models of Religious Tradition
Barbara A Holdrege
In Hindus, Jews, and the Politics of Comparison: Embodied Communities and Models of Religious Tradition, Barbara A Holdrege emphasizes the role of comparative study as a method of critical interrogation that can serve as a means to challenge hegemonic taxonomies and categories in the academy and to reconstitute our scholarly discourse to allow for a multiplicity of epistemologies Holdrege provides an extended series of reflections on the politics, problematics, and dynamics of comparison in which she explores how certain analytical categories in the study of religion such as the body, scripture, sacrifice, purity, and food can be fruitfully reimagined through a comparative analysis of their Hindu and Jewish instantiations The author argues that this re-visioning of analytical categories through sustained comparative historical studies of a range of Hindu and Jewish traditions can provide the basis for generating alternative imaginaries to the prevailing Eurocentric and Protestant-based paradigms in the academy that have perpetuated the ideals of Enlightenment discourse and colonial and neocolonial projects Such studies can serve as an important corrective to the scholarly practices through which certain categories and models have been privileged over others in the social sciences and humanities and in religious studies more specifically
Muslim-Christian Friendships and Religious Change
Transformative Relationships
Torstein Try
This book explores how authentic friendships between Muslims and Christians can cross religious boundaries and encourage deeper mutual understanding Drawing on qualitative interviews in southern Norway, Torstein Try examines how interfaith relationships shape religious self-awareness, influence perceptions of the “other” faith, and challenge participants’ faith practices The book illustrates how friendships rooted in empathy and openness foster a more dialogical approach to religious and cultural differences, promoting reflective religious change rather than insistent conversion efforts The author reveals that while participants often upheld strong faith commitments, their interfaith friendships prompted a shift from confrontation to relational influence, allowing distinct religious identities and genuine friendships to coexist in a dynamic and respectful balance Through rich personal narratives and thoughtful analysis, the book demonstrates how interfaith friendships cultivate an environment where love, hospitality, and theological reflection flourish, providing a valuable perspective on fostering coexistence and dialogue in increasingly diverse societies
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
152 Pages
PB 9798216376569 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666966084 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216263852 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978762855 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The
Meaning
of Life from Sacred and Secular Perspectives
Charles Taliaferro & Paul Reasoner
This book argues that the search for life's meaning is vital in terms of one's personal identity, developing a sense of what really matters to you and others
The book seeks to enlarge one’s understanding of the possible meanings of life on a large scale, as well as explore the many meanings in life for individuals Drawing on ancient and contemporary sources, the book provides a guide for exploring the most promising perspectives on life's meaning, philosophically and religiously Its purpose is to aid readers in making up their own minds in discovering meaning in life
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
224 Pages • 12 bw illus
PB 9798216441069 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666977998 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216260622 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978763678 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Representing Jerusalem in World Literature and Art
Sacred Space and Sacred History
Edited by Elena V Shabliy
This volume explores the historical and cultural dimensions of Jerusalem through the lens of world literature and art
Jerusalem inspired creation of various world literary works, spanning different time periods and contributing to various angles of views This volume emphasizes Jerusalem’s spiritual significance in the world culture, literature, history, and global society Preservation of this Holy City is not a duty of one, two, three nations it is a duty of all humanity The chapters of this book contribute to the significance of the cosmic city as one of the most important destinations of human journey The ultimate destination of many pilgrims is Jerusalem the Holy City that unites all faithful and agnostics Journey to the Holy City is the fulfillment of a sacred dream of believers
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 US November 2025
248 Pages • 1 b&w figure
HB 9798881801724 £55 00 / $80 00
PB 9798881801731 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798881861711 £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9798881801748 • £16 19 / $22 45 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US November 2025
272 Pages
HB 9798881808716 • £60 00 / $100 00
PB 9798881808723 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9798765150566 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798881808730 £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Mormonism and Moral Life
Courtney S Campbell
Mormonism and Moral Life is the first scholarly introduction to the approaches to moral life and the normative principles and practical ethics of the LDS tradition It is an invaluable contribution to discussions in religious ethics and religious studies, to the growing field of Mormon Studies, and to broader discussions of religious ethics in a pluralistic moral culture It offers a concise overview of the primary ethical considerations in the LDS tradition for people who otherwise have little familiarity with LDS moral culture and teaching
This book includes:
a brief overview of the LDS religious tradition, its foundational scriptural texts, and its prophetic teaching authorities; a discussion of the moral visions and primary sources for ethical reflection and moral teaching in the tradition, including scripture, ecclesiastical authority, moral communities, family, personal experience, divine inspiration, and the moral wisdom of other cultures and traditions;
an explanation of core ethical principles that differentiate LDS ethics and moral teaching, including covenantal responsibility, gift ethics, agency, virtues of moral character, and the moral community of “Zion”; short, lucid chapters that address various aspects of practical and applied ethics
Welcome
Patterns of the Moral Life
Lois Shepherd & Margaret E Mohrmann
Welcome: Patterns of the Moral Life proposes a transformative concept that places the act of welcoming at the core of ethical living and human flourishing This radical approach asserts that welcome is not merely a virtue or an act of kindness, but the foundational practice from which all other ethical behaviors arise Through this lens, welcome becomes the primary orientation through which individuals and communities can achieve a harmonious and just society The authors contend that being a welcoming person involves a deep, ongoing moral commitment that impacts every interaction and relationship This obligation is mutual, extending to everyone in all settings, from healthcare environments to everyday social encounters
The book's structure reflects its content, offering a series of “patterns” interconnected stories, reflections, and practical examples rather than a linear argument These patterns illustrate how welcome influences human interaction, showing both its positive effects when present and the harm that results from its absence Through this exploration, the authors encourage readers to embrace welcome in all aspects of life, suggesting that this practice is essential for creating inclusive, thriving communities
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Religion and Civic Culture
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
280 Pages • 12 b/w illus
HB 9781350563469 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350563452 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350563476 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350563483 • £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
OPEN ACCESS
Engaged Spirituality
Stories of Religious Resilience, Inspiration, and Pursuing the Common Good
Edited by Ken Chitwood
This open access book is a testimony to telling good religion stories to advance vital conversations around some of the most critical issues of our time
Written by reporters and researchers who worked for five years with the University of Southern California’s Center for Religion and Civic Culture, this book focuses on some of the greatest challenges to the current human experience; from education, health care and socioeconomic development to environmental justice, gender and sexual equity, and interreligious dialogue
Originating from different traditions and diverse corners of the globe, the power and humanity of these portraits help dispel discouragement about the state of the world and instead inspire readers to take positive action to address shared global challenges
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by Center for Religion and Civic Culture at the University of Southern California
Dispatches from the New Diaspora
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages
PB 9798216390695
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781978715578 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216260660 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798216354413 • £76 50 / $103 50
Fortress Academic
Responding to Climate Crisis
Hope at the Margins
Edited by Carol J Dempsey, OP & Norah A Martin
Earth and all its communities of life are experiencing a climate crisis, a phrase broadly understood here as the disruption of the Earth’s systems. This disruption, caused by social, political, economic, cultural, and ecological turmoil, upheaval, and violence, negatively affects the atmosphere in which life exists
In the midst of such disruption, how can we have hope? And, if we can, where can we find it and keep it alive? This edited collection brings together the work of thirteen theologians, philosophers, and scientists from disparate parts of our shared Earth to continue the efforts of Thomas Berry in arguing that hope can be found even in the midst of global crises Though each essay offers a different vision of hope, they agree with Berry’s vision of shifting to an Earth-centered world from a human-centered one Through this radical shift, we see ourselves as not alone but rather woven within a network of living communities equally affected by devastating changes By collaborating with other-than-human communities on this planet, the scholars herein reconceptualize hope, thereby challenging traditional ways of thinking about and solutions for today’s multi-layered issues When those on the margins of life are seen, heard, respected, cherished, and listened to, then hope flourishes and all life recovers its vibrancy
UK September 2025 • US September 2025
144 Pages
PB 9780826478559 • £15 99 / $21 95
PB 9781399420792 • £12 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399420754 • £10 39 / $16 00
ePub 9781399420785 £10 39 / $16 00
Bloomsbury Continuum
The Persistence of Faith
Religion, Morality and Society in a Secular Age
Jonathan Sacks
Confidence in a faith is a subtle quality and lack of it shows in many ways, some contradictory Dr Sacks has that confidence and the quiet charisma to communicate it
Sacks argues that faiths must remain open to criticism, keep alive their separate communities and still contribute far more to national debates on moral issues They must also learn to get along better His thesis is that we still live under a Biblical canopy and that a cohesive morality needs the uniting bonds of faith The subject of this book - religions and ethics - is good ground for him to build on: The Jewish contribution to ethics is distinctly rational and has a long and illustrious tradition Moral philosophy is after all a Jewish preoccupation
In recent years, he writes, religion has taken us unawares The rise of the Moral Majority in the USA, the Islamic Revolution, the growth of religious parties in Israel, the power of Catholicism in Poland and the African continent all run contrary to the basic thesis that modernity and secularization went hand in hand and could almost be regarded as synonyms Instead, and against all prediction, religion has resurfaced in the public domain
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
544 Pages • 20 b&w illus
PB 9781350530843 • £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9781350530751 • £140 00 / $190 00
ePDF 9781350530768 • £126 00 / $171 00
ePub 9781350530775 • £126 00 / $171 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Religion and Food
Edited by Yudit Kornberg Greenberg, Rollins College, USA & Benjamin E Zeller, Lake Forest College, USA
This handbook is the first comprehensive volume to feature multi-religious, cross-cultural and multidisciplinary perspectives on the intersections of religion and food It highlights recent trends and methodologies in religious studies and food studies from the humanities and the social sciences A team of international scholars provide theoretical frameworks presenting food as integral to the materiality of religions and religions’ functions in daily life, with studies drawing upon teachings from the Abrahamic religions, Asian religions, and indigenous religions as represented in a diverse body of sacred literature, historical sources, and personal narratives
The volume features debates on moral questions and ethical principles related to food sources and food consumption, the nexus of ritual and theology, violence against and treatment of animals and the environment, animal rights, industrialization, racialization, gender, hunger, poverty, hospitality, and contemporary movements working towards social justice, ecospirituality, and sustainability Topics include the rhythms of feasting and fasting; notions of purity; forbidden foods; and rituals such as sacrifices Authors in this volume contribute to the psychology and sociology of food as an essential factor in the construction of individual and group identity, new religions, and to the growing practice of food as a tool in interreligious dialogue
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
272 Pages • 38 b&w illus
HB 9781350197077 £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350197084 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350197107 £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350197114 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
American Culture through Religion and Sport
Annie Blazer, William & Mary, USA
This book shows how both sports and religions reflect realities far beyond the boundaries of stadiums and churches Chapters explore how sports and religions are intertwined with American cultural elements including capitalism, race relations, gender norms, and nationalism These explorations encourage readers to apply critical inquiry to deeply embedded facets of American culture
Each chapter contains:
- A summary of existing scholarship
- Case studies and examples
- A brief excerpt from a primary source
- Guided analysis of the excerpt
- Discussion questions
- Suggested further resources
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
184 Pages • 10 tables
PB 9798216387909 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666975536 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216255338 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978770966 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Frontiers in American Religion
Myth, Technology, and the Making of a Pioneering People
Nicholas Covaleski
Frontiers in American Religion explores how certain religious dimensions of North America’s settler colonial past, expressed and encoded in frontier religion, continue to affect its cultural present, especially its cultures of science and technology
Covaleski argues that the frontier myth functions as a sacred history that explains the creation of the United States and a distinctly “American people ” As a site of creation, the frontier, mythologically speaking, is a liminal zone in which hierarchies are dissolved and an egalitarian community made up of free and equal individuals emerges––a frontier communitas Throughout the twentieth century and into the twenty-first, a variety of individuals, groups, and institutions engaged modern technologies to imitate the crossing of new frontiers to continually regenerate the racialized and gendered frontier communitas of the original creation Taken together, Frontiers in American Religion offers an original religious history of expansionist ideas and practices within the modern US, showing how Frederick Jackson Turner ’s mythological frontier thesis animated several domains of science and technology, including California eugenics and human sterilization, NASA and the early years of space flight, psychedelics and other “countercultural technologies,” and the Internet
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
232 Pages
HB 9798216278870 • £25 00 / $32 00
ePDF 9798216278894 £22 50 / $28 80
ePub 9798216278887 • £22 50 / $28 80
Bloomsbury Academic
How to Plant a Billion Trees
A Memoir of Childhood Trauma and the Healing Power of Nature Nicole Walker, Northern Arizona University, USA
When Nicole Walker was molested and had an abortion at age 11, the distance between her and the world grew until she couldn’t imagine a future place for her anywhere In How to Plant a Billion Trees, Walker tries to understand why her whole life didn’t fall apart, as was predicted As she pieces together her story, she finds that it was thanks in no small part to her mother, her sisters, her friends who did not let the sexual abuse to define her In this candid portrayal of a young girl, Nicole Walker writes about how, thanks to her family, her friends, and the mountains of the Wasatch, Cascades, and San Francisco Peaks, she reknit herself into the fabric of a supportive culture
Employing the forest as a model to understand how to reconnect her life with the world, Nicole studies the way that ecosystems anticipate, react, and support each small part of the whole As she learns more about ecology, she discovers that in a healthy forest, even the gritty, decaying elements contribute to the health of the forest The process of rebuilding the self into a community parallels the process of a forest’s growth To apply that lesson to the human ecosystem, Nicole realizes that even the hard-to-stomach stories need to be told, and, with air, that grit is transformed into something alive and new
UK September 2025 US September 2025
288 Pages
HB 9780826480705 £18 99 / $29 95
PB 9781399420648 • £12 99 / $20 00
ePDF 9781399420624 £10 39 / $16 00
ePub 9781399420631 • £10 39 / $16 00
Bloomsbury Continuum
COLLECTIONS
Religion at the Boundaries
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
272 Pages
HB 9781350333215 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350333253 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350333222 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350333239 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
The Home We Build Together
Recreating Society
Jonathan Sacks
Rabbi Sacks' thesis on the future of British society and the dangers facing liberal democracy With a new foreword by Daniel Finkelstein
Arguing that global communications have fragmented national cultures and that multiculturalism, intended to reduce social frictions, is today reinforcing them, Sacks argues for a new approach to national identity, making the case for "integrated diversity" within a framework of shared political values
Britain, he argues, will have to construct a national narrative as a basis for identity, reinvigorate the concept of the common good, and identify shared interests among currently conflicting groups It must restore a culture of civility, protect "neutral spaces" from politicization, and find ways of moving beyond an adversarial culture in which the loudest voice wins He argues for a responsibility- rather than rights-based model of citizenship that connects the ideas of giving and belonging
Offering a new paradigm to replace previous models of assimilation on the one hand, multiculturalism on the other, he argues that we should see society as "the home we build together", bringing the distinctive gifts of different groups to the common good
‘Cult’ Rhetoric in the 21st Century
Deconstructing the Study of New Religious Movements
Edited by Aled Thomas, University of Wolverhampton, UK & Edward Graham- Hyde, University of Leeds, UK and The Salvation Army, UK & Ireland
Examining contemporary understandings of the term ‘cult’, this book brings together scholars from multiple disciplines, including sociology, anthropology and religious studies Focusing on how ‘cult rhetoric’ affects our perceptions of new religious movements, the contributors explore how these minority groups have developed and deconstruct the language we use to describe them
Ranging from the ‘Cult of Trump’ and ‘Cult of COVID’, to the campaigns of mass media, this book recognises that contemporary ‘cult rhetoric’ has become hybridised and suggests a more nuanced study of contemporary religion Topics include online religions, political ‘cults’, ‘apostate’ testimony and the current ‘othered’ position of the study of minority religions
UK December 2025 • US October 2025
248 Pages
HB 9781538193419 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9781538193426 £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798881863203 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781538193433 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
All of Me
Patient-Centered Spirituality for Holistic Caregiving
Helen T Boursier
All of Me illuminates how chaplains, hospital caregivers, and clergy can provide spiritual care for those who are sick, in hospitals, preparing for surgery, or recovering Based on interviews with forty hospital and ER patients about their experiences, lessons learned, and insights gained while receiving care, Boursier weaves these accounts together with interdisciplinary literature from medical and social sciences, ethics, philosophy, spirituality, theology, and religious studies
The result is a resource that offers both insight and practical tools for practitioners and students, showing how spiritually informed compassionate care can be cultivated through identifying, respecting, and supporting spirituality to foster holistic patient well-being
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 US November 2025
224 Pages • 12 b/w photos
HB 9798881805685 £25 00 / $32 00
ePDF 9798765164518 • £22 50 / $28 80
ePub 9798881805692 £22 50 / $28 80
Bloomsbury Academic
The Soul Delusion
David P Barash
The case against the soul and why life is better without one
The soul, like the Christian notion of the devil, has increasingly become contested, even for traditional believers Considered objectively, the soul is a strange notion, one entirely at odds with everything we know about how the world actually works And yet belief in the soul persists, among both the religiously inclined and non-believers
The Soul Delusion is a wake-up call, encouraging readers to think critically about something widely taken for granted Evolutionary biologist David P Barash takes a deep dive into the nature of the soul by reviewing the diverse and often conflicting notions of what the soul is supposed to be and revealing practical problems deriving from such delusive beliefs: how the soul-certain agitate against early and mid-stage abortions because of their insistence that an embryo has a soul, and thus, must be saved”, even at the risk of the mother ’s health, for instance, and how soul-belief has provided marching orders for cruelty toward animals because of the claim that only we have souls and therefore animals don’t deserve protection
The Soul Delusion also aims to liberate people from fear of hell and free them to enjoy what poet Mary Oliver called “your wild and precious life ” It challenges the assumption that a soul is needed for people to live moral lives, while exposing the misleading nature of supposed near death experiences
COLLECTIONS
Scientific Studies of Religion: Inquiry and Explanation
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages • 40 bw illus
HB 9781350367302 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350367340 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350367319 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350367326 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Religion, Gender, and Sexuality
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages
PB 9781350502031 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350501997 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350502000 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350502017 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Modeling Religion
Simulating the Transformation of Worldviews, Lifeways, and Civilizations
Wesley J Wildman, Boston University, USA & F LeRon Shults, University of Agder, Norway
What role has religion played in the major civilizational transformations associated with the Neolithic Revolution, the Axial Age, and Modernity? This book introduces new methodological tools and material insights for guiding conversations about these debates
The authors introduce a new branch of computational humanities, using computational modeling to simulate civilizational transformations They integrate multiple theories across many disciplines, including the scientific study of religion, and evaluate the relative importance of those causal theories in processes of civilizational change Materially, the book sheds new light on major debates among historians, archaeologists, and other social theorists on the role of religion within these major transitions
The book tackles the urgent question of what sort of civilizational transformations might be possible in a world where the influence and significance of religion continues to decline wherever technology, education, freedom, and cultural pluralism are most advanced
Complementarianism, Gender and Evangelism
Retelling Sydney Anglican Stories
Rosie Clare Shorter, The University of Melbourne and Deakin University, Australia
Complementarianism, Gender and Evangelism offers a feminist, sociological account of lived Sydney Anglicanism Furthering the study of global evangelicalism, Rosie Clare Shorter provides a new frame for analyzing complementarianism as a specific discourse that uses gender to construct and regulate both faith and sexuality This study theorizes that complementarianism is not simply a set of private beliefs, but rather a specific ecclesial discourse defining orthodoxy and orthopraxy Embedded in language and the relationships between church leaders and parishioners, this discourse is used as an operation of power which limits Christian belief, behaviour and belonging
Grounded in the author ’s research and lived experience in the Sydney Anglican Diocese, the book provides a detailed study of individuals who worship and work at three parishes, covering both the stories told about Sydney Anglicans, and the lived experiences of Anglicans themselves, their identity, their faith and their communities
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Studies in Religion, Gender, and Sexuality
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
280 Pages • 10 bw illus
PB 9781350577381 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350577343 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350577367 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350577350 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Religion and Borders
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
136 Pages • 12 tables
PB 9798216388500 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666975291 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216264569 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978762473 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
224 Pages
PB 9781350527416 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350527379 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350527386 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350527393 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Producing Religion, Gender and National Identities in Sri Lankan Elite Girls’ Schools Histories, Myths, Resistances
Jessica A Albrecht, University of Erlangen- Nuremberg
This book provides the first comparative analysis of how religious, gender and national identities have been constructed in Christian, Buddhist and Hindu girls’ schools in Sri Lanka in the context of colonial histories and postcolonial struggles.
Attended by the children of the socio-political elite, the Sri Lanka’s girls’ schools in this study have a significant impact on the country’s political, cultural and religious life as their graduates carry the values they were taught beyond these institutions’ doors into society Combining archival research with ethnographic fieldwork, Jessica Albrecht examines how narratives of the past – including the Aryan myth, the story of the Sinhala Buddhist role model Sister Sanghamitta and ideas of womanhood from the Saivite reform movement – continue to shape religious and national identities in these schools today She integrates perspectives from religious, postcolonial and gender studies to show that these institutions play a dual role: while they empower women, they also reinforce patriarchal, nationalist and colonial ideologies
By contrasting Buddhist, Hindu and Christian schools, this book illuminates how ideas about gender, womanhood and the nation have differed across religiously diverse educational institutions from colonial times to today while sharing an entangled history
The Sacred and Sacrilege in Postsecular Serbia
Danica Igrutinovic
This book defines ‘blasphemy’ as a concept and delineates historically, primarily in sociological and anthropological terms, the political and social functions of accusing a culprit of it The author explores the laws pertaining to freedom of speech and freedom of religion in EU member states, illustrated by examples of incidents and how they were legally resolved The book includes a detailed discourse analysis of twelve ‘blasphemy’ incidents in the history of modern Serbia, contextualized politically and culturally, concluding with recommendations on how to approach ‘blasphemy’ in the postsecular world
The Football Paradox
Religion, Nationalism and Globalization
Aaron W Hughes, University of Rochester, USA
By examining football, and exploring the religious, economic and political forces that interact with the sport, this book demonstrates how the global game becomes a prism through which we can view and understand the world we inhabit
With over three billion fans in the world, football has a larger following than either Christianity or Islam, the world’s two largest religions, and in this book, Aaron W Hughes illustrates how football and religion function in our increasingly globalized world At the same time, the book considers how our globalized world has changed our understanding of both football and religion
Hughes situates football within the larger discourse of religion and sports, paying attention to some of the sociological features of sport and showing how football can function as a modern religion, especially in the context of the postmodern urban landscape Drawing upon a set of case studies and examples from the MENA region, Europe, and North and South America, and using theoretical frameworks from religious studies and global studies, each chapter highlights common themes and articulates questions for future research The book concludes by making the case for the creation of a new subfield called “football studies”
COLLECTIONS
Islam of the Global West
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
252 Pages
HB 9781350380448 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350380486 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350380455 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350380462 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Muslim and Catholic Experiences of National Belonging in France
Rethinking Boundaries, Inequities, and Faith in the Republic
Carol A Ferrara, Emerson College, USA
How do experiences of national identity and belonging differ for French Muslims and Catholics respectively? What can these differences tell us about the causes and dynamics of minority marginalization in plural secular societies?
To address these questions, Carol Ferrara draws upon extensive ethnographic fieldwork across France within spaces of religious education and interfaith dialogue, illustrating the inequities between Muslim and Catholic citizens in opportunities for national belonging, political and civic engagement, and institution-building This reexamination of Muslim exclusion against the backdrop of Catholic inclusion calls into question popular explanations for minority marginalization
Instead, Ferrara argues that the boundaries of French belonging are policed by francité a tacit national imaginary idealtype that draws upon and reproduces national cognitive biases and undermines the French republican values of secularism, equality, liberty, and fraternity
Given the role of francité in the politics of belonging, Ferrara suggests that paths toward greater pluralism in France lie in the reframing of national identity narratives and reimagining the inclusive potential of secular democratic values
COLLECTIONS
New Directions in the Anthropology of Christianity
UK March 2026 US March 2026
296 Pages • 26 bw illus
HB 9781350338692 £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350338739 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350338708 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350338715 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Areruya and Indigenous Prophetism in Northern Amazonia
Virgínia Amaral, Researcher, National Museum of the Federal University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Based on four years of ethnographic research, this book discusses the presence of Christianity on Areruya, an indigenous religious movement practiced by the Ingarikó in Northern Amazonia
Tracing the role of 19th-century missionaries in the region, the book shows how shamans started to announce the coming of a cataclysm, associated with the promise of indigenous salvation in Christian paradise and the acquisition of the colonizers’ goods It also explores how the ancient mythological elaboration of salvation after death was reinforced through both an appropriation of some aspects of Christianity and the development of a very violent form of shamanism, which epitomizes the evilness ascribed to the human condition on earth
Virgínia Amaral offers a valuable reflection on cultural transformations, revealing how Areruya is not only a shamanic appropriation of Christianity, but also an indigenous and ritualized interpretation of colonization
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Handbooks
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
344 Pages
HB 9781350355743 • £145 00 / $200 00
PB 9781350355781 • £42 99 / $58 95
ePDF 9781350355750 • £130 50 / $180 00
ePub 9781350355767 • £130 5 / $180 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Creative Research Methods
Edited by Helen Kara, independent researcher, UK
This book provides both an overview of, and an insight into, the rapidly expanding field of creative research methods The contributors, from four continents, range from doctoral students through to independent and practice-based researchers to senior professors, providing a clear view of the applicability of creative research methods in all types of research work Chapters offer examples of creative research methods in practice, and advice on how to transfer or adapt those methods for different disciplines and settings Research ethics and research quality are considered throughout
This is a timely handbook which provides information for novice researchers and inspiration for experienced researchers, and is essential reading for anyone interested in creative research methods
Foundations of Mental Health Practice
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages
HB 9781350477643 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350477636 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350477650 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9781350477667 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Academic
Models of Mental Health
Gavin Davidson, Queen's University Belfast, UK, Jim Campbell, University College Dublin, Ireland, Claire McCartan, Queen's University Belfast, UK, Lisa Morrison, Lisa Morrison Training and Consultancy, Ciaran Mulholland, Queen's University Belfast, UK & Ciarán Shannon, Northern Health and Social Care Trust
A comprehensive understanding of the different theoretical models in mental health is essential when working with people with mental health difficulties
Brought together by a multidisciplinary team, this book presents a critical overview of the key theoretical perspectives that underpin mental health practice, examining both traditional and contemporary schools of thought Offering an accessible foundation for expanding your knowledge, the authors argue that no single theory provides a complete framework for practice on its own, highlighting how each theory has contributions, strengths and limitations
Supported by a range of exercises and case studies, this book remains an essential resource for anyone studying or practising in the field of mental health
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
248 Pages • 16 B&W photos
HB 9781350508880 • £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9781350508873 £26 99 / $36 95
ePDF 9781350508897 • £24 29 / $33 25
ePub 9781350508903 • £24 29 / $33 25
Bloomsbury Academic
Navigating Ethical Dilemmas in Social Work Practice
Mark Doel, Sheffield Hallam University, UK & Paula Beesley, Leeds Beckett University, UK
Ethical decision-making lies at the heart of social work practice As a social worker, you’ll regularly encounter complex situations where your professional values may conflict with one another
Navigating Ethical Dilemmas in Social Work Practice guides you through the ethical complexities you may face, helping you develop the confidence and critical thinking skills needed to make sound decisions Framed around distinct themes, each chapter presents detailed case studies that invite you to reflect on the dilemma as it unfolds, and are opened with unique contributions from experienced social workers who explore ethical ideas through a chosen object’
This book will help you to:
- Connect theory to social work practice in a meaningful and applicable way
- Explore ethical challenges using core social work skills
- Link each topic to a contemporary ethical dilemma beyond the field of social work
Supported by guidance from ethical codes, standards and principles from around the world, this book equips you with the tools to make informed decisions when clear answers aren’t always easy to find
COLLECTIONS
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350527645 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350527638 £24 99 / $34 95
ePub 9781350527669 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Academic
Studying for your Social Work Apprenticeship
A Supportive Guide
Edited
by
Laura James
Navigating the demands of an apprenticeship can be challenging. You are expected to understand multiple frameworks and standards while juggling university assignments and professional employment Studying for your Social Work Apprenticeship is the first dedicated guide to support you through this unique journey Packed with reflective activities and expert tips, this book will help you to build the knowledge and skills you need to become a confident social worker
Inside, you will find guidance on:
Deepening your understanding of the social work apprentice role
Meeting apprenticeship requirements, including readiness for the End Point Assessment (EPA)
Applying theory to practice and developing reflective skills
Managing your wellbeing in an increasingly demanding profession
Aligning your learning with Social Work professional standards (2019) and BASW’s PCF framework (2018)
Written by a range of experienced professionals teaching and supporting apprentices, this book is an essential resource for anyone on the Social Work Apprenticeship programme
UK January 2026 US January 2026
368 Pages • 15 bw illus and 6 tables
PB 9798216389590 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666950991 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765165041 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765153888 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Mental Health Communication for Underserved Populations
Edited by Do Kyun David Kim & Jin-Ae Kang
By focusing on effective communication strategies and leveraging cuttingedge research, Mental Health Communication for Underserved Populations makes meaningful progress toward improving mental health outcomes for everyone, with a particular emphasis on underserved populations.
Health communication research offers a critical lens for examining mental health, especially in relation to marginalized populations Contributors to this volume identify and critically analyze key individual and societal barriers many often face when seeking mental health information and care including stigma, lack of resources, and cultural differences, among others and provide informed recommendations for future research as well as for the design of inclusive and effective mental health communication campaigns
UK October 2025 US October 2025
448 Pages
PB 9798881801489 $85 00
ePDF 9798881861995 • £61 46 / $76 50
ePub 9798881801496 £61 46 / $76 50
Bloomsbury Academic COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages
HB 9781350422032 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350422025 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350422056 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9781350422049 £0 00 / $0 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Feminist Frontiers
Readings on Gender, Sexuality, and Society
Edited by Verta Taylor, Leila J Rupp, Alison Dahl Crossley, Nancy E Whittier
Feminist Frontiers, eleventh edition, is an intersectional, and interdisciplinary introduction to the field of women’s, gender, and sexuality studies Featuring both readings and writings on urgent and timely topics, it offers a comprehensive framework for analyzing gender, society, and culture Organized into seven parts, the book opens with the foundations of feminism, including definitions of gender and sex, the concept of privilege, and the complexities of intersectional feminist research The book then introduces students to key readings in culture and socialization; sex, families, and relationships; bodies; work; violence; and closes with a set of readings on feminist activism Section-opening introductions introduce key ideas and encourage students to think both critically and self-reflexively before beginning the unit, while introductions to each reading offer further context Discussion questions foster engaging classroom conversations and encourage readers to apply concepts from the book to their own lives Combining research articles with shorter essays, blogs, and other online writings written by academics and well-known feminist intellectuals, the book offers multiple levels of entry that meet the needs of students with varied backgrounds and learning styles
OPEN ACCESS
East African Queer and Trans Displacements
Edited by John Marnell, University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa, B Camminga, University of Bristol, UK, Barbara Bompani, University of Parma, Italy & Kamau Wairuri, Edinburgh Napier University, UK
Bringing together diverse case studies and interdisciplinary perspectives, this open access collection serves as the first in-depth examination of queer and trans displacement in East Africa
The last decade has seen a sharp rise in state-sponsored homophobia and transphobia in East Africa This includes discriminatory legislation, such as the widely condemned Anti-Homosexuality Act in Uganda, and government-initiated crackdowns, such as the ‘anti-gay taskforce’ launched in Tanzania in 2018 The politicisation of sexual and gender rights in the region is often presented as a moral crusade (i e a return to traditional/family values) and is enacted with the support of many religious and cultural leaders It is within this context that an ever-increasing number of LGBTQI+ people are leaving their homes and seeking protection elsewhere
The region offers insights into how, when and why LGBTQI+ Africans move, the social obstacles they face, and the different survival strategies they deploy
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective
Bloomsbury Revelations
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
240 Pages
HB 9781350544741 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350544734 • £25 99 / $35 95
ePDF 9781350544758 • £23 39 / $32 35
ePub 9781350544772 • £23 39 / $32 35
Bloomsbury Academic
Steven Lukes, New York University, USA
Since its publication in 1974, Power has consolidated its reputation as a classic work and a major reference point within social and political theory by assessing the main debates about how to conceptualize and study power
New to the Revelations series, this revised edition presents a brand new introduction by Steven Lukes on the nature of the power debate in the world today It includes the original text from the first and all subsequent editions, and is essential reading for anyone interested in the concept of power
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
272 Pages • 1 table
PB 9781666965179 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666965155 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216254676 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978771130 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Self-Determination Beyond Liberal Legalism
Ethics, Law, and the Politics of Justice
Anna Irene Baka
Anna Irene Baka challenges dominant liberal and legalist paradigms in international law by reinterpreting the right of peoples to self-determination through the lenses of Aristotelian philosophy, phenomenology, social psychology, and corrective justice
Focusing on high-profile postcolonial conflicts in Kosovo, Cyprus, and Palestine, Baka argues that abstract international and constitutional legal doctrines on self-determination fail to account for the lived realities of collective deprivation and historical trauma Baka offers a compelling critique not only of mainstream theories of self-determination, but also of the shortcomings of critical movements such as Critical Legal Studies In their place, she advances a renewed ethical and conceptual framework for international law one grounded in responsibility, rational judgment, and moral engagement This interdisciplinary method brings fresh insight into questions of collective identity, legitimacy, and the moral accountability of law itself Ultimately suggesting that meaningful responses to historical injustice require international jurists to cultivate intellectual independence and legal virtue, this is a timely and essential contribution for scholars and practitioners of international law, human rights, legal philosophy, and global justice
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
232 Pages • 1 table, 1 figure
PB 9781666960693 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666960679 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798765165072 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9798765160060 £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Risk Dimension
Sociological Theories, Conceptual Paradigm, and Policy Applications
Stefan Popov
This book offers a conceptual framework for understanding risk, drawing on fifty years of sociology and philosophical modernity to explore key concepts such as uncertainty, danger, and threat
Stefan Popov applies this framework to risk reduction policies, emphasizing the role of deliberative decision-making in liberal democratic societies In so doing, Popov presents risk as a political phenomenon, highlighting its structural features through the lens of Kant’s aesthetic judgement and its reconstruction in Hannah Arendt’s political philosophy
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
144 Pages 1 figure, 4 tables
PB 9781666926712 • £80 00 / $39 95
HB 9781666926699 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216265658 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978762398 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Two Steps Forward, Three to the Side
Social Image and the Dance for Community Health Center Survival
Danielle N Gadson
This book offers a systematic analysis of the community health center program’s success since its establishment as a War on Poverty program
Initially, the program served as a means for strengthening communities by ameliorating the poverty-related causes and consequences of limited access to health care Today, the program is situated as an entry point and safety-net solution, shoring up gaps in the larger healthcare system Against the backdrop of persistent health disparities and calls to return to its anti-poverty roots, the goal of this book is to both celebrate and caution against administrative strategies that primarily align programmatic outcomes with macroeconomic standards of success Chronologically structured by its legislative authorization history and presidential administrations, Two Steps Forward, Three to the Side employs a sociological lens to trace the transformation of social narratives created by administrators and advocates about the program for the purpose of fortifying legislative support over more than six decades The examination uncovers the gradual de-emphasis of social justice as a core tenet of the community health center program in favor of messages about programmatic efficiency and cost savings for the larger healthcare system in response to challenging funding environments
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary Perspectives on Social Inequalities in the United States
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
200 Pages
PB 9781666959857 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666959833 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216251941 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978764958 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary Perspectives on Social Inequalities in the United States
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
1 Page
HB 9781666942149 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216266051 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978759756 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary World Issues
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages • 7 bw
PB 9781440881145 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765116661 • £55 00 / $75 00
ePDF 9781440881152 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9798765116678 • £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Black Faculty, Cultural Wealth, and the Fight Against Racial Inequality in Higher Education Unequal Battlegrounds
Melinda Jackson-Jefferson
This book offers a critical examination of how Black faculty in predominantly white institutions mobilize community cultural wealth to navigate systemic barriers, racial microaggressions, and institutional inequities in higher education
Building on and extending Tara Yosso’s Community Cultural Wealth framework, Melinda Jackson-Jefferson presents a nuanced analysis of six forms of capital aspirational, linguistic, familial, social, navigational, and resistant as essential tools of resilience and academic agency Essential for academic libraries and scholars of critical race theory, educational equity, and faculty diversity, this work contributes original research and actionable strategies to advance structural change and inclusive practices in higher education institutions
Violence Against Women
Countering Historical and Contemporary Missteps on the Road to Social Justice
Kim M Anderson & Kirsten K Havig
This book is an interdisciplinary look at historical and contemporary responses to violence against women The authors also explore Crenshaw's three forms of intersectionality in the context of violence against minoritized women to capture patterns of advantage and disadvantage They argue that this social problem cannot be fully understood without encompassing such integration
Privilege in America
A Reference Handbook
Kelly L McFaden, University of North Georgia, USA & Sheri C Hardee, University of North Georgia, USA
America has long prided itself on being a meritocracy in which people have access to the same opportunities and resources in their efforts to build rewarding and financially secure lives for themselves and their families
However, the USA has historically been a nation in which some sectors of the population have enjoyed advantages over others by virtue of their favored race, ethnicity, gender, religious beliefs, sexual orientation, physical attributes, or socioeconomic background
How impactful have those privileges been in shaping current cultural, political, educational, and economic environments in the USA? This book explores that question and many more, using an approach that studies the question of privilege from a variety of illuminating perspectives The book's opening chapters summarize the social, political, and economic evolution of privilege in the USA and discuss flashpoints of controversy and debate Additional chapters provide personal essays from scholars and historically disadvantaged Americans, a selection of informative primary sources, an annotated bibliography of sources for further study, and a glossary of terms
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 US November 2025
222 Pages • 21 b/w illustrations;
HB 9781666919547 £77 00 / $100 00
PB 9798216385240 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781978791701 £69 30 / $90 00
ePub 9781666919554 • £69 30 / $90 00 Lexington Books
COLLECTIONS
Korean Communities across the World
• US November 2025
UK November 2025
320 Pages • 14 tables 1 bw illustration
PB 9798216277200 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666960709 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798216261681 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781978760523 • £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025
• US November 2025
216 Pages 8 tables
PB 9781666930702 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666930689 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216260509 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978763593 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Consequential Museum Spaces
Representing African American History and Culture
Bettina Messias Carbonell
In Consequential Museum Spaces: Representing African American History and Culture, Bettina Messias Carbonell examines how African American history and culture is and historically has been represented in culturally specific and mainstream museums Carbonell argues that African American museums provide a corrective history that is both argumentative and pragmatic: these museums educate and enlighten, and they seek to effect change Themes examined here include settlement narratives; key movements and individuals in political, social, and military history; the treatment of slavery includingthe African, transatlantic, and American slave trade and the long history of slavery as an institution in the United States; the status of Africa the continent and individual countries and regions as a source of origins and traditions and a destination for reconnection with the past; and activism and human rights Carbonell considers this museum-based work in the context of relevant historical (written) texts and in the context of contemporary theories involving memory and history, corrective history, intergenerational trauma, human rights, and historical consciousness
Social Work Practice, Research, Empowerment, and Education for Koreans in the United States
Edited by Anderson Sungmin Yoon, Suk-hee Kim, Mingun Lee & Juye Ji
This grounded and practical volume offers interdisciplinary guidance on culturally attuned social work with Korean communities in the U S , integrating practice, research, education, and community engagement
As a vital profession in American society, social work plays a pivotal role in enhancing the lives of Koreans and Korean Americans in the United States To effectively support this ethnic community, social work practitioners, researchers, educators, and policymakers must not only understand Korean cultural nuances but also address the unique challenges and needs they face Drawing on the latest empirical research, academic insights, and the practical experiences of social workers and other human service professionals, the editors and authors provide valuable guidelines, recommendations, and innovative tools for social work practice, research, community empowerment, and education each directly applicable to serving the Korean American community
Religion in America A Sociological History
Mark Abrahamson
This book offers an analysis of religion in America from the 1600s to the present, blending rich historical case studies with sociological theory to illuminate the enduring influence of faith in public life
Religion in America focuses on key moments in American history where religion served as both a catalyst for social change such as during the anti–Vietnam War protests and a force for resistance, as seen in opposition to the legalization of contraception Abrahamson examines the role of religious engagement within a variety of American contexts, applying a wide range of sociological frameworks to draw generalizable insights In doing so, the book provides readers with a substantive introduction to the sociology of religion and its application to American historical trajectories
COLLECTIONS
Discourse, Power and Society
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages • 5 b/w figures, 2 tables
PB 9781666968200 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666968187 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216253334 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978768420 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US October 2025
144 Pages
PB 9781666963540 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666963526 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216256588 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9781978769885 £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Critical Explorations of Media and Inequality
Edited by Majka Ryan, Martin J Power & Eoin Devereux
Media discourses play a powerful role in shaping public understanding of inequality yet they often obscure, distort, or individualize its causes
Critical Explorations of Media and Inequality examines how mainstream media systems reproduce and legitimize unequal social structures by marginalizing, sensationalizing, or blaming those most affected Bringing together leading and emerging scholars, this edited collection explores the persistent gaps, tensions, and ideological forces at work in media representations of class, poverty, homelessness, welfare, and immigration across diverse global contexts Organized around the themes of changing media work practices, authoritative voices, representations, and implications, the chapters interrogate how neoliberalism and shifting journalistic norms continue to shape and limit the public conversation on inequality Through rich empirical analysis and interdisciplinary insight, this volume offers a timely intervention into the politics of media framing and the structural silences that sustain social injustice
Identity Building among Role-Playing Gamers
Slaying Goblins in the Real World
Heather Shay
Drawing on 19 months of participant-observation and 20 in-depth interviews with players, Heather Shay demonstrates that gamers derive significant social and psychological benefits from table-top role-playing games not least in that players often feel the hobby makes them better people Playing these games allow players to depict themselves as good, moral actors through their in-game actions as well as by making the game enjoyable for their fellow players in real life Table-top role-playing games also serve a psychological function by allowing participants to take imaginary risks with their characters, which in turn make them feel more alive than their everyday experiences allow them to As they pretend to be fictional characters in fictional worlds, players use these games to create identities that make their lives more meaningful
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US November 2025
296 Pages 1 figure, 5 tables
PB 9781666947748 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666947724 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216259152 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978764934 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Organizing Failure
Coupling Social Infrastructures and Personal Experiences
Martin Hájek
In this book, the authors offer a unique perspective on failure, treating it as an intentional and routine result of organizational activity rather than an event to be avoided
Through case studies in different organizational domains including start-up entrepreneurship, platform work, and public policy contributors analyze the social processes and mechanisms through which failure is organizationally produced as a reality for the actors involved Based on conceptual reflection and empirical research, the authors argue that the organization of failure takes place in the interaction of actors who take on the roles of sponsors, contractors, and evaluators of a particular activity Sponsoring and evaluation rely on evaluative infrastructures (procedures and narratives) that are often made invisible or opaque to the contractors carrying out the activities and the research reveals the critical role of sponsors’ subjective involvement in organizing failure The book ultimately demonstrates that focusing on the organization of failure rather than its causes can contribute to a deeper understanding of organized activities in contemporary society
COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 US October 2025
200 Pages
PB 9798216375500 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666972863 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216261667 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978763333 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Social Character, Tribalism and Society
The Angry Crowd
Chris Shilling & Philip A Mellor
Chris Shilling and Philip A Mellor argue that recent developments in social character are key to explaining the sectarian tribalism that has afflicted American and European societies in recent decades.
Building upon one of the most influential books of the twentieth century, David Riesman’s The Lonely Crowd, the authors explore the social and economic conditions that have resulted in a ‘thinning’ of empathy and mutual identification, the significance of inequalities and social movements in stimulating the emergence of identity-directedness, and the opportunitydirected exploitation of dynamic social change, risk and uncertainty Reflecting on an era marked by intensifying conflict, Social Character, Tribalism and Society asks whether it is possible that a ‘saving remnant’ could emerge from the characterological struggle that is fraying the social fabric and threatening to destabilise social order
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2025 • US March 2025
124 Pages • 2 tables
HB 9781666963557 • £73 00 / $95 00
ePub 9781666963564 • £65 70 / $85 50 Lexington Books
Somali Refugees in America
Community Gardens as Spaces of Refuge
Anadil Iftekhar
This study looks at the acculturation and social capital of twenty Somali refugee women participating in a community garden in a small town in Minnesota The women had all been refugees at some point, even if they did not enter the US as a refugee Using phenomenological interviews to gather the data, the author draws on Berry’s framework and juxtaposes it against two other models of acculturation Doing so allows the exploration of the pros and cons of each model and then offer suggestions for more holistic approaches to understanding and measuring acculturation There are many aspects of life in the U S that were new to the Somali women such as driving, adult education, employment opportunities, and maintaining culture Through many support systems, and efforts at keeping Somali culture intact through food and religion, along with the language barrier, the women adjusted to life in America Participation at the community garden was an important part of their daily routine (even if only during the short growing season), giving the women agency, independence and the ability to create something and be on their own In essence, the garden functioned as a mini-Somalia for them, providing not only a means of acculturation and accumulation of social capital, but a place of bonding
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
208 Pages 4 figures
PB 9798216375494 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666932188 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216261292 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978760196 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Refugee Journeys to Australia
Safety, Security, and Support for People with Disabilities from Syria and Iraq
Angela Dew
This book highlights the experiences of people with disability and their family members from Syrian and Iraqi refugee backgrounds who have resettled in Australia over the past decade
Based on in-depth life history interviews, the book details the challenges people faced as refugees adapting to a new country Some of these challenges are consistent with those faced by people from refugee backgrounds, but the book sheds special light on difficulties which are specific to or exacerbated by the disability experience Taking a scholarly perspective, the Angela Dew explores the implications of these challenges and recommends alternative approaches which may diminish the challenges and enhance the benefits that can accrue to not just the individuals seeking refuge, but the societies receiving them Bringing together four conceptual frameworks life course theory, ecological theory, social capital theory, and journey theory the book explores how the application of these theories offers complimentary viewpoints to provide a deeper understanding of the experiences of people with disability from refugee backgrounds By affirming that people with disability and their family members who seek asylum and those who are accepted as refugees in resettlement countries deserve safety, security and support following traumatic life experiences which are compounded by their disability, Dew offers a vision for a richer, more equitable society
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 US November 2025
232 Pages
PB 9798216375548 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666971002 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216268383 £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978759503 • £72 00 / $99 00 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
Extremity in Society and Culture
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
288 Pages
• 40 bw figures, 2 tables
PB 9781666957570 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666957556 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216263197 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978760950 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
144 Pages
PB 9781666927108 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666927085 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216256328 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978767638 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Women of the Diaspora Generational Transformations
Edited by Maria Gindidis, Jane Southcott & Rose Wake
Women of the Diaspora: Generational Transformations offers fresh insights into the experiences of women who migrated in the aftermath of World War Two.
The contributors examine migration not just as a geographical shift but as a deeply economic, psychological, and intercultural journey one that profoundly reshaped women’s identities and understandings of ethnicity The volume also explores the lives of the next generation daughters of diasporic migrants whose experiences are shaped by a constant negotiation between the cultural traditions of their parents and the values of their new homelands
The Ethics of Extremity
On Hearing, Seeing, and Feeling Each Other
Edited by Nelson Varas-Díaz & Vivek Venkatesh
The Ethics of Extremity critically examines how we can understand, interact with, and intervene in a world where what was once considered extreme has become normalized as part of everyday life
Contributors invite us to re-examine our explicit and implicit expectations that ethics would curtail extremity and how those assumptions have frequently failed This opens up a central question: what is the relationship between ethics and extremity today? Rather than offering fixed solutions to this question, the chapters invite readers to rethink how ethics might respond to a world in which extremity is embedded in everyday experience Through contributions from scholars, artists, and activists, the volume explores how extremity manifests in areas such as public health, digital media, gender violence, combat sports, and ecological collapse Drawing on diverse methods and contexts, the book unfolds across five thematic interventions proposed by the authors for grappling with extremity today: engaging in uncomfortable forms of closeness; seeing and feeling extremity anew; reclaiming truth in a post-truth era; rethinking illegality and marginality; and using extremity as a teaching tool Together, these offer entry points for reimagining what ethical life might look like under conditions of persistent crisis
How Narrative Shapes Culture and Society A Socio-Narratology of Power and Influence
James E Siburt
This book analyzes how everyday storytelling operates as a subtle yet powerful mode of influence, shaping identity, belief systems, and leadership across diverse cultural contexts Bridging literary theory, cultural studies, and leadership practice, it offers an interdisciplinary examination of myths, fairy tales, parables, and trickster narratives to uncover the mechanisms through which stories embed and transmit power With critical insight into the ideological and affective force of narrative, James E Siburt reveals how even the most ordinary stories sustain social norms, seed collective values, and mirror the deep structures of human desire and meaning-making
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 US March 2026
304 Pages • 24 bw
PB 9798765114988
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765114940 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798765114957 £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9798765114964 • £67 50 / $90 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Pets
Around
the World
A Cultural Encyclopedia of the Human-Animal Bond
Margo DeMello, Carroll College, USA
Many of us have been deeply affected by our personal experiences with pets But companion animals have also had a lasting impact on society
This book examines the rich cultural significance of pets across the globe and throughout history A collection of more than 100 encyclopedia entries explores the many ways companion animals have shaped and continue to shape human society, offering a broad yet carefully curated introduction to the topic Entries include cross-references to related topics, helping readers make connections and build a more robust conceptual framework Further readings at the end of each entry serve as a gateway to more in-depth study
For thousands of years, the animals we today think of as pets have filled many roles They have helped us hunt and farm, provided pest control, served as protectors, and offered us companionship In fact, some researchers believe that the domestication of the dog was the single innovation that allowed humans to spread across the globe Given the varied and vital roles they’ve played, it’s no surprise that pets have had an enormous impact on society and culture
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
296 Pages • 1 bw figure, 4 tables
PB 9781666981162 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666981148 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216264767 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978762565 £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Strategic Use of Fidelity in Romantic Relationships
Defensive Monogamy and Self-Protection
James K Beggan
This book offers a bold reinterpretation of monogamy, framing it not as a reflection of romantic desire but as a calculated effort to secure exclusivity from a partner Despite widespread dissatisfaction, infidelity, and high divorce rates, monogamy remains the dominant relationship model Rather than attributing this persistence to irrationality or tradition, James K Beggan explores monogamy as a defensive practice a strategic agreement in which individuals seek commitment primarily to ensure their partner ’s fidelity Rooted in fear of loss, jealousy, and emotional insecurity, this book reveals how monogamy often functions as a protective mechanism rather than a mutual aspiration People overestimate their ability or willingness to uphold monogamous commitments, viewing them less as personal convictions and more as tools for managing risk Drawing on interdisciplinary research across behavioral economics, psychology, sociology, and decision science, this book reconceptualizes monogamy as a form of social bargaining By shifting the focus from morality to strategy, it challenges the ideal of romantic exclusivity and raises a provocative question: Are declarations of loyalty expressions of love, or are they evidence of doubt dressed as devotion?
COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
176 Pages 22 tables
PB 9781666975468 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666975444 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216264118 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978762626 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
The Partisan Court
The Era of Political Partisanship on the U S Supreme Court Ryan J Rebe
Drawing on new data and case analyses, Ryan J Rebe provides substantial evidence that justices vote their partisan preferences on election law cases
By focusing specifically on election law, Rebe reveals a consistent pattern of partisanship on the Court The findings controvert popular perceptions of non-biased decision-making and notions of fundamental fairness The aggregate analysis shows that justices vote along party-lines in a majority of election law cases, and consensus-building is rare when there is a contentious electoral issue at stake Exploring topics such as gerrymandering, campaign finance, voter ID laws, and presidential immunity, Rebe demonstrates that Supreme Court decisions often conflict with principles of stare decisis, originalism, and judicial restraint Rebe also conducts a content analysis of the most controversial election law cases of the past twenty-five years, including Crawford v Marion County, Citizens United v FEC, Shelby County v Holder, and Trump v United States In doing so, the book provides a thorough overview of over two decades of election law cases and sheds light on the ways these cases have reshaped America’s electoral institutions
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
344 Pages • 31 bw figures
PB 9781666916836 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666916812 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216267560 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978760516 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Academic
A Socio-Legal Critique of Sports Regulation
Nothing to Do with Fair Play
Jonathan G Merritt
This book is a critical examination of the legal and regulatory frameworks that govern modern sport, questioning whether the ideals of fairness and a ‘level playing field’ extend beyond the pitch into the boardrooms where decisions are made
Focusing on the self-regulation model prevalent in the UK and its global influence, Jonathan G Merritt explores the intersection of sport and law through detailed analysis of statutes, case law, and legal principles The book interrogates whether contemporary sports governance serves the interests of its primary stakeholders players, athletes, and spectators or those of a powerful ruling elite By drawing on themes from politics, sociology, and religion, it exposes the deeper power dynamics at play and challenges the assumption that law in sport consistently upholds justice and equality This is an essential resource for scholars of sports law, governance, and socio-legal studies
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
160 Pages • 5 tables
PB 9781666961898 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666961874 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216254492 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978771598 £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Policies that Perpetuate Inequality
Colorblind Bias
Leland Ware
This book examines how “colorblind” policies perpetuate racial bias by masking the structural and systemic roots of inequality
Leland Ware critically examines the persistence of racial inequality in the United States despite landmark legal advancements, arguing that numerous policies obscure the structural forces that sustain segregation and disparity particularly in education Through analysis of the strategic use of racially coded political rhetoric and key Supreme Court rulings, Ware demonstrates how race-neutral frameworks often reinforce, rather than remediate, systemic inequity For legal scholars, educators, sociologists, and political scientists, this work offers a reinterpretation of civil rights jurisprudence, a framework for addressing de facto segregation, and a vital lens through which to understand how racial resentment continues to shape policy and public discourse
COLLECTIONS
Challenging Migration Studies
UK January 2026
• US December 2025
184 Pages • 2 tables, 1 bw figure
PB 9781666955620
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666955606
• £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216253617 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978760134 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Defying Higher Education Borders with Migrant Students in Canada
Building Counterstories and Sanctuary Universities
Paloma E Villegas & Tanya Aberman
This book explores migrant students’ struggles for equitable access to higher education in Canada, focusing on a first-of-its-kind bridging program at York University
Through the concepts of “bordering” and “countering,” Villegas and Aberman examine how students excluded due to immigration status resisted systemic barriers by forming supportive classroom communities and challenging dominant narratives Providing essential insights for educators, policymakers, and advocates seeking to build more inclusive and just higher education systems, this book reveals how everyday acts of resistance can transform exclusion into opportunity and reimagine universities as sanctuaries
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
288 Pages • 29 figures, 15 tables
PB 9798216366768 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666959024 • £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9798216201403 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781978769090 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Academic
Libraries as Vanguards of Community Service Provision in Shifting Information Landscapes
Edited by Rabiya Ali Faridi & Collence Takaingenhamo Chisita
This edited collection presents insightful, praxis-driven research on how libraries are responding to evolving trends in information and library sciences
The authors experts from the fields of library and information science as well as related disciplines including sociology and communication technologies examine key issues facing libraries, including budget constraints and resource allocation, changing user expectations, and emerging technologies Utilizing a range of methodologies, including qualitative, mixedmethod, and quantitative approaches, contributors demystify the challenges facing modern libraries and offer practical solutions to help libraries thrive in a world of constant disruption
COLLECTIONS
Contemporary World Issues
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
280 Pages • 7 bw
PB 9798765120026 • £21 99 / $29 95
HB 9798765119969 • £55 00 / $75 00
ePDF 9798765119983 • £49 50 / $67 50
ePub 9798765119976 • £49 50 / $67 50
Bloomsbury Academic
Paying College Athletes
A Reference Handbook
Jimmy Sanderson, Texas Tech University, USA Edited by Jimmy Sanderson, Texas Tech University, USA
A one-stop resource for understanding the rapidly changing world of college sports in this revolutionary era of lucrative Name, Image and Likeness (NIL) deals and television-driven conference realignment
Today's athletically gifted high school students are entering an intercollegiate sports landscape that is dramatically different from the one in which college athletes competed a decade ago In some cases, college athletes are offering their services to the highest bidder and receiving millions of dollars annually How has paying college athletes changed major college sports like football and basketball? What are the leading arguments for and against rewarding college athletes financially? With Congress and American courts both weighing in on the issue, what does the future of college sports look like? This book answers all those questions and more, presenting a thorough exploration of the evolution and future of college sports in the USA
SPORT, EXERCISE & GAMES
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
240 Pages • 2 bw images
PB 9798765163009 £15 00 / $19 95
ePDF 9798765163023 • £13 50 / $17 95
ePub 9798765163016 £13 50 / $17 95
Bloomsbury Academic COLLECTIONS
UK October 2025 • US October 2025
320 Pages
HB 9781538153581 • £19 99 / $27 95
PB 9798216385202 • £12 99 / $17 95
ePDF 9798216254980 • £11 69 / $16 15
ePub 9781538153598 £11 69 / $16 15
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
280 Pages 20 BW Photos
HB 9798881802288 • £23 00 / $32 00
ePDF 9798881866198 £20 70 / $28 80
ePub 9798881802295 • £20 70 / $28 80
Bloomsbury Academic
101 Lessons from the Dugout
What Baseball and Softball Can Teach Us About the Game of Life
Harley A Rotbart, Pediatrician & Ken Davidoff, Professor, emeritus baseball columnist Decoding baseball’s hidden messages for finding success in the game of life
Every player or fan of baseball and softball thinks they know the game and they do, at least the rules and the strategy But take a deeper look, and you’ll see there is so much more to be learned beyond the strikeouts, walks, base stealing, and double plays Hidden behind the game’s fundamentals are subtle real-world messages and meanings that help lead to success off the field just as much as on it
In 101 Lessons from the Dugout, famed baseball writer and insider Ken Davidoff and renowned parenting expert and writer Dr Harley Rotbart decode these messages in brief snippets for young ballplayers and fans Each lesson contains an individual feature of the game followed by a pearl of wisdom or two to inspire readers These lessons show that picking the right pitch to swing at is the ultimate exercise of good judgment; that a runner leading off first base demonstrates the balancing of risk and reward; and that the self-discipline of tagging up is true impulse control
From homework and humility, to punctuality and perseverance, to responsibility and resilience, 101 Lessons from the Dugout offers a game plan for happiness and success in the major leagues of school, friendship, and life
Fighting for Survival
My Journey through Boxing Fame, Abuse, Murder, and Resurrection
Christy Martin
If you were riveted by the Netflix documentary Untold: Deal with the Devil, find out Christy Martin’s whole story in this fascinating autobiography Boxing legend Christy Martin was a trailblazer in the ring and continues to be an inspiration to female fighters across the globe She is without a doubt the most important woman in the history of female combat sports But behind the scenes Martin was in a losing battle, unable to express her true sexual identity and struggling to survive sexual and domestic abuse at the hands of her husband
In Fighting for Survival: My Journey through Boxing Fame, Abuse, Murder, and Resurrection, Christy Martin recounts her harrowing yet inspiring story Growing up in a small town in West Virginia, Martin felt forced to keep her sexual orientation hidden to please her family and the sports world, eventually agreeing to a sham marriage with coach Jim Martin While she rose to prominence in the world of boxing, Martin was secretly contending with substance abuse, domestic violence, and an attempted murder by her husband, who left her to die on their bedroom floor
Fighting for Survival reveals how Martin battled back to life from her near-death experience, how she overcame abuse, violence, addiction, and 40 years of living in the closet, and how she turned her pain into victory and debasement into triumph
Battlefields
The Chicago White Sox and the Great War Jim Leeke, Author
A fascinating examination of how World War I impacted the Chicago White Sox and led to the infamous Black Sox scandal
All sixteen clubs in Major League Baseball faced challenges and obstacles during World War I, the Chicago White Sox more so than many Though owner Charles Comiskey supported military preparedness throughout the American League in 1917, the team was soon losing players to the war effort and floundering
In Battlefields, Jim Leeke provides the first detailed examination of how World War I affected the team and ultimately led to the Black Sox scandal of 1919 Leeke recounts how, during the 1918 season, stars suddenly abandoned their team for jobs and spots on company baseball teams in essential industries, while others enlisted and still more were lost to the military draft During the war-shortened season, Comiskey and the White Sox struggled to keep a competitive team on the field, fans in the seats, and black ink in the account books amid soaring prices and wartime taxes
The White Sox emerged from the war in good shape, but, as Leeke deftly shows, the problems and divisions that simmered during 1918 ultimately led to the infamous “Black Sox” scandal and the club’s fall into disgrace
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
344 Pages • 21 bw photos
HB 9798881842574
£30 00 / $38 00
ePDF 9798881854454 • £27 00 / $34 20
ePub 9798881854447 £27 00 / $34 20
Bloomsbury Academic
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
296 Pages • 22 BW Photos in photospread
PB 9781538196199 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798881864071 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781538196205 • £16 19 / $22 45
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages 20 BW Photos
HB 9798881800420 • £23 99 / $32 00
ePDF 9798881857806 £21 59 / $28 80
ePub 9798881800437 • £21 59 / $28 80
Bloomsbury Academic
The Heyday of Willie, Duke, and Mickey New York City Baseball's Golden Age amid Integration
Robert C Cottrell, Writer, retired professor
A new perspective on postwar New York City baseball, including the city’s Negro League teams
In the golden age of baseball, three Major League Baseball teams in New York City vied for supremacy on the diamond, with the New York Giants, Brooklyn Dodgers, and New York Yankees each winning at least one World Series Too often overlooked, the Negro Leagues had five teams in the city fighting for primacy in the sport: the Brooklyn Royal Giants, the New York Lincoln Giants, the New York Black Yankees, the New York Cubans, and, albeit very briefly, the Brooklyn Eagles
In The Heyday of Willie, Duke, and Mickey: New York City Baseball's Golden Age amid Integration, Robert Cottrell highlights a unique period in history when New York City baseball was at its height of dominance, spanning over a decade in postwar America Cottrell includes detailed coverage of the three years in succession when the Giants, Dodgers, and Yankees won the World Series in the 1950s, featuring star players Willie Mays, Duke Snider, and Mickey Mantle He also examines the major Black teams of the era, melding the story of New York City baseball with that of the Negro Leagues, Jackie Robinson and the Great Experiment, and the remarkable Black athletes who braved racism and threats to integrate the game
Sibling Rivalry
How Mexico and the US Built the Most Contentious, Co-Dependent Feud in World Soccer
Hal Phillips, Author, journalist, media executive
A captivating examination of the competitive history, drama, and politics behind the storied rivalry between the United States and Mexico--in international soccer and beyond
Soccer is the most global of pastimes, but no international rivalry carries more cultural and geo-political baggage than the United States vs Mexico, especially today With the 2026 World Cup set to be co-hosted by the two nations (along with Canada), it’s time to shine a spotlight on this storied continental grudge match
In Sibling Rivalry, Hal Phillips investigates the intense, complex associations between the two countries, both on and off the field He examines the complicated border dynamics, the countries’ economic and cultural realities, and the evolution of what was once a one-sided rivalry into an intensely equal, ever-escalating athletic confrontation Phillips also draws on the stories of Mexican-American stars who opted to play for the US and those who chose to play for Mexico
More than a million people and 300,000 goods-bearing vehicles traverse the U S -Mexico border every day The countries and their people are intricately intertwined, whether they want to be or not That’s what makes this centuries-old family drama, played out in fascinating detail in Sibling Rivalry, so compelling
Out of the Rough
Ted Rhodes and His Fight Against Golf's Color Barrier Dan Taylor, Sports historian, baseball broadcaster
After winning The Masters in 1997, Tiger Woods paused to express gratitude to three African American golf pioneers One was Ted Rhodes As prolific as Woods would go on to become, his success paled when compared to that enjoyed during the 1940s and 50s by Rhodes
In Out of the Rough: Ted Rhodes and His Fight Against Golf ’s Color Barrier, Dan Taylor tells the remarkable story of Rhodes’s life and career He details Rhodes’s impoverished background, how he was barred from golf courses in his hometown by Jim Crow laws, and his rise to prominence in the sport Relegated to the all-Black United Golfers Association by a “Caucasians Only” membership policy adopted by the PGA tour, Rhodes shattered course records Befriended and supported by heavyweight boxing champion Joe Louis, Rhodes blazed a trail for Black golfers, becoming the first in more than fifty years to play in the US Open, suing for his right to play in the PGA, and becoming the first Black professional golfer to play in a PGA tournament and on the circuit
Ted Rhodes was one of the most impressive talents golf has ever seen, a man who achieved greatness amidst immense obstacles and a pioneer whose game and character opened doors for future generations of Black golfers Out of the Rough is a long overdue tribute to this golfing icon
Studies in Philosophy of Sport
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
296 Pages
PB 9798765158111
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765158104 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798765156476
ePub 9798765158128
Bloomsbury Academic
• £76 50 / $103 50
• £76 50 / $103 50
College Sports Ethics Challenges, Questions, and Opportunities
Edited by Shawn E Klein & Dr Chad Carlson
Designed to spark necessary conversations about ethics in college sports, this collection focuses on the kinds of ethical concerns that arise at the intersection of athletics and education, such as fairness, athletic excellence, and athlete well-being The first chapters examine college sports at a systematic level, considering the ways we can evaluate college sport as a whole, as well as how we ought to structure college sports in ways that are fairer and better tests of athletic excellence The second section looks more closely at the interplay of the academic institutions and athletics, arguing that since college sports programs are part of institutions of higher learning, we need to consider the purposes of these institutions when evaluating college sports Moreover, the well-being and protection of college athletes is central to an ethically defensible college system The last section of chapters explores several controversial issues in college sports, including gender inequality and transgender participation
It is clear that over the coming decade the landscape of college athletics will change dramatically Moral philosophers will need to pay attention to these changes and examine the justification and consequences of these transformations
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
208 Pages
HB 9798881805654
£60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798881805661 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798881867799 £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9798881805678 • £16 19 / $22 45
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Enquiries in Embodiment, Sexuality, and Social Ethics
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
264 Pages
HB 9780567700421 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9780567700438 • £19 99 / $26 95
ePDF 9780567700452 • £17 99 / $24 25
ePub 9780567700445 • £17 99 / $24 25
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages
HB 9780567715364 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9780567715357 £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9780567715388 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9780567715371 • £19 79 / $26 95
T&T Clark
Liberating Jesus
Christian Ethics for Privileged People
Kristopher Norris
Liberating Jesus issues a call to free Jesus from the colonial ethic of exploitation and oppression that has distorted much of Christian theology and ministry Designed for use in seminary or undergraduate classrooms, as well as for church or denominational study groups, this book presents an ethical model that draws upon liberationist, womanist, Anabaptist, and postliberal theologies, and offers a framework for a communitarian virtue ethic of liberation It identifies the commonalities between these threads, notably the importance of community, character, and justice while acknowledging their distinctions and directs them toward the target audience: Christians who embody and enjoy various levels of social, economic, and political privilege In doing so, it calls on them to confront the oppressive legacy of Christian ethics and begin to understand ethics as formation into a life of service and advocacy, following the witness of Jesus, for the liberation of the marginalized This book provides Christians with various levels of privilege a way to understand their role and responsibility in participating in movements for justice and liberation
Trauma-Informed Christian Ethics
Bearing Witness through Love, Justice, and Solidarity in Community
Darryl W Stephens, Lancaster Theological Seminary, USA
Darryl W. Stephens suggests that human dignity and equality under God can be used to address the most intractable moral problems of our time: sexual abuse, racism, environmental degradation, and more This work examines Christian ethics sensitive to the trauma histories that are already present individually and collectively in and among our faith communities
Stephens encourages us to see that Christian ethics is real, perspectival, dialogical, participatory and purposeful – he reconceives the entirety of Christian ethics through trauma-informed lens, recognizing that many people wrestle with significant trauma histories every day He explores the theological implications of trauma-informed approach to a wide range of social issues, and engages with Wesleyan, feminist and liberationist perspectives
Designed for classroom use, it includes a number of pedagogical features, such as case studies and questions for discussion, engaging with key areas of contemporary concern
Theology and Medicine in Conversation How the Healing Happens
S Mark Heim, Yale Divinity School, USA & Benjamin R Doolittle, University of Yale, USA
Doolittle and Heim examine the complex interplay between modern medicine, religion, and spirituality. Medicine and religion share many concerns: suffering and illness, healing and well-being The biological model of illness empowers medicine to bring dramatic improvements in physical health At the same time, modern medicine often ignores the spiritual needs of patients and deeper challenges of holistic healing In turn, religious institutions have always supported people through suffering, and often pioneer the delivery of health care to those in need However, religious convictions sometimes conflict with medical perspectives; and some forms of religious belief and practice may be injurious to health
Each side can stereotype the other--medicine as sterile and unfeeling, religion as irrational and injurious This book draws upon broad resources of Biblical theology, history, and contemporary thought to explore questions of faith, the role of the church, the lived experience of illness, and the modern practice of medicine
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark New Studies in Bonhoeffer ’s Theology and Ethics
UK February 2026
384 Pages
PB 9780567720573
HB 9780567720535
• US February 2026
• £29 99 / $40 95
• £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9780567720542
• £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9780567720559 • £85 50 / $117 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark New Studies in Bonhoeffer ’s Theology and Ethics
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
200 Pages
PB 9780567724465 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780567724427 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9780567724434 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567724441 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark New Studies in Bonhoeffer ’s Theology and Ethics
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
192 Pages
PB 9780567719256 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780567719225 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9780567719232 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567719249 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
Bonhoeffer and Contemporary Challenges Crisis and Hope
Edited by Michael Mawson, University of Auckland, New Zealand & Dianne Rayson, Pacific Theological College, Fiji
The world is in a state of crisis How can engaging Dietrich Bonhoeffer help with understanding and negotiating some of the many challenges that we are facing today?
Bonhoeffer wrote much of his theology during a time of intense upheaval He developed his rich contributions to theology and ethics in the context of National Socialism and during the Second World War
This collection of essays draws together the work of established and emerging scholars to engage Bonhoeffer and the present crises Some chapters explore how Bonhoeffer ’s theology helps us understand and respond to the legacies of colonialism and systemic racism Other chapters tackle the climate emergency, political authoritarianism, and modern conflicts through Bonhoeffer ’s timeless insights
With contributions from around the globe, including philosophers, theologians, pastors and activists, this volume is essential for those looking for a theological path through today’s divided world
Theologies Against White Supremacy
Bonhoeffer and the Below
Christopher Whyte, University of St Andrews, UK
In this sensitive work, Whyte examines issues and ambiguities within Bonhoeffer ’s writing as well as complexities in his biography that imply gaps in his understanding of the full theological implications of Christ’s solidarity with suffering
Whyte explores how, whilst Bonhoeffer ardently opposed white supremacist oppression enacted by the National Socialists, he also evidenced persistent entanglement with white supremacist logics and primary longings Bonhoeffer scholars who ignore, miss, or dismiss these entanglements display vulnerability to those same logics
This book engages with a wide range of thinkers, including: Reggie Williams, Lisa Dahill, Michael Mawson, Katie Cannon, Gustavo Gutiérrez, and Keri Day It also considers the distinct responses to white supremacy offered in the early 20th Century by Adam Clayton Powell, Sr , Pastor of Abyssinian Baptist Church, and the leadership of the Azusa Street Revival as evidence that Bonhoeffer ’s view was not the only theological ‘view from below’
This work honors Bonhoeffer whilst seeking to go further along the paths of repentance he walked by addressing issues he did not consider
Virtue and Liberation in the Ethics of Bonhoeffer The Life of Discipleship
Kristopher Norris, The Shalom Project, USA
This nuanced book gives a Bonhoefferian account of contemporary moral issues with a fresh method, style, and perspective
Norris addresses the most pressing ethical issues today, such as racism and politics, along with everyday ethical topics like friendship and truthtelling; he does so through the lens of a particular theological interpretation of Bonhoeffer ’s work
This considered book makes an argument for Bonhoeffer as a forerunner of what are now considered liberation and postliberal theologies, while providing analyses of contemporary ethical issues that emerge out of the use of this interpretative lens upon his work Norris highlights how Bonhoeffer holds these positions together and reveals the nuanced ethical conclusions and practices one might reach from that perspective Ultimately, this work argues that the life of discipleship, for Bonhoeffer, is a way of formation into a community of responsibility to and for others as a means of resistance to systems that suppress human liberation, especially for the marginalized
This book intervenes into academic conversations, but it also provides resources for practitioners and clergy
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark New Studies in Bonhoeffer ’s Theology and Ethics
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
392 Pages
HB 9780567711069
• £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9780567711113
• £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567711076
• £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9780567711106 • £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
232 Pages • 10 tables
PB 9780567726285
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666974638
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216264521
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978762442 £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages 10 tables
PB 9780567726919 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666960105 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216269106 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978767553 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
Bonhoeffer and the Responsibility for a Coming Generation Doing Theology in a Time Out of Joint
Edited by Robert Vosloo, Stellenbosch University, South Africa, Teddy Sakupapa, University of the Western Cape, South Africa, Karola Radler, University of Stellenbosch, South Africa & Ashwin Thyssen, Stellenbosch University, South Africa
This volume draws together a selection of high-quality presentations at the 13th International Bonhoeffer Congress held in January 2020 in Stellenbosch, South Africa The theme of the conference was “How a coming generation is to go on living? Bonhoeffer and the response to our present crisis and hope ” The selected essays engage thoroughly and creatively with this concern to take responsibility not only for our own personal and communal life in all of its complexity and richness but also for the ethos and society that future generations will inherit from us
The pertinence of Bonhoeffer ’s question is addressed in these contributions anew as we experience threats on a global level to socio-political, economic and inter-religious stability and solidarity Attention is also given to some important challenges experienced in the so-called global South, and the reality of climate change and ecological devastation implies that the question of how future generations are going to go on living is linked to the fact that we live on a planet that is in jeopardy Also included as an appendix is the powerful sermon preached by the South African Anglican archbishop of Cape Town Thabo Makgoba at the opening worship service of the congress
The Role of Nature Mysticism in Building Ecological Theology and Ethics
Rachel M Knight-Messenger
As eco-theologians continue to address the current ecological crisis, there is continued effort to examine ways Christianity can contribute to building an ecological theology and ecological ethic that takes seriously the human responsibility for creation In this book, the author contributes to ecological theology and ethics by examining how a unique type of Christian mysticism, nature mysticism, can be incorporated into ecological ethics The rich tradition of Christian nature mysticism, as examined in the mystical theology of both Pierre Teilhard de Chardin and Thomas Merton, demonstrates how a nature mystic becomes conscious of the presence of God within the cosmos and that this consciousness subsequently elicits not only a deep awareness of the sacredness and interconnectedness of all creation but also contains an ethical imperative that strives to build an ethic of creation Moreover, since this nature mysticism can employ a cosmology of cosmogenesis, the opportunity to bring these together in ecological theology can further strengthen ecological ethics In essence, the author argues that nature mysticism is an excellent source for building an ecological ethic that takes seriously the human responsibility in creation
Moral Luck and Christian Philosophical Theology A Molinist Perspective
Mark Anderson
Can we be held responsible for factors beyond our control? Would a just God judge us differently because of luck or even divine manipulation? Can a fair and just evaluation of humanity result in a universally failing grade?
Moral Luck and Christian Philosophical Theology: A Molinist Perspective engages these questions by tackling the intersection of Christian theology and the moral luck dispute The solution it offers building upon the work of Michael Zimmerman is to develop a counterfactual account of moral responsibility, which eliminates all forms of moral luck Anderson argues that this solution will carry two metaphysical commitments associated with the molinist model of divine providence: counterfactuals of libertarian freedom and a haecceity view of personal identity He then develops the account from a moral perspective, examining how we can meaningfully engage the luck-bound world around us without the burden of moral luck Finally, he examines the theological ramifications of the view, explaining how it is that all human persons may be inescapably and deeply culpable suffering from original sin in a way that is consistent with God’s justice and love, and how we yet remain capable of a kind of moral restoration Anderson’s suggestion is a radical one, but it offers new avenues for Christian theology while preserving the essential core of the Christian tradition
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
208 Pages • 1 bw illus
PB 9798216390282 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781978710986 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216260684 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798216354222 • £76 50 / $103 50
Fortress Academic
Moral and Theological Virtues of the Oppressed Practicing Salim in the Face of Violence
Wonchul Shin
This book focuses on discovering particular moral and theological virtues of the oppressed, embodied in their daily practices of survival, resistance, and flourishing
Wonchul Shin calls for a holistic vision of flourishing, including both individual and social flourishing, from an explicitly Korean cultural and historical context Specifically, Shin considers the victims of political violence during the Korean regimes under Park Chung-hee and Chun Doo-hwan in the 1970s and 1980s and concurrent “family” resistance movements In questioning virtues of sacrifice for a greater cause, this book argues that conventional Christian virtue discourse, which uplifts Jesus’ total sacrifice unto death, can reinforce unjust sociocultural structures that sustain structural and cultural violence against the oppressed Shin uses the sacrifice and resistance of these Korean mothers and wives to suggest an alternative moral virtue, “the virtue of salim, ” which envisions a particular virtue of the oppressed through resistance against oppression and celebrates the virtue of daily practices of survival, resistance, and flourishing
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Studies in Ressourcement Catholic Theology and Culture
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages
HB 9780567712127 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567712172 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567712134 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567712165 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Studies in Ressourcement Catholic Theology and Culture
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
238 Pages
PB 9780567724687 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780567724670 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9780567724694 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567724717 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
The Universal Way of Salvation in the Thought of Augustine
Thomas P Harmon,
University of St Thomas, USA
This work examines Augustine’s critique of his Roman predecessors to reveal key aspects of Christ’s mediation of the universal way of salvation Porphyry of Tyre had noticed that Christianity can make a claim that pagan religion and pagan philosophy cannot: that all types of human being can be saved through the one salvific action of Christ mediated sacramentally through the one Catholic Church Augustine’s response to Porphyry is grounded firmly on Christology, especially on what Augustine sees to be the unique act of Christ as mediator, based in turn on Christ’s unique position as true God and true man, which in turn is capable of healing the whole man and, by healing the whole man, also healing each of the parts of the soul Christ himself, as concretely universal, is capable of saving each and any type of human being, no matter which part of the soul rules within him, Augustine counters, which is not a claim his pagan interlocutors can replicate
In addition to careful considerations of ancient authors like Plato, Cicero, Varro, and Porphyry, this book also ranges through Plutarch, Shakespeare, and contemporary political thinkers like Pierre Manent and Leo Strauss; scholars of religion such as Michael Bland Simmons, theologians such as Erik Peterson and Ernest L Fortin, as well as well-known Augustine scholars such as James Wetzel, G R Evans, John Cavadini, Robert Dodaro, Mary Keys, Michael Foley, Rowan Williams, Oliver O’Donovan, John Rist, and many others
Liturgical Peace, Liturgical War
Benedict XVI's Summorum Pontificum and Its Critics
Tomasz Dekert, Jesuit University Ignatianum, Poland
In 2007 Benedict XVI issued the Motu Proprio Summorum Pontificum, lifting restrictions on the celebration of the pre-reform Catholic liturgy In 2021, Pope Francis overturned his predecessor ’s document, directly aligning himself with the critics of Benedict XVI’s decision Dekert’s book disentagles the arguments of representative pro-reform critics of Summorum Pontificum, as well as the documents and discourse surrounding Traditionis Custodes
Dekert evaluates these arguments in context, assessing the validity of the historical and anthropological claims supporting them, while questioning their underlying assumptions He also analyzes the connections between the pro-reform discourse of liturgical experts and the Vatican’s liturgical policies since 2021 The core theoretical framework of his analysis is Roy A Rappaport’s concept of the “obvious aspects of ritual,” which provides tools for a fresh perspective on the liturgical reform and the potential of Benedict XVI’s liturgical option in addressing the ongoing liturgical conflict within contemporary Catholicism This approach reveals the deeply problematic nature and lack of clarity in the expert discourse and the recent papal liturgical legislation at historical, anthropological, logical, and doctrinal levels
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Handbooks
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
632 Pages
PB 9780567706348 • £39 99 / $54 95
HB 9780567706232 • £140 00 / $190 00
ePDF 9780567706249 • £126 00 / $171 00
ePub 9780567706263 • £126 00 / $171 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages
PB
9780567717917
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780567717900
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9780567717924
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567717931 £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Studies in Edward Schillebeeckx
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
256 Pages
HB 9780567714169 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567714770 • £28 99 / $115 00
ePDF 9780567714176 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567714183 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
T&T
Clark Handbook of Biblical Thomism
Edited by Matthew Levering, Mundelein Seminary, USA, Piotr Roszak, Nicolaus Copernicus University, Poland & Jörgen Vijgen, St Willibrord, The Netherlands
This volume comprehensively demonstrates Thomas Aquinas’ unique contribution to theology, and is the first systematic presentation of the hermeneutics and sources of Biblical Thomism
Divided into 4 sections, this handbook first surveys the methodological issues and exegetical methods employed by Aquinas The second part deals with both the major sources of Aquinas’ exegesis, as well as the influence of his exegesis The third part gives an overview of the content and hermeneutical principles present in Aquinas’ biblical commentaries – Isaiah, Jeremiah, Book of Psalms, Job, Matthew, John, and Pauline Epistles The final part discusses systematic themes; explaining how and why Aquinas bases his systematic account of these themes in Scripture, and how this compares to contemporary and ecumenical approaches
Radical Poverty
The Capuchins and Catholicism in Britain, 1850-2022
Liam Temple, Durham University, UK
This incisive work offers the first comprehensive analysis of the history of the Order of Friars Minor Capuchin in Britain Drawing on previously closed archives, this book dives into their origins and their presence in Britain as missionaries between the Reformation and the French Revolution It then explores the establishment of a permanent province from the 1850s onward Using manuscripts, letters, diaries, logbooks, mission reports, and unpublished accounts, this book explores how the Capuchin archives bring new perspective on a range of important historical moments, including nineteenth century anti-Catholicism, Catholic emancipation and the rebuilding of Catholicism in Britain, both World Wars, the impact of Vatican II, and the decline of the religious orders in Britain in recent decades
Remaking Humanity
Embodiment and Hope in Catholic Theology
Adam Beyt, Saint Norbert College, USA
Drawing upon Edward Schillebeeckx’s theology and Judith Butler ’s philosophy, Adam Beyt uses the framework of nonviolent hope to construct a Catholic political theology responding to dehumanizing violence Dehumanizing violence names words, institutions, or acts violating the inherent dignity of being made in the image and likeness of God Theology can participate in dehumanizing violence by claiming an uninterrogated universality that marginalizes bodies due to their perceived differences such as gender, race, sexuality, or ability
The book’s constructive project integrates Schillebeeckx’s and Butler ’s thought with queer theory and phenomenology to model embodiment as an “enfleshing dynamism” between bodies and signification The text then posits Catholic discipleship as incarnating hope by defending the humanum, the new humanity announced through God’s Reign Combining reflections from Schillebeeckx and Butler, this hope centers discipleship as nonviolent world building Concluding with a sustained reflection with the writings of Franz Fanon and Walter Benjamin, the final chapter sketches a Catholic solidaristic response to contemporary struggles against the necropolitics of colonizing and state violence through assemblies of hope
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Handbooks
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
984 Pages
PB 9780567721082 • £42 99 / $58 95
HB 9780567687166 • £140 00 / $190 00
ePDF 9780567687173 • £126 00 / $171 00
ePub 9780567687180 • £126 00 / $171 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
208 Pages
HB 9780567721785
• £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9780567721778 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9780567721808 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9780567721792 £22 49 / $31 45
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Studies in Systematic Theology
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
T&T Clark Handbook of Modern Theology
Edited by Philip G Ziegler, University of Aberdeen, UK & R David Nelson, Independent Scholar, USA
This book offers readers a comprehensive research companion to the study of modern theology, covering the major contexts, developmental trajectories, movements of thought, concerns, figures, and key texts which mark Christian theology from the Enlightenment to the present
Two main parts focus on, first, the contexts, trajectories, movements, and concerns of modern theology, and, second, the major theologians of the modern period The list of contributors is diverse, ecumenical, and global, bringing together essays by leading scholars in the field
This is an indispensable resource for students and researchers alike
200 Pages
PB 9780567722409 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780567722393 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9780567722416 • £0 00 / $0 00
ePub 9780567722423 • £0 00 / $0 00
T&T Clark
Metatheology
The Foundations of Divinity Oliver Crisp, University of St Andrews, UK
This work examines some of the most pressing problems facing contemporary systematic theology.
Crisp provides an overview of the contemporary landscape in the area of theological methodology and assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of each approach surveyed This positive contribution to the field offers a clear and concise assessment of the methodologies on offer for students and scholars alike
It lays the groundwork for a vision of a common theological project across varied theological approaches These include the importance of metaphysics and divine revelation, and the key doctrines of the Christian faith such as the Trinity and Incarnation Crisp also sets out a constructive proposal for addressing the question of how we understand the relationship between the different levels of theological authority
This leads to a powerful sketch of a programme in systematic theology that is both respectful to the Christian tradition, as well as constructive in nature
Sin and Theory
Martin Luther ’s Doctrine of Sin in Dialogue with Critical Theory
Jonathan D Torrance, University of Oxford, UK
This incisive, open access book explores the continued power and relevance of a core Christian teaching: the doctrine of sin
Recently, there has been little enthusiasm for the doctrine in its traditional Augustinian form, especially as expressed by Protestant Reformers like Martin Luther Torrance defends the claim that Luther ’s radical doctrine of sin in fact retains important insights and continues to have explanatory power in the contemporary world He explores this with a productive dialogue between theology and critical theory This volume reveals that Luther ’s hamartiology is robust and far more able to respond to contemporary issues than many competing hamartiologies
Torrance reveals how critical theory can work constructively with theology By working in tandem, they allow creative exploration of questions such as the effect of sin on human reason, the nature of structural pathologies, and the experience of human shame
The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by UKRI
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Enquiries in Theological
Ethics
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
240 Pages
HB 9780567713476
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567713513
• £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567713483 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567713506 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
200 Pages
PB 9780567724854 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780567724847 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9780567724861 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567724885 £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Studies in English Theology
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
192 Pages
HB 9780567713612 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567713605 • £28 99 / $37 95
ePDF 9780567713629 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567713643 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
Emotions, Moral Formation, and Christian Politics
Rereading Karl Barth
Jonathan M Cahill, Columbia University Center for Clinical Medical Ethics, USA
This volume addresses the social-relational nature of moral formation, emotions, and moral agency Drawing on Barth’s theological anthropology and his relational conception of the self, Cahill argues that Barth envisions moral progress as rooted in the growth of the community Cahill also explores Barth’s view of emotion in conversation with the study of emotions in psychology, sociology, neuroscience, and philosophy
Building on Barth and these other disciplines Cahill argues for a relational and cognitive conception of emotions while highlighting emotions’ critical role in regulating group and social relations Emotions are fundamental to interpersonal interactions, to group relations, and for the reinforcement and disruption of social structures This account of moral formation and emotion is illustrated through the example of climate change A community shaped by love for God, solidarity with other creatures, and a concern for all of creation leads to an awareness of hegemonic forces and fosters emotions shaped by the kingdom of God that enables the struggle for climate justice
Union Without Confusion
Councils and Christology Beyond the Chalcedonian Divide
Peter C Bouteneff, St Vladimir's Orthodox Theology Seminary, USA
Eastern Orthodox and Oriental Orthodox Christians have been separated since the aftermath of the Council of Chalcedon in 451 This book offers a fresh perspective on the conciliar era, exploring the separation between dyophysite and miaphysite Christians through historical and theological lenses
This study examines the theological formulations of the seven great councils alongside other key writings presented here in Greek with English translations It invites a reconsideration of figures long revered or rejected by the different churches, and traces how Greek philosophical terminology was gradually reshaped to express Christian belief a process that took different forms across the diverse regions in late antiquity
More than a reappraisal of the past, this study challenges readers to reflect on the nature of patristic authority, and its enduring implications for theology and the restoration of communion among the churches
Andrew Fuller and the Search for a Faith Worthy of All Acceptation Exploring Fuller ’s Soteriology in Its Historical Context
David Mark Rathel, Gateway Seminary, USA
The eighteenth-century English minister Andrew Fuller lived a consequential life, debating noteworthy contemporaries such as Thomas Paine and contributing to the pioneering international work of William Carey However, his soteriology remains his most significant theological contribution Fuller explored the role that human agency plays in salvation’s reception, and he offered substantive theological proposals that many religious historians now credit with advancing the Evangelical Revival Fuller ’s work was both traditional and creative He sought faithfulness to the broader Protestant tradition but developed that tradition in unique and contextually relevant ways
Despite Fuller ’s influence, much research into his life and work remains Andrew Fuller and the Search for a Faith Worthy of All Acceptation examines heretofore underutilized primary sources related to Fuller ’s theological development It attends to neglected texts produced by Fuller ’s opponents and mentors
Analysing these sources provides a fresh reading of Fuller ’s historical setting, one that contextualizes his theology and illuminates his constructive work on faith as a human response to the Gospel This new interpretation allows scholars to discern more accurately the concepts that animated Fuller and the sources on which he relied This interpretation of Fuller challenges assumptions in contemporary scholarship and raises new questions for further research
COLLECTIONS
Theology, Religion, and Pop Culture
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
256 Pages
PB 9798216377801 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781978715189 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216254065 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798216354406 • £76 50 / $103 50
Fortress Academic
Theology,
Religion,
and the Universe of Dune
Edited by Christopher A Porter
This volume explores the intricate relationships that the universe of Frank Herbert's Dune portrays between faith, prophecy, and spirituality
The Dune universe is a large and complex place where social, political, and cultural structures are intricately interwoven with religious, theological, and philosophical ideas From the syncretism of the Ecumenical Translation Project and the Orange Catholic Bible, through to the messianic aspirations of the Bene Gesserit, and the subsequent transhumanism of Leto II as the God-Emperor Through, the desert planet Arrakis the series' epicentre is portrayed as a location where fate and faith collide It is also a place where the vital function of religious and theological motifs may be examined as they influence the plot and character development throughout the series
The essays in this volume dance throughout the breadth of Frank Herbert’s Dune universe, along with some also considering Brian Herbert and Kevin Anderson’s Legends of Dune trilogy They examine the complex ways in which religious and theological constructs shape and are shaped by the characters and the evolving landscape of the Dune universe, and in the mind of the reader
COLLECTIONS
Theology, Religion, and Pop Culture
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
224 Pages
PB 9798216377924 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781978709249 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216262053 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798216354154 • £76 50 / $103 50
Fortress Academic
A Spirited Anthropology for Avatars, Heroes, and Assorted Undead Representing the Body in Popular Media
Tim Posada
This book focuses on debates surrounding the body, soul, and spirit, and addresses other aspects of theological anthropology in service to that angle
What unseen forces govern fictional settings across films, television, and print? Are the bodies they portray useless, evil, spirited, or maybe soulless? This book interrogates the body in examples like Avatar: The Last Airbender, Castlevania, Get Out, Pan’s Labyrinth, and Watchmen While theological anthropology examines the body and soul, human agency, evil, and the image of God in reality, a new method of analysis, spirited anthropology, explores how these concepts operate in fictional worlds From Captain America’s virtue and Clayface’s fluid body to Mike Myers’ evil shape and transcendence in virtual reality and digital avatars, world-building across media elevates, diminishes, redefines, and mutates the body The book contends that these spirited anthropologies present worlds occasionally injected with politics and social concerns from this reality, regardless of how ghosts, aliens, or virtual simulations try to strange the matter on display in each story
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
208 Pages
PB 9798765150795 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765150788 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216197539 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798765150818 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Explorations in Reformed Theology
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
232 Pages
HB 9780567709011 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567709066 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567709028 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567709059 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
256 Pages
PB 9781666981049 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666981025 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216251262 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978767379 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
Interpretive Virtue, Ecclesial Context, and Social Location in Theological Interpretation of Scripture
Iriann Marie Irizarry
This study examines contemporary Theological Interpretation of Scripture, focusing on the portrayal of the virtuous reader within an ecclesial context
By comparing the approaches of Ephraim Radner and Richard B Hays, it highlights the differing emphases on interpretive virtues: humble receptivity (Radner) and poetic attentiveness (Hays) The study then incorporates an explicitly contextual Latina theological perspective (supported by Latina Evangélica voices), emphasizing the importance of incorporating marginalized voices in theological interpretation to enrich the understanding of interpretive virtues and, by extension, the church as a whole
God and Humanity
Herman Bavinck and Theological Anthropology
Nathaniel Gray Sutanto, Reformed Theological Seminary, USA
This is the first book to apply Bavinck’s theological anthropology to contemporary theological issues Sutanto provides a sustained close reading of Herman Bavinck’s contributions to theological anthropology and positions him in conversation with current and historical dialogues on embodiment, revelation, affect theory, phenomenology, the cognitive science of religion, ethics, race, covenant, and the beatific vision Sutanto explores the holistic character of Bavinck’s vision of humanity, suggesting ways in which his theological anthropology cuts across several potential binaries in contemporary discourse, between affect and reason, body and soul, animality and religiosity, unity and diversity, and between a this-worldly or other-worldly eschatology
An Evangelical Reading of Theologia Crucis in the Indian Context
Amritraj Joshua Paul
Amidst the global resurgence of the theologia crucis theology of the cross both in academic circles and in the world of pastoral/practical ministry, this book explores the subject from the Indian context, particularly from an evangelical perspective By repositioning evangelical to mean “gospel affirming,” the author argues that theologia crucis refers to the Christ-event as a whole and not just the event of the cross Such a reading opens the space for creative, constructive, and promising prospects of addressing the evangelical concerns of authority, identity, activity, and self-criticality After outlining the development of Christian Staurology in the Indian context, the author discusses three trajectories of theologia crucis Following this, he traces the contours of an evangelical reading of theologia crucis, demonstrating how it disrupts normative interpretations of the cross by envisioning a reconciliative God and cross, leading to the articulation of humanitas crucis the humanity of the cross By way of implications for public engagement, the author discusses how evangelical theologia crucis helps in envisioning ideas like reconciliative justice, reconciliative political will, reconciliative solidarity, and reconciliative community, especially in relation to the politically violent context in India
UK January 2026 US December 2025
160 Pages • 10 tables
PB 9780567725875 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666976557 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216268345 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978760189 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
Witnessing to Truth and the Dynamics of Christian Evangelization
Putting
your Life on the Line
Paul O'Callaghan
In this book, Paul O’Callaghan turns to the epistemological framework of witnessing From a religious standpoint, witnessing is a foundation for belief in divine revelation Pivotal in Biblical texts, especially in John’s gospel, witnessing is similarly at the heart of Christian evangelization Ideally, witnessing avoids the opposing extremes of fundamentalism and skepticism and, instead, points us towards divine truth This book explores the idea of truth and the communication of truth through witnessing O’Callaghan offers an overview of philosophical and theological epistemology, introduces the notion of witnessing within philosophy, and examines how Jesus Christ’s death on the Cross and subsequent Resurrection provides witness to the truth This dynamic of witnessing is then applied to the lives of contemporary Christians who give witness to the truth in a variety of ways At its core, O’Callaghan brings together both theology and philosophy, considering how the rationality of the witnessing process leads to a person-centered anthropology
UK January 2026 • US November 2025
264 Pages • 11 b/w photos
HB 9798881806644
• £55 00 / $75 00
PB 9798881806651 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798765154670 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9798881806668 £16 19 / $22 45
T&T Clark
Mending the Fracturing Church
How to Navigate Conflict and Build Trust for Thriving Communities
Andy Hale
The local church in the United States is at a crossroads Declining attendance, aging congregations, and costly buildings are compounded by deep divisions over issues like sexuality, gender, race, and immigration Generational gaps have widened, and many congregations lack diversity, becoming politically homogenous and fragmented Amid these tensions, the sense that something is profoundly wrong is palpable
Mending the Fracturing Church offers a way forward, inviting churches to confront and navigate the issues that divide them By addressing relational challenges such as biases, communication styles, and conflict dynamics, this book provides tools to understand and respond to the cultural and theological polarization affecting so many congregations Each chapter combines theological reflection, insights from social and cognitive psychology, and stories from real congregations Group exercises and step-by-step guides help leaders put these insights into practice, transforming theory into action
With a focus on connection, trust, and belonging, this book provides the tools to help churches build stronger relationships, engage their communities more effectively, and embrace a renewed vision for thriving together
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Studies in English Theology
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
328 Pages
HB 9780567712295 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567712349 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567712301 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567712332 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
Colin Gunton’s Trinitarian Theology of Culture Towards a Living Sacrifice of Praise
Andrew Picard, St John's Theological College, New Zealand
Whilst upholding some of the criticisms of Colin Gunton's work, this incisive book argues that there is a Hauptbriefe in Gunton reception that assumes his early classic works, The One, the Three and the Many and The Promise of Trinitarian Theology (1st ed), are definitive of his project and fail to engage adequately with the progressions in Gunton’s later thought Instead, this book offers a fresh reading of Gunton by giving greater prominence to his later writings, which are centred in the mediation of the Son and the Spirit in creation
Andrew Picard argues that Gunton’s trinitarian theology of culture emerges from his later trinitarian theology of mediation, creation, Christology, pneumatology, and ecclesiology Exploring these doctrinal foci enables an understanding of Gunton’s account of faithful human culture as embodied worship; a living sacrifice of praise which contributes to the divine redemption and perfection of creation It is the church’s particular calling to embody such praise through its visible life in community The study concludes by intersecting Gunton’s theology with the social sciences to critique ableism and consider the politics of the church’s belonging in community
UK February 2026 US February 2026
304 Pages
PB 9780567727657
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781978708761 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9798216260363 £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9798216354086 • £67 50 / $90 00
T&T Clark
Recognizing the Spirit
An
Ecclesial Pneumatology
Kathryn L Reinhard
Boldly tackling the question of how to negotiate diversities in identity and practice within the unity of ecclesial relationship, this book constructs an ecclesial Pneumatology capable of addressing modern issues of church conflict and separation.
For decades, ecumenists have lamented the stagnation of the ecumenical movement Simultaneously, individual church bodies, communion, and denomination have been fracturing over questions of gender and sexuality Both slow-moving crises stem from the issue of how to negotiate diversities in identity and practice within the unity of ecclesial relationship––an issue that at its root is a problem of “recognition ” Here, ecumenical recognition is supplemented with insights from Continental philosophy, literary theory, and Augustinian Pneumatology Ultimately, this book follows the work of Eberhard Ju ngel to propose a correspondence between the existence of the church and the existence of the triune God, in that both exist as “a communion of mutual otherness ”
2ND EDITION
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
320 Pages
HB 9798881805739 • £95 00 / $130 00
PB 9798881805746 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9798881867805 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9798881805753 £26 09 / $35 95
T&T Clark
A Thorn in the Flesh Same-Sex Inclusion in the Episcopal Church
Caroline
J Addington Hall
Rev. Addington Hall, who helped lead the fight for the recognition of marriage equality, tells the riveting story of how the Episcopal Church became the largest U S denomination to officially sanction same-sex relationships and how this contentious issue has been used to further conservative political agendas, both in the United States and abroad This revised and updated edition describes in vivid detail how African and Asian churches have been drawn into a conflict that began in the United States in the Episcopal Church, and raises vital questions of whether people with different understandings of authority and truth, from vastly different cultures, can live in harmony Hall also describes the exodus of conservative Episcopal Churches that left the denomination in protest after the 2012 vote to form the separatist Anglican Church in North America, and the impact of this exodus on the identity, theology, politics, and activities the current Episcopal Church
In a stirring final chapter, Addington Hall lays out the challenges the Episcopal Church and the Anglican communion face in their attempt to talk, meet, and remain united
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
184 Pages 21 b/w photos
HB 9781538190500 • £60 00 / $60 00
PB 9781538190517 £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9798765161043 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9781538190524 • £16 19 / $22 45
T&T Clark
Reconciling Mission
Realizing God’s Reign through Community Engagement
David Brubaker & Alastair McKay
How does the local church rise to the community engagement challenges of the current context, as we face major socio-cultural change, accelerated by the global pandemic, amidst deeply polarized societies? Just asking the same old “church questions,” such as how to fill empty pews, is no longer enough We have to ask the “God questions,” such as how God is already at work in our local neighborhoods
What does it take for local churches to engage in more mutually respectful ways with our neighbors and local organizations? This book offers theoretical and theological reflections, distils wisdom from recent research and connects this with local case studies which tell powerful stories drawn from both the US and UK
The authors provide a vision of Christian community engagement which places God’s reconciling work at the center
Successive chapters address the full spectrum of how congregations engage their communities from meeting felt needs, to raising awareness, to advocating for change, to organizing with multiple organizational partners and community residents
This book resources congregational and non-profit leaders, in rural, suburban, and urban settings, to listen more deeply to the people in their local context, and to unearth new treasure together
UK February 2026 US February 2026
288 Pages • 16 b/w photos
HB 9798881804145 £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9798881804152 • £18 99 / $25 95
ePDF 9798881867973 £17 09 / $23 35
ePub 9798881804169 • £17 09 / $23 35
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
Emerging Perspectives in Pastoral
Theology and Care
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
304 Pages • 10 tables
PB 9780567726292 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666973013
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216253976 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978771802 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
128 Pages 10 tables
PB 9798216390381 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781978717497 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216265238 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798216354598 • £76 50 / $103 50
Fortress Academic
Governance and Ministry
Rethinking Board Leadership
Dan Hotchkiss
Amid the tectonic shifts in institutional religious life in the United States, Governance and Ministry has proven to be an indispensable guide for leaders and clergy on how to work together to lead congregations In this third edition, veteran congregational consultant and minister Dan Hotchkiss revises and updates a classic in the field to reflect today’s church and synagogue landscape, filled with practical insights based on his extensive, in-the-trenches work with religious groups from across the spectrum
Governance and Ministry highlights the importance of reaching the right governance model for a congregation to fulfill its mission to achieve both the outward results and the inward quality of life to which it is called Hotchkiss draws on governance research from business, non-profits, and churches, as well as deep experience in a variety of denominations and congregations to help readers determine the governance model that best fits their needs The third edition has been streamlined and reorganized to better help readers think through leadership models and the process of change The book features Dan’s insights on the implications of congregational life after Covid, the impact of increased political polarization in the United States, shrinking congregation size within both Jewish and Christian groups, the process of governance change, policy choices, the impact of digital ministry, online worship services, and social media, and the always challenging lay-clergy relationship
Disrupting Stories and Images of Church
Honoring Voices with Lived Experience of Disability
Edited by Allen G Jorgenson, Laura MacGregor & Thomas E Reynolds
How might someone’s disability shape not only their view of God, but of the church? Turning to the lived experiences of people with disabilities and caregivers for children with disabilities, this book provides theological reflections on their images of the church Attuning to these often ignored voices provides thought-provoking insights into what the church and other religious communities can do and have failed to do for and alongside its disabled members and their caregivers Embracing disability theology enables a generative image of faith communities built on various forms of spiritual care Over three broad sections (Disabling Images of the Church, Themes in Healing the Church with Disabilities, and Intercultural Insights for Disability Theology), theologians explore the themes and images emerging from alternative views of the church and other religious communities presented by disability studies
Thinking About Justice Through the Ministry of John M Perkins A Trinitarian Ethic RaShan Frost
This book argues that within Perkin’s ministry methodology, one can see an underlying ethical conception of justice that is grounded within the Trinity and that grounding informs Christian theological, sociological, and political practices Perkins’ 3R ministry strategy of reconciliation, relocation, and redistribution center the role of justice in theological, sociological, and political practice, respectively The book explores what informs Perkins’ theology and ethic of justice and how his view of justice should shape and inform how we view justice as Christians
UK January 2026 US January 2026
160 Pages
PB 9780567726506 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666936742 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216269175 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978767607 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
The Theological Promise of Religious Diversity
Nicholas of Cusa’s Vision
Peter Walker
This book draws the recent approach to religious diversity known as relational pluralism into dialogue with Nicholas of Cusa’s mystical masterpiece, On the Vision of God, to offer an imaginative way to make theological sense of religious diversity This is theology that views religious diversity as promising rather than problematic God in Perspective examines how the familiar Christian theological responses to religious diversity known as the exclusivist, inclusivist, and pluralist models, along with their variants, reflect either modernity’s totalizing epistemology, by upholding the pre-eminence of a single religious tradition, or postmodernity’s decentering epistemologies, by upholding the relativity of all traditions God in Perspective seeks a space beyond that stalemate between common-ground and incompatibility, beyond modern homogeneity and postmodern fragmentation By offering a fresh reading of Nicholas of Cusa’s vision and drawing on the best scholarship in contemporary theologies of religious diversity, God In Perspective presents a theological framework that enables people of diverse traditions to hold to the particularity of their beliefs and yet learn from those who stand in a different place, discovering a God who is revealed in and through multiplicity
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
264 Pages
HB 9798881808990 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9798881808983 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9780567726193 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9798881809003 £19 79 / $26 95
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark Handbooks
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
592 Pages
HB 9780567698087 • £150 00 / $195 00
PB 9780567703149 • £42 99 / $58 95
ePDF 9780567698094 • £135 00 / $175 50
ePub 9780567698117 • £135 00 / $175 50
T&T Clark
Hopes and Fears
Progressive Theology for New Parents
Bromleigh McCleneghan & Lee Hull Moses
This book is about being not-perfect parents in a not-perfect world The result, Hopes and Fears: Progressive Theology for New Parents, is a joyous celebration of childcare in which any parent no matter how perfect can share Hopes and Fears is neither a 'how-to' book nor a mere meditation Rather, the authors seek to find the beautiful and the spiritual in the often mundane activities that parents have performed since the beginning of history, while at the same time allowing beautiful and spiritual insights of the past to inform and shape the activities of modern parenting This book is highly suitable for group study as well as individual reflection
This fully revised and update edition includes:
A context of the social and political upheaval of the last decade of American life
Voices of LGBTQ parents and people of color
New research and understandings of non-binary, transgender, and neurodiverse identities
The impact of technology on parenting and family life
Discussion of the decision to have children, noting that many young adults are choosing not to for a variety of reasons, the ongoing debate around reproductive rights, and treatments such as IVF
An online study guide for group study
T&T Clark Handbook of Neo-Calvinism
Edited by Nathaniel Gray Sutanto, Reformed Theological Seminary, USA & Cory Brock, Belhaven University, USA
Neo-Calvinism critically advances Reformed orthodoxy for the sake of modern life Birthed in the Netherlands at the turn to the twentieth century, initiated by Abraham Kuyper (1837-1920) and Herman Bavinck (1854-1921), it argued that a life before God entailed the leavening of faith over all human existence While the movement originated in the Netherlands, the tradition now has a global reach, with practitioners and thinkers applying its insights in diverse ways and in their own contexts
This handbook is a genealogical introduction to this lively and modern branch of the Reformed tradition, with contributors that reflect its global reach Its four sections chart the theological roots, important original figures, historical contours and the contemporary influence of neo-Calvinism across a diversity of fields
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 US November 2025
176 Pages
PB 9781666977530 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666977516 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798216254089 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781978771901 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
Early Christian and Greco-Roman Conceptions of Blood Difference
Allen Wilson
This book interrogates the historical contingency of the common idiom “blood is thicker than water,” asking what the role of Christianity is in the development of blood mythology lurking in everyday speech
The author examines the concept of blood within Greco-Roman and early Christian contexts, investigating blood’s significance beyond a mere biological substance The analysis traces the evolution of blood’s symbolic meaning in order to understand how it relates to conceptions of kinship, purity, and the divine In the early chapters, the book surveys conceptions of blood and consanguinity in Greco-Roman thought, ranging from the mythologies of Homer and the histories of Livy to the medical descriptions of Galen and Soranus to the ritual descriptions of Jubilees and Ephrem the Syrian By providing a general survey of Greco-Roman understandings of blood, the book shows, in the remaining chapters, the way specific early Christians drew upon Greco-Roman notions of blood By outlining how the singularity of the blood of Christ produces different understandings of blood in the writings of Irenaeus, Tertullian, and Origen, the author argues that Christians did not invent blood differentiation but they do intensify the symbolic power of blood to make a difference
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
256 Pages • 22 bw illus
PB 9798765163955 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765163924 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9798765163948 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9798765163931 £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
Transformational Preaching and Worship
A Strategic Practical Theology for Developing the Christian Imagination
Katrina J Olson, Church Divinity School of the Pacific, USA
This book explores worship’s social developmental impact in shaping the lifeworld of its participants Using a model called coorienation, the author demonstrates how to evaluate the interaction of roles and symbols within an embodied imagination context This type of analysis not only exposes limiting or harmful patterns to remove or rework, but it reveals ways to create wide and edifying invitations through preaching and liturgical elements Going beyond a simple constructive inquiry, this model makes room for the transformational experiences of worshippers and the phenomenological realities of the Holy Other as an active participant By critically examining worship through this lens, leaders can gain knowledge to craft settings that aim for these profound encounters that deepen relationships with God, with others, and with ourselves In this way we can embrace the multiplicity of roles and relationships littered throughout our world, uniting in a polyphonic existence that reverberates in concert with God’s own tremendous multifaceted Being
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
176 Pages
HB 9780761892052 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9780761874911 £16 99 / $22 95
ePDF 9780761880448 • £15 29 / $20 65
ePub 9780761879022 • £15 29 / $20 65
Hamilton Books
Answering Theodicy Questions
The Role of Plausibility
John S Pletz
Examining the concepts of good vs evil under an omnipotent and loving God, the author seeks answers to great and divisive questions we have all asked Answering Theodicy Questions: The Role of Plausibility presents a two-part explanation of how an omnipotent and loving God could have created this world even though it has so much evil and suffering in it John S Pletz contends that a plausible theodicy (and not just a logically possible one) can be found in the strong net benefits that human beings receive from having four key attributes, even though those are the things that enable and facilitate much of the harm that occurs here Those attributes have also allowed people to engage in substantive relationships with others and to take advantage of the continual opportunities that they have to lead meaningful lives
The author then examines the nature of plausibility and its differences from both possibility and probability He sets out how this approach to a theodicy answer provides rational support for the proposition that if an all-powerful creator God exists, that God could also be omnibenevolent He argues that because this tripartite answer to the general theodicy question is not dependent upon any religious premise, it should be considered to be reasonably believable regardless of personal belief or non-belief
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages
HB 9780567725363 • £60 00 / $80 00
PB 9780567725356 • £17 99 / $24 95
ePDF 9780567725387 • £16 19 / $22 45
ePub 9780567725370 • £16 19 / $22 45
T&T Clark
Justice and the Parables of Jesus
Interpreting the Gospel Stories through Political Philosophy
Yung Suk Kim
This book examines the parables of Jesus through the framework of political philosophy, focusing on the ethical question of justice: “What is the right thing to do?” It contextualizes the narratives within the socio-political landscape of first-century Palestine, highlighting how they articulate a radical vision of divine sovereignty that confronts the dominant values and juridical structures of the Roman Empire The text offers a nuanced analysis of the multifaceted themes of justice embedded in these parables, aiming to elucidate their moral and theological complexity Organized thematically, each chapter engages with specific parables, accompanied by analytical discussion questions designed to foster critical engagement and scholarly dialogue
Ultimately, the volume aspires to contribute to contemporary discourses on justice by providing a comprehensive interpretive framework rooted in biblical parables, serving academic audiences and informed readers interested in the ethical and political implications of Jesus’s teachings
COLLECTIONS
T&T Clark’s Study Guides to the New Testament
UK January 2026 US January 2026
120 Pages
HB 9780567693549 £50 00 / $68 00
PB 9780567676917 • £16 99 / $22 95
ePDF 9780567676924 £15 29 / $20 65
ePub 9780567676931 • £15 29 / $20 65
T&T Clark
1 Corinthians: A Community in Dissent
An Introduction and Study Guide
Ekaputra Tupamahu
1 Corinthians: A Community in Dissent approaches Paul’s letter not simply as a monologue from an authoritative apostle but as part of an ongoing, dynamic conversation within a diverse and complex early Christian community
Rather than assuming that Paul’s voice is the only word, this study pays close attention to the voices of the Corinthians, which often emerge through rhetorical clues, reported speech, and implied dialogue By shifting the focus toward the community’s concerns and responses, the book encourages readers to see 1 Corinthians as a text shaped by negotiation, disagreement, and mutual engagement
Ekaputra Tupamahu offers a reading that resists portraying the Corinthians as passive recipients of correction or moral failure Instead, he explores how their resistance and questions reflect meaningful engagement with issues of authority, identity, and communal life in the Roman imperial world Without romanticizing either Paul or the Corinthians, the book opens space to consider the complexities of early Christian formation within settings of cultural hybridity and social inequality In doing so, A Community in Dissent invites readers, especially students and scholars of the New Testament, to engage 1 Corinthians with historical sensitivity and interpretive humility
COLLECTIONS
International Critical Commentary
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
496 Pages
HB 9780567723307 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9780567723352 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9780567723376 • £67 50 / $90 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
International Critical Commentary
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
776 Pages
HB 9780567668356 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9780567668349 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9780567668363 • £67 50 / $90 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
International Critical Commentary
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
904 Pages
HB 9780567668387 • £75 00 / $100 00
ePDF 9780567668394 • £67 50 / $90 00
ePub 9780567668400 • £67 50 / $90 00
T&T Clark
Mark's Gospel
Critical Excurses
Craig S Keener
Craig S Keener provides a rich volume of critical excurses on the gospel of Mark, providing valuable contextual material to his exhaustive commentary on the text of Mark. The volume provides detailed background for many passages in Mark, taking readers through the whole gospel and expanding on many points found in the commentary
The volume includes many of the Keener's most distinctive contributions to Markan research stemming from his commentary work Whilst it is arranged by passage, many of the topics covered make many of the excursuses relevant to multiple passages throughout the gospel and to the study of ancient Christianity and its world Such topics include marriage and divorce, ancient medicine and healing, ancient conceptions of anger, hospitality, baptism, the emotions, feasting and viticulture, as well as fascinating insights into the use of Aramaic in the world of Jesus and linguistic comments on biblical Hebrew and Greek
The volume will be an indispensable companion for anyone studying the world of Mark's gospel, and is a perfect complement to Keener's commentary on the text
Mark 1-4
A Critical and Exegetical Commentary
Craig S Keener
Craig S. Keener provides an in-depth critical and exegetical commentary of the first four chapters of Gospel of Mark in this first of four volumes of commentary on the Markan text
Keener brings together all the relevant aids to exegesis - linguistic, textual, archaeological, historical, literary and theological - to provide a complete overview and understanding of this crucial Christian document Keener incorporates new evidence available in the field and applies new methods of studies As is a hallmark of the series, the volumes on Mark are not bound by a single theological or critical approach Keener's own distinctive approach brings great erudition and scholarly expertise with careful and comprehensive consideration of every aspect of the text
This first volume of commentary covers the start of Mark's Gospel, the commissioning of the twelve disciples, the baptism of Jesus, and gives full attention to the teaching of Jesus in parables, and the culmination of this section of the Gospel in the calming of the storm
Mark 5-9
A Critical and Exegetical Commentary
Craig S Keener
In this second volume of his four volume work on the text of Mark's Gospel Craig S Keener provides an in-depth critical and exegetical commentary on Mark chapters 5-9
As befits an ICC volume Keener brings together all the relevant aids to exegesis - linguistic, textual, archaeological, historical, literary and theological - to provide a complete overview and understanding of these chapters Keener provides a close reading of the text and incorporates the wealth of secondary scholarship in providing readers with a highly comprehensive commentary that offers new insights into the meaning and development of the text
The text covered in this volume focuses largely on the healings of Jesus including the raising of Jairus' daughter, the Canaanite woman's daughter, the deaf mute and the man born blind Also featured are the feeding of the 5000, Peter's confession of faith, and Jesus' predictions of his death This part of the Gospel finishes with the Transfiguration
COLLECTIONS
The Library of New Testament Studies
UK February 2026
272 Pages
PB 9780567708311
HB 9780567708281
• US January 2026
• £28 99 / $39 95
• £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9780567708298 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9780567708304 • £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
The Library of New Testament Studies
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
288 Pages
PB 9780567718099 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780567718051 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9780567718068 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9780567718082 • £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
The Library of New Testament Studies
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
216 Pages
PB 9780567716019 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9780567715975 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9780567715982 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9780567716002 • £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
"This Generation" and the Elect in the Book of Matthew A Tale of Two Families
Susan M Rieske, North Park Seminary and Trinity Evangelical Divinity School, USA
Susan M Rieske presents an exploration of the phrase “this generation” and its central term, genea, in the Gospel of Matthew. She investigates how this phrase functions within a wicked generation motif that spans the gospel This motif invokes the familiar story of the redemptive- historical conflict between the elect and non-elect seedlines traced back to Genesis, a conflict that proves central in Matthew’s theology
Focusing on seven key passages in Matthew where genea appears, Rieske argues that the term involves three interrelated aspects: temporal, qualitative, and genealogical She also analyzes its conceptual package derived from depictions of apostate generations in the Hebrew Bible particularly as portrayed in Deuteronomy 32, the Song of Moses and further developed in Second Temple literature Its use in other New Testament contexts is likewise examined
Rieske concludes that this motif legitimizes the messianic family as the true children of God and heirs of the kingdom, while also providing a theological rationale for their persecution at the hands of “this generation ” She further argues that this motif resolves the puzzle of the missing generation in Matthew’s genealogy, identifying it as a group omitted from the elect family
The Future of New Testament Studies
Historical Contexts and Contemporary Relevance
Edited by Clarissa Breu
This volume explores the transformative potential of New Testament studies within a cross-disciplinary framework, asking how the field might contribute meaningfully to broader conversations in the humanities and social sciences Rather than isolating itself within traditional boundaries, New Testament scholarship is invited to express its distinctive methodologies and insights while engaging with contemporary debates across theology, ethics, politics, and material culture
Contributors to this collection offer a rich array of approaches historical-critical, ethical, political, and conceptual demonstrating how interdisciplinary dialogue can illuminate both ancient texts and modern contexts Beginning with reflections on the relationship between New Testament studies and Theology, the volume moves through explorations of historical method, the ethical and political stakes of interpretation, and the social-material dimensions of biblical texts
Ultimately, this volume envisions a future in which New Testament studies not only affirm their relevance within theological discourse but also participate actively in shaping interdisciplinary knowledge production It is an essential resource for scholars seeking to connect ancient scripture with the pressing questions of today
The Nature and Significance of Ignatius of Antioch’s use of Jewish Scripture “We Love the Prophets”
Benjamin Sargent, Wycliffe Hall, Oxford
Benjamin Sargent offers a detailed examination of the use of scriptural quotations and allusions in the letters of Ignatius, employing methods used in the study of the use of Scripture in the New Testament
He aims to define an Ignatian ‘hermeneutic’ whilst also using a more accurate picture of interpretation in Ignatius to consider its significance in early Christianity
Sargent first focuses on the seven letters of the middle recension, as well as the long and short recensions, situating the use of Scripture in the letters within their historical context and positing that Ignatius possessed a real interest in the Scriptures of Israel rather than merely making a dismissive appeal to history After these surveys, Sargent further examines the salvation historical narrative into which Scripture is placed by Ignatius, again noting a similarity with the types of eschatological narrative substructures found in Paul and 1 Peter He finally compares the hermeneutics employed in the middle recension letters to those of other early Christian texts, arguing that Ignatius’ approach to interpretation shares many of the hermeneutical assumptions seen in early Christian texts which are closest to apocalyptic Judaism
COLLECTIONS
The Library of New Testament Studies
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
176 Pages
HB 9780567711182
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567711229
• £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567711199
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567711212 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
The Library of New Testament Studies
• US March 2026
UK March 2026
288 Pages • 2 bw illus
HB 9780567711380 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567711410 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567711397 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567711427 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
The Library of New Testament Studies
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
216 Pages
HB 9780567715777 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567715814 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567715784 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567715807 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
Locating the Kingdom of God Performing Sacred Boundaries
Karen J Wenell, University of Birmingham, UK
Though spatial-critical perspectives have been increasingly recognised as important across many disciplines, the significance of non-physical religious spaces and their correspondence to boundaries of the sacred has not been explored fully, and never using the specific example of the Kingdom of God Wenell considers the diverse and sometimes contradictory articulation of the Kingdom in the gospels as well as the ways that Kingdom language frames contemporary ethical debates Her study of the Kingdom is located within the wider study of religion, affording the opportunity to investigate connections between space, belonging and the sacred
Wenell structures her investigation in four key areas that engage with the Kingdom in different, but theoretically interconnected ways She begins by setting out a theory of sacred space that is capable of including the Kingdom, and establishing key concepts such as boundary, performance, physical/non-physical spatiality, spokespersons and controversy Wenell then focuses on the synoptic gospels and the origins of the Kingdom, noting aspects of uncertainty as well as areas of agreement and controversy over boundaries of the sacred in these uniquely interrelated texts The third and fourth areas of investigation move into cultural reception, considering instances where the Kingdom is formative for identity and ethical relationships both in individual and wider group belonging terms
Luke’s Characters in their Jewish World Being Theophilus
Jenny Read-Heimerdinger, University of Wales Trinity Saint David, UK
Jenny Read-Heimerdinger explores the characters of Luke-Acts in order to situate them in the Jewish world to which they belong Through a close reading of the Greek text, she argues that Luke emerges as a person thoroughly steeped in a Jewish view of Scripture, familiar with a range of associated oral traditions; and that taking account of the Jewish features allows new insights into the way that the author situates events and characters firmly within the history of Israel, before the Church was a separate institution or religion Read-Heimerdinger proposes that such a view of his work implies an addressee capable of understanding what he received and that one eminently qualified candidate is Theophilus, the high priest in Jerusalem 37-41 and brother-in-law of Caiaphas
The Jewish perspective of Luke’s two volumes is more visible in forms of the text not used for modern translations, notably that of Codex Bezae and the early versions, which are rejected by the editors of the Greek New Testament on which translations are based Read-Heimerdinger draws on the analysis of the variants of the Greek text analysed in her previous Luke in his Own Words (2022), in a manner more accessible to readers unfamiliar with Greek The variant readings make use of a sophisticated knowledge of Jewish exegetical techniques that would generally be discarded by later generations of Christians but which are increasingly being recognized by NT scholars, in line with Jewish historical studies of Second Temple and Rabbinic Judaism
Reading Hebrews and 1 Peter from Majority World Perspectives
Edited by Sofanit T Abebe, Oak Hill College, UK, Elizabeth W Mburu, New Testament and Greek at Africa International University, Kenya & Abeneazer G Urga, Columbia International University, USA; Ethiopian Graduate School of Theology, Ethiopia
The contributors to this volume offer a bold re-reading of Hebrews and 1 Peter from the perspective of the Global South The chapters provide enriching new hermeneutical and theological insights, revealing facets of the text that may not at first be apparent to readers within a Eurocentric context
The volume is thus able to explore topics ranging from the authorship of Hebrews in the Ethiopian Orthodox tradition and the Batak reading of Christus Victor, to a Xhosa perception of the solidarity and sacrifice of Jesus, and intercultural readings of Christian identity in the context of persecution With an introduction and final response by scholars from the Global North, this volume encourages awareness of how the Global South contributes to world Christianity
COLLECTIONS
The Library of New Testament Studies
UK March 2026
• US March 2026
248 Pages
HB 9780567715012
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567715050 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567715029 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567715043 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
The Library of New Testament Studies
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages • 4 b&w figures
HB 9780567714978 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567715005 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567714985 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567714992 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
256 Pages 2 bw illus
PB 9780567726896 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666966114 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216269977 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978761148 • £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
Resolving the Tension of Jesus's Mission in Matthew's Ancient Biography
Jerry D Breen
Jerry D Breen argues that reading Matthew, and all the Gospels, as ancient biography is the necessary next step for Gospel studies In particular, Breen contends that more specific comparisons should be made between the Gospels and ancient literature Breen stresses that this reading invites narrative critics to place more emphasis on examining the use of sources and the importance of intertextual and historical information that the author introduces to the text
Breen places emphasis on the relationship between Jews and non-Jews in ancient Galilee and Palestine, and challenges the long-supported theory that Jesus did not minister to non-Jews beyond two or three exceptions Demonstrating that Jesus is inclusive of everyone who comes to him, even though he was sent primarily to the Jews Breen argues that the portrait which Matthew creates is one of a Jewish Messiah who is on a mission to restore Israel so that the restored people of God can bless the nations Concluding that rather than two conflicting missions, the audience of the gospel is encouraged to view the healing of non-Jews during Jesus’s ministry as further proof that the Jewish Messiah is bringing restoration to Israel
The Spatiotemporal Eschatology of Hebrews Priestly Participation in the Heavenly Tabernacle Luke Woo
There are two coexisting realities classified under New Testament eschatology: the temporal and spatial. While much scholarly attention has focused on the temporal, Luke Woo argues that the spatial aspect is either neglected or relegated to Platonic or cosmological categories Woo thus seeks to provide a holistic understanding, by investigating these realities for believers under the heavenly tabernacle motif in the Epistle to the Hebrews
Woo posits that the author of Hebrews presents the heavenly tabernacle and all its high priestly activity in order to eschatologically situate, orient, and ground believers; thus enabling believers to actualize their heavenly, priestly identity by serving as priests on earth Woo uses Edward Soja's Tripartite Critical Spatiality to analyze the heavenly tabernacle’s Firstspace, Secondspace, and Thirdspace features found in Hebrews 4:14; 8:1–5; 9:1–14 He suggests that Christ, in his resurrection and ascension, enters an actualized, heavenly tabernacle, which allows believers to spiritually occupy that sanctuary space in the presence of God, establishing a spatial orientation for believers who can identify as heavenly priests and be motivated to serve as such as they live on earth
The Gospels and the Roman Empire
Edited by Jillian D Nelson & Adam Winn
This edited collection explores how the New Testament, specifically the four canonical Gospels, negotiate the Roman imperial world
Within this volume, scholars from a variety of interdisciplinary contexts come together, examining a particular aspect of the New Testament’s complex relationship with the Roman Empire By incorporating literary studies, gender criticism, Jewish studies, and disability studies into their analysis, the essays herein provide fresh readings of these foundational texts Jillian D Nelson and Adam Winn demonstrate through this collection that the Roman imperial world functions as a critical context for scholarship on the New Testament, yielding new and exciting perspectives on the Gospel narratives
COLLECTIONS
UK December 2025 US December 2025
304 Pages • 20 bw illus
PB 9780567726131 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666962895 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216259268 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978765016 • £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
504 Pages
HB 9780567222497
• £190 00 / $260 00
PB 9780567717177 • £34 99 / $47 95
ePDF 9780567678386 • £171 00 / $234 00
ePub 9780567678379 £171 00 / $234 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025
• US November 2025
248 Pages 3 bw illus
PB 9781666960969 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666960945 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216251484 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978766532 • £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
Paul, Thomas Aquinas, and James K. A. Smith on the Role of Reason in Human Formation
K Lauriston
Smith
This book argues that Paul’s seminal thesis on human moral formation in Romans 12:1–2 can be best understood when it is interpreted through the lens of a philosophical and theological anthropology that merges the views of Thomas Aquinas and James K A Smith
This view claims that Paul’s admonition to renew the mind in Romans 12:2 is best accomplished when human reason is understood to be the operation of the unified human soul that integrates the intellectual, sensitive, and appetitive powers within a specific socio-cultural context
The Dictionary of the Bible and Ancient Media
Edited by Tom Thatcher, Cinicinnati Christian University, USA, Chris Keith, Norwegian School of Theology, Religion and Society, Norway, Raymond F Person, Jr , Ohio Northern University, USA & Elsie R Stern, Reconstructionist Rabbinical College, USA
The Dictionary of the Bible and Ancient Media is a convenient and authoritative reference tool, introducing specific terms and concepts helpful to the study of the Bible and related literature in ancient communications culture Since the early 1980s, biblical scholars have begun to explore the potentials of interdisciplinary theories of oral tradition, oral performance, personal and collective memory, ancient literacy and scribality, visual culture and ritual Over time these theories have been combined with considerations of critical and exegetical problems in the study of the Bible, the history of Israel, Christian origins, and rabbinics The Dictionary of the Bible and Ancient Media responds to the rapid growth of the field by providing a source of reference that offers clear definitions, and in-depth discussions of relevant terms and concepts, and the relationships between them
The volume begins with an overview of ‘ancient media studies’ and a brief history of research to orient the reader to the field and the broader research context of the book, with individual entries on terms and topics commonly encountered in studies of the Bible in ancient media culture Each entry defines the term/ concept under consideration, then offers more sustained discussion of the topic, paying particular attention to its relevance for the study of the Bible and related literature This new in paperback edition features a new chapter on Oral Tradition and the Hebrew Bible by Werner Kelber, Rice University, USA
Appropriating Hebrews's Scriptural Hermeneutic for the Twenty-first Century
Edited by Dana M Harris & J David Stark
Twenty-first-century readers cannot interpret Israel’s Scriptures identically to how the author of Hebrews did The contours of twenty-first century worldviews are too different That said, Hebrews invites those who “read after” it (in time) also to “reading after” it (in approach) For those who accept this invitation, this volume’s essays surface four clusters in the overall mosaic of Hebrews’s approach to Israel’s Scriptures First, Hebrews explicitly, if briefly and partially, states its hermeneutic orientation to Israel’s Scriptures Second, Hebrews understands history through the proclamation that the author accepts and commends about Jesus Third, this proclamation creates numerous other implications that Hebrews may or may not explicitly state but that nonetheless shape how the author interprets his Scriptures And fourth, Hebrews’s exhortation fosters faithfulness in its audience through both encouragements and warnings drawn from Israel s Scriptures Attention to Israel s Scriptures in light of these clusters helps readers to understand these Scriptures not identically to Hebrews’s author but in the same way as that author namely, in the way marked out by Jesus for those who would “come after” him
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US January 2026
208 Pages
PB 9798216389958 £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781978713505 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216268987 £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798216279099 • £81 00 / $108 00
Fortress Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US December 2025
288 Pages • 3 bw illus
PB 9780567725769 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666962987 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216263531 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978761186 £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
Feminist Studies and Sacred Texts
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
208 Pages • 10 tables
PB 9798216389514 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666971453 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216265535 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978762275 • £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
Politics in the Book of Haggai
A Jamesonian Reading
Malutafa Faalili
Politics in the Book of Haggai: A Jamesonian Reading applies the textual theory of American Marxist Fredric Jameson for a critical reading of the book of the prophet Haggai It attempts to show that the text not only represents the tensions of the past but has a greater function where it endeavors to resolve the issues on an imaginary level this is a unique feature of Jameson’s theory Furthermore, the book argues that the contradictions and conflicts in the text at the historical level occur amongst the golah community, specifically amongst its leaders The book commences with a discussion of Jameson’s textual theory, highlighting its importance within the realm of Marxist discussion The main content of the book is the appropriation of the three-tier method to critically read the book of the prophet Haggai The book closes by discussing its conclusions within the realms of Marxism, the prophet Haggai, and island hermeneutics
Reading for Unity in Genesis 1:1–11:9
Edited by Daniel B Oden & J David Stark
In this edited collection, Daniel B. Oden, J. David Stark, and the contributors wrestle with the complexities of unity. Discussing Genesis 1:1–11:9, the essays herein describe the hermeneutics of unity appeals from the Ancient Near East to the twenty-first century and in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam The contributors particularly attend to these appeals’ hermeneutical dimensions, asking why and how the appeals connect themselves to Genesis and how they foster a vision of unity in the process Despite and, indeed, because of their differences, these appeals show what is common among those who seek unity in dialogue with Genesis and the traditions surrounding it
Trauma and Survival in the Hebrew Bible
A Womanist Reading of Esther
Kamilah Hall Sharp
This book integrates womanist biblical interpretation with trauma theory while closely examining survival and the language of survival in the Hebrew Bible
While survival is often a theme lifted when exploring Esther, the focus is typically on Jewish survival This books centers the experiences of non-Jewish women and girls, specifically the virgin girls taken with Esther and Zeresh, the wife of Haman, amplifying their presence and reading their narratives alongside the autobiographies of Maya Angelou and Lezley McFadden to create a survival narrative that allows the reader to reimagine these often-overlooked girls and women
COLLECTIONS
Jewish and Christian Texts
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
184 Pages
HB 9780567715173 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9780567715210 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9780567715180 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780567715203 • £76 50 / $103 50
T&T Clark
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
272 Pages • 11 bw illus
PB 9798765163450 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9798765163412 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765163436 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765163429 £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
Scriptural Tales Retold
The Inventiveness of Second Temple Jews
Erich S Gruen
Erich S Gruen investigates a remarkable phenomenon in religious and literary history: the freedom with which Jewish writers in antiquity retold and recast, sometimes distorted or bypassed, biblical narratives that ostensibly had the status of sacred texts Gruen asks the question of what prompted such tampering with tales that carried divine authority, and what implications this widespread practice of liberal revising had for attitudes toward the sacrality of the scriptures in general
Gruen focuses upon writings of the Second Temple period, an era of the deep integration of Jewish history and the GrecoRoman world Gruen brings to the task the training of a classicist and ancient historian rather than that of a biblical textual critic or a rabbinics scholar, not pursuing the commentaries of the later rabbis with their very different approaches, methods, and goals As such, Gruen's emphasis rests upon narrative rather than legal matters, the haggadic rather than the halakhic The former lends itself most readily to the creative instincts of the re-tellers
Artificial Intelligence for Bible Translation and Interpretation
Edited by Douglas Estes
This book examines key features of the current relationship between Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Bible translation and interpretation
The volume contains three sections, broadening outward First, the contributors explore AI in Bible translation using four case studies on the current use of AI and its promises and perils Second, the book touches on AI and Bible translation using five perspectives on the meaning of AI for Bible translation Finally, the book explores AI and Bible interpretation with four examples showing the tensions between AI and human interpretations of the Bible
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US December 2025
264 Pages 1 bw illus
PB 9781666977448 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666977424 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798216254751 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781978771185 • £81 00 / $108 00
T&T Clark
Claiming Space in the Bible and Beyond
Exploring the Intersection of Gender, Sexuality, and Economic Realities
Edited by L Juliana Claassens, University of Stellenbosch, South Africa, Sithembiso Zwane & Gerald O West
This collection of essays explores the way individuals and communities navigate complicated spaces which have been dominated by econo-heteropatriarchal powers to find their voice and claim their space
Using concepts of space from development studies, the volume explores the power of biblical narratives for communities to navigate the complex and multifaceted intersections between gender, sexuality, ethnicity, and economics in the biblical text as well as within the diverse interpretive communities the chapter authors represent In particular, these contributions are interested in the role of art as a way for individuals and communities to exhibit their agency and so transform hostile spaces in which they inadvertently find themselves
The work is divided into three sections: Claiming Space in the Community, Claiming Space in the Text, Claiming Space in/through Art The contemporary contexts engaged with include South Africa, India, Brazil, Aotearoa New Zealand, the margins of the United States of America, and Australia
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
208 Pages • 7 bw
PB 9780761874898 • £18 99 / $25 95
ePDF 9780761880431 • £17 09 / $23 35
ePub 9780761879039 • £17 09 / $23 35
Hamilton Books
Exploring the Thought of Jane Jacobs
The Conversation of Cities
Richard Keeley
In conversation with the great works of author, theorist, and activist Jane Jacobs, this study investigates her thoughts on cities, nations, and economies for today’s urban challenges
With the publication of The Death and Life of Great American Cities (1961), Jane Jacobs (1916-2006) changed the way urban planners, architects, politicians, and ordinary citizens the world over understood the city and its challenges Less attention has been paid to her subsequent works on cities and economies; Exploring the Thought of Jane Jacobs seeks to remedy that neglect With careful attention to context, Richard Keeley explores Jacobs s understanding of streets and neighborhoods in cities great and small and her vision of the city as an organism extended through generations He examines Jacobs's theories on the dynamics of economic development, the ethics of the workplace, and the difficulties of ethical business practice He concludes with a reflection in Jacobsian terms on the need for a politics of place spanning generations
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
248 Pages • 39 bw illus
HB 9781350325340 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350325388 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350325357 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350325364 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Rupturing Architecture
Spatial Practices of Refuge in Response to War and Violence in Iraq, 2003–2023
Sana Murrani, University of Plymouth, UK
This is the first book to critically and visually explore the spatial practices of refuge in response to conditions of war, violence, and displacement experienced in Iraq from 2003 to 2023.
Written by an Iraqi architect who has lived through the trauma of several wars, 10 years of UN-imposed sanctions, an invasion, and the subsequent violence, this book captures a broad spectrum of spatial responses to trauma and presents a fresh perspective on how ordinary Iraqis create refuge across the spaces of the home, the urban environment, and border geographies
In the face of spatial wounding and the many injustices suffered by the Iraqi people, there has also been a wealth of refugemaking practices that showcase their creative and imaginative design and adaptability to change and trauma over time
Rupturing Architecture employs methods such as creative deep mapping, memory work, storytelling, interviews, and case studies of architectural responses to the geographies of war and violence At the core of the book are the lived and felt experiences of fifteen Iraqis from across Iraq, whose resilience underscores a broader narrative of spatial justice and feminist spatial practices The book articulates the dual nature of rupturing as both a sign of trauma and a powerful act of resistance, examining how these forces shape domesticity, urbanity, and border spaces
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
240 Pages • 67 bw illus
HB 9781350345362 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350345409 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350345379 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350345386 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Architecture, Media, Archives
The Fun Palace of Joan Littlewood and Cedric Price as a Cultural Project
Ana Bonet Miró
Over 60 years on from its inception, the celebrated Fun Palace civic project – developed in the 1960s by the radical theatre director Joan Littlewood and the architect Cedric Price – continues to capture the architectural imagination Despite the building itself never being realized, much of the previous analysis of the Fun Palace has been devoted to Price and his drawings The critical role that Littlewood played, however, remains largely unrecognized by architectural scholarship, and a whole area of the project’s cultural agenda remains overlooked
Architecture, Media, Archives is the first serious study of the complex relations between Littlewood and Price, reframing the Fun Palace as an extended media project and positioning Littlewood more clearly as co-designer
Drawing on extensive archival material, the book considers how, due to a lack of institutional support, the aims of the Fun Palace – to transform the passive mass-audiences of post-war consumer society into active citizens, through forms of selfdirected, pleasure-led and open exchange – were realized through different ‘sites of information’ throughout the 1960s From broadsheets, pamphlets and journals to films and press news, the book addresses the conditions of production, circulation, storage and reception of these ‘sites’ and reveals how they not only recorded the transformation of the project, but also fundamentally enhanced and informed its meaning in specific ways
The book also raises important questions about the agency of the Fun Palace archive in shaping the reception of the project in the decades since its inception, presenting its analysis through a novel ‘Fun Palace Reception Index and Chart’, fundamentally altering our view of the project itself and transforming the way in which we understand the technological and cultural production of the 1960s
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
232 Pages • 44 bw illus
HB 9781350454897 • £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9781350454934 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350454903 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781350454910 • £72 00 / $99 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Modern Architecture of Quito
Global, Local, and the In-Between
Edited by Christian Parreno,
San Francisco University of Quito, Ecuador
Situated at the crossroads of the foreign and the vernacular, Quito the capital of Ecuador, with its world-famous yet understudied built environment stands as a testament to architectural in-betweenness This book interweaves history and theory to explore how near and far influences have shaped its unique character
Case studies present diverse and unexpected episodes in the architectural history of this city, spanning the intricacies of its topography, the design of modernist houses and the appropriation of the motel typology Together, they show how fluxes of different origins have created an architecture marked by diversity and interrelation To theoretically frame these investigations, this anthology readdresses the notions of the global and the local, examining their tension and unavoidable coexistence, while introducing the in-between as a phenomenon with many variations and embodiments, increasingly referenced in architectural thinking This book not only furthers the evolution of these concepts but also demonstrates their value as tools for analyzing the architectures of Latin America and the Global South more broadly
With contributions from both international experts and a new generation of Ecuadorian scholars, Modern Architecture of Quito is an indispensable resource for students and researchers investigating the development of architectural modernism in Latin America
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
144 Pages • 20 bw images
HB 9798765163047 £20 00 / $27 00
ePDF 9798765163061 • £18 00 / $24 30
ePub 9798765163054 £18 00 / $24 30
Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
• 50 colour illus
216 Pages
PB 9781350433991
• £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350433953
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350433960 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350433977 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
288 Pages 102 colour illus
PB 9781350505070 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350505049 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350505056 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350505063 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
There's a Criminal Touch to Art
How Ulay Stole Hitler's Favorite Painting and Redefined Performance Art
Marina Abramovic, Abramovic LLC, Noah Charney, Art historian, author & Ulay
The definitive book on the theft of Hitler's favorite painting from the Neue Nationalgalerie and its importance to the history of art theft as well as the history of art On 12 December 1976, German conceptual artist Ulay stole Hitler ’s favorite painting from the Neue Nationalgalerie in Berlin It was art theft as conceptual artwork he hung the painting on the wall of a workingclass immigrant family then phoned the museum to let them know where they could retrieve it This is among the most famous performance artworks in history, and Ulay’s most iconic artistic action This unique and groundbreaking book tells the complete story of this art theft as artwork from three perspectives and with three authors While Ulay passed away in 2020, he recorded his own first-person account of the action in conversation with art historian Noah Charney This direct account from Ulay will provide one part of the book The action was conceived and undertaken along with Ulay’s partner at the time, Marina Abramovic, who is among the most famous living artists in the world her account of the action will follow Ulay’s in this book Finally, Noah Charney will write about the action and placing it within the context of art history as well as the story of art theft The result is the definitive book on this fascinating incident's importance to both the history of art theft and the history of art
Invisible Ink
Feminism and Identity in Contemporary Chinese Art
Luise Guest, University of New South Wales, Australia
What does it mean to be a woman artist – or a feminist artist – in China today? Analyzing how Chinese women artists have reinvented traditional forms of ink and brush painting, Invisible Ink shows how the use of ink in their work becomes a tool of gender and art historical subversion in contemporary Chinese art
The book explores how the work of Bingyi, Ma Yanling, Tao Aimin, Xiao Lu and Xie Rong invoke contemporary manifestations of the traditional Chinese form of ink and brush painting to explore themes of the embodied, gendered experience of Chinese identity, including: motherhood and daughterhood; the exercise of state control over fertility in the implementation of the One Child Policy; and the experience of menopause in a society that prizes youth and beauty Each chapter examines one artist, analysing carefully selected key works and drawing on interviews with the artists themselves It positions the artists as intervening, not only in historically exclusive, elitist literati traditions, but also in contemporary art discourses in which their contributions have been similarly marginalised It explores the ambivalent views of the artists towards (Western) feminism and positions their work as counter-hegemonic expressions of a specifically Chinese experience of patriarchy
Clay Works
Earthen Sculpture in South Asia
Susan S Bean, Peabody Essex Museum, USA
Until recently, polychrome terracruda (air-dried clay) sculpture has been virtually absent from exhibitions and scholarship on South Asian art history This is beginning to change As early Indic texts and accounts published in the last few centuries attest, this malleable and dynamic medium has played a fundamental role in the region’s visual arts
This boundary-breaking book traces the longstanding interactions between clay, sculptors, and their clienteles; shaping and reshaping religious practices, social formations, and aesthetic values across the region The first chapter explores the history of terracruda as artistic medium; the following two chapters present long trajectories of practice in the Buddhist Himalayas and the Deccan; and the latter two chapters offer insight into terracruda sculpture’s role in cultural transformations the 18th and 19th-century artistic florescence in Bengal, and British colonial displays of terracruda figures at international exhibitions Employing an ecological approach that recognizes substances, things, and objects as players in the world, Clay Works celebrates the contributions of clay’s supple plasticity and ephemerality and brings a much-needed and timely perspective to South Asian art history
COLLECTIONS
Material Culture of Art and Design
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
296 Pages • 50 colour illus
PB 9781350507845 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350507838 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350507852 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350507869 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
Material Culture of Art and Design
UK October 2026 • US January 2026
296 Pages • 33 colour and 45 bw illus
HB 9781350354845 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350354920 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350354852 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350354869 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
Material Culture of Art and Design
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
240 Pages • 75 colour illus
HB 9781350372757 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350372788 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350372740 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350372764 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
The Australian Object Making Material Histories
Edited by Molly Duggins, National Art School, Australia, Mark De Vitis & Georgina Cole
This boundary-breaking volume examines an array of objects that, in various ways, complicate narrow definitions of art and Australian identity It shows how each object has informed and enriched contemporary Australian personal and political life in complex, often overlooked ways.
Featuring essays and object case studies by leading and emerging art historians, artists, curators, historians and anthropologists, The Australian Object offers a material intervention into Australian art and cultural histories by highlighting objects that expand definitions of art, nationhood and identity It employs an object-led approach that combines art history’s attentiveness to form and meaning with material culture’s concern for use, materials and patterns of movement, incorporating methodologies from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Knowledge systems, art-making, museology, postand de-colonialism, ecology, design and theology Focusing on the useful, mobile and multi-sensory aspects of objects, contributors follow their trajectories across cultures, times and places
The book is divided into five thematic sections: Living Objects, Collecting Objects, Migrating Objects, Monumental Objects and Immaterial Objects Furniture, ceramics, photo-montage, signage and boardgames are newly examined as material agents shaping social, cultural, political and religious life in Australia and beyond
Ceramics in the Victorian Era
Meanings and Metaphors in Painting and Literature
Rachel Gotlieb
This book broadens the discussion of pottery and china in the Victorian era by situating them in the national, imperial, design reform, and domestic debates between 1840 and 1890 Largely ignored in recent scholarship, Ceramics in the Victorian Era: Meanings and Metaphors in Painting and Literature argues that the signification of a pot, a jug, or a tableware pattern can be more fully discerned in written and painted representations
Across five case studies, the book explores a rhetoric and set of conventions that developed within the representation of ceramics, emerging in the late-18th century, and continuing in the Victorian period Each case study begins with a textual passage exemplifying the outlined theme and closes with an object analysis to demonstrate how the fusing of text, image, and object are critical to attaining the period eye in order to better understand the metaphorical meanings of ceramics
Essential reading not only for ceramics scholars, but also those of material culture, the book mines the rich and diverse archive of Victorian painting and literature, from the avant-garde to the sentimental, from the well-known to the more obscure, to shed light on the at once complex and simple implications of ceramics’ agencies at this time
The Gallery at Cleveland House Displaying Art and Society in Late Georgian London
Anne Nellis Richter
In 1806, the Marquess and Marchioness of Stafford opened a gallery at Cleveland House, London, to display their internationally-renowned collection of Old Master paintings to the public A ticket to the gallery’s Wednesday afternoon openings was a sought-after prize, granting access to the collection and the house’s dazzling interior in the company of artists, celebrities, and Britain’s elite This book explores the gallery's interior through the lens of its abundant material culture, including paintings in gilded frames, furniture, silver oil lamps, flower arrangements, and the numerous printed catalogues and guidebooks that made the gallery visible to those who might never cross its threshold
Through detailed analysis of these objects and a wide range of other visual, material, textual and archival sources, the book presents the gallery at Cleveland House as a methodological case study on how the display of art in the 19th century was shaped by notions about public and private space, domesticity, and the role art galleries played in the formation of national culture
Combining historical, cultural and material analysis, the book will make essential reading for researchers in British art in the Regency period, museum studies, collecting studies, social history, and the histories of interior decoration and design in the 18th and 19th centuries
UK February 2026 US February 2026
272 Pages
HB 9798765151761 £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9798765151822 • £32 99 / $45 00
ePDF 9798765151921 £29 69 / $40 50
ePub 9798765151914 • £29 69 / $40 50 Bloomsbury Academic
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
264 Pages • 4 b&w photos
PB 9781666964967 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781666964943 • £95 00 / $130 00
ePDF 9798216262039 • £85 50 / $117 00
ePub 9781978760370 £85 50 / $117 00
Bloomsbury Academic
What Art Is Now
Creativity in the Age of AI
Michael E Jones, University of Massachusetts, USA & Michael Caballes, Freelance photography
What Art is Now: Creativity in the Age of AI explores one of the most urgent questions of our time: What happens to human creativity when machines can generate music, paintings, poetry, and design? This thought-provoking book examines how artificial intelligence is reshaping the way we define, create, and experience art Blending philosophy, law, neuroscience, and cultural history, the authors investigate how AI challenges traditional notions of authorship, originality, and artistic value Written for a broad audience from artists and educators to tech developers and curious thinkers What Art is Now invites readers into a conversation that spans centuries of creative thought and confronts the promises and perils of machine-made imagination Can AI be truly creative, or is it only mimicking the human mind? Will artists be replaced, or will they find new ways to collaborate with algorithms? And what rights do humans have over works produced in partnership with machines? Timely, accessible, and deeply interdisciplinary, this book offers a roadmap for understanding the rapidly shifting terrain of art and technology At stake is more than just the future of the arts it’s how we understand ourselves as creative beings in a world where intelligence is no longer uniquely human
COLLECTIONS
Biotechne: Interthinking Art, Science and Design
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
232 Pages • 36 bw illus
HB 9781350419421 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350419469 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350419438 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350419445 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Warburg, Kandinsky, and Shestov on Renewal of Art and Humanity
Artistic, Philosophical, and Psychoanalytic Perspectives
Marina G Ogden, University of Glasgow
This book explores the meanings of the concept of renewal in the work of the three twentieth-century innovators of European culture
Aby Warburg’s, Wassily Kandinsky’s, and Lev Shestov’s rethinking of the meanings of art and culture transcended temporal and disciplinary boundaries, which led to the reframing of the traditional bonds between pictorial reality and different forms of art Drawing on intercultural and interdisciplinary perspectives, Marina G Ogden brings the pioneering thoughts of the three twentieth-century innovators of European culture together Making a compelling case for affirming the concept of renewal as the foremost idea galvanizing cultural advancement in Europe at the beginning of the twentieth century as well as for its continued contemporary relevance, Ogden argues that the work of Warburg, Kandinsky and Shestov redefined the relationship between expression and perception, perception and memory, artist and artwork, and between artistic expression and form By engaging Sigmund Freud’s, William James,’ John Ruskin’s, Karl Jaspers,’ Maurice Merleau-Ponty’s and other thinkers insights into philosophy, art and the nature of creativity with those of Warburg, Kandinsky and Shestov, the exploratory perusal of the concept of renewal evokes interconnections between artistic, philosophical, and psychoanalytic viewpoints
Viral Behaviors
Viruses and Viral Phenomena across Science, Technology, and the Arts
Roberta Buiani, University of Toronto, Canada
In a new era of global virology that requires novel methodologies to improve the comprehension of viruses and viral phenomena, Viral Behaviors explores the cultural, material, and artistic significance of viral agents
Across a rich variety of case studies stemming from different areas of interest covering literature, the graphic arts and scientific visualization, as well as performance, installation and bioart this book asks whether embracing the complexity of viruses, rather than obsessively measuring, dissecting, or precisely mapping their parts and manifestations, may provide new methodological directions in the intersection of scientific thinking and artistic practice
The book examines the struggles and successes of science and technology to tame the elusive nature and behavior of viruses, and the potential of art-based and cross-disciplinary collaborations to better communicate their complex making and intense entanglement with the world at large Combining perspectives from art, philosophy, science and technology, it places biological and informational viruses alongside each other, revealing that, while the two types of agents affect the world in very different ways, their histories and manifestations contain surprising similarities that speak to a cultural continuum
COLLECTIONS
Visual Cultures and German Contexts
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
288 Pages • 73 bw illus
PB 9781350540170 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350540163 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350540200 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350540194 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2025 • US March 2025
340 Pages • 35 BW photos
HB 9798881804244 • £73 00 / $95 00
ePub 9798881804268 • £65 70 / $85 50 Rowman & Littlefield Publishers
Erotic Art in Modern Germany
Visual Cultures of Sex, 1871-1945
Edited by Camilla Smith, University of
Birmingham, UK & Ty Vanover, Dickinson College, USA
In what ways can erotica chart the story of a nation in transition? What can it reveal about the discontinuities and uncomfortable parallels between the periods of political and economic turmoil that characterize modern German history?
The rapid modernization of the German Empire in 1871 led to large-scale transformations in the cultural, social, and political spheres Exploring a rich diversity of erotic visual art from paintings and photographs, to postcard and graphic folios this volume reveals the impact of these changes on the erotic interests of the nation
Exploring various forms of artistic production, reception, and circulation, Erotic Art in Modern Germany argues for the cultural value of erotica in modern Germany It presents work by both highly regarded and lesser-known artists and explores themes such as legal cultures and the impact of censorship, sexuality and sexual reform, and changing political frameworks, from imperialism to fascism With its holistic, cross-disciplinary approach drawing from the fields of anthropology, film theory, Marxism, feminism, and trans- and queer theories the book complicates simplistic understandings of ‘modern’ erotica and powerfully underlines its enduring significance as a site of dissent and experimentation
Evelyn Beatrice Longman
The Woman Who Sculpted Golden Boy, Thomas Edison, and Other Monuments
Patricia Hoerth Batchelder
Poor, motherless at 5, uneducated after elementary school, Mary Evelyn Beatrice Longman made the presumptuous and ludicrous claim in 1893, at age 19, that she could create monumental public sculptures And, despite the fact that this was a field dominated by men, she did: the Genius of Electricity atop the AT&T tower in New York City; ornamentation of Lincoln speeches inside the Lincoln Memorial in Washington, D C ; Thomas Edison in the Deutsches Museum, Munich, and the Naval Research Lab, Washington D C ; chapel doors at the U S Naval Academy in Annapolis, Md , and Wellesley College in Massachusetts; the William Boyd Allison Memorial on the grounds of the Iowa State Capitol, plus other monumental pieces and more than 100 portraits She was the first woman sculptor to become a full member of the National Academy of Design
The story of Evelyn Beatrice Longman's success embodies themes of recognizing our deepest desire in life and finding a way to live it This book tells the story of how this uneducated, impoverished young woman created beauty in such a big way; how she moved into a milieu so different from her childhood, and succeeded in a field of art that was overwhelmingly dominated by men It is an account of sacrifice and triumph amid changing times as well as the timeless human challenge of negotiating life with integrity
COLLECTIONS
Contextualizing Art Markets
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
312 Pages 50 colour illus
PB 9781350382343 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350382305 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350382312 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350382329 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
The Valentine Gallery
The Forgotten Story of Valentine Dudensing, Matisse, Picasso, and the US Market for Modern Art (1926–1947)
Julia May Boddewyn, Independent, USA
This is the first book to examine the key role played by New York gallerist and dealer Valentine Dudensing (18921967) in shaping the canon of modern art in the United States
It reveals how Dudensing developed relationships with the country’s leading art collectors, establishing the market and bringing some of modernism’s most celebrated artists to American consciousness in the process Many of the paintings that he imported from Europe are now the cornerstones of US museum collections
Before the Museum of Modern Art opened in 1929, there were few places in New York to see contemporary art from Paris –the Valentine Gallery was one of them In the intimate and elegant rooms of the gallery's townhouse premises on 57th Street, the public witnessed the first solo US shows of Giorgio de Chirico and Joan Miró, the first retrospective of Henri Matisse, and Piet Mondrian's only lifetime solo exhibition In 1939, Pablo Picasso's masterpiece Guernica made its US debut there Despite its preeminent reputation as a leading centre for modern art for over two decades, the Valentine Gallery name has been lost to history Dudensing quietly closed the gallery in May 1947 and seemingly disappeared His death two decades later went unreported in the press
Drawing on a wealth of primary source materials, including the gallery's long-lost sales records, The Valentine Gallery unearths the story of this preeminent forum for modern art, revealing how a pioneering gallerist brought the School of Paris to eminence in the US, and ultimately changed the country's artistic taste forever
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
304 Pages • 64 colour & 78 bw illus
HB 9781350428539 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350428577 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350428546 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350428553 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Art and Identity in Spain, 1833–1956
The Orient Within Claudia Hopkins, University of Edinburgh, Scotland
Richly illustrated, this is the first study in English to explore the longevity of Orientalist art in Spain over a period of 120 years.
It highlights how artists in Spain shaped perceptions of Al-Andalus (Iberia under Islam 711–1492) and northern Morocco, from Spain’s liberal revolution of the 1830s to the end of the Protectorate of Morocco in 1956 Combining art history with a cultural studies approach, Hopkins foregrounds the diverse issues that underpin Orientalist expression: reflections on history and the nation, cultural nationalism, gender and sexuality, aesthetics and art commerce, colonialism and racial thinking In the process, the book challenges over-familiar understandings of Western Orientalism
Beyond Fortuny and Sorolla, many unfamiliar artists and exhibitions are introduced, amongst them Villaamil, whose nostalgic landscapes evoked the loss of Andalusi culture; Bécquer, who celebrated Spanish-Moroccan peace-making through the lens of Velázquez; the Symbolist Rusiñol, whose images of the Alhambra are infused with melancholy; Morcillo, whose extraordinary camp images opened a new space for male subjectivity; Tapiró and Bertuchi, who dedicated their lives to Morocco, and the Moroccan Sarghini, who participated in the state-funded Painters of Africa exhibitions in Franco’s Madrid
UK February 2026 US April 2026
192 Pages • 42 colour illus
HB 9781350415720 £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350415713 • £23 99 / $32 95
ePDF 9781350415737 £21 59 / $29 65
ePub 9781350415744 • £21 59 / $29 65
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Critical Design in Context
History,
Theory and Practices
Matt Malpass
Critical Design in Context has become a key text in design literature offering a conceptual introduction to the methods and operation of Critical and Speculative Design practice, and explaining how critical design can work in practice through a range of contemporary examples.
Critical Design moves away from traditional approaches that limit design's role to the production of profitable objects, focusing instead on a practice that is interrogative, discursive and experimental Since its publication and continued dissemination there is a much more diverse and plural body of practice that can be presented and discussed in a context of Critical Speculative Design (CSD) beyond the scope and gaze of the industrial designer This second edition begins to address this plurality in practice and extends the examples presented It considers Interaction Design (UI, UX), Futures and anticipatory innovation and design examples from critical service design, fashion design and design led social innovation
The text focuses more on the relationship between critical / speculative design and design futures, experiential futures, and foresight It introduces plural ontological design and its world-building agency in address to complex matters of concern In this new edition, the author also draws upon the theoretical work of Deepa Butoliya, Daniela K Rosner and others who have moved the contextual discourse of critical design to consider more diverse accounts and interpretations of the practice
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
344 Pages • 74 B&W illus
HB 9781350338074
• £80 00 / $110 00
PB 9781350338067 • £26 99 / $36 95
ePDF 9781350338098 • £24 29 / $33 25
ePub 9781350338081 £24 29 / $33 25
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Design
Beyond the Human
Transdisciplinary Conversations about the Planet
Edited by Elio Caccavale, Glasgow School of Art, UK & Gordon Hush, Glasgow School of Art, UK
How can design shine a light on humanity’s relationship with the planet, its ecosystems and inhabitants, now and in the future
Design Beyond the Human is a collection of essays by international scholars, designers and engaged citizens traversing activism, anthropology, conservation, creative writing, design practice, design theory, economics, education, environmental humanities, ethics, history, indigenous knowledge, law, philosophy, poetry, politics, regenerative agriculture, science, sociology and technology Divided into three sections - We Are Not Alone, Design Beyond the Human, and Mediating Human–Non-Human Relations Through Design - the text generates conversations capable of thinking about life on planet Earth, challenging the Anglo-European anthropocentric conceptualisation of design that dominates practice, education, and academic discourse Each section is unique: charting the transdisciplinary cultural perspective that is required to comprehend our predicament, the critique of human-centred design and its interdependence with capitalism, and the nascent practices and projects that are attempting to reconcile humanity's possible relationship with the planet, its ecosystems and inhabitants
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
344 Pages 56 bw illus
PB 9781350330023 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350329980 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350329997 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350330009 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Place and Parametricism
Critical, Archival and Digital Approaches to Contemporary Design
Edited by Mark Burry, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia, Gini Lee, University of Melbourne, Australia, Jeff Malpas, University of Tasmania, Australia, Stanislav Roudavski, University of Melbourne, Australia & Mark Taylor, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia
Can qualitative ideas of place be adequately encompassed by the quantitative methods of digital and parametric design? This wide-ranging and multi-faceted book explores how designers and architects capture the deeper qualities of place though their practice It provides a rigorous exploration of the nature of place and its role in design in parallel with a detailed analysis of the nature of parametricism
Parametric design aims to encompass all design criteria and values relating to how a building might be experienced by using algorithmic processes and computational technology Drawing on ideas and approaches from diverse, disciplinary perspectives, essays in this book argue for greater attentiveness to place in contemporary design practice, and consider the potential of parametric techniques to enhance the engagement with place in design contexts Considering place beyond the designer ’s touch, chapters explore other creative disciplines such as literature, art and music, seeking commonalities across the realm of imaginative endeavour in the creation of a tangible sense of place, environment and experience Authors also discuss notions of atmosphere and interiority, and consider the potential to extend beyond the bounded internality of architectural spaces and examine interiority through ecological systems, identity and urbanism
COLLECTIONS
Critical Craft Studies
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
224 Pages • 34 bw illus
HB 9781350359369 • £65 00 / $90 00
PB 9781350359352 • £21 99 / $29 95
ePDF 9781350359383 • £19 79 / $26 95
ePub 9781350359376 • £19 79 / $26 95
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
Bloomsbury Visual Arts Handbooks
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
536 Pages • 63 B&W illus, 19 tables
HB 9781350330283 • £140 00 / $190 00
ePDF 9781350330290 • £126 00 / $171 00
ePub 9781350330306 • £126 00 / $171 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages 50 bw illus and 8 colour plates
HB 9781350157491 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350569140 £32 99 / $44 95
ePDF 9781350157514 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350157507 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Queer Crafts
Material Practices and the Making of Identity
Daniel Fountain, University of Exeter, UK
Through a focused analysis of work made from textiles, ceramics, wood, paper, metal, and glass, this book explores how contemporary artists, designers, and practitioners identifying as LGBTQ+ use a range of craft materials and processes to explore their identity and queerness
Queer Crafts provides a nuanced and timely study of the dynamic intersection of queerness and craft, examining a wide range of media – textiles, ceramics, wood, paper, metal, and glass Daniel Fountain demonstrates how LGBTQ+ practitioners – including LJ Roberts, Paul Yore, Rose Schmits, Nicki Green, Hansel Tai, Affect Metals, Troy Montes-Michie, Antonius Tín-Bui, Raul De Lara, Nifemi Ogunro, Tim Tate, and Hamad Butt – use these materials as powerful vehicles for self-expression, community building, and social critique Reframing craft through a queer and trans theoretical lens, the book analyzes how these practitioners reclaim histories, rewrite narratives, disrupt hierarchies, and craft their own worlds A significant contribution to the field, Queer Crafts is an invaluable resource for scholars and practitioners across a range of disciplines
The Bloomsbury Handbook of Service Design
Plural perspectives and a critical contemporary agenda
Edited by Lara Penin, Parsons School of Design, USA, Alison Prendiville, LCC, University of the Arts, UK & Daniela Sangiorgi, Lancaster University, UK
Drawing on a diverse array of service and design related thinkers and practitioners, this volume is a timely and critical review of the themes and intersecting disciplines that are questioning and opening up the field towards plural perspectives, showing its complexity, exposing its challenges and offering practical examples and directions
With the growing popularity of service design both in industry and academia, The Bloomsbury Handbook of Service Design examines the discipline’s core principles to develop our understanding of the context, role and impact of this practice The editors bring together multiple voices from around the world to share experiences and perspectives on how service design interacts with global topics such as climate, social justice and racial issues, and looks at directions for the future
Organised into five distinct sections, chapters explore a variety of key topics within the world of service design, including Plural Service & Design Cosmologies, A Critical Agenda for Service Design, Contextualising Services, Systems and Change, Developing Service Design Practices and Approaches, and Building Futures
Tupaia, Captain Cook and the Voyage of the Endeavour A Material History
Edited by Khadija von Zinnenburg Carroll, Central European University, Austria
Centring priest and navigator Tupaia and Pacific worldviews, this richly illustrated volume weaves a new set of cultural histories in the Pacific, between local islanders and the crew of the Endeavour on James Cook’s first ‘voyage of discovery’ (1768-1771) Contributors consider material collections brought back from the voyage, paying particular attention to Tupaia's drawings, maps, cloth and clothes, and the attending narratives that framed Britain’s engagement with Pacific peoples
Bringing together indigenous and Pacific-based artists, scholars, historians, theorists and tailors, this book presents a crosscultural conversation around the concepts of acquired and curated artefacts that traversed oceans and entwined cultures Each chapter draws attention to a particular material, object or process to reveal fresh insights on the voyage, the societies it brought together and the histories it transformed Authors also explore animal iconography, instruments and ethnomusicology, and performances and rituals
This work challenges colonial museum collections and celebrations of Cook’s voyages, using materials old and new to make connections between past and present, whilst reinforcing Tupaia’s agency as both a historical figure and a contemporary muse This book draws a picture of the diverse materials and people at the centre of cultural exchange
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
256 Pages • 400 color illus
HB 9781350293045 £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350293038 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350293052 £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350293069 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
376 Pages • 50 colour illus
HB 9781350514089
• £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9781350514072 • £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9781350514096
• £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
UK November 2025 • US November 2025
264 Pages 102 color and 38 b&w illus
PB 9781350428188 • £25 00 / $35 00
ePDF 9781350428195 £22 50 / $31 50
ePub 9781350428201 • £22 50 / $31 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
How to Read a Wedding Dress
A Guide to Changing Bridal Fashion from the 18th to the 21st Century
Lydia Edwards, Edith Cowan University, Australia
Lavishly illustrated in full color, How to Read a Wedding Dress displays annotated images of historical garments that outline important features and highlight how styles have developed over time, offering a fascinating overview of changing bridal trends over three centuries
In this ideal companion to her bestselling guide, How to Read a Dress, Lydia Edwards offers a fascinating glimpse into the evolution of bridal wear around the world, from the Renaissance up to the modern day This guide explores prevalent trends and developments, including how the Victorian fashion for white silk (a break from the previous 18th-century tradition of the bride simply donning a ‘best’ dress) over the course of the 19th century developed into the now familiar and indeed ubiquitous cultural icon of the white wedding dress and veil Finally, she explores how today, brides worldwide are reimagining the past and incorporating ‘vintage’ style as an integral part of their big day and considers style choices influenced by gender identity fluidity and same-sex marriage
Equipping the reader with eclectic examples of bridal wear over the centuries, this is the ultimate guide to the wedding dress for students, researchers of fashion history, and anyone looking for inspiration for their big day
Charlotte Brontë's Life Through Clothes
Eleanor Houghton, Historical costume consultant, writer and illustrator
Meet the real, thinking, feeling woman that was Charlotte Brontë, as told in this biography by the surviving witnesses to her life – the clothes that she once wore. These garments were present as she penned Jane Eyre, as she walked the cobbled streets of Haworth, and as she stood with her fiancé at the altar in the summer of 1854 Yet, until now, their testimonies had remained unheard
Renowned Brontë scholar and dress historian Eleanor Houghton’s innovative, richly illustrated biography, Charlotte Brontë’s Life Through Clothes, finally gives voice to the gowns, bonnets, shawls, corsets, parasols and boots that make up the novelist’s wardrobe Secrets are revealed in their very fibres Brontë’s steel busked corset tells the story of corporate espionage and forbidden love, whilst her striped, silk dress shows how she coped with the new-found pressures of fame When exposed to 21st century technology, a tiny sample of fabric from her ‘Thackeray Dress’ reveals important innovations of the Industrial Revolution going on around her and a black lace veil expresses how she dealt with repeated familial loss
These clothes, some of which still bear the imprint of her foot or the sweat from her pores, prove themselves to be more than mere celebrity curios Set alongside letters, portraits, her novels and the recollections of those who knew her well, Charlotte emerges as a woman altogether braver, more vulnerable, less isolated, less provincial, more fashion conscious than anyone ever expected Myths are shattered, preconceptions challenged, and the real Charlotte Brontë finally emerges
Dress, Dreams, and Desire
A History of Fashion and Psychoanalysis
Valerie Steele, Director and Chief Curator of The Museum at the Fashion Institute of Technology, New York, USA
What can psychoanalysis tell us about the power and allure of fashion? Valerie Steele, author of Dress, Dreams and Desire, was described by critic Suzy Menkes as “the Freud of fashion ” In this pathbreaking book, the first cultural history of fashion and psychoanalysis, Steele does not merely hold a mirror up to fashion’s surface, she looks into its soul
A renowned fashion historian, Steele draws on key psychoanalytic concepts about the body, sexuality, and the unconscious – from the dream theories of Freud and Jung to Lacan’s mirror stage and Anzieu’s skin ego – to interpret the work of designers such as Elsa Schiaparelli, Gianni Versace, and Alexander McQueen She explores how fashion is the lens through which we see ourselves – and how others see us Far from being superficial, fashion can be regarded as a “deep surface” that communicates our unconscious desires and anxieties, with none of us fully aware of what we are "saying" with the clothes we wear
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
304 Pages • 100 color illus
HB 9781350109810 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350109803 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350109827 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350109834 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Capitalism’s Favorite Child
Global Fashion Business since 1850
Pierre-Yves Donzé, Osaka University, Japan & Ben Wubs, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands
Combining research methods from business and global history, Donzé and Wubs equip readers with a vital and expansive new analysis of the development of the global fashion industry from the mid-19th century to today
Ranging across Europe, the Americas and Asia over two centuries, Donzé and Wubs bring the work of manufacturers and designers together with trade associations, fashion forecasters and retailers to investigate the transformations of this truly global business New data and sources reveal unexpected threads and detail within even such well-trodden narratives as Chanel under the occupation, the Nylon revolution, and the retail strategy of United Colours of Benetton
What impact do the hidden histories of fabric trades such as cotton, wool and silk have on how we dress today? What continues to divide ‘high’ and ‘low’ fashion when low-cost production countries transition into high-income economies? How do technological changes from ‘fast fashion’ to e-commerce trace back to the industry’s beginnings – and what can we learn from this history about what the future might hold?
Featuring new work on unstudied areas from Swiss silk companies in East Asia to the influence of finance on modern fashion, this is the most global, long-term, and interconnected history of the industry to date
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
176 Pages • 35 bw illus
HB 9781350545335 • £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350545328 • £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350545342 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350545359 • £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Luxury Brand Management and Heritage Revival Case Studies from the Swiss Watch Industry
Pierre-Yves Donzé, Osaka University, Japan & Harry Guhl, Investor and businessman
Pierre-Yves Donzé and Harry Guhl analyze the strategies used to relaunch luxury brands, focusing on 11 case studies from the Swiss watch industry including Patek Philippe, Hublot and Breguet
This perceptive study reveals the role of heritage in successful luxury brand management, showcasing how it has been strategically employed to revive brands in three ways: relaunching vanished brands; recovery of declining brands; and leveraging heritage to launch completely new brands Tracking the history and growth of this influential market from its transformation into a luxury industry to the impact of the Apple Watch, the authors provide statistical overviews and explore topics such as the importance of heritage, the legal protection of trademarks and the success and failure of certain brand revivals
Bringing industry expertise as well as an academic perspective, the authors offer both a practical and critical insight into this lucrative global industry, making this book an invaluable tool for students and professionals interested in the strategies used to build, market and manage luxury brands
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US January 2026
272 Pages • 74 colour halftones, 5 line
drawings
HB 9781788313681
• £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9780755638413 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9780755638420 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
296 Pages • 53 bw and 15 colour illus
PB 9781350253070 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350253025 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350253032 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350253049 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Dress in Auschwitz
Clothing and Survival in the Holocaust
Sofia Pantouvaki, Aalto University, Finland
Exploring the experience of Auschwitz prisoners through the lens of dress and clothing, Dress in Auschwitz examines clothing's profound importance to the inmates' physical, psychological, and spiritual survival Drawing on a wide range of sources, including survivor memoirs, testimonies, personal interviews, surviving garments, and rare illustrations, Sofia Pantouvaki focuses on inmates’ sartorial activities and the intimate psychological relationships that developed between prisoners and their clothes In so doing, she highlights how clothing was vital in facilitating inmates’ daily lives, improving their chances of survival in the camp, and supporting the desire for personal expression in a dehumanizing environment
Holocaust survivors’ memoirs and interviews have increasingly evidenced that the infamous striped uniforms were not the standard clothing throughout the years of the Nazi concentration camp system As the war continued and shortages intensified, prisoners were often given a wide range of garments
Dress in Auschwitz allows us a glimpse of the persons’ individual - and sometimes very private - experiences of concentration camp life and suggests that the notion of ‘elegance’ operated as a social construct and a motivating force even in such punishing conditions
Feathers, Frills and Fancy Goods
The British millinery trade from the 17th to the 19th centuries Pam Inder, Independent Scholar, UK
Tracing its development from a trade devoted to selling small needlework articles, ribbons and trimmings to one chiefly concerned with making and selling hats and bonnets, Feathers, Frills and Fancy Goods is an examination of the millinery trade from the early 17th century to the Victorian period
The term ‘milliner ’ derives from milan-er – seller of goods from Milan Milliners sold ‘small wares’ – pins, needles, thread, tapes, ribbons, laces, soft leathers for belts and purses, gloves, hosiery and other decorative items which often, but not invariably, included caps and hats Feathers, Frills and Fancy Goods traces the history of the millinery trade from the late 16th century, when most milliners were men, to the 19th century, when an increasing number of women had moved into the industry, and the term ‘milliner ’ began to take on its contemporary meaning of ‘hat maker/seller ’
Drawing on a wealth of unpublished and primary sources, and illustrated with over 65 images, Feathers, Frills and Fancy Goods traces the evolution of this complex and under-researched trade and grants new insights into working class life in 18th- and 19th-century Britain
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
240 Pages 160 colour illus
PB 9781350531048 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350531000 £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9781350531017 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9781350531024 • £81 00 / $108 00
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Performance Costume in 18th-Century France
Louis-René Boquet Between Tradition and Reform
Petra Zeller Dotlacilová, Stockholm University, Sweden
Petra Zeller Dotlacilová's study examines the development of theatrical costumes in France during the long 18th century, including the abandonment of long-established traditions, the need to negotiate with the dictates of fashion, and the translation of new ideas into material practice
Using Louis-René Boquet (1717–1814) - the leading costume designer of the French court and the Paris Opera - as its lens, the book traces the development of costume reform from an aesthetics of propriety, defined by strict conventions, to an aesthetics of truthfulness, more open to ideas and inspiration from the visual arts and from real life
Full of rich primary source material in the form of newspaper articles, letters, plays, librettos, drawings and images of garments, and illustrated in full colour throughout, the author shows how playwrights, theatre managers, designers, tailors and performers all contributed to the changes in the design and conception of costume during the 18th century
Dress Cultures
COLLECTIONS
UK March 2026 • US March 2026
224 Pages • 23 colour illus
HB 9781350385832 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350385870 • £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350385849 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350385856 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
In American Fashion
Ruth Finley's Fashion Calendar
Natalie Nudell, Fashion Institute of Technology, SUNY, USA
In American Fashion is the first scholarly analysis of the Fashion Calendar, the unique scheduling service and trade publication for the American fashion and creative industries between 1941 and 2014
Published by Ruth Finley for almost seven decades, the Calendar had an extensive impact on the development of the American fashion industry in the 20th century Unlike European fashion capitals, the American fashion industry relied on an independent small publisher to manage the schedule of an ever-growing industry In American Fashion shows how this independent position influenced the democratic approach reflected in the industry in the United States Finley’s unique contribution to the development of the time-system and culture of American fashion made her a key player during the ascendency of American fashion design
Natalie Nudell unveils the Fashion Calendar as a historical archive, and also looks at its development into an open-source digital humanities project Through historical analysis and the upcoming digitization of the Ruth Finley Collection, this study unpacks the history and impact of the publication and the women behind it
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026
• US January 2026
256 Pages • 136 colour illus
HB 9781350444638 • £90 00 / $120 00
PB 9781350444621 • £29 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350444645 • £26 99 / $35 95
ePub 9781350444652 • £26 99 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Refashioning Bill Gibb for the 21st Century
Edited by Josephine Steed, Robert Gordon University, UK & Shane Strachan, University of Aberdeen, UK
Discover the life and work of one of the most innovative designers of 20th-century British fashion, Bill Gibb, in this richly illustrated reappraisal of his work
Scottish-born Bill Gibb (1943–1988) was a fashion pioneer whose fantastical designs encapsulate the vibrancy of the 1970s British Vogue awarded him the title Designer of the Year in 1970, but despite his contemporary relevance and associations with fashion icons like Bianca Jagger, Elizabeth Taylor and Twiggy, his legacy remains largely unexplored
With a foreword by Dame Zandra Rhodes, this groundbreaking book redefines Gibb's contribution to fashion design, with insights from experts including Iain R Webb, N J Stevenson, Jeena Sharma, Marie McLoughlin, and Christine Rew There are also interviews with Gibb’s sisters, fashion designer Giles Deacon and Gibb’s long-time collaborator Kaffe Fassett to present a more personal perspective on his creative journey and attitudes to contemporary concerns like sustainability and cultural appropriation
Featuring over 100 colour illustrations including previously unpublished fashion drawings, patterns, and garments, this edited collection offers a unique perspective on Gibb's artistic vision and shows how 21st century designers can learn from his unique body of work
UK February 2026 US January 2026
448 Pages • 300 colour illus
PB 9781501392061 £80 00 / $110 00
ePDF 9781501392085 • £72 00 / $99 00
ePub 9781501392078 £72 00 / $99 00
Fairchild Books
Global Perspectives
Dress and Fashion in the 20th and 21st Centuries - with STUDIO
José Blanco F , Fashion Institute of Technology, USA
Global Perspectives: Dress and Fashion in the 20th and 21st Centuries frames the history of modern and contemporary dress and fashion in a global and diverse context, broadening the traditional dominance placed on European and American (“The West”) design by including examples from every continent Students will explore fashion as a global phenomenon through a series of relevant and connected case studies The text invites readers to reflect on their own experiences and points of view, explore their own location and identity, and develop critical thinking skills to interpret and analyze complex issues such as colonialism, post-colonialism, globalization, and cultural appropriation and how this has affected the perception of modern and contemporary fashion history
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
• 27 bw illustrations
312 Pages
HB 9781350517455
• £75 00 / $100 00
PB 9781350517448
• £24 99 / $34 95
ePDF 9781350517462 • £22 49 / $31 45
ePub 9781350517479 £22 49 / $31 45
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
The New Latin American Fashion Reader
Edited by Regina A Root, William and Mary College, USA & Stephanie N Saunders
The New Latin American Fashion Reader invites readers to engage with key questions and in contemporary debates around decolonization, sustainability, and agency, in the context of Latin American fashion production and design
With its publication in 2005, The Latin American Fashion Reader established a more diverse and inclusive approach to fashion, bringing about explorations of historical foundations, altered cultural landscapes, and the potential to understand more fully consumption trends Since then, Latin American fashion’s presence on the international stage has grown amidst an urgent need for decolonization, increased representation and sustainability, at moments of political upheaval
Taking up the story where The Latin American Fashion Reader left off, this multi-authored book allows contributors from the Americas and beyond, many of whom have encountered challenges to their craft and work, to share experiences, ideas, and knowledge
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
296 Pages 56 bw and 86 color illus
PB 9781350318748 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350303218 £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350318717 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350318724 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Marginal Fashion Publishing Tactics, Practices, Market Forces
Laura Gardner
Surveying the dynamic and collaborative activity of marginal fashion publishers of the 1990s onwards for the first time, Laura Gardner explores artistic and critical publishing at the fringes of the commercial system and their impact on the discourse and practice of fashion
Putting these marginal practices at the centre of a discussion on fashion media, she explores their techniques, including makeshift production, parasitic economies, mirror forms, quasi-archives, pseudonymic writing, immaterial and fictional garments
With a focus on artists’ publishing and discourse on publishing in other creative fields, these projects and their radical approaches to production, content and dissemination, are examined in depth Drawing on interviews and reproductions, this book puts forward fashion’s history and active practice of experimental, performative and counter-cultural publishing, making the case that these projects - despite restrictions of scale, funding and geography - can critique, experiment with, and altogether reimagine the fashion system
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
416 Pages • 550 color illus
PB 9781350360174 £39 99 / $59 95
ePDF 9781350360167 • £35 99 / $53 95
ePub 9781350360181 £35 99 / $53 95
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Plus-size Patternmaking for Womenswear
Inclusive Sizing, Pattern Drafting, and Fitting
Gabby Brown, Apparel Consultant and Technical Designer, Star Island XO, LLC & Leila Kelleher, Humber College/University of Guelph-Humber, Canada
An essential guide to patternmaking for plus-size fashion, and the specialized skills, shapes, and techniques required to achieve a great fit and make beautiful clothing that truly understands plus-size bodies.
Featuring all the major block types for contemporary apparel – from fitted bodices to T-shirts, sleeve variations to swimwear – and packed with clear illustrations and step-by-step guidance, Brown and Kelleher guide you through: drafting a complete set of plus-size blocks suitable for use with models and clients; industry plus-size fit forms; adapting existing designs for plus sizes and practical skills for respectful measuring, fitting, and working with larger bodies Covering every step of the patterndrafting process, from developing a size chart, to considering mobility and wearing ease, to adapting smaller dress forms for use with plus-sizes, this book is an essential textbook for all modern fashion and apparel students
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
232 Pages • 275 colour illus
PB 9781350339712
• £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350339705 • £26 09 / $35 95
ePub 9781350339736 • £26 09 / $35 95
Bloomsbury Visual Arts COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026
• US February 2026
424 Pages 200 colour illus
HB 9781350504332 • £120 00 / $160 00
PB 9781350504349 £36 99 / $49 95
ePDF 9781350504356 • £33 29 / $44 95
ePub 9781350504363 • £33 29 / $44 95
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
19th-Century Patterns for the Modern Body
A Step-by-Step Guide
M Elaine MacKay, Independent Researcher
Whether you’re adapting a Regency, American Civil War, Victorian or early Belle Époque pattern, costume designer and historian M Elaine MacKay guides you through creating a historically accurate garment perfectly fitted for the modern wearer
Illustrated with clear diagrams of bodice, skirt, and sleeve blocks, this step-by-step guide demonstrates how to alter modern pattern blocks to achieve authentic period designs for various modern body shapes With techniques that can be easily transferred to any garment, each chapter details the techniques distinctive to each decade – from dramatic changes in the use of panels and bias, through the crinolines and bustles of the 1850s and 1870s, to the gored skirts and swept hems of the elegant 1890s
You'll also find examples of finished mock-up garments created using the book’s techniques, historical context on the society in which each dress might have been worn, and an accompanying online resource providing basic pattern blocks to download and adapt
The Great Fashion Designers
From Chanel to Galliano, the names that made fashion history
Brenda Polan, formerly of the University of the Arts London, UK & Roger Tredre, University of the Arts London, UK
Over the course of the last 180 years, designers have transformed fashion from an elite craft into a cornerstone of global popular culture
This brilliantly written classic guide to the lives and collections of 59 iconic fashion designers was first published in 2009 and is now available in this fully revised and expanded third edition It draws on the latest academic research and the best of fashion journalism, including the authors’ own interviews with designers Beginning with Charles Frederick Worth and concluding with the star names of the twenty-first century, the book details each designer's working methods and career highlights with engaging essays that capture the spirit of their times
This new edition widens its remit to explore designers making waves beyond the Western world It features six new designer profiles: Virgil Abloh, Iris van Herpen, Japan’s Nigo, China’s Uma Wang, India’s Sabyasachi and Nigeria’s Shade ThomasFahm The text has also been updated throughout to reflect growing concern within the fashion world over sustainability issues, and to document a business in constant ferment
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 US February 2026
304 Pages • 50 bw illus
PB 9781350501201
£28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350501164 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350501188 £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350501171 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
Dress and Fashion Research
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
240 Pages • 16 colour illus
HB 9781350284098
• £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350284135
• £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350284104
• £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350284111 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
288 Pages 20 colour illus
HB 9781350301665 • £85 00 / $115 00
PB 9781350301702 £28 99 / $39 95
ePDF 9781350301672 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350301689 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Queering Masculinities in Antwerp Fashion Menswear, Bodies and Sexuality
Nicola Brajato, University of Antwerp, Belgium
Drawing new lines between the creative practices of influential Antwerp designers from the 1980s to the 2020s, this vibrant study dissects how menswear, male bodies, and male sexuality have been radically queered through the lens of a crucial epicentre of avant-garde fashion
Retracing and updating historical narratives of the Antwerp fashion scene, Queering Masculinities in Antwerp Fashion expands the focus from the ‘Antwerp Six’ to a new generation of radical designers From Walter Van Beirendonck and Dirk Bikkembergs to Raf Simons, Bernhard Willhelm, and Glenn Martens, these designers variously use disruptive fashion practices to move beyond gender binaries, affirm non-normative bodies, and embody queer sexual politics through coded and explicit sexual references Through archival material from Belgian and international fashion museums – from fashion show and campaign photographs to invitations and look-books – and interviews with key figures from the scene, Antwerp emerges as a major, vibrant context for questioning and queering masculinities through vanguardist fashion practice
Integrating rich case studies with key theoretical perspectives, Nicola Brajato offers a conceptual framework for engaging critically with cultural shifts in masculinities, men’s fashion, and identity
Sustainable Fashion, Migrants, Embroidery
Ateliers of 'Social Integration'
Alessandra Lopez y Royo, Independent scholar
Sustainable Fashion, Migrants, Embroidery: Ateliers of 'Social Integration' tells of community-led ‘solidarity ateliers’ engaged in sewing and embroidery activities which, in the Global North and Global South, are providing a vital alternative to neoliberal and neo-colonial fashion paradigms
On encountering several ateliers solidaires/sartorie sociali during her immersive fieldwork, for which she travelled to Morocco and Southern Italy, and contrasting her findings with her knowledge of parallel and analogous initiatives in London, Alessandra Lopez y Royo suggests that despite their different outlook and approach these ateliers can be inscribed within an ever-growing economy of solidarity and sharing
With a uniquely combined focus on sustainability, fashion and migration, Lopez y Royo examines how the ateliers foreground a powerful social inclusion agenda, encouraging migrants (and refugees) to collaborate, exchange knowledge, and foster communities on a level playing field with locals
Lopez y Royo uses micro-studies to illuminate a broader path to a more inclusive, sustainable, and socially conscious industry, presenting a fresh perspective on repurposing and upcycling
The Rise of the Stylist Subculture, Style and the Fashion Image in London 1980–1990 Philip Clarke, Central Saint Martins, London, UK
The Rise of the Stylist examines the social factors that contributed to the stylist becoming a key role in fashion image-making The 1980s' stylist is presented as a cultural intermediary and auteur, as commercial compass and avantgarde innovator
Focusing on London from 1980 to 1990, Philip Clarke draws on oral history interviews with the young creatives who were involved in the specific subcultural scenes, educational environments and new modes of publishing that informed a unique moment in British cultural life By documenting the history of the stylist in fashion and dress, as well as their contribution to fields such as food photography and car manufacture, this study looks beyond the style press and bridges the gap between production and promotion
The Rise of the Stylist defines the specific nature of the stylist’s role in relation to that of other creative occupations and locates discussion of styling within the context of postmodern society, where political shifts, technological developments and changing attitudes in all fields of cultural production are reflected in the manufacture and dissemination of fashion
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
296 Pages • 61 colour illus
HB 9781350105584 • £100 00 / $135 00
PB 9781350105577 • £32 99 / $44 95
ePDF 9781350105591 • £29 69 / $40 45
ePub 9781350105607 • £29 69 / $40 45
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Textile Product Performance
A Practical Guide for Designers and Buyers
Angela Davies, De Montfort University, UK
Discover the fundamentals of selecting and testing textiles in the apparel industry Covering 80+ fibres and fabrics, Angela Davies explains how designers, technologists and buyers can effectively test and choose the most suitable textiles for their products
How do you ensure your winter gear will protect you from the cold and wet? Can you be sure a 'little black dress' won't look a little grey after two months? What fabric will endure playground tumbles, be soft on delicate skin, and still be affordable? Situating textile choice and testing within the wider industry, Textile Product Performance covers:
- testing methods to assess durability, aesthetics, comfort, health and safety for common materials and products - standard requirements and common international regulations
- helpful overviews of advanced textiles and testing methods, from sustainable textiles to medical materials
This practical guide also features 10 in-depth case studies with industry professionals including colouration experts, interior designers, and technologists from fashion brands like New Balance and River Island
Whether you’re a student, designer, or industry professional, Textile Product Performance is the essential resource to help you understand the fundamentals of textile selection and testing and apply these principles with confidence in your work
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 • US January 2026
224 Pages • 80 colour illus
PB 9781350423909 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350423862 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350423879 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350423886 • £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Indigo and Resist Dyeing
Performance, Metaphor and Materiality in Contemporary Cloth Linda Brassington, independent artist and researcher, and Fellow of the Royal Society of Arts and Churchill Trust, UK
Contemporary textile artist and researcher Linda Brassington provides an unexpected and expansive critical perspective on the practices, meanings and heritage of a global textile technique
Drawing connections across disciplines from visual arts to anthropology, Brassington provides a distinctly different alternative approach to the historical, technical and ethnographic accounts available International case studies from traditional and contemporary artists, practitioners and performers take us through workshops, studios and dye rooms from England to Central Europe and Japan Steeped in this practical and contextual understanding of the process, Brassington probes the visual and sensory language of her practice, the cultural anthropology of its formation, and the metaphorical and personal resonances of its materials, techniques, rhythms, and performative gestures
At the heart of her study lies a bold redefinition of intangible cultural heritage, one that recognizes artistic techniques and processes as living expressions of cultural identity and artistry Moving beyond the transmission of skills and knowledge, her lyrical accounts reveal indigo and resist dyeing as a sensory space of lived experience alongside material, colour and cloth, and make this innovative study an essential read for scholars, students, and practitioners alike
UK
PB 9798765121580
ePDF 9798765121597 • £67 49 / $90 00
ePub 9798765121603 • £67 49 / $90 00
Fairchild Books
Estimating and Costing for Interior Designers with STUDIO
Diana Allison, University of the Incarnate Word
Estimating and Costing for Interior Designers, Third Edition, provides interior design students with a systematic method to calculate accurately, correctly, and on budget for everything from floor-to-ceiling materials With introductory, intermediate, and advanced level exercises this text teaches readers at all levels a logical process for calculating materials and estimating the costs of installed products based on their math calculations Utilizing step-by-step examples and worksheets, this text simplifies the math used in the interior design field Sample problems and exercises take the calculations of quantities needed and apply material and labor costs, to discover the installed costs of the specified products Covering wall and ceiling treatments, window treatments, soft fabrications, upholstery, flooring, and cabinetry and countertops, this book is applicable to both commercial and residential design projects
New to This Edition:
- Metric measurements included in all step-by-step examples, activity worksheets, tables, exercises, and exercise answers
- A solid understanding of referencing appropriate codes when working is specified, especially the commercial field
-A variety of interior design disciplines (such as commercial, office, healthcare, and hospitality) with examples incorporated throughout the text
-Addressing sustainable materials and how costs may vary according to materials selected, utilized, and installed
- New images, floorplans, and tables are included for accuracy and currency
UK December 2025 • US December 2025
288 Pages • 280 colour illus
PB 9798765111178 • £90 00 / $120 00
ePDF 9798765111185 • £81 00 / $108 00
ePub 9798765111192 • £81 00 / $108 00
Fairchild Books
Fabric for the Designed Interior With STUDIO
Frank Theodore Koe, Pennsylvania State University, USA
Fabric for the Designed Interior, Third Edition, is a comprehensive text for students and professionals, addressing residential, commercial, and other interiors The book begins by placing fabric in a historic context, examining its connection to the growth of civilization Later chapters take a practical approach to provide readers with the tools they need for successfully specifying fabric, dealing with environmental and safety concerns, understanding fabric and carpet-care issues, working with bids and contracts, and learning strategies for navigating showrooms and fabricating facilities Leading designers, fabric manufacturers, and suppliers weigh in with their experiences, giving readers a clear idea of real-world expectations This new edition includes a new chapter on fabrics for transportation and leisure with the latest fabric technology
New to this Edition
New chapter on fabrics for transportation and leisure and fabric technology
Updates to include new interior codes
Designer ’s Field Guide feature boxes include exclusive interviews with professionals for industry insights
COLLECTIONS
UK January 2026 US November 2025
168 Pages • 220 colour images
HB 9781538186107
ePDF 9798881848934
ePub 9781538186114
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
£55 00 / $75 00
• £49 50 / $67 50
£49 50 / $67 50
The Art and Furniture of Tommy Simpson
Oscar P Fitzgerald
Tommy Simpson almost singlehandedly changed the direction of the Studio Furniture field
Trained as an artist at the Cranbrook Academy of Art, Tommy exhibited at more than 250 museums and galleries over his prolific 60-year career Despite the influence of his work and his prodigious output, there is no comprehensive biography or catalog of his work In addition to furniture, he created paintings, sculptures, rug designs, domestic interiors, ceramics, jewelry, toys, even a stamp for the U S Post Office Culminating all these formats in this full-color book with over 200 photographs of Simpson’s work, this volume will appeal to students, artists, furniture makers, collectors, and anyone intrigued by the humor, enchantment, and pure joy of his work
COLLECTIONS
UK February 2026 • US January 2026
240 Pages • 49 bw illus
PB 9781350575585 • £28 99 / $39 95
HB 9781350575547 • £85 00 / $115 00
ePDF 9781350575554 • £76 50 / $103 50
ePub 9781350575561 £76 50 / $103 50
Bloomsbury Visual Arts
Exhibition Matters
Contemporary Displays and Exhibition-Making Practices
Edited by Pamela Bianchi, École Nationale Supérieure d’Architecture Paris-Belleville (ENSAPB), France & Wesley Meuris, Sint Lucas Antwerpen, Belgium
‘The artwork is no longer the integral part of the exhibition; to curate an exhibition is to curate an experience ’
Bridging the gap between curatorial practices and spatial display methods, this book considers the impact of exhibition design not only on the material structure of the exhibition but also on its narrative potential
Exhibition Matters an international collection of writings from academics and practitioners explores this relationship between materiality and narrative, considering the contradictions inherent in exhibition design as strengths rather than limitations of a hybrid discipline
Exploring various devices and approaches to spatial dramaturgy (including exhibiting nature and the more-than-human, the multi-disciplinarity of the design process, and pioneering decolonial narratives) alongside innovative ways of studying them, each chapter shows how to move beyond traditional boundaries of exhibition design and elevate the discipline to an art form in itself With case studies from Brazil to Italy, Turkey to the USA, this volume provides real-life examples and theoretical reflections on art, architecture and design
The Cultural Histories Series
Each multi-volume set in the critically-acclaimed Cultural Histories series looks in depth at a subject through the lens of six historical periods, broadly:
Antiquity • The Medieval Age • The Renaissance • The Age of Enlightenment • The Age of Empire • The Modern Age
Each volume covers the same topics so readers can either dive deeply into a particular era or follow a theme across history. Sets are available in print for libraries needing just one subject or preferring a one-off purchase and tangible reference for their shelves, and also added to Bloomsbury Cultural History online as part of a fully-searchable digital library available to institutions by annual subscription or perpetual access (see www.bloomsburyculturalhistory.com).
The Cultural Histories Series
UK April 2026 • US February 2026
120 colour, 223 bw illus
HB 9781350071889 • £395 00 / $550 00 Bloomsbury Academic
The Cultural Histories Series
UK February 2026 • US February 2026
300 bw illus
HB 9781350165342 • £395 00 / $550 00 Bloomsbury Academic
A Cultural History of Beauty Volumes 1-6
A Cultural History of Beauty
Volumes 1-6
Edited by Paul R Deslandes
Edited by Paul R. Deslandes, University of Vermont, USA
How have shifting ideas about beauty related to the construction of social class, race, gender and other markers of difference? How have individuals sought to "improve" their bodies in order to enhance their status and attractiveness?
In a work that spans 2,500 years, these questions are addressed by 55 experts. Aided by a wide range of case material, they illustrate the practices and cultures of male and female beauty from antiquity to the present day.
Themes (and chapter titles) are: ideas of beauty; art and beauty; beauty, ugliness and ideas of difference; nakedness and beauty; grooming and hygiene; making the body beautiful; material culture, clothing and consumer practices; and desire, sexuality and beauty. Each volume opens with notes on contributors and an introduction and concludes with notes, bibliography, and an index.
Special introductory offer (valid up to 3 months after publication): £395 / $550 (full price: £440 / $610)
A Cultural History of Craft
Volumes 1-6
A Cultural History of Craft Volumes 1-6
Edited by Clive Edwards, Loughborough University, UK
Edited by Clive Edwards, Loughborough University, UK
Craft has a complex past. It is woven into the histories of materials, techniques and technologies, but also the histories of gender, class, politics, production, and consumption. The distinctions between craft practices – from the studio to the trade to the amateur - and the relationship of craft with art, design and technology have also altered the history of its practice.
A Cultural History of Craft presents the first comprehensive history of the subject. Themes (and chapter titles) are: concepts and perceptions of craft; society and politics; trade and exchange; fibres, textiles & dress; building and construction; ceramics and glass; woodworking and furniture; metal and jewelry; painting, graphics, printing and paper; representations of crafts
Each volume opens with notes on contributors and an introduction and concludes with notes, bibliography, and an index. Special introductory offer (valid up to 3 months after publication): £395 / $550 (full price: £440 / $610)
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
50 Bedford Square
London, WC1B 3DP
UK
T +44 (0)20 7631 5600
F +44 (0)20 7631 5800
E academicsalesUK@bloomsbury.com
Orders & Customer Services
Hachette UK Distribution
Hely Hutchinson Centre
Milton Road
Didcot
OX11 7HH
T +44 (0)1235 759555
E academic@hachette.co.uk
Matthew Emery
Academic & Professional Sales Director, UK and Export
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
M +44 (0)7979 524704
E matthew.emery@bloomsbury.com
Aline Bischof
Sales Administrator
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
E aline.bischof@bloomsbury.com
Madiha Qureshi
UK & Ireland Sales Assistant
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
E madiha.qureshi@bloomsbury.com
UK AND IRELAND
Sarah Ailsby
Head of UK & Ireland Sales
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
M +44 (0)7824 435717
E sarah.ailsby@bloomsbury.com
ADOPTION SALES: South East of England and London
Susannah Spillman
E susannah.spillman@bloomsbury.com
ADOPTION SALES: South West of England, Midlands, and Wales
Francesca Jenkinson
E francesca.jenkinson@bloomsbury.com
ADOPTION SALES: North of England and Scotland
Stephanie Roberts
E stephanie.roberts@bloomsbury.com
EUROPE
Jasmin Atkins
International Sales Manager
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
T +44 (0)2076 315865
E jasmin.atkins@bloomsbury.com
Scandinavia
Fazi Ramjhun
International Sales Manager
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
T +44 (0)770 832 4291
E fazi.ramjhun@bloomsbury.com
Central and Eastern Europe
Jacek Lewinson
Nowogrodzka 18m.20
PL-00-511 Warszawa
Poland
M +48 (0)502 603290
E jacek@jaceklewinson.com
Austria, Cyprus, Greece, and Israel
Phil Tyers
Tyers Book Sales Ltd
Kioutachias 7
14231 Nea Ionia, Athens, Greece
T +30 6977 558872
E philip@ptyers.com
Spain, Portugal, and Gibraltar
Charlotte Prout
Iberian Book Services
Sector Islas, 12, 1B 28760 Tres Cantos
Madrid, Spain
T +34 91 8034918
F +34 91 8035936
E cprout@iberianbookservices.com
ADOPTION SALES: Northern Europe
Cristian Vlug
Sales Manager
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
E cristian.vlug@bloomsbury.com
AFRICA
Middle East and North Africa
Jennifer Ebende
International Sales Executive Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
E jennifer.ebende@bloomsbury.com
Southern Africa (Lesotho, Botswana, Namibia, Republic of South Africa, and Swaziland)
Jonathan Ball Publishers PO Box 33977
Johannesburg 2043
South Africa
T +27 21 469 8900
F +27 21 469 8901
E academic@jonathanball.co.za
Rest of Africa
Tula Publishing Ltd
Wychwood House, 14 Hanborough Business Park Witney, OX29 8LH, UK
T +44 (0)1993 886719
E julian@tulapublishing.co.uk
ASIA
Chris Cheung
International Sales Manager
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
E chris.cheung@bloomsbury.com
China
April Zheng
International Sales Representative Bloomsbury Publishing Plc
T +86 135 2056 3987
E april.zheng@bloomsbury.com
Pakistan
M. Anwer Iqbal
Book Bird
Lower Ground 36B Abdalians Society
Nazaria - e - Pakistan Avenue
Lahore 54770, Pakistan
T +92 42 3595 6161
M +92 313 846 4747
E anwer.bookbird@gmail.com
South Korea
Information and Culture Korea
49, Donggyo-ro 13-gil, Mapo-gu
Seoul 03997
South Korea
T +822 3141 4791
F +822 3141 7733
E cs.ick@ick.co.kr
Philippines
CRW Marketing Services for Publishers, Inc
01 Topaz Road, Greenheights, Barangay San Isidro
Taytay, Rizal, Philippines 1920
T +63 (0)2584 8448 / +63 2660 5480
E crwmarketing@pldtdsl.net
Mongolia
Internom LLC
Inter Office, Amar's street-4
Sukhbaatar district, 14200 Ulaanbaatar
Mongolia
T +97 (0)6757 77700
E service@internom.mn
LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN
Jim Papworth
itsabook Ltd
T +44 7802848778
E james.papworth@itsabook.com
ADOPTION SALES: Latin America, the Caribbean, and Mexico
Kirby Pendergast
Higher Education Sales Representative
T + 1 212 419 5354
C + 1 646 369 3348
E kirby.pendergast@bloomsbury.com
DIGITAL RESOURCES – INSTITUTIONAL SALES
North and South America
E OnlineSalesUS@bloomsbury.com
UK, Europe, Middle East, Africa, and Asia
E OnlineSalesUK@bloomsbury.com
Australia and New Zealand
E OnlineSalesANZ@bloomsbury.com
BLOOMSBURY OFFICES WORLDWIDE
India, Bangladesh, Nepal, and Sri Lanka
Bloomsbury Publishing India Pvt. Ltd.
DDA Complex, LSC, Building No. 4, 2nd Floor, Pocket C-6&7, Vasant Kunj
New Delhi 110070
India
T +91 11 4057 4957 / +91 11 4057 4954
E academic-in@bloomsbury.com
Australia and New Zealand
Bloomsbury Publishing Pty Ltd
Level 6 387 George St
Sydney 2000 NSW
Australia
T +61 (0)288 204900
E au@bloomsbury.com
USA
Bloomsbury Publishing 1385 Broadway, 5th Floor
New York, NY, 10018
USA
T +1 (0)2124 195407
E askacademic@bloomsbury.com
Canada
Login Canada
300 Saulteaux Crescent Winnipeg, MB R3J 3T2 Canada
E custserv@lb.ca
T + 1-800-665-1148
For examination copies in Canada, please contact askacademic@ bloomsbury.com
For all other international queries please contact exportorders@ bloomsbury.com
RIGHTS
Joanna Sharland
Rights Director
E joanna.sharland@bloomsbury.com
Isabel López Ruiz
Senior Rights Manager
China simplified and complex, Spain and Latin America, Portugal and Brazil
E Isabel.LopezRuiz@bloomsbury.com
Alison Faulkner
Rights Manager
Germany, France, Netherlands, Italy, Scandinavia, Balkans, Poland, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Hungary, Greece, Slovenia, Romania, TV and Dramatisation
E alison.faulkner@bloomsbury.com
Isabelle Cowles
Rights Manager
Japan, South East Asia, Central and South Asia, US, Canada and English language globally, Digital E isabelle.cowles@bloomsbury.com
Izabella Pearson
Rights Executive
Turkey, West Asia incl Middle East, Baltics, Ukraine, Africa
E izabella.pearson@bloomsbury.com
Noelle Lee
Rights Assistant
Korea, Permissions and General Inquiries, Rowman & Littlefield
E noelle.lee@bloomsbury.com
With a new article each Friday, we bring you:
Original thought from our insightful authors
Teaching & research tips
Writing & publishing advice
Book excerpts & interviews
And much more!
There’s plenty to discover including:
Day in the Life of a Global Website Manager
A personal take on why open access for academic books ma ers
The 18th-century publicity stunt that turned the house where Shakespeare was born into the tourist a raction it is today
An exploration of how love has changed over the centuries bloomsbury.com/academicblog
